From a769dc78f282e24cee35d62c0e5032ad5c9763bf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 22 Nov 2023 17:38:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 01/32] Merge christopherrsmith-tc-create-1 into master by christopherrsmith (#3646) --- tn_JOB.tsv | 84 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++--------------------------- 1 file changed, 42 insertions(+), 42 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_JOB.tsv b/tn_JOB.tsv index f6e7232f63..942ac81266 100644 --- a/tn_JOB.tsv +++ b/tn_JOB.tsv @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 5:16 exr5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וְ֝⁠עֹלָ֗תָ⁠ה קָ֣פְצָה פִּֽי⁠הָ 1 Job is speaking of **injustice** as if it were a living thing that could **shut** its own **mouth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and people no longer make unjust claims against them” 5:16 j158 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וְ֝⁠עֹלָ֗תָ⁠ה 1 Eliphaz may be using the word translated **and** to indicate that poor people have hope because others no longer make unjust claims against them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this in your translation. Alternate translation: “because injustice” 5:17 j159 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations אֱ֭נוֹשׁ 1 Here the masculine term **man** has a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use language in your translation that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “is anyone” or “is any person” -5:17 j160 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וּ⁠מוּסַ֥ר שַׁ֝דַּ֗י אַל־תִּמְאָֽס 1 Eliphaz is using the word translated **and** to indicate that Job should not despise God’s chastening because he is blessed as someone whom God is correcting. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this in your translation. Alternate translation: “so do not despise the chastening of Shaddai” +5:17 j160 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וּ⁠מוּסַ֥ר שַׁ֝דַּ֗י אַל־תִּמְאָֽס 1 Eliphaz is using the word translated **and** to indicate that Job should not despise God’s chastening because he is blessed as someone whom God is correcting. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this in your translation. Alternate translation: “so do not despise the chastening of the Almighty” 5:17 g1br rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives אַל־תִּמְאָֽס 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative verb **despise**. Alternate translation: “appreciate” 5:18 fx57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כִּ֤י ה֣וּא יַכְאִ֣יב וְ⁠יֶחְבָּ֑שׁ יִ֝מְחַ֗ץ וְיָדָיו תִּרְפֶּֽינָה 1 Eliphaz is speaking as if God literally **injures** and **wounds** people and then gives them medical treatment. He means that God uses setbacks and sufferings (which could include physical ailments) to correct people. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. The UST models one way to do this. 5:18 j161 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ה֣וּא יַכְאִ֣יב 1 For emphasis, Eliphaz is stating the pronoun **he**, whose meaning is already present in the word translated **injures**. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction here in your translation. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. Alternate translation: “truly he injures” @@ -381,8 +381,8 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 6:2 j184 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication שָׁק֣וֹל יִשָּׁקֵ֣ל 1 The words **were thoroughly weighed** translate a repeated verb. Job is repeating the verb “weigh” for emphasis. If your language can repeat words for emphasis, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation. 6:3 l5j1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns מֵ⁠ח֣וֹל יַמִּ֣ים יִכְבָּ֑ד 1 Job is using the pronoun **it** to refer to his anguish. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “my anguish would be heavier than the sand of the seas” 6:3 j9lz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification דְּבָרַ֥⁠י לָֽעוּ 1 Job is speaking of his **words** as if they were a living thing that has **raved** to his friends. He means that he himself has raved or spoken vehemently to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I raved when I spoke to you” -6:4 se7m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor חִצֵּ֪י שַׁדַּ֡י עִמָּדִ֗⁠י אֲשֶׁ֣ר חֲ֭מָתָ⁠ם שֹׁתָ֣ה רוּחִ֑⁠י 1 Job is speaking as if God had literally shot **arrows** with **poison** into him. He means that the bad things that have happened to him, for which he considers God responsible, are making him suffer and feel desperate, as if he were dying from the poison. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am suffering desperately because of what Shaddai has done to me” -6:4 j185 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession חִצֵּ֪י שַׁדַּ֡י עִמָּדִ֗⁠י אֲשֶׁ֣ר חֲ֭מָתָ⁠ם שֹׁתָ֣ה רוּחִ֑⁠י 1 Job is using the possessive form to refer to an inner part of himself, the locus of his motivations and aspirations, as his **spirit**. He is not referring to a separate supernatural being, a spirit, that belongs to him. You could indicate this in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “my morale is suffering desperately because of what Shaddai has done to me” +6:4 se7m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor חִצֵּ֪י שַׁדַּ֡י עִמָּדִ֗⁠י אֲשֶׁ֣ר חֲ֭מָתָ⁠ם שֹׁתָ֣ה רוּחִ֑⁠י 1 Job is speaking as if God had literally shot **arrows** with **poison** into him. He means that the bad things that have happened to him, for which he considers God responsible, are making him suffer and feel desperate, as if he were dying from the poison. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am suffering desperately because of what the Almighty has done to me” +6:4 j185 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession חִצֵּ֪י שַׁדַּ֡י עִמָּדִ֗⁠י אֲשֶׁ֣ר חֲ֭מָתָ⁠ם שֹׁתָ֣ה רוּחִ֑⁠י 1 Job is using the possessive form to refer to an inner part of himself, the locus of his motivations and aspirations, as his **spirit**. He is not referring to a separate supernatural being, a spirit, that belongs to him. You could indicate this in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “my morale is suffering desperately because of what the Almighty has done to me” 6:4 m898 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שֹׁתָ֣ה 1 Job is speaking as if his **spirit** were literally **drinking** poison from arrows that had struck him. He means, within the context of that metaphor, that his spirit is absorbing the poison. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is absorbing” 6:4 l3u6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification בִּעוּתֵ֖י אֱל֣וֹהַּ יַֽעַרְכֽוּ⁠נִי 1 Job is speaking of **the terrors of God** (that is, the things he believes God is doing to terrify him) as if they were living things that could **array themselves** against him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God is doing many things that all terrify me” 6:5 vas3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠יִֽנְהַק־פֶּ֥רֶא עֲלֵי־דֶ֑שֶׁא אִ֥ם יִגְעֶה־שּׁ֝֗וֹר עַל־בְּלִילֽ⁠וֹ 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis in both of these sentences. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate these sentences as statements or as exclamations. Alternate translation: “A wild donkey does not bray over grass! Indeed, an ox does not bellow over its fodder!” @@ -423,8 +423,8 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 6:14 j343 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj לַ⁠מָּ֣ס מֵרֵעֵ֣⁠הוּ חָ֑סֶד 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **covenant faithfulness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “The friend of someone who is despairing should help him faithfully” 6:14 s4yi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj לַ⁠מָּ֣ס 1 Job is using the adjective **despairing** as a noun to mean a certain kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “To someone who is despairing” 6:14 e6e6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis מֵרֵעֵ֣⁠הוּ חָ֑סֶד 1 Job is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “there should be covenant faithfulness from his friend” -6:14 naj8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠יִרְאַ֖ת שַׁדַּ֣י יַעֲזֽוֹב 1 This could mean implicitly: (1) that a friend should show faithfulness to a despairing person even if that person forsakes the fear of Shaddai (as Job’s friends believe he may be doing). Alternate translation: “even if that despairing person forsakes the fear of Shaddai” (2) that if a friend does not show faithfulness to a despairing person, that friend forsakes the fear of Shaddai. Alternate translation: “otherwise that friend forsakes the fear of Shaddai” -6:14 j206 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠יִרְאַ֖ת שַׁדַּ֣י יַעֲזֽוֹב 1 Job is using the word **fear** to mean respect for God that leads a person to obey God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that in your translation. Alternate translation: “even if he does not respect and obey Shaddai” or “otherwise he does not respect and obey Shaddai” +6:14 naj8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠יִרְאַ֖ת שַׁדַּ֣י יַעֲזֽוֹב 1 This could mean implicitly: (1) that a friend should show faithfulness to a despairing person even if that person forsakes the fear of the Almighty (as Job’s friends believe he may be doing). Alternate translation: “even if that despairing person forsakes the fear of the Almighty” (2) that if a friend does not show faithfulness to a despairing person, that friend forsakes the fear of the Almighty. Alternate translation: “otherwise that friend forsakes the fear of the Almighty” +6:14 j206 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠יִרְאַ֖ת שַׁדַּ֣י יַעֲזֽוֹב 1 Job is using the word **fear** to mean respect for God that leads a person to obey God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that in your translation. Alternate translation: “even if he does not respect and obey the Almighty” or “otherwise he does not respect and obey the Almighty” 6:15 j207 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אַ֭חַ⁠י 1 Job is using the term **brothers** figuratively to mean his three friends. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “My friends” 6:15 j208 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person אַ֭חַ⁠י 1 Job is speaking about his friends in the third person even though they are present. If it would be more natural in your language, you could translate this in the second person. Alternate translation: “You friends of mine” 6:15 p13y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile בָּגְד֣וּ כְמוֹ־נָ֑חַל 1 The point of this comparison is that just as a **seasonal stream** would appear to be a good source of water but then fail in the dry season, so Job’s friends seemingly came to offer encouragement, but they have provided none. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “have dealt treacherously by seeming to offer encouragement but then not offering any, like a seasonal stream that seems to offer water but then fails in the dry season” @@ -553,12 +553,12 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 8:2 j261 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אִמְרֵי־פִֽי⁠ךָ 1 Bildad is using the term **mouth** to mean speaking, by association with the way people use their mouths to speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the words that you speak” or see next note for another possibility. 8:2 j262 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo אִמְרֵי־פִֽי⁠ךָ 1 It might seem that this expression contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can shorten it. Alternate translation: “your words” or “what you say” 8:2 gg55 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠ר֥וּחַ כַּ֝בִּיר 1 Bildad is speaking as if the **words** of Job were literally a **mighty wind**. He means that Job is saying many things insistently, but they are not substantial. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and … be so insistent but so insubstantial” -8:3 p2fp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns הַ֭⁠אֵל יְעַוֵּ֣ת מִשְׁפָּ֑ט וְ⁠אִם־שַׁ֝דַּ֗י יְעַוֵּֽת־צֶֽדֶק 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **justice** and **righteousness**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “Does God do things that are not just? Does Shaddai do things that are not righteous?” -8:3 x959 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הַ֭⁠אֵל יְעַוֵּ֣ת מִשְׁפָּ֑ט וְ⁠אִם־שַׁ֝דַּ֗י יְעַוֵּֽת־צֶֽדֶק 1 Bildad is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “God does not pervert justice! No, Shaddai does not pervert righteousness!” or, positively, “God always does what is just! Yes, Shaddai always does what is righteous!” +8:3 p2fp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns הַ֭⁠אֵל יְעַוֵּ֣ת מִשְׁפָּ֑ט וְ⁠אִם־שַׁ֝דַּ֗י יְעַוֵּֽת־צֶֽדֶק 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **justice** and **righteousness**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “Does God do things that are not just? Does the Almighty do things that are not righteous?” +8:3 x959 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הַ֭⁠אֵל יְעַוֵּ֣ת מִשְׁפָּ֑ט וְ⁠אִם־שַׁ֝דַּ֗י יְעַוֵּֽת־צֶֽדֶק 1 Bildad is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “God does not pervert justice! No, the Almighty does not pervert righteousness!” or, positively, “God always does what is just! Yes, the Almighty always does what is righteous!” 8:4 icy5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַֽ֝⁠יְשַׁלְּחֵ֗⁠ם בְּ⁠יַד־פִּשְׁעָֽ⁠ם 1 In this context, to be **in the hand of** someone or something means to be under the power or control of that person or thing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “then he put them under the power of their sins” or “then he put them under the control of their sins” 8:4 j263 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וַֽ֝⁠יְשַׁלְּחֵ֗⁠ם בְּ⁠יַד־פִּשְׁעָֽ⁠ם 1 Bildad is speaking as if the **sins** of Job’s **children** were a living thing that had exerted power over them and killed them. He actually means that God killed Job’s children in order to punish them for their sins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “then God punished them by killing them for the sins they committed” 8:5 lpy9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אִם־אַ֭תָּה תְּשַׁחֵ֣ר אֶל־אֵ֑ל 1 For emphasis, Bildad is stating the pronoun **you**, whose meaning is already present in the verb translated **seek diligently**. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction here in your translation. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. Alternate translation: “If you seek diligently for God yourself” -8:5 q7cd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְ⁠אֶל־שַׁ֝דַּ֗י תִּתְחַנָּֽן 1 Bildad is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and if to Shaddai you appeal” +8:5 q7cd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְ⁠אֶל־שַׁ֝דַּ֗י תִּתְחַנָּֽן 1 Bildad is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and if to the Almighty you appeal” 8:6 a4ua rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet זַ֥ךְ וְ⁠יָשָׁ֗ר 1 The terms **pure** and **upright** mean similar things. Bildad is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “truly righteous” 8:6 f6a2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יָעִ֣יר עָלֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 One possible meaning of the expression translated **rouse himself** is “wake up.” If there is already a Bible translation in your region, it may say something like this. Bildad could be speaking as if God were sleeping and would literally wake up at the realization that Job needed and deserved help. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will come quickly to help you” 8:6 j264 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche נְוַ֣ת צִדְקֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 Bildad is using one aspect of Job, his **righteousness**, to mean all of him as a righteous person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your habitation as a righteous person” @@ -805,9 +805,9 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 11:6 qjk2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יַשֶּׁ֥ה לְ⁠ךָ֥ אֱ֝ל֗וֹהַ מֵ⁠עֲוֺנֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 Zophar is speaking as if God were literally **forgetting** some of Job’s **iniquity**. He means that God is overlooking some of the sins that Job has committed and so not punishing him for all of them. Zophar is not suggesting that there are limits to God’s knowledge or memory. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God is overlooking some of your iniquity” or “God is not punishing you for all of your sins” 11:7 tvp2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הַ⁠חֵ֣קֶר אֱל֣וֹהַ תִּמְצָ֑א 1 Zophar is using the word **find** to mean “understand” and the word “searching” to mean contemplation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Will you understand God through contemplation” 11:7 j358 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הַ⁠חֵ֣קֶר אֱל֣וֹהַ תִּמְצָ֑א 1 Zophar is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You will not find God by searching!” or “You cannot understand God through contemplation!” -11:7 j359 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אִ֤ם עַד־תַּכְלִ֖ית שַׁדַּ֣י תִּמְצָֽא 1 Zophar is using the word **if** to introduce a question that anticipates a negative answer. (And once again he is using the word **find** to mean “understand.”) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this in your translation. Alternate translation: “You will never understand Shaddai unto perfection, will you” -11:7 j360 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns אִ֤ם עַד־תַּכְלִ֖ית שַׁדַּ֣י תִּמְצָֽא 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **perfection**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “You will never understand Shaddai perfectly, will you” -11:7 j361 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion אִ֤ם עַד־תַּכְלִ֖ית שַׁדַּ֣י תִּמְצָֽא 1 Zophar is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You will never understand Shaddai perfectly!” +11:7 j359 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אִ֤ם עַד־תַּכְלִ֖ית שַׁדַּ֣י תִּמְצָֽא 1 Zophar is using the word **if** to introduce a question that anticipates a negative answer. (And once again he is using the word **find** to mean “understand.”) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this in your translation. Alternate translation: “You will never understand the Almighty unto perfection, will you” +11:7 j360 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns אִ֤ם עַד־תַּכְלִ֖ית שַׁדַּ֣י תִּמְצָֽא 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **perfection**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “You will never understand the Almighty perfectly, will you” +11:7 j361 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion אִ֤ם עַד־תַּכְלִ֖ית שַׁדַּ֣י תִּמְצָֽא 1 Zophar is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You will never understand the Almighty perfectly!” 11:8 n8yi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis גָּבְהֵ֣י שָׁ֭מַיִם מַה־תִּפְעָ֑ל עֲמֻקָּ֥ה מִ֝⁠שְּׁא֗וֹל מַה־תֵּדָֽע 1 Zophar is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “The height of God’s wisdom is the same as the height of the heavens! What will you do to understand it? The depth of God’s wisdom is deeper than Sheol! What will you know about it?” 11:8 jhq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism גָּבְהֵ֣י שָׁ֭מַיִם מַה־תִּפְעָ֑ל עֲמֻקָּ֥ה מִ֝⁠שְּׁא֗וֹל מַה־תֵּדָֽע 1 Zophar is using the highest and lowest points of creation, **the heavens** and **Sheol**, to mean them and everything in between, that is, all of creation. This could mean: (1) that God’s wisdom is completely comprehensive, as if it were literally very high and very deep. Alternate translation: “God’s wisdom is completely comprehensive! What will you do? What will you know?” (2) that God’s wisdom comprehends everything in creation. Alternate translation: “God’s wisdom comprehends all of creation! What will you do? What will you know?” 11:8 y9sp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַה־תִּפְעָ֑ל & מַה־תֵּדָֽע 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or as exclamations. Alternate translation: “You cannot do anything to understand God’s wisdom! … You cannot know very much about it!” @@ -934,7 +934,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 13:2 cq6c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular כְּֽ֭⁠דַעְתְּ⁠כֶם & מִ⁠כֶּֽם 1 The word **you** is plural here and through verse 13 because Job is addressing his three friends, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. 13:2 j410 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns יָדַ֣עְתִּי גַם־אָ֑נִי לֹא־נֹפֵ֖ל אָנֹכִ֣י 1 For emphasis, Job is stating the pronoun **I**, whose meaning is already present in the words translated **know** and **falling**. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction here in your translation. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis, for example, by using the intensive pronoun “myself.” Alternate translation: “I myself also know. I myself am not falling” 13:2 lcm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לֹא־נֹפֵ֖ל אָנֹכִ֣י מִ⁠כֶּֽם 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [12:3](../12/03.md). Alternate translation: “I do not fall short of you” or “I am not inferior to you” -13:3 mx6r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative אֲ֭נִי אֶל־שַׁדַּ֣י אֲדַבֵּ֑ר 1 Job is using this future statement to express a wish. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that in your translation. Alternate translation: “I wish to speak with Shaddai” or “I would rather speak with Shaddai” +13:3 mx6r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative אֲ֭נִי אֶל־שַׁדַּ֣י אֲדַבֵּ֑ר 1 Job is using this future statement to express a wish. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that in your translation. Alternate translation: “I wish to speak with the Almighty” or “I would rather speak with the Almighty” 13:4 f979 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אַתֶּ֥ם טֹֽפְלֵי־שָׁ֑קֶר 1 Job is speaking as if his friends were literally plastering him with a **lie**, that is, coating him with untruth as if they were plastering a surface with it. Your language may have a similar expression that you could use in your translation. You could also use plain language. Alternate translation: “you are smearing me with lies” 13:4 p89c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor רֹפְאֵ֖י אֱלִ֣ל כֻּלְּ⁠כֶֽם 1 Job is speaking as if his friends were literally doctors or **healers** who were trying to cure him of a disease but were failing. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “none of you have helped me at all by what you have said” 13:5 gp7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מִֽי־יִ֭תֵּן הַחֲרֵ֣שׁ תַּחֲרִישׁ֑וּ⁠ן 1 See how you translated the expression **Who will give** in [11:5–6](../11/05.md). Alternate translation: “I wish that being silent, you would be silent!” @@ -1408,7 +1408,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 19:20 ud4z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וָ֝⁠אֶתְמַלְּטָ֗⁠ה בְּ⁠ע֣וֹר שִׁנָּֽ⁠י 1 Job is speaking as if he had barely **escaped** from some disaster, and he is describing what he was able to escape with. Interpreters have different ideas about what he is describing, but they generally agree that it means something insignificant. Alternate translation: “and there is practically nothing left of me” 19:21 ux63 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication חָנֻּ֬⁠נִי חָנֻּ֣⁠נִי 1 Job is repeating the verb **Pity** in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “Please have pity on me” 19:21 tbg5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יַד־אֱ֝ל֗וֹהַּ נָ֣גְעָה בִּֽ⁠י 1 Here the **hand of God** represents the power and activity of God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God is powerfully afflicting me” -19:22 g28h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ֭⁠מָּה תִּרְדְּפֻ֣⁠נִי כְמוֹ־אֵ֑ל וּ֝⁠מִ⁠בְּשָׂרִ֗⁠י לֹ֣א תִשְׂבָּֽעוּWhy do you pursue me as God {would}? And will you not be satisfied with my flesh? 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or as exclamations. Alternate translation: “You should not pursue me as God would! You should be satisfied with my flesh!” +19:22 g28h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ֭⁠מָּה תִּרְדְּפֻ֣⁠נִי כְמוֹ־אֵ֑ל וּ֝⁠מִ⁠בְּשָׂרִ֗⁠י לֹ֣א תִשְׂבָּֽעוּ 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or as exclamations. Alternate translation: “You should not pursue me as God would! You should be satisfied with my flesh!” 19:22 c296 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile לָ֭⁠מָּה תִּרְדְּפֻ֣⁠נִי כְמוֹ־אֵ֑ל 1 The point of this comparison is that just as God would **pursue** someone relentlessly to make sure that sin was punished appropriately, so Job’s friends have been relentlessly insisting that he has sinned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “Why do you insist relentlessly that I have sinned” or, as a statement, “You should not insist relentlessly that I have sinned” 19:22 y17f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וּ֝⁠מִ⁠בְּשָׂרִ֗⁠י לֹ֣א תִשְׂבָּֽעוּ 1 Job is likely alluding to a popular expression. In this culture, if someone accused another person maliciously, people said that he was “eating the pieces” of that person. Job is suggesting that his friends are "eating" him in this sense (that is, accusing him maliciously) and they are not yet **satisfied** with the amount of his **flesh** that they have "eaten." If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And will you never stop accusing me maliciously” or, as a statement, “Yes, you should stop accusing me so maliciously” 19:23 r9n7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מִֽי־יִתֵּ֣ן אֵ֭פוֹ וְ⁠יִכָּתְב֣וּ⁠ן מִלָּ֑⁠י מִֽי־יִתֵּ֖ן בַּ⁠סֵּ֣פֶר וְ⁠יֻחָֽקוּ 1 See how you translated the expression **Who will give** in [11:5–6](../11/05.md). Alternate translation: “I wish that my words would now be written down! I wish that they would be inscribed on a scroll!” @@ -1576,10 +1576,10 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 21:14 j646 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ס֣וּר מִמֶּ֑⁠נּוּ 1 The wicked people are speaking as if they wanted God literally to **turn away** from them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not be concerned with us” 21:14 j647 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠דַ֥עַת דְּ֝רָכֶ֗י⁠ךָ לֹ֣א חָפָֽצְנוּ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **knowledge**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “for we do not want to know your ways” 21:14 fm9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor דְּ֝רָכֶ֗י⁠ךָ 1 The wicked people are speaking of how God wants people to live as if that were a series of **ways** or paths that God wanted people to walk along. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “how you want people to live” -21:15 j648 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes מַה־שַׁדַּ֥י כִּֽי־נַֽעַבְדֶ֑⁠נּוּ וּ⁠מַה־נּ֝וֹעִ֗יל כִּ֣י נִפְגַּע־בּֽ⁠וֹ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could continue to translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “They ask who Shaddai is, that they should serve him, and how they would profit, that they should pray to him” -21:15 j649 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person מַה־שַׁדַּ֥י כִּֽי־נַֽעַבְדֶ֑⁠נּוּ וּ⁠מַה־נּ֝וֹעִ֗יל כִּ֣י נִפְגַּע־בּֽ⁠וֹ 1 Job is continuing to quote what wicked people say. The wicked people may no longer be speaking “to God,” as in the previous verse, but speaking about God. Alternatively, they may be speaking to God but using the third person. You might choose to translate this in the second person. Alternate translation: “Who are you, Shaddai, that we should serve you? And how will we profit, that we should pray to you?” -21:15 k5g5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַה־שַׁדַּ֥י כִּֽי־נַֽעַבְדֶ֑⁠נּוּ וּ⁠מַה־נּ֝וֹעִ֗יל כִּ֣י נִפְגַּע־בּֽ⁠וֹ 1 The wicked people are using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or as exclamations. Alternate translation: “Shaddai is not important, so we do not have to serve him! It would not benefit us, so we do not have to pray to him!” -21:16 ke4m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations הֵ֤ן לֹ֣א בְ⁠יָדָ֣⁠ם טוּבָ֑⁠ם עֲצַ֥ת רְ֝שָׁעִ֗ים רָ֣חֲקָה מֶֽ⁠נִּי 1 Job is making two statements in this verse that express strong feelings. In the previous verse, he described how wicked people say that they do not need to pray to God because that would not benefit them. In his first statement here, he insists in response that any benefit or **prosperity** that the wicked enjoy is something that God has generously given to them even though they do not deserve it. In his second statement, Job reacts strongly against the **counsel** or advice that he said wicked people give themselves, that they should not serve Shaddai or pray to him. The ULT places exclamation marks at the end of these sentences to show that they communicate strong emotion. In your translation, use your own language’s way of showing that. +21:15 j648 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes מַה־שַׁדַּ֥י כִּֽי־נַֽעַבְדֶ֑⁠נּוּ וּ⁠מַה־נּ֝וֹעִ֗יל כִּ֣י נִפְגַּע־בּֽ⁠וֹ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could continue to translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “They ask who the Almighty is, that they should serve him, and how they would profit, that they should pray to him” +21:15 j649 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person מַה־שַׁדַּ֥י כִּֽי־נַֽעַבְדֶ֑⁠נּוּ וּ⁠מַה־נּ֝וֹעִ֗יל כִּ֣י נִפְגַּע־בּֽ⁠וֹ 1 Job is continuing to quote what wicked people say. The wicked people may no longer be speaking “to God,” as in the previous verse, but speaking about God. Alternatively, they may be speaking to God but using the third person. You might choose to translate this in the second person. Alternate translation: “Who are you, the Almighty, that we should serve you? And how will we profit, that we should pray to you?” +21:15 k5g5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַה־שַׁדַּ֥י כִּֽי־נַֽעַבְדֶ֑⁠נּוּ וּ⁠מַה־נּ֝וֹעִ֗יל כִּ֣י נִפְגַּע־בּֽ⁠וֹ 1 The wicked people are using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or as exclamations. Alternate translation: “The Almighty is not important, so we do not have to serve him! It would not benefit us, so we do not have to pray to him!” +21:16 ke4m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations הֵ֤ן לֹ֣א בְ⁠יָדָ֣⁠ם טוּבָ֑⁠ם עֲצַ֥ת רְ֝שָׁעִ֗ים רָ֣חֲקָה מֶֽ⁠נִּי 1 Job is making two statements in this verse that express strong feelings. In the previous verse, he described how wicked people say that they do not need to pray to God because that would not benefit them. In his first statement here, he insists in response that any benefit or **prosperity** that the wicked enjoy is something that God has generously given to them even though they do not deserve it. In his second statement, Job reacts strongly against the **counsel** or advice that he said wicked people give themselves, that they should not serve the Almighty or pray to him. The ULT places exclamation marks at the end of these sentences to show that they communicate strong emotion. In your translation, use your own language’s way of showing that. 21:16 t984 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לֹ֣א בְ⁠יָדָ֣⁠ם 1 Job is using the word **hand** to represent the power and control that people have over something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is not of their own making” or “is not something that they have gained by themselves” 21:16 j650 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עֲצַ֥ת רְ֝שָׁעִ֗ים רָ֣חֲקָה מֶֽ⁠נִּי 1 Job is speaking as if he wanted the **counsel of the wicked** literally to be **far** away from him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I want nothing to do with the counsel of the wicked” 21:17 d4mw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion כַּ⁠מָּ֤ה ׀ נֵר־רְשָׁ֘עִ֤ים יִדְעָ֗ךְ וְ⁠יָבֹ֣א עָלֵ֣י⁠מוֹ אֵידָ֑⁠ם חֲ֝בָלִ֗ים יְחַלֵּ֥ק בְּ⁠אַפּֽ⁠וֹ 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or as exclamations. Alternate translation: “The lamp of the wicked does not often go out! No, their calamity does not come upon them often! God does not distribute pains to them in his anger!” @@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 21:19 j655 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יְשַׁלֵּ֖ם אֵלָ֣י⁠ו 1 Here the word **repay** has the sense of “punish.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Let God punish him” 21:19 iyl4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠יֵדָֽע 1 Job means implicitly that if God would **repay** or punish the wicked person, then that person would **know** that he was guilty of sinning. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and he will know that he is guilty of sinning” 21:20 j2ut rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche יִרְא֣וּ עֵינָ֣יו & כִּיד֑⁠וֹ 1 Job is using one part of the wicked person, his **eyes**, to mean all of him in the act of seeing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Let him see his own destruction” -21:20 wq4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠מֵ⁠חֲמַ֖ת שַׁדַּ֣י יִשְׁתֶּֽה 1 Job is speaking as if **the wrath of Shaddai** were a liquid that a wicked person could literally **drink**. He means that he wishes that wicked people would experience that wrath. Alternate translation: “and let him experience the wrath of Shaddai” or “and let Shaddai punish him in his wrath” +21:20 wq4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠מֵ⁠חֲמַ֖ת שַׁדַּ֣י יִשְׁתֶּֽה 1 Job is speaking as if **the wrath of the Almighty** were a liquid that a wicked person could literally **drink**. He means that he wishes that wicked people would experience that wrath. Alternate translation: “and let him experience the wrath of the Almighty” or “and let the Almighty punish him in his wrath” 21:21 j656 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases כִּ֤י 1 Job is using the word **For** to introduce the reason why he said in the previous two verses that God should punish wicked people themselves rather than their children. You could indicate this in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Let the wicked person himself suffer, for” 21:21 vtu2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַה־חֶפְצ֣⁠וֹ בְּ⁠בֵית֣⁠וֹ אַחֲרָ֑י⁠ו וּ⁠מִסְפַּ֖ר חֳדָשָׁ֣י⁠ו חֻצָּֽצוּ 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “he has no interest in his house after him when the number of his months is cut off!” 21:21 j657 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠בֵית֣⁠וֹ 1 Job is most likely using the term **house** by association to mean the household or family of a wicked person. The popular saying that he quoted in verse 19 suggested that God would punish a wicked person by making his children suffer, but Job is saying here that after a wicked person dies, he will not care about that. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in his family” or “in his children” @@ -1663,7 +1663,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 22:intro m13v 0 # Job 22 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter is the third and last speech of Job’s friend Eliphaz. What he says in this speech is stronger than what he says in his previous two speeches. He insists that Job must have done wrong, and he suggests several specific evil things that Job may have done.\n\nThe ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is poetry.\n\n## Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\n### Eliphaz answering Job with his own words\n\nIn several places in this chapter, Eliphaz answers Job with his own words. That is, Eliphaz uses the same expressions that Job did earlier, but with different meaning and implications. To help your readers appreciate this, you may wish to translate Eliphaz’s expressions in these places in the same way that you translated Job’s similar expressions earlier. Notes will suggest ways to do this. 22:2 r9kd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הַ⁠לְ⁠אֵ֥ל יִסְכָּן־גָּ֑בֶר 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “A man cannot be useful to God!” 22:2 j685 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations גָּ֑בֶר 1 Here the masculine term **man** has a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use language in your translation that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “a person” -22:3 h3pe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הַ⁠חֵ֣פֶץ לְ֭⁠שַׁדַּי כִּ֣י תִצְדָּ֑ק וְ⁠אִם־בֶּ֝֗צַע כִּֽי־תַתֵּ֥ם דְּרָכֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 Eliphaz is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or as exclamations. Alternate translation: “It is not pleasure to Shaddai that you are righteous! It is not gain to him that you perfect your ways!” +22:3 h3pe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הַ⁠חֵ֣פֶץ לְ֭⁠שַׁדַּי כִּ֣י תִצְדָּ֑ק וְ⁠אִם־בֶּ֝֗צַע כִּֽי־תַתֵּ֥ם דְּרָכֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 Eliphaz is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or as exclamations. Alternate translation: “It is not pleasure to the Almighty that you are righteous! It is not gain to him that you perfect your ways!” 22:3 j686 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠אִם־בֶּ֝֗צַע כִּֽי־תַתֵּ֥ם דְּרָכֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 Eliphaz is using the word **if** to introduce a question that anticipates a negative answer. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this in your translation. Alternate translation: “it is not gain to him that you perfect your ways, is it” 22:3 j687 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor דְּרָכֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 Job is speaking of how a person lives as if that were a series of **ways** or paths that the person was walking along. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your manner of life” 22:4 s9qh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲֽ֭⁠מִ⁠יִּרְאָ֣תְ⁠ךָ יֹכִיחֶ֑⁠ךָ יָב֥וֹא עִ֝מְּ⁠ךָ֗ בַּ⁠מִּשְׁפָּֽט 1 Eliphaz is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “God is certainly not rebuking you and entering into judgment with you because of your reverent respect for him!” @@ -1707,11 +1707,11 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 22:16 j704 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠לֹא־עֵ֑ת 1 Eliphaz implicitly means that these wicked men died before it was their **time** to die. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “before it was their time to die” or “while they were still young” 22:16 j705 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive נָ֝הָ֗ר יוּצַ֥ק יְסוֹדָֽ⁠ם 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a torrent washed away their foundations” 22:16 lc5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נָ֝הָ֗ר יוּצַ֥ק יְסוֹדָֽ⁠ם 1 Eliphaz is speaking as if these wicked men were buildings that collapsed when a **torrent** of water destroyed their **foundations**. The suggestion in the image is that the men died unexpectedly and violently. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “yes, they died unexpectedly and violently” -22:17 j706 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes הָ⁠אֹמְרִ֣ים לָ֭⁠אֵל ס֣וּר מִמֶּ֑⁠נּוּ וּ⁠מַה־יִּפְעַ֖ל שַׁדַּ֣י לָֽ⁠מוֹ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the ones who told God to turn away from them and asked what Shaddai would do to them” +22:17 j706 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes הָ⁠אֹמְרִ֣ים לָ֭⁠אֵל ס֣וּר מִמֶּ֑⁠נּוּ וּ⁠מַה־יִּפְעַ֖ל שַׁדַּ֣י לָֽ⁠מוֹ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the ones who told God to turn away from them and asked what the Almighty would do to them” 22:17 j707 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ס֣וּר מִמֶּ֑⁠נּוּ 1 Eliphaz depicts these wicked people as speaking as if they wanted God literally to **turn away** from them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the same expression in [21:14](../21/14.md). Alternate translation: “Do not be concerned with us” -22:17 j708 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person וּ⁠מַה־יִּפְעַ֖ל שַׁדַּ֣י לָֽ⁠מוֹ 1 The wicked people are speaking about themselves in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “and, ‘What will Shaddai do to us’” -22:17 q2mt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וּ⁠מַה־יִּפְעַ֖ל שַׁדַּ֣י לָֽ⁠מוֹ 1 The wicked people are using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “and, ‘Shaddai will not do anything to us!’” -22:17 j709 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּ⁠מַה־יִּפְעַ֖ל שַׁדַּ֣י לָֽ⁠מוֹ 1 The wicked people implicitly mean that Shaddai will not do anything to punish them if they do the wrong actions that they are contemplating. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and, ‘Shaddai will not do anything to us if we do evil things!’” +22:17 j708 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person וּ⁠מַה־יִּפְעַ֖ל שַׁדַּ֣י לָֽ⁠מוֹ 1 The wicked people are speaking about themselves in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “and, ‘What will the Almighty do to us’” +22:17 q2mt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וּ⁠מַה־יִּפְעַ֖ל שַׁדַּ֣י לָֽ⁠מוֹ 1 The wicked people are using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “and, ‘The Almighty will not do anything to us!’” +22:17 j709 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּ⁠מַה־יִּפְעַ֖ל שַׁדַּ֣י לָֽ⁠מוֹ 1 The wicked people implicitly mean that the Almighty will not do anything to punish them if they do the wrong actions that they are contemplating. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and, ‘The Almighty will not do anything to us if we do evil things!’” 22:18 jh2r rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠ה֤וּא מִלֵּ֣א בָתֵּי⁠הֶ֣ם ט֑וֹב 1 The pronoun **he** refers to God. Eliphaz is echoing what Job said about wicked people in [21:16](../21/16.md), “their prosperity is not in their hand,” that is, their prosperity is not of their own making. Eliphaz is saying, as Job did, that any **good** the wicked enjoy is something that God has generously given to them even though they do not deserve it. Eliphaz is agreeing with Job on that point, although he is making it in support of a different conclusion, that in the end, God actually does punish the wicked in this life. Alternate translation: “Yet God filled their houses with good” 22:18 nr68 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj וְ⁠ה֤וּא מִלֵּ֣א בָתֵּי⁠הֶ֣ם ט֑וֹב 1 Eliphaz is using the adjective **good** as a noun to mean a certain kind of thing. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “Yet he filled their houses with good things” 22:18 j710 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole וְ⁠ה֤וּא מִלֵּ֣א בָתֵּי⁠הֶ֣ם ט֑וֹב 1 Eliphaz says **filled** here as an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the emphasis in a different way. Alternate translation: “Yet he generously gave them many good things” @@ -1734,7 +1734,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 22:22 ll7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy קַח & מִ⁠פִּ֣י⁠ו תּוֹרָ֑ה 1 Eliphaz is using the term **mouth** by association to mean what God says by using his mouth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “let what God says instruct you” 22:22 y867 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠שִׂ֥ים אֲ֝מָרָ֗י⁠ו בִּ⁠לְבָבֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 Eliphaz is speaking as if Job could literally **set** God’s **words** in his **heart**. He is using the **heart** to represent the memory. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “yes, carefully remember his words” 22:22 dp7d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠שִׂ֥ים אֲ֝מָרָ֗י⁠ו בִּ⁠לְבָבֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 Eliphaz is using the term **words** to mean what God says by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “yes, carefully remember what he says” -22:23 x1jk rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result תִּבָּנֶ֑ה תַּרְחִ֥יק עַ֝וְלָ֗ה מֵ⁠אָהֳלֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the phrase **if you distance unrighteousness from your tent**, like the phrase ** If you return to Shaddai**, gives the reason for the result that would follow, **you will be built up**. Alternate translation: “if you distance unrighteousness from your tent, you will be built up” +22:23 x1jk rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result תִּבָּנֶ֑ה תַּרְחִ֥יק עַ֝וְלָ֗ה מֵ⁠אָהֳלֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the phrase **if you distance unrighteousness from your tent**, like the phrase ** If you return to the Almighty**, gives the reason for the result that would follow, **you will be built up**. Alternate translation: “if you distance unrighteousness from your tent, you will be built up” 22:23 j720 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive תִּבָּנֶ֑ה 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will build you up” 22:23 mz1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תִּבָּנֶ֑ה 1 Eliphaz is speaking as if Job were a building that God would rebuild after it had been ruined. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God will restore you to health and prosperity” 22:23 kbt1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תַּרְחִ֥יק עַ֝וְלָ֗ה מֵ⁠אָהֳלֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 Eliphaz is speaking as if **unrighteousness** were an object that Job could literally set at some **distance** from the **tent** in which he lives. In this image, the tent represents Job’s life. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “if you stop practicing unrighteousness in your life” @@ -1745,7 +1745,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 22:24 g8dq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אוֹפִֽיר 1 The word **Ophir** is the name of a land that produced gold of excellent quality. 22:24 m1gk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis אוֹפִֽיר 1 Eliphaz is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “set Ophir” 22:24 j724 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אוֹפִֽיר 1 Eliphaz is using the name **Ophir** by association to mean gold from the country of Ophir. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “set the gold of Ophir” -22:25 wg73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠הָיָ֣ה שַׁדַּ֣י בְּצָרֶ֑י⁠ךָ וְ⁠כֶ֖סֶף תּוֹעָפ֣וֹת לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 Eliphaz is speaking as if **Shaddai** would literally be precious metals that Job owned. He means that Job would value Shaddai more than anything else. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “then you will value Shaddai more than anything else” +22:25 wg73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠הָיָ֣ה שַׁדַּ֣י בְּצָרֶ֑י⁠ךָ וְ⁠כֶ֖סֶף תּוֹעָפ֣וֹת לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 Eliphaz is speaking as if **the Almighty** would literally be precious metals that Job owned. He means that Job would value the Almighty more than anything else. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “then you will value the Almighty more than anything else” 22:25 j725 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-plural בְּצָרֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 Eliphaz is using the plural form **golds** to indicate gold of supreme excellence. Your language may use plural forms in the same way. If not, you could express the meaning in another way. Alternate translation: “more valuable to you than the finest gold you could possess” 22:25 wd8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-plural וְ⁠כֶ֖סֶף תּוֹעָפ֣וֹת 1 Eliphaz is using the plural form **heights** to indicate silver of superlative quality. Your language may use plural forms in the same way. If not, you could express the meaning in another way. Alternate translation: “and silver of the highest quality” 22:26 l352 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וְ⁠תִשָּׂ֖א אֶל־אֱל֣וֹהַּ פָּנֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 In [10:15](../10/15.md), Job said to God, “I will not lift my head.” He means that he would look down as a symbolic action to express that he was feeling shame. Here Eliphaz responds that Job will no longer need to do that. See how you translated the similar expression in [10:15](../10/15.md). Alternate translation: “and you will no longer need to look down, away from God, in shame” or “and you will be confident that God accepts you” @@ -1812,8 +1812,8 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 23:17 qpa8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ֝⁠מִ⁠פָּנַ֗⁠י כִּסָּה־אֹֽפֶל 1 In this instance, the phrase **from my face ** means “in front of.” It could refer either to place or to time. Alternate translation: “and gloom covers everything in front of me” or “and gloom covers everything that will happen to me in the future” 23:17 j748 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ֝⁠מִ⁠פָּנַ֗⁠י כִּסָּה־אֹֽפֶל 1 Job is speaking as if **gloom** were literally covering everything in front of him or everything that would happen to him in the future. He is using **gloom**, like **darkness** earlier in the verse, to represent troubles. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and there is trouble everywhere I look” or “and I can only anticipate further trouble happening to me” 24:intro e2gb 0 # Job 24 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter is the continuation of Job’s response to Eliphaz’s third and final speech. Job’s response began in the previous chapter.\n\nThe ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is poetry.\n\n## Special Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### God’s judgment of wicked people\n\nIn verses 1–17, Job protests that God does not judge wicked people. He lists many oppressive things that wicked people do to vulnerable, innocent people, and he complains that God acts as if there were nothing wrong with those things. But in verses 18–24, Job then describes how God actually does judge wicked people. There is an explanation for this apparent contradiction. In the speech as a whole, Job is saying that he knows God will judge wicked people in the end, but it is very distressing to him that God does not judge and punish them now in order to keep them from continuing to oppress vulnerable people. In your translation, you can use language that shows that Job firmly believes what he says in both parts of the chapter, since it is actually consistent for him to say both that God seemingly does not judge wicked people now and that God ultimately will judge wicked people in the end. This is not a contradiction, it is a paradox, and the Bible speaks of it in other passages as well. For example, [Ecclesiastes 8:11](../08/11.md) says that because God does not immediately punish people who do wrong, people feel that they can get away with doing wrong. But Ecclesiastes goes on to say in the next verse that even if a sinner might do a hundred evil things and live a long time, it is still better to obey God.\n\n## Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\n### Changing referents of “they”\n\nJob uses the word “they” throughout this chapter to mean both wicked people and the poor people whom they exploit. He does not often indicate when he changing the referent of the word. Notes indicate the referent in each verse. In your translation, to be helpful to your readers, you may wish to specify “wicked people” or “poor people” each time the referent changes. -24:1 thc8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַדּ֗וּעַ מִ֭⁠שַּׁדַּי לֹא־נִצְפְּנ֣וּ עִתִּ֑ים וְ֝יֹדְעָ֗יו & לֹא־חָ֥זוּ יָמָֽי⁠ו 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or as exclamations. Alternate translation: “Times should be set by Shaddai! The ones knowing him ought to see his days!” -24:1 ej3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive מַדּ֗וּעַ מִ֭⁠שַּׁדַּי לֹא־נִצְפְּנ֣וּ עִתִּ֑ים 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Why does Shaddai not set times” or, as an exclamation, “Shaddai should set times!” +24:1 thc8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַדּ֗וּעַ מִ֭⁠שַּׁדַּי לֹא־נִצְפְּנ֣וּ עִתִּ֑ים וְ֝יֹדְעָ֗יו & לֹא־חָ֥זוּ יָמָֽי⁠ו 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or as exclamations. Alternate translation: “Times should be set by the Almighty! The ones knowing him ought to see his days!” +24:1 ej3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive מַדּ֗וּעַ מִ֭⁠שַּׁדַּי לֹא־נִצְפְּנ֣וּ עִתִּ֑ים 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Why does the Almighty not set times” or, as an exclamation, “The Almighty should set times!” 24:1 mg7h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עִתִּ֑ים 1 Job implicitly means **times** for judgment. (See the discussion in the General Notes to chapter 23 of how judges in Israel would come to specific places at appointed times.) You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “times for judgment” 24:1 j749 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ֝יֹדְעָ֗יו לֹא־חָ֥זוּ יָמָֽי⁠ו 1 In this context, to **see** means to experience. See how you translated the similar expression in [7:7](../07/07.md). Alternate translation: “And why do the ones knowing him not experience his days?” 24:1 j750 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יָמָֽי⁠ו 1 Job implicitly means **days** on which God would judge wicked people. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “days on which God judges wicked people” @@ -1980,8 +1980,8 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 26:14 j815 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְ⁠רַ֥עַם גְּ֝בוּרוֹתָ֗יו 1 Job is using this possessive form to describe **thunder** that is characterized by **power**. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “And his powerful thunder” 27:intro mkb5 0 # Job 27 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Bildad and the other two friends.\n- Verses 1–10: Job insists that he is godly and will continue to live that way\n- Verses 11–23: Job describes how God punishes wicked people\n\nThe ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is poetry.\n\n## Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\n### Reference of “he,” “him,” and “his”\n\nFrom verse 14 through to the end of the chapter, the pronouns “he,” “him,” and “his” refer to the “wicked man” whom Job first mentions in verse 13. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could specify the referent and say “a wicked man” at regular intervals for clarity. Notes suggest how you might do this at various places. 27:1 j816 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יֹּ֣סֶף אִ֭יּוֹב שְׂאֵ֥ת מְשָׁל֗⁠וֹ וַ⁠יֹּאמַֽר 1 The narrator is speaking as if Job’s **discourse** or speech were an object that he could **take up** or pick up. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “As Job continued his speech, he said” or “Job continued speaking and he said” -27:2 tp23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis חַי־אֵ֭ל הֵסִ֣יר מִשְׁפָּטִ֑⁠י וְ֝⁠שַׁדַּ֗י הֵמַ֥ר נַפְשִֽׁ⁠י 1 Job is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “As God lives, who has taken away my justice; as Shaddai lives, who has made my life bitter” -27:2 vm9g rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula חַי־אֵ֭ל הֵסִ֣יר מִשְׁפָּטִ֑⁠י וְ֝⁠שַׁדַּ֗י הֵמַ֥ר נַפְשִֽׁ⁠י 1 Job is swearing an oath in the way that was characteristic in his culture. In your translation, you can translate this in the way that would be characteristic in your culture. Alternate translation: “I swear by God, who has turned away my justice; I swear by Shaddai, who has made my life bitter” +27:2 tp23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis חַי־אֵ֭ל הֵסִ֣יר מִשְׁפָּטִ֑⁠י וְ֝⁠שַׁדַּ֗י הֵמַ֥ר נַפְשִֽׁ⁠י 1 Job is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “As God lives, who has taken away my justice; as the Almighty lives, who has made my life bitter” +27:2 vm9g rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula חַי־אֵ֭ל הֵסִ֣יר מִשְׁפָּטִ֑⁠י וְ֝⁠שַׁדַּ֗י הֵמַ֥ר נַפְשִֽׁ⁠י 1 Job is swearing an oath in the way that was characteristic in his culture. In your translation, you can translate this in the way that would be characteristic in your culture. Alternate translation: “I swear by God, who has turned away my justice; I swear by the Almighty, who has made my life bitter” 27:2 zm2r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification הֵסִ֣יר מִשְׁפָּטִ֑⁠י 1 Job is speaking of his **justice** as if it were an object that God had **taken away** from him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who has denied justice to me” 27:3 j817 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula כִּֽי 1 Job is using the word **that** to introduce the content of the oath that he began to swear in the previous verse. In some cases, if you translated the previous verse to reflect the way people swear oaths in your culture, you may not need to include the word **that** here. If you chose to reflect the way Job swore this oath following the practices of his own culture, it may be helpful to show what he is using the word **that** to mean. Alternate translation: “I swear that” 27:3 xg5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠ר֖וּחַ אֱל֣וֹהַּ בְּ⁠אַפִּֽ⁠י 1 Job is using the **breath** in his **nose** by association to mean breathing, and he is using breathing by association to mean being alive. Your language may have a similar expression that you could use in your translation. You could also state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and for as long as I draw the breath of life” or “and for as long as I am alive” @@ -2008,10 +2008,10 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 27:9 jh1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הַֽ֭⁠צַעֲקָת⁠וֹ יִשְׁמַ֥ע ׀ אֵ֑ל כִּֽי־תָב֖וֹא עָלָ֣י⁠ו צָרָֽה 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “God will not hear his cry when trouble comes upon him!” 27:9 a8tx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הַֽ֭⁠צַעֲקָת⁠וֹ יִשְׁמַ֥ע ׀ אֵ֑ל 1 Job is using the term **hear** in a specific sense to mean “answer.” Alternate translation: “Will God answer his cry for help” 27:9 j826 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification כִּֽי־תָב֖וֹא עָלָ֣י⁠ו צָרָֽה 1 Job is speaking of **trouble** as if it were a living thing that could **come upon** a wicked person (for example, as an animal might pounce on its prey). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when he experiences trouble” or “when he gets into trouble” -27:10 kq3b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion אִם־עַל־שַׁדַּ֥י יִתְעַנָּ֑ג יִקְרָ֖א אֱל֣וֹהַּ בְּ⁠כָל־עֵֽת 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or as exclamations. Alternate translation: “He will not delight himself in Shaddai! He will not call to God in every time!” +27:10 kq3b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion אִם־עַל־שַׁדַּ֥י יִתְעַנָּ֑ג יִקְרָ֖א אֱל֣וֹהַּ בְּ⁠כָל־עֵֽת 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or as exclamations. Alternate translation: “He will not delight himself in the Almighty! He will not call to God in every time!” 27:11 s3uq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular אֶתְ⁠כֶ֣ם 1 The word **you** is plural here because Job is addressing his three friends, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. 27:11 fyx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יַד־אֵ֑ל 1 Here, **hand** represents the activity of a person by association with the way that people use their hands to do things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “about the activity of God” -27:11 j827 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֲשֶׁ֥ר עִם־שַׁ֝דַּ֗י 1 Job is not using this expression to suggest that there are certain things **with** Shaddai, that is, objects that are in his presence. Rather, the expression refers to the things that pertain to Shaddai, meaning his characteristic ways of doing things. In this context, the expression refers to the way that Shaddai actually treats the wicked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “how Shaddai does things” or “how Shaddai actually treats the wicked,” +27:11 j827 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֲשֶׁ֥ר עִם־שַׁ֝דַּ֗י 1 Job is not using this expression to suggest that there are certain things **with** the Almighty, that is, objects that are in his presence. Rather, the expression refers to the things that pertain to the Almighty, meaning his characteristic ways of doing things. In this context, the expression refers to the way that the Almighty actually treats the wicked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “how the Almighty does things” or “how the Almighty actually treats the wicked,” 27:11 re4m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives לֹ֣א אֲכַחֵֽד 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative verb **conceal**. Alternate translation: “I will reveal” 27:12 j828 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אַתֶּ֣ם כֻּלְּ⁠כֶ֣ם חֲזִיתֶ֑ם 1 For emphasis, Job is stating the pronoun **you**, whose meaning is already present in the verb translated **know**. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction here in your translation. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. The ULT does so by using the intensive pronoun **yourselves**. Alternate translation: “all of you have seen this quite clearly” 27:12 j830 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אַתֶּ֣ם כֻּלְּ⁠כֶ֣ם חֲזִיתֶ֑ם 1 In this context, to **see** means to “experience.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all of you have experienced this quite consistently” @@ -2019,7 +2019,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 27:12 j831 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry וְ⁠לָ⁠מָּה־זֶּ֝֗ה הֶ֣בֶל תֶּהְבָּֽלוּ 1 For emphasis, Job is using a construction in which a subject and its verb come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “why then do you speak this utter vanity” or, as a statement, “you should therefore not speak this utter vanity” 27:13 g6qh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor זֶ֤ה ׀ חֵֽלֶק־אָדָ֖ם רָשָׁ֥ע ׀ עִם־אֵ֑ל 1 Job is speaking as if the punishment that God assigns to a **wicked man** were literally a **portion** or share of goods that God allotted to that person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “This is the punishment that God assigns to a wicked man” 27:13 j832 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations אָדָ֖ם רָשָׁ֥ע 1 Here the masculine term **man** has a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use language in your translation that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “a wicked person” -27:13 djh6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְֽ⁠נַחֲלַ֥ת עָ֝רִיצִ֗ים מִ⁠שַּׁדַּ֥י יִקָּֽחוּ 1 Job is speaking as if the punishment that Shaddai assigns to **oppressors** were literally a **heritage** or inheritance that he leaves to them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and this is the punishment that oppressors receive from Shaddai” +27:13 djh6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְֽ⁠נַחֲלַ֥ת עָ֝רִיצִ֗ים מִ⁠שַּׁדַּ֥י יִקָּֽחוּ 1 Job is speaking as if the punishment that the Almighty assigns to **oppressors** were literally a **heritage** or inheritance that he leaves to them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and this is the punishment that oppressors receive from the Almighty” 27:14 f7mj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אִם־יִרְבּ֣וּ בָנָ֣י⁠ו לְמוֹ־חָ֑רֶב 1 Job is using the term **sword** by association to mean death, since in this culture people killed others with swords. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Even if a wicked person has many children, they will all die” 27:14 j833 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לָֽחֶם 1 Job is using one kind of food, **bread**, to mean food in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “food” 27:15 dic8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche שְׂ֭רִידָיו בַּ⁠מָּ֣וֶת יִקָּבֵ֑רוּ 1 The term **death** could mean: (1) death literally. Alternate translation: “His survivor will die and be buried” (2) a plague, in which case Job would be using a general term for death to mean one specific cause of death. There is a similar use in [Jeremiah 15:2](../15/02.md). In that case Job could also be speaking as if the plague itself had buried this **survivor**, meaning that it had caused his death. Alternate translation: “His survivor will be buried by a plague” or “A plague will kill his survivor” @@ -2313,8 +2313,8 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 31:1 sxi9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וּ⁠מָ֥ה אֶ֝תְבּוֹנֵ֗ן עַל־בְּתוּלָֽה 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I would not gaze upon a virgin!” 31:1 j937 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּ⁠מָ֥ה אֶ֝תְבּוֹנֵ֗ן 1 Job means implicitly that he would not **gaze** lustfully. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “how then would I gaze lustfully” or “I would not gaze lustfully” 31:1 j938 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche עַל־בְּתוּלָֽה 1 Job is using one kind of woman, a **virgin**, to mean women in general. He is not saying that if a woman had not had sexual relations with anyone, he would not look at her lustfully, but if a woman had had sexual relations, then he might look at her lustfully. Job is mentioning a virgin as one example of a woman whom he might be tempted to look at that way. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at a woman” -31:2 ygr6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וּ⁠מֶ֤ה ׀ חֵ֣לֶק אֱל֣וֹהַּ מִ⁠מָּ֑עַל וְֽ⁠נַחֲלַ֥ת שַׁ֝דַּ֗י מִ⁠מְּרֹמִֽים 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. This could mean: (1) a good **portion** and **inheritance** as a reward for obedience. These terms typically have a positive meaning. Alternate translation: “For then there would be no portion from God above or inheritance from Shaddai in the heights!” (2) a bad **portion** and **inheritance**, that is, a punishment, for disobedience. This would mean the same thing that Job says in the next verse. Alternate translation: “For then the portion from God above would not be good, nor the inheritance from Shaddai in the heights” -31:2 p7x8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor חֵ֣לֶק אֱל֣וֹהַּ מִ⁠מָּ֑עַל וְֽ⁠נַחֲלַ֥ת שַׁ֝דַּ֗י מִ⁠מְּרֹמִֽים 1 Depending on the meaning (see previous note), Job is speaking as if either a reward or punishment from God would literally be a **portion** or a share in an **inheritance**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: (1) “the reward from God above, or the blessing from Shaddai” or (2) “the punishment from God above, or the chastisement from Shaddai” +31:2 ygr6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וּ⁠מֶ֤ה ׀ חֵ֣לֶק אֱל֣וֹהַּ מִ⁠מָּ֑עַל וְֽ⁠נַחֲלַ֥ת שַׁ֝דַּ֗י מִ⁠מְּרֹמִֽים 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. This could mean: (1) a good **portion** and **inheritance** as a reward for obedience. These terms typically have a positive meaning. Alternate translation: “For then there would be no portion from God above or inheritance from the Almighty in the heights!” (2) a bad **portion** and **inheritance**, that is, a punishment, for disobedience. This would mean the same thing that Job says in the next verse. Alternate translation: “For then the portion from God above would not be good, nor the inheritance from the Almighty in the heights” +31:2 p7x8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor חֵ֣לֶק אֱל֣וֹהַּ מִ⁠מָּ֑עַל וְֽ⁠נַחֲלַ֥ת שַׁ֝דַּ֗י מִ⁠מְּרֹמִֽים 1 Depending on the meaning (see previous note), Job is speaking as if either a reward or punishment from God would literally be a **portion** or a share in an **inheritance**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: (1) “the reward from God above, or the blessing from the Almighty” or (2) “the punishment from God above, or the chastisement from the Almighty” 31:2 j939 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְֽ⁠נַחֲלַ֥ת 1 Job is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “or what would be the inheritance” 31:2 j940 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-plural מִ⁠מְּרֹמִֽים 1 See how you translated this same expression in [25:1](../25/02.md). Alternate translation: “in highest heaven” 31:3 j941 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לֹא־אֵ֥יד לְ⁠עַוָּ֑ל וְ֝⁠נֵ֗כֶר לְ⁠פֹ֣עֲלֵי אָֽוֶן 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “After all, calamity is for the unrighteous, and disaster for doers of wickedness!” @@ -2416,7 +2416,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 31:36 gw5a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אִם־לֹ֣א עַל־שִׁ֭כְמִ⁠י אֶשָּׂאֶ֑⁠נּוּ 1 Job is speaking as if he would literally **bear** his opponent’s written legal argument against him on his **shoulder**. He means that he would have no reason to be ashamed of any of the accusations, knowing that they would be proven false and his honor would be vindicated. Your language may have a similar expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “I would wear it as a badge of honor!” 31:36 j980 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶֽעֶנְדֶ֖⁠נּוּ עֲטָר֣וֹת לִֽ⁠י 1 Job is using the plural form **crowns** to refer to a crown of superlative quality. Your language may use plural forms in the same way. If not, you could express the meaning in another way. Alternate translation: “I would wear it on my head as a splendid crown” or “I would wrap it around my head as a splendid garland” 31:37 l5p7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor צְ֭עָדַ⁠י 1 Job is speaking of his actions as if they were **steps** along a path that he had been walking along. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my actions” -31:37 mvd6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כְּמוֹ־נָ֝גִ֗יד 1 The point of this comparison is that just as a **noble** does things confidently and with self-assurance because of his position, so Job would **approach** Shaddai confidently, knowing that he was innocent. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “confidently” +31:37 mvd6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כְּמוֹ־נָ֝גִ֗יד 1 The point of this comparison is that just as a **noble** does things confidently and with self-assurance because of his position, so Job would **approach** the Almighty confidently, knowing that he was innocent. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “confidently” 31:38 r91t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification אִם־עָ֭לַ⁠י אַדְמָתִ֣⁠י תִזְעָ֑ק וְ֝⁠יַ֗חַד תְּלָמֶ֥י⁠הָ יִבְכָּיֽוּ⁠ן 1 Job is speaking of the **soil** on his land and its **furrows** as if they were living things that could cry out for justice and **weep** because of oppression. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly, in light of what Job says in the next verse. Alternate translation: “If I have committed a sin in the way that I have used my land” 31:39 j981 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְלִי־כָ֑סֶף 1 Job is using the term **silver** by association to mean money, since silver was used as money in this culture. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “without paying for it” 31:39 vfe3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וְ⁠נֶ֖פֶשׁ בְּעָלֶ֣י⁠הָ הִפָּֽחְתִּי 1 This could mean: (1) that as a poetic way of referring to death, Job is speaking of how someone might **expire** or breathe out **breath**. He would mean implicitly that he had not even left the people who were farming his land enough crops to live on. Alternate translation: “or caused its masters to die of starvation” (2) that Job had grieved the people who were farming his land by oppressing them, though he had not actually caused them to die. The word translated **breath** can also mean “soul,” and the word translated **expire** could mean “sigh.” In that case Job would be using the souls of these farmers to mean the farmers themselves. Alternate translation: “or caused the souls of its masters to sigh” or “or caused its masters to sigh from oppression” @@ -2445,7 +2445,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 32:7 j993 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns חָכְמָֽה 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wisdom**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is wise” 32:8 j994 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit רֽוּחַ־הִ֣יא בֶ⁠אֱנ֑וֹשׁ 1 Elihu means implicitly that God created humans with a **spirit** as well as a body. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “man has a spirit, not just a body” 32:8 le8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations בֶ⁠אֱנ֑וֹשׁ 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Elihu is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use language in your translation that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “in humans” -32:8 tg64 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠נִשְׁמַ֖ת שַׁדַּ֣י תְּבִינֵֽ⁠ם 1 Elihu means implicitly that because Shaddai breathed life into humans, divinely bestowing on them the gift of life (the Bible presents this concept in [Genesis 2:7](../02/07.md)), humans have **understanding**, not just instinct as animals do. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and it is because Shaddai has breathed life into them that they have understanding” +32:8 tg64 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠נִשְׁמַ֖ת שַׁדַּ֣י תְּבִינֵֽ⁠ם 1 Elihu means implicitly that because the Almighty breathed life into humans, divinely bestowing on them the gift of life (the Bible presents this concept in [Genesis 2:7](../02/07.md)), humans have **understanding**, not just instinct as animals do. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and it is because the Almighty has breathed life into them that they have understanding” 32:9 j995 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֹֽא־רַבִּ֥ים יֶחְכָּ֑מוּ וּ֝⁠זְקֵנִ֗ים יָבִ֥ינוּ מִשְׁפָּֽט 1 Elihu means implicitly that it is not the **great** or the **aged** alone who are wise and understand justice. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “It is not only the great who are wise, and it is not the aged alone who understand justice” 32:9 j996 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj רַבִּ֥ים & וּ֝⁠זְקֵנִ֗ים 1 Elihu is using the adjectives **great** and **aged** as nouns to mean certain kinds of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “Great people … and aged people” 32:9 j997 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מִשְׁפָּֽט 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **justice**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is just” @@ -2484,7 +2484,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 33:3 u1kk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יֹֽשֶׁר־לִבִּ֥⁠י 1 Elihu is using his **heart** to represent his character. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the uprightness of my character” 33:3 k009 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns יֹֽשֶׁר־לִבִּ֥⁠י 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **uprightness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “as someone whose character is upright” 33:3 j6sd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וְ⁠דַ֥עַת שְׂ֝פָתַ֗⁠י בָּר֥וּר מִלֵּֽלוּ 1 Elihu is speaking of his **lips** as if they were living things that could **speak** on their own. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what I say will be pure knowledge” -33:4 g749 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result רֽוּחַ־אֵ֥ל עָשָׂ֑תְ⁠נִי וְ⁠נִשְׁמַ֖ת שַׁדַּ֣י תְּחַיֵּֽ⁠נִי 1 Elihu is reasserting the reason he gave in [32:8](../32/08.md) to account for how he will be able to speak knowledgably. See how you translated the similar expression there. Alternate translation: “I will be able to speak knowledgably because the Spirit of God made me; yes, it was Shaddai who breathed the breath of life into me” +33:4 g749 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result רֽוּחַ־אֵ֥ל עָשָׂ֑תְ⁠נִי וְ⁠נִשְׁמַ֖ת שַׁדַּ֣י תְּחַיֵּֽ⁠נִי 1 Elihu is reasserting the reason he gave in [32:8](../32/08.md) to account for how he will be able to speak knowledgably. See how you translated the similar expression there. Alternate translation: “I will be able to speak knowledgably because the Spirit of God made me; yes, it was the Almighty who breathed the breath of life into me” 33:5 ikf4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עֶרְכָ֥⁠ה & הִתְיַצָּֽבָ⁠ה 1 Although they are used in other contexts as well, the words translated as **array** and **station** can have the sense of organizing troops into formations and placing them on a field of battle in order to defend a certain position. Elihu may be speaking as if Job’s words were troops that he wanted him to organize and as if Job himself were an army that should make a stand on a battlefield. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. You could also use plain language. Alternate translation: “marshal your arguments … draw up your defense” or “organize what you want to say … prepare to defend yourself” 33:5 k010 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְ֝⁠פָנַ֗⁠י 1 Here the word **face** represents the presence of a person by association with the way people can see the face of someone who is present. Alternate translation: “in my presence” or “to me personally” 33:6 dis8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֲנִ֣י כְ⁠פִ֣י⁠ךָ לָ⁠אֵ֑ל 1 Elihu could be using the term **mouth** to mean: (1) what Job said when he wished that God would respond to him. Job said something like this in [31:35](../01/01.md) and in several other places earlier in his speeches. Alternate translation: “I will reply to you on behalf of God, as you wished” (2) Job himself. Elihu would be using part of Job, the part he has been using to pursue his case against God, to mean all of Job. If you follow this second interpretation in your translation, you may wish to put the sentence break at the end of the verse rather than in the middle of the verse, since the two halves of the verse would be parallel statements. Alternate translation: “I am just like you to God” @@ -2589,8 +2589,8 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 34:8 j3zr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns פֹּ֣עֲלֵי אָ֑וֶן & אַנְשֵׁי־רֶֽשַׁע 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **iniquity** and **wickedness**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “people who do what is iniquitous … people who are wicked” 34:9 k050 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes כִּֽי־אָ֭מַר לֹ֣א יִסְכָּן־גָּ֑בֶר בִּ֝⁠רְצֹת֗⁠וֹ עִם־אֱלֹהִֽים 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “For he has said that it does not benefit a person when he delights himself with God” 34:10 n22e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אַ֥נֲשֵׁ֥י לֵבָ֗ב 1 Here the **heart** represents understanding. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “men of understanding” or “you wise men” -34:10 meh8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom חָלִ֖לָ⁠ה לָ⁠אֵ֥ל מֵ⁠רֶ֗שַׁע וְ⁠שַׁדַּ֥י מֵ⁠עָֽוֶל 1 See how you translated the expression "Sacrilege to" in [27:5](../27/05.md). Alternate translation: “Far be it from God to do wickedness, and from Shaddai to do iniquity” -34:10 k051 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis חָלִ֖לָ⁠ה לָ⁠אֵ֥ל מֵ⁠רֶ֗שַׁע וְ⁠שַׁדַּ֥י מֵ⁠עָֽוֶל 1 Elihu is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Far be it from God to do wickedness, and far be it from Shaddai to do iniquity” +34:10 meh8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom חָלִ֖לָ⁠ה לָ⁠אֵ֥ל מֵ⁠רֶ֗שַׁע וְ⁠שַׁדַּ֥י מֵ⁠עָֽוֶל 1 See how you translated the expression "Sacrilege to" in [27:5](../27/05.md). Alternate translation: “Far be it from God to do wickedness, and from the Almighty to do iniquity” +34:10 k051 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis חָלִ֖לָ⁠ה לָ⁠אֵ֥ל מֵ⁠רֶ֗שַׁע וְ⁠שַׁדַּ֥י מֵ⁠עָֽוֶל 1 Elihu is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Far be it from God to do wickedness, and far be it from the Almighty to do iniquity” 34:11 ia8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns יְשַׁלֶּם & יַמְצִאֶֽ⁠נּוּ 1 The pronoun **he** refers to God in both instances. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “God repays … God causes it to find him” 34:11 y31y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom פֹ֣עַל אָ֭דָם יְשַׁלֶּם־ל֑⁠וֹ 1 See how you translated the word “repay” in [21:19](../21/19.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God punishes a person for what he does” 34:11 k052 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּֽ⁠כְ⁠אֹ֥רַח אִ֝֗ישׁ 1 Elihu is speaking of how a person lives as if that were a **path** that the person was walking along. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and based on how a person lives” @@ -2704,7 +2704,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 35:12 k098 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj רָעִֽים 1 Elihu is using the adjective **evil** as a noun to mean a certain kind of person. The ULT adds the word **ones** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “evil people” 35:13 k099 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns שָׁ֭וְא לֹא־יִשְׁמַ֥ע ׀ אֵ֑ל 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **vanity**, you could express the same idea in another way. Here the word **vanity** describes a cry to God for help that is insincere. The person asking for God’s help has not repented of the sins that have gotten him into trouble; he is still doing “evil,” as verse 12 indicates. Alternate translation: “God does not hear an insincere prayer for help” 35:13 k100 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom שָׁ֭וְא לֹא־יִשְׁמַ֥ע ׀ אֵ֑ל 1 Elihu is using the term **hear** in a specific sense to mean “answer.” Alternate translation: “God will not answer an insincere prayer for help” -35:13 k101 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וְ֝⁠שַׁדַּ֗י לֹ֣א יְשׁוּרֶֽ⁠נָּה 1 In this context, the word **regard** also means “answer.” Elihu is using both hearing and seeing in parallel statements to emphasize his point. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. (You could also combine both parts of this verse into a single statement, as the UST does.) Alternate translation: “no, Shaddai will not answer such a prayer” +35:13 k101 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וְ֝⁠שַׁדַּ֗י לֹ֣א יְשׁוּרֶֽ⁠נָּה 1 In this context, the word **regard** also means “answer.” Elihu is using both hearing and seeing in parallel statements to emphasize his point. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. (You could also combine both parts of this verse into a single statement, as the UST does.) Alternate translation: “no, the Almighty will not answer such a prayer” 35:14 di2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis אַ֣ף כִּֽי 1 Elihu is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “How much less will God answer your prayers, given that” 35:14 c513 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations תֹ֭אמַר לֹ֣א תְשׁוּרֶ֑⁠נּוּ דִּ֥ין לְ֝⁠פָנָ֗י⁠ו וּ⁠תְח֥וֹלֵֽל לֽ⁠וֹ 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “you say, ‘I do not see him; the case is to his face, and I am waiting for him,’” 35:14 njy6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy דִּ֥ין לְ֝⁠פָנָ֗י⁠ו 1 In this context, the phrase **to his face** means “in front of him.” This is likely a reference to the written documents that people in this culture prepared for legal proceedings, as a note to [31:35](../31/35.md) discusses. Job would be saying that his testimony was “in front of” God, that is, he had submitted it for God to read. Alternate translation: “you have submitted your case to him” @@ -3126,7 +3126,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 39:30 iv5j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj וּ⁠בַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר חֲ֝לָלִ֗ים שָׁ֣ם הֽוּא 1 Yahweh is using the adjective **slain** as a noun to mean people and animals in a certain condition. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “but it also feeds on the flesh of people and animals that others have killed” 40:intro k9mj 0 # Job 40 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThe ULT sets the lines of verses 1–2, 4–5, and 7–24 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are poetry.\n\n- Verses 1–2: Yahweh challenges Job to respond to what he has said so far.\n- Verses 3–5: Job replies that he has nothing to say in response.\n- Verses 6–14 Yahweh tells Job that if he wishes to judge the world as he would do, he must display power and justice in subduing wicked people.\n- Verses 15–24 Yahweh tells Job to consider a great creature named Behemoth. \n\n## Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\n### Behemoth\n\nTo help Job continue to recognize that he occupies a small and insignificant place within creation, Yahweh describes the strength and power of one of his great creatures, Behemoth. While this animal was known in the time of Job, its exact identity is now uncertain. You may therefore wish to use the name Behemoth in your translation, spelling it the way it sounds in your language, rather than trying to specify a particular animal that Yahweh is describing. The UST models this approach.\n\n## Special Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Justice\n\nIn verse 8, Yahweh asks Job whether he wishes to decide what is right. and then in the next verse, Yahweh asks Job whether he has great power. However, Yahweh is not suggesting that might makes right. Rather, he is asking Job whether he has the might to make things right, as he then describes in verses 10–14. In verse 10, the terms "majesty," "greatness," "glory," and "splendor" describe moral qualities, not simply power. See if you have terms available in your language that can convey this meaning in your translation. 40:1 jlf1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys וַ⁠יַּ֖עַן יְהוָ֥ה אֶת־אִיּ֗וֹב וַ⁠יֹּאמַֽר 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [34:1](../34/01.md). Alternate translation: “And Yahweh said to Job, in light of all that he had just said” -40:2 p78z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person הֲ֭⁠רֹב עִם־שַׁדַּ֣י יִסּ֑וֹר מוֹכִ֖יחַ אֱל֣וֹהַּ יַעֲנֶֽ⁠נָּה 1 Shaddai is speaking about himself in the third person, and though he is addressing Job directly, he is also speaking about him in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could have Shaddai speak of himself in the first person and of Job in the second person. Alternate translation: “You said you wanted to reprove me, Shaddai; do you still wish to contend with me? You said you wanted to correct me, God; if so, then you must answer it” +40:2 p78z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person הֲ֭⁠רֹב עִם־שַׁדַּ֣י יִסּ֑וֹר מוֹכִ֖יחַ אֱל֣וֹהַּ יַעֲנֶֽ⁠נָּה 1 The Almighty is speaking about himself in the third person, and though he is addressing Job directly, he is also speaking about him in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could have the Almighty speak of himself in the first person and of Job in the second person. Alternate translation: “You said you wanted to reprove me, the Almighty; do you still wish to contend with me? You said you wanted to correct me, God; if so, then you must answer it” 40:2 k282 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns מוֹכִ֖יחַ אֱל֣וֹהַּ יַעֲנֶֽ⁠נָּה 1 God is using the pronoun **it** to refer to everything he has just said to Job. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “If you still think you can correct me, then respond to everything I have just said to you” 40:3 k283 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys וַ⁠יַּ֖עַן אִיּ֥וֹב אֶת־יְהוָ֗ה וַ⁠יֹּאמַֽר 1 Here the narrator expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **answered** tells for what purpose a person **said** something. Specifically, the person said it in order to answer or respond to what someone else said. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “And Job responded to Yahweh” 40:4 q9w7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מָ֣ה אֲשִׁיבֶ֑⁠ךָּ 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If a speaker of your language would not use the question form for that purpose, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I am not able to answer you!” @@ -3318,4 +3318,4 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 42:15 k382 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠ת֥וֹךְ אֲחֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 This expression could mean: (1) that Job gave his daughters an inheritance just as he did for his sons. Alternate translation: “just as he did for their brothers” (2) that Job gave his daughters as an inheritance land that was located in the same area as land that he gave to his sons as their inheritance. Alternate translation: “of land that adjoined land that he left to his sons” 42:16 k383 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship אֶת־בָּנָי⁠ו֙ וְ⁠אֶת־בְּנֵ֣י בָנָ֔י⁠ו אַרְבָּעָ֖ה דֹּרֽוֹת 1 In this culture, Job’s generation was considered the first generation, so **four generations** refers to his children’s children’s children. Your language may have terms of its own for these kinship relationships. Alternate translation: “his children and his grandchildren and his great-grandchildren” 42:17 k384 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor זָקֵ֖ן וּ⁠שְׂבַ֥ע יָמִֽים 1 The author is speaking as if **days** were an object and as if Job were a container that was **full** of them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “old and having lived for many days” -42:17 d827 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet זָקֵ֖ן וּ⁠שְׂבַ֥ע יָמִֽים 1 The expressions **old** and **full of days** mean similar things. The author is using them together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Your language may have a characteristic expression that it would use in such a context. Alternate translation: “at a ripe old age” \ No newline at end of file +42:17 d827 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet זָקֵ֖ן וּ⁠שְׂבַ֥ע יָמִֽים 1 The expressions **old** and **full of days** mean similar things. The author is using them together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Your language may have a characteristic expression that it would use in such a context. Alternate translation: “at a ripe old age” From 4c6112647dcf59e3a4835dabb9fb127df36a0799 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Richard Mahn Date: Wed, 22 Nov 2023 19:47:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 02/32] Change straight quotes to curly quotes in tn_JOB.tsv (#3648) Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/3648 --- tn_JOB.tsv | 32 ++++++++++++++++---------------- 1 file changed, 16 insertions(+), 16 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_JOB.tsv b/tn_JOB.tsv index 942ac81266..c6cca3a9c4 100644 --- a/tn_JOB.tsv +++ b/tn_JOB.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Reference ID Tags SupportReference Quote Occurrence Note -front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of Job\n\n1. Introduction (1:1–2:13)\n - Background to Job’s situation: He is righteous and wealthy (1:1–5)\n - Yahweh allows Satan to test Job (1:6–2:10)\n2. Job’s friends speak to him a first time and Job replies (3:1–14:22)\n3. Job’s friends speak to him a second time and Job replies (15:1–21:34)\n4. Job’s friends speak to him a third time and Job replies (22:1–31:40)\n5. Elihu speaks to Job (32:1–37:24)\n6. Yahweh answers Job out of the whirlwind (38:1–41:34) \n7. Conclusion (42:1–17)\n - Job responds humbly\n - Yahweh rebukes Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar (42:7–9)\n - Yahweh restores Job to prosperity (42:10–17)\n\n### What is the book of Job about?\n\nThe book of Job is about a man named Job who experienced disaster even though he was faithful to Yahweh. Job speaks with three friends and asks why Yahweh has allowed him to experience trials and losses. The book teaches that we cannot understand all of Yahweh’s ways, and when we suffer, it is more important to trust Yahweh than it is to understand the reason for the suffering.\n\n### What title should translators give to this book?\n\nThe book of Job is named for Job, the main character in the book. His name is not related to the English word “job.” Translators might use the traditional title of “The Book of Job” or simply “Job.” Or they may choose a different title such as “The Book About Job” or “The Book About a Man Named Job.”\n\n### Who wrote the book of Job?\n\nWe do not know who wrote the book of Job. Many people suggest that Moses composed or compiled the book, but it may have been written after the time of Moses.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Does sin cause suffering?\n\nWhen a person sins against Yahweh, that can cause the person to experience suffering. People in the ancient Near East generally believed that a person suffered because they or their ancestors had sinned against God. This is what many religions teach. However, the book of Job shows that a person may suffer even if he or she has not sinned. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n### Were Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar really Job’s friends?\n\nJob 2:11 describes Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar as the friends of Job. However, they did not succeed in comforting Job. Instead, they tried to persuade Job to say something about God that Job believed was not true. So we might wonder if it is right to translate the word as “friends.” What they said did not help Job, because they did not understand the full truth about God. However, they did care about Job, and they did want to help him. In those ways, they did what friends would do, and in that sense the word “friends” is appropriate.\n\n### When did the events in the book of Job take place?\n\nWe do not know when the events in the book of Job took place. The story is set around the time of Abraham and Isaac in the book of Genesis. However, some verses are similar to verses in the books of Proverbs and Isaiah, which were written many centuries after Abraham and Isaac lived. It is possible that the book of Job was written at a later time to describe the events of an earlier time.\n\n### The "sea monster"\n\nAncient peoples seem to have been aware of a large, fierce creature that lived in the ocean. They referred to it as the "sea monster." People in Job's culture regarded the sea as the realm of watery chaos, and they associated this sea monster with that chaos. There are references to this creature in the book of Job under the names Leviathan in [3:8](../03/08.md), the “sea monster” in [7:12](../07/12.md), Rahab in [9:13](../09/13.md) and [26:12](../26/12.md), and the “fleeing serpent” in [26:13](../26/13.md). The description of Leviathan in chapter 41 also seems to be a description of this same creature. Notes at these various places suggest how you might represent these references in your translation.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Is the book of Job difficult to translate?\n\nThe book of Job has many uncommon words and phrases. That makes parts of it hard to understand and translate. For this reason, translators may decide to translate this book after they have translated other books of the Bible. However, since the writer did not connect Job with a specific time or place in history, the translator may also decide to translate this book before other Old Testament books.\n\n### What style of writing is in the book of Job?\n\nThe author begins and ends the book of Job by relating what happened to Job in narrative form. In the rest of the book, the characters speak in poetry. In the ancient Near East, writers often used poetry to discuss matters of wisdom. The relationship of human conduct to human prosperity and suffering is an important theme in wisdom literature.\n\n### Hebrew poetry: parallelism\n\nHebrew poetry was based on repetition of meaning rather than on repetition of sound like poetry in some other languages. A speaker would typically say one phrase and then say another phrase (or two) that meant a similar thing, an opposite thing, or something supplementary. The subsequent phrase or phrases would advance the meaning of the first phrase in one of these ways. In many cases it would be good to show this to your readers by including all the phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word that would show how the later phrase or phrases are advancing the meaning of the first one. Throughout the book, notes will model ways of doing this in various cases, although not in most cases. It is hoped that these illustrations will give translators an idea of what they could do in any given instance.\n\n### Hebrew poetry: chiasm\n\nHebrew poetry often uses a form known as “chiasm.” It will make a statement consisting of two elements. It will then make a parallel, contrasting, or supplemental statement consisting of those same two elements, but in reverse order. For example, Job says in 3:5:\n\nMay it not rejoice among the days of the year;\ninto the number of the months may it not come.\n\nYou may wish to show this form in your translation by following the Hebrew word order, even if that would not ordinarily be the order you would follow in your language. For 3:5, English might ordinarily say:\n\nMay it not rejoice among the days of the year;\nmay it not come into the number of the months.\n\nBut the ULT follows the Hebrew word order in order to give an idea of this characteristic form of Hebrew poetry.\n\n### “answered and said”\n\nThe author uses the phrase “answered and said” many times in the book of Job. This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with “and”. The word “answered” tells for what purpose a person “said” something. Specifically, they said it in order to answer or respond to what someone else said. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and,” such as “responded.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])\n\n### “fear”\n\nIn several places in the book, the author uses a word from the root “fear,” such as the verb “fear” or the adjective “fearful,” in a specific sense. He uses the word to describe an awe of God that leads to holy living. He is not referring to an emotion and saying that the person is afraid of God. He means that the person respects and obeys God. Notes will call attention to this usage where it occurs, and they will suggest translations such as the verb “respect” and the adjective “respectful.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### “behold”\n\nIn many places in the book, characters use the term “behold” to focus their listeners’ attention on what they is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation in these instances.\n\n### “nose”\n\nIn several places in the book, various characters use the term “nose” to mean anger. They do this by association with the way that a person who is angry breathes heavily through his nose. Your language and culture may also associate anger with a particular part of the body. If so, you could use an expression involving that part of the body in your translation. You could also use plain language and say “anger.” +front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of Job\n\n1. Introduction (1:1–2:13)\n - Background to Job’s situation: He is righteous and wealthy (1:1–5)\n - Yahweh allows Satan to test Job (1:6–2:10)\n2. Job’s friends speak to him a first time and Job replies (3:1–14:22)\n3. Job’s friends speak to him a second time and Job replies (15:1–21:34)\n4. Job’s friends speak to him a third time and Job replies (22:1–31:40)\n5. Elihu speaks to Job (32:1–37:24)\n6. Yahweh answers Job out of the whirlwind (38:1–41:34) \n7. Conclusion (42:1–17)\n - Job responds humbly\n - Yahweh rebukes Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar (42:7–9)\n - Yahweh restores Job to prosperity (42:10–17)\n\n### What is the book of Job about?\n\nThe book of Job is about a man named Job who experienced disaster even though he was faithful to Yahweh. Job speaks with three friends and asks why Yahweh has allowed him to experience trials and losses. The book teaches that we cannot understand all of Yahweh’s ways, and when we suffer, it is more important to trust Yahweh than it is to understand the reason for the suffering.\n\n### What title should translators give to this book?\n\nThe book of Job is named for Job, the main character in the book. His name is not related to the English word “job.” Translators might use the traditional title of “The Book of Job” or simply “Job.” Or they may choose a different title such as “The Book About Job” or “The Book About a Man Named Job.”\n\n### Who wrote the book of Job?\n\nWe do not know who wrote the book of Job. Many people suggest that Moses composed or compiled the book, but it may have been written after the time of Moses.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Does sin cause suffering?\n\nWhen a person sins against Yahweh, that can cause the person to experience suffering. People in the ancient Near East generally believed that a person suffered because they or their ancestors had sinned against God. This is what many religions teach. However, the book of Job shows that a person may suffer even if he or she has not sinned. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n### Were Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar really Job’s friends?\n\nJob 2:11 describes Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar as the friends of Job. However, they did not succeed in comforting Job. Instead, they tried to persuade Job to say something about God that Job believed was not true. So we might wonder if it is right to translate the word as “friends.” What they said did not help Job, because they did not understand the full truth about God. However, they did care about Job, and they did want to help him. In those ways, they did what friends would do, and in that sense the word “friends” is appropriate.\n\n### When did the events in the book of Job take place?\n\nWe do not know when the events in the book of Job took place. The story is set around the time of Abraham and Isaac in the book of Genesis. However, some verses are similar to verses in the books of Proverbs and Isaiah, which were written many centuries after Abraham and Isaac lived. It is possible that the book of Job was written at a later time to describe the events of an earlier time.\n\n### The “sea monster”\n\nAncient peoples seem to have been aware of a large, fierce creature that lived in the ocean. They referred to it as the “sea monster.” People in Job's culture regarded the sea as the realm of watery chaos, and they associated this sea monster with that chaos. There are references to this creature in the book of Job under the names Leviathan in [3:8](../03/08.md), the “sea monster” in [7:12](../07/12.md), Rahab in [9:13](../09/13.md) and [26:12](../26/12.md), and the “fleeing serpent” in [26:13](../26/13.md). The description of Leviathan in chapter 41 also seems to be a description of this same creature. Notes at these various places suggest how you might represent these references in your translation.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Is the book of Job difficult to translate?\n\nThe book of Job has many uncommon words and phrases. That makes parts of it hard to understand and translate. For this reason, translators may decide to translate this book after they have translated other books of the Bible. However, since the writer did not connect Job with a specific time or place in history, the translator may also decide to translate this book before other Old Testament books.\n\n### What style of writing is in the book of Job?\n\nThe author begins and ends the book of Job by relating what happened to Job in narrative form. In the rest of the book, the characters speak in poetry. In the ancient Near East, writers often used poetry to discuss matters of wisdom. The relationship of human conduct to human prosperity and suffering is an important theme in wisdom literature.\n\n### Hebrew poetry: parallelism\n\nHebrew poetry was based on repetition of meaning rather than on repetition of sound like poetry in some other languages. A speaker would typically say one phrase and then say another phrase (or two) that meant a similar thing, an opposite thing, or something supplementary. The subsequent phrase or phrases would advance the meaning of the first phrase in one of these ways. In many cases it would be good to show this to your readers by including all the phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word that would show how the later phrase or phrases are advancing the meaning of the first one. Throughout the book, notes will model ways of doing this in various cases, although not in most cases. It is hoped that these illustrations will give translators an idea of what they could do in any given instance.\n\n### Hebrew poetry: chiasm\n\nHebrew poetry often uses a form known as “chiasm.” It will make a statement consisting of two elements. It will then make a parallel, contrasting, or supplemental statement consisting of those same two elements, but in reverse order. For example, Job says in 3:5:\n\nMay it not rejoice among the days of the year;\ninto the number of the months may it not come.\n\nYou may wish to show this form in your translation by following the Hebrew word order, even if that would not ordinarily be the order you would follow in your language. For 3:5, English might ordinarily say:\n\nMay it not rejoice among the days of the year;\nmay it not come into the number of the months.\n\nBut the ULT follows the Hebrew word order in order to give an idea of this characteristic form of Hebrew poetry.\n\n### “answered and said”\n\nThe author uses the phrase “answered and said” many times in the book of Job. This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with “and”. The word “answered” tells for what purpose a person “said” something. Specifically, they said it in order to answer or respond to what someone else said. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and,” such as “responded.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])\n\n### “fear”\n\nIn several places in the book, the author uses a word from the root “fear,” such as the verb “fear” or the adjective “fearful,” in a specific sense. He uses the word to describe an awe of God that leads to holy living. He is not referring to an emotion and saying that the person is afraid of God. He means that the person respects and obeys God. Notes will call attention to this usage where it occurs, and they will suggest translations such as the verb “respect” and the adjective “respectful.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### “behold”\n\nIn many places in the book, characters use the term “behold” to focus their listeners’ attention on what they is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation in these instances.\n\n### “nose”\n\nIn several places in the book, various characters use the term “nose” to mean anger. They do this by association with the way that a person who is angry breathes heavily through his nose. Your language and culture may also associate anger with a particular part of the body. If so, you could use an expression involving that part of the body in your translation. You could also use plain language and say “anger.” 1:intro lym1 0 # Job 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter introduces a story about a man named Job who lived during a time long before the author.\n\n## Special Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Wealth\n\nIn the time and place in which the book of Job is set, a person’s wealth was measured by the number of animals he owned. The book describes how Job owned thousands of animals in order to indicate that he was very rich. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n### Sacrifices\n\nJob was a man who obeyed Yahweh carefully. We might therefore wonder why he offered sacrifices on behalf of his children, as 1:5 describes, since he was not one of the descendants of Aaron, who were the only ones whom the law of Moses allowed to offer sacrifices. It must be remembered that Job lived prior to the time when God gave Moses the law, so his religious practices were different from those of the Hebrew people after Moses. In Job’s culture, it was normal and acceptable for the father to act as a priest for his family and to offer sacrifices on their behalf. The events that this book relates took place about the same time as the life of Abraham. Therefore, this book corresponds more with Genesis 12–50 than with the rest of the Old Testament. (See:[[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n## Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\n### “the adversary”\n\nThe Hebrew word satan means “adversary.” The Old Testament uses the word in that sense in several places, for example, 1 Kings 11:14, “Yahweh raised up an adversary against Solomon, Hadad the Edomite.” In chapters 1 and 2 of the book of Job, there is a character called “the satan” or “the adversary.” This seems to be a created angelic being who opposes righteous people and accuses them before God of having wrong motives. Many interpreters of the book of Job identify this character with Satan, the devil. The UST follows that interpretation, but the ULT translates the term more basically as “adversary.” You can decide how to translate this term in your own translation. 1:1 j000 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants אִ֛ישׁ הָיָ֥ה בְ⁠אֶֽרֶץ־ע֖וּץ 1 The author is introducing **Job** as the main participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing participants, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “There once was a man who lived in the land of Uz” 1:1 k5g4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names ע֖וּץ & אִיּ֣וֹב 1 The word **Uz** is the name of a place, and the word **Job** is the name of a man. @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 3:8 i4gt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֹרְרֵי־י֑וֹם 1 Job assumes that his listeners will understand that by **the ones cursing a day** he is referring to sorcerers. People in this culture employed sorcerers in the belief that they could cause bad things to happen on a particular day to their enemies. For example, people might employ a sorcerer to try to ruin the day on which a person began an important journey or celebrated an important family occasion such as a wedding. You could indicate this in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “professional sorcerers” 3:8 j056 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj הָ֝⁠עֲתִידִ֗ים 1 Job is using the adjective **skillful** as a noun to mean certain people. The word is plural, and the ULT adds the word **ones** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the people who have the skill” 3:8 j057 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עֹרֵ֥ר לִוְיָתָֽן 1 The implication is that if sorcerers created chaos by awakening the chaos monster, there would no longer be any distinction between days, and so the day of Job’s birth would no longer have a distinct identity. You could say that explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “to cause chaos among days” or “to destroy the distinct identity of the day on which I was born” -3:8 j342 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לִוְיָתָֽן 1 As the General Introduction to Job explains, ancient peoples seem to have been aware of a large, fierce creature that lived in the ocean, which they called the "sea monster." People in Job's culture regarded the sea as the realm of watery chaos, and they associated this sea monster with that chaos. That is the association that Job is making here, calling the sea monster by the name Leviathan. You could retain the name Leviathan in your translation. Alternatively, you could use a general expression to convey the idea here. Alternate translation: “the sea monster that is associated with chaos” +3:8 j342 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לִוְיָתָֽן 1 As the General Introduction to Job explains, ancient peoples seem to have been aware of a large, fierce creature that lived in the ocean, which they called the “sea monster.” People in Job's culture regarded the sea as the realm of watery chaos, and they associated this sea monster with that chaos. That is the association that Job is making here, calling the sea monster by the name Leviathan. You could retain the name Leviathan in your translation. Alternatively, you could use a general expression to convey the idea here. Alternate translation: “the sea monster that is associated with chaos” 3:9 fcl4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification יְקַו־לְ⁠א֥וֹר וָ⁠אַ֑יִן וְ⁠אַל־יִ֝רְאֶ֗ה בְּ⁠עַפְעַפֵּי־שָֽׁחַר 1 Job is speaking of the day of his birth as if it were a living thing that could **wait** for **light** to appear in the sky and **see** the **dawn**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “may light never appear on that day, yes, may dawn never break on that day” 3:9 j058 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠עַפְעַפֵּי־שָֽׁחַר 1 Job is referring to light flashing from eyes by association with the **eyelids** that open to reveal that flashing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the light flashing from the eyes of the dawn” 3:9 max2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification בְּ⁠עַפְעַפֵּי־שָֽׁחַר 1 Job is speaking of **the dawn** as if it were a living thing that had **eyelids** that could open to reveal light flashing from its eyes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. By **dawn**, Job means the sunrise itself, not the first faint light that appears on the horizon to indicate that a new day is beginning. Alternate translation: “the first flashes of light from the sunrise” @@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 6:5 j186 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs הֲ⁠יִֽנְהַק־פֶּ֥רֶא עֲלֵי־דֶ֑שֶׁא אִ֥ם יִגְעֶה־שּׁ֝֗וֹר עַל־בְּלִילֽ⁠וֹ 1 Job is quoting or creating a proverb, a short saying about something that is generally true in life. This proverb draws a figurative comparison: Just as animals do not complain loudly if they have food, so Job would not be protesting so vehemently if something were not seriously wrong. But since Job has already made this point explicitly in verse 3 (“therefore my words raved”), you do not need to explain it here. Rather, you can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. If your readers would not recognize what a **wild donkey** or an **ox** is, in your translation you could use animals that your readers would recognize. 6:6 cg4r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠יֵאָכֵ֣ל תָּ֭פֵל מִ⁠בְּלִי־מֶ֑לַח אִם־יֶשׁ־טַ֝֗עַם בְּ⁠רִ֣יר חַלָּמֽוּת 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis in both of these sentences. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate these sentences as statements or as exclamations. Alternate translation: “The unsavory will not be eaten without salt! And there is no taste in the white of an egg!” 6:6 l3sd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs הֲ⁠יֵאָכֵ֣ל תָּ֭פֵל מִ⁠בְּלִי־מֶ֑לַח אִם־יֶשׁ־טַ֝֗עַם בְּ⁠רִ֣יר חַלָּמֽוּת 1 Job is quoting or creating a proverb, a short saying about something that is generally true in life. This proverb draws a figurative comparison: Just as it is necessary to season some foods in order to eat them, so it is necessary to talk expressively about some situations in life in order to endure them. Job has already made this point explicitly in verse 3 (“therefore my words raved”), but perhaps the connection will not be as clear in this case as in the previous verse. So you could make the connection more explicitly. Alternatively, you could translate the proverb itself in a way that would be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. If people in your culture would not eat **the white of an egg**, in your translation you could use a food that your readers would recognize. Alternate translation: “I cannot endure these troubles without talking emotionally about them, any more than people can eat bland food without seasoning it” -6:6 j187 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj הֲ⁠יֵאָכֵ֣ל תָּ֭פֵל מִ⁠בְּלִי־מֶ֑לַח 1 Job is using the adjective **unsavory,** which in this context means "without flavor," as a noun to mean a certain kind of food. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “Will unsavory food be eaten without salt” +6:6 j187 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj הֲ⁠יֵאָכֵ֣ל תָּ֭פֵל מִ⁠בְּלִי־מֶ֑לַח 1 Job is using the adjective **unsavory,** which in this context means “without flavor,” as a noun to mean a certain kind of food. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “Will unsavory food be eaten without salt” 6:6 xfj2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הֲ⁠יֵאָכֵ֣ל תָּ֭פֵל מִ⁠בְּלִי־מֶ֑לַח 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Will people eat unsavory food without salt” 6:6 j188 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אִם־יֶשׁ־טַ֝֗עַם בְּ⁠רִ֣יר חַלָּמֽוּת 1 Job is using the word **If** to introduce a question that anticipates a contrary answer. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this in your translation. Alternate translation: “There is no taste in the white of an egg, is there” 6:7 j189 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche מֵאֲנָ֣ה & נַפְשִׁ֑⁠י 1 Job is using one part of himself, his **soul**, to mean all of him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have refused” @@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 7:11 j243 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche אֲֽ֭דַבְּרָה בְּ⁠צַ֣ר רוּחִ֑⁠י אָ֝שִׂ֗יחָה בְּ⁠מַ֣ר נַפְשִֽׁ⁠י 1 Job is using parts of himself, his **spirit** and his **soul**, to mean all of him in the act of speaking and complaining. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will speak in my distress; yes, I will complain in my bitterness” 7:11 v8zz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns אֲֽ֭דַבְּרָה בְּ⁠צַ֣ר רוּחִ֑⁠י אָ֝שִׂ֗יחָה בְּ⁠מַ֣ר נַפְשִֽׁ⁠י 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **distress** and **bitterness**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “I will speak, since I am distressed; yes, I will complain, since I am bitter” 7:12 qy6r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲֽ⁠יָם־אָ֭נִי אִם־תַּנִּ֑ין כִּֽי־תָשִׂ֖ים עָלַ֣⁠י מִשְׁמָֽר 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I am not the sea or the sea monster, so you do not need to set a guard over me!” -7:12 j244 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הֲֽ⁠יָם & אִם־תַּנִּ֑ין 1 See the General Introduction to Job for a discussion of the **sea monster** and see how you translated the name Leviathan in [3:8](../03/08.md). Alternate translation: "the sea monster that is associated with chaos" +7:12 j244 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הֲֽ⁠יָם & אִם־תַּנִּ֑ין 1 See the General Introduction to Job for a discussion of the **sea monster** and see how you translated the name Leviathan in [3:8](../03/08.md). Alternate translation: “the sea monster that is associated with chaos” 7:12 j245 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative כִּֽי־תָשִׂ֖ים 1 Job is using the future tense to indicate something that God would do out of necessity. Your language may have its own way of expressing such a meaning. Alternate translation: “that you would have to set” 7:13 j246 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations כִּֽי־אָ֭מַרְתִּי תְּנַחֲמֵ֣⁠נִי עַרְשִׂ֑⁠י יִשָּׂ֥א בְ֝⁠שִׂיחִ֗⁠י מִשְׁכָּבִֽ⁠י 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “When I say that my couch will comfort me and that my bed will take away my complaint” 7:13 v7e8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy תְּנַחֲמֵ֣⁠נִי עַרְשִׂ֑⁠י יִשָּׂ֥א בְ֝⁠שִׂיחִ֗⁠י מִשְׁכָּבִֽ⁠י 1 Job is using the terms **couch** and **bed** to mean sleep by association with the way people sleep on a couch or a bed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “My sleep will comfort me, yes, my sleep will take away my complaint” @@ -645,7 +645,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 9:13 j345 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֱ֭לוֹהַּ לֹא־יָשִׁ֣יב אַפּ֑⁠וֹ 1 See how you translated the word **nose** in verse 5. Alternate translation: “God will not turn aside his anger” 9:13 j291 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֱ֭לוֹהַּ לֹא־יָשִׁ֣יב אַפּ֑⁠וֹ 1 Job is speaking as if God might literally make his anger **turn aside** and go in a different direction. Job is actually describing how God might stop being angry (although in this case he would not). If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God will not stop being angry” 9:13 j292 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives אֱ֭לוֹהַּ לֹא־יָשִׁ֣יב אַפּ֑⁠וֹ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as a positive expression. Alternate translation: “God will still have anger” -9:13 nzr2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names רָֽהַב 1 The word **Rahab** is another name for the sea monster. See the General Introduction to Job for a discussion of the **sea monster**, and see how you translated the name Leviathan in [3:8](../03/08.md). Alternate translation: "the sea monster that is associated with chaos" +9:13 nzr2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names רָֽהַב 1 The word **Rahab** is another name for the sea monster. See the General Introduction to Job for a discussion of the **sea monster**, and see how you translated the name Leviathan in [3:8](../03/08.md). Alternate translation: “the sea monster that is associated with chaos” 9:13 j340 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עֹ֣זְרֵי רָֽהַב 1 When Job speaks of **the helpers of Rahab**, he likely means ocean waves, since he says in [9:8](../09/08.md), in a context of overcoming chaos, that God treads on the waves of the sea. Alternate translation: “the chaotic ocean waves” 9:13 e9gu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification תחת⁠ו שָׁ֝חֲח֗וּ 1 Job is speaking of **the helpers of Rahab**, most likely meaning the waves of the sea, as if they were a living thing that could **bow** to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are under his control” 9:14 z61q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אַ֭ף כִּֽי־אָנֹכִ֣י אֶֽעֱנֶ֑⁠נּוּ 1 **Indeed that** is an expression that indicates that what follows is greater in degree than what a person has just said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “How much less would I be able to answer him” @@ -944,7 +944,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 13:7 scy3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הַ֭⁠לְ⁠אֵל תְּדַבְּר֣וּ עַוְלָ֑ה וְ֝⁠ל֗⁠וֹ תְּֽדַבְּר֥וּ רְמִיָּֽה 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or as exclamations. Alternate translation: “You have been speaking unrighteously for God! You have been talking deceitfully for him!” 13:8 x6cv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠פָנָ֥י⁠ו תִּשָּׂא֑וּ⁠ן אִם־לָ⁠אֵ֥ל תְּרִיבֽוּ⁠ן 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or as exclamations. Alternate translation: “You have been lifting his face! You have been pleading for God!” 13:8 gc76 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הֲ⁠פָנָ֥י⁠ו תִּשָּׂא֑וּ⁠ן 1 As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, the expression **lift his face** means to show favor or favoritism towards someone. Alternate translation: “Will you show him favoritism?” or “You are showing him favoritism!” -13:8 i61h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לָ⁠אֵ֥ל תְּרִיבֽוּ⁠ן 1 Job is using the word **plead** to mean "argue a court case." He is suggesting that his friends are not counseling him impartially but, rather, taking God’s side against him even though, as he sees it, he has a valid case against God. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “will you take God’s side against me?” or “you are taking God’s side against me!” +13:8 i61h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לָ⁠אֵ֥ל תְּרִיבֽוּ⁠ן 1 Job is using the word **plead** to mean “argue a court case.” He is suggesting that his friends are not counseling him impartially but, rather, taking God’s side against him even though, as he sees it, he has a valid case against God. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “will you take God’s side against me?” or “you are taking God’s side against me!” 13:9 l9wk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ֭⁠טוֹב כִּֽי־יַחְקֹ֣ר אֶתְ⁠כֶ֑ם אִם־כְּ⁠הָתֵ֥ל בֶּ֝⁠אֱנ֗וֹשׁ תְּהָתֵ֥לּוּ בֽ⁠וֹ 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or as exclamations. Alternate translation: “It is not good that he will examine you! You will not deceive him as you might deceive a man” 13:9 j412 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הֲ֭⁠טוֹב כִּֽי־יַחְקֹ֣ר אֶתְ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 Job means implicitly that it would not be **good** for his friends if God were to **examine** them because God would discover that they had not been telling the truth about him. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “If God were to examine you, he would discover that you have not been telling the truth about him, and that would not be good for you” 13:9 gk9j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations בֶּ֝⁠אֱנ֗וֹשׁ 1 Here the masculine term **man** has a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use language in your translation that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “a man or a woman” or “a human” @@ -973,7 +973,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 13:19 u63c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מִי־ה֭וּא יָרִ֣יב עִמָּדִ֑⁠י 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I do not believe that anyone could contend successfully with me” 13:19 t9jj rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases כִּֽי 1 Job is using the word **For** to describe what would happen under the condition he has just described. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this in your translation. Alternate translation: “If someone does prove me wrong,” 13:19 b4n5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וְ⁠אֶגְוָֽע 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [3:11](../03/11.md). Alternate translation: “and pass away” -13:20 j421 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַךְ־שְׁ֭תַּיִם 1 At this point in his speech, Job stops addressing his three friends and starts addressing God directly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: "God, only two things do not do to me" +13:20 j421 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַךְ־שְׁ֭תַּיִם 1 At this point in his speech, Job stops addressing his three friends and starts addressing God directly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “God, only two things do not do to me” 13:20 y87x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular אַל־תַּ֣עַשׂ & מִ֝⁠פָּנֶ֗י⁠ךָ 1 As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, the word **your** and the implied “you” in the imperative **do** are singular here because Job is starting to address God directly. He continues to speak to God for the rest of this chapter and in all of chapter 14. So use singular forms of second-person pronouns and imperatives in your translation from here to the end of chapter 14 if your language marks that distinction. 13:20 yzd3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִ֝⁠פָּנֶ֗י⁠ךָ 1 Here the word **face** represents the presence of a person by association with the way people can see the face of someone who is present. Alternate translation: “from you presence” 13:21 l5nn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy כַּ֭פְּ⁠ךָ מֵ⁠עָלַ֣⁠י הַרְחַ֑ק 1 Here, **hand** represents the power of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Stop using your power to make me suffer” @@ -1396,7 +1396,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 19:15 kz75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession גָּ֘רֵ֤י בֵיתִ֣⁠י 1 Job is using this possessive form to refer to people who have stayed in his **house** as **Guests**. Alternate translation: “People who once stayed in my house as guests” 19:15 y376 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְ⁠עֵינֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 Job is using the term **eyes** by association to mean sight. Sight, in turn, represents attention, perspective, and judgment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from their perspective” or “as far as they are concerned” 19:16 x8ak rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְ⁠עַבְדִּ֣⁠י קָ֭רָאתִי וְ⁠לֹ֣א יַעֲנֶ֑ה 1 In this context, the word **call** implicitly means “summon” and the word **answer** implicitly means “obey.” You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “I summon my servant, but he does not obey and come to me” -19:16 j564 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun לְ⁠עַבְדִּ֣⁠י 1 Job is not referring to a specific **servant**. He means all of his servants. It may be more natural in your language to express this meaning by using a plural form. Alternate translation: “to my servants" +19:16 j564 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun לְ⁠עַבְדִּ֣⁠י 1 Job is not referring to a specific **servant**. He means all of his servants. It may be more natural in your language to express this meaning by using a plural form. Alternate translation: “to my servants“ 19:16 hds8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּמוֹ־פִ֝֗⁠י אֶתְחַנֶּן־לֽ⁠וֹ 1 Job is using the term **mouth** to mean by association what he has to say with his mouth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have to speak pleadingly to him” 19:17 dgg7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ר֭וּחִֽ⁠י זָ֣רָה לְ⁠אִשְׁתִּ֑⁠י 1 This could mean: (1) that Job is using one part of himself, his **breath**, to mean all of himself. In verses 13–19, Job is talking about how all of his friends and relatives now treat him as if they did not know him. In verses 13 and 15, Job uses words related to the word that the ULT translates as **strange** in this verse. Alternate translation: “I am like a stranger to my wife” (2) that Job is referring literally to his **breath** and saying that because of his sickness, it smells bad and is offensive to his wife. Alternate translation: “Because of my sickness, my breath smells bad and is offensive to my wife” 19:17 ufr3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְ֝⁠חַנֹּתִ֗י לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י בִטְנִֽ⁠י 1 Job is the possessive form **of my womb** to mean the womb of his wife. He is speaking of the children that they had together. Alternate translation: “even though we had children together and I treated them kindly” @@ -1410,7 +1410,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 19:21 tbg5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יַד־אֱ֝ל֗וֹהַּ נָ֣גְעָה בִּֽ⁠י 1 Here the **hand of God** represents the power and activity of God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God is powerfully afflicting me” 19:22 g28h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ֭⁠מָּה תִּרְדְּפֻ֣⁠נִי כְמוֹ־אֵ֑ל וּ֝⁠מִ⁠בְּשָׂרִ֗⁠י לֹ֣א תִשְׂבָּֽעוּ 1 Job is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for that purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or as exclamations. Alternate translation: “You should not pursue me as God would! You should be satisfied with my flesh!” 19:22 c296 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile לָ֭⁠מָּה תִּרְדְּפֻ֣⁠נִי כְמוֹ־אֵ֑ל 1 The point of this comparison is that just as God would **pursue** someone relentlessly to make sure that sin was punished appropriately, so Job’s friends have been relentlessly insisting that he has sinned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “Why do you insist relentlessly that I have sinned” or, as a statement, “You should not insist relentlessly that I have sinned” -19:22 y17f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וּ֝⁠מִ⁠בְּשָׂרִ֗⁠י לֹ֣א תִשְׂבָּֽעוּ 1 Job is likely alluding to a popular expression. In this culture, if someone accused another person maliciously, people said that he was “eating the pieces” of that person. Job is suggesting that his friends are "eating" him in this sense (that is, accusing him maliciously) and they are not yet **satisfied** with the amount of his **flesh** that they have "eaten." If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And will you never stop accusing me maliciously” or, as a statement, “Yes, you should stop accusing me so maliciously” +19:22 y17f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וּ֝⁠מִ⁠בְּשָׂרִ֗⁠י לֹ֣א תִשְׂבָּֽעוּ 1 Job is likely alluding to a popular expression. In this culture, if someone accused another person maliciously, people said that he was “eating the pieces” of that person. Job is suggesting that his friends are ”eating“ him in this sense (that is, accusing him maliciously) and they are not yet **satisfied** with the amount of his **flesh** that they have ”eaten.“ If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And will you never stop accusing me maliciously” or, as a statement, “Yes, you should stop accusing me so maliciously” 19:23 r9n7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מִֽי־יִתֵּ֣ן אֵ֭פוֹ וְ⁠יִכָּתְב֣וּ⁠ן מִלָּ֑⁠י מִֽי־יִתֵּ֖ן בַּ⁠סֵּ֣פֶר וְ⁠יֻחָֽקוּ 1 See how you translated the expression **Who will give** in [11:5–6](../11/05.md). Alternate translation: “I wish that my words would now be written down! I wish that they would be inscribed on a scroll!” 19:23 j566 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִֽי־יִתֵּ֣ן אֵ֭פוֹ וְ⁠יִכָּתְב֣וּ⁠ן מִלָּ֑⁠י מִֽי־יִתֵּ֖ן בַּ⁠סֵּ֣פֶר וְ⁠יֻחָֽקוּ 1 In context, Job is suggesting that this is actually unlikely, even though he wishes that it could happen. You could indicate this in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “It is unfortunate that my words cannot be written down. It is unfortunate that they cannot be inscribed on a scroll” 19:23 j567 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠יִכָּתְב֣וּ⁠ן מִלָּ֑⁠י 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone will write down my words” @@ -1872,7 +1872,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 24:15 j769 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠סֵ֖תֶר פָּנִ֣ים יָשִֽׂים 1 Job is not speaking of a **cover** that would keep the **adulterer** from seeing. He is speaking of a disguise intended to keep people from recognizing who the adulterer is. You could express this in a way that would be familiar in your culture. Alternate translation: “and he pulls his hat down low over his face” 24:16 j770 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns חָתַ֥ר & בָּ֫תִּ֥ים 1 The pronoun **One** refers to a wicked person. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Since, as the rest of the verse shows, Job is actually describing behavior that is characteristic of wicked people in general, you may wish to use a plural term. Alternate translation: “Wicked people dig into houses” 24:16 c35g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit חָתַ֥ר בַּ⁠חֹ֗שֶׁךְ בָּ֫תִּ֥ים 1 In this culture, **houses** were made of clay or sun-dried brick, so thieves could gain entry to a house most easily by digging through one of its walls. If houses in your culture are made of different materials that a thief would not or could not dig through, you may wish to use a general expression in your translation. Alternate translation: “Wicked people break into houses” -24:16 k9sq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom חִתְּמוּ־לָ֗⁠מוֹ 1 This expression means "they stay indoors." If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they stay indoors” +24:16 k9sq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom חִתְּמוּ־לָ֗⁠מוֹ 1 This expression means ”they stay indoors.“ If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they stay indoors” 24:16 j771 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לֹא־יָ֥דְעוּ אֽוֹר 1 This expression means that wicked people are not familiar with **light**, and the reason is that they do not leave their homes when it is light. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they do not go out when it is light” 24:16 j772 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֹא־יָ֥דְעוּ אֽוֹר 1 While the word **light** here is literal, since Job is using it to mean **day**, there is also a moral overtone, as in verse 13, where Job said that wicked people rebel against the light, meaning God’s revelation. If your language has a term for “light” that also has these moral connotations, it would be appropriate to use it here in your translation. 24:17 j773 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases כִּ֤י יַחְדָּ֨ו בֹּ֣קֶר לָ֣⁠מוֹ 1 Job is using the word **For** to introduce the reason why he said in the preceding verse that wicked people do not go out during the day. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this in your translation. Alternate translation: “They do not go out because for all of them, morning” @@ -1970,9 +1970,9 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 26:10 j813 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עַד־תַּכְלִ֖ית א֣וֹר עִם־חֹֽשֶׁךְ 1 Job implicitly means that the **limit** that God has placed on the extent of the oceans coincides with the bottom of the dome of the sky, which people in this culture considered to be a solid object. Beneath the dome, in which the sun, moon, and stars shone, there was light. Beyond the dome was darkness. So Job is using **the boundary of light with darkness** to refer by association to the sky. You could indicate this in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “at the bottom of the dome of the sky” 26:11 n3vz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification עַמּוּדֵ֣י שָׁמַ֣יִם יְרוֹפָ֑פוּ וְ֝⁠יִתְמְה֗וּ מִ⁠גַּעֲרָתֽ⁠וֹ 1 Many interpreters believe that here Job is speaking of high mountains as if they were the **pillars of the heavens**, since they appear to hold up the sky. Job would also be speaking as if God were literally issuing a **rebuke** to the mountains and that in response, they **tremble and marvel**. The reference may be to an earthquake, which causes mountains to shake. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God sends earthquakes that make even the high mountains shake” 26:11 f7hn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys יְרוֹפָ֑פוּ וְ֝⁠יִתְמְה֗וּ 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **marvel**, a reference to being astonished by the power of God, tells why the pillars of the heavens **tremble**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “shake with fear” -26:12 x7ti rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מָ֣חַץ רָֽהַב 1 See how you translated the name Rahab in [9:13](../09/13.md). Alternate translation: "he defeated the sea monster that is associated with chaos" +26:12 x7ti rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מָ֣חַץ רָֽהַב 1 See how you translated the name Rahab in [9:13](../09/13.md). Alternate translation: ”he defeated the sea monster that is associated with chaos“ 26:13 c72v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּ֭⁠רוּח⁠וֹ שָׁמַ֣יִם שִׁפְרָ֑ה 1 Job is probably speaking as if strong winds, which clear the clouds from the sky after a storm, are the **breath** of God. Even though the word translated **breath** can also mean “wind” or “Spirit,” Job is probably using a poetic image rather than a literal statement to describe the power of God. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God sends strong winds to clear the sky of clouds after a storm” -26:13 c2jc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit נָחָ֥שׁ בָּרִֽיחַ 1 The expression **the fleeing serpent** is another name for the sea monster. (In [Isaiah 27:1](../27/01.md), the sea monster is called "the fleeing serpent" and Leviathan.) See how you translated the name Leviathan in [3:8](../03/08.md) and the name Rahab in the previous verse. Alternate translation: "the sea monster that is associated with chaos" +26:13 c2jc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit נָחָ֥שׁ בָּרִֽיחַ 1 The expression **the fleeing serpent** is another name for the sea monster. (In [Isaiah 27:1](../27/01.md), the sea monster is called ”the fleeing serpent“ and Leviathan.) See how you translated the name Leviathan in [3:8](../03/08.md) and the name Rahab in the previous verse. Alternate translation: ”the sea monster that is associated with chaos“ 26:13 r5le rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche חֹֽלֲלָ֥ה יָ֝ד֗⁠וֹ נָחָ֥שׁ בָּרִֽיחַ 1 Job is using one part of God, his **hand**, to mean all of him in the act of doing combat with the chaos monster. He means that with a weapon such as a sword, God **pierced** the monster, that is, stabbed it to death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in combat, he killed the chaos monster” 26:14 j814 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor קְצ֬וֹת דְּרָכָ֗יו 1 Job is speaking of the things that God does as if they were **ways** or paths that God was walking along. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are a small part of his actions” 26:14 k819 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּ⁠מַה־שֵּׁ֣מֶץ דָּ֭בָר נִשְׁמַע־בּ֑⁠וֹ 1 Job may be using the term **word** in the sense of the sound of a word, in which case the term **small** would indicate a faint sound or whisper. You could indicate that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and how faint a whisper we hear of him” @@ -2589,7 +2589,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 34:8 j3zr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns פֹּ֣עֲלֵי אָ֑וֶן & אַנְשֵׁי־רֶֽשַׁע 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **iniquity** and **wickedness**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “people who do what is iniquitous … people who are wicked” 34:9 k050 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes כִּֽי־אָ֭מַר לֹ֣א יִסְכָּן־גָּ֑בֶר בִּ֝⁠רְצֹת֗⁠וֹ עִם־אֱלֹהִֽים 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “For he has said that it does not benefit a person when he delights himself with God” 34:10 n22e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אַ֥נֲשֵׁ֥י לֵבָ֗ב 1 Here the **heart** represents understanding. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “men of understanding” or “you wise men” -34:10 meh8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom חָלִ֖לָ⁠ה לָ⁠אֵ֥ל מֵ⁠רֶ֗שַׁע וְ⁠שַׁדַּ֥י מֵ⁠עָֽוֶל 1 See how you translated the expression "Sacrilege to" in [27:5](../27/05.md). Alternate translation: “Far be it from God to do wickedness, and from the Almighty to do iniquity” +34:10 meh8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom חָלִ֖לָ⁠ה לָ⁠אֵ֥ל מֵ⁠רֶ֗שַׁע וְ⁠שַׁדַּ֥י מֵ⁠עָֽוֶל 1 See how you translated the expression ”Sacrilege to“ in [27:5](../27/05.md). Alternate translation: “Far be it from God to do wickedness, and from the Almighty to do iniquity” 34:10 k051 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis חָלִ֖לָ⁠ה לָ⁠אֵ֥ל מֵ⁠רֶ֗שַׁע וְ⁠שַׁדַּ֥י מֵ⁠עָֽוֶל 1 Elihu is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Far be it from God to do wickedness, and far be it from the Almighty to do iniquity” 34:11 ia8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns יְשַׁלֶּם & יַמְצִאֶֽ⁠נּוּ 1 The pronoun **he** refers to God in both instances. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “God repays … God causes it to find him” 34:11 y31y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom פֹ֣עַל אָ֭דָם יְשַׁלֶּם־ל֑⁠וֹ 1 See how you translated the word “repay” in [21:19](../21/19.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God punishes a person for what he does” @@ -3121,10 +3121,10 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 39:28 k281 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet יִ֭שְׁכֹּן וְ⁠יִתְלֹנָ֑ן 1 The terms **dwells** and **lodges** mean similar things. Yahweh is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “It lives all the time” or “It makes its home” 39:28 u8qm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys שֶׁן־סֶ֝֗לַע וּ⁠מְצוּדָֽה 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two expressions connected with **and**. The word **stronghold** describes the character of a **peak of a crag**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “on the inaccessible peak of a crag” 39:29 ak87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לְ֝⁠מֵ⁠רָח֗וֹק עֵינָ֥י⁠ו יַבִּֽיטוּ 1 See how you translated the expression “to from afar” in [36:3](../36/03.md). Alternate translation: “its eyes look to distant places” -39:29 t32l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לְ֝⁠מֵ⁠רָח֗וֹק עֵינָ֥י⁠ו יַבִּֽיטוּ 1 Yahweh is using one part of an eagle, its **eyes**, to mean all of it in the act of looking for food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: "it can spot its prey far in the distance" +39:29 t32l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לְ֝⁠מֵ⁠רָח֗וֹק עֵינָ֥י⁠ו יַבִּֽיטוּ 1 Yahweh is using one part of an eagle, its **eyes**, to mean all of it in the act of looking for food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: ”it can spot its prey far in the distance“ 39:30 s29l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וְאֶפְרֹחָ֥יו יְעַלְעוּ־דָ֑ם 1 Yahweh is using one thing that **eaglets** do when they consume freshly killed prey, **suck up blood**, to mean the entire act of eating such prey, which would include smaller birds and small mammals. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And it brings fresh prey for its eaglets to eat” 39:30 iv5j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj וּ⁠בַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר חֲ֝לָלִ֗ים שָׁ֣ם הֽוּא 1 Yahweh is using the adjective **slain** as a noun to mean people and animals in a certain condition. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “but it also feeds on the flesh of people and animals that others have killed” -40:intro k9mj 0 # Job 40 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThe ULT sets the lines of verses 1–2, 4–5, and 7–24 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are poetry.\n\n- Verses 1–2: Yahweh challenges Job to respond to what he has said so far.\n- Verses 3–5: Job replies that he has nothing to say in response.\n- Verses 6–14 Yahweh tells Job that if he wishes to judge the world as he would do, he must display power and justice in subduing wicked people.\n- Verses 15–24 Yahweh tells Job to consider a great creature named Behemoth. \n\n## Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\n### Behemoth\n\nTo help Job continue to recognize that he occupies a small and insignificant place within creation, Yahweh describes the strength and power of one of his great creatures, Behemoth. While this animal was known in the time of Job, its exact identity is now uncertain. You may therefore wish to use the name Behemoth in your translation, spelling it the way it sounds in your language, rather than trying to specify a particular animal that Yahweh is describing. The UST models this approach.\n\n## Special Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Justice\n\nIn verse 8, Yahweh asks Job whether he wishes to decide what is right. and then in the next verse, Yahweh asks Job whether he has great power. However, Yahweh is not suggesting that might makes right. Rather, he is asking Job whether he has the might to make things right, as he then describes in verses 10–14. In verse 10, the terms "majesty," "greatness," "glory," and "splendor" describe moral qualities, not simply power. See if you have terms available in your language that can convey this meaning in your translation. +40:intro k9mj 0 # Job 40 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThe ULT sets the lines of verses 1–2, 4–5, and 7–24 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are poetry.\n\n- Verses 1–2: Yahweh challenges Job to respond to what he has said so far.\n- Verses 3–5: Job replies that he has nothing to say in response.\n- Verses 6–14 Yahweh tells Job that if he wishes to judge the world as he would do, he must display power and justice in subduing wicked people.\n- Verses 15–24 Yahweh tells Job to consider a great creature named Behemoth. \n\n## Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\n### Behemoth\n\nTo help Job continue to recognize that he occupies a small and insignificant place within creation, Yahweh describes the strength and power of one of his great creatures, Behemoth. While this animal was known in the time of Job, its exact identity is now uncertain. You may therefore wish to use the name Behemoth in your translation, spelling it the way it sounds in your language, rather than trying to specify a particular animal that Yahweh is describing. The UST models this approach.\n\n## Special Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Justice\n\nIn verse 8, Yahweh asks Job whether he wishes to decide what is right. and then in the next verse, Yahweh asks Job whether he has great power. However, Yahweh is not suggesting that might makes right. Rather, he is asking Job whether he has the might to make things right, as he then describes in verses 10–14. In verse 10, the terms ”majesty,“ ”greatness,“ ”glory,“ and ”splendor“ describe moral qualities, not simply power. See if you have terms available in your language that can convey this meaning in your translation. 40:1 jlf1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys וַ⁠יַּ֖עַן יְהוָ֥ה אֶת־אִיּ֗וֹב וַ⁠יֹּאמַֽר 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [34:1](../34/01.md). Alternate translation: “And Yahweh said to Job, in light of all that he had just said” 40:2 p78z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person הֲ֭⁠רֹב עִם־שַׁדַּ֣י יִסּ֑וֹר מוֹכִ֖יחַ אֱל֣וֹהַּ יַעֲנֶֽ⁠נָּה 1 The Almighty is speaking about himself in the third person, and though he is addressing Job directly, he is also speaking about him in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could have the Almighty speak of himself in the first person and of Job in the second person. Alternate translation: “You said you wanted to reprove me, the Almighty; do you still wish to contend with me? You said you wanted to correct me, God; if so, then you must answer it” 40:2 k282 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns מוֹכִ֖יחַ אֱל֣וֹהַּ יַעֲנֶֽ⁠נָּה 1 God is using the pronoun **it** to refer to everything he has just said to Job. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “If you still think you can correct me, then respond to everything I have just said to you” @@ -3192,7 +3192,7 @@ front:intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n 40:24 uyb7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion בְּ⁠עֵינָ֥י⁠ו יִקָּחֶ֑⁠נּוּ בְּ֝⁠מֽוֹקְשִׁ֗ים יִנְקָב־אָֽף 1 Yahweh is using the question form for emphasis. If a speaker of your language would not use the question form for that purpose, you could translate these questions as statements or as exclamations. Alternate translation: “No one can capture it with its eyes! No one can pierce its nose with a cord!” 40:24 k319 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠עֵינָ֥י⁠ו יִקָּחֶ֑⁠נּוּ 1 Yahweh is using the term **eyes** by association to mean sight. This could mean: (1) that no one can capture Behemoth while it still has the use of its eyes. Alternate translation: “No one can capture it while it is watching!” or “No one can capture it without first blinding it!” (2) that no one can capture Behemoth by using something that it would see. Alternate translation: “No one can capture it by putting attractive bait in front of it!” 40:24 k320 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּ֝⁠מֽוֹקְשִׁ֗ים יִנְקָב־אָֽף 1 In this culture, people would control the movements of a large animal by passing a thin but strong cord or rope through a puncture in its nose. Yahweh is saying that no one could do this with Behemoth. Alternate translation: “No one would be able to control its movements by passing a cord through a hole in its nose!” -41:intro et13 0 # Job 41 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter is the conclusion of Yahweh’s response to Job.\n\nThe ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is poetry.\n\n## Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\n### Leviathan\n\nIn the previous chapter, to help Job recognize what a small and insignificant place he occupied within creation, Yahweh told him to consider a great creature named Behemoth. In this chapter, for the same purpose, Yahweh tells Job to consider another great creature that he calls Leviathan.\n\nAs the General Introduction to Job explains, ancient peoples seem to have been aware of a large, fierce creature that lived in the ocean, which they called the "sea monster." They also used the names Leviathan and Rahab to describe this creature. While it seems to have been known in the time of Job, its exact identity is uncertain today. And so it may be best to use the name Leviathan in your translation, spelling it the way it sounds in your language, rather than trying to specify a particular animal that Yahweh is describing. The UST models this approach.\n\n### Yahweh answering Job with his own words\n\nIn several places in this chapter, Yahweh alludes to Job’s opening speech, in which Job cursed the day of his birth, by using the same language that Job did. In verse 10, Yahweh speaks of awakening Leviathan, as Job did in [3:8](../03/08.md). In verse 18, Yahweh speaks of “the eyelids of the dawn,” meaning the first rays of the rising sun, as Job did in [3:9](../03/09.md). In verse 30, Yahweh speaks of a “shard,” a piece of broken pottery, such as Job took to scrape his skin, as [2:8](../02/08.md) describes. In each case, these are the only two occurrences of these words or phrases in the book. As Yahweh concludes his own speech, he is going all the way back to the beginnings of Job’s troubles and to the first concerns that he expressed in order to address everything that Job has said throughout the book. To help your readers appreciate what Yahweh is doing, you may wish to translate his expressions in these places in the same way that you translated Job’s similar expressions earlier. +41:intro et13 0 # Job 41 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter is the conclusion of Yahweh’s response to Job.\n\nThe ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is poetry.\n\n## Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\n### Leviathan\n\nIn the previous chapter, to help Job recognize what a small and insignificant place he occupied within creation, Yahweh told him to consider a great creature named Behemoth. In this chapter, for the same purpose, Yahweh tells Job to consider another great creature that he calls Leviathan.\n\nAs the General Introduction to Job explains, ancient peoples seem to have been aware of a large, fierce creature that lived in the ocean, which they called the “sea monster.” They also used the names Leviathan and Rahab to describe this creature. While it seems to have been known in the time of Job, its exact identity is uncertain today. And so it may be best to use the name Leviathan in your translation, spelling it the way it sounds in your language, rather than trying to specify a particular animal that Yahweh is describing. The UST models this approach.\n\n### Yahweh answering Job with his own words\n\nIn several places in this chapter, Yahweh alludes to Job’s opening speech, in which Job cursed the day of his birth, by using the same language that Job did. In verse 10, Yahweh speaks of awakening Leviathan, as Job did in [3:8](../03/08.md). In verse 18, Yahweh speaks of “the eyelids of the dawn,” meaning the first rays of the rising sun, as Job did in [3:9](../03/09.md). In verse 30, Yahweh speaks of a “shard,” a piece of broken pottery, such as Job took to scrape his skin, as [2:8](../02/08.md) describes. In each case, these are the only two occurrences of these words or phrases in the book. As Yahweh concludes his own speech, he is going all the way back to the beginnings of Job’s troubles and to the first concerns that he expressed in order to address everything that Job has said throughout the book. To help your readers appreciate what Yahweh is doing, you may wish to translate his expressions in these places in the same way that you translated Job’s similar expressions earlier. 41:1 tg8a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion תִּמְשֹׁ֣ךְ לִוְיָתָ֣ן בְּ⁠חַכָּ֑ה וּ֝⁠בְ⁠חֶ֗בֶל תַּשְׁקִ֥יעַ לְשֹׁנֽ⁠וֹ 1 Yahweh is using the question form for emphasis. If a speaker of your language would not use the question form for that purpose, you could translate these questions as statements or as exclamations. Alternate translation: “You cannot draw out Leviathan with a hook! No, you cannot tie its tongue with a rope!” 41:1 k321 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants תִּמְשֹׁ֣ךְ לִוְיָתָ֣ן 1 Yahweh now wants Job to consider another one of his great creatures, Leviathan. But he does not indicate this by saying, as he did for Behemoth in [40:15](../40/15.md), “Now behold Leviathan.” Instead, he describes how difficult it would be to capture Leviathan, following upon his description of how difficult it would be to capture Behemoth. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a natural way in your language to show that here Yahweh is introducing another creature that he wants Job to consider. The UST models this approach. Alternate translation: “Now I want you to consider another of my great creatures. Will you draw out Leviathan” 41:1 f9dw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis תִּמְשֹׁ֣ךְ לִוְיָתָ֣ן 1 Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Will you draw Leviathan out of the water” From 83d3b691b62c1895848117b25c55297750e7e345 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 22 Nov 2023 20:05:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 03/32] =?UTF-8?q?Merge=20Grant=5FAilie-tc-create-1=20(Psal?= =?UTF-8?q?ms=20book=203=20tn=E2=80=99s=20through=2074:11)=20into=20master?= =?UTF-8?q?=20by=20Grant=5FAilie=20(#3621)?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/3621 --- tn_PSA.tsv | 65 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-------------------- 1 file changed, 41 insertions(+), 24 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_PSA.tsv b/tn_PSA.tsv index 32257135bd..e4cabf7902 100644 --- a/tn_PSA.tsv +++ b/tn_PSA.tsv @@ -2819,32 +2819,47 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 73:28 vk2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְ֝⁠סַפֵּ֗ר כָּל־מַלְאֲכוֹתֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 The phrase **in order that** marks **recount all your works** as the goal or purpose for which the author **made the Lord Yahweh** his **refuge**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating that this is the goal or purpose.\n\n 73:28 qlml לְ֝⁠סַפֵּ֗ר כָּל־מַלְאֲכוֹתֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 Alternate translation: “that I might make known to people all your works” or “that I may declare all your deeds” 73:28 qr4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns כָּל־מַלְאֲכוֹתֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **works**, you could express the same idea with a verbal phrase, or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all you have done” -74:intro nd5v 0 # Psalm 074 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 74 is a psalm of deliverance. The people have been completely conquered and they pray for God to deliver them. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### God’s power\n\nThe enemies have destroyed God’s temple and are insulting the people. God is powerful. He made everything and he chose Israel for his people. He should avenge himself on these enemies that have burnt his temple. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])\n\n### Superscription\n\nThis is called a “Maschil.” The word in the original language has caused scholars to have various opinions about its meaning. Some say it means to instruct, while others say that the word is referring to the skill used in creating the psalm. Still others think it means that meditation should be used in reading this psalm. -74:1 vy9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nParallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -74:1 k7ui A maschil 1 This may refer to a style of music. See how you translated this in [Psalms 32:1](../032/001.md). -74:1 c2uv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion God, why have you rejected us forever? 1 If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “God, we have done nothing wrong, but you have rejected us forever!” -74:1 nb2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Why does your anger burn against the sheep of your pasture? 1 If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “We are the ones you have promised to care for, and we have done nothing wrong, but now you are angry with us!” -74:1 ap93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the sheep of your pasture 1 Asaph speaks of the people of Israel as if they were sheep. Alternate translation: “against Israel, who are like the sheep whom you feed in your pasture” -74:2 wr2p Call to mind 1 “Pay attention to.” God has not forgotten his people, but he does not seem to be thinking about them. -74:2 n7ia your own heritage 1 Alternate translation: “yours forever” -74:3 i8hy General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nThese verses describe an actual event, a physical attack on the temple of Israel in Jerusalem. -74:3 vn6h Come look 1 Asaph is addressing God, asking him to come look at the destruction. -74:4 df7h roared 1 The adversaries were shouting loudly with a great cry of victory. -74:6 sqm2 engravings 1 This refers to carvings on wood, metal, or stone in the temple. -74:7 h8rv They & they 1 Here “they” refers to the adversaries mentioned in [Psalms 74:4](../074/004.md). -74:8 dt7g They & They 1 Here “they” refers to the adversaries mentioned in [Psalms 74:4](../074/004.md). -74:8 aq36 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom They said in their hearts 1 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “They said to themselves” or “They thought to themselves” -74:9 c4rh General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nAsaph is addressing God about the destruction he sees. -74:9 y2uq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor We do not see any more signs 1 This could mean: (1) “We do not see any more miraculous signs from God” or (2) “All our sacred symbols are gone” or (3) the “signs” are the flags and symbols of an army representing the army itself. Alternate translation: “They have completely destroyed our army” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -74:10 d7ac rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion How long, God, will the enemy throw insults at you? 1 If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “God, the enemy has been throwing insults at you for too long!” -74:10 qxe3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Will the enemy blaspheme your name forever? 1 If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “It seems as if you will never stop the enemy from blaspheming your name!” -74:10 nv8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy blaspheme your name 1 The word “name” is a metonym for God himself. Alternate translation: “say that you are bad” or “insult you” -74:11 mc4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Why do you hold back your hand, your right hand? 1 The psalmist speaks of God as if he had a physical body. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Stop holding back your hand, your right hand!” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -74:11 m38y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy hold back your hand 1 Here the word “hand” is a metonym for power. Alternate translation: “not show your power” or “not use your power to destroy your enemies” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -74:11 hk11 your right hand 1 Alternate translation: “your strongest hand” -74:11 nc4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Take your right hand from your garment 1 The psalmist speaks of God as if he had a physical body. “Stop hiding your power and take action” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +74:intro nd5v 0 # Psalm 074 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 74 is a psalm of deliverance. The people have been completely conquered and they pray for God to deliver them. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### God’s power\n\nThe enemies have destroyed God’s temple and are insulting the people. God is powerful. He made everything and he chose Israel for his people. He should avenge himself on these enemies that have burnt his temple. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])\n\n### Superscription\n\nThis psalm is called “A Maskil of Asaph.” The word “Maskil” in the original language has caused scholars to have various opinions about its meaning. Some say it means to instruct, while others say that the word is referring to the skill used in creating the psalm. Still others think it means that meditation should be used in reading this psalm. +74:1 k7ui מַשְׂכִּ֗יל 1 See how you translated the word **Maskil** in [Psalms 32:1](../32/01.md). +74:1 f9ib מַשְׂכִּ֗יל לְ⁠אָ֫סָ֥ף 1 This phrase is the superscription to this psalm. Format it in the way that you have decided to format all of the superscriptions in the book of Psalms. +74:1 c2uv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ⁠מָ֣ה אֱ֭לֹהִים זָנַ֣חְתָּ לָ⁠נֶ֑צַח יֶעְשַׁ֥ן אַ֝פְּ⁠ךָ֗ בְּ⁠צֹ֣אן מַרְעִיתֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 The author is not asking for information, but is using the question form to express his strong feelings and to express that he does not fully understand why God is delaying acting on behalf of his covenant people the Israelites. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. +74:1 hfgt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole לָ⁠מָ֣ה אֱ֭לֹהִים זָנַ֣חְתָּ לָ⁠נֶ֑צַח 1 The author says **forever** here as an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “God, why have you rejected us for so long?” or “God, why have you rejected us for such a long time?” +74:1 blgi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יֶעְשַׁ֥ן אַ֝פְּ⁠ךָ֗ בְּ⁠צֹ֣אן מַרְעִיתֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 The author is speaking as if God’s **nose** or anger could literally **smoke**. He means that God is very angry. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly or use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “Why are you angry with the sheep of your pasture?” or “Why do you act with anger against the sheep of your pasture?” +74:1 ap93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּ⁠צֹ֣אן מַרְעִיתֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 The author speaks of God as if he were a shepherd and he speaks about the people of Israel as if they were **sheep** that belong to God (live in his **pasture**). If it would help your readers, you could express the meaning using plain language or you could use a simile as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “your people” or “your very own people” +74:2 hrui rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis גָּ֭אַלְתָּ שֵׁ֣בֶט נַחֲלָתֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 The author is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “your congregation which you have redeemed to be the tribe of your inheritance” +74:2 wcg4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שֵׁ֣בֶט נַחֲלָתֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 Here, the phrase **the tribe of your inheritance** means “the tribe which is your inheritance.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the tribe which is your inheritance” +74:2 n7ia rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns גָּ֭אַלְתָּ שֵׁ֣בֶט נַחֲלָתֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **inheritance**, you could express the same idea with a verb or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which you have redeemed to be the tribe which you possess” or “which you have redeemed to be the tribe which belongs to you” or “the people whom you have made your very own” +74:2 ocy5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis הַר־צִ֝יּ֗וֹן זֶ֤ה ׀ שָׁכַ֬נְתָּ בּֽ⁠וֹ 1 The author is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Remember this Mount Zion where you have dwelt” +74:2 jn0z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הַר־צִ֝יּ֗וֹן זֶ֤ה ׀ שָׁכַ֬נְתָּ בּֽ⁠וֹ 1 The author is describing the city of Jerusalem, and probably also the temple, by association with Mount Zion. (Mount Zion was located in Jerusalem and was the location of the temple which had been destroyed before the author wrote this psalm.) If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language as modeled by the UST. +74:3 vn6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification הָרִ֣ימָ⁠ה פְ֭עָמֶי⁠ךָ לְ⁠מַשֻּׁא֣וֹת נֶ֑צַח 1 The author speaks of **God** as if he were a person with **feet** which he could **Lift up** and come and see the ruined temple in Jerusalem. The phrase **Lift up your feet** is probably also indicating that the author wants God to not only take notice of the **ruins** of the Temple but also to take notice quickly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. “Come to the perpetual ruins” or “Come and see the perpetual ruins” or “Please do not delay any longer. Please pay attention to these perpetual ruins” +74:3 ueab rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole לְ⁠מַשֻּׁא֣וֹת נֶ֑צַח 1 The author says **perpetual** here as an overstatement for emphasis. He is describing the Temple **ruins** as if they were **perpetual** but he means that they have been there for a long time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “to these seemingly perpetual ruins” or “to these seemingly never-ending ruins” +74:3 v0e6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בַּ⁠קֹּֽדֶשׁ 1 Here, the word **sanctuary** refers to the Temple in Jerusalem that had been destroyed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. +74:4 df7h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שָׁאֲג֣וּ צֹ֭רְרֶי⁠ךָ 1 The author is speaking of God’s **adversaries** as if they were lions that had **roared** in the middle of God’s Temple (meeting place). The phrase **Your adversaries roared** could mean: (1) that God’s **adversaries** spoke or shouted loudly about their victory or with a loud cry of victory. Alternate translation: “Your adversaries have shouted victoriously” (2) That God’s **adversaries** boasted. Alternate translation: “Your adversaries have boasted” or “Your enemies have bragged” +74:4 tsgk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּ⁠קֶ֣רֶב מוֹעֲדֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 Here, the phrase **meeting place** refers to the Temple in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the middle of your Temple” +74:4 epsm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction שָׂ֖מוּ אוֹתֹתָ֣⁠ם אֹתֽוֹת 1 The phrase **they have set up their signs as signs** could mean: (1) that God’s **adversaries** had set up their military banners as signs in the Temple. They probably set these banners up as a sign of their victory. Alternate translation: “they have set up their military banners as signs” or “they have set up their banners as signs” or “they have set up their banners as a sign of their conquest” (2) that God’s **adversaries** had set up items of worship and symbols related to their false religion. Alternate translation: “they have set up symbols and items for their pagan worship” or “they have set up idolatrous symbols and items of false worship” +74:5 khdj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile יִ֭וָּדַע כְּ⁠מֵבִ֣יא לְ⁠מָ֑עְלָ⁠ה בִּֽ⁠סֲבָךְ־עֵ֝֗ץ קַרְדֻּמּֽוֹת 1 The point of this comparison is that when the Babylonian army invaded Jerusalem and chopped up the woodwork in the Temple they resembled men using their **axes** to chop down **trees** in the **forest**. If it would be helpful in your language you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “They hacked to pieces all the Temple woodwork with their axes” +74:5 vfwx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִ֭וָּדַע כְּ⁠מֵבִ֣יא לְ⁠מָ֑עְלָ⁠ה בִּֽ⁠סֲבָךְ־עֵ֝֗ץ קַרְדֻּמּֽוֹת 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the context implies that it was the author or the author and all the Jewish people who saw this event happen who did it. Alternate translation: “When we saw men hacking to pieces the woodwork in the Temple it seemed like those men were like men in the forest who chop down trees with their axes” or “When I saw men hacking to pieces the woodwork in the Temple it seemed as if those men were like men in the forest who chop down trees with their axes”” +74:6 aqwd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo וְ֭עַתָּה פִּתּוּחֶ֣י⁠הָ יָּ֑חַד בְּ⁠כַשִּׁ֥יל וְ֝⁠כֵֽילַפֹּ֗ת יַהֲלֹמֽוּ⁠ן 1 The author uses the phrases **And now** and **they break down** to describe the events in this verse as if they were in the process of happening even though he and his readers knew that these events had already happened. The author is describing these events as if they were in the process of happening in order to express them in a way that emotionally impacts his readers. Because it is explained throughout this psalm that these events had already happened, you do not need to explain that here unless you choose to put this information in a footnote. +74:6 sqm2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit פִּתּוּחֶ֣י⁠הָ יָּ֑חַד & יַהֲלֹמֽוּ⁠ן 1 The phrase **its engravings** could refer to (1) the carved wood in the Jerusalem temple that was overlaid with gold. Alternate translation: “they break down all the carved wood in the Temple” (2) the engraved metal that overlaid the wood in the Temple. Alternate translation: “they tear off all the engraved gold in the Temple” or “they strip off all the engraved gold from the woodwork in the Temple” +74:6 lsk2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit פִּתּוּחֶ֣י⁠הָ יָּ֑חַד & יַהֲלֹמֽוּ⁠ן 1 Here, **they** refers to the **adversaries** mentioned in [Psalm 74:4](../74/04.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “your adversaries break down all its engravings” +74:6 hkwg בְּ⁠כַשִּׁ֥יל 1 The word the ULT translates as **axe** could refer to: (1) an **axe** as modeled by the ULT. (2) a hatchet. Alternate translation: “with hatchet” +74:6 ntmu וְ֝⁠כֵֽילַפֹּ֗ת 1 The word the ULT translates as **hammers** could refer to: (1) **hammers** as modeled by the ULT. (2) crowbars. Alternate translation: “and crowbars” +74:7 h8rv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שִׁלְח֣וּ בָ֭⁠אֵשׁ מִקְדָּשֶׁ֑⁠ךָ לָ֝⁠אָ֗רֶץ חִלְּל֥וּ מִֽשְׁכַּן־שְׁמֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 Here, **They** and **they** both refer to the “adversaries” mentioned in [Psalm 74:4](../74/04.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Your adversaries have set your sanctuary on fire to the ground; they have profaned the dwelling place of your name” +74:7 zu38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִקְדָּשֶׁ֑⁠ךָ 1 Here, the word **sanctuary** refers to the temple in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “your temple” +74:7 hize rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שִׁלְח֣וּ בָ֭⁠אֵשׁ מִקְדָּשֶׁ֑⁠ךָ לָ֝⁠אָ֗רֶץ חִלְּל֥וּ מִֽשְׁכַּן־שְׁמֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 The word the ULT translates as **to the ground** could describe: (1) the first part of this verse. Alternate translation: “They have burned your sanctuary to the ground; they have profaned the dwelling place of your name” (2) the second part of this verse. Alternate translation: “They have burned your sanctuary; they have profaned the dwelling place of your name by bringing it to the ground” +74:7 ly72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִֽשְׁכַּן־שְׁמֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 The phrase **the dwelling place of your name** could be: (1) describing God himself (God’s presence) by association with his **name**. Alternate translation: “the place where you dwell on earth” or “the place where you dwell” (2) describing what name the Jerusalem Temple is called by. Alternate translation: “the place called by your name” +74:8 dt7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אָמְר֣וּ בְ֭⁠לִבָּ⁠ם 1 Here, both occurrences of the word **They** refer to God’s **adversaries** mentioned in [Psalms 74:4](../74/04.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Your adversaries said in their hearts” +74:8 aq36 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אָמְר֣וּ בְ֭⁠לִבָּ⁠ם 1 Here, **hearts** represents the people themselves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “They said within themselves” or “They thought to themselves” +74:8 snnb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-plural כָל־מוֹעֲדֵי־אֵ֣ל 1 Here, the phrase **meeting places** could: (1) refer to places where Yahweh, the true God was worshiped. Alternate translation: “all of the places where people gathered to worship God” (2) be a special use of the plural in which the plural form is being used with a singular meaning to refer to God’s temple in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: See how you translated the phrase “meeting place” in [74:4](../74/04.md). +74:9 c4rh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֽוֹתֹתֵ֗י⁠נוּ לֹ֥א רָ֫אִ֥ינוּ 1 Here, the phrase **signs for us** could refer to: (1) **signs** that God’s prophets gave. Alternate translation: “We do not see any prophetic signs for us” or “We do not see any signs given to us from a prophet” (2) the military banners and symbols used by the Israelite army which represented the Israelite army. Alternate translation: “We no longer see any of our military banners” (3) the Jewish festivals and religious observances which were the outward **signs** of their religion. Alternate translation: “We no longer see any signs of our religion” or “All our sacred observances are gone” or “All our sacred symbols are gone” +74:10 zcql rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עַד־מָתַ֣י אֱ֭לֹהִים יְחָ֣רֶף צָ֑ר 1 Here, the object of the **reproach** of the **adversary** could be: (1) God. Alternate translation: “Until when God will the adversary reproach you?” or “Until when God will the adversary reproach your name?” (2) the Israelite people. Alternate translation: “Until when God will the adversary reproach us?” or “Until when God will the adversary reproach your people?” +74:10 or3v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns יְנָ֘אֵ֤ץ אוֹיֵ֖ב שִׁמְ⁠ךָ֣ לָ⁠נֶֽצַח 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **contempt**, you could express the same idea with an adverb or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Will the enemy speak disrespectfully about your name forever?” +74:10 nv8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יְנָ֘אֵ֤ץ אוֹיֵ֖ב שִׁמְ⁠ךָ֣ לָ⁠נֶֽצַח 1 Here, God’s **name** represents God himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Will the enemy treat you with contempt forever” or “Will the enemy speak about you with contempt forever” +74:11 mc4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לָ֤⁠מָּה תָשִׁ֣יב יָ֭דְ⁠ךָ וִֽ⁠ימִינֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 Here, God’s **hand** is associated with action and the phrase **right hand** further describes the first mention of God’s **hand** and describes God’s **hand** as being his **right hand** which was associated with power in that culture. The psalmist is asking God to powerfully intervene on behalf of his people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Why do you refuse to intervene and help us with your great strength?” or “Why do you refuse to intervene and help us with your great power?” +74:11 o7yf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִ⁠קֶּ֖רֶב חֵֽיקְךָ֣ כַלֵּֽה 1 The psalmist is speaking as if God literally had a **hand** tucked **within the fold** of a garment. He means that it feels as if God is choosing not to take action. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a simile, with an equivalent expression from your culture, or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your inaction feels like you have your hand within the fold of your garment. Please take action and destroy our enemies” 74:12 n2ul General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nThis begins a new theme: Asaph is proclaiming God’s mighty deeds in the history of his people. 74:12 r8vz God has been my king from ancient times 1 This could mean: (1) Asaph is speaking as Israel’s representative, “God has been our king since we Israelites first became a nation” or (2) “God, my king, was alive even in ancient times.” +74:12 emzy מִ⁠קֶּ֑דֶם 1 See how you translated the phrase **ancient times** in [74:2](../74/02.md). 74:12 tqm1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns bringing salvation 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **salvation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “to save.” Here Yahweh saving people is spoken of as if salvation were an object that he brings with him. Alternate translation: “saving people” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 74:13 gap9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit You divided & in the waters 1 Asaph is probably speaking of the time God brought Israel out of Egypt, divided the Sea of Reeds, led Israel through it on dry land, then drowned Pharaoh’s army. 74:13 ag39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification You divided the sea by your strength 1 Asaph is speaking of God as if God had a physical body. “You are so strong you were able to make dry land in the middle of the sea.” @@ -2854,6 +2869,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 74:15 dqs2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor You broke open springs and streams 1 Yahweh causing springs and streams to flow out of the ground as if he broke open the ground so that they could flow. Alternate translation: “You caused springs and streams to flow out of the ground” 74:17 h3n1 the borders of the earth 1 Alternate translation: “the boundaries of the land and the sea” 74:18 c6xs General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nAsaph is pleading for God’s help. +74:18 d0gn 1 See how you translated the phrase “the enemy” in [74:3](../74/03.md). (This is a TWL so you can delete but make sure the ULT and UST reads the same.) 74:18 g7dq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom Call to mind 1 “Pay attention to.” See how this is translated in [Psalms 74:2](../074/002.md). 74:18 x7xk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the enemy hurled insults at you 1 Asaph speaks of insulting words as if they were physical objects, like stones, which the enemy was throwing at Yahweh. Alternate translation: “the enemy insulted you many times” 74:19 x5rc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the life of your dove 1 Asaph speaks of himself as if he were a dove, a defenseless bird. This phrase may also be a metaphor for the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “me, your dove” @@ -5330,3 +5346,4 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 73:24 tpj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בַּ⁠עֲצָתְ⁠ךָ֥ תַנְחֵ֑⁠נִי 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **counsel**, you could express the same idea with a verbal phrase and/or adjective or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You guide me by teaching me instructive things” or “you guide me by teaching me” 73:24 w27o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ֝⁠אַחַ֗ר כָּב֥וֹד תִּקָּחֵֽ⁠נִי 1 Here, the term **glory** could refer to: (1) God’s presence. (Here, God’s presence could refer to an experience of God’s **glory** in this life or an experience of God’s **glory** after death the psalmist dies.) Alternate translation: “and afterward you will take me into your glorious presence” or “and after I die you will take me into your presence” (2) the **glory** or “honor” that God would give the psalmist (receive him with) because he had remained faithful and lived a righteous life. (The psalmist could be saying that God would receive him with honor in this life or receive him with honor after he died.) Alternate translation: “and afterward you will receive me with honor” or “and when I die you will receive me with honor” or “and at the end of my life you will receive me and honor me” 73:24 xott rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְ֝⁠אַחַ֗ר כָּב֥וֹד תִּקָּחֵֽ⁠נִי 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal phrase or an adjective or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation (If you chose option 1 above): “and afterward you will take me into your glorious presence” Alternate translation (If you chose option 1 above): “and afterward you will will honor me when you receive me” +74:11 m38y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis מִ⁠קֶּ֖רֶב חֵֽיקְךָ֣ כַלֵּֽה 1 The author is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context as modeled by the ULT. From 81a0250d119be5c7272203f07eab7c9fb1b87303 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Fri, 24 Nov 2023 20:55:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 04/32] Merge stephenwunrow-tc-create-1 into master by stephenwunrow (#3639) Co-authored-by: stephenwunrow Co-committed-by: stephenwunrow --- tn_1KI.tsv | 2919 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------- 1 file changed, 1505 insertions(+), 1414 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_1KI.tsv b/tn_1KI.tsv index 4652956afe..ff115765ca 100644 --- a/tn_1KI.tsv +++ b/tn_1KI.tsv @@ -1,1437 +1,1528 @@ Reference ID Tags SupportReference Quote Occurrence Note front:intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of 1 Kings\n\n1. David dies and Solomon begins to reign (1:1–2:46)\n1. Solomon reigns (3:1–11:43)\n * Solomon becomes wise and wealthy (3:1–4:43)\n * Solomon’s temple (5:1–8:66)\n * Rise and fall of Solomon (9:1–11:43)\n1. The kingdom divides (12:1–14:31)\n * Rehoboam succeeds Solomon (12:1–24)\n * Jeroboam rules the northern kingdom of Israel (12:25–33)\n * Ahijah prophesies against Jeroboam (13:1–14:20)\n * Rehoboam’s end (14:21–31)\n1. Kings and events in Israel and Judah (15:1–22:53)\n * Abijah and Asa in Judah (15:1–24)\n * Nadab in Israel (15:25–32)\n * Baasha in Israel (15:33–16:7)\n * Elah in Israel (16:8–14)\n * Zimri in Israel (16:15–22)\n * Omri in Israel (16:23–28)\n * Ahab in Israel (16:29–22:40)\n * Jehoshaphat in Judah (22:41–50)\n * Ahaziah in Israel (22:51–53)\n\n### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Kings about?\n\nThese books are about what happened to the people of Israel, from the time of King Solomon to the time both the northern and southern kingdoms were destroyed. These books describe how Israel split into two kingdoms after Solomon died. It also tells about all the kings that ruled over each kingdom after Solomon died.\n\nIn the southern kingdom, some kings did what Yahweh judged to be right. For example, King Josiah repaired the temple and reformed the worship of Yahweh. He responded to the high priest finding a copy of the Law of Yahweh in Jerusalem ([2 Kings 22–23](../../2ki/22/01.md)). However, all of the kings of the northern kingdom were wicked.\n\nThe Assyrians destroyed the northern kingdom in 722 B.C. The Babylonians destroyed the southern kingdom in 586 B.C.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nThe Books of 1 and 2 Kings were originally one book in Hebrew. They were separated into two books when translated into Greek. Translators might choose more meaningful titles such as “The First Book about the Kings” and “The Second Book about the Kings.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What was the purpose of 1 and 2 Kings?\n\nThese books were probably finished during the exile, after the Babylonians had destroyed the temple. They show how being faithful to Yahweh results in his blessing and prospering his people. Worshipping idols and not being faithful result in their being punished and destroyed.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why do the Books of 1 and 2 Kings refer to someone being addressed indirectly?\n\nIn the Bible, people often referred to themselves as “your servant” when speaking to anyone in a superior position to themselves. Indirectly addressing people in this way was intended to honor the one addressed. English sometimes uses the address “sir” in this way. But a translator should use whatever expressions that are natural in the project language in order to honor someone in a superior position.\n\n### What does the king “did what was right (or evil) in the eyes of Yahweh” mean?\n\nThe writer repeats this kind of expression throughout the Books of 1 and 2 Kings. Here “in the eyes of Yahweh” represents what Yahweh thinks about someone. If a king was faithful and obeyed the covenant, he did what was right according to Yahweh. If he was not faithful and disobeyed the covenant, he did what was evil according to Yahweh.\n\n### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?\n\nThe name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed his name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])\n\n### Can I translate the Book of 1 Kings before I translate the Books of 1 and 2 Samuel?\n\nThe Books of 1 and 2 Samuel should be translated before 1 Kings, since 1 Kings continues from where 2 Samuel ends. -1:intro v496 0 # 1 Kings 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1 Kings is a continuation of 2 Samuel.\n\nThis chapter records the beginning of the reign of Solomon (chapters 1–11) after the death of David.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The next king\n\nDavid did not announce who was to succeed him. Because of this, there was fighting between David’s sons over who should be king. Adonijah invited guests to a banquet and declared himself king. Then those favoring Solomon told David and he declared Solomon the new king.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Idiom\n\nSeveral times in this chapter, the people use the idiom “sit on the throne” to mean “be king.” Solomon assures Adonijah that if he behaves himself “not a hair of his will fall to the earth,” meaning “he will not be harmed.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -1:1 pwg1 covered him with blankets 0 They put many blankets on King David to try to keep him warm. -1:1 b43p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet old and advanced in years 0 “very old.” The two phrases are similar in meaning and are combined for emphasis. -1:3 f51x So they searched 0 Alternate translation: “So the king’s servants searched” -1:3 jj8h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole within all the borders of Israel 0 This is a generalization. Alternate translation: “all over the land of Israel” -1:3 pts5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Abishag 0 This is a woman’s name. -1:3 lg2h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Shunammite 0 a person from the city of Shunem -1:3 e9hz the king 0 Alternate translation: “King David” -1:5 j538 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Adonijah son of Haggith 0 Haggith was a wife of David. -1:5 uqt7 exalted himself 0 Alternate translation: “began to boast” -1:5 gxh9 horsemen 0 These are men who drive chariots pulled by horses. -1:5 u44y fifty men to run ahead of him 0 These men would go ahead of the chariots to clear the way for them and protect them. -1:6 wpj5 had never troubled him, saying 0 Alternate translation: “had never troubled him. He had never even asked him” or “had never wanted to make him angry, so he never even asked him” -1:6 eh22 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Why have you done this or that? 0 This is a rhetorical question that a father would ask to discipline his son. Alternate translation: “You should know that what you have done is wrong.” -1:6 g811 born next after Absalom 0 David was the father or both Absalom and Adonijah, but they had different mothers. Absalom was born, then Adonijah. -1:7 yk92 He conferred with Joab 0 Alternate translation: “Adonijah discussed his plans with Joab” -1:7 lla5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Joab … Zeruiah … Abiathar … Adonijah 0 These are names of men. -1:7 a99r followed Adonijah and helped him 0 Alternate translation: “supported and helped Adonijah” or “promised to support and help Adonijah” -1:8 sj3w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Zadok … Benaiah … Jehoiada … Nathan … Shimei … Rei 0 These are names of men. -1:9 k2ub fattened calves 0 Alternate translation: “calves that were given plenty of food so that they would be fat” or “young cows that were specially prepared for sacrifice” -1:9 lp17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names stone of Zoheleth 0 This is a rocky area near Jerusalem. -1:9 xh7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names En Rogel 0 This was the name of a spring where people got water. -1:9 q3zv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole all his brothers … all the men 0 This is a generalization. -1:9 cex2 all his brothers, the king’s sons 0 These two phrases refer to the same people. -1:9 g2tn men of Judah, the king’s servants 0 These two phrases refer to the same people. -1:11 l2v9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Have you not heard … it? 0 The purpose of this question is to introduce the information that Nathan wants to tell Bathsheba. Alternate translation: “You do not seem to have heard … it.” or “Have you heard … it?” -1:11 pb3p that Adonijah son of Haggith has become king 0 Alternate translation: “that Haggith’s son Adonijah is trying to become king” -1:11 ae8u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Haggith 0 Adonijah’s mother and a wife of David. -1:13 v5dq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion did you not swear to your servant … throne? 0 The purpose of this question was to remind David of what he had promised Bathsheba. Alternate translation: “you swore to your servant … throne.” -1:13 pg8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns to your servant 0 Bathsheba speaks to David as if she were someone else to show that she respects David. Alternate translation: “to me, your servant” -1:13 rwb6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy he will sit on my throne 0 Sitting on the throne is a metonym for being king. Alternate translation: “he will be king just as I was” -1:13 k3xw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Why then is Adonijah reigning? 0 Bathsheba was to use a question so David would pay attention. Alternate translation: “So then, Adonijah should not be reigning.” -1:14 c78s confirm your words 0 Alternate translation: “tell him that what you have said is true” -1:15 r8hv the king’s room 0 Alternate translation: “the room in which the king slept” -1:15 b4tq Abishag the Shunammite 0 This is the young virgin that King David’s servants had brought to care for him. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 1:3](../01/03.md). -1:16 i62h bowed and prostrated herself before the king 0 Alternate translation: “bowed close to the ground in front of the king” -1:16 q1mt What do you desire? 0 Alternate translation: “What can I do for you?” -1:17 f3nw you swore to 0 The form of “you” here is emphatic. Alternate translation: “you yourself swore to” -1:17 n2c3 your servant 0 Bathsheba speaks as if she were another person to show David that she respects him. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “me, your servant” -1:17 ywl1 Yahweh 0 This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this. -1:17 bt9t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy he shall sit on my throne 0 Sitting on the throne is a metonym for being king. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “he will be king just as I was” -1:18 c6z7 see 0 Alternate translation: “look” or “listen” or “pay attention to what I am about to tell you” -1:19 hk1d oxen, fatted calves, and sheep in abundance 0 Alternate translation: “many oxen, fatted calves, and sheep” -1:20 zlc4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche the eyes of all Israel are on you, waiting 0 Here “eyes” refers to the people. Here “the eyes … are on you” is an idiom that means the people are waiting expectantly. Alternate translation: “all the people of Israel are waiting expectantly” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -1:20 ux2p will sit on the throne 0 Sitting on the throne is a metonym for being king. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “will be king” -1:21 pu6x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns when my master the king sleeps with his fathers 0 Bathsheba speaks to King David as if she were speaking about him to show that she respects him. Alternate translation: “when you sleep with your fathers” -1:21 jz9e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism sleeps with his fathers 0 This is a polite way of saying “dies.” -1:21 z8su rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive I and my son Solomon will be regarded as criminals 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “the new king will regard my son Solomon and me as criminals” -1:22 b6a8 0 # General Information:\n\nNathan the prophet speaks to King David. -1:23 tsg5 prostrated himself 0 Alternate translation: “bowed very low” -1:24 mhc4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations have you said, ‘Adonijah will reign after me, and he will sit on my throne?’ 0 This can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “have you said that Adonijah will reign after you, and he will sit on your throne?” -1:24 vmf5 he will sit on my throne 0 Sitting on the throne is a metonym for being king. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “he will be king just as I was” -1:25 xm46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom eating and drinking before him 0 Adonijah probably sat at a table where he could watch all those he had invited as they ate and drank. The main idea is that the people Nathan named were with Adonijah and they were celebrating together. Alternate translation: “eating and drinking with him” or “eating and drinking where he can see them” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1:27 b3wq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person Has my master the king done this without telling us, your servants, who should sit on the throne after him? 0 Nathan refers to David in the third person. This is a way of showing respect to the king. It can be stated in second person. Alternate translation: “Have you, my master the king, done this without telling us, your servants, who should sit on the throne after you?” -1:27 s1tl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy who should sit on the throne 0 Sitting on the throne is a metonym for being king. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “who would be king after him” -1:28 f7fz 0 # General Information:\n\nKing David makes a promise to Bathsheba. -1:28 vs19 came into the king’s presence 0 Alternate translation: “came before the king” or “came back to the king” -1:29 i97z made an oath 0 Alternate translation: “made a solemn promise” -1:30 xg17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy he will sit on my throne in my place 0 Sitting on the throne is a metonym for being king. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “he will take my place and be king just as I was” -1:31 rdz6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole May my master King David live forever 0 Bathsheba knew David would not live forever; this is a way of saying that he is a good king. -1:32 y9bc 0 # General Information:\n\nKing David anoints Solomon king. -1:33 e68v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns the servants of your master 0 David speaks of himself as if he were speaking of someone else so Zadok, Nathan, and Benaiah would remember that David is still king. Alternate translation: “my servants” -1:33 de2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Gihon 0 This is the name of a water spring. -1:35 qn6j he will come and sit on my throne 0 The words “sit on the throne” are used as a metonym for being king in [1 Kings 1:13](../01/13.md), [1 Kings 1:17](./17.md), and [1 Kings 1:30](./30.md). Here David speaks of Solomon literally sitting on a physical throne. -1:36 q1hs So let it be! 0 They agree and will do what King David said. -1:36 u4b9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns May Yahweh, the God of my master the king, confirm 0 Benaiah speaks to King David as if he were speaking to someone else to show that he respects King David. Alternate translation: “My master and king, may Yahweh your God confirm” -1:37 v83u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns has been with my master the king, so 0 Benaiah speaks to King David as if he were speaking to someone else to show that he respects King David. Alternate translation: “has been with you, my master the king, so” -1:37 l4nd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy make his throne greater than the throne of my master King David 0 The word **throne** is a metonym for either: (1) the person who sits on the throne. Alternate translation: “make the one who sits on the throne greater than my master King David” or (2) the kingdom over which the one who sits on the throne rules. Alternate translation: “make his kingdom greater than the kingdom of my master King David” -1:37 fzr9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns the throne of my master King David 0 Benaiah speaks to King David as if he were speaking to someone else to show that he respects King David. Alternate translation: “your throne, my master King David” -1:38 ec4p 0 # General Information:\n\nThe people of Israel anoint Solomon as king over Israel. -1:38 nk4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Kerethites … Pelethites 0 These are names of people groups. -1:38 t1rd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Gihon 0 This is the name of a spring, where fresh water comes out of the ground. -1:39 l324 took the horn of oil out of the tent 0 This means the priest took the special animal horn filled with olive oil that was kept in Yahweh’s special tent. -1:39 v593 took the horn of oil 0 This could mean: (1) the horn of an animal filled with olive oil or (2) a container that had replaced the original horn, but the people still called it a horn. Alternate translation: “took a container of oil” -1:39 uf1x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole all the people 0 This is a generalization. -1:41 qc57 0 # General Information:\n\nAdonijah hears the loud noise and waits for the news. -1:43 m386 0 # General Information:\n\nAdonijah learns that Solomon is the new king. -1:44 bah7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Kerethites … Pelethites 0 These are names of people groups. -1:46 nz69 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy is sitting on the throne of the kingdom 0 This could mean: (1) that these words are a metonym for being king. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 1:35](../01/35.md). Alternate translation: “is now king” or (2) that Solomon was physically sitting on the physical throne. -1:48 v2c2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy a person to sit on my throne this day 0 This could mean: (1) that these words are a metonym for being king. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 1:35](../01/35.md). Alternate translation: “a person to be king today as I was” or (2) that Solomon was physically sitting on the physical throne. -1:49 k3ln 0 # General Information:\n\nAdonijah becomes terrified of King Solomon. -1:49 iqg3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom They stood up 0 Another possible meaning is “They began to act quickly” -1:50 lg7j Adonijah … took hold of the horns of the altar 0 The “horns of the altar” symbolized the strength and protection of Yahweh, but because Adonijah literally went into the area of the physical tent to take literal hold of the physical horns, you should translate this literally. -1:50 ls5i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom Adonijah … rose up, went 0 Another possible meaning is “Adonijah … quickly went” -1:51 i1ku rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns is afraid of King Solomon 0 The servants speak to King Solomon as if they were speaking of someone else to show that they respected King Solomon. Alternate translation: “is afraid of you, King Solomon” -1:51 g2ei rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns he will not kill his servant 0 Adonijah speaks of himself as if he were speaking of another person so people will think that he respects King Solomon. Alternate translation: “he will not kill me” -1:52 jr66 0 # General Information:\n\nSolomon spares the life of Adonijah. -1:52 t3dr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit not a hair of his will fall to the earth 0 This is an exaggeration to say that Solomon will keep Adonijah safe. Alternate translation: “not a hair of his head will fall” or “I will keep him safe” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -1:52 d933 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns wickedness is found in him 0 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **wickedness**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. It is spoken of as if it were an object that could be found in a container. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “he does what is evil” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1:intro v496 0 # 1 Kings 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. David dies and Solomon begins to reign (1:1–2:46)\n * Abishag begins to take care of King David (1:1–4)\n * Adonijah claims to be the next king (1:5–10)\n * Nathan advises Bathsheba on how to respond (1:11–14)\n * Bathsheba and Nathan inform King David about Adonijah (1:15–27)\n * King David responds by appointing Solomon as the next king (1:28–37)\n * Solomon is proclaimed as the next king (1:38–40)\n * Jonathan informs Adonijah, Joab, and the people with them about Solomon (1:41–48)\n * Solomon has mercy on Adonijah (1:49–53)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The next king\n\nIt was customary in this culture for a king, when he became old or died, to be succeeded as king by one of his sons. King David had many sons with many different wives, and he had not indicated which son would be king after him. So, Adonijah, one of the oldest sons, decided that he wanted to be king. He invited many important people to a feast, and they all agreed that he should be the next king. However, some other important people went to King David and asked him to make Solomon, one of Adonijah’s younger brothers, the next king. When David agreed to do this, everyone who agreed that Adonijah should be the next king ran away and no longer supported him. Be sure that your readers understand that the narrative of this chapter is about who will be the next king after King David.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Symbolic actions\n\nIn this chapter, people perform several different kinds of actions that had special significance in their culture. When someone sits on a throne, it indicates that this person has power and authority. When people bow or prostrate themselves before someone else, it indicates that they are honoring and giving respect to that person. When someone is anointed with oil, it indicates that this person is being commissioned to accomplish a specific task or fill a specific role. If the significance of these actions would be misunderstood in your culture, you state their meaning explicitly in your translation. See the notes on the verses that describe these actions for translation options. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “you”\n\nMost of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in conversations with individual people. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are singular. You should assume forms of “you” are singular unless a note specifies that the form is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +1:1 ji2s rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וְ⁠הַ⁠מֶּ֤לֶךְ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces something that happened sometime after the events narrated at the end of the previous book (see [2 Samuel 24:1–25](../2sa/24/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a later event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Later on, the king” +1:1 b43p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet זָקֵ֔ן בָּ֖א בַּ⁠יָּמִ֑ים 1 The phrases **was old** and **came into the days** mean similar things. The author is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “was extremely old” +1:1 r7r4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בָּ֖א בַּ⁠יָּמִ֑ים 1 Here, the phrase **he came into the days** indicates that David had lived very many **days**, so he was extremely old. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he was advanced in age” or “he had lived a long time” +1:1 pwg1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יְכַסֻּ֨⁠הוּ֙ 1 The pronoun **they** refers to David’s servants or attendants. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “and his attendants covered him” +1:1 nlyt וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִחַ֖ם לֽ⁠וֹ 1 Alternate translation: “but he could not keep warm” +1:2 xp8f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עֲבָדָ֗י⁠ו 1 Here, the word **servants** could refer to: (1) important officials or attendants in David’s court. Alternate translation: “his courtiers” or “his advisors” (1) attendants, perhaps the same people mentioned in the previous verse who tried to keep David warm. Alternate translation: “his attendants” +1:2 qgvp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֧אמְרוּ ל֣⁠וֹ עֲבָדָ֗י⁠ו יְבַקְשׁ֞וּ לַ⁠אדֹנִ֤⁠י הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ נַעֲרָ֣ה בְתוּלָ֔ה וְ⁠עָֽמְדָה֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ וּ⁠תְהִי־ל֖⁠וֹ סֹכֶ֑נֶת וְ⁠שָׁכְבָ֣ה בְ⁠חֵיקֶ֔⁠ךָ וְ⁠חַ֖ם לַ⁠אדֹנִ֥⁠י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ׃\n 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “And his servants asked him if people could seek for him, the king, a young woman, a virgin, so that she could stand to his face. They told him that she would be one who is useful for him, and she would lie in his bosom, and it would be warm for him, the king” +1:2 d6bi rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns יְבַקְשׁ֞וּ 1 The pronoun **They** refers to the people whom the **servants** sent to seek for the young woman. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use a form that refers to an indefinite group of people. Alternate translation: “Certain people are seeking” +1:2 h7l7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person לַ⁠אדֹנִ֤⁠י הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ & לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ & ל֖⁠וֹ & לַ⁠אדֹנִ֥⁠י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 These **servants** addresses king David in the third person as a sign of respect. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form and indicate the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “for you, my great king, … to your face … for you … for you, my great king”\n +1:2 og7b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠עָֽמְדָה֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י 1 Here the servants speak of how the young woman will always serve the king as if she would **stand to the face of the king**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and she will always be ready to serve” +1:2 v3bw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠שָׁכְבָ֣ה בְ⁠חֵיקֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 Here the servants imply that the young woman will sleep in David’s bed with him and will physically touch him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “and she will lie down in your arms” or “she will hug you as you sleep” +1:2 ajpi וְ⁠חַ֖ם לַ⁠אדֹנִ֥⁠י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 Alternate translation: “and she will keep my lord the king warm” +1:3 f51x rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יְבַקְשׁוּ֙ & וַֽ⁠יִּמְצְא֗וּ & וַ⁠יָּבִ֥אוּ 1 The pronoun **they** throughout this verse could refer to: (1) the people whom the servants were speaking about in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “And certain people sought … And they found … and they brought” (2) the servants who were speaking in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “And those servants sought … And they found … and they brought” +1:3 jj8h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole בְּ⁠כֹ֖ל גְּב֣וּל יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 The author says **all** here as an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “in most of the territory of Israel” +1:3 pts5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֲבִישַׁג֙ 1 The word **Abishag** is the name of a woman. +1:3 lg2h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַ⁠שּׁ֣וּנַמִּ֔ית 1 The word **Shunammite** refers to someone who is from the town of Shunem, which was in the hill country to the southwest of the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer more directly to the town of Shunem. Alternate translation: “from Shunem” +1:4 xn7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns יָפָ֣ה עַד־מְאֹ֑ד 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **abundance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “was abundantly beautiful” +1:4 iqxr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יָפָ֣ה עַד־מְאֹ֑ד 1 Here, the phrase **as far as abundance** indicates that Abishag was extremely **beautiful**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “was very beautiful” +1:4 wexy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וְ⁠הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ לֹ֥א יְדָעָֽ⁠הּ 1 The author is referring to having sex in a polite way by using the word **know**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “but the king did not sleep with her” or “but the king did not have sexual relations with her”\n +1:5-6 r96c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge וַ⁠אֲדֹנִיָּ֧ה בֶן־חַגִּ֛ית מִתְנַשֵּׂ֥א לֵ⁠אמֹ֖ר אֲנִ֣י אֶמְלֹ֑ךְ וַ⁠יַּ֣עַשׂ ל֗⁠וֹ רֶ֚כֶב וּ⁠פָ֣רָשִׁ֔ים וַ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים אִ֖ישׁ רָצִ֥ים לְ⁠פָנָֽי⁠ו & וְ⁠לֹֽא־עֲצָב֨⁠וֹ אָבִ֤י⁠ו מִ⁠יָּמָי⁠ו֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר מַדּ֖וּעַ כָּ֣כָה עָשִׂ֑יתָ וְ⁠גַם־ה֤וּא טֽוֹב־תֹּ֨אַר֙ מְאֹ֔ד וְ⁠אֹת֥⁠וֹ יָלְדָ֖ה אַחֲרֵ֥י אַבְשָׁלֽוֹם 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine [1:5](../01/05.md) and [1:6](../01/06.md) into a verse bridge, as UST does, in order to give the background information about Adonijah before stating what he did. Alternate translation: “And Adonijah was the son of Haggith. She had borne him after Absalom, and he was very good of form. His father had not pained him from his days, saying, ‘Why have you done so?’ He lifted himself up, saying, ‘I, myself, will reign.’ And he made for himself a chariot and horsemen and 50 men running to his face.”\n +1:5 j538 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names חַגִּ֛ית 1 The word **Haggith** is the name of a woman. She was one of David’s wives. +1:5 uqt7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִתְנַשֵּׂ֥א 1 He the author speaks of how **Adonijah** began to take power and demand honor as if he were literally lifting himself up in the air. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “exalted himself” or “began to take honor and power” +1:5 oxnm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹ֖ר אֲנִ֣י אֶמְלֹ֑ךְ 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “saying that he himself would reign” +1:5 gxh9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns רֶ֚כֶב 1 Here, the word translated **chariot** could: (1) refer to one **chariot** that Adonijah rode in. Alternate translation: “one chariot” (2) refer to multiple chariots using a singular form. Alternate translation: “chariots” +1:5 u44y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים אִ֖ישׁ רָצִ֥ים לְ⁠פָנָֽי⁠ו 1 Here the author implies that these **50 men** were a special guard who escorted Adonijah when he went anywhere. They **ran** along with the chariot that he rode in. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “and 50 men who ran with him as his guard” or “and a special group of 50 men who ran with him to honor and protect him” +1:6 wpj5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠לֹֽא־עֲצָב֨⁠וֹ אָבִ֤י⁠ו 1 Here the author speaks of how David could have confronted or rebuked Adonijah as if it were paining him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And his father did not confront him” or “And his father did not discipline him” +1:6 pyhq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מִ⁠יָּמָי⁠ו֙ 1 Here, the phrase **from his days** refers to all of Adonijah’s life up to this point. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “during his life up to this point” or “ever” +1:6 v46e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר מַדּ֖וּעַ כָּ֣כָה עָשִׂ֑יתָ 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “asking why he had done something.” +1:6 eh22 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַדּ֖וּעַ כָּ֣כָה עָשִׂ֑יתָ 1 The author illustrates how David might used the question form to rebuke Adonijah. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You know that you should not have done so.” or “You should not have done so!” +1:6 baeh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession טֽוֹב־תֹּ֨אַר֙ מְאֹ֔ד 1 Here, the author is using the possessive form to describe a **form** that is **good**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “had a very good form” +1:6 g811 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠אֹת֥⁠וֹ יָלְדָ֖ה אַחֲרֵ֥י אַבְשָׁלֽוֹם 1 Here the author implies that Adonijah’s mother, Haggith, **had borne** Adonijah after Absalom’s mother bore him. In other words, Adonijah was the next youngest son of David after **Absalom**. However, Adonijah and Absalom did not have the same mother. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “and Haggith had borne him after Absalom’s mother had borne Absalom” or “and he was the son of David who was born after Absalom was born” +1:7 yk92 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּהְי֣וּ דְבָרָ֔י⁠ו 1 Here, the phrase **his words were with** indicates that Adonijah discussed his plans with **Joab** and **Abiathar**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And he conspired” or “And he discussed his plans” +1:7 lla5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names צְרוּיָ֔ה 1 The word **Zeruiah** is the name of a woman. She was David’s sister. +1:7 a99r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַֽ⁠יַּעְזְר֔וּ אַחֲרֵ֖י אֲדֹנִיָּֽה 1 Here the author implies that **Joab** and **Abiathar** supported Adonijah in his plans to become the next king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “And they supported and helped Adonijah as he tried to become king” or “And they backed Adonijah as the next king” +1:8 sj3w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠רֵעִ֔י 1 The word **Rei** is the name of a man. +1:8 uqjp אֲשֶׁ֣ר לְ⁠דָוִ֑ד 1 Alternate translation: “who served David” +1:8 ernv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֹ֥א הָי֖וּ עִם־אֲדֹנִיָּֽהוּ 1 Here the author implies that these people did not support Adonijah in his plans to become the next king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “did not support and help Adonijah as he tried to become king” or “did not back Adonijah as the next king” +1:9 spdi rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns וּ⁠מְרִ֔יא 1 In this verse, the word **fatling** is singular in form, but it refers to many fatlings as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “and fatlings”\n +1:9 k2ub rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וּ⁠מְרִ֔יא 1 Here, the word **fatling** refers to an animal that has been fed a lot of food so that it becomes fat and is very good to eat. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “animals that were given plenty of food so that they would be fat” or “young cows that were specially prepared to be eaten” +1:9 lp17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶ֣בֶן הַזֹּחֶ֔לֶת 1 The word **Zoheleth** is the name of a specific **stone** that was somewhere near Jerusalem. +1:9 xh7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names עֵ֣ין רֹגֵ֑ל 1 The phrase **En Rogel** is the name of a spring that was in a valley near Jerusalem. The word **En** means “spring.”\n +1:9 q3zv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole אֶת־כָּל־אֶחָי⁠ו֙ & וּ⁠לְ⁠כָל־אַנְשֵׁ֥י יְהוּדָ֖ה 1 As the following verse makes clear, the author says **all** here as an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “almost all of his brothers … and to almost all the men of Judah” +1:10 lek3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship שְׁלֹמֹ֥ה אָחִ֖י⁠ו 1 **Solomon** was the younger **brother** of Adonijah. Also, he had a different mother than Adonijah did, so he was Adonijah’s half-brother. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship more explicit. Alternate translation: “Solomon, his younger half-brother” +1:11 bzi1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he asked” +1:11 l2v9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ל֣וֹא שָׁמַ֔עַתְּ כִּ֥י מָלַ֖ךְ אֲדֹנִיָּ֣הוּ בֶן־חַגִּ֑ית וַ⁠אֲדֹנֵ֥י⁠נוּ דָוִ֖ד לֹ֥א יָדָֽע 1 Nathan is using the question form to inform Bathsheba of something. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I tell you that Adonijah the son of Haggith reigns, and our master David does not know.” or “Adonijah the son of Haggith reigns, and our master David does not know!” +1:11 ae8u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names חַגִּ֑ית 1 The word **Haggith** is the name of a woman. She was one of David’s wives.\n +1:11 pb3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מָלַ֖ךְ 1 Here Nathan implies that **Adonijah** is trying to reign. Nathan believes that David is still the real king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “is attempting to reign” or “wants to make himself king” +1:11 cu6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive וַ⁠אֲדֹנֵ֥י⁠נוּ 1 By **our**, Nathan means himself, Bathsheba, and the rest of the Israelites, so use the inclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. +1:12 g4ab rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לְכִ֛י 1 Here Nathan speaks as if he wants Bathsheba to **come** to him. He means that she should listen to him and act with him. Alternate translation: “listen” or “trust me” +1:12 ggsp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry אִיעָצֵ֥⁠ךְ נָ֖א עֵצָ֑ה 1 Here, **let me advise you with advice** is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. +1:12 dnmx rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וּ⁠מַלְּטִי֙ 1 Here, the word **and** introduces the purpose for which Bathsheba should let Nathan **advise** her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a purpose. Alternate translation: “in order that you may save” +1:12 gg4x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns אֶת־נַפְשֵׁ֔⁠ךְ וְ⁠אֶת־נֶ֥פֶשׁ בְּנֵ֖⁠ךְ שְׁלֹמֹֽה 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “so that you and your son Solomon will live” +1:13 yp71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go\t לְכִ֞י וּ⁠בֹ֣אִי 1 In a context such as this, your language might say only **Go** or **come** instead of both **Go** and **come**. Alternate translation: “Go” or “Come” +1:13 luyd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וְ⁠אָמַ֤רְתְּ אֵלָי⁠ו֙ הֲ⁠לֹֽא־אַתָּ֞ה אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ נִשְׁבַּ֤עְתָּ לַ⁠אֲמָֽתְ⁠ךָ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר כִּֽי־שְׁלֹמֹ֤ה בְנֵ⁠ךְ֙ יִמְלֹ֣ךְ אַחֲרַ֔⁠י וְ⁠ה֖וּא יֵשֵׁ֣ב עַל־כִּסְאִ֑⁠י וּ⁠מַדּ֖וּעַ מָלַ֥ךְ אֲדֹנִיָֽהוּ 1 It may be more natural in your language to have indirect quotations here. Alternate translation: “and you shall ask him whether he, your master the king, has not sworn to you, his female servant, saying that surely Solomon your son would reign after him, and he would sit on his throne. And you will ask him Adonijah reigns.” +1:13 v5dq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לֹֽא־אַתָּ֞ה אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ נִשְׁבַּ֤עְתָּ לַ⁠אֲמָֽתְ⁠ךָ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר כִּֽי־שְׁלֹמֹ֤ה בְנֵ⁠ךְ֙ יִמְלֹ֣ךְ אַחֲרַ֔⁠י וְ⁠ה֖וּא יֵשֵׁ֣ב עַל־כִּסְאִ֑⁠י 1 Nathan suggests that Bathsheba should use the question form to remind David of what he had previously promised. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Remember that you, my master the king, have sworn to your female servant, saying, ‘Surely Solomon your son will reign after me, and he will sit on my throne.’” or “Do not forget, my master the king, that you have sworn to your female servant, saying, ‘Surely Solomon your son will reign after me, and he will sit on my throne’!” +1:13 pg8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person לַ⁠אֲמָֽתְ⁠ךָ֙ 1 Here Nathan suggests that Bathsheba speak about herself in the third person. This was one way to address someone in a respectful way. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “to me, your female servant” +1:13 wiwh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 If you keep the direct quotation here, consider natural ways of introducing it. Alternate translation: “when you said” +1:13 d3rt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism כִּֽי־שְׁלֹמֹ֤ה בְנֵ⁠ךְ֙ יִמְלֹ֣ךְ אַחֲרַ֔⁠י וְ⁠ה֖וּא יֵשֵׁ֣ב עַל־כִּסְאִ֑⁠י 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two clauses. Alternate translation: “Surely Solomon your son will reign after me; yes, he will sit on my throne” or “Surely Solomon your son will reign from my throne” +1:13 rwb6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction יֵשֵׁ֣ב עַל־כִּסְאִ֑⁠י 1 When a person sits on a **throne**, it indicates that the person has power and rules as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “will sit on my throne to rule” or “will sit on my throne as king” +1:13 k3xw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וּ⁠מַדּ֖וּעַ מָלַ֥ךְ אֲדֹנִיָֽהוּ 1 Nathan suggests that Bathsheba should use the question form to inform David of something that is contrary to what he already promised. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “However, I tell you that Adonijah reigns.” or “So, Adonijah the son of Haggith should not reign!”\n +1:13 rtfq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מָלַ֥ךְ אֲדֹנִיָֽהוּ 1 Here Nathan suggests that Bathsheba should imply that Adonijah is trying to **reign**. Nathan and Bathsheba believe that David is still the real king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “does Adonijah attempt to reign” or “does Adonijah want to make himself king” +1:14 pesp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הִנֵּ֗ה 1 Nathan is using the term **Behold** to draw attention to what he plans to do while Bathsheba is talking with David. Your language may have a comparable way of calling attention to this event that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “After that” or “Right away” +1:14 p4uw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns וַ⁠אֲנִי֙ אָב֣וֹא 1 Nathan uses the word **myself** to emphasize how significant it will be that he will **come in**. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: “then I, yes I, will come in” +1:14 jam0 אַחֲרַ֔יִ⁠ךְ 1 Alternate translation: “after you do” +1:14 c78s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠מִלֵּאתִ֖י אֶת־דְּבָרָֽיִ⁠ךְ 1 Here Nathan speaks as if Bathsheba’s **words** were containers that were partly full and that he would **fill** them up completely. He means that he will confirm that what Bathsheba has said is true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and will testify to the truth of your words” or “and confirm what you have said” +1:15 r77r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠תָּבֹ֨א בַת־שֶׁ֤בֶע אֶל־הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ הַ⁠חַ֔דְרָ⁠ה וְ⁠הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ זָקֵ֣ן מְאֹ֑ד וַֽ⁠אֲבִישַׁג֙ הַ⁠שּׁ֣וּנַמִּ֔ית מְשָׁרַ֖ת אֶת־הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the background information before narrating what Bathsheba did. Alternate translation: “Now the king was very old, and Abishag the Shunammite was attending the king in his chamber. Then Bathsheba came to the king there” +1:15 ylvk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠תָּבֹ֨א בַת־שֶׁ֤בֶע 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “And Bathsheba went” +1:15 r8hv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַ⁠חַ֔דְרָ⁠ה 1 Here, the word **chamber** refers to the private room in which the king slept. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “at the room in which he slept” +1:15 b4tq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַֽ⁠אֲבִישַׁג֙ 1 The word **Abishag** is the name of a woman. She has already been mentioned in [1:3](../01/03.md).\n +1:15 aexd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַ⁠שּׁ֣וּנַמִּ֔ית 1 The word **Shunammite** refers to someone who is from the town of Shunem, which was in the hill country to the southwest of the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer more directly to the town of Shunem. See how you expressed the idea in [1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “from Shunem” +1:16 i62h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet וַ⁠תִּקֹּ֣ד בַּת־שֶׁ֔בַע וַ⁠תִּשְׁתַּ֖חוּ 1 The terms **bowed** and **prostrated herself** mean similar things. The author is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “And Bathsheba bowed very respectfully” or “And Bathsheba prostrated herself to the ground” +1:16 qt9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠תִּקֹּ֣ד בַּת־שֶׁ֔בַע וַ⁠תִּשְׁתַּ֖חוּ 1 In Bathsheba’s culture, when people **bowed** and **prostrated** themselves to someone else, they were honoring respecting that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “And Bathsheba bowed and prostrated herself in respect” or “And Bathsheba, to honor him, bowed and prostrated herself” +1:16 fo9f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ מַה־לָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “And the the king asked what was for her.” +1:16 q1mt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מַה־לָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 Here, the phrase **What is for you** means that the king wished to know what Bathsheba wanted to request. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What is your desire” or “What can I do for you” +1:17 s7yx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula אַתָּ֨ה נִשְׁבַּ֜עְתָּ בַּֽ⁠יהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ לַֽ⁠אֲמָתֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 Here Bathsheba reminds David about how he swore an oath **by Yahweh your God** that he would make Solomon the next king. Use a natural way in your language to express an oath. Alternate translation: “you yourself swore before Yahweh your God to your female servant” or “you yourself solemnly promised Yahweh your God before your female servant” +1:17 f3nw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns אַתָּ֨ה נִשְׁבַּ֜עְתָּ 1 Bathsheba uses the word **yourself** to emphasize how significant it was that David had made this promise. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: “it was you who swore” +1:17 n2c3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person לַֽ⁠אֲמָתֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 Here Bathsheba speaks about herself in the third person. This was one way to address someone in a respectful way. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “to me, your female servant,”\n +1:17 zb0n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בַּֽ⁠יהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 Here Bathsheba emphasizes that **Yahweh** is David’s **God**, but she implies that **Yahweh** is her **God** as well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “by Yahweh, your God and mine” +1:17 ywl1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations אֱלֹהֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ & כִּֽי־שְׁלֹמֹ֥ה בְנֵ֖⁠ךְ יִמְלֹ֣ךְ אַחֲרָ֑⁠י וְ⁠ה֖וּא יֵשֵׁ֥ב עַל־כִּסְאִֽ⁠י 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “your God that Solomon my son would surely reign after you, and he would sit on your throne.” +1:17 wq00 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism כִּֽי־שְׁלֹמֹ֥ה בְנֵ֖⁠ךְ יִמְלֹ֣ךְ אַחֲרָ֑⁠י וְ⁠ה֖וּא יֵשֵׁ֥ב עַל־כִּסְאִֽ⁠י 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two clauses. See how you expressed the similar form in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “Surely Solomon your son will reign after me; yes, he will sit on my throne” or “Surely Solomon your son will reign from my throne” +1:17 bt9t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction יֵשֵׁ֥ב עַל־כִּסְאִֽ⁠י 1 When a person sits on a **throne**, it indicates that the person has power and rules as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. See how you expressed the idea in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “will sit on my throne to rule” or “will sit on my throne as king”\n +1:18 jpi6 וְ⁠עַתָּ֕ה & וְ⁠עַתָּ֛ה 1 Alternate translation: “And at this time … and at this time” +1:18 c6z7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations הִנֵּ֥ה 1 Here, the word **behold** draws David’s attention and asks him to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks someone to listen, or you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I want to inform you of this:” or “please listen to me”\n +1:18 lby1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מָלָ֑ךְ 1 Here Bathsheba implies that Adonijah is trying to reign. Bathsheba believes that David is still the real king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “is attempting to reign” or “wants to make himself king” +1:18 m71q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants וְ⁠עַתָּ֛ה 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **and now**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “and you.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. +1:19 vlqt rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns וּֽ⁠מְרִיא 1 In this verse, the word **fatling** is singular in form, but it refers to many fatlings as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “and fatlings” +1:19 hk1d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וּֽ⁠מְרִיא 1 Here, the word **fatling** refers to an animal that has been fed a lot of food so that it becomes fat and is very good to eat. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. See how you translated this word in [1:9](../01/09.md). Alternate translation: “and animals that were given plenty of food so that they would be fat” or “and young cows that were specially prepared to be eaten”\n +1:19 u52n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns לָ⁠רֹב֒ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **abundance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “abundantly” +1:19 s7vz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole לְ⁠כָל־בְּנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 As the end of the verse makes clear, Bathsheba says **all** here as an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “to almost all of the sons of the king” +1:19 dfnt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 Here Bathsheba addresses king David in the third person as a sign of respect. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second-person form and indicate the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “of you, the king,”\n +1:20 gosn וְ⁠אַתָּה֙ 1 Alternate translation: “But as for you” +1:20 zomp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants וְ⁠אַתָּה֙ 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **And you**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “And now.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. +1:20 zlc4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche עֵינֵ֥י כָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל עָלֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 Here, **eyes** represents attention and focus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the attention of all Israel is on you” or “all Israel is focusing on you” +1:20 ux2p rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction יֵשֵׁ֛ב עַל־כִּסֵּ֥א אֲדֹנִֽ⁠י־הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ אַחֲרָֽי⁠ו 1 When a person sits on a **throne**, it indicates that the person has power and rules as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. See how you expressed the idea in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “will sit on the throne of my lord the king to rule after him” or “will sit on the throne of my lord the king as king after him”\n +1:20 ze0o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person אֲדֹנִֽ⁠י־הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ אַחֲרָֽי⁠ו 1 Here Bathsheba addresses King David in the third person as a sign of respect. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second-person form and indicate the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “you, my lord the king, after you” +1:21 pu6x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person כִּ⁠שְׁכַ֥ב אֲדֹנִֽ⁠י־הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ עִם־אֲבֹתָ֑י⁠ו 1 Here Bathsheba addresses King David in the third person as a sign of respect. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second-person form and indicate the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “as soon as you, my lord the king, lie down with your fathers”\n +1:21 jz9e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism כִּ⁠שְׁכַ֥ב אֲדֹנִֽ⁠י־הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ עִם־אֲבֹתָ֑י⁠ו 1 Bathsheba is referring to David’s death in a polite way by using the phrase **lies down with his fathers**, which refers to being buried near one’s ancestors. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “as soon as my master the king passes away” or “as soon as my lord the king dies and is buried with his fathers”\n +1:21 nvdv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche אֲבֹתָ֑י⁠ו 1 Bathsheba is using **fathers** to represent David’s ancestors in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his ancestors” +1:21 z8su rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns וְ⁠הָיִ֗יתִי אֲנִ֛י וּ⁠בְנִ֥⁠י שְׁלֹמֹ֖ה 1 Bathsheba uses the word **myself** to emphasize how concerned she is for her safety. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “that, as for me, I and my son Solomon will be” +1:21 prc8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit חַטָּאִֽים 1 Here Bathsheba implies that whoever becomes king will treat her and Solomon as they had sinned against the new king. She means that the new king will punish them severely, perhaps by executing them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “considered traitors” or “executed as sinners” +1:22 jcix rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations וְ⁠הִנֵּ֛ה 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “And listen” or “And right away”\n +1:22 cdps rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go בָּֽא 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “went” +1:23 zyaf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יַּגִּ֤ידוּ 1 The pronoun **they** refers to David’s servants or attendants. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “And the king’s attendants told”\n +1:23 u17h rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said” +1:23 taxr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations הִנֵּ֖ה 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the king and asks him to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks someone to listen or pay attention. Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Look” +1:23 v4kq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis נָתָ֣ן הַ⁠נָּבִ֑יא 1 The servants are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Nathan the prophet has come” +1:23 mzok rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יָּבֹא֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 Here the author implies that Bathsheba left the king before Nathan went to him (see [1:28](../01/28.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit here. Alternate translation: “And Bathsheba went away, and Nathan came before the face of the king” +1:23 tsg5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֧חוּ לַ⁠מֶּ֛לֶךְ עַל־אַפָּ֖י⁠ו אָֽרְצָ⁠ה 1 In Nathan’s culture, when people **prostrated** themselves to someone else, they were honoring respecting that person. The author describes how Nathan’s **nostrils** were toward **the ground** to indicate that Nathan **prostrated** himself on **the ground**, which was a way to show even more honor or respect. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “and he prostrated himself to the king in deep respect, with his nose touching the ground” or “and Nathan, to honor the king greatly, prostrated himself upon the ground”\n +1:24 uw9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion אַתָּ֣ה אָמַ֔רְתָּ אֲדֹנִיָּ֖הוּ יִמְלֹ֣ךְ אַחֲרָ֑⁠י וְ⁠ה֖וּא יֵשֵׁ֥ב עַל־כִּסְאִֽ⁠י 1 Nathan is using the question form to inform David that Adonijah is acting as if David named him the next king. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Adonijah is acting as if you yourself said, ‘Adonijah will reign after me, and he will sit on my throne.’” +1:24 mhc4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations אַתָּ֣ה אָמַ֔רְתָּ אֲדֹנִיָּ֖הוּ יִמְלֹ֣ךְ אַחֲרָ֑⁠י וְ⁠ה֖וּא יֵשֵׁ֥ב עַל־כִּסְאִֽ⁠י 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “have you yourself said that Adonijah will reign after you and sit on your throne” +1:24 lm0k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism אֲדֹנִיָּ֖הוּ יִמְלֹ֣ךְ אַחֲרָ֑⁠י וְ⁠ה֖וּא יֵשֵׁ֥ב עַל־כִּסְאִֽ⁠י 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word other than and in order to show that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. See how you expressed the similar form in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternatively, you could combine the two clauses. Alternate translation: “Adonijah will reign after me; yes, he will sit on my throne” or “Adonijah will reign from my throne” +1:24 vmf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction יֵשֵׁ֥ב עַל־כִּסְאִֽ⁠י 1 When a person sits on a **throne**, it indicates that the person has power and rules as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. See how you expressed the similar phrase in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “will sit on my throne to rule” or “will sit on my throne as king”\n +1:25 jkrd rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why Nathan asks David if he has appointed Adonijah as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “I ask because” or “Here is why I ask that:” +1:25 k2il rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יָרַ֣ד הַ⁠יּ֗וֹם 1 Here, Nathan implies that Adonijah **has gone down** to the area near En Rogel (see [1:9](../01/09.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he has gone down today to the area near En Rogel” +1:25 a8sl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go יָרַ֣ד 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “he has come down” +1:25 ktj5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns שׁ֥וֹר וּֽ⁠מְרִיא 1 In this verse, the words **ox** and **fatling** are singular in form, but they refer to many oxen and fatlings as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “oxen and fatlings” +1:25 y76y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וּֽ⁠מְרִיא 1 Here, the word **fatling** refers to an animal that has been fed a lot of food so that it becomes fat and is very good to eat. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. See how you translated this word in [1:9](../01/09.md). Alternate translation: “and animals that were given plenty of food so that they would be fat” or “and young cows that were specially prepared to be eaten” +1:25 me77 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns לָ⁠רֹב֒ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **abundance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “abundantly” +1:25 skc2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole לְ⁠כָל־בְּנֵ֨י הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ 1 As the context makes clear, Nathan says **all** here as an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “to almost all of the sons of the king” +1:25 yg1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ 1 Here Nathan addresses king David in the third person as a sign of respect. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second-person form and indicate the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “you, the king,” +1:25 unrg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations וְ⁠הִנָּ֛⁠ם 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the king and asks him to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks someone to listen or pay attention. Alternate translation: “And listen, they” or “And hear this: they” +1:25 xm46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ יְחִ֖י הַ⁠מֶּ֥לֶךְ אֲדֹנִיָּֽהוּ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And they wish that king Adonijah would live” +1:25 regl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness יְחִ֖י הַ⁠מֶּ֥לֶךְ אֲדֹנִיָּֽהוּ 1 Here, the phrase **Let the king Adonijah live** is a polite way to wish that Adonijah will have a long and good life. This was a respectful way to honor and bless a person in authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable polite form or make the idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “We hope that the king Adonijah will have a long life” or “We wish the king Adonijah well” +1:26 khld אֲנִֽי־עַ֠בְדֶּ⁠ךָ & וְ⁠לִ⁠שְׁלֹמֹ֥ה עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֖ 1 Alternate translation: “I who serve you … and to Solomon, who serves you” +1:27 pruw אִ֗ם מֵ⁠אֵת֙ אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ נִהְיָ֖ה הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה וְ⁠לֹ֤א הוֹדַ֨עְתָּ֙ אֶֽת־עבדי⁠ך מִ֗י יֵשֵׁ֛ב עַל־כִּסֵּ֥א אֲדֹנִֽ⁠י־הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ אַחֲרָֽי⁠ו 1 This sentence could be translated: (1) in question form. See the UST. (2) in conditional form. Alternate translation: “If this matter has been done from with my lord the king, then you have not caused your servants to know who will sit on the throne of my lord the king after him.” +1:27 pvgk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive מֵ⁠אֵת֙ אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ נִהְיָ֖ה הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “my lord the king done this matter” +1:27 b3wq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ & אֲדֹנִֽ⁠י־הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ אַחֲרָֽי⁠ו 1 Here Nathan addresses King David in the third person as a sign of respect. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second-person form and indicate the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “you, my lord the king, … you, my lord the king, after you”\n +1:27 s1tl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction יֵשֵׁ֛ב עַל־כִּסֵּ֥א אֲדֹנִֽ⁠י־הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ אַחֲרָֽי⁠ו 1 When a person sits on a **throne**, it indicates that the person has power and rules as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. See how you expressed the idea in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “will sit on the throne of my lord the king to rule after him” or “will sit on the throne of my lord the king as king after him”\n +1:28 vs19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys וַ⁠יַּ֨עַן הַ⁠מֶּ֤לֶךְ דָּוִד֙ וַ⁠יֹּ֔אמֶר 1 The two words **answered** and **said** express a single idea. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this idea in a different way. Alternate translation: “And the king David answered him by saying” or “And the king David said” +1:28 dkzb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּ֔אמֶר 1 Here, the author implies that **David** spoke to some of his servants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “and said to some of his attendants” +1:28 g68v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo וַ⁠תָּבֹא֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ וַֽ⁠תַּעֲמֹ֖ד לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 This sentence contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the sentence. Alternate translation: “And she came and stood to the face of the king” +1:28 qjq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠תָּבֹא֙ 1 Here the author implies that Nathan left the king before Bathsheba came back in (see [1:32](../01/32.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit here. Alternate translation: “And Nathan went away, and Bathsheba came” +1:28 i7hb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠תָּבֹא֙ 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “And she went” +1:29 i97z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys וַ⁠יִּשָּׁבַ֥ע הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר 1 The two words **swore** and **said** express a single idea. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this idea in a different way. Alternate translation: “And the king swore to her by saying” or “And the king swore”\n +1:29 wkky rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula חַי־יְהוָ֕ה 1 Here David makes an oath that he will do what he promises in the following verse. He is indicating that Bathsheba can rely on his promise as much as she can rely on the fact that **Yahweh** is **alive**. Use a natural way in your language to express this kind of oath. Alternate translation: “As certainly as Yahweh is alive” or “You can be as confident about this as you are that Yahweh is alive” +1:29 nn4m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֲשֶׁר־פָּדָ֥ה אֶת־נַפְשִׁ֖⁠י מִ⁠כָּל־צָרָֽה 1 Here David speaks of how God has rescued him from **every distress** as if God had **ransomed** his **life** from the **distress**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who has saved my life in every distress”\n +1:29 ipvd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns נַפְשִׁ֖⁠י מִ⁠כָּל־צָרָֽה 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **life** and **distress**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “me whenever anything distressed me” +1:30 g1w1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis כִּ֡י 1 David is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I declare that” or “I swear that” +1:30 xg17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula נִשְׁבַּ֨עְתִּי לָ֜⁠ךְ בַּ⁠יהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 Here David refers to how he swore an oath by **Yahweh the God of Israel** that he would make Solomon the next king. Use a natural way in your language to express an oath. Alternate translation: “I have sworn before Yahweh the God of Israel to you” or “I have solemnly promised Yahweh the God of Israel in your presence”\n +1:30 yfnk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר כִּֽי־שְׁלֹמֹ֤ה בְנֵ⁠ךְ֙ יִמְלֹ֣ךְ אַחֲרַ֔⁠י וְ⁠ה֛וּא יֵשֵׁ֥ב עַל־כִּסְאִ֖⁠י תַּחְתָּ֑⁠י כִּ֛י 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “saying that Solomon your son would surely reign after me and that he would sit on my throne in place, surely” +1:30 pys0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 If you preserve the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “which I did when I said” +1:30 k52y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism יִמְלֹ֣ךְ אַחֲרַ֔⁠י וְ⁠ה֛וּא יֵשֵׁ֥ב עַל־כִּסְאִ֖⁠י תַּחְתָּ֑⁠י 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word other than and in order to show that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two clauses. See how you expressed the similar form in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “will reign after me; yes, he will sit on my throne in my place” or “will reign from my throne in my place”\n +1:30 gmah rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction יֵשֵׁ֥ב עַל־כִּסְאִ֖⁠י תַּחְתָּ֑⁠י 1 When a person sits on a throne, it indicates that the person has power and rules as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. See how you expressed the idea in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “will sit on my throne to rule in my place” or “will sit on my throne as king in my place”\n +1:31 nt1n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠תִּקֹּ֨ד בַּת־שֶׁ֤בַע אַפַּ֨יִם֙ אֶ֔רֶץ וַ⁠תִּשְׁתַּ֖חוּ לַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ 1 In Bathsheba’s culture, when people **bowed** and **prostrated** themselves to someone else, they were honoring respecting that person. The author describes how Bathsheba’s **nostrils** were **to the ground** to indicate that Bathsheba lay down with her face on the ground, which was a way to show even more honor or respect. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “And Bathsheba bowed and prostrated herself to the king in deep respect, with her nose touching the ground” or “And Bathsheba, to honor the king greatly, bowed and prostrated herself upon the ground” +1:31 uodj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וַ⁠תִּקֹּ֨ד בַּת־שֶׁ֤בַע אַפַּ֨יִם֙ אֶ֔רֶץ וַ⁠תִּשְׁתַּ֖חוּ לַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ 1 The phrases **bowed, nostrils to the ground** and **prostrated herself** mean similar things. The author is using the two phrases together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “And Bathsheba bowed, nostrils to the ground, very respectfully to the king” or “And Bathsheba prostrated herself, nostrils to the ground, to the king” +1:31 rdz6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness יְחִ֗י אֲדֹנִ֛⁠י הַ⁠מֶּ֥לֶךְ דָּוִ֖ד לְ⁠עֹלָֽם 1 Here, the phrase **May my lord the king David live to eternity** is a polite way to wish that David will have a long and good life. This was a respectful way to honor and bless a person in authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable polite form or make the idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I hope that my lord the king David will have a long life” or “I wish my lord the king David well”\n +1:31 njpx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person אֲדֹנִ֛⁠י הַ⁠מֶּ֥לֶךְ דָּוִ֖ד 1 Here Bathsheba addresses **king David** in the third person as a sign of respect. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second-person form and indicate the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “you, my lord the king David,”\n +1:31 zu8f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns לְ⁠עֹלָֽם 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **eternity**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “eternally” or “forever” +1:32 c0qp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר ׀ הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ דָּוִ֗ד 1 Here, the author implies that David spoke to some of his servants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “And the king David said to some of his attendants” +1:32 yclm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖אוּ 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “And they went” +1:33 mp05 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular קְח֤וּ עִמָּ⁠כֶם֙ & אֲדֹנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠הִרְכַּבְתֶּם֙ אֶת־שְׁלֹמֹ֣ה בְנִ֔⁠י 1 Because David is speaking to Zadok, Nathan, and Benaiah, the command **Take** and the words **you** and **your** throughout this verse are plural. +1:33 lhx5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-plural אֲדֹנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 Here David could be using the plural **lords**: (1) to refer to just himself. In this case, he uses the plural form because it was a respectful way to refer to a person who had authority. Alternate translation: “your lord” (2) to refer to all the important officials who still supported David as king. Alternate translation: “the lords who still serve me” +1:33 e68v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person אֲדֹנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 If David uses the plural form **lords** to refer to himself, then he is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “me, your lord”\n +1:33 de2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names גִּחֽוֹן 1 The word **Gihon** is the name of a spring near the city of Jerusalem, on the east side. +1:34 mmcw rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וּ⁠מָשַׁ֣ח אֹת֣⁠וֹ שָׁ֠ם צָד֨וֹק הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֜ן וְ⁠נָתָ֧ן הַ⁠נָּבִ֛יא לְ⁠מֶ֖לֶךְ עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 In David’s culture, when a person was anointed, they were being commissioned to do a specific task or fill a specific role. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the meaning of this action more explicit. Alternate translation: “And Zadok the priest and Nathan the prophet shall anoint him there to commission him as king over Israel” +1:34 e96w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person צָד֨וֹק הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֜ן וְ⁠נָתָ֧ן הַ⁠נָּבִ֛יא 1 Here David speaks to **Zadok** and **Nathan** in the third person in order to give them specific instructions. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second-person form. Alternate translation: “you, Zadok the priest, and you, Nathan the prophet,” +1:34 azqf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular וּ⁠תְקַעְתֶּם֙ & וַ⁠אֲמַרְתֶּ֕ם 1 Because David is speaking to Zadok, Nathan, and Benaiah, the word **you** throughout this verse is plural. +1:34 tg3o rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וּ⁠תְקַעְתֶּם֙ בַּ⁠שּׁוֹפָ֔ר 1 In David’s culture, people would **blow with the horn** when they wanted to announce something important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the meaning of that action more explicit. Alternate translation: “And you shall announce him as king by blowing with the horn” +1:34 f16o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun בַּ⁠שּׁוֹפָ֔ר 1 The word **horn** represents horns in general, not one particular horn. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “with horns” +1:34 wn1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וַ⁠אֲמַרְתֶּ֕ם יְחִ֖י הַ⁠מֶּ֥לֶךְ שְׁלֹמֹֽה 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and you shall wish that king Solomon would live.”\n +1:34 ecch rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness יְחִ֖י הַ⁠מֶּ֥לֶךְ שְׁלֹמֹֽה 1 Here, the phrase **Let the king Solomon live** is a polite way to wish that Solomon will have a long and good life. This was a respectful way to honor and bless a person in authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable polite form or make the idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “We hope that the king Solomon will have a long life” or “We wish the king Solomon well” +1:35 w421 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠עֲלִיתֶ֣ם אַחֲרָ֗י⁠ו 1 Here David implies that they will go back up to Jerusalem with Solomon and return to the palace. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “And you shall go up after him back here to Jerusalem” or “And you shall return after him to the palace” +1:35 qn6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠עֲלִיתֶ֣ם 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **go**. Alternate translation: “And you shall come up” +1:35 n5eo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular וַ⁠עֲלִיתֶ֣ם 1 Because David is speaking to Zadok, Nathan, and Benaiah, the word **you** is plural. +1:35 ed1x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וּ⁠בָא֙ 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “and he shall go” +1:35 emxs rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וְ⁠יָשַׁ֣ב עַל־כִּסְאִ֔⁠י 1 When a person sits on a **throne**, it indicates that the person has power and rules as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. See how you expressed the idea in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “and sit on my throne to rule” or “and sit on my throne as king”\n +1:36 q1hs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys וַ⁠יַּ֨עַן בְּנָיָ֧הוּ בֶן־יְהֽוֹיָדָ֛ע אֶת־הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר 1 The two words **answered** and **said** express a single idea. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this idea in a different way. Alternate translation: “And Benaiah the son of Jehoiada answered the king by saying” or “And Benaiah the son of Jehoiada said to the king”\n +1:36 ggga rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative כֵּ֚ן יֹאמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה אֱלֹהֵ֖י אֲדֹנִ֥⁠י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 Here Benaiah could be using the statement form: (1) to claim that **Yahweh** has declared the same thing that David has just declared. Alternate translation: “So also declares Yahweh the God of my lord the king” (2) to wish or hope that **Yahweh** will declare or confirm what David has just declared. Alternate translation: “May Yahweh the God of my lord the king so speak” or “May Yahweh the God of my lord the king confirm that” +1:36 ivtt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יְהוָ֔ה אֱלֹהֵ֖י אֲדֹנִ֥⁠י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 Here Benaiah emphasizes that **Yahweh** is David’s **God**, but he implies that **Yahweh** is his **God** as well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, my lord the king’s God and mine,” +1:36 u4b9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person אֲדֹנִ֥⁠י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 Here Benaiah addresses King David in the third person as a sign of respect. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second-person form and indicate the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “you, my lord the king,”\n +1:37 v83u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ & אֲדֹנִ֖⁠י הַ⁠מֶּ֥לֶךְ דָּוִֽד 1 Here Benaiah addresses David in the third person as a sign of respect. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second-person form and indicate the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “you, my lord the king … you, my lord the king David”\n +1:37 l4nd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וִֽ⁠יגַדֵּל֙ אֶת־כִּסְא֔⁠וֹ מִ֨⁠כִּסֵּ֔א אֲדֹנִ֖⁠י הַ⁠מֶּ֥לֶךְ דָּוִֽד 1 Here, **throne** represents the rule or reign of the person who sits on the **throne**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and may he make his reign greater than the reign of my lord the king David” or “and may he make him a greater ruler than my lord the king David” +1:38 djsb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns וְ⁠הַ⁠כְּרֵתִי֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠פְּלֵתִ֔י 1 In this verse, the words **Kerethite** and **Pelethite** are singular in form, but they refer to all the Kerethites and Pelethites as groups. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “and the Kerethites and the Pelethites”\n +1:38 nk4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠הַ⁠כְּרֵתִי֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠פְּלֵתִ֔י 1 The words **Kerethite** and **Pelethite** refer to two groups of people. Together, they served King David as his bodyguards. +1:38 p7bx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יֵּ֣רֶד 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “And … came down” +1:38 t1rd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names גִּחֽוֹן 1 The word **Gihon** is the name of a spring near the city of Jerusalem, on the east side. See how you translated this name in [1:33](../01/33.md).\n +1:39 yive rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וַ⁠יִּקַּח֩ צָד֨וֹק הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֜ן אֶת־קֶ֤רֶן הַ⁠שֶּׁ֨מֶן֙ מִן־הָ⁠אֹ֔הֶל וַ⁠יִּמְשַׁ֖ח 1 Here the author indicates that **Zadok** had taken **the horn of the oil from the tent** before he went with Solomon to Gihon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different form that gives background information. Alternate translation: “Before they went to Gihon, Zadok the priest had taken the horn of the oil from the tent. After they arrived in Gihon, he anointed” +1:39 l324 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶת־קֶ֤רֶן הַ⁠שֶּׁ֨מֶן֙ מִן־הָ⁠אֹ֔הֶל 1 Here, the author is referring to a special **horn** full of olive **oil** that was kept in the special **tent** that was dedicated to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the special horn full of olive oil from the tent that was dedicated to God” +1:39 v593 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּמְשַׁ֖ח אֶת־שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה 1 In this culture, when a person was **anointed**, they were being commissioned to do a specific task or fill a specific role, in this case that of king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the meaning of this action more explicit. Alternate translation: “and he anointed Solomon to commission him as king”\n +1:39 uf1x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַֽ⁠יִּתְקְעוּ֙ בַּ⁠שּׁוֹפָ֔ר 1 In this culture, people **blew with the horn** when they wanted to announce something important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the meaning of that action more explicit. Alternate translation: “And they announced him as king by blowing with the horn”\n +1:39 v35b rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַֽ⁠יִּתְקְעוּ֙ 1 The pronoun **they** refers to some people who were there. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to people there more directly. Alternate translation: “And people who were there blew” +1:39 h4w4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun בַּ⁠שּׁוֹפָ֔ר 1 The word **horn** represents horns in general, not one particular horn. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “with horns”\n +1:39 jxsy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole כָּל־הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 The author says **all** here as an overstatement for emphasis. He means that many people were there, and they were the ones who spoke the following words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “very many people” or “each person there” +1:39 nsy8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness יְחִ֖י הַ⁠מֶּ֥לֶךְ שְׁלֹמֹֽה 1 Here, the phrase **Let the king Solomon live** is a polite way to wish that **Solomon** will have a long and good life. This was a respectful way to honor and bless a person in authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable polite form or make the idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “We hope that the king Solomon will have a long life” or “We wish the king Solomon well”\n +1:40 low5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יַּעֲל֤וּ כָל־הָ⁠עָם֙ 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “And all the people came up” +1:40 bhc5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole כָל־הָ⁠עָם֙ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:39](../01/39.md). Alternate translation: “very many people” or “each person there” +1:40 s22x rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry וּ⁠שְׂמֵחִ֖ים שִׂמְחָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֑ה 1 Here, **were rejoicing {with} great joy** is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “and were extremely pleased” +1:40 ohiv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns שִׂמְחָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֑ה 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “very joyfully” +1:40 ptcj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠תִּבָּקַ֥ע הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ בְּ⁠קוֹלָֽ⁠ם 1 Here the author speaks as if the people were so loud that **the earth was split** by the noise that they were making. He means that they were extremely loud. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And the earth was shaken by their sound” or “And their sound was very loud” +1:40 n41m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠תִּבָּקַ֥ע הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ בְּ⁠קוֹלָֽ⁠ם 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And their sound split the earth” +1:41 pqat rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠קְּרֻאִים֙ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Adonijah. Alternate translation: “and all the ones whom he had called” +1:41 rgcb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וְ⁠הֵ֖ם כִּלּ֣וּ לֶ⁠אֱכֹ֑ל 1 Here, the word **and** introduces something that was happening when Adonijah and the people with him **heard**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a simultaneous event. Alternate translation: “as they finished eating” +1:41 x7ho rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun הַ⁠שּׁוֹפָ֔ר 1 The word **horn** represents horns in general, not one particular horn. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “horns”\n +1:41 oc2t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר מַדּ֥וּעַ קֽוֹל־הַ⁠קִּרְיָ֖ה הוֹמָֽה 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “and he asked why the sound of the city was noisy.” +1:41 c192 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession קֽוֹל־הַ⁠קִּרְיָ֖ה 1 Here, Joab is using the possessive form to describe a **sound** that is coming from **the city**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the sound in the city” +1:42 tqo3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations וְ⁠הִנֵּ֧ה 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “and just then” or “and suddenly” +1:42 n2wh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go בָּ֑א 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “went there” +1:42 w4dv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בֹּ֔א 1 Here, the word **Come** indicates that Adonijah welcomes Jonathan to the place where they were. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that indicates that someone is welcome. Alternate translation: “You may come here” or “Come in” +1:42 zyy3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אִ֥ישׁ חַ֛יִל 1 Here, the phrase **a man of strength** indicates that Adonijah thinks that Jonathan is reliable or trustworthy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are a trustworthy man” or “are a reliable man” +1:42 aeak rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative וְ⁠ט֥וֹב תְּבַשֵּֽׂר 1 Here Adonijah uses the statement form to express what he expects from Jonathan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that describes what someone expects. Alternate translation: “and I expect that you will bring good news” +1:43 gsn1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys וַ⁠יַּ֨עַן֙ יוֹנָתָ֔ן וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר לַ⁠אֲדֹנִיָּ֑הוּ 1 The two words **answered** and **said** express a single idea. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this idea in a different way. Alternate translation: “And Jonathan answered Adonijah by saying” or “And Jonathan said to Adonijah”\n +1:43 nqvz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis אֲבָ֕ל 1 Jonathan is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “No, I do not bring good news” +1:43 dvyj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive אֲדֹנֵ֥י⁠נוּ 1 By **our**, Jonathan means himself, Adonijah, and the rest of the Israelites, so use the inclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. +1:44 nvv5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns וְ⁠הַ⁠כְּרֵתִ֖י וְ⁠הַ⁠פְּלֵתִ֑י 1 In this verse, the words **Kerethite** and **Pelethite** are singular in form, but they refer to all the Kerethites and Pelethites as groups. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “and the Kerethites and the Pelethites” +1:44 bah7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠הַ⁠כְּרֵתִ֖י וְ⁠הַ⁠פְּלֵתִ֑י 1 The words **Kerethite** and **Pelethite** refer to two groups of people. Together, they served King David as his bodyguards. See how you translated these names in [1:38](../01/38.md).\n +1:45 du50 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּמְשְׁח֣וּ אֹת֡⁠וֹ צָד֣וֹק הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֣ן וְ⁠נָתָן֩ הַ⁠נָּבִ֨יא לְ⁠מֶ֜לֶךְ 1 In this culture, when a person was anointed, they were being commissioned to do a specific task or fill a specific role. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the meaning of this action more explicit. Alternate translation: “And Zadok the priest and Nathan the prophet have anointed him to commission him as king”\n +1:45 kzt0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּ⁠גִח֗וֹן 1 The word Gihon is the name of a spring near the city of Jerusalem, on the east side. See how you translated this name in [1:33](../01/33.md).\n +1:45 to7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יַּעֲל֤וּ 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “and they have come up” +1:45 hotz וַ⁠תֵּהֹ֖ם הַ⁠קִּרְיָ֑ה 1 Alternate translation: “and there is tumult in the city” or “and the city is full of loud noises” +1:45 sdix rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular שְׁמַעְתֶּֽם 1 Because Jonathan is speaking to Adonijah, Joab, and the people with them, the word **you** here is plural. +1:46 nz69 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction יָשַׁ֣ב שְׁלֹמֹ֔ה עַ֖ל כִּסֵּ֥א הַ⁠מְּלוּכָֽה 1 When a person sits on a **throne**, it indicates that the person has power and rules as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. See how you expressed the idea in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “Solomon sits on the throne of the kingdom to rule” or “Solomon sits on the throne of the kingdom as king”\n +1:46 iyut rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession כִּסֵּ֥א הַ⁠מְּלוּכָֽה 1 Here, Jonathan is using the possessive form to describe a **throne** that represents authority over **the kingdom**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the throne for the one who rules over the kingdom”\n +1:47 oezb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go בָּ֜אוּ 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “went” +1:47 n7ta rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְ֠⁠בָרֵךְ אֶת־אֲדֹנֵ֜י⁠נוּ הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ דָּוִד֮ 1 Here, people who have less power and status **bless** someone with more power and status. The author implies that the **servants** of David **bless** him by praising him for his decision and wishing that things will go well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that makes that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to wish our lord the king David well” or “to congratulate our master the king David” +1:47 zl3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive אֲדֹנֵ֜י⁠נוּ 1 By **our**, Jonathan means himself, Adonijah, and the rest of the Israelites, so use the inclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction.\n +1:47 xod7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יֵיטֵ֨ב אֱלֹהִ֜ים אֶת־שֵׁ֤ם שְׁלֹמֹה֙ מִ⁠שְּׁמֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 Here, **name** represents the honor or reputation of the person whose **name** it is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “May God make the reputation of Solomon better than your reputation” or “May God honor Solomon even more than he honored you” +1:47 gd6f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וִֽ⁠יגַדֵּ֥ל אֶת־כִּסְא֖⁠וֹ מִ⁠כִּסְאֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 Here, **throne** represents the rule or reign of the person who sits on the **throne**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and may he make his reign greater than your reign” or “and may he make him a greater ruler than you have been”\n +1:47 jxpe rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֥חוּ הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ עַל־הַ⁠מִּשְׁכָּֽב 1 In David’s culture, when people **prostrated** themselves to someone else, they were honoring and respecting that person. In this case, the author implies that David was showing honor and respect to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “And the king prostrated himself on the bed to God in respect” or “And the king prostrated himself on the bed to honor God”\n +1:48 civn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes כָּ֖כָה אָמַ֣ר הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ בָּר֨וּךְ יְהוָ֜ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל אֲשֶׁ֨ר נָתַ֥ן הַ⁠יּ֛וֹם יֹשֵׁ֥ב עַל־כִּסְאִ֖⁠י וְ⁠עֵינַ֥⁠י רֹאֽוֹת 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the king blessed Yahweh the God of Israel, who had given one sitting on his throne today, while his eyes were seeing” +1:48 v2c2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction יֹשֵׁ֥ב עַל־כִּסְאִ֖⁠י 1 When a person sits on a **throne**, it indicates that the person has power and rules as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. See how you expressed the idea in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “one sitting on my throne to rule” or “one sitting on my throne as king”\n +1:48 jejy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠עֵינַ֥⁠י רֹאֽוֹת 1 Here, the phrase **my eyes are seeing** indicates that David is still alive and can witness the event of which he speaks. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and I am still here to see it” or “and I am still living” +1:49 h8ro rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive כָּל־הַ֨⁠קְּרֻאִ֔ים 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Adonijah. Alternate translation: “all the ones whom Adonijah had called” +1:49 zi9i וַ⁠יֶּֽחֶרְדוּ֙ 1 Alternate translation: “And … trembled with fear” +1:49 zts9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יֵּלְכ֖וּ 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “and they came” +1:49 iqg3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אִ֥ישׁ לְ⁠דַרְכּֽ⁠וֹ 1 Here, the phrase **a man to his way** indicates that these people did not stay together but left in many different directions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “each one where he chose” or “scattering to many places” +1:50 ls5i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יָּ֣קָם וַ⁠יֵּ֔לֶךְ 1 Here the author implies that Adonijah left En Rogel and went to the sacred tent of meeting. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “And he left En Rogel and went to the tent of meeting” +1:50 cdsn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יֵּ֔לֶךְ 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “and came” +1:50 lg7j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַֽ⁠יַּחֲזֵ֖ק בְּ⁠קַרְנ֥וֹת הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּֽחַ 1 In Adonijah’s culture, people who **grasped the horns of the altar** were considered to be protected by God and would not be taken away and punished unless someone could prove that they had really done something wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “and grasped the horns of the altar for protection” or “and grasped the horns of the altar to keep himself safe” +1:51 i1ku rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יֻּגַּ֤ד 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “And a person told it” +1:51 yf8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לִ⁠שְׁלֹמֹה֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “to Solomon by someone who said” +1:51 hn7x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations הִנֵּה֙ & וְ֠⁠הִנֵּה 1 Here, the words **Behold** and **behold** draw the attention of the king and ask him to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **Behold** and **behold** with words or phrases that ask someone to listen, or you could use a form that introduces something that is significant. Alternate translation: “Listen … And listen to this:” or “I want to tell you this: … Further” +1:51 g2ei rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person אֶת־הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה 1 Here the person speaking addresses King Solomon in the third person as a sign of respect. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second-person form and indicate the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “you, the king Solomon”\n +1:51 iyir rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אָחַ֞ז בְּ⁠קַרְנ֤וֹת הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֨חַ֙ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:50](../01/50.md). Alternate translation: “he has grasped the horns of the altar for protection” or “he has grasped the horns of the altar to keep himself safe” +1:51 d8mv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר יִשָּֽׁבַֽע־לִ֤⁠י כַ⁠יּוֹם֙ הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ שְׁלֹמֹ֔ה אִם־יָמִ֥ית אֶת־עַבְדּ֖⁠וֹ בֶּ⁠חָֽרֶב 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “requesting that the king Solomon swear to him as today, if he would kill his servant with the sword.” +1:51 shzd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 2 If you preserve the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he has said”\n +1:51 jy6p rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula יִשָּֽׁבַֽע־לִ֤⁠י כַ⁠יּוֹם֙ הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ שְׁלֹמֹ֔ה אִם־יָמִ֥ית אֶת־עַבְדּ֖⁠וֹ בֶּ⁠חָֽרֶב 1 Here Adonijah asks Solomon to swear an oath guaranteeing that he will not **kill** Adonijah. He only states the condition part of the oath, but he implies that he wants Solomon to state that something bad will happen to him if he breaks the oath. Use a natural way in your language to express an oath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include the implied part of the oath. Alternate translation: “Let the king Solomon swear to me as today that God should punish him if he kills his servant with the sword” or “Let the king Solomon swear an oath as today that he will not kill his servant with the sword”\n +1:51 wusi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כַ⁠יּוֹם֙ 1 Here, the phrase **as today** refers to the current time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this very day” or “at this moment” +1:51 i1a2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יָמִ֥ית אֶת־עַבְדּ֖⁠וֹ בֶּ⁠חָֽרֶב 1 Here Adonijah implies that **Solomon** would have one of his soldiers **kill** Adonijah **with the sword**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he will have a soldier his servant with the sword” +1:51 tutv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person אֶת־עַבְדּ֖⁠וֹ 1 Here Adonijah speaks about himself in the third person. This was one way to address someone in a respectful way. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first-person form. Alternate translation: “me, his servant,”\n +1:51 v2k0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun בֶּ⁠חָֽרֶב 1 The word **sword** represents any sword, not one particular sword. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “with a sword” or “by using a sword” +1:52 yobo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לְ⁠בֶן־חַ֔יִל 1 Here, the phrase **a son of strength** indicates that Adonijah might act in reliable or trustworthy ways. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the similar phrase in [1:42](../01/42.md). Alternate translation: “a loyal man” or “a reliable man” +1:52 t3dr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לֹֽא־יִפֹּ֥ל מִ⁠שַּׂעֲרָת֖⁠וֹ אָ֑רְצָ⁠ה 1 Here, the phrase **a hair of his will not fall to the ground** indicates that Solomon will not punish or harm Adonijah in any way, not even by pulling out a single one of his hairs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no one will punish him” or “he will not be harmed in any way” +1:52 oape rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive רָעָ֥ה תִמָּצֵא־ב֖⁠וֹ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it would be Solomon. Alternate translation: “I find evil in him” +1:52 d933 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns רָעָ֥ה תִמָּצֵא־ב֖⁠וֹ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **evil**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he is found to be evil” +1:52 c8gb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וָ⁠מֵֽת 1 Here Solomon implies that he would have one of his soldiers kill Adonijah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “then I will have a soldier kill him”\n +1:53 hwhw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֞ח הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ שְׁלֹמֹ֗ה 1 Here the author implies that Solomon **sent** some of his attendants or soldiers to bring Adonijah back to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “And the king Solomon sent soldiers to bring Adonijah” +1:53 fvvo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יָּבֹ֕א 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “And he went” +1:53 q66p rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֖חוּ לַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה 1 In Solomon’s culture, when people **prostrated** themselves to someone else, they were honoring and respecting that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “and prostrated himself to the king Solomon in respect” or “and prostrated himself to honor the king Solomon” 2:intro nsa1 0 # 1 Kings 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter has two stories: David’s last advice to Solomon and Solomon’s punishment of those who supported Adonijah and also Shimei, who had cursed David when David was fleeing from Absalom. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Exalting oneself\n\nExalting oneself can lead to disaster as when Adonijah made himself king. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/exalt]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Euphemism\n\nDavid spoke of his impending death using a euphemism: “I am going the way of all the earth.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Parallelism\n\nDavid wanted to emphasize the importance of obeying God to his son Solomon. He used parallelism, saying the same thing seven times using different words: “Keep the commands of Yahweh your God to walk in his ways, to obey his statutes, his commandments, his decisions, and his covenant decrees, being careful to do what is written in the law of Moses.” Some languages have other ways of emphasizing an idea. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -2:2 v679 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism I am going the way of all the earth 0 This is a polite way of saying “I am going to die.” -2:2 n19l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis show yourself a man 0 The ellipsis can be filled in. Alternate translation: “show everyone that you are a man” or “live so that everyone can see you are a good man” -2:3 z9rt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom walk in his ways 0 Walking on a path is a metonym for the way a person lives. Alternate translation: “live the way he commands” -2:3 dd23 so you may prosper 0 Alternate translation: “so you may succeed” or “so you may do well” -2:4 rt48 may fulfill his word 0 Alternate translation: “do everything he promised he would do” -2:4 dul9 If your sons … you will never cease 0 Yahweh is talking to David, so the words “you” and “your” refer to David. -2:4 zt1t to walk before me faithfully 0 Yahweh is talking to David, so the word “me” refers to Yahweh. -2:4 m9j1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom with all their heart and with all their soul 0 The idiom “with all … heart” means “completely” and “with all … soul” means “with all … being.” These two phrases have similar meanings. Alternate translation: “with all their being” or “with all their energy” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -2:4 j114 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy you will never cease to have a man on the throne of Israel 0 The word “throne” is a metonym for the king who sits on the throne. The litotes “will never cease to have” can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “your descendants will never cease to be kings of Israel” or “one of your descendants will always be the king of Israel” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -2:5 vc4k what Joab … did to me, and what he did 0 David is referring to the same thing twice. Alternate translation: “what Joab … did to me—that is, what he did” -2:5 dfd6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy shed the blood of war in peace 0 This could mean: (1) “killed those men during a time of peace as if he were killing them in war” or (2) “took revenge on those men during a time of peace because they had killed people in war” -2:5 x43i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy put the blood of war on the belt around his waist and on the shoes on his feet 0 This could mean: (1) Joab was close enough to these men when he killed them that their blood spattered on his belt and on his sandals or (2) the word “blood” is a metonym for guilt of murder, and the belt and the shoes are metonyms for Joab’s authority as commander, so David is saying that because Joab is guilty of murder, he should not be commander of the army. Either way, it is best to translate this literally. -2:6 hm11 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy do not let his gray head go down to the grave in peace 0 Here being old is represented by having gray hair, that is, a “gray head.” Alternate translation: “make sure Joab dies a violent death before he grows old” -2:7 p85c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Barzillai 0 a man’s name -2:7 tcu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy let them be among those who eat at your table 0 The table is a metonym for the home where the table is. Alternate translation: “welcome them to eat at your home” -2:8 l8ys rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Shimei … Gera 0 men’s names -2:8 ec5k Benjamite 0 descendant of Benjamin -2:8 r5e7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Bahurim … Mahanaim 0 place names -2:9 tvd1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives do not let him go free from punishment 0 This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “be sure to punish him” -2:9 wrv9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy bring his gray head down to the grave with blood 0 Blood is a metonym for violent death, and the head is synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “make sure he dies a violent death” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -2:10 uiy4 0 # General Information:\n\nDavid dies and Solomon takes his place as the new king of Israel. -2:10 rlu4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism slept with his ancestors 0 David dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “died” -2:10 h7jt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive David … and was buried 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “David … and they buried him” -2:11 f3w5 The days that David reigned over Israel were 0 Alternate translation: “The time that David reigned over Israel was” or “David reigned over Israel for” -2:12 nhg1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy sat on the throne of his father David 0 The throne represents the authority of the king. Alternate translation: “became king, as his father David had been” -2:12 p55b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive his rule was firmly established 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh firmly established Solomon’s rule” or “Yahweh caused Solomon to take complete control of the kingdom” -2:13 tqp2 0 # General Information:\n\nAdonijah comes to speak to Bathsheba. -2:13 edr5 peacefully 0 with no desire to cause harm -2:15 c7ex rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole all Israel 0 This is a generalization. -2:15 zv37 things changed 0 Alternate translation: “what we expected to happen did not happen” -2:15 j26b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the kingdom was given to my brother 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave the kingdom to my brother” or “my brother became king” -2:16 de48 0 # General Information:\n\nAdonijah shares his request with Bathsheba. -2:16 ceu4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy do not turn away from my face 0 Turning from the face of someone is a metonym for refusing to look at someone, which in turn is a metonym for refusing to do what that person requests. Alternate translation: “do not refuse to do what I request” -2:17 yj4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy he will not turn away from your face 0 Turning from the face of someone is a metonym for refusing to look at someone, which in turn is a metonym for refusing to do what that person requests. Alternate translation: “he will not refuse to do what you request” -2:17 k5fq Abishag the Shunammite 0 See [1 Kings 1:3](../01/03.md). -2:19 c3gr 0 # General Information:\n\nBathsheba goes to King Solomon with Adonijah’s request. -2:19 taa6 The king rose 0 “The king stood up” from where he was sitting on his throne. -2:19 hdv2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive had a throne brought 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “told someone to bring a throne” -2:19 xwh6 the king’s mother 0 Bathsheba -2:20 z967 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy you will not turn away from my face … I will not turn away from your face 0 Turning from the face of someone is a metonym for refusing to look at someone, which in turn is a metonym for refusing to do what that person requests. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 2:16](../02/16.md) and [1 Kings 2:17](../02/17.md). Alternate translation: “you will not refuse to do what I request … I will not refuse to do what you request” -2:21 hu72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Let Abishag the Shunammite be given to Adonijah … as his wife 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Allow Adonijah … to marry Abishag the Shunammite” or “Give Abishag the Shunammite to Adonijah … as his wife” -2:22 mq4g 0 # General Information:\n\nKing Solomon gives an answer to Adonijah’s request. -2:22 d8bh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Why do you ask … Adonijah? Why do you not ask the kingdom for him also … Zeruiah? 0 King Solomon was angered by his mother’s request. Alternate translation: “You are wrong to ask … Adonijah! This is the same as asking the kingdom for him also … Zeruiah!” -2:23 zem8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom May God do so to me, and more also, if Adonijah has not spoken this word against his own life 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “God will have every right to execute me—and to do even worse things to me—if I do not execute Adonijah because he has made this request” -2:24 gp3x 0 # General Information:\n\nKing Solomon executes Adonijah. -2:24 ac1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy set me on the throne 0 The word “throne” refers to Solomon’s authority to rule that was given by Yahweh. -2:24 k151 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy who has made me a house 0 Here “house” refers to descendants that Yahweh gave to King Solomon, who would continue to reign after him. -2:26 wfx4 0 # General Information:\n\nSolomon dismisses Abiathar from being priest. -2:26 w4ap suffered in every way my father suffered 0 Abiathar had suffered alongside King David before David became king. -2:27 q79l that he might fulfill 0 The word “he” refers to King Solomon. -2:27 pkk6 the word of Yahweh 0 Alternate translation: “the things that Yahweh had said” -2:27 hzt8 which he had spoken 0 The word “he” refers to Yahweh. -2:28 x3jq 0 # General Information:\n\nKing Solomon orders Benaiah to execute Joab. -2:28 bnc9 The news came to Joab 0 Alternate translation: “Joab heard what Solomon did after he had become king” -2:28 zpq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the horns of the altar 0 The horns of the altar symbolized Yahweh’s power and protection. -2:29 t39e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive It was told King Solomon that Joab had fled 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone told King Solomon that Joab had fled” -2:30 za71 0 # General Information:\n\nBenaiah goes to execute Joab. -2:31 sj9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy bury him so that you may take away from me and from my father’s house the blood that Joab shed without cause 0 Here “house” stands for the descendants of David while “blood” represents guilt. Alternate translation: “bury him and so remove from me and my family the guilt for the murders Joab committed without cause” or “bury him. Do that so Yahweh will not hold me and my father’s house guilty because Joab murdered people for no reason” -2:32 bm3y 0 # General Information:\n\nKing Solomon explains why Joab should die. -2:32 uk13 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy May Yahweh return his blood on his own head 0 The word “his” refers to Joab. “Blood” is a metonym for murder. And, the idiom “his blood on his own head” means the person should be considered guilty for murder. Alternate translation: “Joab has murdered people, and I want Yahweh to hold him guilty for what he has done” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -2:32 n2gh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet more righteous and better 0 These words mean basically the same thing and emphasize that Abner and Amasa were much better men than Joab. -2:33 qiy8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy may their blood return on the head of Joab and on the head of his descendants 0 The word “blood” is a metonym for murder. And, the idiom “blood return on the head of” means the person should be considered guilty for murder. Alternate translation: “I want Yahweh to hold Joab and his descendants guilty” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -2:33 x8x7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy to his house, and to his throne 0 The words “house” and “throne” are metonyms for the family and the kingdom. Alternate translation: “to David’s descendants and to David’s kingdom” -2:34 yc4r 0 # General Information:\n\nBenaiah kills Joab and becomes the commander of King Solomon’s army. -2:34 eqv2 He was buried in his own house 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “They buried Joab in his own house” -2:34 br9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy in his own house 0 The house is a metonym for the land on which the house stood. The Israelites buried people out of doors in graves or tombs. Alternate translation: “where his family lived” -2:36 dwu7 0 # General Information:\n\nKing Solomon tells Shimei to stay in Jerusalem or Shimei will die. -2:37 d6zb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Your blood will be on your own head 0 Here “blood” is a metonym for guilt and the head is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “You will be responsible for your own death” -2:39 c8cs 0 # General Information:\n\nShimei leaves Jerusalem. -2:39 m2lk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Achish … Maacah … Gath 0 men’s names -2:39 mgg2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Gath 0 a Philistine city -2:40 v645 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom Shimei arose 0 This is an idiom. “Shimei quickly” -2:41 deq5 0 # General Information:\n\nKing Solomon judges Shimei for leaving Jerusalem. -2:41 mvk6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Solomon was told 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone told Solomon” -2:42 c16y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Did I not make you swear … saying, ‘Know … die’? 0 Solomon is reminding Shimei of what Shimei had promised. Alternate translation: “You know very well that I made you swear … saying, ‘Know … die’!” -2:43 bt3j 0 # General Information:\n\nKing Solomon pronounces judgment upon Shimei for leaving Jerusalem. -2:43 pue7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Why then have you not kept your oath … you? 0 This could mean: (1) Solomon is asking for an answer or (2) Alternate translation: “You have done wrong by breaking your oath … you.” -2:44 f7q3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche will return your wickedness on your own head 0 Here the head represents the person, and wickedness is spoken of as if it were a solid or liquid that could be put on a person’s head. Alternate translation: “will hold you responsible for all your wickedness” -2:45 r843 0 # General Information:\n\nKing Solomon orders Shimei to be put to death. -2:45 fx8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the throne of David will be established before Yahweh forever 0 Here “throne of David” represents the authority and rule of David and all his descendants forever. -2:46 q4c8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy in Solomon’s hand 0 This use of “hand” represents Solomon’s power and authority. +2:2 v679 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism I am going the way of all the earth 1 This is a polite way of saying “I am going to die.” +2:2 n19l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis show yourself a man 1 The ellipsis can be filled in. Alternate translation: “show everyone that you are a man” or “live so that everyone can see you are a good man” +2:3 z9rt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom walk in his ways 1 Walking on a path is a metonym for the way a person lives. Alternate translation: “live the way he commands” +2:3 dd23 so you may prosper 1 Alternate translation: “so you may succeed” or “so you may do well” +2:4 rt48 may fulfill his word 1 Alternate translation: “do everything he promised he would do” +2:4 dul9 If your sons … you will never cease 1 Yahweh is talking to David, so the words “you” and “your” refer to David. +2:4 zt1t to walk before me faithfully 1 Yahweh is talking to David, so the word “me” refers to Yahweh. +2:4 m9j1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom with all their heart and with all their soul 1 The idiom “with all … heart” means “completely” and “with all … soul” means “with all … being.” These two phrases have similar meanings. Alternate translation: “with all their being” or “with all their energy” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +2:4 j114 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy you will never cease to have a man on the throne of Israel 1 The word “throne” is a metonym for the king who sits on the throne. The litotes “will never cease to have” can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “your descendants will never cease to be kings of Israel” or “one of your descendants will always be the king of Israel” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) +2:5 vc4k what Joab … did to me, and what he did 1 David is referring to the same thing twice. Alternate translation: “what Joab … did to me—that is, what he did” +2:5 dfd6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy shed the blood of war in peace 1 This could mean: (1) “killed those men during a time of peace as if he were killing them in war” or (2) “took revenge on those men during a time of peace because they had killed people in war” +2:5 x43i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy put the blood of war on the belt around his waist and on the shoes on his feet 1 This could mean: (1) Joab was close enough to these men when he killed them that their blood spattered on his belt and on his sandals or (2) the word “blood” is a metonym for guilt of murder, and the belt and the shoes are metonyms for Joab’s authority as commander, so David is saying that because Joab is guilty of murder, he should not be commander of the army. Either way, it is best to translate this literally. +2:6 hm11 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy do not let his gray head go down to the grave in peace 1 Here being old is represented by having gray hair, that is, a “gray head.” Alternate translation: “make sure Joab dies a violent death before he grows old” +2:7 p85c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Barzillai 1 a man’s name +2:7 tcu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy let them be among those who eat at your table 1 The table is a metonym for the home where the table is. Alternate translation: “welcome them to eat at your home” +2:8 l8ys rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Shimei … Gera 1 men’s names +2:8 ec5k Benjamite 1 descendant of Benjamin +2:8 r5e7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Bahurim … Mahanaim 1 place names +2:9 tvd1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives do not let him go free from punishment 1 This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “be sure to punish him” +2:9 wrv9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy bring his gray head down to the grave with blood 1 Blood is a metonym for violent death, and the head is synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “make sure he dies a violent death” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +2:10 rlu4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism slept with his ancestors 1 David dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “died” +2:10 h7jt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive David … and was buried 1 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “David … and they buried him” +2:11 f3w5 The days that David reigned over Israel were 1 Alternate translation: “The time that David reigned over Israel was” or “David reigned over Israel for” +2:12 nhg1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy sat on the throne of his father David 1 The throne represents the authority of the king. Alternate translation: “became king, as his father David had been” +2:12 p55b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive his rule was firmly established 1 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh firmly established Solomon’s rule” or “Yahweh caused Solomon to take complete control of the kingdom” +2:13 edr5 peacefully 1 with no desire to cause harm +2:15 c7ex rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole all Israel 1 This is a generalization. +2:15 zv37 things changed 1 Alternate translation: “what we expected to happen did not happen” +2:15 j26b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the kingdom was given to my brother 1 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave the kingdom to my brother” or “my brother became king” +2:16 ceu4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy do not turn away from my face 1 Turning from the face of someone is a metonym for refusing to look at someone, which in turn is a metonym for refusing to do what that person requests. Alternate translation: “do not refuse to do what I request” +2:17 yj4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy he will not turn away from your face 1 Turning from the face of someone is a metonym for refusing to look at someone, which in turn is a metonym for refusing to do what that person requests. Alternate translation: “he will not refuse to do what you request” +2:17 k5fq Abishag the Shunammite 1 See [1 Kings 1:3](../01/03.md). +2:19 taa6 The king rose 1 “The king stood up” from where he was sitting on his throne. +2:19 hdv2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive had a throne brought 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “told someone to bring a throne” +2:19 xwh6 the king’s mother 1 Bathsheba +2:20 z967 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy you will not turn away from my face … I will not turn away from your face 1 Turning from the face of someone is a metonym for refusing to look at someone, which in turn is a metonym for refusing to do what that person requests. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 2:16](../02/16.md) and [1 Kings 2:17](../02/17.md). Alternate translation: “you will not refuse to do what I request … I will not refuse to do what you request” +2:21 hu72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Let Abishag the Shunammite be given to Adonijah … as his wife 1 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Allow Adonijah … to marry Abishag the Shunammite” or “Give Abishag the Shunammite to Adonijah … as his wife” +2:22 d8bh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Why do you ask … Adonijah? Why do you not ask the kingdom for him also … Zeruiah? 1 King Solomon was angered by his mother’s request. Alternate translation: “You are wrong to ask … Adonijah! This is the same as asking the kingdom for him also … Zeruiah!” +2:23 zem8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom May God do so to me, and more also, if Adonijah has not spoken this word against his own life 1 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “God will have every right to execute me—and to do even worse things to me—if I do not execute Adonijah because he has made this request” +2:24 ac1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy set me on the throne 1 The word “throne” refers to Solomon’s authority to rule that was given by Yahweh. +2:24 k151 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy who has made me a house 1 Here “house” refers to descendants that Yahweh gave to King Solomon, who would continue to reign after him. +2:26 w4ap suffered in every way my father suffered 1 Abiathar had suffered alongside King David before David became king. +2:27 q79l that he might fulfill 1 The word “he” refers to King Solomon. +2:27 pkk6 the word of Yahweh 1 Alternate translation: “the things that Yahweh had said” +2:27 hzt8 which he had spoken 1 The word “he” refers to Yahweh. +2:28 bnc9 The news came to Joab 1 Alternate translation: “Joab heard what Solomon did after he had become king” +2:28 zpq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the horns of the altar 1 The horns of the altar symbolized Yahweh’s power and protection. +2:29 t39e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive It was told King Solomon that Joab had fled 1 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone told King Solomon that Joab had fled” +2:31 sj9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy bury him so that you may take away from me and from my father’s house the blood that Joab shed without cause 1 Here “house” stands for the descendants of David while “blood” represents guilt. Alternate translation: “bury him and so remove from me and my family the guilt for the murders Joab committed without cause” or “bury him. Do that so Yahweh will not hold me and my father’s house guilty because Joab murdered people for no reason” +2:32 uk13 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy May Yahweh return his blood on his own head 1 The word “his” refers to Joab. “Blood” is a metonym for murder. And, the idiom “his blood on his own head” means the person should be considered guilty for murder. Alternate translation: “Joab has murdered people, and I want Yahweh to hold him guilty for what he has done” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +2:32 n2gh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet more righteous and better 1 These words mean basically the same thing and emphasize that Abner and Amasa were much better men than Joab. +2:33 qiy8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy may their blood return on the head of Joab and on the head of his descendants 1 The word “blood” is a metonym for murder. And, the idiom “blood return on the head of” means the person should be considered guilty for murder. Alternate translation: “I want Yahweh to hold Joab and his descendants guilty” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +2:33 x8x7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy to his house, and to his throne 1 The words “house” and “throne” are metonyms for the family and the kingdom. Alternate translation: “to David’s descendants and to David’s kingdom” +2:34 eqv2 He was buried in his own house 1 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “They buried Joab in his own house” +2:34 br9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy in his own house 1 The house is a metonym for the land on which the house stood. The Israelites buried people out of doors in graves or tombs. Alternate translation: “where his family lived” +2:37 d6zb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Your blood will be on your own head 1 Here “blood” is a metonym for guilt and the head is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “You will be responsible for your own death” +2:39 m2lk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Achish … Maacah … Gath 1 men’s names +2:39 mgg2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Gath 1 a Philistine city +2:40 v645 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom Shimei arose 1 This is an idiom. “Shimei quickly” +2:41 mvk6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Solomon was told 1 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone told Solomon” +2:42 c16y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Did I not make you swear … saying, ‘Know … die’? 1 Solomon is reminding Shimei of what Shimei had promised. Alternate translation: “You know very well that I made you swear … saying, ‘Know … die’!” +2:43 pue7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Why then have you not kept your oath … you? 1 This could mean: (1) Solomon is asking for an answer or (2) Alternate translation: “You have done wrong by breaking your oath … you.” +2:44 f7q3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche will return your wickedness on your own head 1 Here the head represents the person, and wickedness is spoken of as if it were a solid or liquid that could be put on a person’s head. Alternate translation: “will hold you responsible for all your wickedness” +2:45 fx8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the throne of David will be established before Yahweh forever 1 Here “throne of David” represents the authority and rule of David and all his descendants forever. +2:46 q4c8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy in Solomon’s hand 1 This use of “hand” represents Solomon’s power and authority. 3:intro r15u 0 # 1 Kings 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter has two stories. Verses 1–15 is the story of Solomon’s dream when God asked him what he wanted and he said he needed wisdom to be a good and fair ruler. Verses 16–28 is the story of a court case showing Solomon’s wisdom. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Wisdom\n\nGod was very pleased with Solomon’s request for wisdom. This is because wisdom was something that he could use to serve other people instead of himself. Because this was a noble request, God promised Solomon wisdom, wealth, and fame. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])\n\n### Putting the needs of others first\n\nThere are two additional examples of people putting the needs of others in front of their own needs. God is pleased with people wanting to do their job well more than wanting to be blessed. A mother will put the life of her child above every other concern. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]]) -3:1 h2l6 0 # General Information:\n\nSolomon marries an Egyptian. -3:1 q5yv Solomon allied himself by marriage with Pharaoh king of Egypt 0 Solomon became the son-in-law of Pharaoh king of Egypt so the two kings would work together and fight together against their enemies. -3:1 s4dd until he had finished building 0 She was still in the city of David after he had finished building. -3:1 l66h the house of Yahweh 0 Alternate translation: “the temple” -3:2 vv3w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive no house had yet been built 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “no one had yet built a house” -3:2 x9tf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy for the name of Yahweh 0 The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for the name” refers to worshiping the person. Alternate translation: “in which people would worship Yahweh” -3:3 tr54 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor walking in the statutes of David his father 0 How one lives one’s life is spoken of as walking on a path. Alternate translation: “obeying the laws that David his father had made” -3:4 sr28 0 # General Information:\n\nGod asks Solomon what he can do for Solomon. -3:4 hhq1 the great high place 0 Alternate translation: “the most famous place for makings sacrifices” or “the most important altar” -3:5 f1km Ask! What should I give you? 0 Alternate translation: “Ask me for whatever you want and I will give it to you.” or “What do you want? Ask and I will give it to you.” -3:6 e1uh 0 # General Information:\n\nSolomon responds to God’s question. -3:6 ii4s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns You have shown great covenant faithfulness to your servant 0 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “faithful” or “faithfully.” Alternate translation: “You have been very faithful to your covenant with your servant” or “You have greatly and faithfully loved your servant” -3:6 kyk6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor because he walked before you in trustworthiness, in righteousness, and in uprightness of heart 0 Walking is a metaphor for the way one lives. The abstract nouns “trustworthiness,” “righteousness,” and “uprightness” can be translated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “because he was trustworthy and righteous, and his heart was upright” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -3:6 c77h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor in uprightness of heart 0 A sincere person is spoken of as one whose heart is upright. Alternate translation: “he was sincere” or “he spoke the truth and did what was good” -3:6 tyy2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns have given him a son 0 The “son” is Solomon. -3:6 fji4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy to sit on his throne 0 Sitting on the throne represents ruling as king. Alternate translation: “to rule in his place” -3:6 a4q1 today 0 Solomon is speaking of the years he had already been ruling, not of the time since the sun had last set. -3:7 ep15 0 # General Information:\n\nSolomon asks for wisdom. -3:7 cj3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns your servant 0 Solomon speaks as if he is another person to show respect to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “me” -3:7 fc3g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor I am only a little child 0 Solomon is saying that he is like a child who does not know as much as a father. -3:7 u3y9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom I do not know how to go out or come in 0 This is an idiom that means Solomon does not know how to govern as king. Alternate translation: “I do not know how to be the king” or “I do not know the right way to do things as king” -3:9 ri57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion For who is able to judge this great people of yours? 0 Solomon asks a question to emphasize that he knows that no one can judge. Alternate translation: “No one is able to judge this great people of yours.” -3:10 brv3 0 # General Information:\n\nGod gives Solomon wisdom and more. -3:11 dqu3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the life of your enemies 0 The “life” is a metonym for the power to kill. Alternate translation: “the power to kill your enemies” -3:12 dyj4 now I will do all you asked of me when you gave me your request 0 Alternate translation: “I will do what you asked me to do when you spoke with me” -3:12 cik7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy I give you a wise and an understanding heart 0 The heart is a metonym for what a person thinks and desires. Alternate translation: “I make you able to be wise and to understand many things” -3:14 yg1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor walk in my ways to keep 0 Living one’s life is spoken of as walking on a path. Alternate translation: “live as I want you to live and obey” -3:14 akr8 lengthen your days 0 Alternate translation: “make you live a long time” -3:15 te1p behold 0 The word “behold” here shows that Solomon saw something interesting. -3:16 jd5y 0 # General Information:\n\nTwo prostitutes ask Solomon to make a decision. -3:18 k6jw 0 # General Information:\n\nThe two prostitutes tell Solomon their story. -3:19 qy9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit lay on him 0 It may be helpful to state that this caused the baby to die. Alternate translation: “accidentally rolled on top of her baby and smothered him” -3:20 tc1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns your servant 0 The woman speaks as if she were speaking of someone else to show that she respects Solomon. Alternate translation: “I” -3:21 v7s8 0 # General Information:\n\nTwo prostitutes continue to share their story with Solomon. -3:21 qnj7 nurse my child 0 This means to feed her baby milk from her breast. -3:22 vti7 before the king 0 Alternate translation: “before Solomon” or “while Solomon could see and hear them” -3:23 rp78 0 # General Information:\n\nSolomon makes a decision for the two women. -3:26 uue9 0 # General Information:\n\nThe real mother asks the king to spare the child’s life. -3:26 ix5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor her heart was full of compassion for her son 0 This speaks of the woman having a lot of compassion as if her heart were a container and compassion were a solid object. Alternate translation: “she greatly loved her baby” -3:28 caa5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole all Israel 0 This is a generalization. +3:1 q5yv Solomon allied himself by marriage with Pharaoh king of Egypt 1 Solomon became the son-in-law of Pharaoh king of Egypt so the two kings would work together and fight together against their enemies. +3:1 s4dd until he had finished building 1 She was still in the city of David after he had finished building. +3:1 l66h the house of Yahweh 1 Alternate translation: “the temple” +3:2 vv3w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive no house had yet been built 1 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “no one had yet built a house” +3:2 x9tf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy for the name of Yahweh 1 The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for the name” refers to worshiping the person. Alternate translation: “in which people would worship Yahweh” +3:3 tr54 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor walking in the statutes of David his father 1 How one lives one’s life is spoken of as walking on a path. Alternate translation: “obeying the laws that David his father had made” +3:4 hhq1 the great high place 1 Alternate translation: “the most famous place for makings sacrifices” or “the most important altar” +3:5 f1km Ask! What should I give you? 1 Alternate translation: “Ask me for whatever you want and I will give it to you.” or “What do you want? Ask and I will give it to you.” +3:6 ii4s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns You have shown great covenant faithfulness to your servant 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “faithful” or “faithfully.” Alternate translation: “You have been very faithful to your covenant with your servant” or “You have greatly and faithfully loved your servant” +3:6 kyk6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor because he walked before you in trustworthiness, in righteousness, and in uprightness of heart 1 Walking is a metaphor for the way one lives. The abstract nouns “trustworthiness,” “righteousness,” and “uprightness” can be translated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “because he was trustworthy and righteous, and his heart was upright” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +3:6 c77h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor in uprightness of heart 1 A sincere person is spoken of as one whose heart is upright. Alternate translation: “he was sincere” or “he spoke the truth and did what was good” +3:6 tyy2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns have given him a son 1 The “son” is Solomon. +3:6 fji4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy to sit on his throne 1 Sitting on the throne represents ruling as king. Alternate translation: “to rule in his place” +3:6 a4q1 today 1 Solomon is speaking of the years he had already been ruling, not of the time since the sun had last set. +3:7 cj3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns your servant 1 Solomon speaks as if he is another person to show respect to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “me” +3:7 fc3g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor I am only a little child 1 Solomon is saying that he is like a child who does not know as much as a father. +3:7 u3y9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom I do not know how to go out or come in 1 This is an idiom that means Solomon does not know how to govern as king. Alternate translation: “I do not know how to be the king” or “I do not know the right way to do things as king” +3:9 ri57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion For who is able to judge this great people of yours? 1 Solomon asks a question to emphasize that he knows that no one can judge. Alternate translation: “No one is able to judge this great people of yours.” +3:11 dqu3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the life of your enemies 1 The “life” is a metonym for the power to kill. Alternate translation: “the power to kill your enemies” +3:12 dyj4 now I will do all you asked of me when you gave me your request 1 Alternate translation: “I will do what you asked me to do when you spoke with me” +3:12 cik7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy I give you a wise and an understanding heart 1 The heart is a metonym for what a person thinks and desires. Alternate translation: “I make you able to be wise and to understand many things” +3:14 yg1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor walk in my ways to keep 1 Living one’s life is spoken of as walking on a path. Alternate translation: “live as I want you to live and obey” +3:14 akr8 lengthen your days 1 Alternate translation: “make you live a long time” +3:15 te1p behold 1 The word “behold” here shows that Solomon saw something interesting. +3:19 qy9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit lay on him 1 It may be helpful to state that this caused the baby to die. Alternate translation: “accidentally rolled on top of her baby and smothered him” +3:20 tc1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns your servant 1 The woman speaks as if she were speaking of someone else to show that she respects Solomon. Alternate translation: “I” +3:21 qnj7 nurse my child 1 This means to feed her baby milk from her breast. +3:22 vti7 before the king 1 Alternate translation: “before Solomon” or “while Solomon could see and hear them” +3:26 ix5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor her heart was full of compassion for her son 1 This speaks of the woman having a lot of compassion as if her heart were a container and compassion were a solid object. Alternate translation: “she greatly loved her baby” +3:28 caa5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole all Israel 1 This is a generalization. 4:intro q6h7 0 # 1 Kings 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter names the important people in Solomon’s government and shows the extent of his kingdom. -4:1 lyk2 0 # General Information:\n\nThis is the beginning of a list of Solomon’s officials. The list ends in 1 Kings 4:6. -4:2 e1li rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Azariah … Zadok 0 These are names of men. -4:3 hc81 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThis continues the list of Solomon’s officials. -4:3 l925 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Elihoreph … Ahijah … Shisha … Jehoshaphat … Ahilud 0 These are names of men. -4:4 m64n Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThis continues the list of Solomon’s officials. -4:4 zx7v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Benaiah … Jehoiada … Zadok … Abiathar 0 These are names of men. -4:5 zv8j Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThis continues the list of Solomon’s officials. -4:5 rn96 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Azariah … Nathan … Zabud 0 These are names of men. -4:6 kk39 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThis ends the list of Solomon’s officials. -4:6 tbu8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ahishar … Adoniram … Abda 0 These are names of men. -4:6 uj2q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the men who were subjected to forced labor 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “the men whom Solomon forced to work for him” -4:7 er5n 0 # General Information:\n\nThis begins a list of Solomon’s 12 officers. The list ends in 1 Kings 4:19. -4:8 ea4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ben-Hur 0 This is the name of a man. Note that “Ben” before a name means “son of” so “Ben-Hur” means “the son of Hur.” -4:8 l9l5 in the hill country 0 “who was the officer in charge of the hill country -4:8 qs19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ephraim 0 This is the name of a place. -4:9 s99n Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe list of Solomon’s 12 officers continues. -4:9 z8g9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ben-Deker 0 This is the name of a man. Note that “Ben” before a name means “son of” so “Ben-Deker” means “the son of Deker.” -4:9 apu3 in Makaz 0 Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of Makaz” -4:9 em9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Makaz … Shaalbim … Beth Shemesh … Elon Beth Hanan 0 These are names of places. -4:10 i7pe Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe list of Solomon’s 12 officers continues. -4:10 e1f9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ben-Hesed 0 This is the name of a man. Note that “Ben” before a name means “son of” so “Ben-Hesed” means “the son of Hesed.” -4:10 s82y in Arubboth 0 Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of Arubboth” -4:10 cjq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Arubboth … Sokoh … Hepher 0 These are names of places. -4:11 tw3i Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe list of Solomon’s 12 officers continues. -4:11 jei3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ben-Abinadab 0 This is the name of a man. Note that “Ben” before a name means “son of” so “Ben-Abinadab” means “the son of Abinadab.” -4:11 vlp1 in all Naphoth Dor 0 Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of all Naphoth Dor” -4:11 km7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Naphoth Dor 0 This is the name of a place. -4:11 u2i9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Taphath 0 This is the name of a woman. -4:12 p1ew Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe list of Solomon’s 12 officers continues. -4:12 jr42 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Baana … Ahilud 0 These are names of men. -4:12 z8m8 in Taanach 0 Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of Taanach” -4:12 prm3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Taanach … Megiddo … Beth Shan … Zarethan … Jezreel … Beth Shan to Abel Meholah … Jokmeam 0 These are names of places. -4:13 q3n4 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe list of Solomon’s 12 officers continues. -4:13 vg5a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ben-Geber … Jair … Manasseh 0 These are names of men. -4:13 utw1 in Ramoth Gilead 0 Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of Ramoth Gilead” -4:13 y18h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ramoth Gilead … Argob … Bashan 0 These are names of places. -4:14 z6hz Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe list of Solomon’s 12 officers continues. -4:14 f2yl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ahinadab … Iddo 0 These are men’s names. -4:14 ayp9 in Mahanaim 0 Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of Mahanaim” -4:14 yh57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Mahanaim 0 This is the name of place. -4:15 j3i6 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe list of Solomon’s 12 officers continues. -4:15 v4mg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ahimaaz 0 This is the name of a man. -4:15 q5av in Naphtali 0 Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of Naphtali” -4:15 f4p2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Naphtali 0 This is a tribal land named after a son of Israel. -4:15 db86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Basemath 0 This is the name of a woman. -4:16 x9e1 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe list of Solomon’s 12 officers continues. -4:16 m1i4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Baana … Hushai 0 These are names of men. -4:16 w3gc in Asher 0 Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of Asher” -4:16 w47z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Asher 0 This is a tribal land named after a son of Israel. -4:16 r3kq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Bealoth 0 This is the name of a piece of land. -4:17 xrq5 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe list of Solomon’s 12 officers continues. -4:17 nlz7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Jehoshaphat … Paruah 0 These are names of men. -4:17 nn2w in Issachar 0 Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of Issachar” -4:17 uyi4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Issachar 0 This is a tribal land named after a son of Israel. -4:18 v4hq Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe list of Solomon’s 12 officers continues. -4:18 v9eu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Shimei … Ela 0 These are the names of men. -4:18 d1rc in Benjamin 0 Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of Benjamin” -4:18 k3r6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Benjamin 0 This is a tribal land named for a son of Israel. -4:19 ydm5 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe list of Solomon’s 12 officers ends. -4:19 pty3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Geber … Uri … Sihon … Og 0 These are men’s names -4:19 q97y in the land of Gilead 0 Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of the land of Gilead” -4:19 fq9l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Gilead … Bashan 0 These are names of places. -4:19 t2kh the country of Sihon 0 Alternate translation: “the land that in earlier years belonged to Sihon” -4:19 hgw5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Amorites 0 This is the name of a people group. -4:19 uy6j in the land 0 Here “the land” refers to the land of Judah; the previous officials presided over different parts of Israel. -4:20 fgc8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole Judah and Israel were as numerous as the sand by the sea 0 The speaker uses exaggeration to say that there were so many people that it would be impossible to count them all. The words “Judah” and “Israel” are metonyms for the people who lived in Judah and Israel. Alternate translation: “There were as many people in Judah and Israel as there are grains of sand by the sea” or “there were more people in Judah and Israel than a person could count” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -4:21 g344 the River 0 Alternate translation: “the Euphrates River” -4:22 z3rv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume thirty cors 0 A cor is a unit of dry measure. -4:23 wn38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown deer, gazelles, roebucks 0 four-legged animals that run fast -4:23 kug7 deer 0 more than one of these animals -4:23 bnu3 fattened fowl 0 Alternate translation: “birds that people fed so they would become fat” -4:24 af2d Tiphsah 0 name of a piece of land -4:25 q85d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Judah and Israel 0 The words “Judah” and “Israel” are metonyms for the people of Judah and Israel. -4:25 h54f every man under his vine and under his fig tree 0 “each family had their own garden with grapevines and fig trees,” This showed that the people lived in safety and peace, since they were not at war and had time to grow their gardens. -4:25 f65g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism from Dan to Beersheba 0 This represents the whole land of Israel from Dan in the north to Beersheba in the south. -4:26 el93 stalls of horses 0 A stall is a place where an animal such as a horse is kept and cared for. -4:27 yw93 who came to King Solomon’s table 0 Alternate translation: “who ate with King Solomon” or “whom King Solomon invited to eat with him” -4:27 gs98 every man in his month 0 Solomon had assigned 12 officers in [1 Kings 4:7](../04/07.md) to bring him food in different months. -4:27 v6uc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes They let nothing be lacking 0 This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “They provided everything that Solomon needed” -4:29 ej9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns God gave Solomon great wisdom and understanding 0 The abstract nouns “wisdom” and “understanding” can be translated as verbs. God giving him these things means that God enabled him to have these qualities. Alternate translation: “God enabled Solomon to be wise and to understand many things” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -4:29 h9j6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile wideness of understanding like the sand on the seashore 0 Solomon was able to understand many things about many different subjects. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **wideness**, you can express the same idea with an adjective. Alternate translation: “Solomon was able to understand many things about a wide range of subjects” -4:30 w9j4 Solomon’s wisdom exceeded the wisdom of all the people 0 Alternate translation: “Solomon was wiser than all the wise people” -4:30 g12d the people of the east 0 This refers to people from countries east of Israel such as Arabia and Mesopotamia. -4:31 cu1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ethan … Heman … Kalkol … Darda … Mahol 0 men’s names -4:33 r1r3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown cedar … hyssop 0 These words form a merism that includes all plants. Alternate translation: “cedar tree … hyssop bush” or “the greatest of trees … least important of bushes” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +4:2 e1li rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Azariah … Zadok 1 These are names of men. +4:3 l925 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Elihoreph … Ahijah … Shisha … Jehoshaphat … Ahilud 1 These are names of men. +4:4 zx7v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Benaiah … Jehoiada … Zadok … Abiathar 1 These are names of men. +4:5 rn96 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Azariah … Nathan … Zabud 1 These are names of men. +4:6 tbu8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ahishar … Adoniram … Abda 1 These are names of men. +4:6 uj2q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the men who were subjected to forced labor 1 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “the men whom Solomon forced to work for him” +4:8 ea4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ben-Hur 1 This is the name of a man. Note that “Ben” before a name means “son of” so “Ben-Hur” means “the son of Hur.” +4:8 l9l5 in the hill country 1 “who was the officer in charge of the hill country +4:8 qs19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ephraim 1 This is the name of a place. +4:9 z8g9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ben-Deker 1 This is the name of a man. Note that “Ben” before a name means “son of” so “Ben-Deker” means “the son of Deker.” +4:9 apu3 in Makaz 1 Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of Makaz” +4:9 em9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Makaz … Shaalbim … Beth Shemesh … Elon Beth Hanan 1 These are names of places. +4:10 e1f9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ben-Hesed 1 This is the name of a man. Note that “Ben” before a name means “son of” so “Ben-Hesed” means “the son of Hesed.” +4:10 s82y in Arubboth 1 Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of Arubboth” +4:10 cjq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Arubboth … Sokoh … Hepher 1 These are names of places. +4:11 jei3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ben-Abinadab 1 This is the name of a man. Note that “Ben” before a name means “son of” so “Ben-Abinadab” means “the son of Abinadab.” +4:11 vlp1 in all Naphoth Dor 1 Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of all Naphoth Dor” +4:11 km7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Naphoth Dor 1 This is the name of a place. +4:11 u2i9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Taphath 1 This is the name of a woman. +4:12 jr42 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Baana … Ahilud 1 These are names of men. +4:12 z8m8 in Taanach 1 Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of Taanach” +4:12 prm3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Taanach … Megiddo … Beth Shan … Zarethan … Jezreel … Beth Shan to Abel Meholah … Jokmeam 1 These are names of places. +4:13 vg5a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ben-Geber … Jair … Manasseh 1 These are names of men. +4:13 utw1 in Ramoth Gilead 1 Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of Ramoth Gilead” +4:13 y18h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ramoth Gilead … Argob … Bashan 1 These are names of places. +4:14 f2yl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ahinadab … Iddo 1 These are men’s names. +4:14 ayp9 in Mahanaim 1 Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of Mahanaim” +4:14 yh57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Mahanaim 1 This is the name of place. +4:15 v4mg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ahimaaz 1 This is the name of a man. +4:15 q5av in Naphtali 1 Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of Naphtali” +4:15 f4p2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Naphtali 1 This is a tribal land named after a son of Israel. +4:15 db86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Basemath 1 This is the name of a woman. +4:16 m1i4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Baana … Hushai 1 These are names of men. +4:16 w3gc in Asher 1 Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of Asher” +4:16 w47z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Asher 1 This is a tribal land named after a son of Israel. +4:16 r3kq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Bealoth 1 This is the name of a piece of land. +4:17 nlz7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Jehoshaphat … Paruah 1 These are names of men. +4:17 nn2w in Issachar 1 Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of Issachar” +4:17 uyi4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Issachar 1 This is a tribal land named after a son of Israel. +4:18 v9eu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Shimei … Ela 1 These are the names of men. +4:18 d1rc in Benjamin 1 Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of Benjamin” +4:18 k3r6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Benjamin 1 This is a tribal land named for a son of Israel. +4:19 pty3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Geber … Uri … Sihon … Og 1 These are men’s names +4:19 q97y in the land of Gilead 1 Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of the land of Gilead” +4:19 fq9l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Gilead … Bashan 1 These are names of places. +4:19 t2kh the country of Sihon 1 Alternate translation: “the land that in earlier years belonged to Sihon” +4:19 hgw5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Amorites 1 This is the name of a people group. +4:19 uy6j in the land 1 Here “the land” refers to the land of Judah; the previous officials presided over different parts of Israel. +4:20 fgc8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole Judah and Israel were as numerous as the sand by the sea 1 The speaker uses exaggeration to say that there were so many people that it would be impossible to count them all. The words “Judah” and “Israel” are metonyms for the people who lived in Judah and Israel. Alternate translation: “There were as many people in Judah and Israel as there are grains of sand by the sea” or “there were more people in Judah and Israel than a person could count” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +4:21 g344 the River 1 Alternate translation: “the Euphrates River” +4:22 z3rv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume thirty cors 1 A cor is a unit of dry measure. +4:23 wn38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown deer, gazelles, roebucks 1 four-legged animals that run fast +4:23 kug7 deer 1 more than one of these animals +4:23 bnu3 fattened fowl 1 Alternate translation: “birds that people fed so they would become fat” +4:24 af2d Tiphsah 1 name of a piece of land +4:25 q85d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Judah and Israel 1 The words “Judah” and “Israel” are metonyms for the people of Judah and Israel. +4:25 h54f every man under his vine and under his fig tree 1 “each family had their own garden with grapevines and fig trees,” This showed that the people lived in safety and peace, since they were not at war and had time to grow their gardens. +4:25 f65g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism from Dan to Beersheba 1 This represents the whole land of Israel from Dan in the north to Beersheba in the south. +4:26 el93 stalls of horses 1 A stall is a place where an animal such as a horse is kept and cared for. +4:27 yw93 who came to King Solomon’s table 1 Alternate translation: “who ate with King Solomon” or “whom King Solomon invited to eat with him” +4:27 gs98 every man in his month 1 Solomon had assigned 12 officers in [1 Kings 4:7](../04/07.md) to bring him food in different months. +4:27 v6uc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes They let nothing be lacking 1 This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “They provided everything that Solomon needed” +4:29 ej9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns God gave Solomon great wisdom and understanding 1 The abstract nouns “wisdom” and “understanding” can be translated as verbs. God giving him these things means that God enabled him to have these qualities. Alternate translation: “God enabled Solomon to be wise and to understand many things” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +4:29 h9j6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile wideness of understanding like the sand on the seashore 1 Solomon was able to understand many things about many different subjects. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **wideness**, you can express the same idea with an adjective. Alternate translation: “Solomon was able to understand many things about a wide range of subjects” +4:30 w9j4 Solomon’s wisdom exceeded the wisdom of all the people 1 Alternate translation: “Solomon was wiser than all the wise people” +4:30 g12d the people of the east 1 This refers to people from countries east of Israel such as Arabia and Mesopotamia. +4:31 cu1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ethan … Heman … Kalkol … Darda … Mahol 1 men’s names +4:33 r1r3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown cedar … hyssop 1 These words form a merism that includes all plants. Alternate translation: “cedar tree … hyssop bush” or “the greatest of trees … least important of bushes” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) 5:intro c6a5 0 # 1 Kings 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis is the beginning of the description of the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Building the temple\n\nBuilding the temple took a lot of work and cooperation. King Hiram of Tyre provided lumber for building the temple in exchange for wheat and olive oil. Solomon also had many people cutting rocks for the walls of the temple. -5:1 f4a8 0 # General Information:\n\nSolomon talks with King Hiram about building the Temple. -5:1 wb37 Hiram had always loved David 0 Alternate translation: “Hiram had always been a close friend of King David” -5:3 pv3b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom Yahweh was putting his enemies under the soles of his feet 0 To put an enemy under someone’s foot means to conquer them. Alternate translation: “Yahweh was helping David to defeat his enemies” or “David was busy since Yahweh was giving him victory over his enemies” -5:3 c84s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy for the name of Yahweh 0 The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for the name” refers to worshiping the person.See how you translated this in [1 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “in which people would worship Yahweh” -5:3 vz73 because of the wars that surrounded him 0 Another possible meaning is “because of the wars with which his enemies surrounded him” or “because he was fighting enemies on all sides” -5:3 dkf4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Yahweh was putting his enemies under the soles of his feet 0 This speaks of Yahweh giving David complete control over his enemies as putting them under his feet. Alternate translation: “Yahweh was enabling David to completely defeat his enemies” -5:4 h6ir has given me rest on every side 0 Before Solomon became king, King David and the people of Israel had been at war, but now King Solomon and the people were at rest and in a time of peace. -5:4 zr1n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism There is neither adversary nor disaster 0 neither humans who cause harm nor natural events that cause harm. This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “We are safe from our enemies and from natural disasters” -5:4 lex1 adversary 0 enemy -5:4 hy1q disaster 0 event that causes harm to people and their property -5:5 gll4 So 0 This is to emphasize the words that follow. “Listen! This is what I am going to do:” or “Because of what Yahweh has done for me, this is what I am going to do:” -5:5 ep1h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy for the name of Yahweh my God … for my name 0 The word “name” is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “where Yahweh my God will live … where I will live” -5:5 pwq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy set on your throne in your place 0 Here “throne” refers to ruling as king. Alternate translation: “make to be the king after you” -5:6 ae9w there is no one among us who knows how to cut timber like the Sidonians 0 Alternate translation: “your workers know how to cut timber better than my men” -5:6 y7ev Sidonians 0 people of the city of Sidon -5:7 z6fk 0 # General Information:\n\nKing Hiram answers Solomon. -5:7 h269 the words of Solomon 0 Alternate translation: “what Solomon said” -5:7 rz48 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive May Yahweh be blessed today 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I praise Yahweh today” -5:8 n2rj cypress 0 Cypress is another kind of valuable wood that would be used for building the temple. -5:9 i9nw make them into rafts 0 Alternate translation: “tie them together so they will float in groups” -5:9 th95 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive them broken up there 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “my workers untie the logs from each other” -5:9 bfw2 You will do what I desire 0 Alternate translation: “You can do what I want” or “You can pay me” -5:10 ysx9 fir 0 The word “fir” refers to many kinds of trees, including cypress trees. -5:11 ku5j rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume measures of wheat 0 This was a dry measurement whereas the oil was a liquid measurement. It was not clear which measure was intended. The measurement in the UST is an educated guess. -5:11 q3nz year by year 0 Alternate translation: “every year” -5:13 tap5 0 # General Information:\n\nSolomon forces men to build the Temple. -5:13 h6dp conscripted labor out of all Israel 0 Alternate translation: “forced men from all over Israel to work” -5:14 hun8 in shifts 0 That is, there were three groups that took turns spending one month in Lebanon and two months at home. -5:14 j6rk One month they were in Lebanon and two months at home 0 Each of the three groups spent one month working in Lebanon and then two months at home in Israel. -5:14 xnv5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the men who were subjected to forced labor 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “the men whom Solomon was forcing to work for him” -5:15 h7kd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers seventy thousand 0 “70,000” -5:15 yex2 burdens 0 heavy things that people have to work hard to carry -5:15 x12v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers eighty thousand 0 “80,000” -5:15 gp9u stonecutters 0 men who dig stones out of the ground and cut them to the proper shape -5:16 f3hp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 3,300 chief officers 0 “three thousand three hundred chief officers” -5:17 hk8u quarried large stones of high quality 0 Alternate translation: “dug large, good stones out of the mountain and cut them to be the right shape” -5:18 l6m8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown Gebalites 0 men from the city of Gebal +5:1 wb37 Hiram had always loved David 1 Alternate translation: “Hiram had always been a close friend of King David” +5:3 pv3b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom Yahweh was putting his enemies under the soles of his feet 1 To put an enemy under someone’s foot means to conquer them. Alternate translation: “Yahweh was helping David to defeat his enemies” or “David was busy since Yahweh was giving him victory over his enemies” +5:3 c84s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy for the name of Yahweh 1 The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for the name” refers to worshiping the person.See how you translated this in [1 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “in which people would worship Yahweh” +5:3 vz73 because of the wars that surrounded him 1 Another possible meaning is “because of the wars with which his enemies surrounded him” or “because he was fighting enemies on all sides” +5:3 dkf4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Yahweh was putting his enemies under the soles of his feet 1 This speaks of Yahweh giving David complete control over his enemies as putting them under his feet. Alternate translation: “Yahweh was enabling David to completely defeat his enemies” +5:4 h6ir has given me rest on every side 1 Before Solomon became king, King David and the people of Israel had been at war, but now King Solomon and the people were at rest and in a time of peace. +5:4 zr1n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism There is neither adversary nor disaster 1 neither humans who cause harm nor natural events that cause harm. This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “We are safe from our enemies and from natural disasters” +5:4 lex1 adversary 1 enemy +5:4 hy1q disaster 1 event that causes harm to people and their property +5:5 gll4 So 1 This is to emphasize the words that follow. “Listen! This is what I am going to do:” or “Because of what Yahweh has done for me, this is what I am going to do:” +5:5 ep1h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy for the name of Yahweh my God … for my name 1 The word “name” is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “where Yahweh my God will live … where I will live” +5:5 pwq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy set on your throne in your place 1 Here “throne” refers to ruling as king. Alternate translation: “make to be the king after you” +5:6 ae9w there is no one among us who knows how to cut timber like the Sidonians 1 Alternate translation: “your workers know how to cut timber better than my men” +5:6 y7ev Sidonians 1 people of the city of Sidon +5:7 h269 the words of Solomon 1 Alternate translation: “what Solomon said” +5:7 rz48 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive May Yahweh be blessed today 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I praise Yahweh today” +5:8 n2rj cypress 1 Cypress is another kind of valuable wood that would be used for building the temple. +5:9 i9nw make them into rafts 1 Alternate translation: “tie them together so they will float in groups” +5:9 th95 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive them broken up there 1 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “my workers untie the logs from each other” +5:9 bfw2 You will do what I desire 1 Alternate translation: “You can do what I want” or “You can pay me” +5:10 ysx9 fir 1 The word “fir” refers to many kinds of trees, including cypress trees. +5:11 ku5j rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume measures of wheat 1 This was a dry measurement whereas the oil was a liquid measurement. It was not clear which measure was intended. The measurement in the UST is an educated guess. +5:11 q3nz year by year 1 Alternate translation: “every year” +5:13 h6dp conscripted labor out of all Israel 1 Alternate translation: “forced men from all over Israel to work” +5:14 hun8 in shifts 1 That is, there were three groups that took turns spending one month in Lebanon and two months at home. +5:14 j6rk One month they were in Lebanon and two months at home 1 Each of the three groups spent one month working in Lebanon and then two months at home in Israel. +5:14 xnv5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the men who were subjected to forced labor 1 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “the men whom Solomon was forcing to work for him” +5:15 h7kd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers seventy thousand 1 “70,000” +5:15 yex2 burdens 1 heavy things that people have to work hard to carry +5:15 x12v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers eighty thousand 1 “80,000” +5:15 gp9u stonecutters 1 men who dig stones out of the ground and cut them to the proper shape +5:16 f3hp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 3,300 chief officers 1 “three thousand three hundred chief officers” +5:17 hk8u quarried large stones of high quality 1 Alternate translation: “dug large, good stones out of the mountain and cut them to be the right shape” +5:18 l6m8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown Gebalites 1 men from the city of Gebal 6:intro dn22 0 # 1 Kings 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Building the temple\n\nSolomon built the temple in seven years. The outside walls were made of rock. Solomon shaped the rocks for the wall in the quarry and then assembled them at the temple site. The inside was covered with wood. Inside the temple was a room covered by gold, which was the Most Holy Place where the ark was housed under statues of angels. It represented the presence of God. -6:1 si1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Solomon began to build 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “Solomon commanded his workers to begin building” -6:1 z8zf rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 480th … fourth 0 These are the ordinal forms of 480 and 4. -6:1 u34s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths in the month of Ziv, which is the second month 0 “Ziv” is the name of the second month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of April and the first part of May on Western calendars. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -6:2 hfy6 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe narrator continues to describe the temple and its dimensions. -6:2 md89 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers sixty cubits long, twenty cubits wide, and thirty cubits high 0 “60 cubits long, 20 cubits wide, and 30 cubits high.” A cubit is 46 centimeters. This can be written used modern measures. Alternate translation: “27.6 meters long, 9.2 meters wide, and 13.8 meters high” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) -6:3 yij1 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe narrator continues to describe the temple and its dimensions. -6:3 usb7 portico 0 an area of a building made of columns and a roof that leads to and connects with the building’s entrance door. This portico was probably attached to the front part of the wall that surrounded the temple. -6:3 yu32 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance twenty cubits … ten cubits 0 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “9.2 meters … 4.6 meters” -6:4 wsw3 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe narrator continues to describe the temple and its dimensions. -6:4 vkp1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy he made windows 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “they made windows” -6:5 va1u Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe narrator continues to describe the temple and its dimensions. -6:5 yit1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy he built 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “they built” -6:5 p1zz he built rooms around it 0 He built rooms on the outside of the outside wall around the main chamber. -6:6 rh9a Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe narrator continues to describe the temple and its dimensions. -6:6 r5tu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy he made 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “they made” -6:6 yy1k The lowest story … the middle … the third 0 This refers to the rooms in each story of the building. -6:6 w37f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance five cubits … six cubits … seven cubits 0 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 2.3 meters … about 2.8 meters … about 3.2 meters” -6:6 grf8 he made offsets in the wall of the house 0 They made ledges all around the main building to support the beams of the small rooms. -6:6 fp5r beams 0 A beam is a long heavy piece of wood used to support a building. -6:7 gis9 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe narrator continues to describe the temple. -6:7 udq4 the house 0 Here “house” refers to God’s house, the temple. -6:7 ekm1 stones prepared at the quarry 0 A quarry is where people cut large stones from a mountain and shape them with tools so they are smooth. After they prepared the stones at the quarry, they brought them to the temple. -6:8 n52z Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe narrator continues to describe the temple. -6:8 rn6p ground level … middle level … third level 0 There were a total of three floors. Some languages call these “ground floor,” “first floor,” and “second floor.” -6:9 e4k6 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe narrator continues to describe the temple. -6:9 eh9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Solomon built … he covered 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers built … they covered” -6:9 qdt5 beams … of cedar 0 A beam is a long heavy piece of wood used to support a building. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:6](../06/06.md). -6:9 j6je planks … of cedar 0 A plank is a flat wooden board used for floors and walls. -6:10 yh6f Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe narrator continues to describe the temple and its dimensions. -6:10 kzz6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy He built 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “They built” -6:10 du8w He built the side rooms 0 These are the same rooms that are referred to in [1 Kings 6:5](../06/05.md). -6:10 yr6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy inner chambers 0 This phrase is a metonym for the walls that enclosed the chambers. Alternate translation: “exterior walls that enclosed the inner chambers” -6:10 anu7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance five cubits 0 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2.3 meters” -6:10 w619 timbers of cedar 0 The word “timbers” is a general term that refers to wood used for building, such as beams and planks. -6:11 czi8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom The word of Yahweh came to Solomon, saying, 0 The idiom “The word of Yahweh came to” is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to Solomon. He said,” or “Yahweh spoke this message to Solomon:” -6:12 vb8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy which you are building 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “which you are having your workers build” -6:12 af43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor walk in my statutes 0 The word “walk” is a metaphor for “live” or “obey.” Alternate translation: “continually obey all my statutes” -6:12 qx38 do justice 0 This could mean: (1) “carry out all of my laws” or (2) “treat the people whom you are ruling justly.” -6:12 g495 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism keep all my commandments and walk in them 0 These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the importance of obeying God’s commandments. AT “carefully obey all I tell you to do” -6:12 x4rb I will confirm my promise with you that I had made to David your father 0 Alternate translation: “I will do everything I promised David your father that I would do for you” -6:14 k3ad rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Solomon 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers” -6:15 y9km rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy he built … he covered them … he covered the floor 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “they built … they covered them … they covered the floor” -6:15 hp23 interior walls 0 walls between the rooms on the inside -6:15 ik56 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown cypress 0 Cypress is a kind of wood that was used for building the temple. -6:16 d6pq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy He built twenty cubits … He built this room 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “He commanded them to build twenty cubits … He had them build this room” -6:16 xx5s He built twenty cubits 0 Alternate translation: “He built a room twenty cubits long” -6:16 g59q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance twenty cubits 0 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “9.2 meters” -6:17 w7cv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance forty cubits 0 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “18.4 meters” -6:17 ha4k main hall 0 Alternate translation: “main room” -6:18 l7dp gourds 0 a type of hard, round vegetable that grows on a vine on the ground -6:18 u5m4 open flowers 0 Alternate translation: “blooming flowers” or “flowers that were open” -6:19 ygb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Solomon prepared 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They prepared” -6:20 w5vk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Solomon overlaid 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They overlaid” -6:20 jfg2 twenty cubits 0 Alternate translation: “9.2 meters” -6:20 m4tm covered the altar with cedar wood 0 This altar would be used for burning incense. -6:21 yge1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Solomon overlaid … he placed 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They overlaid … they placed” -6:21 c2iq overlaid 0 Alternate translation: “covered” -6:22 x7k8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy He overlaid … He also overlaid 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They overlaid … They also overlaid” -6:22 l55u altar that belonged to the inner room 0 Alternate translation: “altar of incense at the entrance to the inner room” -6:23 ilt3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Solomon made 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Solomon commanded them to make” -6:23 w5qr olivewood 0 wood from an olive tree -6:23 a2zg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance ten cubits 0 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “4.6 meters” -6:24 zb23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance five cubits 0 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2.3 meters” -6:25 e8tw wingspan 0 the distance from the tip of one wing to the tip of the other wing -6:25 c1ib same dimensions 0 Alternate translation: “same size” -6:27 bcq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Solomon placed 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They placed” -6:27 rj2s innermost room 0 another name for the most holy place -6:28 l1b6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Solomon overlaid 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They overlaid” -6:28 k83f overlaid 0 “covered.” See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:21](../06/21.md). -6:29 w47j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy He carved 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “He commanded them to carve” -6:30 w875 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Solomon overlaid 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “He had them overlay” -6:30 d56p overlaid 0 covered -6:31 uq5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Solomon made 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They made” -6:31 fb2k lintel 0 beam across the top of a door frame -6:31 c6zg indented sections 0 toothlike notches on each of five sections -6:32 w1bj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy he made … he made … He overlaid … he spread 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “they made … they made … They overlaid … they spread” -6:32 ix6q overlaid 0 “covered.” See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:21](../06/21.md). -6:33 s6ub In this way, Solomon also made for the temple entrance doorposts of olive wood having four indented sections 0 Alternate translation: “In the same way, Solomon also made doorposts of olive wood for the temple entrance, with four indented sections” -6:33 dfh2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Solomon also made 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “they also made” -6:33 nd29 indented sections 0 tooth-like notches -6:34 eh1n The two leaves of the one door 0 This means each door had two sections connected by hinges so they could fold together. -6:35 zh1r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy He carved … he evenly overlaid 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They carved … they evenly overlaid” -6:36 y7ry rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy He built the inner courtyard 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They built the inner courtyard” -6:36 ugf5 cedar beams 0 A beam is a long heavy piece of wood used to support a building. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:6](../06/06.md). -6:37 w9kb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal the fourth year 0 The word “fourth” is the ordinal form of “four.” You may need to make explicit the event from which the writer counts the years. Alternate translation: “the fourth year after Solomon became king” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -6:37 zt3n house of Yahweh 0 Alternate translation: “the temple” -6:37 f1ix rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths in the month of Ziv 0 “Ziv” is the name of the second month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of April and the first part of May on Western calendars. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:1](../06/01.md). (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -6:38 ft8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal the eleventh year 0 The word “eleventh” is the ordinal forms of “eleven.” You may need to make explicit the event from which the writer counts the years. Alternate translation: “the eleventh year after Solomon became king” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -6:38 hy2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths in the month of Bul, which is the eighth month 0 “Bul” is the eighth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of October and the first part of November on Western calendars. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -6:38 iee2 the house was finished in all its parts and conforming to all its specifications 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “they finished building every part of the house. They built it exactly the way Solomon had told them to build it” -6:38 rz5l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Solomon took 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “It took Solomon’s workers” +6:1 si1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Solomon began to build 1 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “Solomon commanded his workers to begin building” +6:1 z8zf rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal 480th … fourth 1 These are the ordinal forms of 480 and 4. +6:1 u34s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths in the month of Ziv, which is the second month 1 “Ziv” is the name of the second month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of April and the first part of May on Western calendars. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +6:2 md89 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers sixty cubits long, twenty cubits wide, and thirty cubits high 1 “60 cubits long, 20 cubits wide, and 30 cubits high.” A cubit is 46 centimeters. This can be written used modern measures. Alternate translation: “27.6 meters long, 9.2 meters wide, and 13.8 meters high” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) +6:3 usb7 portico 1 an area of a building made of columns and a roof that leads to and connects with the building’s entrance door. This portico was probably attached to the front part of the wall that surrounded the temple. +6:3 yu32 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance twenty cubits … ten cubits 1 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “9.2 meters … 4.6 meters” +6:4 vkp1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy he made windows 1 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “they made windows” +6:5 yit1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy he built 1 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “they built” +6:5 p1zz he built rooms around it 1 He built rooms on the outside of the outside wall around the main chamber. +6:6 r5tu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy he made 1 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “they made” +6:6 yy1k The lowest story … the middle … the third 1 This refers to the rooms in each story of the building. +6:6 w37f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance five cubits … six cubits … seven cubits 1 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 2.3 meters … about 2.8 meters … about 3.2 meters” +6:6 grf8 he made offsets in the wall of the house 1 They made ledges all around the main building to support the beams of the small rooms. +6:6 fp5r beams 1 A beam is a long heavy piece of wood used to support a building. +6:7 udq4 the house 1 Here “house” refers to God’s house, the temple. +6:7 ekm1 stones prepared at the quarry 1 A quarry is where people cut large stones from a mountain and shape them with tools so they are smooth. After they prepared the stones at the quarry, they brought them to the temple. +6:8 rn6p ground level … middle level … third level 1 There were a total of three floors. Some languages call these “ground floor,” “first floor,” and “second floor.” +6:9 eh9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Solomon built … he covered 1 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers built … they covered” +6:9 qdt5 beams … of cedar 1 A beam is a long heavy piece of wood used to support a building. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:6](../06/06.md). +6:9 j6je planks … of cedar 1 A plank is a flat wooden board used for floors and walls. +6:10 kzz6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy He built 1 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “They built” +6:10 du8w He built the side rooms 1 These are the same rooms that are referred to in [1 Kings 6:5](../06/05.md). +6:10 yr6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy inner chambers 1 This phrase is a metonym for the walls that enclosed the chambers. Alternate translation: “exterior walls that enclosed the inner chambers” +6:10 anu7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance five cubits 1 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2.3 meters” +6:10 w619 timbers of cedar 1 The word “timbers” is a general term that refers to wood used for building, such as beams and planks. +6:11 czi8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom The word of Yahweh came to Solomon, saying, 1 The idiom “The word of Yahweh came to” is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to Solomon. He said,” or “Yahweh spoke this message to Solomon:” +6:12 vb8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy which you are building 1 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “which you are having your workers build” +6:12 af43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor walk in my statutes 1 The word “walk” is a metaphor for “live” or “obey.” Alternate translation: “continually obey all my statutes” +6:12 qx38 do justice 1 This could mean: (1) “carry out all of my laws” or (2) “treat the people whom you are ruling justly.” +6:12 g495 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism keep all my commandments and walk in them 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the importance of obeying God’s commandments. AT “carefully obey all I tell you to do” +6:12 x4rb I will confirm my promise with you that I had made to David your father 1 Alternate translation: “I will do everything I promised David your father that I would do for you” +6:14 k3ad rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Solomon 1 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers” +6:15 y9km rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy he built … he covered them … he covered the floor 1 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “they built … they covered them … they covered the floor” +6:15 hp23 interior walls 1 walls between the rooms on the inside +6:15 ik56 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown cypress 1 Cypress is a kind of wood that was used for building the temple. +6:16 d6pq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy He built twenty cubits … He built this room 1 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “He commanded them to build twenty cubits … He had them build this room” +6:16 xx5s He built twenty cubits 1 Alternate translation: “He built a room twenty cubits long” +6:16 g59q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance twenty cubits 1 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “9.2 meters” +6:17 w7cv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance forty cubits 1 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “18.4 meters” +6:17 ha4k main hall 1 Alternate translation: “main room” +6:18 l7dp gourds 1 a type of hard, round vegetable that grows on a vine on the ground +6:18 u5m4 open flowers 1 Alternate translation: “blooming flowers” or “flowers that were open” +6:19 ygb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Solomon prepared 1 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They prepared” +6:20 w5vk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Solomon overlaid 1 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They overlaid” +6:20 jfg2 twenty cubits 1 Alternate translation: “9.2 meters” +6:20 m4tm covered the altar with cedar wood 1 This altar would be used for burning incense. +6:21 yge1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Solomon overlaid … he placed 1 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They overlaid … they placed” +6:21 c2iq overlaid 1 Alternate translation: “covered” +6:22 x7k8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy He overlaid … He also overlaid 1 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They overlaid … They also overlaid” +6:22 l55u altar that belonged to the inner room 1 Alternate translation: “altar of incense at the entrance to the inner room” +6:23 ilt3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Solomon made 1 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Solomon commanded them to make” +6:23 w5qr olivewood 1 wood from an olive tree +6:23 a2zg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance ten cubits 1 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “4.6 meters” +6:24 zb23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance five cubits 1 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2.3 meters” +6:25 e8tw wingspan 1 the distance from the tip of one wing to the tip of the other wing +6:25 c1ib same dimensions 1 Alternate translation: “same size” +6:27 bcq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Solomon placed 1 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They placed” +6:27 rj2s innermost room 1 another name for the most holy place +6:28 l1b6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Solomon overlaid 1 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They overlaid” +6:28 k83f overlaid 1 “covered.” See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:21](../06/21.md). +6:29 w47j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy He carved 1 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “He commanded them to carve” +6:30 w875 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Solomon overlaid 1 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “He had them overlay” +6:30 d56p overlaid 1 covered +6:31 uq5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Solomon made 1 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They made” +6:31 fb2k lintel 1 beam across the top of a door frame +6:31 c6zg indented sections 1 toothlike notches on each of five sections +6:32 w1bj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy he made … he made … He overlaid … he spread 1 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “they made … they made … They overlaid … they spread” +6:32 ix6q overlaid 1 “covered.” See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:21](../06/21.md). +6:33 s6ub In this way, Solomon also made for the temple entrance doorposts of olive wood having four indented sections 1 Alternate translation: “In the same way, Solomon also made doorposts of olive wood for the temple entrance, with four indented sections” +6:33 dfh2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Solomon also made 1 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “they also made” +6:33 nd29 indented sections 1 tooth-like notches +6:34 eh1n The two leaves of the one door 1 This means each door had two sections connected by hinges so they could fold together. +6:35 zh1r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy He carved … he evenly overlaid 1 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They carved … they evenly overlaid” +6:36 y7ry rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy He built the inner courtyard 1 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They built the inner courtyard” +6:36 ugf5 cedar beams 1 A beam is a long heavy piece of wood used to support a building. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:6](../06/06.md). +6:37 w9kb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal the fourth year 1 The word “fourth” is the ordinal form of “four.” You may need to make explicit the event from which the writer counts the years. Alternate translation: “the fourth year after Solomon became king” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +6:37 zt3n house of Yahweh 1 Alternate translation: “the temple” +6:37 f1ix rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths in the month of Ziv 1 “Ziv” is the name of the second month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of April and the first part of May on Western calendars. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:1](../06/01.md). (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +6:38 ft8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal the eleventh year 1 The word “eleventh” is the ordinal forms of “eleven.” You may need to make explicit the event from which the writer counts the years. Alternate translation: “the eleventh year after Solomon became king” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +6:38 hy2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths in the month of Bul, which is the eighth month 1 “Bul” is the eighth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of October and the first part of November on Western calendars. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +6:38 iee2 the house was finished in all its parts and conforming to all its specifications 1 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “they finished building every part of the house. They built it exactly the way Solomon had told them to build it” +6:38 rz5l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Solomon took 1 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “It took Solomon’s workers” 7:intro kaf2 0 # 1 Kings 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter has a description of the palace Solomon built and the materials used in the temple courtyard. It is the last chapter about the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Bronze\n\nSolomon hired a man from Tyre who was good at casting things out of bronze. The bronze objects were made by hollowing out the shape of the object in clay and then pouring in the hot melted liquid bronze and letting it cool. He made two large pillars and a large water reservoir set on the backs of 12 bronze cows. He made all the instruments for use in the sacrifices outside the temple. He made the furnishing inside the temple out of gold.\n\n### The temple and the palace\n\nSolomon spent 13 years building a palace for himself that was much bigger than the temple. It is significant that the house of Solomon was much larger than the house of God. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]]) -7:1 in3j 0 # General Information:\n\nThe author is writing about Solomon’s palace. -7:1 f5n7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Solomon took thirteen years to build his own palace 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “It took Solomon’s workers thirteen years to build his palace” -7:1 lf86 palace 0 If your language does not have a word for “palace,” you may translate this as “house” or “big house.” -7:2 rj76 0 # General Information:\n\nSome details are given about the structure of the Palace of the Forest of Lebanon. -7:2 a64r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy He built 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “He commanded them to build” -7:2 rg2y the Palace of the Forest of Lebanon 0 Alternate translation: “the house called the House of the Lebanon Forest” -7:2 tl45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance one hundred cubits … fifty cubits … thirty cubits 0 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “46 meters … 23 meters … 13.8 meters” -7:2 zp59 beams 0 A beam is a long piece of strong wood used to support walls and roofs. -7:3 e2zi Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nSome details continue to be given about the structure of the Palace of the Forest of Lebanon. -7:3 vs2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The house was roofed with cedar that rested on beams 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The carpenters built a roof from cedar planks and attached them to beams” -7:3 mmk9 beams 0 long pieces of strong wood usually used to support a roof -7:4 d2n4 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nSome details continue to be given about the structure of the Palace of the Forest of Lebanon. -7:5 c2pl Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nSome details continue to be given about the structure of the Palace of the Forest of Lebanon. -7:5 tmp7 were made square 0 Alternate translation: “had rectangular frames” -7:6 r2cs 0 # General Information:\n\nThe author writes about the structure of the Hall of Pillars. -7:6 i5va colonnade 0 a series of columns, all the same distance apart -7:6 v962 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance fifty cubits … thirty cubits 0 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “23 meters … 13.8 meters” -7:6 nzf9 portico 0 an area of a building made of columns and a roof that leads to and connects with the building’s entrance door. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:3](../06/03.md) -7:7 u94c 0 # General Information:\n\nThe author writes about the hall of the throne. -7:7 t73g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Solomon built 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Solomon had them build” -7:7 ksi3 the hall of the throne 0 This could mean: (1) “the house in which he was going to place his throne” or (2) “a house named The King’s Chair House” -7:7 va4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive It was covered with cedar 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The workers covered the floor with cedar wood” -7:7 h3cp from floor to floor 0 This refers to the entire floor. Alternate translation: “from one wall to the other” -7:8 u1kw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Solomon’s house in which he was to live, in another courtyard within the palace grounds, was similarly designed 0 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Solomon had someone design the house in which he was to live, in another courtyard within the palace grounds, in the same way” -7:8 vhb7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy He also built 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “He also commanded them to build” -7:9 m77z 0 # General Information:\n\nThe writer is writing about the stones used for the buildings. -7:9 b9da rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive These buildings were adorned with costly hewn stones 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The workers adorned the buildings with costly, hewn stones” -7:9 x9ml rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive hewn stones, precisely measured and cut with a saw and smoothed 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “hewn stones, that workers had precisely measured and cut with a saw and smoothed” -7:9 ht4p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive These stones were used 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The workers used these stones” -7:9 a28u from the foundation to the stones on top, and also on the outside to the great court 0 The author is emphasizing that the workers used expensive stones for the foundations and all the buildings. -7:10 cs6w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The foundation was constructed 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The workers constructed the foundation” -7:10 j43i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance eight and ten cubits 0 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 3.7 meters and 4.6 meters” -7:11 rv23 cedar beams 0 A beam is a long piece of wood used for structural support. -7:12 gj1m three rows of cut stone and a row of cedar beams 0 See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:36](../06/36.md). -7:13 yv35 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit brought him from Tyre 0 Huram accepted Solomon’s invitation to come to Jerusalem. -7:14 mx1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit the son of a widow … his father was a man of Tyre 0 A widow is a woman whose husband has died, so we know that the father is dead. -7:14 xyc5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Huram was filled with wisdom and understanding and skill 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The words “wisdom and understanding” mean basically the same thing and are used together for emphasis. Yahweh giving such things as wisdom is spoken of as if they were liquids that Yahweh had poured into a container, and Huram is spoken of as if he were that container. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had given Huram wisdom, understanding, and skill” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -7:15 ps2x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance eighteen cubits … twelve cubits 0 A cubit is about 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 8.3 meters … 5.5 meters” -7:15 rjk8 in circumference 0 Circumference is the distance or measurement around a circular object or area. -7:16 py25 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance five cubits 0 A cubit is about 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2.3 meters” -7:16 ym3q two capitals 0 decorations on top of each of the two pillars -7:16 fd4s polished bronze 0 They polished the bronze so that it would reflect sunlight. “gleaming bronze” -7:17 lzk9 Checker latticework and wreaths of chain work 0 Alternate translation: “Crossed metal strips woven together and metal chains twisted together” -7:18 rc2z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Huram made 0 Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Huram commanded his workers to make” -7:18 m8zp two rows of pomegranates 0 A pomegranate is a fruit with a hard, red rind and many juicy seeds inside. Huram did not use real pomegranates to decorate the pillars. He made them out of bronze. -7:19 yg1b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The capitals … were decorated with lilies, four cubits high 0 Lilies are plants whose flowers are wide at one end and very narrow at the other end. These words can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Huram decorated the capitals … with bronze lilies, four cubits high” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -7:19 m7gx the tops of the portico 0 Translate “portico” as in [1 Kings 7:6](../07/06.md). -7:19 gz27 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance four cubits 0 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 1.8 meters” -7:20 py2z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers two hundred pomegranates 0 “200 pomegranates.” A pomegranate is a fruit with a hard, red rind and many juicy seeds inside. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 7:18](../07/18.md) -7:21 xs4g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy He raised up 0 Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They raised up” -7:21 i3hg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names The pillar on the right was named Jakin 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The name of the pillar on the right side was Jakin” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -7:21 x4yy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the pillar on the left was named Boaz 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The name of the pillar on the left side was Boaz” -7:22 f36f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The fashioning of the pillars was done 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Huram fashioned the pillars” or “Huram’s men fashioned the pillars” -7:23 q22n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Huram made 0 Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Huram also commanded them to make” -7:23 ih6g the round sea 0 This refers to a bronze tank or basin that would hold water. -7:23 dql9 cast metal 0 Huram melted the bronze and formed it in a mold. -7:23 i52r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance ten cubits … five cubits … thirty cubits 0 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “4.6 meters … 2.3 meters … 13.8 meters” -7:23 wlw3 from brim to brim 0 Alternate translation: “from one edge to the other” -7:23 q5wc in circumference 0 Circumference is the distance or measurement around a circular object or area. -7:24 bar8 encircling the sea were gourds 0 A gourd is a type of hard, round vegetable that grows on a vine on the ground. -7:24 a5xx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive when that basin was cast 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when Huram cast that basin” -7:25 rh41 The Sea 0 This refers to the bronze tank or basin that held water for sacrifices. -7:25 x7rd stood on 0 Alternate translation: “was on top of” -7:25 m9v3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive “The Sea” was set on top of them 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Huram’s workers set ‘The Sea’ on top of the bronze oxen” -7:25 a8tl hindquarters 0 This is the back quarter of the body of an animal with four feet. -7:26 d6yr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile its brim was forged like the brim of a cup, like a lily blossom 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Huram forged the brim to look like the brim of a cup, to curve outward like a lily” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -7:26 im3i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume two thousand baths 0 A bath is a unit of volume equal to about 22 liters. Alternate translation: “2,000 baths” or “44,000 liters” -7:27 vrb9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Huram made 0 Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Huram also commanded them to make” or “They also made” -7:27 nie3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance four cubits … three cubits 0 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 1.8 meters … about 1.4 meters” -7:28 g4xy The work of the stands was like this 0 This means the author will describe the stands in the words that follow. -7:29 vkn8 on the panels and on the frames were lions, oxen, and cherubim 0 There were decorative pieces in the shapes of lions, oxen, and cherubim fastened to the sides of the stands. -7:29 drg7 wreaths of hammered work 0 Here the word “wreaths” refers to spiral-shaped pieces of bronze. -7:30 c4jj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit four bronze wheels and axles 0 There was one axle for each pair of wheels. Alternate translation: “four bronze wheels and two axles” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -7:30 r3m7 its four corners 0 Alternate translation: “the four corners of each stand” -7:30 wp4c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The supports were cast with wreaths 0 Each support was cast as one piece with the wreaths. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Huram cast the supports with spiral-shaped pieces” -7:31 tnm9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance a cubit and a half … a cubit 0 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 70 centimeters … about 50 centimeters” -7:31 bjx5 a crown that rose up 0 Here the word “crown” refers to the circular piece at the top of the stand’s opening that held the basin. -7:31 g112 their panels were square 0 “the panels of the stands were square.” This phrase returns to the description of the panels that began in [1 Kings 7:28](../07/28.md). -7:32 nan4 their housings 0 Here the word “their” refers to the axles. The word “housings” refers to the casings into which the axles were inserted. -7:32 ia6k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance a cubit and a half 0 A cubit was 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 70 centimeters” -7:33 ez4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The wheels were forged like chariot wheels 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Huram made the wheels like small chariot wheels” -7:33 huz3 Their housings, rims, spokes, and hubs 0 Here the word “Their” refers to the wheels. -7:34 u8dc There were four handles at the four corners of each stand 0 Alternate translation: “There was a handle at each of the four corners of each stand” -7:35 j76e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance half a cubit deep 0 A cubit was 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “twenty-three centimeters wide” -7:35 i2wt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive on the top of the stand its supports and panels were attached 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Huram attached the supports and panels to the top of each stand” -7:36 y4ln rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Huram engraved 0 Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “they engraved” -7:36 nf5e they were surrounded 0 Here the word “they” refers to the cherubim, lions, and palm trees. -7:36 d8lh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive they were surrounded by wreaths 0 The word “wreaths” refers to spiral-shaped pieces of bronze. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “there were wreaths all around them” -7:37 iv9m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy He made 0 Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “He commanded them to make” -7:37 c4b7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive All of them were cast in the same molds 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Huram cast all of the stands in the same mold” or “They cast all of the stand in the same mold” -7:37 nj2g they had one size, and the same shape 0 Alternate translation: “all of the stands were the same size and shape” -7:38 bx9c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Huram made ten 0 Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Huram had them make ten” -7:38 w15g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume forty baths 0 A bath is a unit of volume equal to about 22 liters. Alternate translation: “about 88 liters” or “about 90 liters” -7:38 k7yl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance four cubits 0 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 1.8 meters” -7:39 w6v7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy He made five … He set 0 Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Human had them make five … Huram commanded them to set” -7:39 u5iv the south-facing side … the north-facing side 0 Alternate translation: “the south side … the north side” -7:39 z7tj on the east corner, facing toward the south of the temple 0 Alternate translation: “near the southeast corner of the temple” -7:40 kaa7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Huram made … he finished 0 Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Huram had them make … they finished” -7:41 zv5q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile the bowl-like capitals 0 The capitals were shaped like bowls. -7:41 rhp4 decorative latticework 0 Alternate translation: “crossed metal strips woven together” -7:42 v1e3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy He made 0 Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They made” -7:42 f5hx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers four hundred pomegranates 0 “400 pomegranates.” A pomegranate is a fruit with a hard, red rind and many juicy seeds inside. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 7:18](../07/18.md). -7:44 p87u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy He made 0 Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They made” -7:45 d5gg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Huram made 0 Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They made” -7:45 l8vt all the other implements 0 Alternate translation: “all the other tools” -7:45 hw9y polished bronze 0 bronze that was polished so that it would reflect light -7:46 f6xb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy The king had cast them 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “The king had his workers cast them” -7:46 evu1 plain of the Jordan 0 Alternate translation: “flat land near the Jordan River” -7:46 ug1g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Succoth … Zarethan 0 These are names of cities. -7:47 yk38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Solomon did not weigh 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Solomon did not have them weigh” -7:47 u74l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the weight of the bronze could not be measured 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one could measure the weight of the bronze” -7:48 f4p1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Solomon had made 0 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers had made” -7:48 e2d6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive on which the bread of the presence was to be placed 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “on which the priests were to place the bread of the presence” -7:49 kb8t the flowers, the lamps 0 The “flowers” and “lamps” were part of the lampstands. -7:50 tev9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive had made the cups … all of which were made of pure gold 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “had his workers make all the cups … out of pure gold” -7:50 y2nn sockets of gold made for the doors 0 Here, **sockets** may refer to either: (1) the sockets in which the door pegs turned, or (2) the hinges on which the doors hung. -7:51 x9f6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the work that King Solomon directed for the house of Yahweh was finished 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the workers finished the work that King Solomon had them do for the house of Yahweh” +7:1 f5n7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Solomon took thirteen years to build his own palace 1 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “It took Solomon’s workers thirteen years to build his palace” +7:1 lf86 palace 1 If your language does not have a word for “palace,” you may translate this as “house” or “big house.” +7:2 a64r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy He built 1 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “He commanded them to build” +7:2 rg2y the Palace of the Forest of Lebanon 1 Alternate translation: “the house called the House of the Lebanon Forest” +7:2 tl45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance one hundred cubits … fifty cubits … thirty cubits 1 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “46 meters … 23 meters … 13.8 meters” +7:2 zp59 beams 1 A beam is a long piece of strong wood used to support walls and roofs. +7:3 vs2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The house was roofed with cedar that rested on beams 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The carpenters built a roof from cedar planks and attached them to beams” +7:3 mmk9 beams 1 long pieces of strong wood usually used to support a roof +7:5 tmp7 were made square 1 Alternate translation: “had rectangular frames” +7:6 i5va colonnade 1 a series of columns, all the same distance apart +7:6 v962 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance fifty cubits … thirty cubits 1 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “23 meters … 13.8 meters” +7:6 nzf9 portico 1 an area of a building made of columns and a roof that leads to and connects with the building’s entrance door. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:3](../06/03.md) +7:7 t73g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Solomon built 1 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Solomon had them build” +7:7 ksi3 the hall of the throne 1 This could mean: (1) “the house in which he was going to place his throne” or (2) “a house named The King’s Chair House” +7:7 va4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive It was covered with cedar 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The workers covered the floor with cedar wood” +7:7 h3cp from floor to floor 1 This refers to the entire floor. Alternate translation: “from one wall to the other” +7:8 u1kw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Solomon’s house in which he was to live, in another courtyard within the palace grounds, was similarly designed 1 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Solomon had someone design the house in which he was to live, in another courtyard within the palace grounds, in the same way” +7:8 vhb7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy He also built 1 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “He also commanded them to build” +7:9 b9da rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive These buildings were adorned with costly hewn stones 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The workers adorned the buildings with costly, hewn stones” +7:9 x9ml rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive hewn stones, precisely measured and cut with a saw and smoothed 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “hewn stones, that workers had precisely measured and cut with a saw and smoothed” +7:9 ht4p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive These stones were used 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The workers used these stones” +7:9 a28u from the foundation to the stones on top, and also on the outside to the great court 1 The author is emphasizing that the workers used expensive stones for the foundations and all the buildings. +7:10 cs6w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The foundation was constructed 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The workers constructed the foundation” +7:10 j43i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance eight and ten cubits 1 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 3.7 meters and 4.6 meters” +7:11 rv23 cedar beams 1 A beam is a long piece of wood used for structural support. +7:12 gj1m three rows of cut stone and a row of cedar beams 1 See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:36](../06/36.md). +7:13 yv35 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit brought him from Tyre 1 Huram accepted Solomon’s invitation to come to Jerusalem. +7:14 mx1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit the son of a widow … his father was a man of Tyre 1 A widow is a woman whose husband has died, so we know that the father is dead. +7:14 xyc5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Huram was filled with wisdom and understanding and skill 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The words “wisdom and understanding” mean basically the same thing and are used together for emphasis. Yahweh giving such things as wisdom is spoken of as if they were liquids that Yahweh had poured into a container, and Huram is spoken of as if he were that container. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had given Huram wisdom, understanding, and skill” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +7:15 ps2x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance eighteen cubits … twelve cubits 1 A cubit is about 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 8.3 meters … 5.5 meters” +7:15 rjk8 in circumference 1 Circumference is the distance or measurement around a circular object or area. +7:16 py25 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance five cubits 1 A cubit is about 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2.3 meters” +7:16 ym3q two capitals 1 decorations on top of each of the two pillars +7:16 fd4s polished bronze 1 They polished the bronze so that it would reflect sunlight. “gleaming bronze” +7:17 lzk9 Checker latticework and wreaths of chain work 1 Alternate translation: “Crossed metal strips woven together and metal chains twisted together” +7:18 rc2z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Huram made 1 Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Huram commanded his workers to make” +7:18 m8zp two rows of pomegranates 1 A pomegranate is a fruit with a hard, red rind and many juicy seeds inside. Huram did not use real pomegranates to decorate the pillars. He made them out of bronze. +7:19 yg1b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The capitals … were decorated with lilies, four cubits high 1 Lilies are plants whose flowers are wide at one end and very narrow at the other end. These words can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Huram decorated the capitals … with bronze lilies, four cubits high” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +7:19 m7gx the tops of the portico 1 Translate “portico” as in [1 Kings 7:6](../07/06.md). +7:19 gz27 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance four cubits 1 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 1.8 meters” +7:20 py2z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers two hundred pomegranates 1 “200 pomegranates.” A pomegranate is a fruit with a hard, red rind and many juicy seeds inside. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 7:18](../07/18.md) +7:21 xs4g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy He raised up 1 Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They raised up” +7:21 i3hg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names The pillar on the right was named Jakin 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The name of the pillar on the right side was Jakin” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +7:21 x4yy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the pillar on the left was named Boaz 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The name of the pillar on the left side was Boaz” +7:22 f36f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The fashioning of the pillars was done 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Huram fashioned the pillars” or “Huram’s men fashioned the pillars” +7:23 q22n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Huram made 1 Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Huram also commanded them to make” +7:23 ih6g the round sea 1 This refers to a bronze tank or basin that would hold water. +7:23 dql9 cast metal 1 Huram melted the bronze and formed it in a mold. +7:23 i52r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance ten cubits … five cubits … thirty cubits 1 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “4.6 meters … 2.3 meters … 13.8 meters” +7:23 wlw3 from brim to brim 1 Alternate translation: “from one edge to the other” +7:23 q5wc in circumference 1 Circumference is the distance or measurement around a circular object or area. +7:24 bar8 encircling the sea were gourds 1 A gourd is a type of hard, round vegetable that grows on a vine on the ground. +7:24 a5xx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive when that basin was cast 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when Huram cast that basin” +7:25 rh41 The Sea 1 This refers to the bronze tank or basin that held water for sacrifices. +7:25 x7rd stood on 1 Alternate translation: “was on top of” +7:25 m9v3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive “The Sea” was set on top of them 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Huram’s workers set ‘The Sea’ on top of the bronze oxen” +7:25 a8tl hindquarters 1 This is the back quarter of the body of an animal with four feet. +7:26 d6yr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile its brim was forged like the brim of a cup, like a lily blossom 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Huram forged the brim to look like the brim of a cup, to curve outward like a lily” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +7:26 im3i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume two thousand baths 1 A bath is a unit of volume equal to about 22 liters. Alternate translation: “2,000 baths” or “44,000 liters” +7:27 vrb9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Huram made 1 Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Huram also commanded them to make” or “They also made” +7:27 nie3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance four cubits … three cubits 1 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 1.8 meters … about 1.4 meters” +7:28 g4xy The work of the stands was like this 1 This means the author will describe the stands in the words that follow. +7:29 vkn8 on the panels and on the frames were lions, oxen, and cherubim 1 There were decorative pieces in the shapes of lions, oxen, and cherubim fastened to the sides of the stands. +7:29 drg7 wreaths of hammered work 1 Here the word “wreaths” refers to spiral-shaped pieces of bronze. +7:30 c4jj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit four bronze wheels and axles 1 There was one axle for each pair of wheels. Alternate translation: “four bronze wheels and two axles” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +7:30 r3m7 its four corners 1 Alternate translation: “the four corners of each stand” +7:30 wp4c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The supports were cast with wreaths 1 Each support was cast as one piece with the wreaths. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Huram cast the supports with spiral-shaped pieces” +7:31 tnm9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance a cubit and a half … a cubit 1 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 70 centimeters … about 50 centimeters” +7:31 bjx5 a crown that rose up 1 Here the word “crown” refers to the circular piece at the top of the stand’s opening that held the basin. +7:31 g112 their panels were square 1 “the panels of the stands were square.” This phrase returns to the description of the panels that began in [1 Kings 7:28](../07/28.md). +7:32 nan4 their housings 1 Here the word “their” refers to the axles. The word “housings” refers to the casings into which the axles were inserted. +7:32 ia6k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance a cubit and a half 1 A cubit was 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 70 centimeters” +7:33 ez4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The wheels were forged like chariot wheels 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Huram made the wheels like small chariot wheels” +7:33 huz3 Their housings, rims, spokes, and hubs 1 Here the word “Their” refers to the wheels. +7:34 u8dc There were four handles at the four corners of each stand 1 Alternate translation: “There was a handle at each of the four corners of each stand” +7:35 j76e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance half a cubit deep 1 A cubit was 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “twenty-three centimeters wide” +7:35 i2wt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive on the top of the stand its supports and panels were attached 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Huram attached the supports and panels to the top of each stand” +7:36 y4ln rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Huram engraved 1 Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “they engraved” +7:36 nf5e they were surrounded 1 Here the word “they” refers to the cherubim, lions, and palm trees. +7:36 d8lh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive they were surrounded by wreaths 1 The word “wreaths” refers to spiral-shaped pieces of bronze. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “there were wreaths all around them” +7:37 iv9m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy He made 1 Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “He commanded them to make” +7:37 c4b7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive All of them were cast in the same molds 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Huram cast all of the stands in the same mold” or “They cast all of the stand in the same mold” +7:37 nj2g they had one size, and the same shape 1 Alternate translation: “all of the stands were the same size and shape” +7:38 bx9c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Huram made ten 1 Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Huram had them make ten” +7:38 w15g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume forty baths 1 A bath is a unit of volume equal to about 22 liters. Alternate translation: “about 88 liters” or “about 90 liters” +7:38 k7yl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance four cubits 1 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 1.8 meters” +7:39 w6v7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy He made five … He set 1 Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Human had them make five … Huram commanded them to set” +7:39 u5iv the south-facing side … the north-facing side 1 Alternate translation: “the south side … the north side” +7:39 z7tj on the east corner, facing toward the south of the temple 1 Alternate translation: “near the southeast corner of the temple” +7:40 kaa7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Huram made … he finished 1 Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Huram had them make … they finished” +7:41 zv5q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile the bowl-like capitals 1 The capitals were shaped like bowls. +7:41 rhp4 decorative latticework 1 Alternate translation: “crossed metal strips woven together” +7:42 v1e3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy He made 1 Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They made” +7:42 f5hx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers four hundred pomegranates 1 “400 pomegranates.” A pomegranate is a fruit with a hard, red rind and many juicy seeds inside. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 7:18](../07/18.md). +7:44 p87u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy He made 1 Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They made” +7:45 d5gg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Huram made 1 Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They made” +7:45 l8vt all the other implements 1 Alternate translation: “all the other tools” +7:45 hw9y polished bronze 1 bronze that was polished so that it would reflect light +7:46 f6xb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy The king had cast them 1 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “The king had his workers cast them” +7:46 evu1 plain of the Jordan 1 Alternate translation: “flat land near the Jordan River” +7:46 ug1g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Succoth … Zarethan 1 These are names of cities. +7:47 yk38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Solomon did not weigh 1 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Solomon did not have them weigh” +7:47 u74l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the weight of the bronze could not be measured 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one could measure the weight of the bronze” +7:48 f4p1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Solomon had made 1 Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers had made” +7:48 e2d6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive on which the bread of the presence was to be placed 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “on which the priests were to place the bread of the presence” +7:49 kb8t the flowers, the lamps 1 The “flowers” and “lamps” were part of the lampstands. +7:50 tev9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive had made the cups … all of which were made of pure gold 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “had his workers make all the cups … out of pure gold” +7:50 y2nn sockets of gold made for the doors 1 Here, **sockets** may refer to either: (1) the sockets in which the door pegs turned, or (2) the hinges on which the doors hung. +7:51 x9f6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the work that King Solomon directed for the house of Yahweh was finished 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the workers finished the work that King Solomon had them do for the house of Yahweh” 8:intro h96s 0 # 1 Kings 8 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe ark is placed in the new temple. This is a very significant event in the history of the Israelites. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Celebration of the temple’s completion\nWhen the temple was finished, Solomon told all of the people to come to Jerusalem. They took the ark out of the tent and brought it to the temple. Then Solomon prayed that God would hear and answer prayers made to him when they faced towards the temple.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Idiom\n\nSolomon prayed that God would respond to people’s prayers using an idiom: “that your eyes may be open to the request of your servant.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -8:1 kla2 assembled the elders of Israel 0 Alternate translation: “called together the leaders of Israel” -8:2 vy83 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole All the men of Israel 0 This may refer either: (1) to the people whom Solomon called to Jerusalem and who are listed in 8:1 or (2) generally to those who traveled to Jerusalem for the feast, not necessarily to every male person who lived in Israel. -8:2 uam7 at the feast 0 This is a reference to the Feast of Succoth, also known as the Feast of Tabernacles or Feast of Shelters . -8:2 j1l1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths in the month of Ethanim, which is the seventh month 0 “Ethanim” is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of September and the first part of October on Western calendars. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -8:5 wl1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole all the assembly of Israel 0 This is a generalization. -8:5 i2ea rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive sheep and oxen that could not be counted 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “more sheep and oxen than anyone would ever be able to count” -8:6 r7tn into the inner room of the house, to the most holy place, under 0 Alternate translation: “into the inner room of the house—that is, to the most holy place—under” -8:7 f19r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive poles by which it was carried 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “poles by which the priests carried it” -8:8 igt6 their ends were seen … they could not be seen 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people could see their ends … people could not see them” -8:8 ia58 this day 0 This means the day on which the writer wrote. -8:10 qah8 It came about that 0 This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. -8:12 y9ry rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person Yahweh has said … darkness 0 Solomon speaks to Yahweh as if he were speaking to someone else to show that he respects Yahweh. -8:13 ukz3 lofty residence 0 beautiful building in which someone very important lives -8:14 n1li all the assembly of Israel 0 Alternate translation: “all the people of Israel who were gathered there” -8:15 qg1d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive May Yahweh, the God of Israel, be praised 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Praise Yahweh, the God of Israel” -8:15 yw9f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy with his own hands 0 The hand is a metonym for the power in the hand. Alternate translation: “by his own power” -8:16 b9uh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy in order for my name to be 0 The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for … name” refers to worshiping the person. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “so that people would worship me” -8:17 kpv8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor it was in the heart of David my father 0 What David desired is spoken of as if it were an item in a container and the heart as if it were a container. Alternate translation: “David my father desired” -8:17 jsu6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy for the name of Yahweh 0 The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for the name” refers to worshiping the person. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “in which people would worship Yahweh” -8:18 tr7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor In that it was in your heart 0 What David desired is spoken of as if it were an item in a container and the heart as if it were a container. Alternate translation: “Because you desired” -8:18 ixj3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy for my name 0 The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for … name” refers to worshiping the person. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “in which people will worship me” -8:18 fu1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor for it to be in your heart 0 What David desired is spoken of as if it were an item in a container and the heart as if it were a container. Alternate translation: “to desire to do that” or “by wanting to do that” -8:19 n4x3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive one who will be born from your loins 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “one who will be your own offspring” or “one whom you yourself will father” -8:20 j7v7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom has carried out the word that he had said 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “has done exactly what he said he would do” -8:20 kuf2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor I have arisen in the place of David my father 0 Height is a metaphor for power. Alternate translation: “I have gained the power that David my father had” -8:20 j2e5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy I sit on the throne of Israel 0 The throne is a metonym for the activity of the one who sits on the throne. Alternate translation: “I rule over Israel” -8:20 n57n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy for the name of Yahweh 0 The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for … name” refers to worshiping the person. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “in which people will worship Yahweh” -8:21 ts1y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy is Yahweh’s covenant, which 0 The stone tablets on which Yahweh had written the terms of the covenant are spoken of as if they were the covenant itself. Alternate translation: “are the tablets on which Yahweh wrote the terms of the covenant that” -8:22 p4j2 all the assembly of Israel 0 Alternate translation: “all the people of Israel who were gathered there” -8:23 zb47 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns who keeps his covenant faithfulness with your servants 0 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “faithfully” or “faithful.” Alternate translation: “who faithfully loves your servants” or “who is faithful to your covenant with your servants” -8:23 vza1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor walk before you with all their heart 0 The way a person lives is spoken of as if that person were walking on a path. Alternate translation: “live wholeheartedly the way that you want them to” -8:24 zl94 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy fulfilled it with your hand 0 The hand is a metonym for the power of the hand. Alternate translation: “by your power fulfilled what you said” -8:25 u5vi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy to sit on the throne of Israel 0 The throne is a metonym for the activity of the one who sits on the throne. Alternate translation: “to rule over Israel” -8:25 k2lb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor walk before me … have walked before me 0 The way a person lives is spoken of as if that person were walking on a path. Alternate translation: “live as I want you to … have lived as I want you to” -8:27 ke8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion But will God actually live on the earth? 0 Possible meanings of this question are: (1) Solomon is asking a real question and expecting an answer or (2) the question is rhetorical and Solomon is emphasizing that God is too big and mighty to live on earth. Alternate translation: “But it surely cannot be that God will actually live on the earth!” -8:27 lex3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person But will God 0 Here Solomon speaks about God in the third person. It can be stated in the second person. Alternate translation: “But will you” -8:27 dxu6 Look 0 Alternate translation: “What I am about to say is important” or “The truth is that” -8:27 b6jr you—how much less can this temple that I have built 0 Alternate translation: “you, so this temple that I have built certainly cannot contain you” -8:28 nl5h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet respect this prayer of your servant and his request 0 The words “prayer” and “request” mean basically the same thing and emphasize that he is sincere as he makes his request. Solomon refers to himself as “your servant” to show that he respects Yahweh. This can be stated in first person. Alternate translation: “respect me, your servant, as I make this request” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]]) -8:28 ucf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet listen to the cry and prayer that your servant prays before you today 0 The words “cry” and “prayer” mean basically the same thing and emphasize that he is sincere as he asks Yahweh to help him. Solomon refers to himself as “your servant” to show that he respects Yahweh. This can be stated in first person. Alternate translation: “listen to me, your servant, as I call today for you to help me” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]]) -8:29 u4id rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy May your eyes be open toward 0 The eye is a metonym for what the eye does. Alternate translation: “May you watch over” -8:29 p7b4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism night and day 0 This is a merism. Alternate translation: “all the time” or “continually” -8:29 vwt1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet My name and my presence 0 These two words together emphasize that Yahweh will dwell in the temple. -8:29 icv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person that your servant will pray 0 Solomon speaks of himself as “your servant” to show that he respects Yahweh. This can be stated in first person. Alternate translation: “that I, your servant, will pray” -8:30 qx3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person listen to the request of your servant and of your people Israel 0 Solomon speaks of himself as “your servant” to show that he respects Yahweh. This can be stated in first person. Alternate translation: “listen to my request and the request of your people Israel” -8:31 wv6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive is required to swear 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone requires him to swear” -8:32 mt2d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche upon his own head 0 Here “head” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “on him” -8:32 ls6h give to him according to his righteousness 0 Alternate translation: “to give him what he deserves because he is righteous” -8:33 sjq6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive your people Israel are defeated by an enemy 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “an enemy defeats your people Israel” -8:33 kus8 confess your name 0 This could mean: (1) “confess that they have sinned against you” or (2) “praise you” or (3) “say that they will obey you from now on.” -8:33 axr3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns request forgiveness from you 0 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **forgiveness**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “ask you to forgive them” -8:35 ij63 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the skies are shut up and there is no rain 0 The sky is spoken of as if it were a building in which God stores the rain. Alternate translation: “you do not allow rain to fall” -8:35 gf9v confess your name 0 This could mean: (1) “confess that they have sinned against you” or (2) “praise you” or (3) “say that they will obey you from now on.” See how you translated this in [1 Kings 8:33](../08/33.md). -8:36 uz9g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor in which they should walk 0 The way a person lives is spoken of as if that person were walking on a path. Alternate translation: “that they should live” -8:37 e7f8 blight or mildew 0 These are agricultural terms that refer to the death of crops from either too little or too much rain, respectively. -8:37 c2vc locusts or caterpillars 0 A “locust” is a type of grasshopper that causes destruction by eating crops. The word “caterpillar” refers to an early growth stage of the locust. -8:38 li44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet prayers and requests 0 The words “prayer” and “request” mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the person is sincere as he makes his request. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md). Alternate translation: “requests” -8:38 kwn9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor knowing the plague in his own heart 0 This could mean: (1) The person’s sin is spoken of as if it were a plague. Alternate translation: “knowing the sin in his own heart” or (2) The “plague” is a metonym for the sins that the disasters are a punishment for. Alternate translation: “knowing in his heart that the plague is the result of his own sin” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -8:43 vt9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive this house I have built is called by your name 0 The phrase “is called by your name” shows that God possesses and owns the house. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you own this house that I have built” -8:44 ha7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo Suppose that your people go out … suppose that they pray 0 When Solomon was speaking, these hypothetical situations had not happened, but Solomon knew that they might happen in the future. Use the form in your language for talking about events that have not happened but might happen in the future. -8:44 vjp7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy for your name 0 The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for … name” refers to worshiping the person. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “in which people will worship you” -8:45 d6n5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet their prayer and their request 0 The words “prayer” and “request” mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the people are sincere as they make their request. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md). Alternate translation: “their request” -8:46 d9cq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo Suppose that they sin … suppose that you are 0 When Solomon was speaking, these hypothetical situations had not happened, but Solomon knew that they might happen in the future. Use the form in your language for talking about events that have not happened but might happen in the future. -8:47 rbr1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo suppose that they realize … suppose that they repent … Suppose that they say 0 When Solomon was speaking, these hypothetical situations had not happened, but Solomon knew that they might happen in the future. Use the form in your language for talking about events that have not happened but might happen in the future. -8:47 d7fu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive where they have been exiled 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “where their enemies have taken them as exiles” -8:47 zw2u captors 0 people who keep others as prisoners -8:47 lcn9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism We have acted perversely and sinned. We have behaved wickedly 0 These two sentences mean the same thing. Together they emphasize how bad the people’s actions were. -8:47 gh66 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet acted perversely and sinned 0 The words mean basically the same thing and emphasize how badly the people sinned. -8:48 qbv6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo Suppose that they return … suppose that they pray 0 When Solomon was speaking, these hypothetical situations had not happened, but Solomon knew that they might happen in the future. Use the form in your language for talking about events that have not happened but might happen in the future. -8:48 mf4u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom with all their heart and with all their soul 0 The idiom “with all … heart” means “completely” and “with all … soul” means “with all … being.” These two phrases have similar meanings. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: “with all their being” or “with all their energy” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -8:48 pq6q in the land 0 Alternate translation: “while they are living in the land” -8:48 tv6f toward their land 0 “toward the land in which they belong.” This refers to Israel. -8:48 ha3w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy for your name 0 The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for … name” refers to worshiping the person. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “in which people will worship you” -8:49 m5gj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet their prayer and their request 0 The two words “prayer” and “request” mean basically the same thing. Together they emphasize that the people were sincere as they made their request to Yahweh. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md). -8:50 k51r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism Forgive your people who have sinned against you, and all their transgressions that they have committed against you 0 Solomon twice requests Yahweh to forgive the people. This emphasizes the earnestness of his request. -8:51 lr1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive a furnace where iron is forged 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a furnace where people forge iron” -8:52 e39q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche May your eyes be open 0 The eye is a synecdoche for the person. Alternate translation: “Please pay attention” -8:54 u3p4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet prayer and request 0 The words “prayer” and “request” mean basically the same thing and emphasize that he is sincere as he makes his request. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md). Alternate translation: “request” -8:56 js9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive May Yahweh be praised 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Praise Yahweh” -8:56 vk99 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes Not one word has failed out of all Yahweh’s good promises 0 This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has made every word of his good promises come true” -8:57 ff12 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet leave us or forsake us 0 These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize Solomon’s desire for Yahweh to be present with the people. -8:58 pqz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy incline our hearts to him 0 Here their “hearts” refer to the people’s desires and emotions. Desiring to please someone is spoken of as inclining the heart toward that person. Alternate translation: “make us want to please him” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -8:58 k5k5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom live in all his ways 0 Here “in his ways” is an idiom that refers to the way he wants people to live. Alternate translation: “live as he requires us to live” -8:59 n37s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism day and night 0 This merism refers to “all the time” or “continually.” -8:61 xz16 let your heart be true 0 Alternate translation: “be wholly devoted” -8:61 ke8l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor walk in his statutes 0 The way a person lives is spoken of as if that person were walking on a path. Alternate translation: “always obey his statutes” -8:62 bs3g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole all Israel with him 0 This generalization may refer either: (1) to the people whom Solomon called to Jerusalem and who are listed in [1 Kings 8:1](../08/01.md), or (2) to those who traveled to Jerusalem for the feast, not necessarily to every person who lived in Israel. -8:63 id7l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole all the people of Israel 0 This generalization may refer either: (1) to the people whom Solomon called to Jerusalem and who are listed in [1 Kings 8:1](../08/01.md), or (2) to those who traveled to Jerusalem for the feast, not necessarily to every person who lived in Israel. -8:63 v5e3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers twenty-two thousand oxen 0 “22,000 oxen” -8:63 ttb5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 120,000 sheep 0 “one hundred twenty thousand sheep” -8:64 yz15 the bronze altar that was before Yahweh 0 “the bronze altar that was in Yahweh’s presence.” Since the temple is Yahweh’s dwelling place among his people, the altar is described as being in his presence. -8:65 k9ax rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole all Israel with him 0 This generalization may refer either: (1) to the people whom Solomon called to Jerusalem and who are listed in [1 Kings 8:1](../08/01.md), or (2) to those who traveled to Jerusalem for the feast, not necessarily to every person who lived in Israel. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 8:62](./62.md). -8:65 reb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers seven days … seven days … fourteen days 0 “7 days … 7 days … 14 days” -8:66 cs8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal eighth day 0 The word “eighth” is the ordinal form of “8.” -8:66 nja5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet joyful and glad 0 The two words mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. +8:1 kla2 assembled the elders of Israel 1 Alternate translation: “called together the leaders of Israel” +8:2 vy83 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole All the men of Israel 1 This may refer either: (1) to the people whom Solomon called to Jerusalem and who are listed in 8:1 or (2) generally to those who traveled to Jerusalem for the feast, not necessarily to every male person who lived in Israel. +8:2 uam7 at the feast 1 This is a reference to the Feast of Succoth, also known as the Feast of Tabernacles or Feast of Shelters . +8:2 j1l1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths in the month of Ethanim, which is the seventh month 1 “Ethanim” is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of September and the first part of October on Western calendars. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +8:5 wl1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole all the assembly of Israel 1 This is a generalization. +8:5 i2ea rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive sheep and oxen that could not be counted 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “more sheep and oxen than anyone would ever be able to count” +8:6 r7tn into the inner room of the house, to the most holy place, under 1 Alternate translation: “into the inner room of the house—that is, to the most holy place—under” +8:7 f19r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive poles by which it was carried 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “poles by which the priests carried it” +8:8 igt6 their ends were seen … they could not be seen 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people could see their ends … people could not see them” +8:8 ia58 this day 1 This means the day on which the writer wrote. +8:10 qah8 It came about that 1 This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. +8:12 y9ry rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person Yahweh has said … darkness 1 Solomon speaks to Yahweh as if he were speaking to someone else to show that he respects Yahweh. +8:13 ukz3 lofty residence 1 beautiful building in which someone very important lives +8:14 n1li all the assembly of Israel 1 Alternate translation: “all the people of Israel who were gathered there” +8:15 qg1d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive May Yahweh, the God of Israel, be praised 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Praise Yahweh, the God of Israel” +8:15 yw9f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy with his own hands 1 The hand is a metonym for the power in the hand. Alternate translation: “by his own power” +8:16 b9uh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy in order for my name to be 1 The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for … name” refers to worshiping the person. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “so that people would worship me” +8:17 kpv8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor it was in the heart of David my father 1 What David desired is spoken of as if it were an item in a container and the heart as if it were a container. Alternate translation: “David my father desired” +8:17 jsu6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy for the name of Yahweh 1 The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for the name” refers to worshiping the person. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “in which people would worship Yahweh” +8:18 tr7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor In that it was in your heart 1 What David desired is spoken of as if it were an item in a container and the heart as if it were a container. Alternate translation: “Because you desired” +8:18 ixj3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy for my name 1 The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for … name” refers to worshiping the person. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “in which people will worship me” +8:18 fu1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor for it to be in your heart 1 What David desired is spoken of as if it were an item in a container and the heart as if it were a container. Alternate translation: “to desire to do that” or “by wanting to do that” +8:19 n4x3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive one who will be born from your loins 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “one who will be your own offspring” or “one whom you yourself will father” +8:20 j7v7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom has carried out the word that he had said 1 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “has done exactly what he said he would do” +8:20 kuf2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor I have arisen in the place of David my father 1 Height is a metaphor for power. Alternate translation: “I have gained the power that David my father had” +8:20 j2e5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy I sit on the throne of Israel 1 The throne is a metonym for the activity of the one who sits on the throne. Alternate translation: “I rule over Israel” +8:20 n57n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy for the name of Yahweh 1 The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for … name” refers to worshiping the person. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “in which people will worship Yahweh” +8:21 ts1y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy is Yahweh’s covenant, which 1 The stone tablets on which Yahweh had written the terms of the covenant are spoken of as if they were the covenant itself. Alternate translation: “are the tablets on which Yahweh wrote the terms of the covenant that” +8:22 p4j2 all the assembly of Israel 1 Alternate translation: “all the people of Israel who were gathered there” +8:23 zb47 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns who keeps his covenant faithfulness with your servants 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “faithfully” or “faithful.” Alternate translation: “who faithfully loves your servants” or “who is faithful to your covenant with your servants” +8:23 vza1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor walk before you with all their heart 1 The way a person lives is spoken of as if that person were walking on a path. Alternate translation: “live wholeheartedly the way that you want them to” +8:24 zl94 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy fulfilled it with your hand 1 The hand is a metonym for the power of the hand. Alternate translation: “by your power fulfilled what you said” +8:25 u5vi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy to sit on the throne of Israel 1 The throne is a metonym for the activity of the one who sits on the throne. Alternate translation: “to rule over Israel” +8:25 k2lb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor walk before me … have walked before me 1 The way a person lives is spoken of as if that person were walking on a path. Alternate translation: “live as I want you to … have lived as I want you to” +8:27 ke8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion But will God actually live on the earth? 1 Possible meanings of this question are: (1) Solomon is asking a real question and expecting an answer or (2) the question is rhetorical and Solomon is emphasizing that God is too big and mighty to live on earth. Alternate translation: “But it surely cannot be that God will actually live on the earth!” +8:27 lex3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person But will God 1 Here Solomon speaks about God in the third person. It can be stated in the second person. Alternate translation: “But will you” +8:27 dxu6 Look 1 Alternate translation: “What I am about to say is important” or “The truth is that” +8:27 b6jr you—how much less can this temple that I have built 1 Alternate translation: “you, so this temple that I have built certainly cannot contain you” +8:28 nl5h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet respect this prayer of your servant and his request 1 The words “prayer” and “request” mean basically the same thing and emphasize that he is sincere as he makes his request. Solomon refers to himself as “your servant” to show that he respects Yahweh. This can be stated in first person. Alternate translation: “respect me, your servant, as I make this request” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]]) +8:28 ucf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet listen to the cry and prayer that your servant prays before you today 1 The words “cry” and “prayer” mean basically the same thing and emphasize that he is sincere as he asks Yahweh to help him. Solomon refers to himself as “your servant” to show that he respects Yahweh. This can be stated in first person. Alternate translation: “listen to me, your servant, as I call today for you to help me” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]]) +8:29 u4id rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy May your eyes be open toward 1 The eye is a metonym for what the eye does. Alternate translation: “May you watch over” +8:29 p7b4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism night and day 1 This is a merism. Alternate translation: “all the time” or “continually” +8:29 vwt1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet My name and my presence 1 These two words together emphasize that Yahweh will dwell in the temple. +8:29 icv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person that your servant will pray 1 Solomon speaks of himself as “your servant” to show that he respects Yahweh. This can be stated in first person. Alternate translation: “that I, your servant, will pray” +8:30 qx3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person listen to the request of your servant and of your people Israel 1 Solomon speaks of himself as “your servant” to show that he respects Yahweh. This can be stated in first person. Alternate translation: “listen to my request and the request of your people Israel” +8:31 wv6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive is required to swear 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone requires him to swear” +8:32 mt2d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche upon his own head 1 Here “head” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “on him” +8:32 ls6h give to him according to his righteousness 1 Alternate translation: “to give him what he deserves because he is righteous” +8:33 sjq6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive your people Israel are defeated by an enemy 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “an enemy defeats your people Israel” +8:33 kus8 confess your name 1 This could mean: (1) “confess that they have sinned against you” or (2) “praise you” or (3) “say that they will obey you from now on.” +8:33 axr3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns request forgiveness from you 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **forgiveness**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “ask you to forgive them” +8:35 ij63 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the skies are shut up and there is no rain 1 The sky is spoken of as if it were a building in which God stores the rain. Alternate translation: “you do not allow rain to fall” +8:35 gf9v confess your name 1 This could mean: (1) “confess that they have sinned against you” or (2) “praise you” or (3) “say that they will obey you from now on.” See how you translated this in [1 Kings 8:33](../08/33.md). +8:36 uz9g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor in which they should walk 1 The way a person lives is spoken of as if that person were walking on a path. Alternate translation: “that they should live” +8:37 e7f8 blight or mildew 1 These are agricultural terms that refer to the death of crops from either too little or too much rain, respectively. +8:37 c2vc locusts or caterpillars 1 A “locust” is a type of grasshopper that causes destruction by eating crops. The word “caterpillar” refers to an early growth stage of the locust. +8:38 li44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet prayers and requests 1 The words “prayer” and “request” mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the person is sincere as he makes his request. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md). Alternate translation: “requests” +8:38 kwn9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor knowing the plague in his own heart 1 This could mean: (1) The person’s sin is spoken of as if it were a plague. Alternate translation: “knowing the sin in his own heart” or (2) The “plague” is a metonym for the sins that the disasters are a punishment for. Alternate translation: “knowing in his heart that the plague is the result of his own sin” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +8:43 vt9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive this house I have built is called by your name 1 The phrase “is called by your name” shows that God possesses and owns the house. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you own this house that I have built” +8:44 ha7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo Suppose that your people go out … suppose that they pray 1 When Solomon was speaking, these hypothetical situations had not happened, but Solomon knew that they might happen in the future. Use the form in your language for talking about events that have not happened but might happen in the future. +8:44 vjp7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy for your name 1 The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for … name” refers to worshiping the person. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “in which people will worship you” +8:45 d6n5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet their prayer and their request 1 The words “prayer” and “request” mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the people are sincere as they make their request. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md). Alternate translation: “their request” +8:46 d9cq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo Suppose that they sin … suppose that you are 1 When Solomon was speaking, these hypothetical situations had not happened, but Solomon knew that they might happen in the future. Use the form in your language for talking about events that have not happened but might happen in the future. +8:47 rbr1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo suppose that they realize … suppose that they repent … Suppose that they say 1 When Solomon was speaking, these hypothetical situations had not happened, but Solomon knew that they might happen in the future. Use the form in your language for talking about events that have not happened but might happen in the future. +8:47 d7fu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive where they have been exiled 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “where their enemies have taken them as exiles” +8:47 zw2u captors 1 people who keep others as prisoners +8:47 lcn9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism We have acted perversely and sinned. We have behaved wickedly 1 These two sentences mean the same thing. Together they emphasize how bad the people’s actions were. +8:47 gh66 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet acted perversely and sinned 1 The words mean basically the same thing and emphasize how badly the people sinned. +8:48 qbv6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo Suppose that they return … suppose that they pray 1 When Solomon was speaking, these hypothetical situations had not happened, but Solomon knew that they might happen in the future. Use the form in your language for talking about events that have not happened but might happen in the future. +8:48 mf4u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom with all their heart and with all their soul 1 The idiom “with all … heart” means “completely” and “with all … soul” means “with all … being.” These two phrases have similar meanings. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: “with all their being” or “with all their energy” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +8:48 pq6q in the land 1 Alternate translation: “while they are living in the land” +8:48 tv6f toward their land 1 “toward the land in which they belong.” This refers to Israel. +8:48 ha3w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy for your name 1 The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for … name” refers to worshiping the person. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “in which people will worship you” +8:49 m5gj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet their prayer and their request 1 The two words “prayer” and “request” mean basically the same thing. Together they emphasize that the people were sincere as they made their request to Yahweh. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md). +8:50 k51r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism Forgive your people who have sinned against you, and all their transgressions that they have committed against you 1 Solomon twice requests Yahweh to forgive the people. This emphasizes the earnestness of his request. +8:51 lr1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive a furnace where iron is forged 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a furnace where people forge iron” +8:52 e39q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche May your eyes be open 1 The eye is a synecdoche for the person. Alternate translation: “Please pay attention” +8:54 u3p4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet prayer and request 1 The words “prayer” and “request” mean basically the same thing and emphasize that he is sincere as he makes his request. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md). Alternate translation: “request” +8:56 js9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive May Yahweh be praised 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Praise Yahweh” +8:56 vk99 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes Not one word has failed out of all Yahweh’s good promises 1 This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has made every word of his good promises come true” +8:57 ff12 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet leave us or forsake us 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize Solomon’s desire for Yahweh to be present with the people. +8:58 pqz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy incline our hearts to him 1 Here their “hearts” refer to the people’s desires and emotions. Desiring to please someone is spoken of as inclining the heart toward that person. Alternate translation: “make us want to please him” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +8:58 k5k5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom live in all his ways 1 Here “in his ways” is an idiom that refers to the way he wants people to live. Alternate translation: “live as he requires us to live” +8:59 n37s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism day and night 1 This merism refers to “all the time” or “continually.” +8:61 xz16 let your heart be true 1 Alternate translation: “be wholly devoted” +8:61 ke8l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor walk in his statutes 1 The way a person lives is spoken of as if that person were walking on a path. Alternate translation: “always obey his statutes” +8:62 bs3g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole all Israel with him 1 This generalization may refer either: (1) to the people whom Solomon called to Jerusalem and who are listed in [1 Kings 8:1](../08/01.md), or (2) to those who traveled to Jerusalem for the feast, not necessarily to every person who lived in Israel. +8:63 id7l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole all the people of Israel 1 This generalization may refer either: (1) to the people whom Solomon called to Jerusalem and who are listed in [1 Kings 8:1](../08/01.md), or (2) to those who traveled to Jerusalem for the feast, not necessarily to every person who lived in Israel. +8:63 v5e3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers twenty-two thousand oxen 1 “22,000 oxen” +8:63 ttb5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 120,000 sheep 1 “one hundred twenty thousand sheep” +8:64 yz15 the bronze altar that was before Yahweh 1 “the bronze altar that was in Yahweh’s presence.” Since the temple is Yahweh’s dwelling place among his people, the altar is described as being in his presence. +8:65 k9ax rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole all Israel with him 1 This generalization may refer either: (1) to the people whom Solomon called to Jerusalem and who are listed in [1 Kings 8:1](../08/01.md), or (2) to those who traveled to Jerusalem for the feast, not necessarily to every person who lived in Israel. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 8:62](./62.md). +8:65 reb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers seven days … seven days … fourteen days 1 “7 days … 7 days … 14 days” +8:66 cs8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal eighth day 1 The word “eighth” is the ordinal form of “8.” +8:66 nja5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet joyful and glad 1 The two words mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. 9:intro iy5f 0 # 1 Kings 9 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThere are two parts to this chapter. Verses 1–9 is a dream in which God warned Solomon that he and his descendants were not to worship idols. If they did this, the temple would be destroyed. Verses 10–28 is about Solomon’s extensive building and his partnership with Hiram, king of Tyre. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Worship only Yahweh\n\nYahweh alone must be worshiped. It is necessary for people to stay faithful to God and not worship idols. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphor\n\n‘Walk” is a common image in Scripture. It is said, “if you walk before me as David your father walked.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/walk]]) -9:3 f3hf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet your prayer and your request 0 The words “prayer” and “request” mean basically the same thing and emphasize that Yahweh recognized that Solomon’s request was sincere. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md). Alternate translation: “your request” -9:3 a6as rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy to put my name there forever 0 The name is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “to dwell there and to claim possession of it forever” -9:3 hnx7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche My eyes and my heart will be there 0 The eyes and heart are synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “I will protect and care for it” -9:4 h1h9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor if you walk before me as David your father walked 0 The way a person lives is spoken of as if that person were walking on a path. Alternate translation: “if you live the way I want you to live, just as David your father did” -9:4 v4jv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet in integrity of heart and in uprightness 0 These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize how righteous David was. -9:5 gx58 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the throne of your kingdom 0 Here “throne” refers to his reign. Alternate translation: “your dynasty” or “your reign” -9:5 yq42 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy will never fail to be on the throne of Israel 0 The action of ruling a kingdom is spoken of as if it were a person sitting on a throne. This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “will always rule over Israel” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -9:6 rn8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet my commandments and my statutes 0 Here the words “commandments” and “statutes” mean basically the same thing and emphasize all that Yahweh has commanded. -9:6 h58e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism worship other gods and bow down to them 0 These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. -9:7 jc4g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy set apart to my name 0 Here the word “name” is a metonym for the person who possesses something. Alternate translation: “set apart for myself” -9:7 s96h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns I will cast it out of my sight 0 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **sight**, you can express the same idea with the verb “see.” Looking at something is a metaphor for protecting it. Alternate translation: “I will put it where I no longer have to see it” or “I will get rid of it so I no longer have to protect it” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -9:8 r7b8 This temple will become a heap of ruins 0 Alternate translation: “This temple will be destroyed and its remains will be piled into a high mound” -9:8 i5gt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive will be shocked and will hiss 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will express amazement and make a sound of disrespect” -9:9 dng9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism bowed down to them and worshiped them 0 These two phrases mean the same thing. The phrase “bowed down to them” describes the posture that people used in worship. -9:10 ug4u It came about 0 This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way of doing this, you could consider using it here. -9:10 h3xz at the end of twenty years 0 Alternate translation: “after 20 years” -9:10 f22q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche Solomon had finished building 0 It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon do this. -9:13 vnk3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion What cities are these which you have given me, my brother? 0 Hiram is rebuking Solomon. This questions can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “These cities that you have given me are good for nothing.” -9:13 g2mb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive which they are still called today 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and people still call them that today” -9:14 ppd5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 120 talents of gold 0 “one hundred and twenty talents of gold.” A talent is a unit of weight equal to about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “about 4,000 kilograms of gold” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) -9:15 yc64 the account of the forced labor which King Solomon imposed 0 Alternate translation: “the account of Solomon requiring men to work” -9:15 xw7y the Millo 0 This could mean: (1) “the terrace system” or (2) “the landfill.” -9:16 g237 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Pharaoh king of Egypt had gone up 0 The person is a metonym for the army he commands. Alternate translation: “The army of Pharaoh, king of Egypt, had gone up” -9:17 u6mz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche So Solomon rebuilt Gezer 0 It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon do this. -9:22 j3hj Solomon made no forced laborers of the people of Israel 0 Alternate translation: “Solomon did not force the people of Israel to labor” -9:23 ql3d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 550 of them 0 “five hundred and fifty of them” -9:24 yuq9 built the Millo 0 This could mean: (1) “built the terrace system” or (2) “built the landfill.” See how you translated “the Millo” in [1 Kings 9:15](../09/15.md). -9:25 z3be altar that was before Yahweh 0 See how you translated this phrase in [1 Kings 8:64](../08/64.md). -9:25 yqb6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy So he completed the temple 0 Solomon is a metonym for the workers he hired to do the work. Alternate translation: “So his workers completed the temple” -9:26 k7ed rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche King Solomon built 0 It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon do this. -9:26 f1yt a fleet of ships 0 Alternate translation: “a large group of ships” -9:28 sv65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 420 talents of gold 0 “four hundred and twenty talents of gold.” A talent is a unit of weight equal to about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “about 14,000 kilograms of gold” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) +9:3 f3hf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet your prayer and your request 1 The words “prayer” and “request” mean basically the same thing and emphasize that Yahweh recognized that Solomon’s request was sincere. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md). Alternate translation: “your request” +9:3 a6as rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy to put my name there forever 1 The name is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “to dwell there and to claim possession of it forever” +9:3 hnx7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche My eyes and my heart will be there 1 The eyes and heart are synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “I will protect and care for it” +9:4 h1h9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor if you walk before me as David your father walked 1 The way a person lives is spoken of as if that person were walking on a path. Alternate translation: “if you live the way I want you to live, just as David your father did” +9:4 v4jv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet in integrity of heart and in uprightness 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize how righteous David was. +9:5 gx58 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the throne of your kingdom 1 Here “throne” refers to his reign. Alternate translation: “your dynasty” or “your reign” +9:5 yq42 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy will never fail to be on the throne of Israel 1 The action of ruling a kingdom is spoken of as if it were a person sitting on a throne. This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “will always rule over Israel” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) +9:6 rn8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet my commandments and my statutes 1 Here the words “commandments” and “statutes” mean basically the same thing and emphasize all that Yahweh has commanded. +9:6 h58e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism worship other gods and bow down to them 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. +9:7 jc4g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy set apart to my name 1 Here the word “name” is a metonym for the person who possesses something. Alternate translation: “set apart for myself” +9:7 s96h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns I will cast it out of my sight 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **sight**, you can express the same idea with the verb “see.” Looking at something is a metaphor for protecting it. Alternate translation: “I will put it where I no longer have to see it” or “I will get rid of it so I no longer have to protect it” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +9:8 r7b8 This temple will become a heap of ruins 1 Alternate translation: “This temple will be destroyed and its remains will be piled into a high mound” +9:8 i5gt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive will be shocked and will hiss 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will express amazement and make a sound of disrespect” +9:9 dng9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism bowed down to them and worshiped them 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. The phrase “bowed down to them” describes the posture that people used in worship. +9:10 ug4u It came about 1 This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way of doing this, you could consider using it here. +9:10 h3xz at the end of twenty years 1 Alternate translation: “after 20 years” +9:10 f22q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche Solomon had finished building 1 It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon do this. +9:13 vnk3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion What cities are these which you have given me, my brother? 1 Hiram is rebuking Solomon. This questions can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “These cities that you have given me are good for nothing.” +9:13 g2mb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive which they are still called today 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and people still call them that today” +9:14 ppd5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 120 talents of gold 1 “one hundred and twenty talents of gold.” A talent is a unit of weight equal to about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “about 4,000 kilograms of gold” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) +9:15 yc64 the account of the forced labor which King Solomon imposed 1 Alternate translation: “the account of Solomon requiring men to work” +9:15 xw7y the Millo 1 This could mean: (1) “the terrace system” or (2) “the landfill.” +9:16 g237 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Pharaoh king of Egypt had gone up 1 The person is a metonym for the army he commands. Alternate translation: “The army of Pharaoh, king of Egypt, had gone up” +9:17 u6mz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche So Solomon rebuilt Gezer 1 It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon do this. +9:22 j3hj Solomon made no forced laborers of the people of Israel 1 Alternate translation: “Solomon did not force the people of Israel to labor” +9:23 ql3d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 550 of them 1 “five hundred and fifty of them” +9:24 yuq9 built the Millo 1 This could mean: (1) “built the terrace system” or (2) “built the landfill.” See how you translated “the Millo” in [1 Kings 9:15](../09/15.md). +9:25 z3be altar that was before Yahweh 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1 Kings 8:64](../08/64.md). +9:25 yqb6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy So he completed the temple 1 Solomon is a metonym for the workers he hired to do the work. Alternate translation: “So his workers completed the temple” +9:26 k7ed rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche King Solomon built 1 It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon do this. +9:26 f1yt a fleet of ships 1 Alternate translation: “a large group of ships” +9:28 sv65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 420 talents of gold 1 “four hundred and twenty talents of gold.” A talent is a unit of weight equal to about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “about 14,000 kilograms of gold” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) 10:intro abca 0 # 1 Kings 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThere are two parts to this chapter: The fame of Solomon’s wisdom and the wealth of his kingdom. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Queen of Sheba\n\nKing Solomon became so famous for his wisdom that the queen of Sheba (modern day Yemen) came all the way to see him and was deeply impressed. God promised him great wealth and he became famously rich. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) -10:1 ll43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Solomon’s fame concerning the name of Yahweh 0 Here Yahweh is represented by his “name.” This could mean: (1) Alternate translation: “Solomon’s fame, which glorified Yahweh” or (2) Alternate translation: “Solomon’s fame, which Yahweh had given him” -10:2 ktj1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole all that was in her heart 0 This is a generalization. Alternate translation: “everything she wanted to know” -10:5 cyv4 the seating of his servants 0 This could mean: (1) “how his servants were seated around the table” or (2) “where his servants lived.” -10:5 fj7p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom there was no more breath in her 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “she was utterly amazed” -10:6 j9u6 I heard in my own land 0 Alternate translation: “I heard while I was in my own land” -10:6 jsh6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys your words and your wisdom 0 Here the word “wisdom” can describe the word “words.” Alternate translation: “your wise sayings” -10:7 w8cg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy my eyes have seen it 0 The phrase “my eyes” emphasizes that she herself saw it. Alternate translation: “I have seen it for myself” -10:7 eha5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Not half was told me about your wisdom and wealth 0 This can be stated without the passive form. Alternate translation: “They did not tell me about even half of your wisdom and wealth” or “You are much more wise and wealthy than what they told me” -10:8 p6v2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom who constantly stand before you 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “who are always in your presence waiting to serve you” -10:9 jp39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive May Yahweh your God be praised 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “May people praise Yahweh your God” -10:9 vgv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy who placed you on the throne of Israel 0 The throne is a metonym for the king who sits on it. Alternate translation: “who made you king of Israel” -10:10 nkd9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 120 talents of gold 0 “one hundred and twenty talents of gold.” A talent is a unit of weight equal to about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “about 4,000 kilograms of gold” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) -10:10 qy6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive No greater amount of spices … was ever given to him again 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one ever again gave to King Solomon more spices than the queen of Sheba gave to him” -10:11 ss8l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown almug wood 0 a type of wood, possibly one with a pleasant scent -10:12 w9a9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche The king made 0 It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon do this. Alternate translation: “The king told his people to make” -10:12 k51b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive or been seen again 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “nor has anyone ever seen such a great quantity again” -10:12 l6t4 to this day 0 This means to the day that the author was writing this. -10:13 k6r5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism everything she wished for, whatever she asked 0 These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. -10:13 yw6r of his royal bounty 0 Alternate translation: “because as king he had so much” -10:14 s28z in one year 0 “each year.” This refers to every year of Solomon’s reign, and not to just one time. -10:14 wr4k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 666 talents of gold 0 “six hundred sixty-six.” A talent is a unit of weight equal to about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “almost 22,000 kilograms of gold” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) -10:16 ur9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche King Solomon made 0 It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon do this. Alternate translation: “King Solomon’s men made” -10:16 dc4k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers two hundred large shields 0 “200 large shields” -10:16 qcy8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight Six hundred shekels of gold 0 A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “About 6.6 kilograms of gold” or “Six and one half kilograms of gold” -10:16 eu65 Six hundred shekels 0 Because the word “shekels” does not appear here in the Hebrew text, some modern versions assume instead the unit of bekah, which was equivalent to only a half shekel. Any version making this assumption would signal a metric equivalent of about three kilograms. -10:17 zp6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche He also made 0 It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon do this. Alternate translation: “The king’s men also made” -10:17 x89d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers three hundred shields 0 “300 shields” -10:17 x1m1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight Three minas of gold 0 A mina is a unit of weight equal to about 550 grams. Alternate translation: “About 1.7 kilograms of gold” or “One and three-quarters kilograms of gold” -10:17 ii47 the Palace of the Forest of Lebanon 0 “the house called the House of the Lebanon Forest.” See how you translated this in [1 Kings 7:2](../07/02.md). -10:18 rq21 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche the king made 0 It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped the king do this. Alternate translation: “the king’s men made” -10:18 bcw6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown throne of ivory 0 Ivory is the hard, white substance from the tusks or teeth of large animals. -10:21 ky1i the Palace of the Forest of Lebanon 0 “the house called the House of the Lebanon Forest.” See how you translated this in [1 Kings 7:2](../07/02.md). -10:22 b4zx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ivory 0 Ivory is the hard, white substance from the tusks or teeth of large animals. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 10:18](../10/18.md). -10:22 qu73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown apes and baboons 0 These animals live wild in Africa. At the ends of their four limbs are what look like human hands and feet, and they have long tails. Some people consider baboons a type of ape. -10:24 d3dl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole All the earth 0 This is a generalization. Alternate translation: “People from everywhere” or “People from many different places” -10:24 a1m3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy sought the presence of Solomon 0 The presence of the person is a metonym for being able to speak and listen to the person. Alternate translation: “sought an audience with Solomon” or “wanted to visit Solomon” -10:24 en9c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy to hear his wisdom, which God had put in his heart 0 The heart is a metonym for what a person thinks and is spoken of as if it were a container. Here, **wisdom** is spoken of as if it were an object that could be put in a container and can be translated as an adjective. It can be a metonym for either the person or the words the person speaks. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **wisdom**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “to hear his wisdom, which God had given him” or “to hear how wise God had enabled him to be” or “to hear him speak the wise words that God had enabled him to speak” -10:26 d168 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1,400 chariots and twelve thousand horsemen 0 “one thousand four hundred chariots and 12,000 horsemen” -10:27 hi32 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole The king had silver in Jerusalem, as much as the stones on the ground 0 The narrator uses exaggeration to emphasize the great amount of silver that was in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “The king had so much silver in Jerusalem, it was like there was as much silver as there was stones on the ground” -10:28 qm3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive were imported from Egypt 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that his merchants had bought from people in Egypt” -10:28 hmd8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Kue 0 This is the name of a region. Some think that Kue was the same as Cilicia, in Asia Minor. -10:29 a9id rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Chariots were purchased 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “His merchants purchased chariots” -10:29 m334 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight six hundred shekels of silver & 150 shekels 0 A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “about 6.6 kilograms of silver … about 1.7 kilograms” -10:29 z3uu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers six hundred shekels of silver 0 “600 shekels of silver” -10:29 ce7h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 150 shekels 0 “one hundred and fifty shekels” -10:29 e5bh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Many of these were then sold 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “His merchants then sold many of these” +10:1 ll43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Solomon’s fame concerning the name of Yahweh 1 Here Yahweh is represented by his “name.” This could mean: (1) Alternate translation: “Solomon’s fame, which glorified Yahweh” or (2) Alternate translation: “Solomon’s fame, which Yahweh had given him” +10:2 ktj1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole all that was in her heart 1 This is a generalization. Alternate translation: “everything she wanted to know” +10:5 cyv4 the seating of his servants 1 This could mean: (1) “how his servants were seated around the table” or (2) “where his servants lived.” +10:5 fj7p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom there was no more breath in her 1 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “she was utterly amazed” +10:6 j9u6 I heard in my own land 1 Alternate translation: “I heard while I was in my own land” +10:6 jsh6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys your words and your wisdom 1 Here the word “wisdom” can describe the word “words.” Alternate translation: “your wise sayings” +10:7 w8cg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy my eyes have seen it 1 The phrase “my eyes” emphasizes that she herself saw it. Alternate translation: “I have seen it for myself” +10:7 eha5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Not half was told me about your wisdom and wealth 1 This can be stated without the passive form. Alternate translation: “They did not tell me about even half of your wisdom and wealth” or “You are much more wise and wealthy than what they told me” +10:8 p6v2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom who constantly stand before you 1 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “who are always in your presence waiting to serve you” +10:9 jp39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive May Yahweh your God be praised 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “May people praise Yahweh your God” +10:9 vgv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy who placed you on the throne of Israel 1 The throne is a metonym for the king who sits on it. Alternate translation: “who made you king of Israel” +10:10 nkd9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 120 talents of gold 1 “one hundred and twenty talents of gold.” A talent is a unit of weight equal to about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “about 4,000 kilograms of gold” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) +10:10 qy6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive No greater amount of spices … was ever given to him again 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one ever again gave to King Solomon more spices than the queen of Sheba gave to him” +10:11 ss8l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown almug wood 1 a type of wood, possibly one with a pleasant scent +10:12 w9a9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche The king made 1 It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon do this. Alternate translation: “The king told his people to make” +10:12 k51b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive or been seen again 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “nor has anyone ever seen such a great quantity again” +10:12 l6t4 to this day 1 This means to the day that the author was writing this. +10:13 k6r5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism everything she wished for, whatever she asked 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. +10:13 yw6r of his royal bounty 1 Alternate translation: “because as king he had so much” +10:14 s28z in one year 1 “each year.” This refers to every year of Solomon’s reign, and not to just one time. +10:14 wr4k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 666 talents of gold 1 “six hundred sixty-six.” A talent is a unit of weight equal to about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “almost 22,000 kilograms of gold” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) +10:16 ur9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche King Solomon made 1 It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon do this. Alternate translation: “King Solomon’s men made” +10:16 dc4k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers two hundred large shields 1 “200 large shields” +10:16 qcy8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight Six hundred shekels of gold 1 A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “About 6.6 kilograms of gold” or “Six and one half kilograms of gold” +10:16 eu65 Six hundred shekels 1 Because the word “shekels” does not appear here in the Hebrew text, some modern versions assume instead the unit of bekah, which was equivalent to only a half shekel. Any version making this assumption would signal a metric equivalent of about three kilograms. +10:17 zp6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche He also made 1 It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon do this. Alternate translation: “The king’s men also made” +10:17 x89d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers three hundred shields 1 “300 shields” +10:17 x1m1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight Three minas of gold 1 A mina is a unit of weight equal to about 550 grams. Alternate translation: “About 1.7 kilograms of gold” or “One and three-quarters kilograms of gold” +10:17 ii47 the Palace of the Forest of Lebanon 1 “the house called the House of the Lebanon Forest.” See how you translated this in [1 Kings 7:2](../07/02.md). +10:18 rq21 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche the king made 1 It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped the king do this. Alternate translation: “the king’s men made” +10:18 bcw6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown throne of ivory 1 Ivory is the hard, white substance from the tusks or teeth of large animals. +10:21 ky1i the Palace of the Forest of Lebanon 1 “the house called the House of the Lebanon Forest.” See how you translated this in [1 Kings 7:2](../07/02.md). +10:22 b4zx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ivory 1 Ivory is the hard, white substance from the tusks or teeth of large animals. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 10:18](../10/18.md). +10:22 qu73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown apes and baboons 1 These animals live wild in Africa. At the ends of their four limbs are what look like human hands and feet, and they have long tails. Some people consider baboons a type of ape. +10:24 d3dl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole All the earth 1 This is a generalization. Alternate translation: “People from everywhere” or “People from many different places” +10:24 a1m3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy sought the presence of Solomon 1 The presence of the person is a metonym for being able to speak and listen to the person. Alternate translation: “sought an audience with Solomon” or “wanted to visit Solomon” +10:24 en9c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy to hear his wisdom, which God had put in his heart 1 The heart is a metonym for what a person thinks and is spoken of as if it were a container. Here, **wisdom** is spoken of as if it were an object that could be put in a container and can be translated as an adjective. It can be a metonym for either the person or the words the person speaks. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **wisdom**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “to hear his wisdom, which God had given him” or “to hear how wise God had enabled him to be” or “to hear him speak the wise words that God had enabled him to speak” +10:26 d168 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1,400 chariots and twelve thousand horsemen 1 “one thousand four hundred chariots and 12,000 horsemen” +10:27 hi32 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole The king had silver in Jerusalem, as much as the stones on the ground 1 The narrator uses exaggeration to emphasize the great amount of silver that was in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “The king had so much silver in Jerusalem, it was like there was as much silver as there was stones on the ground” +10:28 qm3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive were imported from Egypt 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that his merchants had bought from people in Egypt” +10:28 hmd8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Kue 1 This is the name of a region. Some think that Kue was the same as Cilicia, in Asia Minor. +10:29 a9id rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Chariots were purchased 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “His merchants purchased chariots” +10:29 m334 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight six hundred shekels of silver & 150 shekels 1 A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “about 6.6 kilograms of silver … about 1.7 kilograms” +10:29 z3uu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers six hundred shekels of silver 1 “600 shekels of silver” +10:29 ce7h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 150 shekels 1 “one hundred and fifty shekels” +10:29 e5bh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Many of these were then sold 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “His merchants then sold many of these” 11:intro abcb 0 # 1 Kings 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis is the end of the story of Solomon. (Chapters 1–11)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Intermarriage with Gentiles\n\nGod had told the people of Israel in Moses’s law never to marry women from the Gentile nations. But Solomon married many women from Gentile countries. This was because their religious beliefs would negatively affect Israel. Solomon, the wisest man, became a fool and his wives persuaded him to worship foolish idols. God became angry and warned he would take away 10 tribes from the kingdom of his son. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]], [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]], [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -11:1 i6y4 Now King Solomon 0 The word “Now” is used here to mark a break in the main story line where the narrator starts to tell a new part of the story. -11:1 rz6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Moabites, Ammonites, Edomites, Sidonians, and Hittites 0 These are names of people groups. -11:2 u5n2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy turn your heart to their gods 0 To “turn someone’s heart” is to convince that person to change his affection. Alternate translation: “persuade you to worship the gods that they worship” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -11:3 pv2y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers seven hundred royal wives and three hundred concubines 0 “700 royal wives and 300 concubines” -11:3 l6qf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit turned his heart away 0 To “turn someone’s heart” is to convince that person to change his affection. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1 Kings 11:1](../11/01.md). Alternate translation: “turned his heart away from Yahweh” or “persuaded him to stop worshiping Yahweh” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -11:4 d7qt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy his heart was not fully surrendered … as was the heart of David 0 To “surrender” your heart refers to giving total allegiance and affection. Alternate translation: “he was not fully devoted … as was David” -11:5 u9if rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ashtoreth … Molech 0 These are the names of false gods. -11:5 pjt2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Sidonians 0 This is the name of a people group. -11:5 ucx3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names he followed Molech 0 Some version render this as “Milcom.” -11:6 irv2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor what was evil in the sight of Yahweh 0 The phrase, “in the sight of” refers to someone’s opinion. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh considered to be evil” -11:7 tm2s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Chemosh … Molech 0 These are the names of false gods. -11:8 pkl8 sacrificed to their gods at them 0 Here the words “at them” refer to the shrines that Solomon built. -11:9 c133 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom his heart had turned away from him 0 The words “his heart had turned” refer to his having changed allegiance and affection. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1 Kings 11:1](../11/01.md). Alternate translation: “Solomon had stopped worshiping Yahweh” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -11:9 h8sw he had appeared to him twice 0 Alternate translation: “Yahweh had appeared to Solomon twice” -11:11 xd9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor tear the kingdom from you 0 To “tear from” is to forcefully remove. This is like a person tears apart a piece of cloth. Alternate translation: “forcefully take the kingdom from you” -11:12 d4rp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the hand of your son 0 The word “hand” refers to control, authority and power. Alternate translation: “your son’s control” -11:14 gu9w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Hadad 0 This is the name of a man. -11:15 y3by 0 # General Information:\n\nThis begins three verses of background material that happened long before. -11:16 i88s Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThis continues background material that happened long before. -11:16 gn6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche Joab and all Israel 0 The words “all Israel” refer to the army of Israel. Alternate translation: “Joab and all of the Israelite army” -11:17 k3g7 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThis concludes background material that happened long before. -11:17 dd34 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive But Hadad was taken with other Edomites by his father’s servants 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “But the servants of Hadad’s father took him with other Edomites” -11:18 vp1v They left Midian 0 Here the word “They” refers to Hadad and the other Edomites mentioned in [1 Kings 11:17](../11/17.md). -11:18 g3dy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Midian … Paran … Egypt 0 These are the names of places. -11:19 vy6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Tahpenes 0 This is the name of a woman. -11:20 cu24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Tahpenes 0 This is the name of a woman. -11:20 kna5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Hadad … Genubath 0 These are names of men. -11:21 ub66 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism David had lain down with his ancestors 0 This is a polite way of saying David was dead. Alternate translation: “David had died” -11:23 gw5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Rezon … Eliada … Hadadezer 0 These are names of men. -11:23 nuu8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Zobah 0 This is the name of a location. -11:24 g294 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Zobah … Damascus 0 These are names of locations. -11:24 xw9z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche when David defeated 0 Here “David” refers to David and his army. Alternate translation: “when David’s army overcame” -11:25 c11u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Aram 0 This is the name of a location. -11:25 uqb4 all the days of Solomon 0 Alternate translation: “during the time that Solomon was alive” or “all the days of Solomon’s life” -11:25 q4nx Rezon abhorred Israel 0 Alternate translation: “Rezon hated Israel very much” -11:26 my6s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Jeroboam … Nebat 0 These are names of men. -11:26 p4a7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Zeredah 0 This is the name of a location. -11:26 dp3d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Zeruah 0 This is the name of a woman. -11:26 t72j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy lifted up his hand against the king 0 The word “hand” refers to authority, power and control. The phrase “lifted up against” refers to having opposed someone by using authority, power and control. This is a metonym used as a common idiom. Alternate translation: “rebelled against the king” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -11:27 zc8g Solomon had built up the place located at Millo 0 Translate “Millo” as in [1 Kings 9:15](../09/15.md). -11:28 y6ga a mighty man of valor 0 This could mean: (1) “a great warrior” or (2) “a very capable man” or (3) “a wealthy and influential man.” -11:28 kz58 he gave him command 0 Alternate translation: “he made him commander” -11:28 xb54 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy all the labor 0 The word “labor” refers to the work that Solomon commanded the people to do for his government. This is a metonym. -11:28 hea7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the house of Joseph 0 This refers to the descendants of Joseph who were the people groups of Ephraim and Manasseh. This is a metonym. -11:29 ijr8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ahijah 0 This is the name of a man. -11:29 e5f2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Shilonite 0 The Shilonites are a people group. -11:31 b9tk He said 0 Here the word “He” refers to Ahijah. -11:31 zw4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor tear the kingdom out 0 Here “tear … out” is a metaphor that refers to the action of forcefully removing. This is like a person tears apart a piece of cloth. See how you translated this phrase in [1 Kings 11:11](../11/11.md). Alternate translation: “forcefully take the kingdom out” -11:31 ei9m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the hand of Solomon 0 Here “hand” is a metonym that refers to a person’s authority, control and power. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s control” -11:32 m8js rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Solomon will have 0 The name “Solomon” here is a metonym referring to his descendants. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s sons will have” or “Solomon’s descendants will have” -11:33 f1ie rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ashtoreth … Chemosh … Molech 0 These are the names of false gods. -11:33 wij3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Sidonians … Moab … Ammon 0 These are the names of locations and the people groups that live there. -11:33 ebs4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy what is right in my eyes 0 “Eyes” here is a metonym for someone’s opinion or idea. This is a commonly used idiom. Alternate translation: “what I consider to be right” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -11:34 i3w3 I will not take 0 Here the word “I” refers to Yahweh. -11:34 e7rw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy out of Solomon’s hand 0 Here the word “hand” is a metonym that refers to a person’s authority, control and power. Alternate translation: “out of Solomon’s control” -11:35 u6ey I will give it to you 0 Here the word “you” refers to Jeroboam. -11:36 nvf4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy may always have a lamp before me 0 The word “lamp” is a metonym that refers to a person’s influence and guidance. Alternate translation: “will always have a descendant to rule as an influence and a guide for obeying my covenant with David’s family” -11:37 zb1t I will take you 0 Here the word “I” refers to Yahweh and the word “you” refers to Jeroboam. -11:38 z9vj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy what is right in my eyes 0 The word “eyes” here is a metonym for someone’s opinion or idea. This is a commonly used idiom. See how you translated this phrase in [1 Kings 11:33](../11/33.md). (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -11:38 zk8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor build you a sure house 0 The clause “build a house” is a metaphor for establishing descendants from that time on. Alternate translation: “establish for you a lasting kingdom” -11:40 m9v1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Shishak 0 This is the name of a man. -11:41 cf3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive are they not written in the book of the events of Solomon? 0 This can be expressed in active form and assumes that the answer is positive. The question is rhetorical and is used for emphasis. Alternate translation: “you can find them in the book of the events of Solomon.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -11:41 yk5p the book of the events of Solomon 0 This book no longer exists. -11:43 wer1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor He slept with his ancestors and he was buried 0 The clause “slept with his ancestors” is a metaphor that expresses as a euphemism the death of a person in more gentle words. Alternate translation: “He died and he was buried with his ancestors” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -11:43 ttg1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive he was buried 0 This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “people buried him” +11:1 i6y4 Now King Solomon 1 The word “Now” is used here to mark a break in the main story line where the narrator starts to tell a new part of the story. +11:1 rz6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Moabites, Ammonites, Edomites, Sidonians, and Hittites 1 These are names of people groups. +11:2 u5n2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy turn your heart to their gods 1 To “turn someone’s heart” is to convince that person to change his affection. Alternate translation: “persuade you to worship the gods that they worship” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +11:3 pv2y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers seven hundred royal wives and three hundred concubines 1 “700 royal wives and 300 concubines” +11:3 l6qf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit turned his heart away 1 To “turn someone’s heart” is to convince that person to change his affection. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1 Kings 11:1](../11/01.md). Alternate translation: “turned his heart away from Yahweh” or “persuaded him to stop worshiping Yahweh” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +11:4 d7qt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy his heart was not fully surrendered … as was the heart of David 1 To “surrender” your heart refers to giving total allegiance and affection. Alternate translation: “he was not fully devoted … as was David” +11:5 u9if rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ashtoreth … Molech 1 These are the names of false gods. +11:5 pjt2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Sidonians 1 This is the name of a people group. +11:5 ucx3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names he followed Molech 1 Some version render this as “Milcom.” +11:6 irv2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor what was evil in the sight of Yahweh 1 The phrase, “in the sight of” refers to someone’s opinion. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh considered to be evil” +11:7 tm2s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Chemosh … Molech 1 These are the names of false gods. +11:8 pkl8 sacrificed to their gods at them 1 Here the words “at them” refer to the shrines that Solomon built. +11:9 c133 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom his heart had turned away from him 1 The words “his heart had turned” refer to his having changed allegiance and affection. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1 Kings 11:1](../11/01.md). Alternate translation: “Solomon had stopped worshiping Yahweh” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +11:9 h8sw he had appeared to him twice 1 Alternate translation: “Yahweh had appeared to Solomon twice” +11:11 xd9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor tear the kingdom from you 1 To “tear from” is to forcefully remove. This is like a person tears apart a piece of cloth. Alternate translation: “forcefully take the kingdom from you” +11:12 d4rp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the hand of your son 1 The word “hand” refers to control, authority and power. Alternate translation: “your son’s control” +11:14 gu9w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Hadad 1 This is the name of a man. +11:16 gn6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche Joab and all Israel 1 The words “all Israel” refer to the army of Israel. Alternate translation: “Joab and all of the Israelite army” +11:17 dd34 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive But Hadad was taken with other Edomites by his father’s servants 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “But the servants of Hadad’s father took him with other Edomites” +11:18 vp1v They left Midian 1 Here the word “They” refers to Hadad and the other Edomites mentioned in [1 Kings 11:17](../11/17.md). +11:18 g3dy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Midian … Paran … Egypt 1 These are the names of places. +11:19 vy6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Tahpenes 1 This is the name of a woman. +11:20 cu24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Tahpenes 1 This is the name of a woman. +11:20 kna5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Hadad … Genubath 1 These are names of men. +11:21 ub66 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism David had lain down with his ancestors 1 This is a polite way of saying David was dead. Alternate translation: “David had died” +11:23 gw5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Rezon … Eliada … Hadadezer 1 These are names of men. +11:23 nuu8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Zobah 1 This is the name of a location. +11:24 g294 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Zobah … Damascus 1 These are names of locations. +11:24 xw9z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche when David defeated 1 Here “David” refers to David and his army. Alternate translation: “when David’s army overcame” +11:25 c11u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Aram 1 This is the name of a location. +11:25 uqb4 all the days of Solomon 1 Alternate translation: “during the time that Solomon was alive” or “all the days of Solomon’s life” +11:25 q4nx Rezon abhorred Israel 1 Alternate translation: “Rezon hated Israel very much” +11:26 my6s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Jeroboam … Nebat 1 These are names of men. +11:26 p4a7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Zeredah 1 This is the name of a location. +11:26 dp3d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Zeruah 1 This is the name of a woman. +11:26 t72j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy lifted up his hand against the king 1 The word “hand” refers to authority, power and control. The phrase “lifted up against” refers to having opposed someone by using authority, power and control. This is a metonym used as a common idiom. Alternate translation: “rebelled against the king” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +11:27 zc8g Solomon had built up the place located at Millo 1 Translate “Millo” as in [1 Kings 9:15](../09/15.md). +11:28 y6ga a mighty man of valor 1 This could mean: (1) “a great warrior” or (2) “a very capable man” or (3) “a wealthy and influential man.” +11:28 kz58 he gave him command 1 Alternate translation: “he made him commander” +11:28 xb54 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy all the labor 1 The word “labor” refers to the work that Solomon commanded the people to do for his government. This is a metonym. +11:28 hea7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the house of Joseph 1 This refers to the descendants of Joseph who were the people groups of Ephraim and Manasseh. This is a metonym. +11:29 ijr8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ahijah 1 This is the name of a man. +11:29 e5f2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Shilonite 1 The Shilonites are a people group. +11:31 b9tk He said 1 Here the word “He” refers to Ahijah. +11:31 zw4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor tear the kingdom out 1 Here “tear … out” is a metaphor that refers to the action of forcefully removing. This is like a person tears apart a piece of cloth. See how you translated this phrase in [1 Kings 11:11](../11/11.md). Alternate translation: “forcefully take the kingdom out” +11:31 ei9m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the hand of Solomon 1 Here “hand” is a metonym that refers to a person’s authority, control and power. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s control” +11:32 m8js rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Solomon will have 1 The name “Solomon” here is a metonym referring to his descendants. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s sons will have” or “Solomon’s descendants will have” +11:33 f1ie rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ashtoreth … Chemosh … Molech 1 These are the names of false gods. +11:33 wij3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Sidonians … Moab … Ammon 1 These are the names of locations and the people groups that live there. +11:33 ebs4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy what is right in my eyes 1 “Eyes” here is a metonym for someone’s opinion or idea. This is a commonly used idiom. Alternate translation: “what I consider to be right” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +11:34 i3w3 I will not take 1 Here the word “I” refers to Yahweh. +11:34 e7rw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy out of Solomon’s hand 1 Here the word “hand” is a metonym that refers to a person’s authority, control and power. Alternate translation: “out of Solomon’s control” +11:35 u6ey I will give it to you 1 Here the word “you” refers to Jeroboam. +11:36 nvf4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy may always have a lamp before me 1 The word “lamp” is a metonym that refers to a person’s influence and guidance. Alternate translation: “will always have a descendant to rule as an influence and a guide for obeying my covenant with David’s family” +11:37 zb1t I will take you 1 Here the word “I” refers to Yahweh and the word “you” refers to Jeroboam. +11:38 z9vj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy what is right in my eyes 1 The word “eyes” here is a metonym for someone’s opinion or idea. This is a commonly used idiom. See how you translated this phrase in [1 Kings 11:33](../11/33.md). (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +11:38 zk8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor build you a sure house 1 The clause “build a house” is a metaphor for establishing descendants from that time on. Alternate translation: “establish for you a lasting kingdom” +11:40 m9v1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Shishak 1 This is the name of a man. +11:41 cf3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive are they not written in the book of the events of Solomon? 1 This can be expressed in active form and assumes that the answer is positive. The question is rhetorical and is used for emphasis. Alternate translation: “you can find them in the book of the events of Solomon.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +11:41 yk5p the book of the events of Solomon 1 This book no longer exists. +11:43 wer1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor He slept with his ancestors and he was buried 1 The clause “slept with his ancestors” is a metaphor that expresses as a euphemism the death of a person in more gentle words. Alternate translation: “He died and he was buried with his ancestors” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +11:43 ttg1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive he was buried 1 This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “people buried him” 12:intro abcc 0 # 1 Kings 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Civil war\n\nThis chapter explains how the united kingdom of Israel was split into the two kingdoms: Israel and Judah. This is sometimes called a “civil war.”\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Israel splits\n\nGod’s warning to Solomon came true. In spite of his famous wealth, Solomon had over-taxed his own people and forced them to work for free. When the people requested that King Rehoboam reduce taxes and forced labor, he said that he would be harsher than his father. This caused the 10 northern tribes to revolt and appoint Jeroboam as their king. These northern tribes are now called the kingdom of Israel. Only Judah and Benjamin stayed with Rehoboam. They are called Judah. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]])\n\n### Jeroboam introduces calf worship\n\nJeroboam made a terrible mistake. He was afraid that if the people continued to go to Jerusalem to worship in the temple, they would want to return to Rehoboam as their king. So he made two shrines with calves made of gold for the people to worship. This eventually caused the destruction of his whole family. The kingdom of Israel continued worshiping the idols until they were taken slaves by the Assyrians. The northern tribes were unable to truly worship Yahweh without going to Jerusalem in the kingdom of Judah.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphor\n\nThe people used the metaphor of “yoke” for oppressive government: “Your father made our yoke difficult. Now then, make your father’s hard work easier, and lighten the heavy yoke that he put on us.” But Rehoboam promised to increase their oppression with three metaphors: “My little finger is thicker than my father’s waist. So now, although my father burdened you with a heavy yoke, I will add to your yoke. My father punished you with whips, but I will punish you with scorpions.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) -12:1 rer8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche all Israel was coming 0 Here “Israel” represents all the men of Israel capable of fighting. Here “all Israel” is a generalization which means almost all the men of Israel. Alternate translation: “all the men of Israel were coming” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -12:2 kgj5 It happened that 0 This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. -12:2 s9f6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Jeroboam … Nebat 0 These are the names of men. -12:3 hs1v called him 0 Here the word “him” refers to Jeroboam. -12:4 nt4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor made our yoke heavy 0 A heavy yoke is a metaphor for very difficult labor and requirements. Alternate translation: “treated us cruelly” or “forced us to work very hard” -12:6 b1cu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom the old men who had stood before Solomon 0 To “stand before” is an idiom for serving the king in his presence. Alternate translation: “the old men who counseled Solomon” or “the old men who attended to Solomon” -12:9 w13a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Lighten the yoke that your father put on us 0 To “lighten the yoke” is a metaphor to represent lifting of the burden. Alternate translation: “Do not treat us as cruelly as your father did” or “Do not force us to work as hard as your father did” -12:10 f3lx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor My little finger is thicker than my father’s waist 0 This metaphor means that Rehoboam is more cruel and intimidating than his father. Alternate translation: “What I will do to make your burden heavier is much more than what my father put on you” -12:11 p1d4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor My father punished you with whips, but I will punish you with scorpions 0 This metaphor means that the punishment Rehoboam plans to give will be worse than what his father gave. Alternate translation: “My father used whips to force you to work but I will use even crueler punishment” -12:11 y1yh punish you with scorpions 0 The word **scorpions** may refer to: (1) a whip with sharp metal barbs on the end or (2) a spider-like creature that has a poisonous sting. -12:14 akf3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor burdened you with a heavy yoke 0 A heavy yoke is a metaphor for very difficult labor and requirements. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 12:4](../12/04.md). Alternate translation: “treated you cruelly” or “forced you to work very hard” -12:14 m7vy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor My father punished you with whips, but I will punish you with scorpions 0 This metaphor means that the punishment Rehoboam plans to give will be worse than what his father gave. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 12:11](../12/11.md). Alternate translation: “My father used whips to force you to work but I will use even crueler punishment” -12:15 tz7u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom it was a turn of events brought about by Yahweh 0 This is an idiom and can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh caused things to happen like this” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -12:15 k3cf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom his word that he had spoken by Ahijah … to Jeroboam 0 The idiom “had spoken by” someone refers to giving someone a message to tell others. -12:15 cf34 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ahijah … Jeroboam … Nebat 0 These are the names of men. -12:15 e3ze rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Shilonite 0 This is the name of a people group from the town of Shiloh. -12:16 xhj1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche all Israel 0 Here “Israel” represents all he men of Israel capable of fighting. “All Israel” is a generalization which means almost all the men of Israel. Alternate translation: “all the men of Israel” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -12:16 k5yx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion What share do we have in David? 0 “Share” here is a metonym meaning a part, involvement, or interest. This question can be translated as a simple statement. Alternate translation: “We will have no part in the family of David.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -12:16 b5fl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy We have no inheritance in the son of Jesse 0 “Son of Jesse” here is a metonym for David, a son of Jesse. “Inheritance” is a metonym for the part left for these people from David’s successes. Alternate translation: “We will have nothing to do with the descendants of Jesse” -12:16 u1a1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Go to your tents, Israel 0 “Tents” here is a metonym representing a person’s place of residence. Alternate translation: “Go to your homes, people of Israel” -12:16 l1mn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Now see to your own house, David 0 “House” here is a metonym for David’s lineage of power and prestige. Alternate translation: “Now take care of your own kingdom, descendant of David” -12:18 qw63 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Adoniram 0 This is the name of a man. -12:18 nf44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy all Israel 0 Here “Israel” is a metonym for the people of Israel. “All Israel” is a generalization which means almost all the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “all the people of Israel who were there” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -12:19 e9fg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the house of David 0 Here “house” is a metonym that represents family or descendants. Alternate translation: “the kings descended from David” -12:19 wki7 to this day 0 “ever since that time.” This refers to the time that the writer was actually writing this. -12:20 ek8h It happened that 0 This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. -12:20 xsq2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche when all Israel heard 0 “All Israel” here is a generalization that means the capable men of Israel who represent the rest of the people by a synecdoche. Alternate translation: “when all the leaders of Israel heard” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -12:20 q57f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit king over all Israel 0 “Israel” implicitly means the northern ten tribes that rebelled against Rehoboam. Alternate translation: “king over all of the 10 tribes of Israel” -12:20 e94p the family of David 0 Alternate translation: “David’s descendants” -12:21 bcr4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy all the house of Judah and the tribe of Benjamin 0 Here “house” is a metonym that represents a tribe or descendants. And, here “tribe” refers specifically to the soldiers from those tribes. Alternate translation: “all the soldiers from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin” -12:21 sx4r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 180,000 chosen men 0 “one hundred eighty thousand chosen men” -12:21 va9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the house of Israel 0 Here “house” represents the kingdom made up of the 10 northern tribes of Israel. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of Israel” or “the people of the northern tribes of Israel” -12:22 lz9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom the word of God came … it said 0 This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. Alternate translation: “God spoke this message … and he said” or “God spoke these words … and he said” -12:22 bf83 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Shemaiah 0 This is the name of a man. -12:22 t1dq the man of God 0 The expression “man of God” is a respectful way of referring to a prophet of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “the man who belongs to God” or “the prophet of God” -12:23 v1cq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy all the house of Judah and Benjamin 0 Here “house” is a metonym that represents a tribe or descendants. Alternate translation: “all the people from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin” -12:24 s1c7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet your brothers the people of Israel 0 The words “brothers” and “people of Israel” are a doublet that refer to the men of the ten northern tribes and emphasize the family relationship between them and the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. -12:24 kwz5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive for this thing has been made to happen by me 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “because I have made this thing happen” -12:26 ul7w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy thought in his heart 0 “Heart” here is a metonym for a person’s inner consciousness, thoughts, motivation, or feelings. Alternate translation: “thought to himself” -12:26 ek8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the house of David 0 Here “house” is a metonym representing family or descendants. Alternate translation: “the kings descended from David” -12:27 t95u If these people go up 0 The words “these people” refer to the people of the northern ten tribes of Israel. -12:27 jw8j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the heart of these people 0 “Heart” here is a metonym for the people’s allegiance and affection. Alternate translation: “the allegiance of these people” -12:27 vzl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism turn again to their master, to Rehoboam king of Judah … return to Rehoboam king of Judah 0 These phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined to emphasize Jeroboam’s fear that the people would turn again to Rehoboam as king. -12:28 aag1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy brought you up 0 “You” here is a metonym for the ancestors of the people. Alternate translation: “brought your ancestors up” -12:31 mi56 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Jeroboam made houses on high places 0 The workers who did this at Jeroboam’s commands are represented by the metonym of the name of Jeroboam himself. Alternate translation: “Jeroboam’s workers made houses on high places” -12:31 d1nx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit houses on high places 0 The implied information is that these were houses of worship. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “houses of worship on high places” -12:31 q1ht made priests 0 Alternate translation: “appointed men to be priests” -12:32 t9dt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths in the eighth month, on the fifteenth day of the month 0 This is the eighth month of the Hebrew calendar. The fifteenth day is near the beginning of November on Western calendars. Alternate translation: “on the fifteenth day of the eighth month” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -12:32 f8e9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom went up to the altar 0 “Went up” here is an idiom for going to a sacred place to worship since these altars were located on high places. Alternate translation: “offered sacrifices on the altar” -12:33 t8tb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom went up to the altar 0 “Went up” here is an idiom for going to a sacred place to worship since these altars were located on high places. Alternate translation: “offered sacrifices on the altar” -12:33 uh1v in the month he had planned in his own mind 0 Alternate translation: “in the month that he had determined” +12:1 rer8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche all Israel was coming 1 Here “Israel” represents all the men of Israel capable of fighting. Here “all Israel” is a generalization which means almost all the men of Israel. Alternate translation: “all the men of Israel were coming” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +12:2 kgj5 It happened that 1 This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. +12:2 s9f6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Jeroboam … Nebat 1 These are the names of men. +12:3 hs1v called him 1 Here the word “him” refers to Jeroboam. +12:4 nt4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor made our yoke heavy 1 A heavy yoke is a metaphor for very difficult labor and requirements. Alternate translation: “treated us cruelly” or “forced us to work very hard” +12:6 b1cu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom the old men who had stood before Solomon 1 To “stand before” is an idiom for serving the king in his presence. Alternate translation: “the old men who counseled Solomon” or “the old men who attended to Solomon” +12:9 w13a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Lighten the yoke that your father put on us 1 To “lighten the yoke” is a metaphor to represent lifting of the burden. Alternate translation: “Do not treat us as cruelly as your father did” or “Do not force us to work as hard as your father did” +12:10 f3lx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor My little finger is thicker than my father’s waist 1 This metaphor means that Rehoboam is more cruel and intimidating than his father. Alternate translation: “What I will do to make your burden heavier is much more than what my father put on you” +12:11 p1d4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor My father punished you with whips, but I will punish you with scorpions 1 This metaphor means that the punishment Rehoboam plans to give will be worse than what his father gave. Alternate translation: “My father used whips to force you to work but I will use even crueler punishment” +12:11 y1yh punish you with scorpions 1 The word **scorpions** may refer to: (1) a whip with sharp metal barbs on the end or (2) a spider-like creature that has a poisonous sting. +12:14 akf3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor burdened you with a heavy yoke 1 A heavy yoke is a metaphor for very difficult labor and requirements. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 12:4](../12/04.md). Alternate translation: “treated you cruelly” or “forced you to work very hard” +12:14 m7vy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor My father punished you with whips, but I will punish you with scorpions 1 This metaphor means that the punishment Rehoboam plans to give will be worse than what his father gave. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 12:11](../12/11.md). Alternate translation: “My father used whips to force you to work but I will use even crueler punishment” +12:15 tz7u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom it was a turn of events brought about by Yahweh 1 This is an idiom and can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh caused things to happen like this” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +12:15 k3cf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom his word that he had spoken by Ahijah … to Jeroboam 1 The idiom “had spoken by” someone refers to giving someone a message to tell others. +12:15 cf34 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ahijah … Jeroboam … Nebat 1 These are the names of men. +12:15 e3ze rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Shilonite 1 This is the name of a people group from the town of Shiloh. +12:16 xhj1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche all Israel 1 Here “Israel” represents all he men of Israel capable of fighting. “All Israel” is a generalization which means almost all the men of Israel. Alternate translation: “all the men of Israel” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +12:16 k5yx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion What share do we have in David? 1 “Share” here is a metonym meaning a part, involvement, or interest. This question can be translated as a simple statement. Alternate translation: “We will have no part in the family of David.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +12:16 b5fl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy We have no inheritance in the son of Jesse 1 “Son of Jesse” here is a metonym for David, a son of Jesse. “Inheritance” is a metonym for the part left for these people from David’s successes. Alternate translation: “We will have nothing to do with the descendants of Jesse” +12:16 u1a1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Go to your tents, Israel 1 “Tents” here is a metonym representing a person’s place of residence. Alternate translation: “Go to your homes, people of Israel” +12:16 l1mn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Now see to your own house, David 1 “House” here is a metonym for David’s lineage of power and prestige. Alternate translation: “Now take care of your own kingdom, descendant of David” +12:18 qw63 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Adoniram 1 This is the name of a man. +12:18 nf44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy all Israel 1 Here “Israel” is a metonym for the people of Israel. “All Israel” is a generalization which means almost all the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “all the people of Israel who were there” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +12:19 e9fg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the house of David 1 Here “house” is a metonym that represents family or descendants. Alternate translation: “the kings descended from David” +12:19 wki7 to this day 1 “ever since that time.” This refers to the time that the writer was actually writing this. +12:20 ek8h It happened that 1 This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. +12:20 xsq2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche when all Israel heard 1 “All Israel” here is a generalization that means the capable men of Israel who represent the rest of the people by a synecdoche. Alternate translation: “when all the leaders of Israel heard” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +12:20 q57f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit king over all Israel 1 “Israel” implicitly means the northern ten tribes that rebelled against Rehoboam. Alternate translation: “king over all of the 10 tribes of Israel” +12:20 e94p the family of David 1 Alternate translation: “David’s descendants” +12:21 bcr4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy all the house of Judah and the tribe of Benjamin 1 Here “house” is a metonym that represents a tribe or descendants. And, here “tribe” refers specifically to the soldiers from those tribes. Alternate translation: “all the soldiers from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin” +12:21 sx4r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 180,000 chosen men 1 “one hundred eighty thousand chosen men” +12:21 va9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the house of Israel 1 Here “house” represents the kingdom made up of the 10 northern tribes of Israel. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of Israel” or “the people of the northern tribes of Israel” +12:22 lz9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom the word of God came … it said 1 This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. Alternate translation: “God spoke this message … and he said” or “God spoke these words … and he said” +12:22 bf83 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Shemaiah 1 This is the name of a man. +12:22 t1dq the man of God 1 The expression “man of God” is a respectful way of referring to a prophet of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “the man who belongs to God” or “the prophet of God” +12:23 v1cq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy all the house of Judah and Benjamin 1 Here “house” is a metonym that represents a tribe or descendants. Alternate translation: “all the people from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin” +12:24 s1c7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet your brothers the people of Israel 1 The words “brothers” and “people of Israel” are a doublet that refer to the men of the ten northern tribes and emphasize the family relationship between them and the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. +12:24 kwz5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive for this thing has been made to happen by me 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “because I have made this thing happen” +12:26 ul7w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy thought in his heart 1 “Heart” here is a metonym for a person’s inner consciousness, thoughts, motivation, or feelings. Alternate translation: “thought to himself” +12:26 ek8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the house of David 1 Here “house” is a metonym representing family or descendants. Alternate translation: “the kings descended from David” +12:27 t95u If these people go up 1 The words “these people” refer to the people of the northern ten tribes of Israel. +12:27 jw8j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the heart of these people 1 “Heart” here is a metonym for the people’s allegiance and affection. Alternate translation: “the allegiance of these people” +12:27 vzl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism turn again to their master, to Rehoboam king of Judah … return to Rehoboam king of Judah 1 These phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined to emphasize Jeroboam’s fear that the people would turn again to Rehoboam as king. +12:28 aag1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy brought you up 1 “You” here is a metonym for the ancestors of the people. Alternate translation: “brought your ancestors up” +12:31 mi56 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Jeroboam made houses on high places 1 The workers who did this at Jeroboam’s commands are represented by the metonym of the name of Jeroboam himself. Alternate translation: “Jeroboam’s workers made houses on high places” +12:31 d1nx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit houses on high places 1 The implied information is that these were houses of worship. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “houses of worship on high places” +12:31 q1ht made priests 1 Alternate translation: “appointed men to be priests” +12:32 t9dt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths in the eighth month, on the fifteenth day of the month 1 This is the eighth month of the Hebrew calendar. The fifteenth day is near the beginning of November on Western calendars. Alternate translation: “on the fifteenth day of the eighth month” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +12:32 f8e9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom went up to the altar 1 “Went up” here is an idiom for going to a sacred place to worship since these altars were located on high places. Alternate translation: “offered sacrifices on the altar” +12:33 t8tb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom went up to the altar 1 “Went up” here is an idiom for going to a sacred place to worship since these altars were located on high places. Alternate translation: “offered sacrifices on the altar” +12:33 uh1v in the month he had planned in his own mind 1 Alternate translation: “in the month that he had determined” 13:intro abcd 0 # 1 Kings 13 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter has two parts: The young prophet’s warning to Jeroboam (1–10) and the old prophet’s deception (11–34). (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Obeying God\n\nPeople should do what God tells them to do and not what other people tell them is God’s will for them. The story of the young prophet and the old prophet is an example of this. (See:[[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]]) -13:1 xe5m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit A man of God came out of Judah by the word of Yahweh to Bethel 0 The implied information is that Yahweh sent the man of God to Bethel. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh sent a man of God from Judah to Bethel” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -13:1 gc3y A man of God 0 This is another title for a prophet. Alternate translation: “A prophet” -13:1 zw3a came out of Judah 0 Alternate translation: “came from Judah” -13:1 y888 the word of Yahweh 0 Alternate translation: “the message of Yahweh” or “Yahweh’s message” -13:2 w431 He cried against the altar 0 Here “He” refers to the man of God. -13:2 j9hb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom cried against the altar 0 This means he prophesied toward the altar in a loud and condemning voice. Alternate translation: “prophesied loudly toward the altar” -13:2 b5kx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe Altar, altar 0 The prophet spoke to the altar as if it were a person who could hear him. He said this twice for emphasis. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -13:2 xz9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy a son named Josiah will be born to the family of David 0 Here the “family of David” refers to the descendants of David. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a descendant of David will have a son named Josiah” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -13:2 rc7m they will burn 0 Here “they” refers to Josiah and the people with him. -13:3 z5ty rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the altar will be split apart, and the ashes on it will be poured out 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will split the altar apart and the ashes on it will fall to the ground” -13:4 vle1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the hand with which he had reached out against the man dried up 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh dried up the hand with which he had reached out against the man” -13:4 zft3 dried up 0 Alternate translation: “withered” or “became paralyzed” -13:5 pg6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The altar was also split apart 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh also split the altar apart” -13:5 r5aa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive as described by the sign that the man of God had given by the word of Yahweh 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as the man of God had described by the word of Yahweh as a sign” -13:5 u4ww the word of Yahweh 0 Alternate translation: “the message of Yahweh” or “Yahweh’s message” -13:6 y2ga rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns Plead for the favor of Yahweh your God 0 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **favor**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “Plead that Yahweh your God may favor me” -13:6 mlb5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive my hand may be restored to me again 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh may restore my hand” -13:6 whk6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the king’s hand was restored to him again, and it became as it was before 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh restored the king’s hand and made it as it was before” -13:7 hp7c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns Come home with me and refresh yourself 0 The word “yourself” is a reflexive pronoun. Alternate translation: “Come home with me and eat some food” -13:8 m4ns half your possessions 0 Alternate translation: “half of your house” -13:9 cz7l You will eat no bread nor drink water, nor return by the way that you came 0 Alternate translation: “Do not eat bread, drink water, or return by the way that you came” -13:10 zph8 left another way 0 Alternate translation: “went a different way” -13:12 ujg1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit his sons had seen the way 0 The implied information is that the sons also told their father which way the man of God went. -13:13 heb1 Saddle 0 This means to place a seat on the back of an animal so a person can ride on it. -13:14 ijy3 The old prophet 0 This refers to the prophet who lived in Bethel. -13:14 iz7y he said to him 0 Alternate translation: “the old prophet said to the man of God” -13:14 z6cq He answered 0 Alternate translation: “The man of God answered” -13:16 r6gl go in with you 0 Alternate translation: “go into your house” -13:16 tlu7 in this place 0 Alternate translation: “in Bethel” -13:17 lc3f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive it was commanded to me by the word of Yahweh 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh commanded me by his word” -13:17 h2f5 the word of Yahweh 0 Alternate translation: “the message of Yahweh” or “Yahweh’s message” -13:18 z9es an angel spoke to me by the word of Yahweh 0 Alternate translation: “an angel delivered to me a message from Yahweh” -13:18 nn2d by the word of Yahweh 0 Alternate translation: “the message of Yahweh” or “Yahweh’s message” -13:20 jm5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit As they sat at the table 0 The implied information is that they were still eating and drinking at the table. Alternate translation: “As they were eating and drinking at the table” -13:20 gh86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom the word of Yahweh came to the prophet 0 The idiom “the word of Yahweh came to” is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to the prophet” or “Yahweh spoke this message to the prophet” -13:20 smt3 brought him back 0 Here the word “him” refers to the man of God. -13:21 t7yr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom came from Judah, saying, “Yahweh 0 The idiom “the word of Yahweh came to” in the previous verse is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “came from Judah. He said, ‘Yahweh” or “came from Judah: ‘Yahweh” -13:21 ka7n he cried to the man of God 0 Alternate translation: “the prophet spoke loudly to the man of God” -13:21 c5k8 Because you have been disobedient to the word of Yahweh 0 Alternate translation: “Because you have not obeyed the word of Yahweh” -13:23 yg23 the prophet saddled the donkey 0 This means he placed a seat on the back of the donkey so the man of God could ride on it. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 13:13](../13/13.md). -13:24 cs7d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive his body was left on the road 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “left his body on the road” -13:24 b5wa his body 0 Alternate translation: “his dead body” -13:25 sim2 they came and told it 0 Here “it” refers to what they had seen on the road. Alternate translation: “they came and told about what they had seen” -13:28 im6s the body 0 Alternate translation: “the dead body of the man of God” -13:28 s3e9 left in the road 0 Alternate translation: “lying in the road” -13:29 f12j took up 0 Alternate translation: “lifted up” -13:29 v8rd the body 0 Alternate translation: “the dead body” -13:30 m79y they mourned 0 Here the word “they” refers to the prophet and his sons. -13:30 s4c8 Woe, my brother! 0 The word “Woe” here is an expression of great sorrow. -13:31 mwf5 he had buried him 0 Here the word “he” refers to the old prophet and the word “him” refers to the man of God. -13:31 h3ms rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche Lay my bones beside his bones 0 Here “my bones” represents his entire body. Alternate translation: “Lay my dead body beside his bones” -13:32 cl38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit houses on the high places 0 The implied information is that these were houses of worship. Alternate translation: “houses of worship on the high places” -13:34 u6v6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive This matter became sin to the family of Jeroboam 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jeroboam’s family sinned by doing this thing” -13:34 u16a This matter 0 This phrase refers to Jeroboam’s setting up shrines and appointing priests. -13:34 ab53 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive caused his family to be destroyed and to be exterminated 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “because of this God destroyed and exterminated Jeroboam’s family” -13:34 p7vm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet to be destroyed and to be exterminated 0 These mean nearly the same thing. Alternate translation: “to be completely destroyed” +13:1 xe5m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit A man of God came out of Judah by the word of Yahweh to Bethel 1 The implied information is that Yahweh sent the man of God to Bethel. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh sent a man of God from Judah to Bethel” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +13:1 gc3y A man of God 1 This is another title for a prophet. Alternate translation: “A prophet” +13:1 zw3a came out of Judah 1 Alternate translation: “came from Judah” +13:1 y888 the word of Yahweh 1 Alternate translation: “the message of Yahweh” or “Yahweh’s message” +13:2 w431 He cried against the altar 1 Here “He” refers to the man of God. +13:2 j9hb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom cried against the altar 1 This means he prophesied toward the altar in a loud and condemning voice. Alternate translation: “prophesied loudly toward the altar” +13:2 b5kx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe Altar, altar 1 The prophet spoke to the altar as if it were a person who could hear him. He said this twice for emphasis. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +13:2 xz9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy a son named Josiah will be born to the family of David 1 Here the “family of David” refers to the descendants of David. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a descendant of David will have a son named Josiah” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +13:2 rc7m they will burn 1 Here “they” refers to Josiah and the people with him. +13:3 z5ty rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the altar will be split apart, and the ashes on it will be poured out 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will split the altar apart and the ashes on it will fall to the ground” +13:4 vle1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the hand with which he had reached out against the man dried up 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh dried up the hand with which he had reached out against the man” +13:4 zft3 dried up 1 Alternate translation: “withered” or “became paralyzed” +13:5 pg6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The altar was also split apart 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh also split the altar apart” +13:5 r5aa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive as described by the sign that the man of God had given by the word of Yahweh 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as the man of God had described by the word of Yahweh as a sign” +13:5 u4ww the word of Yahweh 1 Alternate translation: “the message of Yahweh” or “Yahweh’s message” +13:6 y2ga rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns Plead for the favor of Yahweh your God 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **favor**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “Plead that Yahweh your God may favor me” +13:6 mlb5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive my hand may be restored to me again 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh may restore my hand” +13:6 whk6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the king’s hand was restored to him again, and it became as it was before 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh restored the king’s hand and made it as it was before” +13:7 hp7c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns Come home with me and refresh yourself 1 The word “yourself” is a reflexive pronoun. Alternate translation: “Come home with me and eat some food” +13:8 m4ns half your possessions 1 Alternate translation: “half of your house” +13:9 cz7l You will eat no bread nor drink water, nor return by the way that you came 1 Alternate translation: “Do not eat bread, drink water, or return by the way that you came” +13:10 zph8 left another way 1 Alternate translation: “went a different way” +13:12 ujg1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit his sons had seen the way 1 The implied information is that the sons also told their father which way the man of God went. +13:13 heb1 Saddle 1 This means to place a seat on the back of an animal so a person can ride on it. +13:14 ijy3 The old prophet 1 This refers to the prophet who lived in Bethel. +13:14 iz7y he said to him 1 Alternate translation: “the old prophet said to the man of God” +13:14 z6cq He answered 1 Alternate translation: “The man of God answered” +13:16 r6gl go in with you 1 Alternate translation: “go into your house” +13:16 tlu7 in this place 1 Alternate translation: “in Bethel” +13:17 lc3f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive it was commanded to me by the word of Yahweh 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh commanded me by his word” +13:17 h2f5 the word of Yahweh 1 Alternate translation: “the message of Yahweh” or “Yahweh’s message” +13:18 z9es an angel spoke to me by the word of Yahweh 1 Alternate translation: “an angel delivered to me a message from Yahweh” +13:18 nn2d by the word of Yahweh 1 Alternate translation: “the message of Yahweh” or “Yahweh’s message” +13:20 jm5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit As they sat at the table 1 The implied information is that they were still eating and drinking at the table. Alternate translation: “As they were eating and drinking at the table” +13:20 gh86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom the word of Yahweh came to the prophet 1 The idiom “the word of Yahweh came to” is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to the prophet” or “Yahweh spoke this message to the prophet” +13:20 smt3 brought him back 1 Here the word “him” refers to the man of God. +13:21 t7yr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom came from Judah, saying, “Yahweh 1 The idiom “the word of Yahweh came to” in the previous verse is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “came from Judah. He said, ‘Yahweh” or “came from Judah: ‘Yahweh” +13:21 ka7n he cried to the man of God 1 Alternate translation: “the prophet spoke loudly to the man of God” +13:21 c5k8 Because you have been disobedient to the word of Yahweh 1 Alternate translation: “Because you have not obeyed the word of Yahweh” +13:23 yg23 the prophet saddled the donkey 1 This means he placed a seat on the back of the donkey so the man of God could ride on it. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 13:13](../13/13.md). +13:24 cs7d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive his body was left on the road 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “left his body on the road” +13:24 b5wa his body 1 Alternate translation: “his dead body” +13:25 sim2 they came and told it 1 Here “it” refers to what they had seen on the road. Alternate translation: “they came and told about what they had seen” +13:28 im6s the body 1 Alternate translation: “the dead body of the man of God” +13:28 s3e9 left in the road 1 Alternate translation: “lying in the road” +13:29 f12j took up 1 Alternate translation: “lifted up” +13:29 v8rd the body 1 Alternate translation: “the dead body” +13:30 m79y they mourned 1 Here the word “they” refers to the prophet and his sons. +13:30 s4c8 Woe, my brother! 1 The word “Woe” here is an expression of great sorrow. +13:31 mwf5 he had buried him 1 Here the word “he” refers to the old prophet and the word “him” refers to the man of God. +13:31 h3ms rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche Lay my bones beside his bones 1 Here “my bones” represents his entire body. Alternate translation: “Lay my dead body beside his bones” +13:32 cl38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit houses on the high places 1 The implied information is that these were houses of worship. Alternate translation: “houses of worship on the high places” +13:34 u6v6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive This matter became sin to the family of Jeroboam 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jeroboam’s family sinned by doing this thing” +13:34 u16a This matter 1 This phrase refers to Jeroboam’s setting up shrines and appointing priests. +13:34 ab53 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive caused his family to be destroyed and to be exterminated 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “because of this God destroyed and exterminated Jeroboam’s family” +13:34 p7vm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet to be destroyed and to be exterminated 1 These mean nearly the same thing. Alternate translation: “to be completely destroyed” 14:intro abce 0 # 1 Kings 14 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter has two stories. One is the death of Jeroboam’s son (1–18). The other is the reign of Rehoboam (20–31).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The death of Jeroboam’s son\nGod knows the truth; it is useless to try to fool God’s prophet. Jeroboam’s son became sick; so the king sent his wife, disguised as a common woman, to the prophet. The prophet was blind, but when Jeroboam’s wife arrived he told her, “Come in, wife of Jeroboam.” He also told her that her son would die and that all of Jeroboam’s family would be killed, because he had caused Israel to worship the golden calves. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/true]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n### Rehoboam’s reign\nWhen Solomon obeyed God, God made him very rich. When the people of Judah began to worship the fertility goddess, Ashtoreth, and to do many evil things, they had to give all of their wealth to the king of Egypt to persuade him not to attack Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) -14:2 qek9 disguise yourself 0 Alternate translation: “change how you appear to others” -14:2 dqs3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive you will not be recognized 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one will recognize you” -14:5 gqa2 Look, the wife of Jeroboam 0 Here the word “Look” means “pay attention.” -14:5 j3d5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns coming to seek advice from you 0 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **advice**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “coming to ask you to advise her” -14:5 yfs2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom Say such and such to her 0 The words “such and such” mean that Yahweh told Ahijah what to say. Alternate translation: “Speak in this way to her” -14:6 ua5q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Why do you pretend to be someone you are not? 0 This question shows that Ahijah knew she was disguised. Alternate translation: “Stop pretending to be someone else; I know who you are.” -14:6 d37a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive I have been sent to you with bad news 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh told me to give you bad news” -14:7 yfv3 I raised you 0 Alternate translation: “I exalted you” -14:8 dpr3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor I tore the kingdom away 0 God forcefully removed most of the kingdom like a person tears a piece of cloth. -14:8 bf17 followed me 0 Alternate translation: “obeyed me” -14:8 gar7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy with all his heart 0 Here the “heart” refers to a person’s will and desire. Alternate translation: “with all his will” or “with complete commitment” -14:8 q6zi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor what was right in my eyes 0 The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “what I judged to be right” or “what I considered to be right” -14:9 u58x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor thrust me behind your back 0 Jeroboam has disrespected Yahweh like a person throws away something that is not wanted. Alternate translation: “completely rejected me” -14:10 jtx8 look 0 “pay attention.” This word is added to indicate that what follows is important. -14:10 fi6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism I will cut off … and will completely remove 0 These two phrases are very similar in meaning and are repeated for emphasis. -14:10 yn7w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor cut off from you every male child in Israel 0 Yahweh speaks of destroying Jeroboam’s family and preventing him from having any descendants as if he were cutting them off as one would cut a branch from a tree. Alternate translation: “destroy every one of your male children in Israel” -14:10 zd2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile will completely remove your family, like someone who burns up dung until it is gone 0 This simile compares the removal of every descendant of Jeroboam with the complete burning up of dung that was mixed with straw, dried, and burned for fuel. -14:11 e4g6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Anyone who belongs to your family who dies in the city will be eaten by dogs 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Dogs will eat anyone who belongs to your family and who dies in the city” -14:11 vp8m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive anyone who dies in the field will be eaten by the birds of the heavens 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the birds of the heavens will eat anyone who dies in the field” -14:12 nm7y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche when your feet enter the city 0 The word “feet” here is a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “when you enter the city” -14:13 pc5p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole All Israel 0 This is a generalization that means the people of the northern kingdom of Israel. Alternate translation: “The Israelite people” -14:13 und5 go into a grave 0 Alternate translation: “be buried in a grave” -14:13 y175 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy out of Jeroboam’s house 0 The word “house” here is a metonym for “family.” Alternate translation: “in all of Jeroboam’s family” -14:13 g2na rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor was anything good found in the sight of Yahweh, the God of Israel 0 The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “did Yahweh, the God of Israel, find anything he judged to be good” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -14:14 j5k3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor cut off the family of Jeroboam 0 The writer speaks of the new king of Israel destroying Jeroboam’s family and preventing him from having any descendants like one would cut a branch from a tree. Alternate translation: “destroy the descendants of Jeroboam” -14:15 li45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile Yahweh will attack Israel as a reed is shaken in the water 0 The writer here uses a simile to express how Yahweh will bring judgment on the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will attack the people of Israel as a reed is shaken in the water” -14:15 ul1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive as a reed is shaken in the water 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “like a river of water shakes a reed” -14:15 fha5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor he will root up Israel out of this good land 0 Yahweh compares Israel with a plant that he will tear out of the ground by its roots. Alternate translation: “he will remove the people of Israel from this good land” -14:15 h592 scatter them 0 Alternate translation: “disperse them” -14:17 w3yy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Tirzah 0 This is the name of the city where king Jeroboam lived. -14:18 tt3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole All Israel buried him and mourned for him 0 This is a generalization that means the people of Israel buried him and mourned for him. Alternate translation: “A great number of the people of Israel were present when people buried him, and the people of Israel mourned for him” -14:18 h95x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive just as it was told to them by the word of Yahweh 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “just as Yahweh told them” -14:18 be92 by the word of Yahweh 0 Alternate translation: “by the message of Yahweh” or “in Yahweh’s message” -14:19 yrn5 see 0 Alternate translation: “look” or “see for yourself” -14:19 z8ib rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive they are written in 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you can find them written in” or “someone has written about them in” -14:19 bn67 the book of the events of the kings of Israel 0 This refers to a book that no longer exists. -14:20 srn1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers twenty-two years 0 “22 years” -14:20 wjl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor slept with his ancestors 0 Jeroboam dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 2:10](../02/10.md). Alternate translation: “died” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -14:21 q3tp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers forty-one years old … seventeen years 0 “41 years old … 17 years” -14:21 j1gb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy in which to put his name 0 Here “put his name” is a metonym for “dwell” and refers to the temple where Yahweh was to be worshiped. Alternate translation: “in which to dwell” or “in which to be worshiped” -14:21 f2e3 His mother’s name 0 Here the word “His” refers to Rehoboam. -14:21 g2ic rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Naamah 0 This is a woman’s name. -14:22 gl83 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Judah did 0 Here “Judah” represents the people of Judah. Alternate translation: “The people of Judah did” -14:22 x9gx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor what was evil in the sight of Yahweh 0 The “sight” of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 11:6](../11/06.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considered to be evil” -14:22 v839 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns they provoked him to jealousy 0 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **jealousy**, you can express the same idea with an adjective. Alternate translation: “they made him jealous” -14:22 ms6i their fathers 0 Alternate translation: “their ancestors” -14:23 p8sk For they also built 0 The word “they” here refers to the people of Judah. -14:23 chb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy built for themselves 0 The words “for themselves” are a metonym for what they will do with the high places. Alternate translation: “built for their own use” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -14:23 m593 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole on every high hill and under every green tree 0 This is likely to be an exaggeration that indicates there were many places like these for false worship all over the country. Alternate translation: “on the high hills and under the green trees” -14:24 k9ye cultic prostitutes 0 “religious prostitutes” or “male prostitutes.” This probably refers to male prostitutes who were associated with idol worship. -14:24 sd6g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the same despicable practices as the nations that 0 Here the word “nations” represents the people in those nations. Alternate translation: “the same disgusting things that the people did, whom” -14:25 bd5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit in the fifth year of King Rehoboam 0 This refers to the fifth year of Rehoboam’s reign as king. Alternate translation: “in the fifth year that Rehoboam was king” -14:25 r9et rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal in the fifth year 0 “in year 5” -14:25 ims7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche Shishak king of Egypt came up against Jerusalem 0 “Shishak king of Egypt” represents himself along with the Egyptian army. Alternate translation: “Shishak king of Egypt, and his army with him, came up against Jerusalem” -14:25 gj7w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Shishak 0 This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 11:40](../11/40.md). -14:25 ly55 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom came up against 0 This is an idiom that means marched against or attacked. Alternate translation: “came to attack” -14:26 e4q1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole He took everything away 0 This is a generalization that indicates every valuable thing that could be found was taken away. Alternate translation: “He took away many valuable things” -14:26 ft41 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche He took 0 The word “He” represents Shishak and the soldiers who were with him. Alternate translation: “Shishak and his army took” -14:26 h6p9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy that Solomon had made 0 Here “Solomon” refers to the craftsmen who worked for Solomon to make the shields. Alternate translation: “that Solomon had his workers make” -14:27 q3ge rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy King Rehoboam made shields 0 Here “King Rehoboam” represents the persons who worked for him to make the shields. Alternate translation: “King Rehoboam’s workers made shields” -14:27 hr79 in their place 0 Alternate translation: “in place of the shields of gold” -14:27 xtu7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy entrusted them into the hands of the commanders 0 Here “hands” represents care or responsibility. Alternate translation: “made them the responsibility of the commanders” -14:27 wwb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy who guarded the doors to the king’s house 0 Here “doors” represents the entrance. Alternate translation: “who guarded the entrance to the king’s house” -14:28 xyg7 the guards would carry them 0 Alternate translation: “the guards would carry the shields of bronze” -14:29 p36w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah? 0 This can be expressed in active form and assumes that the answer is positive. The question is rhetorical and is used for emphasis. Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah.” or “you can read about them in the book of the events of the kings of Judah.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -14:29 fs5w the book of the events of the kings of Judah 0 This refers to a book that no longer exists. -14:30 t5f2 There was constant warfare 0 Alternate translation: “There was continuing war” or “There were constant battles” -14:30 cq7z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche warfare between Rehoboam and Jeroboam 0 The names of the kings represent themselves and their armies. Alternate translation: “the armies of Rehoboam and Jeroboam fought in battle again and again” or “Rehoboam and his people and Jeroboam and his people engaged in battle continually” -14:31 jkz7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor slept with his ancestors 0 Rehoboam dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 2:10](../02/10.md). Alternate translation: “died” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -14:31 njq1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive was buried with them 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people buried him” -14:31 pki8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Naamah 0 This is the name of a woman. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 14:21](../14/21.md). -14:31 t2h3 Abijah his son 0 Alternate translation: “Abijah the son of Rehoboam” -14:31 xgz7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor became king in his place 0 The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Rehoboam” +14:2 qek9 disguise yourself 1 Alternate translation: “change how you appear to others” +14:2 dqs3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive you will not be recognized 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one will recognize you” +14:5 gqa2 Look, the wife of Jeroboam 1 Here the word “Look” means “pay attention.” +14:5 j3d5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns coming to seek advice from you 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **advice**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “coming to ask you to advise her” +14:5 yfs2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom Say such and such to her 1 The words “such and such” mean that Yahweh told Ahijah what to say. Alternate translation: “Speak in this way to her” +14:6 ua5q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Why do you pretend to be someone you are not? 1 This question shows that Ahijah knew she was disguised. Alternate translation: “Stop pretending to be someone else; I know who you are.” +14:6 d37a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive I have been sent to you with bad news 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh told me to give you bad news” +14:7 yfv3 I raised you 1 Alternate translation: “I exalted you” +14:8 dpr3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor I tore the kingdom away 1 God forcefully removed most of the kingdom like a person tears a piece of cloth. +14:8 bf17 followed me 1 Alternate translation: “obeyed me” +14:8 gar7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy with all his heart 1 Here the “heart” refers to a person’s will and desire. Alternate translation: “with all his will” or “with complete commitment” +14:8 q6zi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor what was right in my eyes 1 The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “what I judged to be right” or “what I considered to be right” +14:9 u58x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor thrust me behind your back 1 Jeroboam has disrespected Yahweh like a person throws away something that is not wanted. Alternate translation: “completely rejected me” +14:10 jtx8 look 1 “pay attention.” This word is added to indicate that what follows is important. +14:10 fi6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism I will cut off … and will completely remove 1 These two phrases are very similar in meaning and are repeated for emphasis. +14:10 yn7w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor cut off from you every male child in Israel 1 Yahweh speaks of destroying Jeroboam’s family and preventing him from having any descendants as if he were cutting them off as one would cut a branch from a tree. Alternate translation: “destroy every one of your male children in Israel” +14:10 zd2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile will completely remove your family, like someone who burns up dung until it is gone 1 This simile compares the removal of every descendant of Jeroboam with the complete burning up of dung that was mixed with straw, dried, and burned for fuel. +14:11 e4g6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Anyone who belongs to your family who dies in the city will be eaten by dogs 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Dogs will eat anyone who belongs to your family and who dies in the city” +14:11 vp8m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive anyone who dies in the field will be eaten by the birds of the heavens 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the birds of the heavens will eat anyone who dies in the field” +14:12 nm7y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche when your feet enter the city 1 The word “feet” here is a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “when you enter the city” +14:13 pc5p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole All Israel 1 This is a generalization that means the people of the northern kingdom of Israel. Alternate translation: “The Israelite people” +14:13 und5 go into a grave 1 Alternate translation: “be buried in a grave” +14:13 y175 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy out of Jeroboam’s house 1 The word “house” here is a metonym for “family.” Alternate translation: “in all of Jeroboam’s family” +14:13 g2na rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor was anything good found in the sight of Yahweh, the God of Israel 1 The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “did Yahweh, the God of Israel, find anything he judged to be good” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +14:14 j5k3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor cut off the family of Jeroboam 1 The writer speaks of the new king of Israel destroying Jeroboam’s family and preventing him from having any descendants like one would cut a branch from a tree. Alternate translation: “destroy the descendants of Jeroboam” +14:15 li45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile Yahweh will attack Israel as a reed is shaken in the water 1 The writer here uses a simile to express how Yahweh will bring judgment on the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will attack the people of Israel as a reed is shaken in the water” +14:15 ul1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive as a reed is shaken in the water 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “like a river of water shakes a reed” +14:15 fha5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor he will root up Israel out of this good land 1 Yahweh compares Israel with a plant that he will tear out of the ground by its roots. Alternate translation: “he will remove the people of Israel from this good land” +14:15 h592 scatter them 1 Alternate translation: “disperse them” +14:17 w3yy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Tirzah 1 This is the name of the city where king Jeroboam lived. +14:18 tt3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole All Israel buried him and mourned for him 1 This is a generalization that means the people of Israel buried him and mourned for him. Alternate translation: “A great number of the people of Israel were present when people buried him, and the people of Israel mourned for him” +14:18 h95x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive just as it was told to them by the word of Yahweh 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “just as Yahweh told them” +14:18 be92 by the word of Yahweh 1 Alternate translation: “by the message of Yahweh” or “in Yahweh’s message” +14:19 yrn5 see 1 Alternate translation: “look” or “see for yourself” +14:19 z8ib rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive they are written in 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you can find them written in” or “someone has written about them in” +14:19 bn67 the book of the events of the kings of Israel 1 This refers to a book that no longer exists. +14:20 srn1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers twenty-two years 1 “22 years” +14:20 wjl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor slept with his ancestors 1 Jeroboam dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 2:10](../02/10.md). Alternate translation: “died” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +14:21 q3tp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers forty-one years old … seventeen years 1 “41 years old … 17 years” +14:21 j1gb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy in which to put his name 1 Here “put his name” is a metonym for “dwell” and refers to the temple where Yahweh was to be worshiped. Alternate translation: “in which to dwell” or “in which to be worshiped” +14:21 f2e3 His mother’s name 1 Here the word “His” refers to Rehoboam. +14:21 g2ic rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Naamah 1 This is a woman’s name. +14:22 gl83 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Judah did 1 Here “Judah” represents the people of Judah. Alternate translation: “The people of Judah did” +14:22 x9gx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor what was evil in the sight of Yahweh 1 The “sight” of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 11:6](../11/06.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considered to be evil” +14:22 v839 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns they provoked him to jealousy 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **jealousy**, you can express the same idea with an adjective. Alternate translation: “they made him jealous” +14:22 ms6i their fathers 1 Alternate translation: “their ancestors” +14:23 p8sk For they also built 1 The word “they” here refers to the people of Judah. +14:23 chb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy built for themselves 1 The words “for themselves” are a metonym for what they will do with the high places. Alternate translation: “built for their own use” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) +14:23 m593 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole on every high hill and under every green tree 1 This is likely to be an exaggeration that indicates there were many places like these for false worship all over the country. Alternate translation: “on the high hills and under the green trees” +14:24 k9ye cultic prostitutes 1 “religious prostitutes” or “male prostitutes.” This probably refers to male prostitutes who were associated with idol worship. +14:24 sd6g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the same despicable practices as the nations that 1 Here the word “nations” represents the people in those nations. Alternate translation: “the same disgusting things that the people did, whom” +14:25 bd5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit in the fifth year of King Rehoboam 1 This refers to the fifth year of Rehoboam’s reign as king. Alternate translation: “in the fifth year that Rehoboam was king” +14:25 r9et rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal in the fifth year 1 “in year 5” +14:25 ims7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche Shishak king of Egypt came up against Jerusalem 1 “Shishak king of Egypt” represents himself along with the Egyptian army. Alternate translation: “Shishak king of Egypt, and his army with him, came up against Jerusalem” +14:25 gj7w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Shishak 1 This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 11:40](../11/40.md). +14:25 ly55 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom came up against 1 This is an idiom that means marched against or attacked. Alternate translation: “came to attack” +14:26 e4q1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole He took everything away 1 This is a generalization that indicates every valuable thing that could be found was taken away. Alternate translation: “He took away many valuable things” +14:26 ft41 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche He took 1 The word “He” represents Shishak and the soldiers who were with him. Alternate translation: “Shishak and his army took” +14:26 h6p9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy that Solomon had made 1 Here “Solomon” refers to the craftsmen who worked for Solomon to make the shields. Alternate translation: “that Solomon had his workers make” +14:27 q3ge rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy King Rehoboam made shields 1 Here “King Rehoboam” represents the persons who worked for him to make the shields. Alternate translation: “King Rehoboam’s workers made shields” +14:27 hr79 in their place 1 Alternate translation: “in place of the shields of gold” +14:27 xtu7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy entrusted them into the hands of the commanders 1 Here “hands” represents care or responsibility. Alternate translation: “made them the responsibility of the commanders” +14:27 wwb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy who guarded the doors to the king’s house 1 Here “doors” represents the entrance. Alternate translation: “who guarded the entrance to the king’s house” +14:28 xyg7 the guards would carry them 1 Alternate translation: “the guards would carry the shields of bronze” +14:29 p36w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah? 1 This can be expressed in active form and assumes that the answer is positive. The question is rhetorical and is used for emphasis. Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah.” or “you can read about them in the book of the events of the kings of Judah.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +14:29 fs5w the book of the events of the kings of Judah 1 This refers to a book that no longer exists. +14:30 t5f2 There was constant warfare 1 Alternate translation: “There was continuing war” or “There were constant battles” +14:30 cq7z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche warfare between Rehoboam and Jeroboam 1 The names of the kings represent themselves and their armies. Alternate translation: “the armies of Rehoboam and Jeroboam fought in battle again and again” or “Rehoboam and his people and Jeroboam and his people engaged in battle continually” +14:31 jkz7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor slept with his ancestors 1 Rehoboam dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 2:10](../02/10.md). Alternate translation: “died” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +14:31 njq1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive was buried with them 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people buried him” +14:31 pki8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Naamah 1 This is the name of a woman. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 14:21](../14/21.md). +14:31 t2h3 Abijah his son 1 Alternate translation: “Abijah the son of Rehoboam” +14:31 xgz7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor became king in his place 1 The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Rehoboam” 15:intro abcf 0 # 1 Kings 15 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\nJudah had some bad kings and some good kings. All of the kings in Israel continued to worship the golden calves, so they were all considered to be bad. Judah and Israel continually fought each other.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “But the shrines were not taken away.”\nAt the shrines, the people worshiped Yahweh. But later, during Hezekiah’s reign, it was decided that all sacrifices must be made only at the temple. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) -15:1 ms3b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit In the eighteenth year of King Jeroboam son of Nebat 0 This refers to the eighteenth year of Jeroboam’s reign. Alternate translation: “After Jeroboam had been the king of Israel for almost eighteen years” -15:1 njh8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers In the eighteenth year 0 “In year 18” -15:3 hlc3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor He walked in all the sins 0 Walking represents living, and walking in sins represents committing those sins. Alternate translation: “Abijah continued to practice all the sins” -15:3 cm11 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit that his father had committed before his time 0 Since these verses refer to several kings, it may help to include the name of Abijah’s father. This information can be made clear. AT “that his father, Rehoboam, had committed before Abijah’s time” -15:3 v4ps rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit his time 0 This phrase represents the time that he was king. The meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: “before Abijah was king” -15:3 p8rm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche his heart was not devoted … as the heart of David 0 The heart represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “Abijah was not devoted … as David” -15:4 qbs7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor gave him a lamp in Jerusalem 0 The word “lamp” here represents a descendant who would be king as David was. Alternate translation: “gave David a descendant to rule in Jerusalem” -15:4 t1tl by raising up his son after him 0 Alternate translation: “by raising up Abijah’s son after him” or “by giving Abijah a son” -15:5 al5u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor what was right in his eyes 0 The eyes here represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh judges to be right” or “what Yahweh considers to be right” -15:5 k5rn for all the days of his life 0 Alternate translation: “the whole time that David lived” or “throughout David’s whole life” -15:5 z4w5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor he had not turned away from anything that he commanded him 0 Turning away from a command represents disobeying it. Alternate translation: “David did not disobey anything that God commanded him” -15:5 w6dj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit except only in the matter of Uriah the Hittite 0 This is a general way to refer to the situation with Uriah. It can be stated more clearly what this matter was. Alternate translation: “except for what he did to Uriah the Hittite” or “except when he caused Uriah the Hittite to be killed” -15:6 n25z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche between Rehoboam and Jeroboam 0 These kings represent themselves and their armies. Rehoboam was Abijah’s father. Alternate translation: “between the armies of Rehoboam and Jeroboam” -15:6 c8zy all the days of Abijah’s life 0 Alternate translation: “the whole time that Abijah lived” -15:7 sm1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah? 0 This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Abijah is in this other book. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 14:29](../14/29.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah.” -15:7 s4gi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah? 0 This can stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone has written about this in the book of the events of the kings of Judah.” -15:7 yd6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche between Abijah and Jeroboam 0 The names “Abijah” and “Jeroboam” represent the kings and their armies. Alternate translation: “between the armies of Abijah and Jeroboam” -15:8 p4ez rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Abijah slept with his ancestors 0 In this euphemism, sleeping represents dying. Alternate translation: “Abijah died as his ancestors had” or “Like his ancestors, Abaijah died” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -15:8 mnv2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor became king in his place 0 The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Abijah” -15:9 s2q2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit In the twentieth year of Jeroboam king of Israel 0 This refers to the twentieth year of Jeroboam’s reign. Alternate translation: “After Jeroboam had been the king of Israel for almost twenty years” -15:9 ijk4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers In the twentieth year 0 “In year 20” -15:10 u261 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers forty-one years 0 “41 years” -15:11 yb2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor what was right in the eyes of Yahweh 0 The eyes here represent seeing, and seeing represents judgment. Yahweh saw and approved of Asa’s actions. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh judges to be right” or “what Yahweh considers to be right” -15:12 vv3y the cultic prostitutes 0 This probably refers to prostitutes who were associated with idol worship and who were all men. Alternate translation: “religious prostitutes” or “the prostitutes who worked for idols” or “male prostitutes” -15:13 mg96 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Asa cut down the disgusting figure 0 Since Asa was king, he may have told his officials to cut down the figure. Alternate translation: “Asa caused the disgusting figure to be cut down” or “Asa made them cut down the disgusting figure” -15:14 r4zr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive But the high places were not taken away 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But Asa did not command the people to take away the high places” -15:14 s4gj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche Asa’s heart was completely devoted 0 The heart represents the person. Alternate translation: “Asa was completely devoted” -15:14 t6x3 all his days 0 Alternate translation: “the whole time that he lived” or “throughout his whole life” -15:16 tn4r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit all their days 0 This refers to the entire time they reigned as kings. Alternate translation: “the whole time that they reigned over Judah and Israel” -15:17 n79t acted aggressively against Judah 0 Alternate translation: “attacked Judah” -15:17 sg29 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit built up Ramah 0 It is implied that the army of Baasha first captured Ramah. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “captured and fortified Ramah” -15:18 b51e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy He put it into the hands of his servants 0 Putting things in their hands represents giving those things to them. It is implied that they would do with it what he wanted them to do. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “He entrusted it to his servants” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -15:18 mgp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy He said 0 This means he spoke by means of his servants. Asa told his servants what to say to Ben Hadad and they did. The meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Asa told his servants to say to Ben Hadad” or “Through his servants, Asa said to Ben Hadad” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -15:19 k8ci rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Let there be a covenant between me and you 0 A covenant being between two people represents those two people having a covenant with each other. Alternate translation: “Let us have a covenant with each other” or “Let us make a peace treaty” -15:19 jvl5 Look, I 0 Alternate translation: “As proof that I want a treaty with you, I” -15:19 rwr8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Break your covenant with Baasha king of Israel 0 Breaking a covenant represents canceling it and not doing what one has promised to do. Alternate translation: “Cancel your covenant with Baasha king of Israel” or “Do not be loyal to Baasha king of Israel as you promised in your covenant with him” -15:19 j9mj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Break your covenant with Baasha king of Israel 0 Asa wanted Ben Hadad to attack Israel. Ben Hadad could only do that if he broke his covenant with the king of Israel. The meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “Break your covenant with Baasha king of Israel, and attack Israel” -15:21 wf5g It came about that 0 This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. -15:21 n32w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy he stopped building up Ramah 0 King Baasha did this by telling his workers to do this. Alternate translation: “he had his workers stop building up Ramah” -15:21 lb5i Tirzah 0 This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [1 Kings 14:17](../14/17.md). -15:22 gnh4 No one was exempted 0 This can also be stated positively. Alternate translation: “Every one had to obey King Asa’s proclamation” -15:23 w5tx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah? 0 This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Abijah is in this other book. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 14:29](../14/29.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah” -15:23 w7sz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah? 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone has written about this in the book of the events of the kings of Judah.” -15:24 tq8e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Asa slept with his ancestors 0 Sleeping here is a euphemism which represents dying. Alternate translation: “Asa died as his ancestors had” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -15:24 fa26 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive was buried with them 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they buried him with his ancestors” -15:24 u9jw David his father 0 The word “father” here refers to an ancestor. Alternate translation: “King David, his ancestor” -15:25 r4cj Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe rest of chapter 15 and 16 is about the kings of Israel. These events happened while King Asa of Judah was still alive. -15:25 y9r8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit the second year of Asa king of Judah 0 This refers to the second year of Asa’s reign. The meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: “when Asa had been king of Judah for almost two years” -15:25 thl7 he reigned over Israel two years 0 Alternate translation: “Nadab reigned over Israel two years” -15:26 cj46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor what was evil in the sight of Yahweh 0 The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment. Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considers to be evil” -15:26 f53f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor walked in the way of his father 0 Walking here represents behaving. Alternate translation: “did the same things that his father had done” -15:26 ebp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor in his own sin 0 Walking in his own sin represents sinning in ways that were different from the ways that his father had sinned. Alternate translation: “he sinned in his own ways” -15:26 wr2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor by which he led Israel to sin 0 Leading people to do something represents influencing them to do it. Alternate translation: “and by sinning, he influenced Israel to sin” -15:27 uzg3 conspired against Nadab 0 Alternate translation: “secretly plotted to kill King Nadab” -15:27 p5ql rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Gibbethon 0 This is the name of a city. -15:27 n1b5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche Nadab and all Israel 0 “The phrase “all Israel” is a generalization that represents the many soldiers of Israel. Alternate translation: “Nadab and the many soldiers of Israel” or “Nadab and the army of Israel” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -15:27 n3zg were laying siege to Gibbethon 0 Alternate translation: “were surrounding Gibbethon, so that the people of Gibbethon would surrender to them” -15:28 l1aj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor became king in his place 0 The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Nadab” -15:29 vp7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism Baasha killed all the family of Jeroboam. He left none of Jeroboam’s descendants breathing. 0 These two sentences mean the same thing and are combined to emphasize his descendents were all killed. -15:29 m6jg all the family of Jeroboam 0 Jeroboam was King Nadab’s father. -15:29 djq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy He left none of Jeroboam’s descendants breathing 0 Breathing represents being alive. Alternate translation: “He left none of Jeroboam’s descendants living” -15:29 zqy4 his royal line 0 Alternate translation: “Jeroboam’s royal line” -15:29 w2vx just as Yahweh had spoken by his servant Ahijah the Shilonite 0 In [1 Kings 14:10](../14/10.md) and [1 Kings 14:11](../14/11.md) Yahweh spoke through his prophet Ahijah and told Jeroboam that he would destroy his family. -15:29 vmg9 Ahijah the Shilonite 0 Alternate translation: “Ahijah, who was from Shiloh” -15:30 p24y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns for the sins of Jeroboam which he committed and by which he led Israel to sin 0 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **sins**, you can express the same idea with the verb “sin.” Alternate translation: “because Jeroboam sinned and led Israel to sin in the same ways” -15:30 l8b6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor by which he led Israel to sin 0 Leading people to do something represents influencing them to do something. Alternate translation: “by which he influenced Israel to sin” -15:31 p7n1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel? 0 This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Nadab is in this other book. See how you translated a similar phrase concerning Judah in [1 Kings 14:29](../14/29.md). This rhetorical question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.” -15:31 i3dw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel? 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone has written about this in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.” -15:32 fnf6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit all their days 0 This refers to the whole period of time that they reign as kings. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 15:16](../15/16.md) Alternate translation: “the whole time that they reigned over Judah and Israel” -15:33 u22f Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nStarting in [1 Kings 15:27](../15/27.md), the author told about how Baasha became king. Here the author begins to tell about what Baasha did as king of Israel. -15:33 qka7 Tirzah 0 This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [1 Kings 14:17](../14/17.md). -15:34 j9xv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor what was evil in the sight of Yahweh 0 The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment. Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considers to be evil” -15:34 i9dh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor walked in the way of Jeroboam 0 Walking here represents behaving. Alternate translation: “did the same things that Jeroboam had done” -15:34 w9fq in his sin by which he led Israel to sin 0 Possible meanings are that **his** and **he** refer to: (1) Baasha or (2) Jeroboam. -15:34 yq78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor by which he led Israel to sin 0 Leading people to do something represents influencing them to do it. Alternate translation: “and by sinning, he influenced Israel to sin” +15:1 ms3b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit In the eighteenth year of King Jeroboam son of Nebat 1 This refers to the eighteenth year of Jeroboam’s reign. Alternate translation: “After Jeroboam had been the king of Israel for almost eighteen years” +15:1 njh8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers In the eighteenth year 1 “In year 18” +15:3 hlc3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor He walked in all the sins 1 Walking represents living, and walking in sins represents committing those sins. Alternate translation: “Abijah continued to practice all the sins” +15:3 cm11 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit that his father had committed before his time 1 Since these verses refer to several kings, it may help to include the name of Abijah’s father. This information can be made clear. AT “that his father, Rehoboam, had committed before Abijah’s time” +15:3 v4ps rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit his time 1 This phrase represents the time that he was king. The meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: “before Abijah was king” +15:3 p8rm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche his heart was not devoted … as the heart of David 1 The heart represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “Abijah was not devoted … as David” +15:4 qbs7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor gave him a lamp in Jerusalem 1 The word “lamp” here represents a descendant who would be king as David was. Alternate translation: “gave David a descendant to rule in Jerusalem” +15:4 t1tl by raising up his son after him 1 Alternate translation: “by raising up Abijah’s son after him” or “by giving Abijah a son” +15:5 al5u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor what was right in his eyes 1 The eyes here represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh judges to be right” or “what Yahweh considers to be right” +15:5 k5rn for all the days of his life 1 Alternate translation: “the whole time that David lived” or “throughout David’s whole life” +15:5 z4w5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor he had not turned away from anything that he commanded him 1 Turning away from a command represents disobeying it. Alternate translation: “David did not disobey anything that God commanded him” +15:5 w6dj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit except only in the matter of Uriah the Hittite 1 This is a general way to refer to the situation with Uriah. It can be stated more clearly what this matter was. Alternate translation: “except for what he did to Uriah the Hittite” or “except when he caused Uriah the Hittite to be killed” +15:6 n25z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche between Rehoboam and Jeroboam 1 These kings represent themselves and their armies. Rehoboam was Abijah’s father. Alternate translation: “between the armies of Rehoboam and Jeroboam” +15:6 c8zy all the days of Abijah’s life 1 Alternate translation: “the whole time that Abijah lived” +15:7 sm1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah? 1 This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Abijah is in this other book. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 14:29](../14/29.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah.” +15:7 s4gi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah? 1 This can stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone has written about this in the book of the events of the kings of Judah.” +15:7 yd6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche between Abijah and Jeroboam 1 The names “Abijah” and “Jeroboam” represent the kings and their armies. Alternate translation: “between the armies of Abijah and Jeroboam” +15:8 p4ez rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Abijah slept with his ancestors 1 In this euphemism, sleeping represents dying. Alternate translation: “Abijah died as his ancestors had” or “Like his ancestors, Abaijah died” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +15:8 mnv2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor became king in his place 1 The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Abijah” +15:9 s2q2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit In the twentieth year of Jeroboam king of Israel 1 This refers to the twentieth year of Jeroboam’s reign. Alternate translation: “After Jeroboam had been the king of Israel for almost twenty years” +15:9 ijk4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers In the twentieth year 1 “In year 20” +15:10 u261 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers forty-one years 1 “41 years” +15:11 yb2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor what was right in the eyes of Yahweh 1 The eyes here represent seeing, and seeing represents judgment. Yahweh saw and approved of Asa’s actions. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh judges to be right” or “what Yahweh considers to be right” +15:12 vv3y the cultic prostitutes 1 This probably refers to prostitutes who were associated with idol worship and who were all men. Alternate translation: “religious prostitutes” or “the prostitutes who worked for idols” or “male prostitutes” +15:13 mg96 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Asa cut down the disgusting figure 1 Since Asa was king, he may have told his officials to cut down the figure. Alternate translation: “Asa caused the disgusting figure to be cut down” or “Asa made them cut down the disgusting figure” +15:14 r4zr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive But the high places were not taken away 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But Asa did not command the people to take away the high places” +15:14 s4gj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche Asa’s heart was completely devoted 1 The heart represents the person. Alternate translation: “Asa was completely devoted” +15:14 t6x3 all his days 1 Alternate translation: “the whole time that he lived” or “throughout his whole life” +15:16 tn4r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit all their days 1 This refers to the entire time they reigned as kings. Alternate translation: “the whole time that they reigned over Judah and Israel” +15:17 n79t acted aggressively against Judah 1 Alternate translation: “attacked Judah” +15:17 sg29 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit built up Ramah 1 It is implied that the army of Baasha first captured Ramah. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “captured and fortified Ramah” +15:18 b51e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy He put it into the hands of his servants 1 Putting things in their hands represents giving those things to them. It is implied that they would do with it what he wanted them to do. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “He entrusted it to his servants” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +15:18 mgp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy He said 1 This means he spoke by means of his servants. Asa told his servants what to say to Ben Hadad and they did. The meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Asa told his servants to say to Ben Hadad” or “Through his servants, Asa said to Ben Hadad” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +15:19 k8ci rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Let there be a covenant between me and you 1 A covenant being between two people represents those two people having a covenant with each other. Alternate translation: “Let us have a covenant with each other” or “Let us make a peace treaty” +15:19 jvl5 Look, I 1 Alternate translation: “As proof that I want a treaty with you, I” +15:19 rwr8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Break your covenant with Baasha king of Israel 1 Breaking a covenant represents canceling it and not doing what one has promised to do. Alternate translation: “Cancel your covenant with Baasha king of Israel” or “Do not be loyal to Baasha king of Israel as you promised in your covenant with him” +15:19 j9mj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Break your covenant with Baasha king of Israel 1 Asa wanted Ben Hadad to attack Israel. Ben Hadad could only do that if he broke his covenant with the king of Israel. The meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “Break your covenant with Baasha king of Israel, and attack Israel” +15:21 wf5g It came about that 1 This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. +15:21 n32w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy he stopped building up Ramah 1 King Baasha did this by telling his workers to do this. Alternate translation: “he had his workers stop building up Ramah” +15:21 lb5i Tirzah 1 This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [1 Kings 14:17](../14/17.md). +15:22 gnh4 No one was exempted 1 This can also be stated positively. Alternate translation: “Every one had to obey King Asa’s proclamation” +15:23 w5tx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah? 1 This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Abijah is in this other book. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 14:29](../14/29.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah” +15:23 w7sz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah? 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone has written about this in the book of the events of the kings of Judah.” +15:24 tq8e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Asa slept with his ancestors 1 Sleeping here is a euphemism which represents dying. Alternate translation: “Asa died as his ancestors had” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +15:24 fa26 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive was buried with them 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they buried him with his ancestors” +15:24 u9jw David his father 1 The word “father” here refers to an ancestor. Alternate translation: “King David, his ancestor” +15:25 y9r8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit the second year of Asa king of Judah 1 This refers to the second year of Asa’s reign. The meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: “when Asa had been king of Judah for almost two years” +15:25 thl7 he reigned over Israel two years 1 Alternate translation: “Nadab reigned over Israel two years” +15:26 cj46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor what was evil in the sight of Yahweh 1 The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment. Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considers to be evil” +15:26 f53f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor walked in the way of his father 1 Walking here represents behaving. Alternate translation: “did the same things that his father had done” +15:26 ebp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor in his own sin 1 Walking in his own sin represents sinning in ways that were different from the ways that his father had sinned. Alternate translation: “he sinned in his own ways” +15:26 wr2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor by which he led Israel to sin 1 Leading people to do something represents influencing them to do it. Alternate translation: “and by sinning, he influenced Israel to sin” +15:27 uzg3 conspired against Nadab 1 Alternate translation: “secretly plotted to kill King Nadab” +15:27 p5ql rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Gibbethon 1 This is the name of a city. +15:27 n1b5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche Nadab and all Israel 1 “The phrase “all Israel” is a generalization that represents the many soldiers of Israel. Alternate translation: “Nadab and the many soldiers of Israel” or “Nadab and the army of Israel” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +15:27 n3zg were laying siege to Gibbethon 1 Alternate translation: “were surrounding Gibbethon, so that the people of Gibbethon would surrender to them” +15:28 l1aj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor became king in his place 1 The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Nadab” +15:29 vp7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism Baasha killed all the family of Jeroboam. He left none of Jeroboam’s descendants breathing. 1 These two sentences mean the same thing and are combined to emphasize his descendents were all killed. +15:29 m6jg all the family of Jeroboam 1 Jeroboam was King Nadab’s father. +15:29 djq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy He left none of Jeroboam’s descendants breathing 1 Breathing represents being alive. Alternate translation: “He left none of Jeroboam’s descendants living” +15:29 zqy4 his royal line 1 Alternate translation: “Jeroboam’s royal line” +15:29 w2vx just as Yahweh had spoken by his servant Ahijah the Shilonite 1 In [1 Kings 14:10](../14/10.md) and [1 Kings 14:11](../14/11.md) Yahweh spoke through his prophet Ahijah and told Jeroboam that he would destroy his family. +15:29 vmg9 Ahijah the Shilonite 1 Alternate translation: “Ahijah, who was from Shiloh” +15:30 p24y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns for the sins of Jeroboam which he committed and by which he led Israel to sin 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **sins**, you can express the same idea with the verb “sin.” Alternate translation: “because Jeroboam sinned and led Israel to sin in the same ways” +15:30 l8b6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor by which he led Israel to sin 1 Leading people to do something represents influencing them to do something. Alternate translation: “by which he influenced Israel to sin” +15:31 p7n1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel? 1 This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Nadab is in this other book. See how you translated a similar phrase concerning Judah in [1 Kings 14:29](../14/29.md). This rhetorical question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.” +15:31 i3dw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel? 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone has written about this in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.” +15:32 fnf6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit all their days 1 This refers to the whole period of time that they reign as kings. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 15:16](../15/16.md) Alternate translation: “the whole time that they reigned over Judah and Israel” +15:33 qka7 Tirzah 1 This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [1 Kings 14:17](../14/17.md). +15:34 j9xv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor what was evil in the sight of Yahweh 1 The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment. Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considers to be evil” +15:34 i9dh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor walked in the way of Jeroboam 1 Walking here represents behaving. Alternate translation: “did the same things that Jeroboam had done” +15:34 w9fq in his sin by which he led Israel to sin 1 Possible meanings are that **his** and **he** refer to: (1) Baasha or (2) Jeroboam. +15:34 yq78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor by which he led Israel to sin 1 Leading people to do something represents influencing them to do it. Alternate translation: “and by sinning, he influenced Israel to sin” 16:intro abcg 0 # 1 Kings 16 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Incorrect worship\n\nThe prophet Jehu warned Baasha, king of Israel, that God would destroy his family for worshiping the idols. But Baasha did not change his ways; so Zimri murdered Baasha’s son and all his relatives. Then Omri killed Zimri. Omri’s son Ahab brought in the rain god Baal and his wife, the fertility goddess Ashtoreth, as the official religion of Israel. This was very evil. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) -16:1 kf7z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom The word of Yahweh came 0 This idiom means God spoke. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message” -16:2 rjv3 Although I exalted you 0 This is God’s message that Jehu was to give to Baasha. The word “you” refers to Baasha. -16:2 pn3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor I exalted you out of the dust 0 “I raised you out of the dust.” Being in the dust on the ground represents not being important. Exalting someone represents making him important. Alternate translation: “I raised you from a very unimportant position” or “when you had no power or influence over people, I made you important” -16:2 ygn2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor you have walked in the way of Jeroboam 0 Walking represents behaving. Jeroboam and Baasha both sinned. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “you have done the same things that Jeroboam did” or “you have sinned as Jeroboam sinned” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -16:3 lj8b Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nYahweh continues telling Baasha what he will do to him. -16:3 hht4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person See, I will completely sweep away Baasha and his family 0 Yahweh is speaking to Baasha, and the phrase “his family” refers to Baasha’s family. This can be translated using the words “you” and “your.” Alternate translation: “Listen, Baasha. I will completely sweep away you and your family” -16:3 v2qh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor I will completely sweep away 0 Sweeping away represents destroying. Alternate translation: “I will completely destroy” -16:5 t3j3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel? 0 This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Baasha is in this other book. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 15:31](../15/31.md). Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.” -16:5 l8gg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel? 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone has written about them in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.” -16:6 xf6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Baasha slept with his ancestors 0 Sleeping is a euphemism that represents dying. Alternate translation: “Baasha died as his ancestors had” or “Like his ancestors, Baasha died” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -16:6 fp23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive was buried 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people buried him” -16:6 s4vm Tirzah 0 This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [1 Kings 14:17](../14/17.md). -16:6 wwv5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor became king in his place 0 The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Baasha” -16:7 u6cg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom the word of Yahweh came 0 This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” -16:7 q8l2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor all the evil that he did in the sight of Yahweh 0 The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment. Alternate translation: “all the things that Baasha that are evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “all the things that Baaha did that Yahweh considers to be evil” -16:7 cw1d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns so as to provoke him to anger 0 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **anger**, you can express the same idea with the adjective “angry.” Alternate translation: “so as to make Yahweh very angry” or “that made God very angry” -16:7 zvf1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche with the work of his hands 0 Here Basha is represented by his “hands.” This speaks of all of his actions as his “work.” Alternate translation: “by the things Baasha had done” -16:8 d1yz Tirzah 0 This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [1 Kings 14:17](../14/17.md). -16:9 v34c His servant Zimri 0 Alternate translation: “Elah’s servant Zimri” -16:9 vbl5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy captain of half his chariots 0 The word “chariots” here represents the soldiers who drove the chariots. Alternate translation: “captain of half his chariot drivers” -16:9 b7jv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom drinking himself drunk 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “drinking so much wine that he was getting drunk” or “getting drunk” -16:9 x8kj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor who was over the household 0 Being over the household represents being in charge of the things in King Elah’s house. Alternate translation: “who was in charge of the things in the Elah’s house” -16:10 zq6c attacked him and killed him 0 Alternate translation: “attacked and killed Elah” -16:10 ds8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor became king in his place 0 The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Elah” -16:11 t76c He did not leave alive a single male 0 This means that he killed all the men and boys. Alternate translation: “He did not leave even one male alive” -16:12 ea4j the word of Yahweh 0 Alternate translation: “the message of Yahweh” or “Yahweh’s message” -16:12 fqc5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom which he spoke against Baasha by Jehu the prophet 0 Speaking “by” a prophet represents telling a prophet to speak and the prophet speaking. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh told Jehu the prophet to speak against Baasha” -16:13 n66k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor they had led Israel to sin 0 Leading people to do something represents influencing them to do it. Alternate translation: “they had influenced Israel to sin” -16:13 qs12 they had led Israel to sin 0 Here the word “Israel” refers to the ten northern tribes of Israel. Baasha and Elah had been their king. -16:13 xwa9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit they provoked Yahweh, the God of Israel, to anger with their idols 0 God became angry with the people because they worshiped idols. The meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: “they made Yahweh, the God of Israel, angry because they worshiped idols” -16:13 ny8r the God of Israel 0 Here the word “Israel” refers to all of the twelve tribes descended from Jacob. -16:14 ft5q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion are they not written … kings of Israel? 0 This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Elah is in this other book. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 15:31](../15/31.md). Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.” -16:14 bu87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive are they not written … Israel? 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone has written about them in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.” -16:15 uz3t Tirzah 0 This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [1 Kings 14:17](../14/17.md). -16:15 r7bx the army was camped by Gibbethon 0 The word “army” refers to the army of the kingdom of Israel. -16:15 ttm4 Gibbethon 0 This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [1 Kings 15:27](../15/27.md). -16:16 aj11 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The army camped there heard it said 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The soldiers who camped there heard someone say” -16:16 vri9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche all Israel 0 Both times this phrase is used, it represents the army of Israel. Here the word “all” is a generalization meaning “most.” Alternate translation: “all the army of Israel” or “most of the soldiers in the army of Israel” or “the army of Israel” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -16:18 zuq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive that the city had been taken 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that Omri and the army had taken the city” -16:19 g6bs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor what was evil in the sight of Yahweh 0 The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment. Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considers to be evil” -16:19 a7t3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor walking in the way of Jeroboam 0 Here walking represents behaving. Alternate translation: “doing the same things that Jeroboam had done” -16:19 ldy3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor so as to lead Israel to sin 0 Leading people to do something represents influencing them to do it. Alternate translation: “so as to influence Israel to sin” -16:20 i7gi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit the treason that he carried out 0 This treason refers to Zimri’s plot to kill Elah, the king of Israel. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “how he plotted against King Elah” or “how he killed the king of Israel” -16:20 b9u9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel? 0 This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Zimri is in this other book. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. See how you translated a similar phrase concerning Judah in [1 Kings 14:29](../14/29.md). Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.” -16:20 ai9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive are they not written … Israel? 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone has written about them in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.” -16:21 g8g1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor followed Tibni … followed Omri 0 Here “followed” represents supporting or wanting to make him king. Alternate translation: “supported Tibni son of Ginath, to make him king, and half supported Omri” or “wanted to make Tibni son of Ginath king, and half wanted to make Omri king” -16:22 va8c were stronger than the people who followed Tibni 0 Alternate translation: “overpowered the people who followed Tibni” -16:23 g715 Tirzah 0 This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [1 Kings 14:17](../14/17.md). -16:24 dcc7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Shemer 0 This is the name of a man. -16:24 utw5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight two talents of silver 0 You may convert this to a modern measure. Alternate translation: “about 66 kilograms of silver” -16:24 gm4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy He built a city 0 The word “He” refers to Omri. He commanded people to build the city. Alternate translation: “Omri had his people build a city” or “Omri commanded and his workers built a city” -16:24 mkr5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom after the name of Shemer 0 This is an idiom that means “to honor Shemer” or “so that people would remember Shemer.” -16:25 q5vd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor what was evil in the sight of Yahweh 0 The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment. Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considers to be evil” -16:26 qj4k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor walked in all the ways of Jeroboam son of Nebat 0 Walking represents behaving. Alternate translation: “did all the same things that Jeroboam son of Nebat did” -16:26 ysn6 in his sins by which he led Israel to sin 0 Possible meanings are that **his** and **he** refer to: (1) Baasha or (2) Jeroboam. -16:26 kr8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor in his sins 0 Possible meanings are walking in his sins represents: (1) sinning as Jeroboam sinned. Alternate translation: “he sinned as Jeroboam sinned” or (2) or sinning habitually. Alternate translation: “he sinned habitually” -16:26 fza3 by which he led Israel to sin 0 Leading people to sin represents influencing them to sin. Alternate translation: “his sins, by which he influenced Israel to sin” or “and by sinning like this, he influenced people to sin. -16:26 yj3n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit to provoke Yahweh … to be angry with their worthless idols 0 God became angry with the people because they worshiped idols. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1 Kings 16:13](../16/13.md). Alternate translation: “to make Yahweh, the God of Israel, angry because they worshiped worthless idols” -16:26 w3zc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish their worthless idols 0 The word “worthless” here reminds people that idols are worthless because they cannot do anything. Alternate translation: “their idols, which are worthless” or “their idols, which are useless” -16:26 nw91 the God of Israel 0 Here the word “Israel” refers to all of the twelve tribes descended from Jacob. -16:27 zmg3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel? 0 This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Omri is in this other book. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 15:31](../15/31.md). Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.” -16:27 rt47 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive are they not written … Israel? 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone has written about them in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.” -16:28 a9le rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Omri slept with his ancestors 0 The euphemism “sleeping” here represents dying. Alternate translation: “Omri died as his ancestors had” or “Like his ancestors, Omri died” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -16:28 gt7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor became king in his place 0 The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Omri” -16:30 q8y5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor what was evil in the sight of Yahweh 0 The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment. Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considers to be evil” -16:31 n5da rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit It was to Ahab a trivial thing to walk in the sins of Jeroboam son of Nebat 0 This implies that Ahab wanted to commit worse sins. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “It was as if Ahab thought that walking in the sins of Jeroboam son of Nebat was not enough” -16:31 va54 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom It was to Ahab a trivial thing 0 This is an idiom. The phrase “to Ahab” means that Ahab considered or thought something. Alternate translation: “Ahab considered it a trivial thing” or “Ahab thought that it was not enough” -16:31 hhh6 a trivial thing 0 Alternate translation: “an insignificant thing” or “not enough” -16:31 ahs1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor to walk in the sins of Jeroboam son of Nebat 0 Walking in Jeroboam’s sins represents sinning as Jeroboam had sinned. Alternate translation: “to sin as Jeroboam son of Nebat had sinned” -16:31 xc3m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism worshiped Baal and bowed down to him 0 These two phrases mean the same thing. The phrase “bowed down to him” describes the posture that people used in worship. -16:33 bu6m the God of Israel 0 Here the word “Israel” refers to the nation of Israel, which consisted of twelve tribes. -16:33 vl7q the kings of Israel 0 Here the word “Israel” refers to the kingdom of Israel, which consisted of ten tribes. -16:34 f89k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor at the cost of the life of Abiram, his firstborn son 0 The consequence of building the city is spoken of as if it were a cost that Hiel paid. Alternate translation: “and the consequence of his sin was that Abiram, his firstborn son, died” -16:34 ph6w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Segub, his youngest son, lost his life 0 Dying is spoken of as if he lost his life. Alternate translation: “Segub, his youngest son, died” -16:34 zh2d while he was building the gates of the city 0 Alternate translation: “while Hiel was building the gates of the city” -16:34 be9n in keeping with the word of Yahweh 0 Alternate translation: “according to the word of Yahweh” -16:34 lvt5 the word of Yahweh 0 Alternate translation: “the message of Yahweh” or “Yahweh’s message” -16:34 zx6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy which he spoke by Joshua son of Nun 0 Speaking “by” someone represents both telling someone to speak and the person doing it. Alternate translation: “which Yahweh caused Joshua son of Nun to speak” +16:1 kf7z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom The word of Yahweh came 1 This idiom means God spoke. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message” +16:2 rjv3 Although I exalted you 1 This is God’s message that Jehu was to give to Baasha. The word “you” refers to Baasha. +16:2 pn3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor I exalted you out of the dust 1 “I raised you out of the dust.” Being in the dust on the ground represents not being important. Exalting someone represents making him important. Alternate translation: “I raised you from a very unimportant position” or “when you had no power or influence over people, I made you important” +16:2 ygn2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor you have walked in the way of Jeroboam 1 Walking represents behaving. Jeroboam and Baasha both sinned. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “you have done the same things that Jeroboam did” or “you have sinned as Jeroboam sinned” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +16:3 hht4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person See, I will completely sweep away Baasha and his family 1 Yahweh is speaking to Baasha, and the phrase “his family” refers to Baasha’s family. This can be translated using the words “you” and “your.” Alternate translation: “Listen, Baasha. I will completely sweep away you and your family” +16:3 v2qh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor I will completely sweep away 1 Sweeping away represents destroying. Alternate translation: “I will completely destroy” +16:5 t3j3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel? 1 This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Baasha is in this other book. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 15:31](../15/31.md). Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.” +16:5 l8gg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel? 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone has written about them in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.” +16:6 xf6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Baasha slept with his ancestors 1 Sleeping is a euphemism that represents dying. Alternate translation: “Baasha died as his ancestors had” or “Like his ancestors, Baasha died” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +16:6 fp23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive was buried 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people buried him” +16:6 s4vm Tirzah 1 This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [1 Kings 14:17](../14/17.md). +16:6 wwv5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor became king in his place 1 The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Baasha” +16:7 u6cg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom the word of Yahweh came 1 This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” +16:7 q8l2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor all the evil that he did in the sight of Yahweh 1 The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment. Alternate translation: “all the things that Baasha that are evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “all the things that Baaha did that Yahweh considers to be evil” +16:7 cw1d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns so as to provoke him to anger 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **anger**, you can express the same idea with the adjective “angry.” Alternate translation: “so as to make Yahweh very angry” or “that made God very angry” +16:7 zvf1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche with the work of his hands 1 Here Basha is represented by his “hands.” This speaks of all of his actions as his “work.” Alternate translation: “by the things Baasha had done” +16:8 d1yz Tirzah 1 This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [1 Kings 14:17](../14/17.md). +16:9 v34c His servant Zimri 1 Alternate translation: “Elah’s servant Zimri” +16:9 vbl5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy captain of half his chariots 1 The word “chariots” here represents the soldiers who drove the chariots. Alternate translation: “captain of half his chariot drivers” +16:9 b7jv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom drinking himself drunk 1 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “drinking so much wine that he was getting drunk” or “getting drunk” +16:9 x8kj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor who was over the household 1 Being over the household represents being in charge of the things in King Elah’s house. Alternate translation: “who was in charge of the things in the Elah’s house” +16:10 zq6c attacked him and killed him 1 Alternate translation: “attacked and killed Elah” +16:10 ds8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor became king in his place 1 The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Elah” +16:11 t76c He did not leave alive a single male 1 This means that he killed all the men and boys. Alternate translation: “He did not leave even one male alive” +16:12 ea4j the word of Yahweh 1 Alternate translation: “the message of Yahweh” or “Yahweh’s message” +16:12 fqc5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom which he spoke against Baasha by Jehu the prophet 1 Speaking “by” a prophet represents telling a prophet to speak and the prophet speaking. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh told Jehu the prophet to speak against Baasha” +16:13 n66k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor they had led Israel to sin 1 Leading people to do something represents influencing them to do it. Alternate translation: “they had influenced Israel to sin” +16:13 qs12 they had led Israel to sin 1 Here the word “Israel” refers to the ten northern tribes of Israel. Baasha and Elah had been their king. +16:13 xwa9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit they provoked Yahweh, the God of Israel, to anger with their idols 1 God became angry with the people because they worshiped idols. The meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: “they made Yahweh, the God of Israel, angry because they worshiped idols” +16:13 ny8r the God of Israel 1 Here the word “Israel” refers to all of the twelve tribes descended from Jacob. +16:14 ft5q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion are they not written … kings of Israel? 1 This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Elah is in this other book. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 15:31](../15/31.md). Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.” +16:14 bu87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive are they not written … Israel? 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone has written about them in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.” +16:15 uz3t Tirzah 1 This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [1 Kings 14:17](../14/17.md). +16:15 r7bx the army was camped by Gibbethon 1 The word “army” refers to the army of the kingdom of Israel. +16:15 ttm4 Gibbethon 1 This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [1 Kings 15:27](../15/27.md). +16:16 aj11 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The army camped there heard it said 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The soldiers who camped there heard someone say” +16:16 vri9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche all Israel 1 Both times this phrase is used, it represents the army of Israel. Here the word “all” is a generalization meaning “most.” Alternate translation: “all the army of Israel” or “most of the soldiers in the army of Israel” or “the army of Israel” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +16:18 zuq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive that the city had been taken 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that Omri and the army had taken the city” +16:19 g6bs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor what was evil in the sight of Yahweh 1 The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment. Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considers to be evil” +16:19 a7t3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor walking in the way of Jeroboam 1 Here walking represents behaving. Alternate translation: “doing the same things that Jeroboam had done” +16:19 ldy3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor so as to lead Israel to sin 1 Leading people to do something represents influencing them to do it. Alternate translation: “so as to influence Israel to sin” +16:20 i7gi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit the treason that he carried out 1 This treason refers to Zimri’s plot to kill Elah, the king of Israel. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “how he plotted against King Elah” or “how he killed the king of Israel” +16:20 b9u9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel? 1 This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Zimri is in this other book. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. See how you translated a similar phrase concerning Judah in [1 Kings 14:29](../14/29.md). Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.” +16:20 ai9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive are they not written … Israel? 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone has written about them in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.” +16:21 g8g1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor followed Tibni … followed Omri 1 Here “followed” represents supporting or wanting to make him king. Alternate translation: “supported Tibni son of Ginath, to make him king, and half supported Omri” or “wanted to make Tibni son of Ginath king, and half wanted to make Omri king” +16:22 va8c were stronger than the people who followed Tibni 1 Alternate translation: “overpowered the people who followed Tibni” +16:23 g715 Tirzah 1 This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [1 Kings 14:17](../14/17.md). +16:24 dcc7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Shemer 1 This is the name of a man. +16:24 utw5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight two talents of silver 1 You may convert this to a modern measure. Alternate translation: “about 66 kilograms of silver” +16:24 gm4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy He built a city 1 The word “He” refers to Omri. He commanded people to build the city. Alternate translation: “Omri had his people build a city” or “Omri commanded and his workers built a city” +16:24 mkr5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom after the name of Shemer 1 This is an idiom that means “to honor Shemer” or “so that people would remember Shemer.” +16:25 q5vd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor what was evil in the sight of Yahweh 1 The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment. Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considers to be evil” +16:26 qj4k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor walked in all the ways of Jeroboam son of Nebat 1 Walking represents behaving. Alternate translation: “did all the same things that Jeroboam son of Nebat did” +16:26 ysn6 in his sins by which he led Israel to sin 1 Possible meanings are that **his** and **he** refer to: (1) Baasha or (2) Jeroboam. +16:26 kr8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor in his sins 1 Possible meanings are walking in his sins represents: (1) sinning as Jeroboam sinned. Alternate translation: “he sinned as Jeroboam sinned” or (2) or sinning habitually. Alternate translation: “he sinned habitually” +16:26 fza3 by which he led Israel to sin 1 Leading people to sin represents influencing them to sin. Alternate translation: “his sins, by which he influenced Israel to sin” or “and by sinning like this, he influenced people to sin. +16:26 yj3n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit to provoke Yahweh … to be angry with their worthless idols 1 God became angry with the people because they worshiped idols. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1 Kings 16:13](../16/13.md). Alternate translation: “to make Yahweh, the God of Israel, angry because they worshiped worthless idols” +16:26 w3zc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish their worthless idols 1 The word “worthless” here reminds people that idols are worthless because they cannot do anything. Alternate translation: “their idols, which are worthless” or “their idols, which are useless” +16:26 nw91 the God of Israel 1 Here the word “Israel” refers to all of the twelve tribes descended from Jacob. +16:27 zmg3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel? 1 This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Omri is in this other book. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 15:31](../15/31.md). Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.” +16:27 rt47 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive are they not written … Israel? 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone has written about them in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.” +16:28 a9le rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Omri slept with his ancestors 1 The euphemism “sleeping” here represents dying. Alternate translation: “Omri died as his ancestors had” or “Like his ancestors, Omri died” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +16:28 gt7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor became king in his place 1 The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Omri” +16:30 q8y5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor what was evil in the sight of Yahweh 1 The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment. Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considers to be evil” +16:31 n5da rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit It was to Ahab a trivial thing to walk in the sins of Jeroboam son of Nebat 1 This implies that Ahab wanted to commit worse sins. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “It was as if Ahab thought that walking in the sins of Jeroboam son of Nebat was not enough” +16:31 va54 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom It was to Ahab a trivial thing 1 This is an idiom. The phrase “to Ahab” means that Ahab considered or thought something. Alternate translation: “Ahab considered it a trivial thing” or “Ahab thought that it was not enough” +16:31 hhh6 a trivial thing 1 Alternate translation: “an insignificant thing” or “not enough” +16:31 ahs1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor to walk in the sins of Jeroboam son of Nebat 1 Walking in Jeroboam’s sins represents sinning as Jeroboam had sinned. Alternate translation: “to sin as Jeroboam son of Nebat had sinned” +16:31 xc3m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism worshiped Baal and bowed down to him 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. The phrase “bowed down to him” describes the posture that people used in worship. +16:33 bu6m the God of Israel 1 Here the word “Israel” refers to the nation of Israel, which consisted of twelve tribes. +16:33 vl7q the kings of Israel 1 Here the word “Israel” refers to the kingdom of Israel, which consisted of ten tribes. +16:34 f89k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor at the cost of the life of Abiram, his firstborn son 1 The consequence of building the city is spoken of as if it were a cost that Hiel paid. Alternate translation: “and the consequence of his sin was that Abiram, his firstborn son, died” +16:34 ph6w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Segub, his youngest son, lost his life 1 Dying is spoken of as if he lost his life. Alternate translation: “Segub, his youngest son, died” +16:34 zh2d while he was building the gates of the city 1 Alternate translation: “while Hiel was building the gates of the city” +16:34 be9n in keeping with the word of Yahweh 1 Alternate translation: “according to the word of Yahweh” +16:34 lvt5 the word of Yahweh 1 Alternate translation: “the message of Yahweh” or “Yahweh’s message” +16:34 zx6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy which he spoke by Joshua son of Nun 1 Speaking “by” someone represents both telling someone to speak and the person doing it. Alternate translation: “which Yahweh caused Joshua son of Nun to speak” 17:intro abch 0 # 1 Kings 17 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis is the beginning of the story of Elijah. (1 Kings 17 – 2 Kings 2)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Baal worship\n\nAhab had introduced the worship of Baal, the god people thought brought rain, to Israel. Because of this, God caused a drought. Elijah told Ahab that it would not rain or dew until he, Elijah, said so. Elijah had to hide so Ahab would not kill him for bringing the drought. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) -17:1 brj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names the Tishbite 0 This is the name of a people group from Tishbe. -17:1 q3t1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Tishbe 0 This is the name of a town in the region of Gilead. -17:1 ub3q As Yahweh, the God of Israel lives 0 This phrase is an oath to emphasize that what he will say is true. -17:1 zi1b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom before whom I stand 0 This is an idiom that means “to serve.” Alternate translation: “whom I serve” -17:1 ag4n dew 0 drops of water that form on the plants during the night -17:2 tv69 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom The word of Yahweh came 0 This idiom means God spoke. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message” -17:3 nq5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Kerith 0 This is the name of a very small stream. -17:4 v8hk It will happen that 0 This phrase is used to introduce how Yahweh will take care of Elijah during the drought. Alternate translation: “There” -17:4 h5yw rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ravens 0 large, black birds -17:5 vf5m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy as the word of Yahweh commanded 0 Here “the word” represents Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “as Yahweh commanded” -17:5 a3bc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names the brook Kerith 0 This is the name of a very small stream. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 17:2](../17/02.md). -17:7 tr8k in the land 0 Alternate translation: “in that area” or “in that country” -17:8 jh2h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom The word of Yahweh came 0 This idiom means God spoke. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message” -17:8 rd8p came to him 0 Here the word “him” refers to Elijah. -17:9 l4d5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Zarephath 0 This is a town. -17:9 cd5n Look, I 0 Alternate translation: “Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important: I” -17:12 ve6z As Yahweh your God lives 0 This phrase is an oath to emphasize that what she will say is true. -17:12 rx57 only a handful of meal 0 Alternate translation: “only a little bit of meal” -17:12 y3lh meal 0 “flour.” This what is used to make bread. -17:12 zu4d See, I 0 Alternate translation: “Let me tell you what I am doing: I” -17:12 p5db rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers two sticks 0 This may refer to two sticks or to only a few sticks. -17:12 b86l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit that we may eat it, and die 0 It is implied that they will die because they do not have anymore food. Alternate translation: “that we may eat. Afterwards, we will starve to death” -17:13 ccq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit afterward make some for you and for your son 0 It is implicit that there would be enough flour and oil to make more bread. -17:14 pej5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom Yahweh sends rain 0 This is an idiom that means Yahweh causes it to rain. Alternate translation: “Yahweh causes rain to fall” -17:15 vbj6 She and Elijah, along with her household, ate for many days 0 In the original language it says, “And she and he and her household ate for many days.” It is unclear who “he” is. This could mean: (1) Elijah, the widow, and her son ate for many days or (2) the widow, her son, and everyone living in her house ate for many days or (3) Elijah, the widow, and everyone living in her house ate for many days. -17:15 ziz7 along with her household 0 Possible meanings for **household** are: (1) this refers only to the widow’s son or (2) this refers to other people who live in her house but are not named in the story or (3) this refers to her son and others living in her house. -17:16 x364 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy just as the word of Yahweh had said 0 Here “word” represents Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “just as Yahweh had said” -17:17 bp54 the woman’s son, the woman who owned the house 0 Alternate translation: “the son of the woman who owned the house” -17:17 g2ey rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism there was no more breath left in him 0 This is a polite way of saying the boy died. Alternate translation: “he stopped breathing” or “he died” -17:18 a1dd man of God 0 The phrase “man of God” is another title for a prophet. -17:18 c2gx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun of my sin 0 This means sins in general not a specific sin. Alternate translation: “of my sins” -17:19 a6d1 where he was staying 0 Here “he” refers to Elijah. -17:19 v27l on his own bed 0 Here “his” refers to Elijah. -17:20 q8bc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion have you also brought disaster on the widow with whom I am staying, by killing her son? 0 This could mean: (1) Elijah is truly asking a question. Alternate translation: “why would you cause the widow with whom I am staying to suffer even more by killing her son” or (2) Elijah uses a question to express how sad he is. Alternate translation: “surely, you would not cause the widow with whom I am staying to suffer even more by killing her son” -17:20 lhy9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor have you also brought disaster on the widow 0 Causing the widow to suffer is spoken of as if “disaster” were an object that is placed on the widow. -17:20 h37t also brought disaster 0 Here “also” means in addition to the disaster that the drought has caused. -17:21 swr1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom stretched himself on the child 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “lay on top of the child” -17:22 h2wp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Yahweh listened to the voice of Elijah 0 Here “voice” represents what Elijah prayed. Alternate translation: “Yahweh answered Elijah’s prayer” -17:22 nv6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism the life of the child returned to him, and he revived 0 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “the child came back to life” or “the child lived again” -17:23 aut1 his room 0 Here “his” refers to Elijah. -17:23 e1te See, your son is alive 0 The word “See” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. -17:24 m6yc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the word of Yahweh in your mouth is true 0 “the message of Yahweh in your mouth is true.” The word “mouth” represents what Elijah said. Alternate translation: “the message that you spoke from Yahweh is true” +17:1 brj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names the Tishbite 1 This is the name of a people group from Tishbe. +17:1 q3t1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Tishbe 1 This is the name of a town in the region of Gilead. +17:1 ub3q As Yahweh, the God of Israel lives 1 This phrase is an oath to emphasize that what he will say is true. +17:1 zi1b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom before whom I stand 1 This is an idiom that means “to serve.” Alternate translation: “whom I serve” +17:1 ag4n dew 1 drops of water that form on the plants during the night +17:2 tv69 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom The word of Yahweh came 1 This idiom means God spoke. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message” +17:3 nq5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Kerith 1 This is the name of a very small stream. +17:4 v8hk It will happen that 1 This phrase is used to introduce how Yahweh will take care of Elijah during the drought. Alternate translation: “There” +17:4 h5yw rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ravens 1 large, black birds +17:5 vf5m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy as the word of Yahweh commanded 1 Here “the word” represents Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “as Yahweh commanded” +17:5 a3bc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names the brook Kerith 1 This is the name of a very small stream. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 17:2](../17/02.md). +17:7 tr8k in the land 1 Alternate translation: “in that area” or “in that country” +17:8 jh2h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom The word of Yahweh came 1 This idiom means God spoke. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message” +17:8 rd8p came to him 1 Here the word “him” refers to Elijah. +17:9 l4d5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Zarephath 1 This is a town. +17:9 cd5n Look, I 1 Alternate translation: “Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important: I” +17:12 ve6z As Yahweh your God lives 1 This phrase is an oath to emphasize that what she will say is true. +17:12 rx57 only a handful of meal 1 Alternate translation: “only a little bit of meal” +17:12 y3lh meal 1 “flour.” This what is used to make bread. +17:12 zu4d See, I 1 Alternate translation: “Let me tell you what I am doing: I” +17:12 p5db rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers two sticks 1 This may refer to two sticks or to only a few sticks. +17:12 b86l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit that we may eat it, and die 1 It is implied that they will die because they do not have anymore food. Alternate translation: “that we may eat. Afterwards, we will starve to death” +17:13 ccq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit afterward make some for you and for your son 1 It is implicit that there would be enough flour and oil to make more bread. +17:14 pej5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom Yahweh sends rain 1 This is an idiom that means Yahweh causes it to rain. Alternate translation: “Yahweh causes rain to fall” +17:15 vbj6 She and Elijah, along with her household, ate for many days 1 In the original language it says, “And she and he and her household ate for many days.” It is unclear who “he” is. This could mean: (1) Elijah, the widow, and her son ate for many days or (2) the widow, her son, and everyone living in her house ate for many days or (3) Elijah, the widow, and everyone living in her house ate for many days. +17:15 ziz7 along with her household 1 Possible meanings for **household** are: (1) this refers only to the widow’s son or (2) this refers to other people who live in her house but are not named in the story or (3) this refers to her son and others living in her house. +17:16 x364 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy just as the word of Yahweh had said 1 Here “word” represents Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “just as Yahweh had said” +17:17 bp54 the woman’s son, the woman who owned the house 1 Alternate translation: “the son of the woman who owned the house” +17:17 g2ey rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism there was no more breath left in him 1 This is a polite way of saying the boy died. Alternate translation: “he stopped breathing” or “he died” +17:18 a1dd man of God 1 The phrase “man of God” is another title for a prophet. +17:18 c2gx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun of my sin 1 This means sins in general not a specific sin. Alternate translation: “of my sins” +17:19 a6d1 where he was staying 1 Here “he” refers to Elijah. +17:19 v27l on his own bed 1 Here “his” refers to Elijah. +17:20 q8bc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion have you also brought disaster on the widow with whom I am staying, by killing her son? 1 This could mean: (1) Elijah is truly asking a question. Alternate translation: “why would you cause the widow with whom I am staying to suffer even more by killing her son” or (2) Elijah uses a question to express how sad he is. Alternate translation: “surely, you would not cause the widow with whom I am staying to suffer even more by killing her son” +17:20 lhy9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor have you also brought disaster on the widow 1 Causing the widow to suffer is spoken of as if “disaster” were an object that is placed on the widow. +17:20 h37t also brought disaster 1 Here “also” means in addition to the disaster that the drought has caused. +17:21 swr1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom stretched himself on the child 1 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “lay on top of the child” +17:22 h2wp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Yahweh listened to the voice of Elijah 1 Here “voice” represents what Elijah prayed. Alternate translation: “Yahweh answered Elijah’s prayer” +17:22 nv6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism the life of the child returned to him, and he revived 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “the child came back to life” or “the child lived again” +17:23 aut1 his room 1 Here “his” refers to Elijah. +17:23 e1te See, your son is alive 1 The word “See” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. +17:24 m6yc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the word of Yahweh in your mouth is true 1 “the message of Yahweh in your mouth is true.” The word “mouth” represents what Elijah said. Alternate translation: “the message that you spoke from Yahweh is true” 18:intro abci 0 # 1 Kings 18 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe story of Elijah continues in this chapter.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Baal\n\nGod proved himself to all the people of Israel. Elijah went to meet Ahab. He told Ahab to bring the 450 prophets of Baal and all the people to Mount Carmel. Then he proposed an experiment, which was carried out. The prophets of Baal took one bull, killed them, cut them up, and placed them on wood on an altar without lighting the fire. The prophets of Baal danced and prayed to Baal all morning and half the afternoon. After they were exhausted, Elijah built his altar and drenched it with water. Then he prayed. God answered his prayer with fire that burned up the sacrifice, the altar and the water. Then Elijah told the people to seize the prophets of Baal and kill them. After that, Elijah prayed for rain, and it rained very hard. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Humor\n\nElijah insults the false god Baal. He states, “Perhaps he is thinking, or is relieving himself, or he is traveling on a journey, or perhaps he is sleeping and must be awakened.” Baal was too busy in the bathroom to answer the prophets. “Relieving himself” is a euphemism. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -18:1 l7sw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom the word of Yahweh came 0 This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his word” -18:1 q2by send rain on the land 0 Alternate translation: “cause rain to fall on the land” -18:2 lc7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background now the famine was severe 0 The word “now” is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer tells background information about how the famine had affected Samaria. -18:3 c24p Now Obadiah honored Yahweh 0 The word “Now” is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer tells about a new person in the story. -18:4 i9am rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers one hundred prophets and hid them by fifties 0 “100 prophets and hid them in groups of 50” -18:5 vpi8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism save the horses and mules alive … not lose all the animals 0 These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. Alternate translation: “prevent the horses and mules from dying” -18:6 izg5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche Ahab went one way by himself and Obadiah went another way 0 The phrase “by himself” emphasizes that Ahab and Obadiah went in separate directions, not necessarily that no one was with Ahab. Alternate translation: “Ahab lead a team in one direction and Obadiah lead a team in the other direction” -18:7 qz9f master Elijah 0 Here the word “master” is used as a term of respect. -18:8 fu6g Go tell your master, ‘Look, Elijah is here.’ 0 Here the word “master” refers to Ahab. -18:8 bil9 Look, Elijah 0 Alternate translation: “Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important: Elijah” -18:9 a65p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion How have I sinned … for him to kill me? 0 Obadiah asks this question to emphasize the danger to himself because of King Ahab’s anger at Elijah. Alternate translation: “I have not wronged you … for him to kill me.” -18:9 ry4r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy give your servant into the hand of Ahab 0 “Hand” is metonymy for power and control. Alternate translation: “deliver your servant to Ahab” -18:9 hmu9 your servant 0 Obadiah refers to himself as Elijah’s servant in order to honor Elijah. -18:10 j1sm As Yahweh your God lives 0 This is an oath used to emphasize that what he is saying is true. -18:10 n7bq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole there is no nation or kingdom where my master has not sent men 0 Here “no nation or kingdom” is an exaggeration that means that men have traveled very far and gone to many places to find Elijah. This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “my master has sent men to nations and kingdoms near and far” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -18:11 nlb6 Yet now 0 This phrase is used to emphasize the danger in what Elijah is telling Obadiah to do. -18:13 zrj6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Has it not been told to you … with bread and water? 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Surely you have been told about what I did … with bread and water!” -18:13 v2va my master 0 Here the word “master” is a term of respect used to refer to Elijah. -18:13 u3ge rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers one hundred of Yahweh’s prophets by fifties 0 “100 of Yahweh’s prophets in groups of 50” -18:14 h867 Go and tell your master that Elijah is here 0 See how you translated these words in [1 Kings 18:11](../18/11.md). -18:14 sup2 your master 0 Here “master” refers to King Ahab. -18:15 y5q4 As Yahweh of hosts lives 0 This is an oath to emphasize that what he will say is true. -18:15 jrz6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom before whom I stand 0 To “stand before” is an idiom for being in someone’s presence and ready to serve him. Alternate translation: “whom I serve” -18:16 c9p2 told him what Elijah said 0 Alternate translation: “Obadiah told Ahab what Elijah had told him to say” -18:17 i2jy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Is it you? You are the one who brings trouble to Israel! 0 Ahab asks the question for emphasis to be certain about Elijah’s identity. Alternate translation: “So here you are. You are the troublemaker of Israel!” -18:19 gz7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole all Israel 0 This is a generalization to refer to the leaders and people who represent the ten tribes of the northern kingdom. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -18:19 n9nh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 450 prophets 0 “four hundred and fifty prophets” -18:19 nzp4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers four hundred prophets 0 “400 prophets” -18:20 vwk2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche sent word to … and gathered 0 “Word” represents Ahab’s message and is also a metonym for the messenger who delivered the message. This is a common statement used with the meaning understood. Alternate translation: “sent a message to … and gathered” or “sent a messenger to summon … to gather” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -18:21 v7v9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion How long will you keep changing your mind? 0 Elijah asks this question to urge the people to make a decision. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “You have been indecisive for long enough.” -18:21 na5a did not answer him a word 0 Alternate translation: “did not say anything” or “were silent” -18:22 l1ig I, I alone, am left 0 The word “I” is repeated for emphasis. -18:22 z9im rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 450 men 0 “four hundred and fifty men” -18:24 fch4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy call on the name of your god … call on the name of Yahweh 0 “Name” is metonymy for the reputation and honor of someone and “calling on” him represents an appeal. Alternate translation: “call to your god … call to Yahweh” -18:24 i2cc all the people answered and said, “This is good.” 0 Alternate translation: “all the people said, ‘This is a good thing to do.’” -18:25 b41u prepare it 0 Alternate translation: “make it ready to be sacrificed” -18:25 y7cs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you you are many people 0 Here the word “you” is plural. -18:26 rj67 They took the bull 0 Alternate translation: “The prophets of Baal took the bull” -18:26 n37t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the bull that was given to them 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the bull that someone gave them” -18:26 gs4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism But there was no voice, nor anyone who answered 0 These two phrases share similar meanings and emphasize that there was no one to respond to the prayers of the false prophets. The word “voice” represents someone speaking. Alternate translation: “But Baal did not say or do anything” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -18:27 mi46 Perhaps he is thinking 0 Alternate translation: “Maybe he is thinking” or “It could be that he is thinking” -18:27 qb2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism relieving himself 0 This euphemism is a more pleasant way to express a harsh statement. Elijah uses understatement to insult Baal with sarcasm. Alternate translation: “in the bathroom” -18:27 pz9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive must be awakened 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must awaken him” or “you must wake him up” -18:29 sx2c they were still raving 0 “they continued their wild behavior.” Prophets often acted in ways that seemed unusual or even crazy. In this case they were calling on Baal while dancing, shouting loudly, and cutting themselves with knives. -18:29 d4cs of offering of the evening sacrifice 0 Alternate translation: “to offer the evening sacrifice” -18:29 h5ce rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism but there was no voice or anyone to answer; there was no one who paid any attention to their pleadings 0 These phrases share similar meanings and emphasize that no one responded to the prayers of the false prophets. Alternate translation: “but Baal did not say or do anything or even pay attention” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -18:29 lpf9 there was no voice or anyone to answer 0 See how you translated this in [1 Kings 18:26](../18/26.md). -18:31 n18f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers twelve stones 0 “12 stones” -18:32 yy3l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy in the name of Yahweh 0 “Name” here is a metonym for honor and reputation. This could mean: (1) “to honor Yahweh” or (2) “with the authority of Yahweh.” -18:32 gh4y trench 0 a small waterway to hold water -18:32 kp7z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume two seahs of seeds 0 A seah is a unit of volume equal to about 7.7 liters. Alternate translation: “about 15 liters of seeds” -18:33 m699 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis He arranged the wood for a fire 0 “On the altar” where he placed the wood is assumed in this sentence. Alternate translation: “He put the wood for a fire on the altar” -18:33 sh1g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers four jars 0 “4 jars” -18:33 u4fl jars 0 A jar is a container for water. -18:35 v15z trench 0 See how you translated this in [1 Kings 18:30](../18/30.md). -18:36 xs1m It happened 0 This phrase is used here to reference a significant and meaningful time of the day in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. -18:36 ajj4 Yahweh, the God of Abraham, of Isaac, and of Israel 0 Here “Israel” is referring to Jacob. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel (Genesis 32:28), and God named the nation of Jacob’s descendants “Israel.” -18:36 xuh8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive let it be known this day 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “make these people know today” -18:37 url2 Hear me … hear me 0 This phrase is repeated to emphasize the appeal of Elijah to Yahweh. -18:37 dq2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy turned their heart back again to yourself 0 The people’s “heart” is a metonym for the affection and loyalty of the people. Alternate translation: “caused them to be loyal to you again” -18:38 wf4a the fire of Yahweh fell 0 Alternate translation: “the fire of Yahweh came down” -18:38 xyn4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification licked up 0 The fire is compared to a thirsty person drinking water. -18:39 z3jq Yahweh, he is God! Yahweh, he is God! 0 This phrase is repeated for emphasis. -18:41 f9b6 there is the sound of much rain 0 Alternate translation: “it sounds like it is going to rain a lot” -18:42 uvi2 bowed himself down on the earth and put his face between his knees 0 This describes a posture used for praying. -18:43 cch7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers seven times 0 The word “seven” can be rendered as the numeral “7.” Alternate translation: “7 times” -18:44 w1db as small as a man’s hand 0 From a long distance, the cloud could be covered from sight by a man’s hand. -18:45 iv5m It happened 0 This phrase is used here to mark where a new step in the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. -18:46 y3cl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the hand of Yahweh was on Elijah 0 Here the word “hand” is a metonym for strength. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave his power to Elijah” -18:46 jqk4 tucked his robe in his belt 0 Elijah wrapped his long robe around his waist so that his legs would be free for running. +18:1 l7sw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom the word of Yahweh came 1 This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his word” +18:1 q2by send rain on the land 1 Alternate translation: “cause rain to fall on the land” +18:2 lc7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background now the famine was severe 1 The word “now” is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer tells background information about how the famine had affected Samaria. +18:3 c24p Now Obadiah honored Yahweh 1 The word “Now” is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer tells about a new person in the story. +18:4 i9am rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers one hundred prophets and hid them by fifties 1 “100 prophets and hid them in groups of 50” +18:5 vpi8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism save the horses and mules alive … not lose all the animals 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. Alternate translation: “prevent the horses and mules from dying” +18:6 izg5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche Ahab went one way by himself and Obadiah went another way 1 The phrase “by himself” emphasizes that Ahab and Obadiah went in separate directions, not necessarily that no one was with Ahab. Alternate translation: “Ahab lead a team in one direction and Obadiah lead a team in the other direction” +18:7 qz9f master Elijah 1 Here the word “master” is used as a term of respect. +18:8 fu6g Go tell your master, ‘Look, Elijah is here.’ 1 Here the word “master” refers to Ahab. +18:8 bil9 Look, Elijah 1 Alternate translation: “Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important: Elijah” +18:9 a65p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion How have I sinned … for him to kill me? 1 Obadiah asks this question to emphasize the danger to himself because of King Ahab’s anger at Elijah. Alternate translation: “I have not wronged you … for him to kill me.” +18:9 ry4r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy give your servant into the hand of Ahab 1 “Hand” is metonymy for power and control. Alternate translation: “deliver your servant to Ahab” +18:9 hmu9 your servant 1 Obadiah refers to himself as Elijah’s servant in order to honor Elijah. +18:10 j1sm As Yahweh your God lives 1 This is an oath used to emphasize that what he is saying is true. +18:10 n7bq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole there is no nation or kingdom where my master has not sent men 1 Here “no nation or kingdom” is an exaggeration that means that men have traveled very far and gone to many places to find Elijah. This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “my master has sent men to nations and kingdoms near and far” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +18:11 nlb6 Yet now 1 This phrase is used to emphasize the danger in what Elijah is telling Obadiah to do. +18:13 zrj6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Has it not been told to you … with bread and water? 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Surely you have been told about what I did … with bread and water!” +18:13 v2va my master 1 Here the word “master” is a term of respect used to refer to Elijah. +18:13 u3ge rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers one hundred of Yahweh’s prophets by fifties 1 “100 of Yahweh’s prophets in groups of 50” +18:14 h867 Go and tell your master that Elijah is here 1 See how you translated these words in [1 Kings 18:11](../18/11.md). +18:14 sup2 your master 1 Here “master” refers to King Ahab. +18:15 y5q4 As Yahweh of hosts lives 1 This is an oath to emphasize that what he will say is true. +18:15 jrz6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom before whom I stand 1 To “stand before” is an idiom for being in someone’s presence and ready to serve him. Alternate translation: “whom I serve” +18:16 c9p2 told him what Elijah said 1 Alternate translation: “Obadiah told Ahab what Elijah had told him to say” +18:17 i2jy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Is it you? You are the one who brings trouble to Israel! 1 Ahab asks the question for emphasis to be certain about Elijah’s identity. Alternate translation: “So here you are. You are the troublemaker of Israel!” +18:19 gz7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole all Israel 1 This is a generalization to refer to the leaders and people who represent the ten tribes of the northern kingdom. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +18:19 n9nh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 450 prophets 1 “four hundred and fifty prophets” +18:19 nzp4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers four hundred prophets 1 “400 prophets” +18:20 vwk2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche sent word to … and gathered 1 “Word” represents Ahab’s message and is also a metonym for the messenger who delivered the message. This is a common statement used with the meaning understood. Alternate translation: “sent a message to … and gathered” or “sent a messenger to summon … to gather” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +18:21 v7v9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion How long will you keep changing your mind? 1 Elijah asks this question to urge the people to make a decision. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “You have been indecisive for long enough.” +18:21 na5a did not answer him a word 1 Alternate translation: “did not say anything” or “were silent” +18:22 l1ig I, I alone, am left 1 The word “I” is repeated for emphasis. +18:22 z9im rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 450 men 1 “four hundred and fifty men” +18:24 fch4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy call on the name of your god … call on the name of Yahweh 1 “Name” is metonymy for the reputation and honor of someone and “calling on” him represents an appeal. Alternate translation: “call to your god … call to Yahweh” +18:24 i2cc all the people answered and said, “This is good.” 1 Alternate translation: “all the people said, ‘This is a good thing to do.’” +18:25 b41u prepare it 1 Alternate translation: “make it ready to be sacrificed” +18:25 y7cs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you you are many people 1 Here the word “you” is plural. +18:26 rj67 They took the bull 1 Alternate translation: “The prophets of Baal took the bull” +18:26 n37t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the bull that was given to them 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the bull that someone gave them” +18:26 gs4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism But there was no voice, nor anyone who answered 1 These two phrases share similar meanings and emphasize that there was no one to respond to the prayers of the false prophets. The word “voice” represents someone speaking. Alternate translation: “But Baal did not say or do anything” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +18:27 mi46 Perhaps he is thinking 1 Alternate translation: “Maybe he is thinking” or “It could be that he is thinking” +18:27 qb2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism relieving himself 1 This euphemism is a more pleasant way to express a harsh statement. Elijah uses understatement to insult Baal with sarcasm. Alternate translation: “in the bathroom” +18:27 pz9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive must be awakened 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must awaken him” or “you must wake him up” +18:29 sx2c they were still raving 1 “they continued their wild behavior.” Prophets often acted in ways that seemed unusual or even crazy. In this case they were calling on Baal while dancing, shouting loudly, and cutting themselves with knives. +18:29 d4cs of offering of the evening sacrifice 1 Alternate translation: “to offer the evening sacrifice” +18:29 h5ce rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism but there was no voice or anyone to answer; there was no one who paid any attention to their pleadings 1 These phrases share similar meanings and emphasize that no one responded to the prayers of the false prophets. Alternate translation: “but Baal did not say or do anything or even pay attention” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +18:29 lpf9 there was no voice or anyone to answer 1 See how you translated this in [1 Kings 18:26](../18/26.md). +18:31 n18f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers twelve stones 1 “12 stones” +18:32 yy3l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy in the name of Yahweh 1 “Name” here is a metonym for honor and reputation. This could mean: (1) “to honor Yahweh” or (2) “with the authority of Yahweh.” +18:32 gh4y trench 1 a small waterway to hold water +18:32 kp7z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume two seahs of seeds 1 A seah is a unit of volume equal to about 7.7 liters. Alternate translation: “about 15 liters of seeds” +18:33 m699 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis He arranged the wood for a fire 1 “On the altar” where he placed the wood is assumed in this sentence. Alternate translation: “He put the wood for a fire on the altar” +18:33 sh1g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers four jars 1 “4 jars” +18:33 u4fl jars 1 A jar is a container for water. +18:35 v15z trench 1 See how you translated this in [1 Kings 18:30](../18/30.md). +18:36 xs1m It happened 1 This phrase is used here to reference a significant and meaningful time of the day in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. +18:36 ajj4 Yahweh, the God of Abraham, of Isaac, and of Israel 1 Here “Israel” is referring to Jacob. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel (Genesis 32:28), and God named the nation of Jacob’s descendants “Israel.” +18:36 xuh8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive let it be known this day 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “make these people know today” +18:37 url2 Hear me … hear me 1 This phrase is repeated to emphasize the appeal of Elijah to Yahweh. +18:37 dq2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy turned their heart back again to yourself 1 The people’s “heart” is a metonym for the affection and loyalty of the people. Alternate translation: “caused them to be loyal to you again” +18:38 wf4a the fire of Yahweh fell 1 Alternate translation: “the fire of Yahweh came down” +18:38 xyn4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification licked up 1 The fire is compared to a thirsty person drinking water. +18:39 z3jq Yahweh, he is God! Yahweh, he is God! 1 This phrase is repeated for emphasis. +18:41 f9b6 there is the sound of much rain 1 Alternate translation: “it sounds like it is going to rain a lot” +18:42 uvi2 bowed himself down on the earth and put his face between his knees 1 This describes a posture used for praying. +18:43 cch7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers seven times 1 The word “seven” can be rendered as the numeral “7.” Alternate translation: “7 times” +18:44 w1db as small as a man’s hand 1 From a long distance, the cloud could be covered from sight by a man’s hand. +18:45 iv5m It happened 1 This phrase is used here to mark where a new step in the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. +18:46 y3cl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the hand of Yahweh was on Elijah 1 Here the word “hand” is a metonym for strength. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave his power to Elijah” +18:46 jqk4 tucked his robe in his belt 1 Elijah wrapped his long robe around his waist so that his legs would be free for running. 19:intro abcj 0 # 1 Kings 19 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe story of Elijah continues in this chapter.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\nThe queen was angry that Elijah had killed her prophets of Baal. She promised to kill Elijah. Elijah fled south into the desert south of Judah. He traveled on to Mount Horeb also known as Mount Sinai, the mountain of God. God asked him why he was there. He said he had come to Mount Horeb because Israel had deserted God, killed his prophets, and wanted to kill him. God sent him home to make Hazael the king of Aram, Jehu the king of Israel, and Elisha as the prophet in his place. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) -19:2 s2y6 So may the gods do to me, and more also 0 This is a comparison used as an emphatic oath. “May the gods kill me and do even more bad things” -19:2 sp3r if I do not make your life like the life of one of those dead prophets 0 Alternate translation: “if I do not kill you like you killed those prophets” -19:3 hkc1 he arose 0 Alternate translation: “he stood up” -19:4 nzy9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns he himself went a day’s journey 0 The word “himself” is used to emphasize that he was alone. Alternate translation: “he walked by himself for a day” -19:4 za2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown broom tree 0 A “broom tree” is a plant that grows in the desert. -19:4 c1v2 He requested for himself that he might die 0 Alternate translation: “He prayed that he would die” -19:4 shx5 It is enough, now, Yahweh 0 Alternate translation: “These troubles are too much for me, Yahweh” -19:6 q2lf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive bread that had been baked on coals 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “bread that someone had cooked on hot stones” -19:6 hjt1 jug of water 0 Alternate translation: “a container of water” -19:7 ik82 will be too much for you 0 Alternate translation: “will be too difficult for you.” -19:8 j9yv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers he traveled in the strength of that food forty days and forty nights 0 “that food gave him energy to travel for 40 days and 40 nights” -19:9 br24 to a cave there 0 Here the word “there” refers to Mount Horeb. A cave is an opening in a mountainside that leads to a natural room or rooms underground. -19:9 j8ia rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom the word of Yahweh came to him and said to him, “What 0 The idiom “The word of Yahweh came to,” is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to him. He said, ‘What” or “Yahweh spoke this message to him: ‘What” -19:9 nh7j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion What are you doing here, Elijah? 0 Yahweh asks this question to rebuke Elijah and to remind him of his duty. Alternate translation: “This is not where you should be, Elijah.” -19:10 zg3n I, only I, am left 0 Here the word “I” is repeated for emphasis. -19:11 i185 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom on the mountain before me 0 “Before me” here is an idiom for standing in front of someone. Alternate translation: “on the mountain in my presence” -19:13 t1l2 he wrapped his face in his cloak 0 “he covered his face with his cloak” A cloak is a long robe, a piece of clothing that covers the whole body. -19:13 ps2e Then a voice came to him 0 Alternate translation: “Then he heard a voice” -19:13 ht8c What are you doing here, Elijah? 0 See how you translated this text in [1 Kings 19:9](../19/09.md). -19:14 q17u Elijah replied, “I have been very zealous … and they are also trying to take my life.” 0 See how you translated this text in [1 Kings 19:10](../19/10.md). -19:14 d39a I, only I, am left 0 Here the word “I” is repeated for emphasis. -19:16 s3y3 prophet in your place 0 Alternate translation: “prophet instead of you” -19:17 be8f It will happen 0 This phrase is used to introduce what will happen when Elijah does what Yahweh has told him to do. “What will happen is” -19:17 j4vp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy whoever escapes from the sword of Hazael 0 “Sword” is metonymy for killing as in battle. Alternate translation: “whomever Hazael does not kill with the sword” -19:18 zix5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns I will leave for myself 0 Here the words “I” and “myself” refer to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I will save from death” -19:18 jyx3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers seven thousand people 0 “7,000 people” -19:18 n188 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy whose knees have not bent down to Baal, and whose mouths have not kissed him 0 “Bending down” and “kissing” are metonymies for actions people did to worship idols. They are combined for emphasis. Alternate translation: “who have not bowed down and kissed Baal” or “who have not worshiped Baal” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -19:19 iy4x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Shaphat 0 This is the name of a man. -19:19 ddp6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers twelve yoke of oxen 0 “12 yoke of oxen” -19:19 m3gy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns he himself was plowing with the twelfth yoke 0 The word “himself” indicates that Elisha was plowing with the last yoke, while other men were plowing with the other eleven yokes. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -19:20 jye9 he said, “Please 0 The word “he” refers to Elisha. -19:21 s7a5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit he gave it to the people 0 Elisha gave the cooked meat to the people of his city. +19:2 s2y6 So may the gods do to me, and more also 1 This is a comparison used as an emphatic oath. “May the gods kill me and do even more bad things” +19:2 sp3r if I do not make your life like the life of one of those dead prophets 1 Alternate translation: “if I do not kill you like you killed those prophets” +19:3 hkc1 he arose 1 Alternate translation: “he stood up” +19:4 nzy9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns he himself went a day’s journey 1 The word “himself” is used to emphasize that he was alone. Alternate translation: “he walked by himself for a day” +19:4 za2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown broom tree 1 A “broom tree” is a plant that grows in the desert. +19:4 c1v2 He requested for himself that he might die 1 Alternate translation: “He prayed that he would die” +19:4 shx5 It is enough, now, Yahweh 1 Alternate translation: “These troubles are too much for me, Yahweh” +19:6 q2lf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive bread that had been baked on coals 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “bread that someone had cooked on hot stones” +19:6 hjt1 jug of water 1 Alternate translation: “a container of water” +19:7 ik82 will be too much for you 1 Alternate translation: “will be too difficult for you.” +19:8 j9yv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers he traveled in the strength of that food forty days and forty nights 1 “that food gave him energy to travel for 40 days and 40 nights” +19:9 br24 to a cave there 1 Here the word “there” refers to Mount Horeb. A cave is an opening in a mountainside that leads to a natural room or rooms underground. +19:9 j8ia rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom the word of Yahweh came to him and said to him, “What 1 The idiom “The word of Yahweh came to,” is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to him. He said, ‘What” or “Yahweh spoke this message to him: ‘What” +19:9 nh7j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion What are you doing here, Elijah? 1 Yahweh asks this question to rebuke Elijah and to remind him of his duty. Alternate translation: “This is not where you should be, Elijah.” +19:10 zg3n I, only I, am left 1 Here the word “I” is repeated for emphasis. +19:11 i185 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom on the mountain before me 1 “Before me” here is an idiom for standing in front of someone. Alternate translation: “on the mountain in my presence” +19:13 t1l2 he wrapped his face in his cloak 1 “he covered his face with his cloak” A cloak is a long robe, a piece of clothing that covers the whole body. +19:13 ps2e Then a voice came to him 1 Alternate translation: “Then he heard a voice” +19:13 ht8c What are you doing here, Elijah? 1 See how you translated this text in [1 Kings 19:9](../19/09.md). +19:14 q17u Elijah replied, “I have been very zealous … and they are also trying to take my life.” 1 See how you translated this text in [1 Kings 19:10](../19/10.md). +19:14 d39a I, only I, am left 1 Here the word “I” is repeated for emphasis. +19:16 s3y3 prophet in your place 1 Alternate translation: “prophet instead of you” +19:17 be8f It will happen 1 This phrase is used to introduce what will happen when Elijah does what Yahweh has told him to do. “What will happen is” +19:17 j4vp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy whoever escapes from the sword of Hazael 1 “Sword” is metonymy for killing as in battle. Alternate translation: “whomever Hazael does not kill with the sword” +19:18 zix5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns I will leave for myself 1 Here the words “I” and “myself” refer to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I will save from death” +19:18 jyx3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers seven thousand people 1 “7,000 people” +19:18 n188 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy whose knees have not bent down to Baal, and whose mouths have not kissed him 1 “Bending down” and “kissing” are metonymies for actions people did to worship idols. They are combined for emphasis. Alternate translation: “who have not bowed down and kissed Baal” or “who have not worshiped Baal” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +19:19 iy4x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Shaphat 1 This is the name of a man. +19:19 ddp6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers twelve yoke of oxen 1 “12 yoke of oxen” +19:19 m3gy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns he himself was plowing with the twelfth yoke 1 The word “himself” indicates that Elisha was plowing with the last yoke, while other men were plowing with the other eleven yokes. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +19:20 jye9 he said, “Please 1 The word “he” refers to Elisha. +19:21 s7a5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit he gave it to the people 1 Elisha gave the cooked meat to the people of his city. 20:intro abck 0 # 1 Kings 20 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis is a story of two battles between Aram and Israel.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Battle\n\nGod had chosen to defeat Ben Hadad, king of Aram. So when he attacked Samaria with a huge army, the tiny army of Israel defeated him. The people of Aram said that Yahweh was the god of the hills, but they could defeat Israel on the plains. So they came again but Israel defeated them again. Then Ben Hadad offered a peace plan and Ahab accepted. But God had wanted him to kill Ben Hadad and was angry at Ahab for making peace with him.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Simile\n\nThere were so few Israel soldiers that they were “like two little flocks of goats.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -20:1 i4ar rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ben Hadad 0 This is the name of a man. -20:1 qfr1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers thirty-two lesser kings 0 “32 lesser kings” -20:1 ai8j lesser kings 0 Alternate translation: “kings ruling smaller groups of people” -20:4 d2xe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom It is as you say 0 This is an idiom to express agreement. Alternate translation: “I agree with you” -20:6 xa8s tomorrow about this time 0 Alternate translation: “tomorrow at the same time of day that it is now” -20:6 r8pa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche whatever pleases their eyes 0 Here the “eyes” represent the whole person and emphasize them looking at something and desiring it. Alternate translation: “whatever pleases them” -20:7 it6r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy of the land 0 “The land” represents all the people living there. Alternate translation: “of the people of Israel” -20:7 aza4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom take note and see 0 “Take note” here is an idiom to observe carefully. Alternate translation: “pay close attention to” -20:7 fk6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives I have not refused him 0 This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “I have agreed to his demands” -20:10 q6wd May the gods do so to me and more also 0 This is an oath with great emphasis. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 19:2](../19/02.md). -20:10 b77w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor if even the ashes of Samaria will be enough for all the people who follow me to have a handful each 0 Ben Hadad is threatening that his army will totally destroy everything in Samaria. -20:11 y7fk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs Tell Ben Hadad, ‘No one who is just putting on his armor … as if he were taking it off.’ 0 This is an expression to give advice. “Putting on armor” is metonymy for getting prepared for battle. “Tell Ben Hadad, ‘Do not boast as if you have already won a battle that you have not yet fought.’” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -20:13 f4sp Then behold 0 The word “behold” alerts us to the sudden appearance of a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this. -20:13 up43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Have you seen this great army? 0 Yahweh asks this question to emphasize the size and strength of Ben Hadad’s army. Alternate translation: “Look at this great army.” -20:13 xw3c Look, I will place it into your hand today 0 The word “Look” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. -20:13 ci7b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy place it into your hand 0 Here the word “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “give you victory over that army” -20:14 ni9c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis By whom? 0 Ahab leaves out the words ‘will you do this’ Alternate translation: “By whom will you do this?” -20:15 pgh1 Ahab mustered the young officers 0 Alternate translation: “Ahab assembled the young officers” -20:15 ftl5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism all the soldiers, all the army of Israel 0 These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. -20:15 w3bd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers seven thousand 0 “7,000” -20:16 x62f They went out 0 Here the word “They” refers to the Israelite army. -20:16 ta31 thirty-two lesser kings 0 See how you translated this in [1 Kings 20:1](../20/01.md). -20:17 i5p4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Ben Hadad was informed by scouts that he had sent out 0 This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “Scouts that Ben Hadad had sent out informed him” -20:17 ke29 scouts 0 A “scout” is a soldier sent to gather information about the enemy. -20:18 l7k4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis Ben Hadad said 0 It is understood that Ben Hadad is speaking to his soldiers. Alternate translation: “Ben Hadad said to his soldiers” -20:18 hqg6 Whether they have … take them 0 Here “they” and “them” refer to the Israelite army. -20:19 t1j4 So the young officers … the army followed 0 Alternate translation: “The young Israelite officers … the Israelite army followed” -20:20 e1jk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche Israel pursued them 0 “Israel” is synecdoche for all the soldiers of the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “the men of the army of Israel pursued them” -20:21 k7xi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche the king of Israel went out and attacked 0 “The king” is synecdoche for the king and all the soldiers serving under him. Alternate translation: “The king of Israel and his soldiers went out and attacked” -20:22 b52i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy strengthen yourself 0 “Yourself” represents by metonymy the army of the king. Alternate translation: “strengthen your forces” -20:22 g9f7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet understand and plan 0 These two words mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. Alternate translation: “determine” -20:22 u4ju at the return of the year 0 This could mean: (1) “in the springtime of next year” or (2) “at this time next year.” -20:23 kn8e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive let us fight … we will be stronger 0 The words “us” and “we” refer to the servants, the king, and the army all together. -20:24 alj2 Remove all the kings from their positions of authority 0 Alternate translation: “You must remove the thirty-two kings who are leading your troops” -20:26 ewh9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Aphek 0 This is the name of a city. -20:26 h5fl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche to fight against Israel 0 “Israel” represents the army of Israel. Alternate translation: “to fight against the army of Israel” -20:27 v3ff rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The people of Israel were mustered and supplied 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Israelite army also gathered together, and the commanders gave the arms that they needed for the battle” -20:27 jkv8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile like two little flocks of goats 0 This simile compares the Israelite army to two little flocks of goats. Alternate translation: “The Israelite army appeared to be small and weak like two flocks of goats” -20:28 xgs1 a man of God 0 This is another title for a prophet. Alternate translation: “a prophet” -20:28 xcf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy place this great army into your hand 0 Here the word “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “give you victory over this great army” -20:29 cwx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers seven days 0 “7 days” -20:29 g5mm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 100,000 0 “one hundred thousand” -20:29 n4tu footmen 0 A “footman” is a soldier who marches on foot. -20:30 y5le rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis The rest fled to Aphek 0 The expression “the rest” assumes the words “of the Aramean soldiers.” Alternate translation: “The rest of the Aramean soldiers” -20:30 b7gv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Aphek 0 This is the name of a town. -20:30 wi1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers twenty-seven thousand 0 “27,000” -20:31 z4q2 Look now 0 This emphasizes what they will say. Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention to what we are about to tell you” -20:31 gwi2 put sackcloth around our waists and ropes around our heads 0 This was a sign of surrender. -20:32 b34f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Is he still alive? 0 Ahab asks this question to express surprise. Alternate translation: “I am surprised that he is still alive!” -20:32 ch6m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor He is my brother 0 “My brother” here is a metaphor for somebody who is a good friend. Alternate translation: “He is like a brother to me” or “He is like family” -20:33 y94a Now the men 0 The word “Now” does not mean “at this moment,” but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows. -20:33 e1y4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy for any sign from Ahab 0 “Sign” is metonymy for an action that gives a meaning. Alternate translation: “for any action from Ahab that would show them that Ahab wanted to be merciful” -20:35 d6wp one of the sons of the prophets 0 Alternate translation: “a member of the group of prophets” -20:35 pr9y the word of Yahweh 0 Alternate translation: “the message of Yahweh” or “Yahweh’s message” -20:36 dy4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy you have not obeyed the voice of Yahweh 0 “The voice” is metonymy for what Yahweh commanded. Alternate translation: “you have not obeyed Yahweh” -20:39 s9r6 Your servant went out 0 The prophet refers to himself in the third person as a sign of respect to the king. -20:39 cn8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom into the heat of the battle 0 “Heat of the battle” here is an idiom to express the most intense and fierce fighting. Alternate translation: “to where the battle was most intense” -20:39 t89k your life will be given for his life 0 Alternate translation: “you will die in his place” -20:39 n9m5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight a talent of silver 0 A talent is a unit of weight equal to about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “33 kilograms of silver” -20:40 q6ds rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom going here and there 0 This is an idiom to represent being very busy and preoccupied. Alternate translation: “doing other things” or “doing this and that” -20:42 f7yg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy let go from your hand 0 Here the word “hand” is metonymy for power. Alternate translation: “released” or “spared the life of” -20:42 m59l your life will take the place of his life, and your people for his people 0 Alternate translation: “you will die in his place, and your people will die in the place of his people” +20:1 i4ar rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ben Hadad 1 This is the name of a man. +20:1 qfr1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers thirty-two lesser kings 1 “32 lesser kings” +20:1 ai8j lesser kings 1 Alternate translation: “kings ruling smaller groups of people” +20:4 d2xe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom It is as you say 1 This is an idiom to express agreement. Alternate translation: “I agree with you” +20:6 xa8s tomorrow about this time 1 Alternate translation: “tomorrow at the same time of day that it is now” +20:6 r8pa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche whatever pleases their eyes 1 Here the “eyes” represent the whole person and emphasize them looking at something and desiring it. Alternate translation: “whatever pleases them” +20:7 it6r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy of the land 1 “The land” represents all the people living there. Alternate translation: “of the people of Israel” +20:7 aza4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom take note and see 1 “Take note” here is an idiom to observe carefully. Alternate translation: “pay close attention to” +20:7 fk6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives I have not refused him 1 This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “I have agreed to his demands” +20:10 q6wd May the gods do so to me and more also 1 This is an oath with great emphasis. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 19:2](../19/02.md). +20:10 b77w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor if even the ashes of Samaria will be enough for all the people who follow me to have a handful each 1 Ben Hadad is threatening that his army will totally destroy everything in Samaria. +20:11 y7fk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs Tell Ben Hadad, ‘No one who is just putting on his armor … as if he were taking it off.’ 1 This is an expression to give advice. “Putting on armor” is metonymy for getting prepared for battle. “Tell Ben Hadad, ‘Do not boast as if you have already won a battle that you have not yet fought.’” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +20:13 f4sp Then behold 1 The word “behold” alerts us to the sudden appearance of a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this. +20:13 up43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Have you seen this great army? 1 Yahweh asks this question to emphasize the size and strength of Ben Hadad’s army. Alternate translation: “Look at this great army.” +20:13 xw3c Look, I will place it into your hand today 1 The word “Look” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. +20:13 ci7b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy place it into your hand 1 Here the word “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “give you victory over that army” +20:14 ni9c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis By whom? 1 Ahab leaves out the words ‘will you do this’ Alternate translation: “By whom will you do this?” +20:15 pgh1 Ahab mustered the young officers 1 Alternate translation: “Ahab assembled the young officers” +20:15 ftl5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism all the soldiers, all the army of Israel 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. +20:15 w3bd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers seven thousand 1 “7,000” +20:16 x62f They went out 1 Here the word “They” refers to the Israelite army. +20:16 ta31 thirty-two lesser kings 1 See how you translated this in [1 Kings 20:1](../20/01.md). +20:17 i5p4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Ben Hadad was informed by scouts that he had sent out 1 This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “Scouts that Ben Hadad had sent out informed him” +20:17 ke29 scouts 1 A “scout” is a soldier sent to gather information about the enemy. +20:18 l7k4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis Ben Hadad said 1 It is understood that Ben Hadad is speaking to his soldiers. Alternate translation: “Ben Hadad said to his soldiers” +20:18 hqg6 Whether they have … take them 1 Here “they” and “them” refer to the Israelite army. +20:19 t1j4 So the young officers … the army followed 1 Alternate translation: “The young Israelite officers … the Israelite army followed” +20:20 e1jk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche Israel pursued them 1 “Israel” is synecdoche for all the soldiers of the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “the men of the army of Israel pursued them” +20:21 k7xi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche the king of Israel went out and attacked 1 “The king” is synecdoche for the king and all the soldiers serving under him. Alternate translation: “The king of Israel and his soldiers went out and attacked” +20:22 b52i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy strengthen yourself 1 “Yourself” represents by metonymy the army of the king. Alternate translation: “strengthen your forces” +20:22 g9f7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet understand and plan 1 These two words mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. Alternate translation: “determine” +20:22 u4ju at the return of the year 1 This could mean: (1) “in the springtime of next year” or (2) “at this time next year.” +20:23 kn8e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive let us fight … we will be stronger 1 The words “us” and “we” refer to the servants, the king, and the army all together. +20:24 alj2 Remove all the kings from their positions of authority 1 Alternate translation: “You must remove the thirty-two kings who are leading your troops” +20:26 ewh9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Aphek 1 This is the name of a city. +20:26 h5fl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche to fight against Israel 1 “Israel” represents the army of Israel. Alternate translation: “to fight against the army of Israel” +20:27 v3ff rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The people of Israel were mustered and supplied 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Israelite army also gathered together, and the commanders gave the arms that they needed for the battle” +20:27 jkv8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile like two little flocks of goats 1 This simile compares the Israelite army to two little flocks of goats. Alternate translation: “The Israelite army appeared to be small and weak like two flocks of goats” +20:28 xgs1 a man of God 1 This is another title for a prophet. Alternate translation: “a prophet” +20:28 xcf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy place this great army into your hand 1 Here the word “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “give you victory over this great army” +20:29 cwx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers seven days 1 “7 days” +20:29 g5mm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 100,000 1 “one hundred thousand” +20:29 n4tu footmen 1 A “footman” is a soldier who marches on foot. +20:30 y5le rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis The rest fled to Aphek 1 The expression “the rest” assumes the words “of the Aramean soldiers.” Alternate translation: “The rest of the Aramean soldiers” +20:30 b7gv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Aphek 1 This is the name of a town. +20:30 wi1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers twenty-seven thousand 1 “27,000” +20:31 z4q2 Look now 1 This emphasizes what they will say. Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention to what we are about to tell you” +20:31 gwi2 put sackcloth around our waists and ropes around our heads 1 This was a sign of surrender. +20:32 b34f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Is he still alive? 1 Ahab asks this question to express surprise. Alternate translation: “I am surprised that he is still alive!” +20:32 ch6m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor He is my brother 1 “My brother” here is a metaphor for somebody who is a good friend. Alternate translation: “He is like a brother to me” or “He is like family” +20:33 y94a Now the men 1 The word “Now” does not mean “at this moment,” but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows. +20:33 e1y4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy for any sign from Ahab 1 “Sign” is metonymy for an action that gives a meaning. Alternate translation: “for any action from Ahab that would show them that Ahab wanted to be merciful” +20:35 d6wp one of the sons of the prophets 1 Alternate translation: “a member of the group of prophets” +20:35 pr9y the word of Yahweh 1 Alternate translation: “the message of Yahweh” or “Yahweh’s message” +20:36 dy4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy you have not obeyed the voice of Yahweh 1 “The voice” is metonymy for what Yahweh commanded. Alternate translation: “you have not obeyed Yahweh” +20:39 s9r6 Your servant went out 1 The prophet refers to himself in the third person as a sign of respect to the king. +20:39 cn8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom into the heat of the battle 1 “Heat of the battle” here is an idiom to express the most intense and fierce fighting. Alternate translation: “to where the battle was most intense” +20:39 t89k your life will be given for his life 1 Alternate translation: “you will die in his place” +20:39 n9m5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight a talent of silver 1 A talent is a unit of weight equal to about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “33 kilograms of silver” +20:40 q6ds rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom going here and there 1 This is an idiom to represent being very busy and preoccupied. Alternate translation: “doing other things” or “doing this and that” +20:42 f7yg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy let go from your hand 1 Here the word “hand” is metonymy for power. Alternate translation: “released” or “spared the life of” +20:42 m59l your life will take the place of his life, and your people for his people 1 Alternate translation: “you will die in his place, and your people will die in the place of his people” 21:intro abcl 0 # 1 Kings 21 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe story of Elijah continues in this chapter.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\nGod hates oppression but is forgiving to people who are sorry for their sins. Ahab wanted Naboth’s vineyard to make into a garden for his palace, but Naboth refused to sell it. So the queen, Ahab’s wife, told the civic leaders of Naboth’s town to falsely accuse him and execute him. Elijah told Ahab that he would be killed in Naboth’s vineyard and all his family destroyed. Ahab repented and showed he was very sorry for what he did, so God said it would not happen to Ahab himself but to his son. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]], [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) -21:1 j692 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent Now some time later 0 This phrase marks the beginning of a new part of the story and indicates that these events happened later, not that Naboth owned the vineyard later. If your language has a way marking the beginning of a new part of a story, you could consider using it here. Alternate translation: “Now this is what happened later” -21:1 d4gf rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Naboth the Jezreelite 0 This is the name of a man from Jezreel. -21:1 pe6g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche king of Samaria 0 “Samaria” was the capital city of the kingdom of Israel and here represents the entire nation. Alternate translation: “king of Israel” -21:3 p9pb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit May Yahweh forbid that I should give 0 This phrase is an oath that emphasizes that what follows will not happen. Alternate translation: “Because Yahweh forbids it, I will never give” -21:3 sg9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor give the inheritance of my ancestors to you 0 The land that his ancestors received as a permanent possession is spoken of as if it were an inheritance. Alternate translation: “give to you the land that my ancestors received as an inheritance” -21:5 ib4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche Why is your heart so sad 0 Here “heart” refers to the entire person and his emotions. Alternate translation: “Why are you so sad” -21:7 k6fd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Do you not still rule the kingdom of Israel? 0 Jezebel uses this negative rhetorical question to rebuke Ahab. It can be translated as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “You still rule the kingdom of Israel!” -21:7 u9rk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche let your heart be happy 0 Here “heart” refers to the entire person and his emotions. Alternate translation: “be happy” or “cheer up” -21:8 m5ey rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy wrote letters in Ahab’s name 0 This could mean: (1) she wrote Ahab’s name on the letters. Alternate translation: “wrote letters and signed them with Ahab’s name” or (2) the word “name” is a metonym for authority. Alternate translation: “wrote letters on behalf of Ahab” -21:8 ltl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj the wealthy who sat with him 0 The word “wealthy” refers to wealthy people. Alternate translation: “the wealthy people who sat with Naboth” -21:9 p5n4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor seat Naboth above the people 0 Having Naboth sit in a place of honor is spoken of as if it were having him sit above the rest of the people who were present. Alternate translation: “have Naboth sit in a place of honor among the people” -21:10 l62b let them testify against him 0 Alternate translation: “have them accuse him” -21:11 c93g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj the wealthy who lived in Naboth’s city 0 The word “wealthy” refers to wealthy people. Alternate translation: “the wealthy people who lived in Naboth’s city” -21:11 r1kv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive as was written in the letters 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as she had written in the letters” -21:12 c24d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor seated Naboth above the people 0 Having Naboth sit in a place of honor is spoken of as if it were having him sit above the rest of the people who were present. See how you translated this idea in [1 Kings 21:9](../21/09.md). Alternate translation: “had Naboth sit in a place of honor among the people” -21:13 xj2k sat before Naboth 0 Alternate translation: “sat in front of Naboth” -21:13 zia2 they carried him out 0 Here the word “they” refers to the people of the city. -21:14 cm8q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Naboth has been stoned and is dead 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We have stoned Naboth and he is dead” -21:15 bnj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive that Naboth had been stoned and was dead 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the people had stoned Naboth and he was dead” -21:15 m7br rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet Naboth is not alive, but dead. 0 These two phrases mean the same thing and emphasize Jezebel’s statement. Alternate translation: “Naboth is dead!” -21:17 t1mb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom the word of Yahweh came 0 This idiom means that Yahweh spoke or has sent a message. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke” -21:19 rh87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Have you killed and also taken possession? 0 Yahweh asks this question to scold Ahab. Alternate translation: “You have killed Naboth and stolen his vineyard!” -21:19 w2qz your blood, yes, your blood 0 This is repeated for emphasis. -21:20 lpq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Have you found me, my enemy? 0 Ahab uses this question to express anger toward Elijah. That Elijah “found” Ahab likely refers to Elijah discovering Ahab’s actions, not to finding his physical location. Alternate translation: “You have found me, my enemy!” or “You have discovered what I have done, my enemy!” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -21:20 sx2z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor you have sold yourself to do what is evil 0 A person being committed to doing what is evil is spoken of as if that person had sold himself to evil. Alternate translation: “you have dedicated yourself to doing what is evil” -21:20 wi8j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor what is evil in the sight of Yahweh 0 The phrase, “in the sight of” refers to someone’s opinion. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 11:6](../11/06.md). Alternate translation: “what Yahweh considers to be evil” -21:21 f2w5 See 0 Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” -21:21 clc4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor completely consume and cut off from you every male child and slave and free man in Israel 0 Yahweh speaks of destroying Ahab’s family and preventing him from having any decedents as if he were consuming these people like a fire would consume them, and cutting them off as one would cut a branch from a tree. Alternate translation: “destroy every one of your male children in Israel, whether slave or free” -21:22 d8kb I will make your family like the family of Jeroboam … and like the family of Baasha 0 Yahweh will destroy Ahab’s family like he destroyed the families of Jeroboam and Baasha. -21:24 rcg1 Anyone who belongs to Ahab 0 Alternate translation: “Anyone who belongs to Ahab’s family” -21:25 m85z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor who sold himself to do what was evil 0 A person being committed to doing what is evil is spoken of as if that person had sold himself to evil. See how you translated this idea in [1 Kings 21:20](../21/20.md). Alternate translation: “who dedicated himself to doing what was evil” -21:25 rh8u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor what was evil in the sight of Yahweh 0 The phrase, “in the sight of” refers to someone’s opinion. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 11:6](../11/06.md). Alternate translation: “what Yahweh considers to be evil” -21:26 cz5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit removed before the people of Israel 0 Here “Israel” refers to all twelve tribes of Israel and not just to the northern kingdom. Alternate translation: “removed from the presence of the people of Israel” or “drove out of the land before the people of Israel” -21:28 lq1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom the word of Yahweh came 0 This idiom means that Yahweh spoke or has sent a message. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke” -21:29 hf8k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Do you see how Ahab humbles himself before me? 0 God uses this question to show Elijah that Ahab’s sorrow is genuine. Alternate translation: “I have seen how Ahab humbles himself before me.” or “Look at how Ahab humbles himself before me.” -21:29 cf9j in his days … in his son’s day 0 Alternate translation: “during his lifetime … during his son’s lifetime” +21:1 j692 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent Now some time later 1 This phrase marks the beginning of a new part of the story and indicates that these events happened later, not that Naboth owned the vineyard later. If your language has a way marking the beginning of a new part of a story, you could consider using it here. Alternate translation: “Now this is what happened later” +21:1 d4gf rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Naboth the Jezreelite 1 This is the name of a man from Jezreel. +21:1 pe6g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche king of Samaria 1 “Samaria” was the capital city of the kingdom of Israel and here represents the entire nation. Alternate translation: “king of Israel” +21:3 p9pb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit May Yahweh forbid that I should give 1 This phrase is an oath that emphasizes that what follows will not happen. Alternate translation: “Because Yahweh forbids it, I will never give” +21:3 sg9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor give the inheritance of my ancestors to you 1 The land that his ancestors received as a permanent possession is spoken of as if it were an inheritance. Alternate translation: “give to you the land that my ancestors received as an inheritance” +21:5 ib4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche Why is your heart so sad 1 Here “heart” refers to the entire person and his emotions. Alternate translation: “Why are you so sad” +21:7 k6fd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Do you not still rule the kingdom of Israel? 1 Jezebel uses this negative rhetorical question to rebuke Ahab. It can be translated as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “You still rule the kingdom of Israel!” +21:7 u9rk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche let your heart be happy 1 Here “heart” refers to the entire person and his emotions. Alternate translation: “be happy” or “cheer up” +21:8 m5ey rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy wrote letters in Ahab’s name 1 This could mean: (1) she wrote Ahab’s name on the letters. Alternate translation: “wrote letters and signed them with Ahab’s name” or (2) the word “name” is a metonym for authority. Alternate translation: “wrote letters on behalf of Ahab” +21:8 ltl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj the wealthy who sat with him 1 The word “wealthy” refers to wealthy people. Alternate translation: “the wealthy people who sat with Naboth” +21:9 p5n4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor seat Naboth above the people 1 Having Naboth sit in a place of honor is spoken of as if it were having him sit above the rest of the people who were present. Alternate translation: “have Naboth sit in a place of honor among the people” +21:10 l62b let them testify against him 1 Alternate translation: “have them accuse him” +21:11 c93g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj the wealthy who lived in Naboth’s city 1 The word “wealthy” refers to wealthy people. Alternate translation: “the wealthy people who lived in Naboth’s city” +21:11 r1kv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive as was written in the letters 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as she had written in the letters” +21:12 c24d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor seated Naboth above the people 1 Having Naboth sit in a place of honor is spoken of as if it were having him sit above the rest of the people who were present. See how you translated this idea in [1 Kings 21:9](../21/09.md). Alternate translation: “had Naboth sit in a place of honor among the people” +21:13 xj2k sat before Naboth 1 Alternate translation: “sat in front of Naboth” +21:13 zia2 they carried him out 1 Here the word “they” refers to the people of the city. +21:14 cm8q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Naboth has been stoned and is dead 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We have stoned Naboth and he is dead” +21:15 bnj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive that Naboth had been stoned and was dead 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the people had stoned Naboth and he was dead” +21:15 m7br rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet Naboth is not alive, but dead. 1 These two phrases mean the same thing and emphasize Jezebel’s statement. Alternate translation: “Naboth is dead!” +21:17 t1mb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom the word of Yahweh came 1 This idiom means that Yahweh spoke or has sent a message. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke” +21:19 rh87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Have you killed and also taken possession? 1 Yahweh asks this question to scold Ahab. Alternate translation: “You have killed Naboth and stolen his vineyard!” +21:19 w2qz your blood, yes, your blood 1 This is repeated for emphasis. +21:20 lpq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Have you found me, my enemy? 1 Ahab uses this question to express anger toward Elijah. That Elijah “found” Ahab likely refers to Elijah discovering Ahab’s actions, not to finding his physical location. Alternate translation: “You have found me, my enemy!” or “You have discovered what I have done, my enemy!” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +21:20 sx2z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor you have sold yourself to do what is evil 1 A person being committed to doing what is evil is spoken of as if that person had sold himself to evil. Alternate translation: “you have dedicated yourself to doing what is evil” +21:20 wi8j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor what is evil in the sight of Yahweh 1 The phrase, “in the sight of” refers to someone’s opinion. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 11:6](../11/06.md). Alternate translation: “what Yahweh considers to be evil” +21:21 f2w5 See 1 Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” +21:21 clc4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor completely consume and cut off from you every male child and slave and free man in Israel 1 Yahweh speaks of destroying Ahab’s family and preventing him from having any decedents as if he were consuming these people like a fire would consume them, and cutting them off as one would cut a branch from a tree. Alternate translation: “destroy every one of your male children in Israel, whether slave or free” +21:22 d8kb I will make your family like the family of Jeroboam … and like the family of Baasha 1 Yahweh will destroy Ahab’s family like he destroyed the families of Jeroboam and Baasha. +21:24 rcg1 Anyone who belongs to Ahab 1 Alternate translation: “Anyone who belongs to Ahab’s family” +21:25 m85z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor who sold himself to do what was evil 1 A person being committed to doing what is evil is spoken of as if that person had sold himself to evil. See how you translated this idea in [1 Kings 21:20](../21/20.md). Alternate translation: “who dedicated himself to doing what was evil” +21:25 rh8u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor what was evil in the sight of Yahweh 1 The phrase, “in the sight of” refers to someone’s opinion. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 11:6](../11/06.md). Alternate translation: “what Yahweh considers to be evil” +21:26 cz5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit removed before the people of Israel 1 Here “Israel” refers to all twelve tribes of Israel and not just to the northern kingdom. Alternate translation: “removed from the presence of the people of Israel” or “drove out of the land before the people of Israel” +21:28 lq1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom the word of Yahweh came 1 This idiom means that Yahweh spoke or has sent a message. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke” +21:29 hf8k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Do you see how Ahab humbles himself before me? 1 God uses this question to show Elijah that Ahab’s sorrow is genuine. Alternate translation: “I have seen how Ahab humbles himself before me.” or “Look at how Ahab humbles himself before me.” +21:29 cf9j in his days … in his son’s day 1 Alternate translation: “during his lifetime … during his son’s lifetime” 22:intro abcm 0 # 1 Kings 22 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis is the end of the story of Ahab and a continuation of the story of Elijah as he had predicted Ahab’s death and the dogs licking his blood.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\nWhen God has decided a person will die, then they cannot avoid death. Ahab persuaded Jehoshaphat, king of Judah to help him in a battle against the army of Aram. Ahab’s false prophets all told him to go because he would be successful. But a randomly shot arrow hit him and he bled to death. They washed his chariot at the pool and the dogs licked up his blood, just as Elijah had said they would. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “However, the shrines were still not taken away. The people were still sacrificing and burning incense at the shrines.”\nAt the shrines, the people worshiped Yahweh. But later, during Hezekiah’s reign it was decided that all sacrifices must be made only at the temple. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) -22:1 hhf8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers Three years 0 “3 years” -22:2 d41e it came about that 0 This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. -22:3 nn96 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Do you know that Ramoth Gilead is ours, but that we are doing nothing to take it from the hand of the king of Aram? 0 Ahab asks this question to emphasize that they should have already recaptured Ramoth Gilead. Alternate translation: “Ramoth Gilead is ours, but we have done nothing yet to take it from the hand of the king of Aram.” -22:3 dn17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy to take it from the hand of the king of Aram 0 Here the word “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “to take it from the control of the king of Aram” -22:4 wr99 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom I am like you, my people are like your people, and my horses are like your horses 0 Jehoshaphat tells Ahab that he, his people, and his horses belong to Ahab, meaning that Ahab can command them as he pleases. Alternate translation: “I, my soldiers, and my horses are yours to use in any way you want” -22:6 jtc3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers four hundred men 0 “400 men” -22:6 z1lr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy for the Lord will give it into the hand of the king 0 Here the word “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “for the Lord will allow the king to capture Ramoth Gilead” -22:8 ryn8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person May the king not say that 0 Jehoshaphat refers to Ahab in the third person to show respect for him. Alternate translation: “You should not say that” -22:11 q3wp made himself horns of iron 0 Alternate translation: “made iron horns for himself” -22:11 z3iy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction With these you will push the Arameans until they are consumed 0 The prophet’s actions are a symbolic metaphor that illustrates the way that Ahab would defeat the Arameans. Ahab’s army will win with great strength, as a bull attacks another animal. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -22:11 lyv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor until they are consumed 0 Destroying an enemy army is spoken of as if it were consuming them. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “until you consume them” or “until you destroy them” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -22:12 yq7h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy given it into the hand of the king 0 Here the word “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “allowed the king to capture it” -22:13 n4rn Now look 0 Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” -22:13 p99w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the words of the prophets declare good things to the king with one mouth 0 The prophets all saying the same thing is spoken of as if they all spoke with the same mouth. Alternate translation: “the prophets all declare the same good things to the king” -22:13 mzz9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit let your word be like one of them 0 Here the word “them” refers to “the words of the prophets.” Alternate translation: “let what you say agree with what they have said” -22:15 f1wd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive should we go 0 The word “we” refers to Ahab, Jehoshaphat, and their armies but not to Micaiah. -22:15 qtv9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy will give it into the hand of the king 0 Here the word “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “will allow the king to capture it” -22:16 pk5t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion How many times must I require … in the name of Yahweh? 0 Ahab asks this question out of frustration to rebuke Micaiah. Alternate translation: “Many times I have required … in the name of Yahweh.” -22:16 mg9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy in the name of Yahweh 0 Here the word “name” refers to authority. Alternate translation: “as the representative of Yahweh” -22:17 c1di rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche I saw all Israel 0 Here “all Israel” refers to the army of Israel. Alternate translation: “I saw the entire army of Israel” -22:17 wa5p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile like sheep who have no shepherd 0 The people of the army are compared to sheep that have no one to lead them because their shepherd, the king, has died. -22:17 ql8m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor These have no shepherd 0 Yahweh speaks of the king as if he were a shepherd. Just like a shepherd is responsible to care for and protect his sheep, the king is responsible to lead and protect his people. Alternate translation: “These people no longer have a leader” -22:18 h4mu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Did I not tell you … but only disaster? 0 Ahab asks this question to emphasize that he had spoken the truth about Micaiah. Alternate translation: “I told you … but only disaster!” -22:20 q5js rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor fall at Ramoth Gilead 0 Ahab dying in battle is spoken of as if he will fall. Alternate translation: “die at Ramoth Gilead” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -22:20 zk2g One of them said … and another one said 0 “One … and another” refers to two or more angels in the heavenly host who were responding to Yahweh’s question in the previous verse. -22:22 q6fy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy be a lying spirit in the mouth of all his prophets 0 Here the word “spirit” refers to the attitudes of the prophets and the words “the mouth” represents what they will say. Alternate translation: “cause all his prophets to speak lies” -22:23 i9ww see 0 Alternate translation: “pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important” -22:23 ty8p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy has put a lying spirit in the mouth of all these prophets of yours 0 Here the word “spirit” refers to the attitudes of the prophets and the words “the mouth” represents what they will say. Alternate translation: “has caused all of your prophets to speak lies” -22:24 d3pl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Which way did the Spirit of Yahweh take to go from me to speak to you? 0 Zedekiah asks this sarcastic question to insult and rebuke Micaiah. Alternate translation: “Do not think that Yahweh’s Spirit left me to speak to you!” -22:25 v6m5 Look 0 Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” -22:25 y5wf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit you will see 0 “you will know the answer to your question.” If Zedekiah’s rhetorical question is translated as a statement, this phrase may be translated to supply implicit information. Alternate translation: “you will know that the Spirit of Yahweh has spoken to me” -22:28 jk7j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo If you return safely 0 This describes something that would not happen. Yahweh had already told Micaiah that the king would not return safely. -22:29 riq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche Ahab, the king of Israel, and Jehoshaphat, the king of Judah, went up 0 Here the kings represent themselves accompanied by their armies. Alternate translation: “Ahab, the king of Israel, and Jehoshaphat, the king of Judah led their armies up” -22:30 r8ev disguise 0 This means to change the usual appearance so as not to be identified. -22:31 whp5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers thirty-two captains 0 “32 captains” -22:31 faj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism Do not attack unimportant or important soldiers 0 By mentioning both “unimportant” and “important soldiers,” the king meant all soldiers. Alternate translation: “Do not attack any of the soldiers” -22:32 bl44 It came about that 0 This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. -22:34 zl68 drew his bow at random 0 This could mean: (1) he took aim to shoot a soldier without knowing that it was Ahab or (2) he drew his bow to shoot without any specific target in mind. -22:35 yt1g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the king was held up in his chariot 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone held the king up in his chariot” -22:36 q7gs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy a cry went up 0 Here “a cry” represents the soldiers who were shouting. Alternate translation: “soldiers began to shout” -22:36 n2pr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism Every man should go back to his city; and every man should go back to his region 0 These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. -22:37 kt8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive was brought to Samaria 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “his soldiers brought his body to Samaria” -22:37 g7u2 they buried him 0 Alternate translation: “people buried him” -22:38 hl13 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy just as the word of Yahweh had declared 0 Here “the word of Yahweh” represents Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “just as Yahweh had declared” -22:39 wgg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel? 0 This can be expressed in active form and assumes that the answer is positive. The question is rhetorical and is used for emphasis. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 15:31](../15/31.md). Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.” or “you can read them in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -22:40 qin8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor slept with his ancestors 0 Ahab dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 2:10](../02/10.md). Alternate translation: “died” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -22:42 da6s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers thirty-five years old 0 “35 years old” -22:42 b42y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers twenty-five years 0 “25 years” -22:43 v7ye rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor He walked in the ways of Asa, his father 0 A person’s behavior is spoken of as if that person walked along a path. Alternate translation: “He did the same things that Asa, his father, had done” -22:43 k4je rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor what was right in the eyes of Yahweh 0 Here “eyes” represents seeing and Yahweh’s opinion is spoken of as if he were able to see something. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh considered to be right” -22:43 ru9s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the high places were not taken away 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he did not take away the high places” -22:45 e4af rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah? 0 This can be expressed in active form and assumes that the answer is positive. The question is rhetorical and is used for emphasis. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 14:29](../14/29.md). Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah.” or “you can read them in the book of the events of the kings of Judah.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -22:48 m82h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the ships were wrecked 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ships wrecked” -22:50 l7pf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor slept with his ancestors 0 Jehoshaphat dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 2:10](../02/10.md). Alternate translation: “died” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -22:50 xx4m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive was buried with them 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people buried him” -22:51 kle7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers he reigned two years 0 “he reigned 2 years” -22:52 t21s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor what was evil in the sight of Yahweh 0 Yahweh’s opinion regarding something is spoken of as if Yahweh were seeing that thing. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh considered to be evil” -22:52 l67z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor walked in the way of his father, in the way of his mother, and in the way of Jeroboam son of Nebat 0 A person’s behavior is spoken of as if that person were walking along a path. Alternate translation: “did the same things that his father, mother, and Jeroboam son of Nebat had done” -22:52 r34u led Israel to sin 0 Here the word “Israel” refers to the ten northern tribes that made up the kingdom of Israel. -22:53 als8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet He served Baal and worshiped him 0 The words “served” and “worshiped” mean basically the same thing. -22:53 j7lm the God of Israel 0 Here the word “Israel” refers to all of the twelve tribes descended from Jacob. +22:1 hhf8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers Three years 1 “3 years” +22:2 d41e it came about that 1 This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. +22:3 nn96 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Do you know that Ramoth Gilead is ours, but that we are doing nothing to take it from the hand of the king of Aram? 1 Ahab asks this question to emphasize that they should have already recaptured Ramoth Gilead. Alternate translation: “Ramoth Gilead is ours, but we have done nothing yet to take it from the hand of the king of Aram.” +22:3 dn17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy to take it from the hand of the king of Aram 1 Here the word “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “to take it from the control of the king of Aram” +22:4 wr99 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom I am like you, my people are like your people, and my horses are like your horses 1 Jehoshaphat tells Ahab that he, his people, and his horses belong to Ahab, meaning that Ahab can command them as he pleases. Alternate translation: “I, my soldiers, and my horses are yours to use in any way you want” +22:6 jtc3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers four hundred men 1 “400 men” +22:6 z1lr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy for the Lord will give it into the hand of the king 1 Here the word “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “for the Lord will allow the king to capture Ramoth Gilead” +22:8 ryn8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person May the king not say that 1 Jehoshaphat refers to Ahab in the third person to show respect for him. Alternate translation: “You should not say that” +22:11 q3wp made himself horns of iron 1 Alternate translation: “made iron horns for himself” +22:11 z3iy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction With these you will push the Arameans until they are consumed 1 The prophet’s actions are a symbolic metaphor that illustrates the way that Ahab would defeat the Arameans. Ahab’s army will win with great strength, as a bull attacks another animal. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +22:11 lyv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor until they are consumed 1 Destroying an enemy army is spoken of as if it were consuming them. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “until you consume them” or “until you destroy them” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +22:12 yq7h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy given it into the hand of the king 1 Here the word “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “allowed the king to capture it” +22:13 n4rn Now look 1 Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” +22:13 p99w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the words of the prophets declare good things to the king with one mouth 1 The prophets all saying the same thing is spoken of as if they all spoke with the same mouth. Alternate translation: “the prophets all declare the same good things to the king” +22:13 mzz9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit let your word be like one of them 1 Here the word “them” refers to “the words of the prophets.” Alternate translation: “let what you say agree with what they have said” +22:15 f1wd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive should we go 1 The word “we” refers to Ahab, Jehoshaphat, and their armies but not to Micaiah. +22:15 qtv9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy will give it into the hand of the king 1 Here the word “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “will allow the king to capture it” +22:16 pk5t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion How many times must I require … in the name of Yahweh? 1 Ahab asks this question out of frustration to rebuke Micaiah. Alternate translation: “Many times I have required … in the name of Yahweh.” +22:16 mg9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy in the name of Yahweh 1 Here the word “name” refers to authority. Alternate translation: “as the representative of Yahweh” +22:17 c1di rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche I saw all Israel 1 Here “all Israel” refers to the army of Israel. Alternate translation: “I saw the entire army of Israel” +22:17 wa5p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile like sheep who have no shepherd 1 The people of the army are compared to sheep that have no one to lead them because their shepherd, the king, has died. +22:17 ql8m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor These have no shepherd 1 Yahweh speaks of the king as if he were a shepherd. Just like a shepherd is responsible to care for and protect his sheep, the king is responsible to lead and protect his people. Alternate translation: “These people no longer have a leader” +22:18 h4mu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Did I not tell you … but only disaster? 1 Ahab asks this question to emphasize that he had spoken the truth about Micaiah. Alternate translation: “I told you … but only disaster!” +22:20 q5js rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor fall at Ramoth Gilead 1 Ahab dying in battle is spoken of as if he will fall. Alternate translation: “die at Ramoth Gilead” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +22:20 zk2g One of them said … and another one said 1 “One … and another” refers to two or more angels in the heavenly host who were responding to Yahweh’s question in the previous verse. +22:22 q6fy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy be a lying spirit in the mouth of all his prophets 1 Here the word “spirit” refers to the attitudes of the prophets and the words “the mouth” represents what they will say. Alternate translation: “cause all his prophets to speak lies” +22:23 i9ww see 1 Alternate translation: “pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important” +22:23 ty8p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy has put a lying spirit in the mouth of all these prophets of yours 1 Here the word “spirit” refers to the attitudes of the prophets and the words “the mouth” represents what they will say. Alternate translation: “has caused all of your prophets to speak lies” +22:24 d3pl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Which way did the Spirit of Yahweh take to go from me to speak to you? 1 Zedekiah asks this sarcastic question to insult and rebuke Micaiah. Alternate translation: “Do not think that Yahweh’s Spirit left me to speak to you!” +22:25 v6m5 Look 1 Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” +22:25 y5wf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit you will see 1 “you will know the answer to your question.” If Zedekiah’s rhetorical question is translated as a statement, this phrase may be translated to supply implicit information. Alternate translation: “you will know that the Spirit of Yahweh has spoken to me” +22:28 jk7j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo If you return safely 1 This describes something that would not happen. Yahweh had already told Micaiah that the king would not return safely. +22:29 riq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche Ahab, the king of Israel, and Jehoshaphat, the king of Judah, went up 1 Here the kings represent themselves accompanied by their armies. Alternate translation: “Ahab, the king of Israel, and Jehoshaphat, the king of Judah led their armies up” +22:30 r8ev disguise 1 This means to change the usual appearance so as not to be identified. +22:31 whp5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers thirty-two captains 1 “32 captains” +22:31 faj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism Do not attack unimportant or important soldiers 1 By mentioning both “unimportant” and “important soldiers,” the king meant all soldiers. Alternate translation: “Do not attack any of the soldiers” +22:32 bl44 It came about that 1 This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. +22:34 zl68 drew his bow at random 1 This could mean: (1) he took aim to shoot a soldier without knowing that it was Ahab or (2) he drew his bow to shoot without any specific target in mind. +22:35 yt1g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the king was held up in his chariot 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone held the king up in his chariot” +22:36 q7gs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy a cry went up 1 Here “a cry” represents the soldiers who were shouting. Alternate translation: “soldiers began to shout” +22:36 n2pr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism Every man should go back to his city; and every man should go back to his region 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. +22:37 kt8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive was brought to Samaria 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “his soldiers brought his body to Samaria” +22:37 g7u2 they buried him 1 Alternate translation: “people buried him” +22:38 hl13 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy just as the word of Yahweh had declared 1 Here “the word of Yahweh” represents Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “just as Yahweh had declared” +22:39 wgg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel? 1 This can be expressed in active form and assumes that the answer is positive. The question is rhetorical and is used for emphasis. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 15:31](../15/31.md). Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.” or “you can read them in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +22:40 qin8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor slept with his ancestors 1 Ahab dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 2:10](../02/10.md). Alternate translation: “died” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +22:42 da6s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers thirty-five years old 1 “35 years old” +22:42 b42y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers twenty-five years 1 “25 years” +22:43 v7ye rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor He walked in the ways of Asa, his father 1 A person’s behavior is spoken of as if that person walked along a path. Alternate translation: “He did the same things that Asa, his father, had done” +22:43 k4je rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor what was right in the eyes of Yahweh 1 Here “eyes” represents seeing and Yahweh’s opinion is spoken of as if he were able to see something. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh considered to be right” +22:43 ru9s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the high places were not taken away 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he did not take away the high places” +22:45 e4af rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah? 1 This can be expressed in active form and assumes that the answer is positive. The question is rhetorical and is used for emphasis. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 14:29](../14/29.md). Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah.” or “you can read them in the book of the events of the kings of Judah.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +22:48 m82h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the ships were wrecked 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ships wrecked” +22:50 l7pf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor slept with his ancestors 1 Jehoshaphat dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 2:10](../02/10.md). Alternate translation: “died” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +22:50 xx4m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive was buried with them 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people buried him” +22:51 kle7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers he reigned two years 1 “he reigned 2 years” +22:52 t21s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor what was evil in the sight of Yahweh 1 Yahweh’s opinion regarding something is spoken of as if Yahweh were seeing that thing. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh considered to be evil” +22:52 l67z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor walked in the way of his father, in the way of his mother, and in the way of Jeroboam son of Nebat 1 A person’s behavior is spoken of as if that person were walking along a path. Alternate translation: “did the same things that his father, mother, and Jeroboam son of Nebat had done” +22:52 r34u led Israel to sin 1 Here the word “Israel” refers to the ten northern tribes that made up the kingdom of Israel. +22:53 als8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet He served Baal and worshiped him 1 The words “served” and “worshiped” mean basically the same thing. +22:53 j7lm the God of Israel 1 Here the word “Israel” refers to all of the twelve tribes descended from Jacob. From 919016e2e641d4c1aa9afe40253e954c084f79b2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Stephen Wunrow Date: Mon, 27 Nov 2023 14:26:25 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 05/32] Moving note mad2 on Gal 4:12 to 4:13 (#3650) Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/3650 --- tn_GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_GAL.tsv b/tn_GAL.tsv index 3de1a14d20..0a788bef09 100644 --- a/tn_GAL.tsv +++ b/tn_GAL.tsv @@ -530,13 +530,13 @@ front:intro i6u9 0 # Introduction to Galatians\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 4:11 yytt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς & ὑμᾶς 1 Both occurrences of the word **you** in this verse are plural and refer to the Galatian believers. Your language may require you to mark such forms. 4:11 alfd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κεκοπίακα 1 Here, the word **labored** refers to Paul’s work of teaching the Galatians the truths of the Christian faith. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have labored in teaching and preaching” or “I have taught the truths of the Christian faith” 4:11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 Alternate translation: “without results” or “to no avail” -4:12 mad2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular οἴδατε & ὑμῖν 1 In this verse both occurrences of the word **you** are plural and refer to the Galatian believers. Your language may require you to mark such forms. 4:12 p9gn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 See how you translated the word **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” 4:12 gteu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγώ, ὅτι κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 Paul is asking the Galatian believers to become like himself and not act as if the law of Moses has authority over their lives. He says that formerly, when they did not obey the law of Moses, he had become like them and not obeyed all the rules prescribed it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “act like I act by not living your life as if you need to obey the law of Moses, because when I was with you did not obey all the rules and ceremonial laws prescribed in the law of Moses” or “become as I am by not acting as if you have to obey the law of Moses, because formerly I became as you were before you were deceived into thinking that you needed to obey the law of Moses” 4:12 b4w2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγώ, ὅτι κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because I became as you, you also should become as I am” 4:12 cg8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Here, the implied words are **became** and **are**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. 4:12 n3wf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes οὐδέν με ἠδικήσατε 1 Here Paul expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “You treated me well” 4:13 ytex rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 Paul is using the word **Now** to introduce background information. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “And” +4:13 mad2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular οἴδατε & ὑμῖν 1 In this verse both occurrences of the word **you** are plural and refer to the Galatian believers. Your language may require you to mark such forms. 4:13 a22l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo δι’ ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς, εὐηγγελισάμην ὑμῖν 1 Here, Paul states that it was a physical illness that previously caused him to proclaim the gospel to Galatians. This could mean that: (1) Paul was already in Galatia when illness caused him to remain there to recover, which gave him time and opportunity to proclaim the gospel to the Galatians. (2) because of a physical illness, Paul went to Galatia to recover from his sickness. While there, he proclaimed the gospel to the Galatians. Because Paul does not explicitly state what provided the opportunity for him to preach the gospel, you should not further explain what Paul says here about his sickness but, rather, you should use a general expression. 4:13 ho2d rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result δι’ 1 Here, Paul is using the phrase **because** to introduce the reason that he **proclaimed the gospel** to the Galatians **previously**, which was **because** he had to stay in Galatia due to illness. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason-result clause. Here, the reason is **a weakness of the flesh** and the result is that Paul **proclaimed the gospel to** the Galatians. Alternate translation: “on account of” 4:13 qstf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **weakness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “weak,” or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. From 61f68e0f8aad69142e901eecffed4a6657be69fc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 27 Nov 2023 17:10:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 06/32] Merge Grant_Ailie-tc-create-1 (edit to TN in 8:6) into master by Grant_Ailie (#3651) Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/3651 --- tn_SNG.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_SNG.tsv b/tn_SNG.tsv index f8cdbc030a..1ec2db091d 100644 --- a/tn_SNG.tsv +++ b/tn_SNG.tsv @@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ front:intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs\n\n## Part 1: General 8:6 eq3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis כַּֽ⁠חוֹתָם֙ עַל־זְרוֹעֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 The speaker is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would help your readers, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “place me like the seal on your arm” 8:6 tci8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile עַזָּ֤ה כַ⁠מָּ֨וֶת֙ אַהֲבָ֔ה קָשָׁ֥ה כִ⁠שְׁא֖וֹל קִנְאָ֑ה 1 The phrase **strong like death is love** and the phrase **unyielding like Sheol is jealousy** are both similes for the power of romantic love. The point of comparison between romantic **love** and **death** is that they are both very strong and overcome a person in a powerful and irresistible way. The point of comparison between **Sheol** and the **jealousy** of romantic love is that they are both **unyielding**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison from your culture. 8:6 bqf1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns כִּֽי־עַזָּ֤ה כַ⁠מָּ֨וֶת֙ אַהֲבָ֔ה 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **love**, you could express the meaning with a verb, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. -8:6 kkfg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit קָשָׁ֥ה כִ⁠שְׁא֖וֹל קִנְאָ֑ה 1 Here, the word **jealousy** could: (1) have the positive meaning “zeal.” Alternate translation: “unyielding like Sheol is the zeal lovers have for each other” or “the passionate feelings lovers have for one another is unyielding like Sheol” (2) refer to the negative feeling of a lover being jealous for the affection, love, and attention of the person they love romantically. Alternate translation: “the jealousy lovers have toward one another is unyielding like Sheol” +8:6 kkfg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit קָשָׁ֥ה כִ⁠שְׁא֖וֹל קִנְאָ֑ה 1 Here, the word the ULT translates as **zeal** could: (1) have the positive meaning of romantic **zeal** and refer to the **zeal** of lovers. Alternate translation: “unyielding like Sheol is the zeal lovers have for each other” or “the passionate feelings lovers have for one another is unyielding like Sheol” (2) refer to the negative feeling of a lover being jealous for the affection, love, and attention of the person they love romantically. Alternate translation: “unyielding like Sheol is jealousy” or “the jealousy lovers have for the love of one another is unyielding like Sheol” 8:6 fgrc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy כִ⁠שְׁא֖וֹל 1 This line is parallel in meaning to the preceding line. The woman is again referring to **death**. Here, she is describing **death** by association with **Sheol**, which is where dead people were thought to go in that culture. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language, as modeled by the UST, or use an equivalent expression from your culture. 8:6 fvz9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor רְשָׁפֶ֕י⁠הָ רִשְׁפֵּ֕י אֵ֖שׁ שַׁלְהֶ֥בֶתְ יָֽה 1 Here, the woman is speaking of the **jealousy** of love as if it were **flashes of fire** and **the flame of Yahweh**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a simile or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Love’s jealousy is like flashes of fire and like the flame of Yahweh” 8:6 tw71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom שַׁלְהֶ֥בֶתְ יָֽה 1 The phrase **the flame of Yah** is an idiom that refers to lightening. If your readers would not understand this, you could use use plain language or indicate the meaning in a footnote. Alternate translation: “the lightening of Yah” or “the flashes of lightening” @@ -558,4 +558,4 @@ front:intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs\n\n## Part 1: General 8:14 c6a2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּרַ֣ח 1 Here, the word **Flee** means “come quickly.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Come quickly” or “Hurry” 8:14 zh44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile דּוֹדִ֗⁠י וּֽ⁠דְמֵה־לְ⁠ךָ֤ לִ⁠צְבִי֙ א֚וֹ לְ⁠עֹ֣פֶר הָֽ⁠אַיָּלִ֔ים 1 See how you translated the similar expression “My beloved is resembling a gazelle or a young stag” in [2:9](../02/09.md). 8:14 mqx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עַ֖ל הָרֵ֥י בְשָׂמִֽים 1 The phrase **the mountains of spices** has a double meaning. The literal meaning refers to **mountains** where **spices** grow. The metaphorical meaning is that the woman herself is the **mountains** where **spices** grow and she wants the man she loves to come to her and enjoy her body. If it would help your readers, you could indicate the metaphorical meaning in a footnote. -8:14 fo1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown בְשָׂמִֽים 1 +8:14 fo1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown בְשָׂמִֽים 1 \ No newline at end of file From 2c482ca874c66412172df667e3554ee9c0585846 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 27 Nov 2023 17:59:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 07/32] =?UTF-8?q?Merge=20Grant=5FAilie-tc-create-1=20(edit?= =?UTF-8?q?ed=20TN=E2=80=99s=20in=208:6)=20into=20master=20by=20Grant=5FAi?= =?UTF-8?q?lie=20(#3652)?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/3652 --- tn_SNG.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_SNG.tsv b/tn_SNG.tsv index 1ec2db091d..6a312cd42f 100644 --- a/tn_SNG.tsv +++ b/tn_SNG.tsv @@ -513,11 +513,11 @@ front:intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs\n\n## Part 1: General 8:6 zl22 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile שִׂימֵ֨⁠נִי כַֽ⁠חוֹתָ֜ם עַל־לִבֶּ֗⁠ךָ כַּֽ⁠חוֹתָם֙ עַל־זְרוֹעֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 The point of this comparison is that the woman wants the man she loves to be close to her like a **seal** hanging from a cord around his neck that hangs down over his **heart** (chest) and like a **seal** that is worn on his **arm**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in plain language. Alternately, you could express the point of comparison as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “Please keep me very near to you” 8:6 ixip rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כַּֽ⁠חוֹתָם֙ עַל־זְרוֹעֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 The word which the ULT translates as **hand** can refer to any part of the arm, including the wrist and hand. The phrase **the seal on your arm** refers to a **seal** that is worn on a bracelet on the wrist. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “like a seal worn on your wrist” or “like a seal worn on a bracelet on your wrist” 8:6 eq3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis כַּֽ⁠חוֹתָם֙ עַל־זְרוֹעֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 The speaker is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would help your readers, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “place me like the seal on your arm” -8:6 tci8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile עַזָּ֤ה כַ⁠מָּ֨וֶת֙ אַהֲבָ֔ה קָשָׁ֥ה כִ⁠שְׁא֖וֹל קִנְאָ֑ה 1 The phrase **strong like death is love** and the phrase **unyielding like Sheol is jealousy** are both similes for the power of romantic love. The point of comparison between romantic **love** and **death** is that they are both very strong and overcome a person in a powerful and irresistible way. The point of comparison between **Sheol** and the **jealousy** of romantic love is that they are both **unyielding**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison from your culture. +8:6 tci8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile עַזָּ֤ה כַ⁠מָּ֨וֶת֙ אַהֲבָ֔ה קָשָׁ֥ה כִ⁠שְׁא֖וֹל קִנְאָ֑ה 1 The phrase **strong like death is love** and the phrase **unyielding like Sheol is passion** are both similes for the power of romantic love. The point of comparison between romantic **love** and **death** is that they are both very strong and overcome a person in a powerful and irresistible way. The point of comparison between **Sheol** and the **passion** of romantic love is that they are both **unyielding**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison from your culture. 8:6 bqf1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns כִּֽי־עַזָּ֤ה כַ⁠מָּ֨וֶת֙ אַהֲבָ֔ה 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **love**, you could express the meaning with a verb, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. -8:6 kkfg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit קָשָׁ֥ה כִ⁠שְׁא֖וֹל קִנְאָ֑ה 1 Here, the word the ULT translates as **zeal** could: (1) have the positive meaning of romantic **zeal** and refer to the **zeal** of lovers. Alternate translation: “unyielding like Sheol is the zeal lovers have for each other” or “the passionate feelings lovers have for one another is unyielding like Sheol” (2) refer to the negative feeling of a lover being jealous for the affection, love, and attention of the person they love romantically. Alternate translation: “unyielding like Sheol is jealousy” or “the jealousy lovers have for the love of one another is unyielding like Sheol” +8:6 kkfg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit קָשָׁ֥ה כִ⁠שְׁא֖וֹל קִנְאָ֑ה 1 Here, the word the ULT translates as **passion** could: (1) have the positive meaning of romantic zeal or fervor and refer to the romantic fervor of lovers. Alternate translation: “unyielding like Sheol is the zeal lovers have for each other” or “the passionate feelings lovers have for one another is unyielding like Sheol” (2) refer to the negative feeling of a lover being jealous for the affection, love, and attention of the person they love romantically. Alternate translation: “unyielding like Sheol is jealousy” or “the jealousy lovers have for the love of one another is unyielding like Sheol” 8:6 fgrc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy כִ⁠שְׁא֖וֹל 1 This line is parallel in meaning to the preceding line. The woman is again referring to **death**. Here, she is describing **death** by association with **Sheol**, which is where dead people were thought to go in that culture. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language, as modeled by the UST, or use an equivalent expression from your culture. -8:6 fvz9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor רְשָׁפֶ֕י⁠הָ רִשְׁפֵּ֕י אֵ֖שׁ שַׁלְהֶ֥בֶתְ יָֽה 1 Here, the woman is speaking of the **jealousy** of love as if it were **flashes of fire** and **the flame of Yahweh**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a simile or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Love’s jealousy is like flashes of fire and like the flame of Yahweh” +8:6 fvz9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor רְשָׁפֶ֕י⁠הָ רִשְׁפֵּ֕י אֵ֖שׁ שַׁלְהֶ֥בֶתְ יָֽה 1 Here, the woman is speaking of the **passion** of love as if it were **flashes of fire** and **the flame of Yahweh**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a simile or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Love’s passion is like flashes of fire and like the flame of Yahweh” 8:6 tw71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom שַׁלְהֶ֥בֶתְ יָֽה 1 The phrase **the flame of Yah** is an idiom that refers to lightening. If your readers would not understand this, you could use use plain language or indicate the meaning in a footnote. Alternate translation: “the lightening of Yah” or “the flashes of lightening” 8:7 baf6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מַ֣יִם רַבִּ֗ים לֹ֤א יֽוּכְלוּ֙ לְ⁠כַבּ֣וֹת אֶת־הָֽ⁠אַהֲבָ֔ה וּ⁠נְהָר֖וֹת לֹ֣א יִשְׁטְפ֑וּ⁠הָ 1 Here, **love** is spoken of as though it is a strongly burning fire which **Many waters** (a great amount of water) cannot **quench** and which **rivers** cannot **drown**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a simile or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Love is so strong that it is like a strong fire that great amounts of water cannot quench and which rivers full of water cannot put out” or “The feelings of love which a man and a woman who are lovers have for each other is very strong” or “Nothing can stop romantic love”\n 8:7 j0q6 מַ֣יִם רַבִּ֗ים לֹ֤א יֽוּכְלוּ֙ לְ⁠כַבּ֣וֹת אֶת־הָֽ⁠אַהֲבָ֔ה וּ⁠נְהָר֖וֹת לֹ֣א יִשְׁטְפ֑וּ⁠הָ 1 Alternate translation: “Nothing can extinguish our love for each other, not even a flood” From 3491fcbaddc937141551310f1cb8f0df236fa3db Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 27 Nov 2023 18:13:25 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 08/32] Merge Grant_Ailie-tc-create-1 (made new note for 8:6) into master by Grant_Ailie (#3653) Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/3653 --- tn_SNG.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_SNG.tsv b/tn_SNG.tsv index 6a312cd42f..21876070f9 100644 --- a/tn_SNG.tsv +++ b/tn_SNG.tsv @@ -516,6 +516,7 @@ front:intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs\n\n## Part 1: General 8:6 tci8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile עַזָּ֤ה כַ⁠מָּ֨וֶת֙ אַהֲבָ֔ה קָשָׁ֥ה כִ⁠שְׁא֖וֹל קִנְאָ֑ה 1 The phrase **strong like death is love** and the phrase **unyielding like Sheol is passion** are both similes for the power of romantic love. The point of comparison between romantic **love** and **death** is that they are both very strong and overcome a person in a powerful and irresistible way. The point of comparison between **Sheol** and the **passion** of romantic love is that they are both **unyielding**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison from your culture. 8:6 bqf1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns כִּֽי־עַזָּ֤ה כַ⁠מָּ֨וֶת֙ אַהֲבָ֔ה 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **love**, you could express the meaning with a verb, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. 8:6 kkfg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit קָשָׁ֥ה כִ⁠שְׁא֖וֹל קִנְאָ֑ה 1 Here, the word the ULT translates as **passion** could: (1) have the positive meaning of romantic zeal or fervor and refer to the romantic fervor of lovers. Alternate translation: “unyielding like Sheol is the zeal lovers have for each other” or “the passionate feelings lovers have for one another is unyielding like Sheol” (2) refer to the negative feeling of a lover being jealous for the affection, love, and attention of the person they love romantically. Alternate translation: “unyielding like Sheol is jealousy” or “the jealousy lovers have for the love of one another is unyielding like Sheol” +8:6 jzw0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns קָשָׁ֥ה כִ⁠שְׁא֖וֹל קִנְאָ֑ה 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **passion**, you could express the same idea with an adverb or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “lovers zealously love each other in a way that is unyielding like Sheol” 8:6 fgrc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy כִ⁠שְׁא֖וֹל 1 This line is parallel in meaning to the preceding line. The woman is again referring to **death**. Here, she is describing **death** by association with **Sheol**, which is where dead people were thought to go in that culture. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language, as modeled by the UST, or use an equivalent expression from your culture. 8:6 fvz9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor רְשָׁפֶ֕י⁠הָ רִשְׁפֵּ֕י אֵ֖שׁ שַׁלְהֶ֥בֶתְ יָֽה 1 Here, the woman is speaking of the **passion** of love as if it were **flashes of fire** and **the flame of Yahweh**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a simile or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Love’s passion is like flashes of fire and like the flame of Yahweh” 8:6 tw71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom שַׁלְהֶ֥בֶתְ יָֽה 1 The phrase **the flame of Yah** is an idiom that refers to lightening. If your readers would not understand this, you could use use plain language or indicate the meaning in a footnote. Alternate translation: “the lightening of Yah” or “the flashes of lightening” @@ -558,4 +559,4 @@ front:intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs\n\n## Part 1: General 8:14 c6a2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּרַ֣ח 1 Here, the word **Flee** means “come quickly.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Come quickly” or “Hurry” 8:14 zh44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile דּוֹדִ֗⁠י וּֽ⁠דְמֵה־לְ⁠ךָ֤ לִ⁠צְבִי֙ א֚וֹ לְ⁠עֹ֣פֶר הָֽ⁠אַיָּלִ֔ים 1 See how you translated the similar expression “My beloved is resembling a gazelle or a young stag” in [2:9](../02/09.md). 8:14 mqx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עַ֖ל הָרֵ֥י בְשָׂמִֽים 1 The phrase **the mountains of spices** has a double meaning. The literal meaning refers to **mountains** where **spices** grow. The metaphorical meaning is that the woman herself is the **mountains** where **spices** grow and she wants the man she loves to come to her and enjoy her body. If it would help your readers, you could indicate the metaphorical meaning in a footnote. -8:14 fo1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown בְשָׂמִֽים 1 \ No newline at end of file +8:14 fo1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown בְשָׂמִֽים 1 From e40942434592b844addca071a1131cc2bc23744c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 29 Nov 2023 18:19:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 09/32] Merge stephenwunrow-tc-create-1 into master by stephenwunrow (#3649) Co-authored-by: stephenwunrow Co-committed-by: stephenwunrow --- tn_1KI.tsv | 200 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++------------- 1 file changed, 151 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_1KI.tsv b/tn_1KI.tsv index ff115765ca..76debc3948 100644 --- a/tn_1KI.tsv +++ b/tn_1KI.tsv @@ -128,6 +128,7 @@ front:intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings\n\n## Part 1: General Introducti 1:27 pruw אִ֗ם מֵ⁠אֵת֙ אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ נִהְיָ֖ה הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה וְ⁠לֹ֤א הוֹדַ֨עְתָּ֙ אֶֽת־עבדי⁠ך מִ֗י יֵשֵׁ֛ב עַל־כִּסֵּ֥א אֲדֹנִֽ⁠י־הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ אַחֲרָֽי⁠ו 1 This sentence could be translated: (1) in question form. See the UST. (2) in conditional form. Alternate translation: “If this matter has been done from with my lord the king, then you have not caused your servants to know who will sit on the throne of my lord the king after him.” 1:27 pvgk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive מֵ⁠אֵת֙ אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ נִהְיָ֖ה הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “my lord the king done this matter” 1:27 b3wq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ & אֲדֹנִֽ⁠י־הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ אַחֲרָֽי⁠ו 1 Here Nathan addresses King David in the third person as a sign of respect. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second-person form and indicate the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “you, my lord the king, … you, my lord the king, after you”\n +1:27 ckp4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants אֶֽת־עבדי⁠ך 1 Jewish scribes instructed synagogue readers to say “servant” when they got to the word translated **servants**. In that case, the word refers only to Joab. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. 1:27 s1tl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction יֵשֵׁ֛ב עַל־כִּסֵּ֥א אֲדֹנִֽ⁠י־הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ אַחֲרָֽי⁠ו 1 When a person sits on a **throne**, it indicates that the person has power and rules as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. See how you expressed the idea in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “will sit on the throne of my lord the king to rule after him” or “will sit on the throne of my lord the king as king after him”\n 1:28 vs19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys וַ⁠יַּ֨עַן הַ⁠מֶּ֤לֶךְ דָּוִד֙ וַ⁠יֹּ֔אמֶר 1 The two words **answered** and **said** express a single idea. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this idea in a different way. Alternate translation: “And the king David answered him by saying” or “And the king David said” 1:28 dkzb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּ֔אמֶר 1 Here, the author implies that **David** spoke to some of his servants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “and said to some of his attendants” @@ -250,55 +251,156 @@ front:intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings\n\n## Part 1: General Introducti 1:53 fvvo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יָּבֹ֕א 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “And he went” 1:53 q66p rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֖חוּ לַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה 1 In Solomon’s culture, when people **prostrated** themselves to someone else, they were honoring and respecting that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “and prostrated himself to the king Solomon in respect” or “and prostrated himself to honor the king Solomon” 2:intro nsa1 0 # 1 Kings 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter has two stories: David’s last advice to Solomon and Solomon’s punishment of those who supported Adonijah and also Shimei, who had cursed David when David was fleeing from Absalom. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Exalting oneself\n\nExalting oneself can lead to disaster as when Adonijah made himself king. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/exalt]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Euphemism\n\nDavid spoke of his impending death using a euphemism: “I am going the way of all the earth.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Parallelism\n\nDavid wanted to emphasize the importance of obeying God to his son Solomon. He used parallelism, saying the same thing seven times using different words: “Keep the commands of Yahweh your God to walk in his ways, to obey his statutes, his commandments, his decisions, and his covenant decrees, being careful to do what is written in the law of Moses.” Some languages have other ways of emphasizing an idea. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -2:2 v679 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism I am going the way of all the earth 1 This is a polite way of saying “I am going to die.” -2:2 n19l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis show yourself a man 1 The ellipsis can be filled in. Alternate translation: “show everyone that you are a man” or “live so that everyone can see you are a good man” -2:3 z9rt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom walk in his ways 1 Walking on a path is a metonym for the way a person lives. Alternate translation: “live the way he commands” -2:3 dd23 so you may prosper 1 Alternate translation: “so you may succeed” or “so you may do well” -2:4 rt48 may fulfill his word 1 Alternate translation: “do everything he promised he would do” -2:4 dul9 If your sons … you will never cease 1 Yahweh is talking to David, so the words “you” and “your” refer to David. -2:4 zt1t to walk before me faithfully 1 Yahweh is talking to David, so the word “me” refers to Yahweh. -2:4 m9j1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom with all their heart and with all their soul 1 The idiom “with all … heart” means “completely” and “with all … soul” means “with all … being.” These two phrases have similar meanings. Alternate translation: “with all their being” or “with all their energy” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -2:4 j114 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy you will never cease to have a man on the throne of Israel 1 The word “throne” is a metonym for the king who sits on the throne. The litotes “will never cease to have” can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “your descendants will never cease to be kings of Israel” or “one of your descendants will always be the king of Israel” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -2:5 vc4k what Joab … did to me, and what he did 1 David is referring to the same thing twice. Alternate translation: “what Joab … did to me—that is, what he did” -2:5 dfd6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy shed the blood of war in peace 1 This could mean: (1) “killed those men during a time of peace as if he were killing them in war” or (2) “took revenge on those men during a time of peace because they had killed people in war” -2:5 x43i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy put the blood of war on the belt around his waist and on the shoes on his feet 1 This could mean: (1) Joab was close enough to these men when he killed them that their blood spattered on his belt and on his sandals or (2) the word “blood” is a metonym for guilt of murder, and the belt and the shoes are metonyms for Joab’s authority as commander, so David is saying that because Joab is guilty of murder, he should not be commander of the army. Either way, it is best to translate this literally. -2:6 hm11 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy do not let his gray head go down to the grave in peace 1 Here being old is represented by having gray hair, that is, a “gray head.” Alternate translation: “make sure Joab dies a violent death before he grows old” -2:7 p85c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Barzillai 1 a man’s name -2:7 tcu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy let them be among those who eat at your table 1 The table is a metonym for the home where the table is. Alternate translation: “welcome them to eat at your home” -2:8 l8ys rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Shimei … Gera 1 men’s names -2:8 ec5k Benjamite 1 descendant of Benjamin -2:8 r5e7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Bahurim … Mahanaim 1 place names -2:9 tvd1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives do not let him go free from punishment 1 This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “be sure to punish him” -2:9 wrv9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy bring his gray head down to the grave with blood 1 Blood is a metonym for violent death, and the head is synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “make sure he dies a violent death” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -2:10 rlu4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism slept with his ancestors 1 David dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “died” -2:10 h7jt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive David … and was buried 1 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “David … and they buried him” -2:11 f3w5 The days that David reigned over Israel were 1 Alternate translation: “The time that David reigned over Israel was” or “David reigned over Israel for” -2:12 nhg1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy sat on the throne of his father David 1 The throne represents the authority of the king. Alternate translation: “became king, as his father David had been” -2:12 p55b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive his rule was firmly established 1 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh firmly established Solomon’s rule” or “Yahweh caused Solomon to take complete control of the kingdom” -2:13 edr5 peacefully 1 with no desire to cause harm -2:15 c7ex rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole all Israel 1 This is a generalization. -2:15 zv37 things changed 1 Alternate translation: “what we expected to happen did not happen” -2:15 j26b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the kingdom was given to my brother 1 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave the kingdom to my brother” or “my brother became king” -2:16 ceu4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy do not turn away from my face 1 Turning from the face of someone is a metonym for refusing to look at someone, which in turn is a metonym for refusing to do what that person requests. Alternate translation: “do not refuse to do what I request” -2:17 yj4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy he will not turn away from your face 1 Turning from the face of someone is a metonym for refusing to look at someone, which in turn is a metonym for refusing to do what that person requests. Alternate translation: “he will not refuse to do what you request” -2:17 k5fq Abishag the Shunammite 1 See [1 Kings 1:3](../01/03.md). -2:19 taa6 The king rose 1 “The king stood up” from where he was sitting on his throne. -2:19 hdv2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive had a throne brought 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “told someone to bring a throne” -2:19 xwh6 the king’s mother 1 Bathsheba -2:20 z967 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy you will not turn away from my face … I will not turn away from your face 1 Turning from the face of someone is a metonym for refusing to look at someone, which in turn is a metonym for refusing to do what that person requests. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 2:16](../02/16.md) and [1 Kings 2:17](../02/17.md). Alternate translation: “you will not refuse to do what I request … I will not refuse to do what you request” -2:21 hu72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Let Abishag the Shunammite be given to Adonijah … as his wife 1 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Allow Adonijah … to marry Abishag the Shunammite” or “Give Abishag the Shunammite to Adonijah … as his wife” -2:22 d8bh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Why do you ask … Adonijah? Why do you not ask the kingdom for him also … Zeruiah? 1 King Solomon was angered by his mother’s request. Alternate translation: “You are wrong to ask … Adonijah! This is the same as asking the kingdom for him also … Zeruiah!” -2:23 zem8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom May God do so to me, and more also, if Adonijah has not spoken this word against his own life 1 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “God will have every right to execute me—and to do even worse things to me—if I do not execute Adonijah because he has made this request” -2:24 ac1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy set me on the throne 1 The word “throne” refers to Solomon’s authority to rule that was given by Yahweh. -2:24 k151 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy who has made me a house 1 Here “house” refers to descendants that Yahweh gave to King Solomon, who would continue to reign after him. -2:26 w4ap suffered in every way my father suffered 1 Abiathar had suffered alongside King David before David became king. -2:27 q79l that he might fulfill 1 The word “he” refers to King Solomon. -2:27 pkk6 the word of Yahweh 1 Alternate translation: “the things that Yahweh had said” -2:27 hzt8 which he had spoken 1 The word “he” refers to Yahweh. -2:28 bnc9 The news came to Joab 1 Alternate translation: “Joab heard what Solomon did after he had become king” -2:28 zpq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the horns of the altar 1 The horns of the altar symbolized Yahweh’s power and protection. -2:29 t39e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive It was told King Solomon that Joab had fled 1 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone told King Solomon that Joab had fled” -2:31 sj9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy bury him so that you may take away from me and from my father’s house the blood that Joab shed without cause 1 Here “house” stands for the descendants of David while “blood” represents guilt. Alternate translation: “bury him and so remove from me and my family the guilt for the murders Joab committed without cause” or “bury him. Do that so Yahweh will not hold me and my father’s house guilty because Joab murdered people for no reason” +2:1 ia4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּקְרְב֥וּ יְמֵֽי־דָוִ֖ד לָ⁠מ֑וּת 1 Here the author indicates that David was going to die very soon, and he implies that David knew it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase, or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And the time of David’s death was near” or “And David knew that he was about to die” +2:1 brjt rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹֽר 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and this is what he said:” +2:2 v679 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism אָנֹכִ֣י הֹלֵ֔ךְ בְּ⁠דֶ֖רֶךְ כָּל־הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 David is referring to his own death in a polite way by using the phrase **I {am} going in the way of all the earth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “I am going to pass away soon” or “I will soon experience death” +2:2 aqlc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet וְ⁠חָזַקְתָּ֖ וְ⁠הָיִ֥יתָֽ לְ⁠אִֽישׁ 1 The clauses **you shall be strong** and **you shall become a man** mean similar things. David is using the two clauses together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “And you shall be very strong” or “And you shall act like a man” +2:2 f68k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠חָזַקְתָּ֖ 1 Here David speaks as if he wants Solomon to be physically **strong**. He means that he wants Solomon to be bold and brave. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And you shall have courage” or “And you shall be brave” +2:2 n19l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠הָיִ֥יתָֽ לְ⁠אִֽישׁ 1 Here, the phrase **become a man** indicates that David wants Solomon to be courageous and confident. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and you shall become stouthearted” or “and you shall become confident” +2:3 raca rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry וְ⁠שָׁמַרְתָּ֞ אֶת־מִשְׁמֶ֣רֶת ׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֗י⁠ךָ 1 Here, **keep the keeping** is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “and you shall carefully fulfill your obligation to Yahweh your God”\n +2:3 qur0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אֶת־מִשְׁמֶ֣רֶת ׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֗י⁠ךָ 1 Here, David is using the possessive form to describe **keeping** that is required by **Yahweh your God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh your God requires you to keep:” +2:3 k77e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֗י⁠ךָ 1 Here David emphasizes that **Yahweh** is Solomon’s **God**, but he implies that **Yahweh** is his **God** as well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, your God and mine,”\n +2:3 z9rt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לָ⁠לֶ֤כֶת בִּ⁠דְרָכָי⁠ו֙ 1 David speaks of obeying God as if it were walking in God‘s **ways**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to act as he desires” or “to live your life in the way that he wishes” +2:3 dgdh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet חֻקֹּתָ֤י⁠ו מִצְוֺתָי⁠ו֙ וּ⁠מִשְׁפָּטָ֣י⁠ו וְ⁠עֵדְוֺתָ֔י⁠ו 1 The terms **statutes**, **commandments**, **judgments**, and **testimonies** mean similar things. David is using these four terms together to refer to every kind of command and requirement that God has given. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use one, two, or three terms that together refer to every command that God has given. Alternate translation: “his commandments and his judgments and his requirements” or “all his commandments” +2:3 pppa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns חֻקֹּתָ֤י⁠ו מִצְוֺתָי⁠ו֙ וּ⁠מִשְׁפָּטָ֣י⁠ו וְ⁠עֵדְוֺתָ֔י⁠ו 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for some or all of the ideas in this list, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what he has required, commanded, decided, and testified to” +2:3 o111 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive כַּ⁠כָּת֖וּב בְּ⁠תוֹרַ֣ת מֹשֶׁ֑ה 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject or indicate that **Moses** did it. Alternate translation: “as people wrote in the law of Moses” +2:3 dd23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֥ר תִּפְנֶ֖ה שָֽׁם 1 The expression **everywhere that you turn there** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “everywhere you turn”\n +2:4 rt48 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יָקִ֨ים יְהוָ֜ה אֶת־דְּבָר֗⁠וֹ 1 Here David speaks as if Yahweh’s **word** were an object that Yahweh could cause **to stand**. He means that Yahweh will do what he said in **his word**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh may establish his word” or “Yahweh may fulfill his word” +2:4 o4i3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶת־דְּבָר֗⁠וֹ 1 Here, **word** represents what Yahweh said using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what he said” +2:4 au8l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes לֵ⁠אמֹר֒ אִם־יִשְׁמְר֨וּ בָנֶ֜י⁠ךָ אֶת־דַּרְכָּ֗⁠ם לָ⁠לֶ֤כֶת לְ⁠פָנַ⁠י֙ בֶּ⁠אֱמֶ֔ת בְּ⁠כָל־לְבָבָ֖⁠ם וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־נַפְשָׁ֑⁠ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֕ר לֹֽא־יִכָּרֵ֤ת לְ⁠ךָ֙ אִ֔ישׁ מֵ⁠עַ֖ל כִּסֵּ֥א יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that, if my sons keep their way, to walk to Yahweh’s face in truth with all their heart and with all their soul, then a man for me will not be cut off from on the throne of Israel.” +2:4 vbsq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹר֒ & לֵ⁠אמֹ֕ר 1 If you preserve the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. David repeats the word **saying** to emphasize that Yahweh said these words. Consider how you might express this emphasis in your language. Alternate translation: “when he himself said … and then he added” +2:4 zt1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִשְׁמְר֨וּ בָנֶ֜י⁠ךָ אֶת־דַּרְכָּ֗⁠ם לָ⁠לֶ֤כֶת לְ⁠פָנַ⁠י֙ 1 Yahweh speaks of obeying him as if it were keeping a **way** and as if it were walking before his **face**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your sons will continue to obey, doing what I desire” or “your sons continue to live their lives in the ways that I wish” +2:4 o789 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche בָנֶ֜י⁠ךָ 1 Yahweh is using **sons** to represent David’s descendants in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your offspring” or “the people descended from you” +2:4 pe8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בֶּ⁠אֱמֶ֔ת 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trust**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in a trustworthy way” or “sincerely” +2:4 m9j1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠כָל־לְבָבָ֖⁠ם וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־נַפְשָׁ֑⁠ם 1 In David’s culture, the **heart** is the place where humans think and feel, and the **soul** represents a person’s life with special focus on that person’s identity and actions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate **heart** and **soul** by referring to the part of the body where humans do and experience these things in your culture or by expressing the ideas plainly. Alternate translation: “in whatever they desire and in whatever they do” +2:4 nigt rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns לְבָבָ֖⁠ם & נַפְשָׁ֑⁠ם 1 If it would not be natural in your language to speak as if a group of people had only one **heart** and one **soul**, you could use the plural form of that word in your translation. Alternate translation: “their hearts … their souls”\n +2:4 dul9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לֹֽא־יִכָּרֵ֤ת & מֵ⁠עַ֖ל כִּסֵּ֥א יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 Here Yahweh speaks as if a king were a branch that could be **cut off**. He is referring to how a king could be stopped from reigning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will not be prevented from sitting on the throne of Israel” +2:4 qtik rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes לֹֽא־יִכָּרֵ֤ת & מֵ⁠עַ֖ל 1 Yahweh is using a figure of speech here that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using a negative word, **not**, together with an expression that is the opposite of the intended meaning, **cut off**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the positive meaning. Alternate translation: “will certainly continue” or “will most definitely remain on”\n +2:4 j114 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מֵ⁠עַ֖ל כִּסֵּ֥א יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 Here, **throne of Israel** represents rule and authority as king over **Israel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from reigning over Israel” or “from being king of Israel” +2:5 j6vn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns אַתָּ֣ה יָדַ֡עְתָּ 1 David uses the word **yourself** to emphasize that Solomon knows what he is about say. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: “as for you, you know” +2:5 cooo rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names צְרוּיָ֗ה 1 The word **Zeruiah** is the name of a woman. She was David’s sister.\n +2:5 vc4k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֵת֩ אֲשֶׁר־עָ֨שָׂה לִ֜⁠י יוֹאָ֣ב בֶּן־צְרוּיָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשָׂ֣ה לִ⁠שְׁנֵֽי־שָׂרֵ֣י 1 Here David could mean that: (1) Joab did bad things to David by doing bad things to the two commanders. Alternate translation: “what Joab the son of Zeruiah did to me. I mean what he did to two of the commanders of” (2) Joab did bad things both to David and to the two commanders. Alternate translation: “what Joab the son of Zeruiah did to me and also what he did to two of the commanders of” +2:5 r4du rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names נֵ֜ר וְ⁠לַ⁠עֲמָשָׂ֤א & יֶ֨תֶר֙ 1 The words **Ner**, **Amasa**, and **Jether** are the names of men.\n +2:5 b4pg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וַ⁠יָּ֥שֶׂם דְּמֵֽי־מִלְחָמָ֖ה בְּ⁠שָׁלֹ֑ם וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֞ן דְּמֵ֣י מִלְחָמָ֗ה 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **bloodshed**, **war**, and **peace**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “And he shed blood during a peaceful time as if it were a time to fight, and when he fought, he shed blood” +2:5 dfd6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יָּ֥שֶׂם דְּמֵֽי־מִלְחָמָ֖ה בְּ⁠שָׁלֹ֑ם 1 Here David speaks as if **peace** were a container into which Joab **put the bloodshed of war**. He could mean that Joab: (1) killed people during a time of **peace** as if it were a time of **war**. Alternate translation: “And caused bloodshed during peace as if it were war” (2) took revenge during a time of **peace** against people who had killed others during a **war**. Alternate translation: “And he took revenge during peace for bloodshed that occurred in a war” +2:5 x43i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֞ן דְּמֵ֣י מִלְחָמָ֗ה בַּ⁠חֲגֹֽרָת⁠וֹ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּ⁠מָתְנָ֔י⁠ו וּֽ⁠בְ⁠נַעֲל֖⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר בְּ⁠רַגְלָֽי⁠ו 1 Here David speaks as if **bloodshed** were on Joab’s **belt** and **sandal**. He could mean that: (1) Joab is always guilty for what he did, as surely as if his clothes were stained with blood. Alternate translation: “and it is as if killing people were clothing that he always wears” or “and he is always responsible for the bloodshed of war that he has caused” (2) Joab actually spilled blood on his **belt** and **sandal** when he killed Abner and Amasa. Alternate translation: “and he got the blood of the people he killed on his belt, which was on his loins, and on his sandal, which was on his feet” +2:5 sr4k rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns וּֽ⁠בְ⁠נַעֲל֖⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר בְּ⁠רַגְלָֽי⁠ו 1 In this verse, the word **sandal** is singular in form, but it refers to both of Joab’s sandals together. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “on his sandals, which were on his feet” +2:6 qr9o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns כְּ⁠חָכְמָתֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wisdom**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what you consider to be wise” +2:6 dzhg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וְ⁠לֹֽא־תוֹרֵ֧ד שֵׂיבָת֛⁠וֹ בְּ⁠שָׁלֹ֖ם שְׁאֹֽל 1 David is referring to Joab’s death in a polite way by referring to going down to **Sheol**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “and you shall not let his gray hair pass away in peace” or “and you shall not let his gray hair experience death in peace”\n +2:6 hm11 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֹֽא־תוֹרֵ֧ד שֵׂיבָת֛⁠וֹ 1 Here, **gray hair** represents an old person who has **gray hair**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and you shall not let him live till he is old and can go down” or “and you shall not let him live a long time and then go down” +2:6 dil0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְּ⁠שָׁלֹ֖ם 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in a peaceful way” or “nonviolently” +2:7 k9ar rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations וְ⁠לִ⁠בְנֵ֨י 1 Although the term **sons** is masculine, David is using the word in a generic sense that could include both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “And to the descendants of” or “And to the sons and daughters of” +2:7 p85c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בַרְזִלַּ֤י 1 The word **Barzillai** is the name of a man. +2:7 y22p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns תַּֽעֲשֶׂה־חֶ֔סֶד 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faithfulness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “be faithful” or “be loyal” +2:7 tcu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שֻׁלְחָנֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 Here, **table** represents the food and drink that Solomon has and gives to others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what you supply to them” or “from your own provisions” +2:7 aa0m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כֵן֙ קָרְב֣וּ אֵלַ֔⁠י 1 Here David speaks as if Barzillai and his children physically **came near** to him. He means that they helped him by bringing him food and drink. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “so they came to my aid” or “that is how they assisted me” +2:7 e1jd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י אַבְשָׁל֥וֹם 1 Here, **face** represents the presence of the person whose **face** it is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from before Absalom” +2:8 x82j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations וְ⁠הִנֵּ֣ה 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of Solomon and asks him to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks someone to listen, or you could use a different form that draws someone’s attention. Alternate translation: “Now listen:” or “And pay attention” +2:8 l8ys rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names גֵּרָ֥א 1 The word **Gera** is the name of a man. +2:8 r5e7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מִ⁠בַּחֻרִים֒ & מַחֲנָ֑יִם 1 The words **Bahurim** and **Mahanaim** are the names of towns. **Bahurim** was near Jerusalem, probably to the northeast. **Mahanaim** was further northeast of Jerusalem, across the Jordan River. +2:8 ec5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry וְ⁠ה֤וּא קִֽלְלַ֨⁠נִי֙ קְלָלָ֣ה נִמְרֶ֔צֶת 1 Here, **cursed me with a powerful curse** is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “And he himself cursed me very powerfully” or “And he himself used a forceful curse against me”\n +2:8 hypy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns וְ⁠ה֤וּא קִֽלְלַ֨⁠נִי֙ & וְ⁠הֽוּא־יָרַ֤ד 1 David uses the word **himself** to emphasize how significant it was that **Shimei** was the one who did these things. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: “It was he who cursed me … And it was he who went down” +2:8 rg7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּ⁠י֖וֹם לֶכְתִּ֣⁠י מַחֲנָ֑יִם וְ⁠הֽוּא־יָרַ֤ד לִ⁠קְרָאתִ⁠י֙ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן 1 Here David is referring to how he fled from his son Absalom and went to **Mahanaim**, which is when **Shimei** cursed him (see [2 Samuel 16:5–10](../2sa/16/05.md)). Then, David refers to how he returned to Jerusalem after Absalom’s death. When he was about to cross the **Jordan** to go back to Jerusalem, Shimei met him and asked for forgiveness (see [2 Samuel 19:15–23](../2sa/19/15.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make those ideas more explicit or include some extra information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “on of my going to Mahanaim to escape from Absalom. And he himself went down to meet me at the Jordan when I was returning to Jerusalem” +2:8 y6mq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go לֶכְתִּ֣⁠י & וְ⁠הֽוּא־יָרַ֤ד 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “coming” and “came” instead of **going** and **went**. Alternate translation: “my coming … And he himself came down” +2:8 wtzu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula וָ⁠אֶשָּׁ֨בַֽע ל֤⁠וֹ בַֽ⁠יהוָה֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר אִם־אֲמִֽיתְ⁠ךָ֖ בֶּ⁠חָֽרֶב 1 Here David speaks about how he swore an oath **by Yahweh** guaranteeing that he would not kill Shimei. He only states the condition part of the oath, but he implies that he stated that something bad would happen to him if he broke the oath. Use a natural way in your language to express an oath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include the implied part of the oath. Alternate translation: “and I swore before Yahweh to him, saying, ‘May God should punish me if I kill you with the sword’” or “and I solemnly promised Yahweh before him, saying, ‘I will not kill you with the sword’”\n +2:8 hf2n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר אִם־אֲמִֽיתְ⁠ךָ֖ בֶּ⁠חָֽרֶב 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that I would not kill him with the sword”\n +2:8 g5lg rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 If you preserve the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and I said”\n +2:8 oug7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֲמִֽיתְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 Here David implies that he would have one of his soldiers kill Shimei. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I will have a soldier kill you”\n +2:8 nzg7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun בֶּ⁠חָֽרֶב 1 The word **sword** represents any sword, not one particular sword. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “with a sword” or “by using a sword”\n +2:9 tvd1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases כִּ֛י 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a further explanation of how Solomon should treat Shimei. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a further explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “Here is what I mean:” +2:9 wrv9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וְ⁠הוֹרַדְתָּ֧ אֶת־שֵׂיבָת֛⁠וֹ בְּ⁠דָ֖ם שְׁאֽוֹל 1 David is referring to Shimei’s death in a polite way by referring to going down to **Sheol**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “And you shall cause his gray hair to pass away with blood” or “And you shall cause his gray hair to experience death with blood”\n +2:9 kbd6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠הוֹרַדְתָּ֧ אֶת־שֵׂיבָת֛⁠וֹ 1 Here, **gray hair** represents an old person who has gray hair. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And you shall cause him, when he is old, to go down” or “And you shall cause that old man to go down” +2:9 y00e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠דָ֖ם 1 Here, **blood** represents violence, specifically a violent death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in a violent way” or “by execution” +2:10 rlu4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַ⁠יִּשְׁכַּ֥ב דָּוִ֖ד עִם־אֲבֹתָ֑י⁠ו 1 The author is referring to David’s death in a polite way by using the phrase **lay down with his fathers**, which refers to being buried near one’s ancestors. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “And David passed away” or “And David completed his life”\n +2:10 h7jt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּקָּבֵ֖ר 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “and they buried him” +2:10 abv5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּ⁠עִ֥יר דָּוִֽד 1 Here, the phrase **the city of David** refers to a specific area within the southeastern part of the city of Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “in Jerusalem, in the section called the city of David” +2:11 ytyn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠הַ⁠יָּמִ֗ים אֲשֶׁ֨ר מָלַ֤ךְ דָּוִד֙ עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל אַרְבָּעִ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה בְּ⁠חֶבְר֤וֹן מָלַךְ֙ שֶׁ֣בַע שָׁנִ֔ים וּ⁠בִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֣ם מָלַ֔ךְ שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים וְ⁠שָׁלֹ֖שׁ שָׁנִֽים 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could give the smaller numbers first and then state the total. Alternate translation: “David reigned in Hebron seven years, and he reigned in Jerusalem 33 years. So, all the days that David reigned over Israel {were} 40 years” +2:11 f3w5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠הַ⁠יָּמִ֗ים אֲשֶׁ֨ר מָלַ֤ךְ דָּוִד֙ עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל אַרְבָּעִ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה 1 Here, the word **days** refers to any period of time, not just to a period of a few days. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And the length of time that David reigned over Israel was 40 years” or “And David reigned over Israel for 40 years” +2:12 nhg1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction יָשַׁ֕ב עַל־כִּסֵּ֖א דָּוִ֣ד אָבִ֑י⁠ו 1 When a person sits on a **throne**, it indicates that the person has power and rules as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. See how you expressed the idea in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “sat on the throne to rule after David his father” or “sat on the throne of David his father as king”\n +2:12 p55b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠תִּכֹּ֥ן מַלְכֻת֖⁠וֹ מְאֹֽד 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could indicate: (1) that it was God. Alternate translation: “and God established his kingdom very much” (2) that it was Solomon himself. Alternate translation: “and Solomon established his kingdom very much” +2:13 crhz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names חַגֵּ֗ית 1 The word **Haggith** is the name of a woman. She was one of David’s wives. +2:13 mvhu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יָּבֹ֞א אֲדֹנִיָּ֣הוּ בֶן־חַגֵּ֗ית 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “And Adonijah the son of Haggith went” +2:13 edr5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns הֲ⁠שָׁל֣וֹם בֹּאֶ֑⁠ךָ & שָׁלֽוֹם 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Is your coming peaceful … It is peaceful” or “Are you coming peacefully … I am coming peacefully” +2:14 goip rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy דָּבָ֥ר לִ֖⁠י אֵלָ֑יִ⁠ךְ 1 Here, **word** represents something that Adonijah wants to say using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “There is something that I want to say to you” or “I have a matter that I wish to speak to you about” +2:15 l6zs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns אַ֤תְּ יָדַ֨עַתְּ֙ 1 Adonijah uses the word **yourself** to emphasize that Bathsheba knows what he is about to say. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: “As for you, you know” +2:15 jbz5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠עָלַ֞⁠י שָׂ֧מוּ כָֽל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל פְּנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם לִ⁠מְלֹ֑ךְ 1 Here Adonijah speaks as if **all Israel** had turned **their faces** toward him, expecting and even wanting him **to reign**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and all Israel was expecting me to reign” or “and all Israel assumed that I would reign” +2:15 c7ex rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole כָֽל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל 1 Adonijah says **all** here as an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “the majority of Israel” +2:15 zv37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וַ⁠תִּסֹּ֤ב הַ⁠מְּלוּכָה֙ וַ⁠תְּהִ֣י לְ⁠אָחִ֔⁠י 1 Here, Adonijah speaks of **the kingship** as if it were a person who could have **turned around** and been **for** his brother. He means that the situation changed, and Solomon was the one who received the kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But the situation changed, and the kingdom was for my brother” or “But, despite what I expected, the kingdom was for my brother” +2:15 lxrz מֵ⁠יְהוָ֖ה הָ֥יְתָה לּֽ⁠וֹ 1 Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave it to him” or “Yahweh designated it for him” +2:16 lg4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry שְׁאֵלָ֤ה אַחַת֙ אָֽנֹכִי֙ שֹׁאֵ֣ל מֵֽ⁠אִתָּ֔⁠ךְ 1 Here, **requesting one request** is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “I am making one request of you” +2:16 ceu4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אַל־תָּשִׁ֖בִי אֶת־פָּנָ֑⁠י 1 Here Adonijah speaks as if Bathsheba might physically **turn back** his **face**. He means that she might reject his request and shame him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do not shame me by rejecting me” or “do not say no to what I request” +2:17 wyej rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result אִמְרִי־נָא֙ לִ⁠שְׁלֹמֹ֣ה הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ כִּ֥י לֹֽא־יָשִׁ֖יב אֶת־פָּנָ֑יִ⁠ךְ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Solomon the king will not turn back your face, so please speak to him” +2:17 yj4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לֹֽא־יָשִׁ֖יב אֶת־פָּנָ֑יִ⁠ךְ 1 Here Adonijah speaks as if he is confident that Solomon will not physically **turn back** Bathsheba’s **face**. He means that he is sure that Solomon will not reject her request nor shame her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will not shame you by rejecting you” or “he will not say no to what you request” +2:17 k5fq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֲבִישַׁ֥ג 1 The word **Abishag** is the name of a woman.\n +2:17 flbb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַ⁠שּׁוּנַמִּ֖ית 1 The word **Shunammite** refers to someone who is from the town of Shunem, which was in the hill country to the southwest of the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer more directly to the town of Shunem. See how you translated this word in [1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “from Shunem”\n +2:18 j4n6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ט֑וֹב 1 Here, the word **Good** indicates that Bathsheba agrees that Adonijah’s request is appropriate and that she will ask the king about it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Okay” or “I think that is appropriate;” +2:18 up59 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns אָנֹכִ֕י אֲדַבֵּ֥ר 1 Bathsheba uses the word **myself** to emphasize that she is the one who **speak** to the king. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “I am the one who will speak” +2:19 u8x9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠תָּבֹ֤א בַת־שֶׁ֨בַע֙ 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “And Bathsheba went” +2:19 taa6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֣חוּ לָ֗⁠הּ 1 In Bathsheba’s culture, when people **prostrated** themselves to someone else, they were honoring and respecting that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “and he prostrated himself to her in respect” or “and he prostrated himself to honor her”\n +2:19 hdv2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יָּ֤שֶׂם כִּסֵּא֙ 1 Here the author implies that Solomon told some of his servants or attendants to **set** the **throne** at his right side. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “And he told his servants to set a throne” +2:19 xwh6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְ⁠אֵ֣ם הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 Here the author assumes that his readers will know that **the mother of the king** is Bathsheba. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “for Bathsheba, the mother of the king” +2:19 sxlc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִֽ⁠ימִינֽ⁠וֹ 1 Here, the phrases **to his right hand** refers to the place next to Solomon’s right hand, which would be the right side. In the Bathsheba’s culture, this side were associated with honor or authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the “right side.” Be sure that your readers understand that this side indicates that Bathsheba has honor and authority when she sits there. Alternate translation: “on the side to his right” or “in the honorable place at his right side”\n +2:20 t2uf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry שְׁאֵלָ֨ה אַחַ֤ת קְטַנָּה֙ אָֽנֹכִי֙ שֹׁאֶ֣לֶת מֵֽ⁠אִתָּ֔⁠ךְ 1 Here, **One small request I am requesting** is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. See how you translated the similar form in [2:16](../02/16.md). Alternate translation: “I am making one small request of you” +2:20 z967 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אַל־תָּ֖שֶׁב אֶת־פָּנָ֑⁠י & לֹֽא־אָשִׁ֖יב אֶת־פָּנָֽיִ⁠ךְ 1 Here Bathsheba and Solomon speaks as if Solomon could physically **turn back** Bathsheba’s face. They mean Solomon could choose to reject her request and shame her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar figure of speech in [2:16](../02/16.md). Alternate translation: “do not shame me by rejecting me … I will not shame you by rejecting you” or “do not say no to what I request … I will not say no to what you request”\n +2:20 ma44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result שַׁאֲלִ֣י אִמִּ֔⁠י כִּ֥י לֹֽא־אָשִׁ֖יב אֶת־פָּנָֽיִ⁠ךְ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “I will not turn back your face, so request, my mother” +2:21 h2tv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יֻתַּ֖ן אֶת־אֲבִישַׁ֣ג הַ⁠שֻּׁנַמִּ֑ית 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it would be Solomon. Alternate translation: “Give Abishag the Shunammite” +2:21 hu72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת־אֲבִישַׁ֣ג הַ⁠שֻּׁנַמִּ֑ית 1 The phrase **Abishag the Shunammite** is the name of a woman who was from the town of Shunem. See how you translated this phrase in [2:17](../02/17.md). +2:22 b025 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys וַ⁠יַּעַן֩ הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ שְׁלֹמֹ֜ה וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לְ⁠אִמּ֗⁠וֹ 1 The two words **answered** and **said** express a single idea. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this idea in a different way. Alternate translation: “And the king Solomon answered by saying to his mother” or “And the king Solomon responded to his mother”\n +2:22 d8bh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וְ⁠לָ⁠מָה֩ אַ֨תְּ שֹׁאֶ֜לֶת אֶת־אֲבִישַׁ֤ג הַ⁠שֻּׁנַמִּית֙ לַ⁠אֲדֹ֣נִיָּ֔הוּ 1 Solomon is using the question form to rebuke Bathsheba. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I am not pleased that you are requesting Abishag the Shunammite for Adonijah.” or “No longer request Abishag the Shunammite for Adonijah!” +2:22 ppkp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת־אֲבִישַׁ֤ג הַ⁠שֻּׁנַמִּית֙ 1 The phrase **Abishag the Shunammite** is the name of a woman who was from the town of Shunem. See how you translated this phrase in [2:17](../02/17.md). +2:22 vot7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠שַֽׁאֲלִי־ל⁠וֹ֙ אֶת־הַ⁠מְּלוּכָ֔ה כִּ֛י ה֥וּא אָחִ֖⁠י הַ⁠גָּד֣וֹל מִמֶּ֑⁠נִּי וְ⁠ל⁠וֹ֙ וּ⁠לְ⁠אֶבְיָתָ֣ר הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן וּ⁠לְ⁠יוֹאָ֖ב בֶּן־צְרוּיָֽה 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes, and the third clause gives more information about what the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Then, since he is my brother, older than I, request for him the kingship, for him and for Abiathar the priest and for Joab the son of Zeruiah” +2:22 esed rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony וְ⁠שַֽׁאֲלִי־ל⁠וֹ֙ אֶת־הַ⁠מְּלוּכָ֔ה 1 Here Solomon commands the opposite of what he wants in order to make a point. He means that asking him to allow Adonijah to marry Abishag is like asking him to give **the kingdom** to Adonijah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You are really requesting for him the kingdom” or “You might as well request for him the kingdom”\n +2:22 ebii rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ה֥וּא אָחִ֖⁠י הַ⁠גָּד֣וֹל מִמֶּ֑⁠נִּי 1 In Solomon’s culture, the oldest son of a king was usually the son who became the next king. Solomon is implying that Adonijah is already older than him, so if he married one of David’s closest attendants, he would have an even stronger claim to be the real king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he already has a claim to be king because he is my brother, older than I” or “marrying Abishag would make it even easier for him, as my older brother, to become king” +2:22 duhw rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names צְרוּיָֽה 1 The word **Zeruiah** is the name of a woman. She was David’s sister.\n +2:23 zem8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula וַ⁠יִּשָּׁבַע֙ הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ שְׁלֹמֹ֔ה בַּֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה 1 Here Solomon swears an oath **by Yahweh**. Use a natural way in your language to introduce an oath. Alternate translation: “And the king Solomon swore before Yahweh” or “And the king Solomon solemnly promised Yahweh”\n +2:23 mr9m rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said” +2:23 sfd4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula כֹּ֣ה יַֽעֲשֶׂה־לִּ֤⁠י אֱלֹהִים֙ וְ⁠כֹ֣ה יוֹסִ֔יף כִּ֣י בְ⁠נַפְשׁ֔⁠וֹ דִּבֶּר֙ אֲדֹ֣נִיָּ֔הוּ אֶת־הַ⁠דָּבָ֖ר הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 Here Solomon asks God to **do** bad things to him, and to **add** even more bad things, if what he is about to say is not true. He only states what is true about Adonijah, but he implies that the oath will apply if what he says is not true. Use a natural way in your language to express an oath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include the implied part of the oath. Alternate translation: “Thus may God do evil to me, and thus may he add even more evil, if it is not true that by his life Adonijah has spoken this word” or “May God cause very many bad things to happen to me unless by his life Adonijah has spoken this word”\n +2:23 ynb5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְ⁠נַפְשׁ֔⁠וֹ דִּבֶּר֙ אֲדֹ֣נִיָּ֔הוּ אֶת־הַ⁠דָּבָ֖ר הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 Here, the phrase **by his life** could indicate that: (1) Adonijah risked his life by asking to marry Abishag. Alternate translation: “Adonijah has risked his life by speaking this word” (2) Adonijah would die for asking to marry Abishag. Alternate translation: “Adonijah will die for speaking this word” +2:23 fml4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְ⁠נַפְשׁ֔⁠וֹ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “by how he lives” +2:23 yol6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶת־הַ⁠דָּבָ֖ר הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 Here, **word** represents what Adonijah asked using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this request” +2:24 qn96 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula חַי־יְהוָה֙ 1 Here Solomon makes an oath that he will do what he promises at the end of this verse. He is indicating that people can rely on his promise as much as they can rely on the fact that **Yahweh** is **alive**. Use a natural way in your language to express this kind of oath. Alternate translation: “as certainly as Yahweh is alive” or “you can be as confident about this as you are that Yahweh is alive” +2:24 ac1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַיּֽוֹשִׁיבַ֙נִי֙ עַל־כִּסֵּא֙ דָּוִ֣ד אָבִ֔⁠י 1 When a person sits on a **throne**, it indicates that the person has power and rules as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. See how you expressed the idea in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “and caused me to sit on the throne to rule after David my father” or “and caused me to sit on the throne of David my father as king”\n +2:24 k151 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עָֽשָׂה־לִ֛⁠י בַּ֖יִת 1 Here, **house** represents represents Solomon’s descendants, who will reign as kings after him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “has made for me a dynasty” or “has caused my offspring to be kings after me” +2:24 db8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis כִּ֣י 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I declare that” or “I swear that”\n +2:24 udei rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יוּמַ֖ת אֲדֹנִיָּֽהוּ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that Solomon would command his servants or soldiers to do it. Alternate translation: “I will tell my soldiers to kill Adonijah” +2:25 eqm9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַח֙ הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ שְׁלֹמֹ֔ה בְּ⁠יַ֖ד בְּנָיָ֣הוּ בֶן־יְהוֹיָדָ֑ע 1 Here, **hand** represents what a person does. In this case, Solomon **sent** Benaiah to act for him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And the king Solomon sent Benaiah the son of Jehoiada to act for him” or “And the king Solomon told Benaiah the son of Jehoiada what to do” +2:25 kqax rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת 1 Here, the word **and** introduces what happened as a result of Benaiah attacking Adonijah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “so that he died” or “and as a result, he died” +2:26 jlcx rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result עֲנָתֹת֙ לֵ֣ךְ עַל־שָׂדֶ֔י⁠ךָ כִּ֛י אִ֥ישׁ מָ֖וֶת אָ֑תָּה 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the command that the first clause gives. Alternate translation: “Because you are a man of death, go to Anathoth, to your fields” +2:26 w4ap rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go לֵ֣ךְ 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “Come” instead of **Go**. Alternate translation: “Come” +2:26 kb4j rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names עֲנָתֹת֙ 1 The word **Anathoth** is the name of a town close to Jerusalem, to the northeast. +2:26 lzrg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אִ֥ישׁ מָ֖וֶת 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **man** who deserves **death**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “are a man who deserves death” +2:26 h1qm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns אִ֥ישׁ מָ֖וֶת 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “are a man who should die” +2:26 ecby rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֨וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֜ה לֹ֣א אֲמִיתֶ֗⁠ךָ כִּֽי־נָשָׂ֜אתָ אֶת־אֲר֨וֹן אֲדֹנָ֤⁠י יְהֹוִה֙ לִ⁠פְנֵי֙ דָּוִ֣ד אָבִ֔⁠י וְ⁠כִ֣י הִתְעַנִּ֔יתָ בְּ⁠כֹ֥ל אֲשֶֽׁר־הִתְעַנָּ֖ה אָבִֽ⁠י 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second and third clauses give reasons for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “but because you lifted the box of the Lord Yahweh to the face of David my father, and because you were afflicted with all that my father was afflicted, on this day I will not kill you” +2:26 y9tr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֹ֣א אֲמִיתֶ֗⁠ךָ 1 Here Solomon implies that he will not have one of his soldiers kill Abiathar. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I will not have a soldier kill you”\n +2:26 pxj3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit נָשָׂ֜אתָ אֶת־אֲר֨וֹן אֲדֹנָ֤⁠י יְהֹוִה֙ לִ⁠פְנֵי֙ דָּוִ֣ד אָבִ֔⁠י 1 Here Solomon means that Abiathar was the leading priest for **David**, and he was responsible for **the box of the Lord Yahweh**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you were the priest who was responsible for the box of the Lord Yahweh for David my father” +2:26 xm7p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הִתְעַנִּ֔יתָ בְּ⁠כֹ֥ל אֲשֶֽׁר־הִתְעַנָּ֖ה אָבִֽ⁠י 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “you experienced all the affliction that my father experienced” or “people afflicted you with all that they afflicted my father with” +2:27 q79l rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result לְ⁠מַלֵּא֙ אֶת־דְּבַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה 1 Here, the phrase **to fulfill** introduces a result from Solomon’s action. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “so that the word of Yahweh was fulfilled” or “with the result that the word of Yahweh was fulfilled” +2:27 pkk6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶת־דְּבַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה 1 Here, **word** represents what **Yahweh** said using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message from Yahweh” or “what Yahweh had declared” +2:27 hzt8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עַל־בֵּ֥ית עֵלִ֖י בְּ⁠שִׁלֹֽה 1 Here the author assumes that his audience will know that **Abiathar** was a descendant of **Eli**, who was a priest many years before Solomon was born. The author is referring to how God sent a prophet to **Eli** to tell him that his descendants would someday no longer be priests. You can read what the prophet said in [1 Samuel 2:27–36](../1sa/02/27.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some or all of this information more explicit, or you could include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “at Shiloh about how there would no longer be priests from the house of Eli, from whom Abiathar was descended” +2:27 ejnw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בֵּ֥ית עֵלִ֖י 1 Here, **house** represents the family and descendants of **Eli**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the offspring of Eli” or “Eli’s family” +2:28 vbx7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠הַ⁠שְּׁמֻעָה֙ בָּ֣אָה עַד־יוֹאָ֔ב כִּ֣י יוֹאָ֗ב נָטָה֙ אַחֲרֵ֣י אֲדֹנִיָּ֔ה וְ⁠אַחֲרֵ֥י אַבְשָׁל֖וֹם לֹ֣א נָטָ֑ה וַ⁠יָּ֤נָס יוֹאָב֙ אֶל־אֹ֣הֶל יְהוָ֔ה וַֽ⁠יַּחֲזֵ֖ק בְּ⁠קַרְנ֥וֹת הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּֽחַ 1 Here, the statement **for Joab had turned aside after Adonijah, but he had not turned aside after Absalom** could indicate the reason: (1) why Joab behaved as he did when he heard the report. Alternate translation: “And the report came as far as Joab. Then, because Joab had turned aside after Adonijah, but he had not turned aside after Absalom, Joab fled to the tent of Yahweh and he grasped the horns of the altar” (2) why gave **the report** to Joab. Alternate translation: “And, because Joab had turned aside after Adonijah, but he had not turned aside after Absalom, the report came as far as Joab. And Joab fled to the tent of Yahweh and he grasped the horns of the altar” +2:28 bnc9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וְ⁠הַ⁠שְּׁמֻעָה֙ בָּ֣אָה עַד־יוֹאָ֔ב 1 Here, the author speaks of **the report** as if it were a person who could come **as far as Joab**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And the report was heard by Joab” or “And Joab heard the report” +2:28 td8s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יוֹאָ֗ב נָטָה֙ אַחֲרֵ֣י אֲדֹנִיָּ֔ה וְ⁠אַחֲרֵ֥י אַבְשָׁל֖וֹם לֹ֣א נָטָ֑ה 1 Here the author speaks of supporting and serving someone as king as if it were turning aside after that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Joab had followed Adonijah, but he had not followed Absalom” or “Joab had served Adonijah, but he had not served Absalom” +2:28 zpq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַֽ⁠יַּחֲזֵ֖ק בְּ⁠קַרְנ֥וֹת הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּֽחַ 1 In Joab’s culture, people who **grasped the horns of the altar** were considered to be protected by God and would not be taken away and punished unless someone could prove that they had really done something wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you translated the similar clause in [1:50](../01/50.md). Alternate translation: “and he grasped the horns of the altar for protection” or “and he grasped the horns of the altar to keep himself safe”\n +2:29 t39e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יֻּגַּ֞ד לַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “And a person told the king”\n +2:29 fbft rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations שְׁלֹמֹ֗ה כִּ֣י נָ֤ס יוֹאָב֙ אֶל־אֹ֣הֶל יְהוָ֔ה וְ⁠הִנֵּ֖ה אֵ֣צֶל הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חַ 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “Solomon, ‘Joab has fled to teh tent of Yahweh, and behold, he is beside the altar.’” +2:29 l51w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠הִנֵּ֖ה אֵ֣צֶל הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חַ וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֨ח שְׁלֹמֹ֜ה 1 Some translations include some additional material about what happened between when Solomon learned where Joab had fled and when he commanded Benaiah to attack Joab. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, and if it includes this additional material, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. +2:29 xe4i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations וְ⁠הִנֵּ֖ה 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the king and asks him to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks someone to listen, or you could use a different form that draws a person’s attention. Alternate translation: “and picture this” or “and listen”\n +2:29 oeec rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations אֶת־בְּנָיָ֧הוּ בֶן־יְהוֹיָדָ֛ע לֵ⁠אמֹ֖ר לֵ֥ךְ פְּגַע־בּֽ⁠וֹ 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “Benaiah the son of Jehoiada to go and attack him” +2:29 pb71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹ֖ר 1 If you preserve the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he told him” +2:29 xgq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go לֵ֥ךְ 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “Come” instead of **Go**. Alternate translation: “Come” +2:30 pk4u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יָּבֹ֨א בְנָיָ֜הוּ 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “And Benaiah came” +2:30 wzxf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ צֵ֔א 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The king says that you must come out!” +2:30 yzgo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go צֵ֔א 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “Go” instead of **Come**. Alternate translation: “Go out” +2:30 f7df rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result לֹ֖א כִּ֣י פֹ֣ה אָמ֑וּת 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Here I will die, so no” +2:30 hiwr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠יָּ֨שֶׁב בְּנָיָ֤הוּ & דָּבָ֣ר 1 Here, **word** represents what Benaiah said using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And Benaiah brought back a message” or “And Benaiah sent back a message” +2:30 u598 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said” +2:30 wyk9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet כֹּֽה־דִבֶּ֥ר יוֹאָ֖ב וְ⁠כֹ֥ה עָנָֽ⁠נִי 1 The terms **Thus Joab has spoken** and **thus he answered me** mean similar things. Benaiah is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Thus Joab answered me” +2:30 hgow rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כֹּֽה־דִבֶּ֥ר יוֹאָ֖ב וְ⁠כֹ֥ה עָנָֽ⁠נִי 1 Here, the words **Thus** and **thus** refer to what Joab said without repeating all the words he said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Joab has spoken these words, and with these words he answered me” or “Joab told me that he would not come out and that he would die there” +2:31 qfpl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠הֲסִירֹ֣תָ ׀ דְּמֵ֣י חִנָּ֗ם אֲשֶׁר֙ שָׁפַ֣ךְ יוֹאָ֔ב מֵ⁠עָלַ֕⁠י וּ⁠מֵ⁠עַ֖ל בֵּ֥ית אָבִֽ⁠י 1 Here Solomon speaks as if the **bloodshed** that Joab committed were a liquid that he had **poured out** on Solomon and **the house** of his father David, and he speaks as if killing Joab will **remove** this liquid from them. He means that the **bloodshed** that Joab committed causes Solomon and **the house** of his father David to be guilty, and that killing Joab will cause them no longer to be guilty. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and you will cleanse me and the house of my father from the bloodshed without cause with which Joab stained us” or “and you will take away from me and from the house of my father the guilt of the bloodshed without cause that Joab caused” +2:31 qdz7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וַ⁠הֲסִירֹ֣תָ 1 Here, the word **and** introduces what will happen as a result of Benaiah killing and burying Joab. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “so that you will remove” or “and so you will remove” +2:31 sj9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בֵּ֥ית אָבִֽ⁠י 1 Here, **house** represents David’s family and descendants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the relatives of my father” or “the descendants of my father” +2:31 hhmu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom דְּמֵ֣י חִנָּ֗ם 1 Here, the phrase **without cause** indicates that the people Joab killed did not deserve to die. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the bloodshed of innocent people” or “the unjust bloodshed” 2:32 uk13 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy May Yahweh return his blood on his own head 1 The word “his” refers to Joab. “Blood” is a metonym for murder. And, the idiom “his blood on his own head” means the person should be considered guilty for murder. Alternate translation: “Joab has murdered people, and I want Yahweh to hold him guilty for what he has done” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2:32 n2gh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet more righteous and better 1 These words mean basically the same thing and emphasize that Abner and Amasa were much better men than Joab. 2:33 qiy8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy may their blood return on the head of Joab and on the head of his descendants 1 The word “blood” is a metonym for murder. And, the idiom “blood return on the head of” means the person should be considered guilty for murder. Alternate translation: “I want Yahweh to hold Joab and his descendants guilty” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 3fbe8569fd33c991dd7ebc88802bfec2addbf030 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Wed, 29 Nov 2023 18:50:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 10/32] Merge justplainjane47-tc-create-1 into master by justplainjane47 (#3642) --- tn_PRO.tsv | 92 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++--------------------------- 1 file changed, 46 insertions(+), 46 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_PRO.tsv b/tn_PRO.tsv index 2bff3d0268..3c7c39ed98 100644 --- a/tn_PRO.tsv +++ b/tn_PRO.tsv @@ -1724,32 +1724,32 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct 14:34 w56h rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns לְאֻמִּ֣ים 1 The plural use of **peoples** here refers to several groups of people that could also be called “nations” or “countries.” See how you translated “people” in [11:14](../11/14.md). 14:35 vi56 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns רְֽצוֹן & מַשְׂכִּ֑יל וְ֝⁠עֶבְרָת֗⁠וֹ 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **delight** in [8:30](../08/30.md), **insight** in [1:3](../01/03.md), and **rage** in [11:23](../11/23.md). 14:35 c522 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun מֶ֭לֶךְ לְ⁠עֶ֣בֶד & וְ֝⁠עֶבְרָת֗⁠וֹ תִּהְיֶ֥ה מֵבִֽישׁ 1 Here, **a king**, **the servant**, **his**, and **one who acts shamefully** refer to types of people, not to specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “any king is for any servant … but any king’s rage is for any person who acts shamefully” -15:intro l872 0 # Proverbs 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapter 15 continues the section of the book written by Solomon that is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Contrasting parallelism\n\nExcept for [15:3](../15/03.md), [10–12](../15/10.md), [16–17](../15/16.md), [23–24](../15/23.md), [30–31](../15/30.md), and [33](../15/33.md), all the proverbs in this chapter consist of two parallel clauses that contrast with each other. +15:intro l872 0 # Proverbs 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nChapter 15 continues the section of the book written by Solomon that is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Contrasting parallelism\n\nExcept for [15:3](../15/03.md), [10–12](../15/10.md), [16–17](../15/16.md), [23–24](../15/23.md), [30–31](../15/30.md), and [33](../15/33.md), all the proverbs in this chapter consist of two parallel clauses that contrast with each other. 15:1 qcqk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מַֽעֲנֶה־רַּ֭ךְ יָשִׁ֣יב חֵמָ֑ה וּ⁠דְבַר־עֶ֝֗צֶב יַעֲלֶה־אָֽף 1 In this verse, Solomon implies that the **gentle answer** and **word of pain** are spoken to an angry person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “A gentle answer spoken to an angry person turns back that person’s heat, but a word of pain spoken to an angry person lifts up that person’s nose” 15:1 ydyg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun מַֽעֲנֶה־רַּ֭ךְ & וּ⁠דְבַר־עֶ֝֗צֶב 1 **A gentle answer** and **a word of pain** refer to types of things people say, not to a specific **answer** or **word**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any gentle answer … but any word of pain”\n 15:1 jrxm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יָשִׁ֣יב חֵמָ֑ה 1 The phrase is an idiom that refers to decreasing a person’s anger as if that anger were **heat** that someone **turns back**. The word **heat** means “anger” by association with the way that an angry person’s body increases in **heat**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “decreases anger” or “causes an angry person to become calm” -15:1 kv69 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠דְבַר־עֶ֝֗צֶב 1 The phrase **word of pain** refers to something that is spoken harshly as if what is spoken causes **pain** to the listener. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but what is spoken harshly” +15:1 kv69 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠דְבַר־עֶ֝֗צֶב 1 The phrase **a word of pain** refers to something that is spoken harshly, as if what is spoken would cause **pain** to the listener. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but what is spoken harshly” or "a hurtful word" 15:1 w9mq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יַעֲלֶה־אָֽף 1 The phrase is an idiom that refers to increasing a person’s anger. The word **nose** means “anger” by association with the way that a person who is angry breathes heavily through his **nose**. Your language and culture may also associate anger with a particular part of the body. If so, you could use an expression involving that part of the body in your translation. You could also use plain language. Alternate translation: “increases anger” or “causes an angry person to become angrier” 15:2 fgjl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun לְשׁ֣וֹן חֲ֭כָמִים & וּ⁠פִ֥י כְ֝סִילִ֗ים 1 **The tongue of the wise ones** and **the mouth of stupid ones** refer to what these types of people say in general, not to a specific **tongue** or **mouth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “The tongues of wise ones … but the mouths of stupid ones” 15:2 w6ic rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְשׁ֣וֹן חֲ֭כָמִים 1 See how you translated this phrase in [12:18](../12/18.md). 15:2 jwme rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תֵּיטִ֣יב דָּ֑עַת 1 The phrase **makes knowledge good** refers to speaking **knowledge** in a way that **makes knowledge** pleasant or attractive to others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “makes knowledge pleasing to others” 15:2 we31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns דָּ֑עַת & אִוֶּֽלֶת 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **knowledge** in [1:4](../01/04.md) and **folly** in [5:23](../05/23.md). -15:2 ncr7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠פִ֥י כְ֝סִילִ֗ים יַבִּ֥יעַ אִוֶּֽלֶת 1 Here, Solomon refers to **stupid** people always saying foolish things as if their mouths were places from which **folly** **gushes forth** like water. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but the mouths of stupid ones are always speaking folly” +15:2 ncr7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠פִ֥י כְ֝סִילִ֗ים יַבִּ֥יעַ אִוֶּֽלֶת 1 Here Solomon refers to **stupid** people always saying foolish things as if their mouths were places from which **folly gushes forth** like flowing water. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but the mouths of stupid ones are always speaking folly” 15:2 xupd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠פִ֥י כְ֝סִילִ֗ים 1 See how you translated the same use of **the mouth of** in [10:6](../10/06.md). -15:3 w8rc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּֽ⁠כָל־מָ֭קוֹם עֵינֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 Here, Solomon refers to Yahweh’s ability to see everything as if Yahweh had **eyes** that are located **in every place**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh sees what is happening everywhere” +15:3 w8rc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּֽ⁠כָל־מָ֭קוֹם עֵינֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 Here Solomon refers to Yahweh’s ability to see everything as if Yahweh had **eyes** that were located **in every place**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh sees what is happening everywhere” 15:4 lpvd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun מַרְפֵּ֣א לָ֭שׁוֹן & וְ⁠סֶ֥לֶף בָּ֝֗⁠הּ שֶׁ֣בֶר בְּ⁠רֽוּחַ 1 **A healing tongue**, **it**, and **a breaking in the spirit** do not refer to specific things but represent these things in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any healing tongue … but crookedness in any such tongue is what breaks spirits” -15:4 wt85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מַרְפֵּ֣א לָ֭שׁוֹן 1 **A healing tongue** refers to what someone says that soothes the listener. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar use of **tongue** in [6:17](../06/17.md). Alternate translation: “What comforting thing someone says” +15:4 wt85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מַרְפֵּ֣א לָ֭שׁוֹן 1 **A healing tongue** refers to what someone says that soothes the listener. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar use of **tongue** in [6:17](../06/17.md). Alternate translation: “The comforting thing someone says” 15:4 sutw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עֵ֣ץ חַיִּ֑ים 1 See how you translated **a tree of life** in [3:18](../03/18.md). -15:4 jib7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠סֶ֥לֶף בָּ֝֗⁠הּ 1 Here, Solomon refers to deceitful speech as if it were a crooked tongue. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but what deceitful thing someone says” +15:4 jib7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠סֶ֥לֶף בָּ֝֗⁠הּ 1 Here, Solomon refers to deceitful speech as if it were a crooked tongue. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but the deceitful thing someone says” 15:4 frhx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom שֶׁ֣בֶר בְּ⁠רֽוּחַ 1 The phrase **a breaking in the spirit** is an idiom that refers to making a person despair. If it would be helpful, you could use an equivalent idiom from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “makes a person feel down in the dumps” or “makes a person despair” -15:5 kapn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun אֱוִ֗יל & אָבִ֑י⁠ו וְ⁠שֹׁמֵ֖ר תּוֹכַ֣חַת 1 **A fool**, **his**, and **one who keeps rebuke** do not refer to specific people but represent types of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any fool … that fool’s father, but any person who keeps rebuke” +15:5 kapn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun אֱוִ֗יל & אָבִ֑י⁠ו וְ⁠שֹׁמֵ֖ר תּוֹכַ֣חַת 1 **A fool**, **his**, and **one who keeps rebuke** do not refer to specific people but represent types of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any fool … that fool’s father, but any person who keeps a rebuke” 15:5 kix4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מוּסַ֣ר & תּוֹכַ֣חַת 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **correction** in [3:11](../03/11.md) and **rebuke** in [1:25](../01/25.md). 15:5 x86t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠שֹׁמֵ֖ר תּוֹכַ֣חַת 1 See how you translated **one who keeps rebuke** in [13:18](../13/18.md). 15:6 w41m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun בֵּ֣ית צַ֭דִּיק & וּ⁠בִ⁠תְבוּאַ֖ת רָשָׁ֣ע 1 **The house of the righteous one** and **the produce of the wicked one** do not refer to specific things and people, but represent those things and types of people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any house of righteous ones … but any produce of wicked ones” 15:6 j47b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠בִ⁠תְבוּאַ֖ת 1 Here, **produce** refers to the income that is gained from selling **produce**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but in the income of” -15:6 vh44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠בִ⁠תְבוּאַ֖ת רָשָׁ֣ע נֶעְכָּֽרֶת 1 Here, Solomon refers to **the produce of the wicked one** causing **the wicked one** to be **troubled** as if **being troubled** was an object located **in the produce**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but the produce of the wicked one causes them trouble” +15:6 vh44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠בִ⁠תְבוּאַ֖ת רָשָׁ֣ע נֶעְכָּֽרֶת 1 Here Solomon refers to **the produce of the wicked one** causing **the wicked one** to be **troubled** as if **being troubled** were an object located **in the produce**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but the produce of the wicked one causes them trouble” 15:7 tk6t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שִׂפְתֵ֣י חֲ֭כָמִים 1 See how you translated this phrase in [14:3](../14/03.md). -15:7 uatn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יְזָ֣רוּ דָ֑עַת 1 Here, Solomon refers to teaching other people knowledge as if **knowledge** were seeds that a farmer scatters around in a field. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “teach others knowledge” +15:7 uatn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יְזָ֣רוּ דָ֑עַת 1 Here Solomon refers to teaching other people knowledge as if **knowledge** were the seeds that a farmer scatters to plant in a field. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “teach others knowledge” 15:7 xs5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns דָ֑עַת 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **knowledge** in [1:4](../01/04.md). 15:7 j7fl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֵ֖ב כְּסִילִ֣ים 1 See how you translated **the heart of stupid ones** in [12:23](../12/23.md). 15:8 nz2i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun זֶ֣בַח & וּ⁠תְפִלַּ֖ת 1 **The sacrifice** and **the prayer** represent sacrifices and prayers in general, not one particular **sacrifice** or **prayer**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “The sacrifices of … but the prayers of” @@ -1758,67 +1758,67 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct 15:8 fci9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns רְצוֹנֽ⁠וֹ 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **delight** in [11:1](../11/01.md). 15:9 ui9i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns תּוֹעֲבַ֣ת יְ֭הוָה 1 See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. 15:9 i7dh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor דֶּ֣רֶךְ 1 See how you translated the same use of **way** in [1:15](../01/15.md). -15:9 otm4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun רָשָׁ֑ע & וּ⁠מְרַדֵּ֖ף 1 Here, **the wicked one** and **a persuer** represent types of people, not one particular **wicked one** or **persuer**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “the wicked ones … but the persuers of” -15:9 pj1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠מְרַדֵּ֖ף צְדָקָ֣ה 1 Here, Solomon refers to someone being diligent to live righteously as if that person were **a pursuer** of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but someone who strives to be righteous” +15:9 otm4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun רָשָׁ֑ע & וּ⁠מְרַדֵּ֖ף 1 Here, **the wicked one** and **a pursuer** represent types of people, not one particular **wicked one** or **pursuer**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “the wicked ones … but the pursuers of” +15:9 pj1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠מְרַדֵּ֖ף צְדָקָ֣ה 1 Here Solomon refers to someone being diligent to live righteously as if that person were **a pursuer** of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but someone who strives to be righteous” 15:9 w7vg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns צְדָקָ֣ה 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **righteousness** in [1:3](../01/03.md).\n 15:10 oz4u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מוּסָ֣ר & תוֹכַ֣חַת 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **discipline** in [13:24](../13/24.md) and **rebuke** in [1:25](../01/25.md). 15:10 ni0v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun לְ⁠עֹזֵ֣ב & שׂוֹנֵ֖א 1 Here, **one who forsakes** and **one who hates** represent types of people, not specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “is for any person who forsakes … any person who hates” -15:10 j3mw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לְ⁠עֹזֵ֣ב אֹ֑רַח 1 Here, Solomon refers to a person no longer behaving righteously but behaving wickedly as if that person **forsakes** the righteous **path**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is for one who stops living righteously”\n +15:10 j3mw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לְ⁠עֹזֵ֣ב אֹ֑רַח 1 Here Solomon refers to a person who is no longer behaving righteously, but behaving wickedly, as if that person **forsakes** the righteous **path**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is for one who stops living righteously”\n 15:11 n1e2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet שְׁא֣וֹל וַ֭⁠אֲבַדּוֹן 1 **Sheol** and **Abaddon** both refer to the place where people’s spirits go when they die. Solomon is using them together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. See how you translated **Sheol** in [1:12](../01/12.md). Alternate translation: “the place where the spirits of dead people dwell” or “the place of the dead” -15:11 ysty rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נֶ֣גֶד 1 Here, Solomon refers to **Yahweh** knowing everything about **Sheol and Abaddon** as if they were in front of him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are fully known by” +15:11 ysty rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נֶ֣גֶד 1 Here Solomon refers to **Yahweh** knowing everything about **Sheol and Abaddon** as if they were in front of him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are fully known by” 15:11 r3gz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִבּ֥וֹת 1 See how you translated the same use of “heart” in [2:2](../02/02.md). 15:11 x6mt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations בְּֽנֵי־אָדָֽם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [8:4](../08/04.md). 15:12 dksc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun לֵ֭ץ הוֹכֵ֣חַֽ ל֑⁠וֹ & לֹ֣א יֵלֵֽךְ 1 **A mocker**, **one who rebukes**, **he**, and **him** represent types of people, not specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any mocker … any person who rebukes that person … that person will not go” 15:12 kaat rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes לֹ֣א יֶאֱהַב 1 Solomon is using a figure of speech here that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using a negative word, **not**, together with an expression that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the positive meaning. Alternate translation: “really hates” -15:12 f5d9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֹ֣א יֵלֵֽךְ 1 Here, Solomon implies going **to the wise ones** in order to get advice from them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will not go to receive their advice” +15:12 f5d9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֹ֣א יֵלֵֽךְ 1 Here Solomon implies going **to the wise ones** in order to get advice from them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will not go to receive their advice” 15:13 b4lv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לֵ֣ב שָׂ֭מֵחַ 1 Here, Solomon uses **heart** to refer a person’s inner being or mind. See how you translated the same use of **heart** in [2:2](../02/02.md). -15:13 hbnx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification יֵיטִ֣ב פָּנִ֑ים 1 Here, Solomon refers to someone smiling as if that person’s **face** were a person who is **glad**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “causes one to smile” -15:13 l2ya rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠בְ⁠עַצְּבַת־לֵ֝ב 1 Here, Solomon refers to a person feeling sad as if they that person has **pain of heart**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but by feeling sad” -15:13 y5e6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ר֣וּחַ נְכֵאָֽה 1 Here, Solomon refers to a person despairing as if that person’s **spirit** were hit or crushed by something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person feels despair”\n +15:13 hbnx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification יֵיטִ֣ב פָּנִ֑ים 1 Here Solomon refers to someone smiling as if that person’s **face** were a person who is **glad**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “causes one to smile” +15:13 l2ya rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠בְ⁠עַצְּבַת־לֵ֝ב 1 Here Solomon refers to a person who is feeling sad as if that person has **pain of heart**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but by feeling sad” +15:13 y5e6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ר֣וּחַ נְכֵאָֽה 1 Here Solomon refers to a person despairing as if that person’s **spirit** were hit or crushed by something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person feels despair”\n 15:14 d9uh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun לֵ֣ב נָ֭בוֹן יְבַקֶּשׁ־דָּ֑עַת וּפִ֥י 1 **The heart**, **the understanding one**, and **the mouth** represent these things and type of people in general, not one particular **heart**, **understanding one**, or **mouth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “The hearts of the understanding ones seek knowledge … but the mouths of” 15:14 xdul rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לֵ֣ב & וּפִ֥י 1 In this verse, **heart** and **mouth** refer to the whole person. See how you translated the same use of **heart** in [6:18](../06/18.md) and **mouth** in [4:5](../04/05.md). 15:14 wwrp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יְבַקֶּשׁ 1 See how you translated the same use of **seeks** in [11:27](../11/27.md). 15:14 qzhq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns דָּ֑עַת & אִוֶּֽלֶת 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **knowledge** in [1:4](../01/04.md) and **folly** in [5:23](../05/23.md). -15:14 k3ct rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִרְעֶ֥ה 1 Here, Solomon refers to **stupid ones** being satisfied with **folly** as if **folly** were something they feed on like cattle feed on grass. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are satisfied by” +15:14 k3ct rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִרְעֶ֥ה 1 Here Solomon refers to **stupid ones** being satisfied with **folly** as if **folly** were something they feed on like cattle feed on grass. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are satisfied by” 15:15 m9lg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy כָּל־יְמֵ֣י עָנִ֣י 1 **All the days** here refers to what happens during the **days** that **the afflicted one** is alive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “What happens during all the days that the afflicted one is alive” 15:15 ijbq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun עָנִ֣י & וְ⁠טֽוֹב־לֵ֝֗ב 1 Here, **the afflicted one** and **the good of heart** represent types of people, not specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “any afflicted one … but any person who is good of heart” 15:15 xw56 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit רָעִ֑ים 1 Here, **evil** refers to what is miserable or troublesome. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are troublesome ones” or “are troublesome” 15:15 en6x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠טֽוֹב־לֵ֝֗ב 1 Here, **the good of heart** refers to a person who feels cheerful. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but the one who feels cheerful” -15:15 dgon rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִשְׁתֶּ֥ה תָמִֽיד 1 Here, Solomon refers to a person enjoying life as if that person is always eating at a **feast**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “lives as if he is continually feasting” or “is always enjoying life” +15:15 dgon rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִשְׁתֶּ֥ה תָמִֽיד 1 Here Solomon refers to a person enjoying life as if that person is always eating at a **feast**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “lives as if he is continually feasting” or “is always enjoying life” 15:16 qghs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis מְ֭עַט & מֵ⁠אוֹצָ֥ר רָ֝֗ב 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “is having a little … than having much treasure” 15:16 vujm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj מְ֭עַט 1 Here, Solomon is using the adjective **little** as a noun to refer to a small amount of something. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “is having a small amount” -15:16 wyym rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּ⁠יִרְאַ֣ת יְהוָ֑ה 1 Here, Solomon refers to fearing **Yahweh** as if that **fear** were an object that someone could have **with** **a little**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “while having fear of Yahweh” or “and fearing Yahweh” +15:16 wyym rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּ⁠יִרְאַ֣ת יְהוָ֑ה 1 Here Solomon refers to fearing **Yahweh** as if that **fear** were an object that someone could have **with** even **a little** of whatever they have. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “while having fear of Yahweh” or “and fearing Yahweh” 15:16 rjza rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְּ⁠יִרְאַ֣ת יְהוָ֑ה 1 See how you translated **the fear of Yahweh** in [1:7](../01/07.md).\n\n -15:16 uuve rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠מְה֥וּמָה בֽ⁠וֹ 1 Here, Solomon refers to feeling **anxiety** as if that **anxiety** were an object that someone could have **with** **much treasure**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and having anxiety” or “and having anxiety” +15:16 uuve rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠מְה֥וּמָה בֽ⁠וֹ 1 Here Solomon refers to feeling **anxiety** as if that **anxiety** were an object that someone could have **with** **much treasure**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and having anxiety” or “and having anxiety” 15:16 owmw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠מְה֥וּמָה 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **anxiety**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and being anxious” 15:17 ipjz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis אֲרֻחַ֣ת יָ֭רָק וְ⁠אַהֲבָה & מִ⁠שּׁ֥וֹר אָ֝ב֗וּס וְ⁠שִׂנְאָה 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “is having a portion of vegetables and having love … than having a fattened ox and having hatred” 15:17 via5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֲרֻחַ֣ת יָ֭רָק 1 Here, **a portion of vegetables** refers to a small meal without much food. This kind of meal would be eaten by someone who cannot afford to buy meat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is very little food” or “is a poor person’s meal” 15:17 ux23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠אַהֲבָה & וְ⁠שִׂנְאָה 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **love** and **hatred** in [10:12](../10/12.md). -15:17 i3b2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִ⁠שּׁ֥וֹר אָ֝ב֗וּס 1 Here, **a fattened ox** refers to a large meal with much food that includes **a fattened ox**. This kind of meal would be eaten by a wealthy person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “than very much food” or “than a wealthy person’s meal” -15:17 m9u4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠שִׂנְאָה־בֽ⁠וֹ 1 Here, Solomon refers to feeling **hatred** as if that **hatred** were an object that someone could have **with** **a fattened ox**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “while having hatred” +15:17 i3b2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִ⁠שּׁ֥וֹר אָ֝ב֗וּס 1 Here, **a fattened ox** refers to a large meal including meat such as **a fattened ox**. This kind of meal would be eaten by a wealthy person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “than very much food” or “than a wealthy person’s meal” +15:17 m9u4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠שִׂנְאָה־בֽ⁠וֹ 1 Here Solomon refers to feeling **hatred** as if that **hatred** were an object that someone could have **with a fattened ox**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “while having hatred” 15:18 u7qg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations אִ֣ישׁ חֵ֭מָה 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Solomon is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “A person of heat” -15:18 vi23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אִ֣ישׁ חֵ֭מָה 1 **A man of heat** refers to someone who gets angry easily. Here, **heat** refers to extreme anger, which causes the angry person’s body to become hot. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar use of **heat** in [6:34](../06/34.md). Alternate translation: “A person who gets angry easily”\n -15:18 oog0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יְגָרֶ֣ה 1 Here, Solomon refers to starting **a quarrel** as if it were something that a person **stirs up**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “starts” or “causes” +15:18 vi23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אִ֣ישׁ חֵ֭מָה 1 **A man of heat** refers to someone who gets angry easily. Here, **heat** refers to extreme anger, which causes the angry person’s body to become hot. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar use of **heat** in [6:34](../06/34.md). Alternate translation: “A person who becomes angry easily”\n +15:18 oog0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יְגָרֶ֣ה 1 Here Solomon refers to starting **a quarrel** as if it were something that a person **stirs up**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “starts” or “causes” 15:18 tzzu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מָד֑וֹן & רִֽיב 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **quarrel** and **dispute**, you could express the same ideas in another way. See how you translated “quarrels” in [6:14](../06/14.md). Alternate translation: “quarreling … disputing” 15:18 b28g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun מָד֑וֹן וְ⁠אֶ֥רֶך אַ֝פַּ֗יִם & רִֽיב 1 Here, **quarrel**, **the long of nostrils**, and **dispute** represent events and a type of person in general, not a specific event or person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “quarrels, but any person long of nostrils … disputes” 15:18 p4ji rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠אֶ֥רֶך אַ֝פַּ֗יִם 1 See how you translated **one long of nostrils** in [14:29](../14/29.md). 15:18 ecma rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יַשְׁקִ֥יט רִֽיב 1 Here, Solomon refers to someone causing people who are arguing to become calm and stop arguing as if that person were causing the **dispute** to become **quiet**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will calm disputing people” -15:19 ai0e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun דֶּ֣רֶךְ עָ֭צֵל & וְ⁠אֹ֖רַח 1 **The way of the lazy one** and **the path** do not refer to specific things and people, but represent those things and types of people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. See how you translated **the lazy one** in [10:26](../10/26.md). Alternate translation: “The ways of lazy ones … but the paths of”\n +15:19 ai0e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun דֶּ֣רֶךְ עָ֭צֵל כִּ⁠מְשֻׂ֣כַת חָ֑דֶק וְ⁠אֹ֖רַח יְשָׁרִ֣ים סְלֻלָֽה׃ 1 **The way of the lazy one** and **the path** do not refer to specific things and people, but represent those things and types of people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. See how you translated **the lazy one** in [10:26](../10/26.md). Alternate translation: “The ways of lazy ones are like a hedge of brier, but the paths of the upright ones are a built-up highway”\n 15:19 awv2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor דֶּ֣רֶךְ & וְ⁠אֹ֖רַח 1 In this verse, Solomon uses **way** and **path** to refer to a person’s progress throughout that person’s lifetime. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The life progress of … the life progress of” 15:19 gy92 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כִּ⁠מְשֻׂ֣כַת חָ֑דֶק 1 Here, Solomon compares the difficult and unproductive lifestyle of a **lazy** person with a **hedge of brier** that prevents someone from walking down a path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “is difficult” 15:19 lefw rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown כִּ⁠מְשֻׂ֣כַת חָ֑דֶק 1 The phrase **hedge of brier** refers to a dense group of bushes that contains sharp thorns. Because the **hedge** is thick and has thorns, people cannot walk through it. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of plant, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “is like a large thorn bush” or “is like a plant that blocks the way” -15:19 zqz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor סְלֻלָֽה 1 Here, Solomon refers to the productive lifestyle of **the upright ones** as if it were a **highway** that was made well and easy to walk on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is productive” +15:19 zqz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor סְלֻלָֽה 1 Here Solomon refers to the productive lifestyle of **the upright ones** as if it were a **highway** that was well-made and easy to walk on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is productive” 15:20 imhi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בֵּ֣ן חָ֭כָם יְשַׂמַּח־אָ֑ב 1 See how you translated this clause in [10:1](../10/01.md). 15:20 uira rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations וּ⁠כְסִ֥יל אָ֝דָ֗ם בּוֹזֶ֥ה אִמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 Although **a stupid man** and **his** are masculine, Solomon is using these words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “but any stupid person despises that person’s mother” 15:21 q3mf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns אִ֭וֶּלֶת שִׂמְחָ֣ה & תְּ֝בוּנָ֗ה 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **Folly** in [5:23](../05/23.md), **joy** in [10:28](../10/28.md), and **understanding** in [1:2](../01/02.md). 15:21 ywh5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun לַ⁠חֲסַר־לֵ֑ב וְ⁠אִ֥ישׁ תְּ֝בוּנָ֗ה 1 See how you translated **the lacking of heart** in [9:16](../09/16.md) and **man of understanding** in [10:23](../10/23.md). 15:21 etw6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis יְיַשֶׁר־לָֽכֶת 1 Solomon is leaving out a word that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply this word from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “makes himself to go straight” -15:21 itu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יְיַשֶׁר־לָֽכֶת 1 Here, Solomon speaks of a person doing what is right as if he were walking **straight** ahead on a path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “does what is right” +15:21 itu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יְיַשֶׁר־לָֽכֶת 1 Here Solomon speaks of a person doing what is right as if he were walking **straight** ahead on a path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “does what is right” 15:22 p1yb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הָפֵ֣ר מַ֭חֲשָׁבוֹת 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Plans fail” 15:22 et1u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ס֑וֹד 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **counsel** in [1:25](../01/25.md). 15:22 re1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns תָּקֽוּם 1 The pronoun **it** refers to the **Plans** in the previous clause. If this is not clear for your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those plans will stand” -15:22 q31z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification תָּקֽוּם 1 Here, Solomon refers to **Plans** that are successful as if they were a person who would continue to **stand**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will be successful”\n -15:23 n4u3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שִׂמְחָ֣ה לָ֭⁠אִישׁ בְּ⁠מַעֲנֵה־פִ֑י⁠ו 1 Here, Solomon refers to a person feeling joyful because of **the answer** that person says as if that person’s **Joy** were an object that could be found **in the answer**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The man has joy because of the answer of his mouth” +15:22 q31z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification תָּקֽוּם 1 Here, Solomon refers to **Plans** that are successful as if they were a person who would continue to **stand**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will be successful”\n +15:23 n4u3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שִׂמְחָ֣ה לָ֭⁠אִישׁ בְּ⁠מַעֲנֵה־פִ֑י⁠ו 1 Here Solomon refers to a person feeling joyful because of **the answer** that person gave. Solomon uses a metaphor in which he refers to **Joy** as if it were an object that could be found **in the answer**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The man has joy because of the answer of his mouth” 15:23 v8kk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun שִׂמְחָ֣ה לָ֭⁠אִישׁ בְּ⁠מַעֲנֵה־פִ֑י⁠ו 1 Here, **the man**, **the answer**, and **his** refer to a type of people and answers in general, not a specific **man** or **answer**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any person has joy because of an answer of that person’s mouth” 15:23 l86m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns שִׂמְחָ֣ה 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **joy** in [10:28](../10/28.md). 15:23 e60o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּ⁠מַעֲנֵה־פִ֑י⁠ו 1 The phrase **a word in its time** in the second clause implies that **the answer** in the first clause is a good or fitting **answer**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the good answer of his mouth” or “in the fitting reply of his mouth” @@ -1827,16 +1827,16 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct 15:23 wg81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠דָבָ֖ר בְּ⁠עִתּ֣⁠וֹ מַה־טּֽוֹב 1 The phrase **a word in its time** refers to a **word** that is spoken at the appropriate time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and how good is a word spoken at the appropriate time” 15:23 a1d9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠דָבָ֖ר & מַה־טּֽוֹב 1 See how you translated the similar use of **word** in [12:25](../12/25.md). 15:24 xb8a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun אֹ֣רַח חַ֭יִּים לְ⁠מַ֣עְלָ⁠ה לְ⁠מַשְׂכִּ֑יל 1 **The path of life** and **the insightful one** represent paths and insightful people in general, not a specific **path** or **insightful one**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “The paths of lives are upward for those who are insightful” -15:24 b9kb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֹ֣רַח חַ֭יִּים לְ⁠מַ֣עְלָ⁠ה 1 Here, Solomon speaks of a lifestyle that results in a long life as if it were a **path** that goes **upward**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The lifestyle results in a long life” +15:24 b9kb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֹ֣רַח חַ֭יִּים לְ⁠מַ֣עְלָ⁠ה 1 Here Solomon speaks of a lifestyle that results in a long life as if it were a **path** that goes **upward**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The lifestyle results in a long life” 15:24 uzup rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit חַ֭יִּים 1 Here, **life** refers to a long **life**. See how you translated the same use of **life** in [10:16](../10/16.md). 15:24 x359 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis לְמַ֥עַן ס֝֗וּר 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “in order for the insightful one to turn away” -15:24 pzkw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לְמַ֥עַן ס֝֗וּר מִ⁠שְּׁא֥וֹל 1 Here, Solomon speaks of avoiding **Sheol** as if **Sheol** were a place that a person could **turn away from**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in order to avoid going to Sheol”\n -15:24 xagl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִ⁠שְּׁא֥וֹל מָֽטָּה 1 The Israelites referred to dying as going down to **Sheol**, which is the place where people’s spirits go when they die. Here, Solomon refers to **Sheol** as if it were **below** the place where living people are. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. See how you translated **Sheol** in [1:12](../01/12.md). Alternate translation: “from the place where the spirits of dead people dwell” or “from the place of the dead”\n -15:25 wip1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִסַּ֥ח 1 Here, Solomon refers to Yahweh destroying **the house of the proud ones** as if he were tearing it **down**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will ruin” +15:24 pzkw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לְמַ֥עַן ס֝֗וּר מִ⁠שְּׁא֥וֹל 1 Here Solomon speaks of avoiding **Sheol** as if **Sheol** were a place that a person could **turn away from**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in order to avoid going to Sheol”\n +15:24 xagl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִ⁠שְּׁא֥וֹל מָֽטָּה 1 The Israelites referred to dying as going down to **Sheol**, which is the place where people’s spirits go when they die. Here Solomon refers to **Sheol** as if it were **below** the place where living people are. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. See how you translated **Sheol** in [1:12](../01/12.md). Alternate translation: “from the place where the spirits of dead people dwell” or “from the place of the dead”\n +15:25 wip1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִסַּ֥ח 1 Here Solomon refers to Yahweh destroying **the house of the proud ones** as if he were tearing it **down**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will ruin” 15:25 n0a4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun בֵּ֣ית גֵּ֭אִים & גְּב֣וּל אַלְמָנָֽה 1 Here, **the house**, **the boundary**, and **the widow** refer to houses, boundaries, and widows in general, not one particular **house**, **boundary**, or **widow**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “the houses of the proud ones … the boundaries of the widows” 15:25 w73c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בֵּ֣ית 1 Here, **house** refers to both the building someone lives in and the items within that **house**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the property of” -15:25 jbdr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ֝⁠יַצֵּ֗ב 1 Here, Solomon refers to Yahweh protecting or maintaining **the boundary of the widow** as if it were an object that he **set up**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but he will protect” -15:25 an5t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy גְּב֣וּל 1 The word **boundary** refers to stones that were used to mark the borders of the land that a person owns. Here, Solomon uses **boundary** to refer to all the land and possessions within the **boundary** of the land that **the widow** owns. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the property of” +15:25 jbdr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ֝⁠יַצֵּ֗ב 1 Here Solomon refers to Yahweh protecting or maintaining **the boundary of the widow** as if it were an object that he **set up**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but he will protect” +15:25 an5t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy גְּב֣וּל 1 The word **boundary** refers to stones that were used to mark the borders of the land that a person owned. Here, Solomon uses **boundary** to refer to all the land and possessions within the **boundary** of the land that **the widow** owns. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the property of” 15:25 h2dg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַלְמָנָֽה 1 Solomon assumes that his readers will understand that **the widow** is helpless and poor because widows were some of the poorest people in ancient societies. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the helpless widow” 15:26 w1qt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns תּוֹעֲבַ֣ת יְ֭הוָה 1 See how you translated **an abomination to Yahweh** in [3:32](../03/32.md). 15:26 o90x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אִמְרֵי־נֹֽעַם 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **words** that are characterized by **pleasantness**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “pleasant words” @@ -1846,28 +1846,28 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct 15:27 rayg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בֵּ֭ית⁠וֹ 1 See how you translated the same use of **house** in [3:33](../03/33.md). 15:27 sm83 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠שׂוֹנֵ֖א מַתָּנֹ֣ת 1 The phrase **one who hates bribes** refers to a person who refuses to receive **bribes** that someone else might offer them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but one who refuses to accept bribes” 15:27 ctnz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יִחְיֶֽה 1 Here, **live** refers to living a long life. See how you translated the same use of **live** in [9:6](../09/06.md). -15:28 ikau rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun לֵ֣ב צַ֭דִּיק יֶהְגֶּ֣ה & וּ⁠פִ֥י רְ֝שָׁעִ֗ים יַבִּ֥יעַ 1 **The heart**, **the righteous one**, and **the mouth** represent things and a type of people in general, not a specific **heart**, **righteous one** or **mouth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “The hearts of any righteous ones consider how … but the mouths of the wicked ones gush out” +15:28 ikau rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun לֵ֣ב צַ֭דִּיק יֶהְגֶּ֣ה & וּ⁠פִ֥י רְ֝שָׁעִ֗ים יַבִּ֥יעַ 1 **The heart**, **the righteous one**, and **the mouth** represent things and a type of people in general, not a specific **heart**, **righteous one** or **mouth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “The hearts of any righteous ones consider how … but the mouths of the wicked ones gush forth" 15:28 avu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לֵ֣ב 1 Here, **heart** refers to the whole person. See how you translated the same use of **heart** in [6:18](../06/18.md). 15:28 zn2x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis לַ⁠עֲנ֑וֹת 1 Solomon is leaving out a word that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply this word from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “to answer a person” 15:28 m6cf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠פִ֥י 1 See how you translated the same use of **the mouth of** in [10:6](../10/06.md). 15:28 zzd4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יַבִּ֥יעַ 1 See how you translated the same use of **gushes forth** in [15:2](../15/02.md). 15:28 zr4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns רָעֽוֹת 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **evils**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “evil things” -15:29 nq5q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor רָח֣וֹק יְ֭הוָה מֵ⁠רְשָׁעִ֑ים 1 Here, Solomon speaks of Yahweh not listening to **the wicked ones** as if he were physically **far** away from them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh does not heed wicked people” +15:29 nq5q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor רָח֣וֹק יְ֭הוָה מֵ⁠רְשָׁעִ֑ים 1 Here Solomon speaks of Yahweh not listening to **the wicked ones** as if he were physically **far** away from them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh does not heed wicked people” 15:29 q26p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun וּ⁠תְפִלַּ֖ת 1 The word **prayer** represents prayers in general, not one particular **prayer**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “but the prayers of” 15:29 s6ro rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠תְפִלַּ֖ת 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **prayer** in [15:8](../15/08.md). 15:29 em15 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יִשְׁמָֽע 1 Here, **hears** implies that **Yahweh** **hears** and responds to what he **hears**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he hears and responds” 15:30 um1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun מְֽאוֹר־עֵ֭ינַיִם יְשַׂמַּֽח־לֵ֑ב & עָֽצֶם 1 **The luminary**, **the heart**, and **the bone** represents those things in general, not one particular **luminary**, **heart**, or **bone**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Luminaries of the eyes gladdens hearts … bones” 15:30 xdfr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מְֽאוֹר־עֵ֭ינַיִם 1 Solomon assumes that his readers will understand that he is referring to someone seeing **The luminary of the eyes**. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Seeing the luminary of the eyes” -15:30 msq2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מְֽאוֹר־עֵ֭ינַיִם 1 Here, Solomon refers to a joyful facial expression as if the person’s **eyes** shined brightly like a **luminary** body, such as the Sun. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “A cheerful expression” +15:30 msq2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מְֽאוֹר־עֵ֭ינַיִם 1 Here Solomon refers to a joyful facial expression as if the person’s **eyes** shined brightly like a **luminary** body, such as the Sun. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “A cheerful expression” 15:30 d2bg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לֵ֑ב 1 Here, **heart** refers to the whole person. See how you translated the same use of **heart** in [6:18](../06/18.md). 15:30 e7v1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שְׁמוּעָ֥ה ט֝וֹבָ֗ה 1 Solomon assumes that his readers will understand that he is referring to someone hearing **good news**. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “hearing good news” -15:30 w1t5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom תְּדַשֶּׁן־עָֽצֶם 1 Here, Solomon refers to **good news** making people feel healthy as if it **fattens** their bones. The word **bone** here refers to a person’s whole body. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “causes people to feel healthy” -15:31 vet3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun אֹ֗זֶן & תּוֹכַ֣חַת 1 **An ear** and **the rebuke** represent those things in general, not one particular **ear** or **rebuke**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Ears … rebukes of” +15:30 w1t5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom תְּדַשֶּׁן־עָֽצֶם 1 Here Solomon refers to **good news** making people feel healthy as if it **fattens** their bones. The word **bone** here refers to a person’s whole body. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “causes people to feel healthy” +15:31 vet3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun אֹ֗זֶן & תּוֹכַ֣חַת 1 **An ear** and **the rebuke** represent those things in general, not one particular **ear** or **rebuke**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Ears … the rebukes of” 15:31 kgsf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche אֹ֗זֶן 1 Here, **ear** refers to the whole person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “A person” 15:31 lmpa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession תּוֹכַ֣חַת חַיִּ֑ים 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **rebuke** that results in **life**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the rebuke that leads to life” 15:31 rsnj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns תּוֹכַ֣חַת 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **rebuke** in [1:25](../01/25.md). 15:31 k8b8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תּוֹכַ֣חַת חַיִּ֑ים 1 Here, **life** refers to remaining alive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the rebuke that keeps one alive” -15:31 o3rh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠קֶ֖רֶב חֲכָמִ֣ים תָּלִֽין 1 Here, Solomon refers to a person being considered wise as if that person were dwelling with **the wise ones**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will be considered one of the wise ones” +15:31 o3rh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠קֶ֖רֶב חֲכָמִ֣ים תָּלִֽין 1 Here Solomon refers to a person being considered wise as if that person were dwelling with **the wise ones**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will be considered one of the wise ones” 15:32 eoi4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun פּוֹרֵ֣עַ & נַפְשׁ֑⁠וֹ וְ⁠שׁוֹמֵ֥עַ 1 **One who avoids**, **his**, and **one who hears** represent types of people in general, not specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any person who avoids … that person’s life, but any person who hears” 15:32 l9cd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מ֭וּסָר & תּ֝וֹכַ֗חַת 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **correction** in [3:11](../03/11.md) and **rebuke** in [1:25](../01/25.md). 15:32 u67i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole מוֹאֵ֣ס 1 Solomon says **rejects** here as an overstatement for emphasis. He means that someone who **avoids correction** is doing what will ruin **his life**, as if he actually despises **his life**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “behaves as if he rejects” @@ -1876,9 +1876,9 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct 15:33 nhk9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession יִרְאַ֣ת יְ֭הוָה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:7](../01/07.md). 15:33 t56g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מוּסַ֣ר חָכְמָ֑ה & כָב֣וֹד 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **wisdom** and **instruction** in [1:2](../01/02.md) and **honor** in [3:16](../03/16.md). 15:33 lbcz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מוּסַ֣ר חָכְמָ֑ה 1 Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **instruction** that results in **wisdom**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “is instruction that results in wisdom” -15:33 atwb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וְ⁠לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י כָב֣וֹד עֲנָוָֽה 1 Here, Solomon refers to a person having **humility** before receiving **honor** as if **humility** were a person who stands **before the face of honor**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the same use of **before the face of** in [8:25](../08/25.md). Alternate translation: “and humility exists before the honor exists” +15:33 atwb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וְ⁠לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י כָב֣וֹד עֲנָוָֽה 1 Here Solomon refers to a person having **humility** before receiving **honor** as if **humility** were a person who stands **before the face of honor**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the same use of **before the face of** in [8:25](../08/25.md). Alternate translation: “and humility exists before the honor exists” or "and humility precedes honor" 15:33 w2h2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns עֲנָוָֽה 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **humility**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “is being humble” -16:intro mu2u 0 # Proverbs 16 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapter 16 continues the section of the book written by Solomon that is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Parallelism\n\nChapters 10–15 mostly contain proverbs that consist of two parallel clauses that contrast with each other. In contrast, chapters 16–22 mostly contain proverbs in which the second of two parallel clauses completes, emphasizes, or qualifies the idea of the first clause. Chapter 16 also contains contrasting parallelism ([16:1](../16/01.md), [2](../16/02.md), [9](../16/09.md), [14](../16/14.md), [22](../16/22.md), [33](../16/33.md)) and parallelism in which both clauses have the same meaning for emphasis ([16:11](../16/11.md), [16](../16/16.md), [18](../16/18.md), [30](../16/30.md)). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +16:intro mu2u 0 # Proverbs 16 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nChapter 16 continues the section of the book written by Solomon that is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in This Chapter\n\n### Parallelism\n\nChapters 10–15 mostly contain proverbs that consist of two parallel clauses that contrast with each other. Chapters 16–22 mostly contain proverbs in which the second of two parallel clauses completes, emphasizes, or qualifies the idea of the first clause. Chapter 16 also contains contrasting parallelism ([16:1](../16/01.md), [2](../16/02.md), [9](../16/09.md), [14](../16/14.md), [22](../16/22.md), [33](../16/33.md)) and parallelism in which both clauses have the same meaning for emphasis ([16:11](../16/11.md), [16](../16/16.md), [18](../16/18.md), [30](../16/30.md)). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 16:1 aoh9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun לְ⁠אָדָ֥ם מַֽעַרְכֵי־לֵ֑ב וּ֝⁠מֵ⁠יְהוָ֗ה מַעֲנֵ֥ה לָשֽׁוֹן 1 Here, **the heart**, **a man's**, **the answer**, and **the tongue** refer to these things and people in general, not a specific thing or person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “The arrangements of the hearts are those people’s, but the answers of the tongues are from Yahweh” 16:1 lzbp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מַֽעַרְכֵי־לֵ֑ב & מַעֲנֵ֥ה לָשֽׁוֹן 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **arrangements** and **answer**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. See how you translated **answer** in [15:1](../15/01.md). Alternate translation: “Things that the heart arranges … what the tongue answers” 16:1 e2qs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מַֽעַרְכֵי־לֵ֑ב 1 **The arrangements of the heart** here could mean: (1) **arrangements** about what to say, which is suggested by the phrase **the answer of the tongue** in the next clause. Alternate translation: “The arrangements of the heart regarding what to say” (2) human **arrangements** in general. Alternate translation: “The arrangements of the heart about something” @@ -1892,7 +1892,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct 16:2 m6li rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּ⁠עֵינָ֑י⁠ו 1 See how you translated the same use of **eyes** in [3:4](../03/04.md). 16:2 g38w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠תֹכֵ֖ן & יְהוָֽה 1 Here, **examines** refers to judging or evaluating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but Yahweh judges” 16:2 cdo5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor רוּח֣וֹת 1 Here, **spirits** refers to the thoughts and motives of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people’s thoughts”\n -16:3 ejds rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor גֹּ֣ל אֶל־יְהוָ֣ה מַעֲשֶׂ֑י⁠ךָ 1 Here, Solomon refers to people depending on Yahweh for the outcome of their **works** as if those **works** were objects that one could **Roll to Yahweh**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Depend on Yahweh for the outcome of your works” +16:3 ejds rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor גֹּ֣ל אֶל־יְהוָ֣ה מַעֲשֶׂ֑י⁠ךָ 1 Here Solomon refers to people depending on Yahweh for the outcome of their **works** as if those **works** were objects that one could **Roll to Yahweh**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Depend on Yahweh for the outcome of your works” 16:3 x2z7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מַעֲשֶׂ֑י⁠ךָ & מַחְשְׁבֹתֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **works** in [8:22](../08/22.md) and **plans** in [1:31](../01/31.md). 16:3 ivq4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ֝⁠יִכֹּ֗נוּ מַחְשְׁבֹתֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh will establish your plans” 16:3 rubi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ֝⁠יִכֹּ֗נוּ 1 Here, Solomon uses **established** to refer to something being achieved or successful. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and … will be successful”\n @@ -1902,7 +1902,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct 16:4 opfb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun רָ֝שָׁ֗ע 1 See how you translated this phrase in [9:7](../09/07.md). 16:4 zekt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְ⁠י֣וֹם רָעָֽה 1 Here, **the day of evil** could refer to a time when **wicked** people experience disaster. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for the time of disaster”\n 16:5 zp0g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns תּוֹעֲבַ֣ת יְ֭הוָה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:32](../03/32.md). -16:5 lkb8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor גְּבַהּ־לֵ֑ב 1 Here, Solomon refers to a proud person as if that person had a **heart** that was **high**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one who is proud” or “arrogant one” +16:5 lkb8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor גְּבַהּ־לֵ֑ב 1 Here Solomon refers to a proud person as if that person had a **heart** that was **high**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one who is proud” or “arrogant one” 16:5 wh4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יָ֥ד לְ֝⁠יָ֗ד 1 See how you translated this phrase in [11:21](../11/21.md). 16:5 ixub rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun לֹ֣א יִנָּקֶֽה 1 Although the term **he** is masculine, Solomon is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “that person will not remain blameless” 16:5 cq2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes לֹ֣א יִנָּקֶֽה 1 See how you translated **will not remain blameless** in [11:21](../11/21.md). From 3d71d980d67a2bde1e9b758881c07911442670fb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 29 Nov 2023 20:57:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 11/32] Merge Grant_Ailie-tc-create-1 into master by Grant_Ailie (#3654) Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/3654 --- tn_PSA.tsv | 5 ++--- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_PSA.tsv b/tn_PSA.tsv index e4cabf7902..0535148fe9 100644 --- a/tn_PSA.tsv +++ b/tn_PSA.tsv @@ -2857,10 +2857,9 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 74:10 nv8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יְנָ֘אֵ֤ץ אוֹיֵ֖ב שִׁמְ⁠ךָ֣ לָ⁠נֶֽצַח 1 Here, God’s **name** represents God himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Will the enemy treat you with contempt forever” or “Will the enemy speak about you with contempt forever” 74:11 mc4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לָ֤⁠מָּה תָשִׁ֣יב יָ֭דְ⁠ךָ וִֽ⁠ימִינֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 Here, God’s **hand** is associated with action and the phrase **right hand** further describes the first mention of God’s **hand** and describes God’s **hand** as being his **right hand** which was associated with power in that culture. The psalmist is asking God to powerfully intervene on behalf of his people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Why do you refuse to intervene and help us with your great strength?” or “Why do you refuse to intervene and help us with your great power?” 74:11 o7yf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִ⁠קֶּ֖רֶב חֵֽיקְךָ֣ כַלֵּֽה 1 The psalmist is speaking as if God literally had a **hand** tucked **within the fold** of a garment. He means that it feels as if God is choosing not to take action. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a simile, with an equivalent expression from your culture, or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your inaction feels like you have your hand within the fold of your garment. Please take action and destroy our enemies” -74:12 n2ul General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nThis begins a new theme: Asaph is proclaiming God’s mighty deeds in the history of his people. -74:12 r8vz God has been my king from ancient times 1 This could mean: (1) Asaph is speaking as Israel’s representative, “God has been our king since we Israelites first became a nation” or (2) “God, my king, was alive even in ancient times.” +74:12 r8vz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מַלְכִּ֣⁠י 1 Though the psalmist refers to **God** as **my king** here, it is likely that he is expressing that **God** is the **king** of every person who belongs to the nation of Israel. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. 74:12 emzy מִ⁠קֶּ֑דֶם 1 See how you translated the phrase **ancient times** in [74:2](../74/02.md). -74:12 tqm1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns bringing salvation 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **salvation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “to save.” Here Yahweh saving people is spoken of as if salvation were an object that he brings with him. Alternate translation: “saving people” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +74:12 tqm1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns פֹּעֵ֥ל יְ֝שׁוּע֗וֹת 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “save,” or in some other way that is natural. Alternate translation: “doing many mighty things to save your people” 74:13 gap9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit You divided & in the waters 1 Asaph is probably speaking of the time God brought Israel out of Egypt, divided the Sea of Reeds, led Israel through it on dry land, then drowned Pharaoh’s army. 74:13 ag39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification You divided the sea by your strength 1 Asaph is speaking of God as if God had a physical body. “You are so strong you were able to make dry land in the middle of the sea.” 74:13 r6uh the sea 1 Alternate translation: “the great water” From 52fa0fb0a9d7e7e2782516284fefef31a37648e7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 29 Nov 2023 21:21:06 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 12/32] Merge Grant_Ailie-tc-create-1 (edits to 8:6 notes) into master by Grant_Ailie (#3655) Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/3655 --- tn_SNG.tsv | 10 +++++----- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_SNG.tsv b/tn_SNG.tsv index 21876070f9..68bd4da14d 100644 --- a/tn_SNG.tsv +++ b/tn_SNG.tsv @@ -513,12 +513,12 @@ front:intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs\n\n## Part 1: General 8:6 zl22 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile שִׂימֵ֨⁠נִי כַֽ⁠חוֹתָ֜ם עַל־לִבֶּ֗⁠ךָ כַּֽ⁠חוֹתָם֙ עַל־זְרוֹעֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 The point of this comparison is that the woman wants the man she loves to be close to her like a **seal** hanging from a cord around his neck that hangs down over his **heart** (chest) and like a **seal** that is worn on his **arm**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in plain language. Alternately, you could express the point of comparison as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “Please keep me very near to you” 8:6 ixip rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כַּֽ⁠חוֹתָם֙ עַל־זְרוֹעֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 The word which the ULT translates as **hand** can refer to any part of the arm, including the wrist and hand. The phrase **the seal on your arm** refers to a **seal** that is worn on a bracelet on the wrist. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “like a seal worn on your wrist” or “like a seal worn on a bracelet on your wrist” 8:6 eq3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis כַּֽ⁠חוֹתָם֙ עַל־זְרוֹעֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 The speaker is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would help your readers, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “place me like the seal on your arm” -8:6 tci8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile עַזָּ֤ה כַ⁠מָּ֨וֶת֙ אַהֲבָ֔ה קָשָׁ֥ה כִ⁠שְׁא֖וֹל קִנְאָ֑ה 1 The phrase **strong like death is love** and the phrase **unyielding like Sheol is passion** are both similes for the power of romantic love. The point of comparison between romantic **love** and **death** is that they are both very strong and overcome a person in a powerful and irresistible way. The point of comparison between **Sheol** and the **passion** of romantic love is that they are both **unyielding**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison from your culture. +8:6 tci8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile עַזָּ֤ה כַ⁠מָּ֨וֶת֙ אַהֲבָ֔ה קָשָׁ֥ה כִ⁠שְׁא֖וֹל קִנְאָ֑ה 1 The phrase **strong like death is love** and the phrase **unyielding like Sheol is zeal** are both similes for the power of romantic love. The point of comparison between romantic **love** and **death** is that they are both very strong and overcome a person in a powerful and irresistible way. The point of comparison between **Sheol** and the **zeal** of romantic love is that they are both **unyielding**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison from your culture. 8:6 bqf1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns כִּֽי־עַזָּ֤ה כַ⁠מָּ֨וֶת֙ אַהֲבָ֔ה 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **love**, you could express the meaning with a verb, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. -8:6 kkfg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit קָשָׁ֥ה כִ⁠שְׁא֖וֹל קִנְאָ֑ה 1 Here, the word the ULT translates as **passion** could: (1) have the positive meaning of romantic zeal or fervor and refer to the romantic fervor of lovers. Alternate translation: “unyielding like Sheol is the zeal lovers have for each other” or “the passionate feelings lovers have for one another is unyielding like Sheol” (2) refer to the negative feeling of a lover being jealous for the affection, love, and attention of the person they love romantically. Alternate translation: “unyielding like Sheol is jealousy” or “the jealousy lovers have for the love of one another is unyielding like Sheol” -8:6 jzw0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns קָשָׁ֥ה כִ⁠שְׁא֖וֹל קִנְאָ֑ה 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **passion**, you could express the same idea with an adverb or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “lovers zealously love each other in a way that is unyielding like Sheol” +8:6 kkfg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit קָשָׁ֥ה כִ⁠שְׁא֖וֹל קִנְאָ֑ה 1 Here, the word the ULT translates as **zeal** could: (1) have the positive meaning of romantic zeal or fervor and refer to the romantic zeal of lovers. Alternate translation: “unyielding like Sheol is the zeal lovers have for each other” or “the passionate feelings lovers have for one another is unyielding like Sheol” (2) refer to the negative feeling of a lover being jealous for the affection, love, and attention of the person they love romantically. Alternate translation: “unyielding like Sheol is jealousy” or “the jealousy lovers have for the love of one another is unyielding like Sheol” +8:6 jzw0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns קָשָׁ֥ה כִ⁠שְׁא֖וֹל קִנְאָ֑ה 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **zeal**, you could express the same idea with an adverb or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “lovers zealously love each other in a way that is unyielding like Sheol” or “lovers passionately love each other in a way that is unyielding like Sheol” 8:6 fgrc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy כִ⁠שְׁא֖וֹל 1 This line is parallel in meaning to the preceding line. The woman is again referring to **death**. Here, she is describing **death** by association with **Sheol**, which is where dead people were thought to go in that culture. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language, as modeled by the UST, or use an equivalent expression from your culture. -8:6 fvz9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor רְשָׁפֶ֕י⁠הָ רִשְׁפֵּ֕י אֵ֖שׁ שַׁלְהֶ֥בֶתְ יָֽה 1 Here, the woman is speaking of the **passion** of love as if it were **flashes of fire** and **the flame of Yahweh**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a simile or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Love’s passion is like flashes of fire and like the flame of Yahweh” +8:6 fvz9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor רְשָׁפֶ֕י⁠הָ רִשְׁפֵּ֕י אֵ֖שׁ שַׁלְהֶ֥בֶתְ יָֽה 1 Here, the woman is speaking of the **zeal** of romantic love as if it were **flashes of fire** and **the flame of Yahweh**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a simile or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The zeal of lovers is like flashes of fire and like the flame of Yahweh” or “The passion of lovers is like flashes of fire and like the flame of Yahweh” 8:6 tw71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom שַׁלְהֶ֥בֶתְ יָֽה 1 The phrase **the flame of Yah** is an idiom that refers to lightening. If your readers would not understand this, you could use use plain language or indicate the meaning in a footnote. Alternate translation: “the lightening of Yah” or “the flashes of lightening” 8:7 baf6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מַ֣יִם רַבִּ֗ים לֹ֤א יֽוּכְלוּ֙ לְ⁠כַבּ֣וֹת אֶת־הָֽ⁠אַהֲבָ֔ה וּ⁠נְהָר֖וֹת לֹ֣א יִשְׁטְפ֑וּ⁠הָ 1 Here, **love** is spoken of as though it is a strongly burning fire which **Many waters** (a great amount of water) cannot **quench** and which **rivers** cannot **drown**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a simile or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Love is so strong that it is like a strong fire that great amounts of water cannot quench and which rivers full of water cannot put out” or “The feelings of love which a man and a woman who are lovers have for each other is very strong” or “Nothing can stop romantic love”\n 8:7 j0q6 מַ֣יִם רַבִּ֗ים לֹ֤א יֽוּכְלוּ֙ לְ⁠כַבּ֣וֹת אֶת־הָֽ⁠אַהֲבָ֔ה וּ⁠נְהָר֖וֹת לֹ֣א יִשְׁטְפ֑וּ⁠הָ 1 Alternate translation: “Nothing can extinguish our love for each other, not even a flood” @@ -559,4 +559,4 @@ front:intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs\n\n## Part 1: General 8:14 c6a2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּרַ֣ח 1 Here, the word **Flee** means “come quickly.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Come quickly” or “Hurry” 8:14 zh44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile דּוֹדִ֗⁠י וּֽ⁠דְמֵה־לְ⁠ךָ֤ לִ⁠צְבִי֙ א֚וֹ לְ⁠עֹ֣פֶר הָֽ⁠אַיָּלִ֔ים 1 See how you translated the similar expression “My beloved is resembling a gazelle or a young stag” in [2:9](../02/09.md). 8:14 mqx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עַ֖ל הָרֵ֥י בְשָׂמִֽים 1 The phrase **the mountains of spices** has a double meaning. The literal meaning refers to **mountains** where **spices** grow. The metaphorical meaning is that the woman herself is the **mountains** where **spices** grow and she wants the man she loves to come to her and enjoy her body. If it would help your readers, you could indicate the metaphorical meaning in a footnote. -8:14 fo1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown בְשָׂמִֽים 1 +8:14 fo1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown בְשָׂמִֽים 1 \ No newline at end of file From 7a31adfc1c5d12693768457670cd4623c729faca Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 1 Dec 2023 20:39:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 13/32] Merge avaldizan-tc-create-1 into master by avaldizan (#3643) --- tn_NUM.tsv | 242 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++------------------ 1 file changed, 161 insertions(+), 81 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_NUM.tsv b/tn_NUM.tsv index 1525415a80..cf047b2df2 100644 --- a/tn_NUM.tsv +++ b/tn_NUM.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Reference ID Tags SupportReference Quote Occurrence Note -front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of Numbers\n\n1. Preparing to leave Sinai (1:1–10:10)\n * Counting and assembling the tribes (1:1–4:49)\n * Regulations (5:1–6:27)\n * Dedicating the altar (7:1–89)\n * Setting up the lampstand (8:1–4)\n * Setting apart the Levites (8:5–29)\n * Second Passover; the cloud to lead them; trumpets (9:1–10:10)\n2. Sinai to Moab, through the wilderness (10:11–17:13)\n * Complaining and murmuring (10:11–11:15)\n * The quails (11:16–35)\n * Miriam’s leprosy (12:1–16)\n * The spies selected and sent (13:1–14:45)\n * Commands (15:1–41)\n * Korah’s rebellion (16:1–17:13)\n3. The Priests and purifying (18:1–19:22)\n * Priests and Levites (18:1–32)\n * The law about purifying (19:1–22)\n4. Conflicts (20:1–21:35)\n * Miriam’s death (20:1–13)\n * Edom’s refusal and Aaron’s death (20:14–29)\n * Journey to Moab (21:1–35)\n5. The Plains of Moab (22:1–36:13)\n * Balaam (22:1–24:25)\n * Baal Peor (25:1–18)\n * The second counting (26:1–65)\n * Inheritance rights for daughters (27:1–11)\n * Joshua succeeds Moses (27:12–23)\n * Offerings and women’s vows (28:1–30:16)\n * Midianite war (31:1–54)\n * Across the Jordan (32:1–42)\n * The people set up camp (33:1–56)\n * Land west of the Jordan; cities for Levites and cities of refuge (34:1–35:34)\n * Female heirs marry (36:1–13)\n\n### What is the Book of Numbers about?\n\nThe Book of Numbers tells about the people of Israel as they traveled from Mount Sinai in the wilderness to the Jordan River. While traveling, the Israelites became discouraged. So they rebelled against the leaders whom God had given them. At the Jordan River, the people of Israel refused to enter the Promised Land. Because the Israelites were afraid and did not trust God, he delayed their entry into the Promised Land for forty years (13:1–14:45). (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nThe title of this book, “Numbers,” refers to when the number of the Israelites was counted. The people of the project language may already be familiar with the name “Numbers” from other Bible versions. If not, the translator could consider a clearer name for the book, such as “The Counting of the People of Israel.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/census]])\n\n### Who wrote the Book of Numbers?\n\nThe writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the Book of Numbers. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### How does Numbers present the idea of the whole community being responsible when only a few people sinned?\n\nThe people understood and assumed that God would punish the whole community of Israel if some of the people rebelled against him. God did often punish the entire nation when some of them sinned. All of the people in the ancient Near East would have understood and expected this. However, Moses and Aaron prayed for God to punish only those who were guilty.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Moses speak using third person pronouns about himself?\n\nWhen an author wrote about something he was involved in, it was common for him to use the pronoun “he” instead of “I,” or “they” instead of “we.” The translator may decide to use the project’s normal pronouns instead. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n### “Shall” and “Shall not”\n\nIn this book, “shall” is often used to give a command and “shall not” is used to give a prohibition. While the form itself is not a command or prohibition, it can be interpreted and translated as such. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words using a command or instruction form. (See [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])\n\n### Sons of Israel and Israel\n\nThroughout this book, “sons of Israel” and “Israel” usually refer to the Israelite nation or people group as if all of them were the sons of their ancestor Israel, who is also called Jacob. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” or “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]]) +front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of Numbers\n\n1. Preparing to leave Sinai (1:1–10:10)4:3\n * Counting and assembling the tribes (1:1–4:49)\n * Regulations (5:1–6:27)\n * Dedicating the altar (7:1–89)\n * Setting up the lampstand (8:1–4)\n * Setting apart the Levites (8:5–29)\n * Second Passover; the cloud to lead them; trumpets (9:1–10:10)\n2. Sinai to Moab, through the wilderness (10:11–17:13)\n * Complaining and murmuring (10:11–11:15)\n * The quails (11:16–35)\n * Miriam’s leprosy (12:1–16)\n * The spies selected and sent (13:1–14:45)\n * Commands (15:1–41)\n * Korah’s rebellion (16:1–17:13)\n3. The Priests and purifying (18:1–19:22)\n * Priests and Levites (18:1–32)\n * The law about purifying (19:1–22)\n4. Conflicts (20:1–21:35)\n * Miriam’s death (20:1–13)\n * Edom’s refusal and Aaron’s death (20:14–29)\n * Journey to Moab (21:1–35)\n5. The Plains of Moab (22:1–36:13)\n * Balaam (22:1–24:25)\n * Baal Peor (25:1–18)\n * The second counting (26:1–65)\n * Inheritance rights for daughters (27:1–11)\n * Joshua succeeds Moses (27:12–23)\n * Offerings and women’s vows (28:1–30:16)\n * Midianite war (31:1–54)\n * Across the Jordan (32:1–42)\n * The people set up camp (33:1–56)\n * Land west of the Jordan; cities for Levites and cities of refuge (34:1–35:34)\n * Female heirs marry (36:1–13)\n\n### What is the Book of Numbers about?\n\nThe Book of Numbers tells about the people of Israel as they traveled from Mount Sinai in the wilderness to the Jordan River. While traveling, the Israelites became discouraged. So they rebelled against the leaders whom God had given them. At the Jordan River, the people of Israel refused to enter the Promised Land. Because the Israelites were afraid and did not trust God, he delayed their entry into the Promised Land for forty years (13:1–14:45). (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nThe title of this book, “Numbers,” refers to when the number of the Israelites was counted. The people of the project language may already be familiar with the name “Numbers” from other Bible versions. If not, the translator could consider a clearer name for the book, such as “The Counting of the People of Israel.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/census]])\n\n### Who wrote the Book of Numbers?\n\nThe writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the Book of Numbers. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### How does Numbers present the idea of the whole community being responsible when only a few people sinned?\n\nThe people understood and assumed that God would punish the whole community of Israel if some of the people rebelled against him. God did often punish the entire nation when some of them sinned. All of the people in the ancient Near East would have understood and expected this. However, Moses and Aaron prayed for God to punish only those who were guilty.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Moses speak using third person pronouns about himself?\n\nWhen an author wrote about something he was involved in, it was common for him to use the pronoun “he” instead of “I,” or “they” instead of “we.” The translator may decide to use the project’s normal pronouns instead. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n### “Shall” and “Shall not”\n\nIn this book, “shall” is used to give a command and “shall not” is used to give a prohibition. While the form itself is not a command or prohibition, it can be interpreted and translated as such. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words using a command or instruction form. (See [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])\n\n### Sons of Israel and Israel\n\nThroughout this book, “sons of Israel” and “Israel” usually refer to the Israelite nation or people group as if all of them were the sons of their ancestor Israel, who is also called Jacob. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” or “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]]) 1:intro av14 0 # Numbers 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Preparing to leave Sinai (1:1–10:10)\n * Counting and assembling the tribes (1:1–4:49)\n\nThis chapter is intended to form a smooth transition from the last chapter of the book of Leviticus. It describes the counting of Israelite men who are able to fight in the army.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Census\n\nIn this chapter, Yahweh commands Moses and Aaron to count how many men of military age were in each tribe of Israel. Some of these men were also called to lead their family groups.\n\n## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “A son of 20 years and upward” \n\nThis phrase refers to a man who is at least 20 years old. It might be helpful in your language to state this more plainly. Alternate translation: “a man who is at least 20 years old” or “a man who is 20 years or older” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### “One who goes out to war”\n\nThis phrase refers to a soldier by describing the action that characterizes a soldier. If your readers would not understand what this concept means in this context, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one who can be a soldier” or “one who can fight in a war” 1:1 nore rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּ⁠אֶחָד֩ 1 Moses uses **one** to imply day **one of the second month**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on day one” 1:1 xg17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown בְּ⁠מִדְבַּ֥ר סִינַ֖י 1 Here, **wilderness** refers to the dry, barren desert plain that is common in the **Sinai** peninsula region of the modern Middle East. If your language has a word for this kind of landscape, consider using it here. If not, consider using a general expression. Alternate translation: “in the dry, desert plain of Sinai” @@ -175,12 +175,12 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n\n## Part 1: General Introducti 1:52 gre3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown דִּגְל֖⁠וֹ 1 A **banner** is a flag made out of a large piece of cloth that is attached to the top of a long wooden pole. Each of the tribes of Israel had its own unique banners that identified it. If your readers would not be familiar with this term, you could use the name of something used for a similar purpose in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “and his flag”\n 1:52 qn3w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְ⁠צִבְאֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:3](../01/03.md). 1:53 gctl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְ⁠מִשְׁכַּ֣ן הָ⁠עֵדֻ֔ת & מִשְׁכַּ֥ן הָ⁠עֵדֽוּת 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:50](../01/50.md). -1:53 j1iz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠לֹֽא־יִהְיֶ֣ה קֶ֔צֶף עַל־עֲדַ֖ת בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 Here Yahweh speaks of **wrath** as if it were an object that could **be upon** a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and the congregation of the sons of Israel will not experience wrath” +1:53 j1iz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠לֹֽא־יִהְיֶ֣ה קֶ֔צֶף עַל־עֲדַ֖ת בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 Here Yahweh speaks of **wrath** as if it were an object that could **be on** a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and the congregation of the sons of Israel will not experience wrath” 1:53 qpwb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠לֹֽא־יִהְיֶ֣ה קֶ֔צֶף 1 Here, **and** introduces the result of obeying the instructions stated in the previous clause. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate results. You may need to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “which will result in wrath not being”\n or “If you do this, then wrath will not be”\n 1:53 c2kv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠לֹֽא־יִהְיֶ֣ה קֶ֔צֶף 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wrath**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh will not be wrathful” 1:53 ms44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עֲדַ֖ת בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md). 1:53 liu3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠שָׁמְרוּ֙ הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֔ם אֶת־מִשְׁמֶ֖רֶת 1 In this verse, **keep** and **keeping** refer to performing duties to take care of **the Dwelling of the Testimony**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And the Levites shall perform duties for” -1:53 sken rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry וְ⁠שָׁמְרוּ֙ הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֔ם אֶת־מִשְׁמֶ֖רֶת 1 Here, **keep the keeping of** is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. +1:53 sken rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry וְ⁠שָׁמְרוּ֙ הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֔ם אֶת־מִשְׁמֶ֖רֶת 1 The phrase **keep the keeping** is a construction in which a verb and its object are related words. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. 1:53 jwd9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks הָ⁠עֵדֽוּת 1 The direct speech that began in [1:49](../01/49.md) ends at the end of this verse. Consider natural ways of ending direct quotations in your language. 1:54 k71a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md). 1:54 d8yx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit צִוָּ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֖ה 1 It is implied that **Yahweh commanded Moses** to command **the sons of Israel** to do those things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh commanded Moses to command the people to do” @@ -342,11 +342,12 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n\n## Part 1: General Introducti 3:6 e8en rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מַטֵּ֣ה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:21](../01/21.md). 3:6 grny rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns אֹת֔⁠וֹ 1 Here, **it** refers to all the men of **the tribe of Levi**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “them” 3:6 do5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י 1 See how you translated the same use of this phrase in [3:4](../03/04.md). -3:7 rwpt rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry וְ⁠שָׁמְר֣וּ אֶת־מִשְׁמַרְתּ֗⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־מִשְׁמֶ֨רֶת֙ 1 In this verse, **keep** and **keeping** refer to performing duties for Aaron and **all the congregation**. The word **keeping** occurs twice as an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that come from the same root. See how you translated the similar phrase “keep the keeping” in [1:53](../01/53.md). +3:7 rwpt rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry וְ⁠שָׁמְר֣וּ אֶת־מִשְׁמַרְתּ֗⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־מִשְׁמֶ֨רֶת֙ 1 In this verse, **keep** and **keeping** refer to performing duties for Aaron and **all the congregation**. The word **keeping** occurs twice as an emphatic construction in which a verb and its object are related words. See how you translated the similar phrase “keep the keeping” in [1:53](../01/53.md). 3:7 vax8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְ⁠שָׁמְר֣וּ אֶת־מִשְׁמַרְתּ֗⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־מִשְׁמֶ֨רֶת֙ כָּל־הָ֣⁠עֵדָ֔ה 1 Here Yahweh uses the possessive forms **his** and **of** to indicate that the Levites were supposed to perform their duties for the benefit of Aaron and **all the congregation**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “And they shall perform duties for him and for all the congregation” 3:7 jgrn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י 1 Here Yahweh refers to working in the presence of **the tent of meeting** as if **the tent** were a person with a **face**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the presence of” -3:7 nful rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry לַ⁠עֲבֹ֖ד אֶת־עֲבֹדַ֥ת 1 Here, **service the service** occurs as an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. +3:7 nful rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry לַ⁠עֲבֹ֖ד אֶת־עֲבֹדַ֥ת 1 The phrase **serve the service** is a construction in which a verb and its object are related words. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. 3:7 g965 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לַ⁠עֲבֹ֖ד 1 Here, **to** indicates that what follows is the means by which the Levites help Aaron and **all the congregation**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of serving” +3:7 nplq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns 1 3:8 zdb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠שָׁמְר֗וּ 1 Here, **keep** refers to taking care of these **vessels**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And they shall care for” 3:8 cj2z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession כְּלֵי֙ אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֔ד 1 Here Yahweh is using the possessive form to describe **vessels** that were used in **the tent of meeting**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the vessels that are used in the tent of meeting” 3:8 da22 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִשְׁמֶ֖רֶת 1 See how you translated the same use of **keeping** in the phrase “the keeping of all the congregation” in the previous verse. @@ -355,7 +356,7 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n\n## Part 1: General Introducti 3:9 j739 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠נָתַתָּה֙ אֶת־הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֔ם & נְתוּנִ֨ם נְתוּנִ֥ם 1 Here Yahweh speaks of Moses assigning **the Levites** to serve **Aaron** and his family as if **the Levites** were objects that could be **given** to **Aaron and to his sons**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And you shall order the Levites to serve … are ordered to serve, ordered to serve” 3:9 krew rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular וְ⁠נָתַתָּה֙ 1 Here, **you** is singular and refers to Moses. See how you translated the same use of **you** in [1:3](../01/03.md). 3:9 p7wd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative וְ⁠נָתַתָּה֙ 1 Here, **shall** indicates a command. See how you translated the same use of **shall** in [1:3](../01/03.md). -3:9 pi6s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנָ֑י⁠ו 1 Here, **sons** refers to Aaron’s descendants. See how you translated the same use of **sons** in [1:2](../01/02.md). +3:9 pi6s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנָ֑י⁠ו 1 Here, **sons** refers to male descendants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and to his male descendants” 3:9 rdcm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive נְתוּנִ֨ם נְתוּנִ֥ם הֵ֨מָּה֙ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have given them, given them” 3:9 jtof rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication נְתוּנִ֨ם נְתוּנִ֥ם הֵ֨מָּה֙ 1 Yahweh is repeating the word **given** in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “They are wholly given” 3:9 hn5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns ל֔⁠וֹ 1 Here, **him** refers to **Aaron** and his descendants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Aaron and his descendants” @@ -409,7 +410,7 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n\n## Part 1: General Introducti 3:24 s06i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names לַ⁠גֵּרְשֻׁנִּ֑י 1 See how you translated this phrase is in the previous verse. 3:24 z5w4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶלְיָסָ֖ף & לָאֵֽל 1 **Eliasaph** and **Lael** are names of men. 3:25 vmdz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּ⁠מִשְׁמֶ֤רֶת 1 Here, **the keeping** refers to the responsibility to take care of **the tent of meeting**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See how you translated the similar use of **keeping** in [1:53](../01/53.md). Alternate translation: “And the responsibility of” -3:25 l841 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּנֵֽי־גֵרְשׁוֹן֙ 1 Here, **sons** refers to Gershon’s descendants. See how you translated the same use of **sons** in [1:2](../01/02.md). +3:25 l841 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּנֵֽי־גֵרְשׁוֹן֙ 1 Here, **sons** refers to male descendants. See how you translated the same use of **sons** in [3:9](../03/09.md). 3:25 j3mi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַ⁠מִּשְׁכָּ֖ן וְ⁠הָ⁠אֹ֑הֶל 1 Here, **and** indicates that what follows are different items included with **the Dwelling**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Dwelling, which includes the tent” 3:26 una5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠קַלְעֵ֣י הֶֽ⁠חָצֵ֗ר 1 The phrase **hangings of the courtyard** refers to the curtains that were used to form a fence around **the courtyard**, as described in [Exodus 27:9](.../exo/27/09.md)–[15](../exo/27/15.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the curtains hanging around the courtyard” 3:26 xx8u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun וְ⁠אֵת֙ מֵֽיתָרָ֔י⁠ו לְ⁠כֹ֖ל עֲבֹדָתֽ⁠וֹ 1 In this clause, the word **its** represents the previously mentioned parts of the tent of meeting in general, not one particular part of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “and their ropes for all their service” @@ -426,6 +427,7 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n\n## Part 1: General Introducti 3:31 i5y8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּ⁠מִשְׁמַרְתָּ֗⁠ם 1 See how you translated the same use of **keeping** in [3:25](../03/25.md). 3:31 n0mc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun עֲבֹדָתֽ⁠וֹ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:26](../03/26.md). 3:32 t441 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis פְּקֻדַּ֕ת 1 Moses is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “he had the oversight” +3:32 w6pi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns פְּקֻדַּ֕ת 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **oversight**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “overseeing” 3:32 ow78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry שֹׁמְרֵ֖י מִשְׁמֶ֥רֶת הַ⁠קֹּֽדֶשׁ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:28](../03/28.md). 3:33 a11m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession לִ⁠מְרָרִ֕י מִשְׁפַּ֨חַת֙ הַ⁠מַּחְלִ֔י וּ⁠מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הַ⁠מּוּשִׁ֑י אֵ֥לֶּה הֵ֖ם מִשְׁפְּחֹ֥ת מְרָרִֽי 1 See how you translated the similar clauses in [3:21](../03/21.md). 3:33 r9tz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names לִ⁠מְרָרִ֕י & מְרָרִֽי 1 See how you translated this name in [3:17](../03/17.md). @@ -437,7 +439,7 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n\n## Part 1: General Introducti 3:35 y9rf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit צָפֹֽנָ⁠ה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [2:25](../02/25.md). 3:36 vpdq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠פְקֻדַּ֣ת 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **oversight** in [3:32](../03/32.md).\n 3:36 y9hg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִשְׁמֶרֶת֮ 1 See how you translated the same use of **keeping** in [3:25](../03/25.md).\n -3:36 s58r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּנֵ֣י מְרָרִי֒ 1 Here, **sons** refers to descendants. See how you translated the same use of **sons** in [1:2](../01/02.md).\n +3:36 s58r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּנֵ֣י מְרָרִי֒ 1 Here, **sons** refers to male descendants. See how you translated the same use of **sons** in [3:9](../03/09.md). 3:36 v1sn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown קַרְשֵׁי֙ 1 Here, **frames** refers to open wooden structures made to hold the curtains. If a translation is available in your language, see how it translates this term in [Exodus 26:15](../exo/26/15.md). 3:36 d511 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וּ⁠בְרִיחָ֖י⁠ו 1 The **crossbars** are horizontal support beams that give stability to the structure. If a translation is available in your language, see how it translates this term in [Exodus 26:26](../exo/26/26.md).\n 3:36 d6mz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וַ⁠אֲדָנָ֑י⁠ו 1 These **bases** were silver blocks that had a slot in them to keep the board in place and off the ground. If a translation is available in your language, see how it translates this term in [Exodus 26:19](../exo/26/19.md).\n @@ -446,7 +448,7 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n\n## Part 1: General Introducti 3:37 x3i8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אַדְנֵי⁠הֶ֑ם וִ⁠יתֵדֹתָ֖⁠ם וּ⁠מֵֽיתְרֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 Here, **bases**, **pegs**, and **ropes** refer to the items used to secure the pillars and curtains of **the courtyard** fence into place. If a translation is available in your language, see how it translates this term in [Exodus 27:9](../exo/27/09.md)–[19](../exo/27/19.md). 3:38 hj8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י & לִ⁠פְנֵי֩ 1 See how you translated the same use of this phrase in [3:7](../03/07.md). 3:38 i8cn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מִּשְׁכָּ֡ן קֵ֣דְמָ⁠ה לִ⁠פְנֵי֩ אֹֽהֶל־מוֹעֵ֨ד ׀ מִזְרָ֜חָ⁠ה 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. Moses is using the two clauses together for emphasize that the descendants of Moses and Aaron camped in an honored place nearest to **the Dwelling**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine the phrases and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “nearest to the front of the eastern side of the tent of meeting”\n -3:38 t3vw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠בָנָ֗י⁠ו 1 Here, **sons** refers to descendants. See how you translated the same use of **sons** in [1:2](../01/02.md).\n +3:38 t3vw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠בָנָ֗י⁠ו 1 Here, **sons** refers to male descendants. See how you translated the same use of **sons** in [3:9](../03/09.md). 3:38 e1fr rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry שֹֽׁמְרִים֙ מִשְׁמֶ֣רֶת הַ⁠מִּקְדָּ֔שׁ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:28](../03/28.md). 3:38 tda3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְ⁠מִשְׁמֶ֖רֶת בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 See how you translated **the keeping of the sons of Israel** in [3:8](../03/08.md). 3:38 bd3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠הַ⁠זָּ֥ר הַ⁠קָּרֵ֖ב יוּמָֽת 1 See how you translated this sentence in [1:51](../01/51.md). @@ -500,79 +502,157 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n\n## Part 1: General Introducti 3:51 u72d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession כֶּ֧סֶף הַ⁠פְּדֻיִ֛ם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:49](../03/49.md). 3:51 gn66 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism עַל־פִּ֣י יְהוָ֑ה כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־מֹשֶֽׁה 1 These two clauses mean similar things. Moses is using repetition to emphasize the idea that the clauses express. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine the phrases and express the emphasis in another way. See how you translated this similar clauses in [3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “exactly in accordance with what Yahweh had commanded”\n 3:51 pt1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עַל־פִּ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:16](../03/16.md). -4:intro c4x5 0 # Numbers 4 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Counting the Levites by clans\n\nMoses gave special instructions for each of the families of the tribes of Levi. Each family was given a special role in the ministry of the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]]) -4:2 png1 Kohath 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 3:17](../03/17.md). -4:3 j52n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers thirty to fifty years old 0 Alternate translation: “30 to 50 years old” -4:3 xcf4 join the company 0 The word “company” refers to the rest of the people working in the tent of meeting. -4:4 y6jy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive reserved for me 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that I have specially selected for myself” -4:5 vu3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy When the camp prepares 0 Here “camp” refers to all of the people in the camp. Alternate translation: “When the people prepare” -4:5 y9b2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom to move forward 0 This refers to the people moving to another location. Alternate translation: “to move to another location” -4:5 r6u1 cover the ark of the testimony with it 0 The word “it” refers to the curtain that separated the most holy place from the holy place. -4:6 ebg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit insert the poles 0 The poles were inserted into rings on the sides of the ark so that the poles could be used to carry the ark. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “insert the poles into the rings on the ark’s sides” -4:7 wj7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit the bread of the presence 0 This bread represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “the bread of Yahweh’s presence” -4:7 zvi8 On it they must put 0 Here “it” refers to the blue cloth. -4:7 lbp4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit bowls, and jars for pouring 0 The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “bowls and jars used to pour out drink offerings” -4:7 ve2z Bread must always continue to be 0 There must always be bread” -4:8 dai4 They are to spread over them 0 Here the word “them” refers to “the dishes, spoons, bowls, and jars” (verse 7). -4:8 yzq6 scarlet cloth 0 Alternate translation: “red cloth” -4:8 y76r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit insert poles 0 The poles were inserted into rings on the corners of the table so that the poles could be used to carry the table. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “insert poles into the rings at the corners of the table” -4:10 h8fk They must put … into a covering of fine leather 0 Alternate translation: “They must cover … with fine leather” -4:10 uv7g they must put it on a carrying frame 0 Alternate translation: “they must place all of these things on a frame for carrying them” -4:11 tyb6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit insert the carrying poles 0 The poles were inserted into rings on the sides of the altar so theys could be used to carry it. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “insert the carrying poles into the rings one the sides of the altar” -4:12 ek74 the carrying frame 0 a wooden rectangle made with poles used to carry things -4:12 lk6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns for the work in the holy place 0 The word “work” is an abstract noun that can be expressed with the verb “serving.” Alternate translation: “used when serving Yahweh in the holy place” -4:14 i795 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns in the work of the altar 0 The word “work” is an abstract noun that can be expressed with the verb “serving.” Alternate translation: “when serving at the altar” -4:14 e3cf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit insert the carrying poles 0 The poles were inserted into rings on the sides of the altar so they could be used to carry it. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “insert the carrying poles into the rings on the sides of the altar” -4:15 lah8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche to carry the holy place 0 Here the holy place refers to all the items that make up the holy place that Aaron and his sons covered in cloth and skins. Alternate translation: “to carry all of the items of the holy place” -4:15 g62y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy when the camp moves forward 0 Here the word “camp” refers to all of the people in the camp. Alternate translation: “when the people move forward” -4:15 v6kc Kohath 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 3:17](../03/17.md). -4:15 qmf7 the holy instruments 0 Alternate translation: “the holy equipment” -4:16 u5dz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the oil for the light 0 Here the word “light” is used to refer to the “lamps.” Alternate translation: “the oil for the lamps” -4:16 f9nu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns the care of 0 Here If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **care**, you can express the same idea with a verb. Alternate translation: “those who care for” -4:18 aq3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַל־ תַּכְרִ֕יתוּ אֶת־ שֵׁ֖בֶט מִשְׁפְּחֹ֣ת הַ⁠קְּהָתִ֑י מִ⁠תּ֖וֹךְ הַ⁠לְוִיִּֽם 1 This phrase refers to the death of the Kohathites. -4:18 nvnd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive אַל־ תַּכְרִ֕יתוּ אֶת־ שֵׁ֖בֶט מִשְׁפְּחֹ֣ת הַ⁠קְּהָתִ֑י מִ⁠תּ֖וֹךְ הַ⁠לְוִיִּֽם 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do not do anything that will cause me to completely remove the tribe of the clans of the Kohathite from among the Levites” -4:19 tb7z by doing this 0 This phrase refers to what Yahweh says next. Moses will protect the Kohathites by not allowing them to go in and see the holy place. -4:20 lz4b Kohathites 0 This refers to the descendants of Kohath. See how you translated this in [Numbers 3:27](../03/27.md). -4:20 mv2t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism to his work, to his special tasks 0 These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. -4:22 q6xv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit of the descendants of Gershon 0 This refers only to men. Alternate translation: “of the male descendants of Gershon” -4:22 wcx9 Gershon 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 3:17](../03/17.md). -4:23 cyt1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers thirty years old to fifty years old 0 Alternate translation: “30 years old to 50 years old” -4:23 scm3 join the company to serve in the tent of meeting 0 The word “company” refers to the rest of the people working in the tent of meeting. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 4:3](../04/03.md). -4:24 qxm2 This is the work of the clans … when they serve and what they carry 0 This sentence is a description that tells us what the following verses are about. -4:24 ra33 Gershonites 0 This refers to the descendants of Gershon. See how you translated this in [Numbers 3:21](../03/21.md). -4:25 y3p1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit the covering of fine leather hides that is on it 0 This is an outer covering that is placed on top of the tent of meeting’s covering. Alternate translation: “the covering of fine leather hides that is placed on top of that” or “the outer covering made of fine leather hides” -4:26 f7kk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Whatever should be done with these things 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Whatever work that these things require” -4:27 n1yt must direct all the service of the descendants of the Gershonites 0 Alternate translation: “must tell the descendants of the Gershonites how they are to serve Yahweh in the tent of meeting” -4:28 jx5a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns This is the service of the clans of the descendants of the Gershonites for the tent of meeting 0 Here the word “service” is an abstract noun that can be expressed by a verb. Here the word “This” refers to what Yahweh just said. Alternate translation: “This is how the clans of the descendants of the Gershonites will serve in the tent of meeting” -4:28 s4zh Ithamar 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:2](../01/02.md). -4:29 zg2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit the descendants of Merari 0 This refers only to men. Alternate translation: “the male descendants of Merari” -4:29 f12h Merari 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 3:17](../03/17.md). -4:29 kma1 order them 0 Alternate translation: “list them” -4:30 pv9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers thirty years old … fifty years old 0 Alternate translation: “30 years old … 50 years old” -4:30 kr6z join the company and serve in the tent of meeting 0 The word “company” refers to the rest of the people working in the tent of meeting. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 4:3](../04/03.md). -4:31 xm2u This is their responsibility 0 Alternate translation: “This” refers to what Yahweh says next. -4:31 zb83 crossbars, posts, and sockets 0 These are all parts of the framing of the tabernacle. See how you translated all of these parts in [Numbers 3:36–37](../03/36.md). -4:32 zbw9 their sockets, pegs, and their ropes, with all their hardware 0 Here “their” refers to the posts of the court. -4:32 ipn4 sockets, pegs, and their ropes 0 These are all parts of the framing of the tabernacle. See how you translated all of these parts in [Numbers 3:36–37](../03/36.md). -4:32 gpe1 List by name the articles they must carry 0 Alternate translation: “List by each man’s name the articles he must carry” -4:33 mq8e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns under the direction of Ithamar son of Aaron the priest 0 The word “direction” is an abstract noun that is expressed by a verb. Alternate translation: “as Ithamar son of Aaron the priest directs them” -4:33 a955 Ithamar 0 See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:2](../01/02.md). -4:34 yf2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit the descendants of the Kohathites 0 The refers to men. Alternate translation: “the male descendants of the Kohathites” -4:34 jm3i Kohathites 0 This refers to the descendants of Kohath. See how you translated this in [Numbers 3:27](../03/27.md). -4:35 s6xk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers thirty years old … fifty years old 0 Alternate translation: “30 years old … 50 years old” -4:35 pv9c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit everyone who would join the company 0 Here the word “would” does not mean that the men “chose” to join the company but rather that they were “assigned” to the company. Alternate translation: “everyone who was assigned to join the company” -4:35 kav4 join the company to serve in the tent of meeting 0 The word “company” refers to the rest of the people working in the tent of meeting. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 4:3](../04/03.md). -4:36 w7px rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 2,750 men 0 Alternate translation: “two thousand seven hundred and fifty men” -4:38 ig1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit The descendants of Gershon 0 This refers to the men. Alternate translation: “The male descendants of Gershon” -4:38 ipy6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The descendants of Gershon were counted 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses and Aaron counted the descendants of Gershon” -4:39 vg68 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers from thirty to fifty years old 0 Alternate translation: “from 30 to 50 years old” -4:39 zr98 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit everyone who would join the company 0 Here the word “would” does not mean that the men “chose” to join the company but rather that they were “assigned” to the company. Alternate translation: “everyone who was assigned to join the company” -4:39 tm83 join the company to serve in the tent of meeting 0 The word “company” refers to the rest of the people working in the tent of meeting. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 4:3](../04/03.md). -4:40 hqz7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive counted by their clans 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom Moses and Aaron counted by their clans” -4:40 sjj3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis אַלְפַּ֕יִם וְ⁠שֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִֽׁים 1 This refers to 2,630 men. Alternate translation: “2,630 men” -4:40 uktq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers אַלְפַּ֕יִם וְ⁠שֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִֽׁים 1 You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “two thousand six hundred and thirty” -4:41 h4xt they obeyed 0 The word “they” refers to Moses and Aaron. +4:intro c4x5 0 # Numbers 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Preparing to leave Sinai (1:1–10:10)\n * Counting and assembling the tribes (1:1–4:49)\n\nThis chapter describes the assignments Yahweh gave to each of the families who descended from Levi with regard for taking care of and transporting the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The tribe of Levi\n\nThe Levites had a special role in Israel. They were specially dedicated to serve Yahweh by offering sacrifices in the tent of meeting and taking care of that tent and everything involved in the system of sacrifices. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])\n\n## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “A son of 30 years and upward and up to a son of 50 years”\n\nThe phrase “a son of … years” is an idiom that refers to the age of a man. The longer phrase here refers to a man who is at least 30 years old and at most 50 years old. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a man who is at least 30 years old and at most 50 years old” or “a man who is between 30 years or and 50 years old” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n +4:1 y26w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks לֵ⁠אמֹֽר 1 Here the word **saying** introduces direct speech that continues until [4:20](../04/20.md). Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language.\n +4:2 png1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom נָשֹׂ֗א אֶת־רֹאשׁ֙ 1 See how you translated the nearly identical idiom in [1:2](../01/02.md). +4:2 ebs2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּנֵ֣י & בְּנֵ֣י 1 In this verse, **sons** refers to male descendants. See how you translated the same use of **sons* in [3:9](../03/09.md). +4:2 vnqr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy קְהָ֔ת 1 See how you translated this name in [3:17](../03/17.md). +4:2 dsln rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠בֵ֥ית אֲבֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 See how you translated these clauses in [1:2](../01/02.md). +4:3 j52n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן שְׁלֹשִׁ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה וְ⁠עַ֖ד בֶּן־חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים שָׁנָ֑ה 1 See the discussion of this phrase in the [General Notes](../04/intro.md) for this chapter. +4:3 xcf4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns לַ⁠צָּבָ֔א 1 The word **company** is singular in form, but it refers to several people who work together as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “to the team of workers” +4:4 y6jy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns עֲבֹדַ֥ת בְּנֵי־קְהָ֖ת 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **service**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “is what the sons of Kohath will do to serve” +4:4 ym89 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּנֵי־קְהָ֖ת 1 See how you translated this phrase in [4:2](../04/02.md). +4:4 uyb1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis קֹ֖דֶשׁ הַ⁠קֳּדָשִֽׁים 1 Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “concerning the holiest holy things” +4:5 r2l6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠בָנָי⁠ו֙ 1 See how you translated the same use of **sons** in the previous verse. +4:5 vu3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הַֽ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֔ה 1 Here, **camp** refers to the people dwelling in the camp. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people in the camp” +4:5 wvls rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בִּ⁠נְסֹ֣עַ 1 See how you translated the same use of “set out” in [2:9](../02/09.md). +4:5 y9b2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession פָּרֹ֣כֶת הַ⁠מָּסָ֑ךְ 1 Here Yahweh is using the possessive form to describe the **curtain** that is characterized by **covering**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the covering curtain” +4:6 q046 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns עָלָ֗י⁠ו 1 Here, **it** refers to both “the box of the testimony” and “the curtain of the covering” that covers the box, as mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “upon the box and its covering” +4:6 amjx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ע֣וֹר תַּ֔חַשׁ 1 Although the meaning of this word is not certain, many scholars believe it refers to a **porpoise**, which is a water mammal that has skin that can be made into high-quality leather. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of sea animal, you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “durable animal skin” +4:6 td43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בֶֽגֶד־כְּלִ֛יל תְּכֵ֖לֶת 1 Here Yahweh is using the possessive form to describe a **cloth** that is **entirely** **blue** in color. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “an entirely blue cloth” +4:6 moz7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִ⁠לְ⁠מָ֑עְלָ⁠ה 1 Here Yahweh implies that this **cloth** should be **spread** **above** the “box of the testimony,” “the covering,” and **the skin of the porpoise**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “above all these things” +4:6 xsjk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns בַּדָּֽי⁠ו 1 Here, **its** refers to “the box of the testimony” mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the box’s poles” +4:6 ebg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בַּדָּֽי⁠ו 1 These **poles** were inserted into rings on the sides of the ark so that the poles could be used to carry the ark, as explained in [Exodus 25:14](../exo/25/14.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the poles into the rings on the sides of the box in order to carry it” +4:7 iaz3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שֻׁלְחַ֣ן הַ⁠פָּנִ֗ים 1 Here, **faces** represents the presence of Yahweh. This **table** was placed before the presence of Yahweh in the tent of meeting and Levite were to place on it special **bread** for Yahweh, as described in [Exodus 25:30](../exo/25/30.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar use of “ face” in [3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “the table in Yahweh’s presence” or “the table of the presence”\n +4:7 xivj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בֶּ֣גֶד תְּכֵלֶת֒ 1 See how you translated the similar phrase “a cloth entirely of blue” in the previous verse. +4:7 zvi8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns עָ֠לָי⁠ו & עָלָ֥י⁠ו 1 In this verse, **it** refers to **the cloth of blue** that covers **the table**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on that cloth … on that cloth” +4:7 n7oh אֶת־הַ⁠קְּעָרֹ֤ת וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠כַּפֹּת֙ וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠מְּנַקִּיֹּ֔ת וְ⁠אֵ֖ת קְשׂ֣וֹת 1 If a translation exists in your language, see how the words **plates**, **palm-sized pans**, **bowls**, and **pitchers** are translated in [Exodus 25:29](../exo/25/29.md) and [37:16](../exo/37/16.md). +4:7 y4f7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession קְשׂ֣וֹת הַ⁠נָּ֑סֶךְ 1 Here Yahweh is using the possessive form to describe **pitchers** that were used for pouring out the **drink offering**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the pitchers for the drink offering” +4:7 lbp4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun הַ⁠נָּ֑סֶךְ 1 The phrase **drink offering** represents drink offerings in general, not one particular drink offering. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “drink offerings” +4:7 ve2z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְ⁠לֶ֥חֶם הַ⁠תָּמִ֖יד 1 Here Yahweh is using the possessive form to describe **the bread** that the Levites were to offer to Yahweh continually. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “and the bread that should be offered continually” +4:8 dai4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בֶּ֚גֶד תּוֹלַ֣עַת שָׁנִ֔י 1 Here Yahweh is using the possessive form to describe **a cloth** that was made **scarlet** in color by using a dye produced from **worms**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a cloth that has been dyed scarlet” +4:8 brmp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns אֹת֔⁠וֹ 1 Here, **it** refers to **a cloth of the worms of scarlet**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that cloth” +4:8 yzq6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown בְּ⁠מִכְסֵ֖ה ע֣וֹר תָּ֑חַשׁ 1 See how you translated the same phrase in [4:6](../04/06.md). +4:8 p2ab rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠שָׂמ֖וּ אֶת־בַּדָּֽי⁠ו 1 These **poles** were inserted into rings on the sides of the table so that the **poles** could be used to carry it, as explained in [Exodus 25:26](../exo/25/26.md)–[28](../exo/25/28.md). See how you translated the similar use of this clause in [4:6](../04/06.md). +4:8 y76r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns בַּדָּֽי⁠ו 1 Here, **its** refers to the table mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that table” +4:9 zbm7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בֶּ֣גֶד תְּכֵ֗לֶת 1 See how you translated this phrase in [4:7](../04/07.md). +4:9 h8fk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אֶת־מְנֹרַ֤ת הַ⁠מָּאוֹר֙ 1 Here Yahweh is using the possessive form to describe **the lampstand** that is used for **the light source** in the tent of meeting. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the lampstand that is used for light” +4:9 wwug אֶת־מְנֹרַ֤ת & וְ⁠אֶת־נֵ֣רֹתֶ֔י⁠הָ וְ⁠אֶת־מַלְקָחֶ֖י⁠הָ וְ⁠אֶת־מַחְתֹּתֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 If a translation exists in your language, see how the words **lampstand**, **lamps**, **snuffers**, and **trays** are translated in [Exodus 25:31](../exo/25/31.md)–[38](../exo/25/38.md). +4:9 j2m6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession כְּלֵ֣י שַׁמְנָ֔⁠הּ 1 Here Yahweh is using the possessive form to describe **the vessels** that contained the **oil** that was burned in **the lamps** for producing light. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the vessels for its oil” +4:9 xka6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification יְשָׁרְתוּ 1 Here Yahweh refers to the Levites supplying **oil** to keep the **lamps** on **the lampstand** burning as if **the lampstand** were a person whom **they serve**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the provide oil to” +4:10 uv7g אֹתָ⁠הּ֙ וְ⁠אֶת־כָּל־כֵּלֶ֔י⁠הָ & וְ⁠נָתְנ֖וּ 1 Here, **its** and the first occurrence**it** refer to the lampstand mentioned in the previous verse, but the second occurrence of **it** refers to **the covering** that contains the lampstand **and all its vessels**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the lampstand and its vessels … and they shall put the covering and everything in it” +4:10 qfi1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown מִכְסֵ֖ה ע֣וֹר תָּ֑חַשׁ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [4:6](../04/06.md). +4:11 wc59 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מִזְבַּ֣ח הַ⁠זָּהָ֗ב 1 Here Yahweh is using the possessive form to describe **the altar** that was overlaid with **gold**, as described in [Exodus 30:1](../exo/30/01.md)–[6](../exo/30/06.md). If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the altar overlaid with gold”\n +4:11 iama rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בֶּ֣גֶד תְּכֵ֔לֶת 1 See how you translated this phrase in [4:7](../04/07.md). +4:11 imgr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠כִסּ֣וּ אֹת֔⁠וֹ בְּ⁠מִכְסֵ֖ה ע֣וֹר תָּ֑חַשׁ 1 See how you translated this clause in [4:8](../04/08.md). +4:11 tyb6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠שָׂמ֖וּ אֶת־בַּדָּֽי⁠ו 1 These **poles** were inserted into rings on the sides of **the altar** so that the **poles** could be used to carry it, as explained in [Exodus 30:4](../exo/30/04.md)–[5](../exo/30/05.md). See how you translated the similar use of this clause in [4:6](../04/06.md). +4:12 lk6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo כְּלֵ֨י הַ⁠שָּׁרֵ֜ת אֲשֶׁ֧ר יְשָֽׁרְתוּ־בָ֣⁠ם 1 The expression **service with which they serve** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “the implements with which they serve” +4:12 ek74 בֶּ֣גֶד תְּכֵ֔לֶת 1 See how you translated this phrase in [4:7](../04/07.md). +4:12 tfha rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠כִסּ֣וּ אוֹתָ֔⁠ם בְּ⁠מִכְסֵ֖ה ע֣וֹר תָּ֑חַשׁ 1 See how you translated the similar clause in [4:8](../04/08.md). +4:13 ik1y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חַ 1 Here, **the altar** refers to **the altar** that was overlaid with bronze and was placed in front of the tent of meeting, as described in [Exodus 27:1](../exo/27/01.md)–[8](../exo/27/08.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the altar overlaid with bronze” +4:14 x6cq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo כֹּ֖ל כְּלֵ֣י הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חַ 1 Since the phrase **all its implements** and **all the implements of the altar** mean the same thing, the expression here is extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could remove the expression here, as in the UST.\n +4:14 jz4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns עָלָ֗י⁠ו 1 Here, **it** refers to both **the altar** and **all its implements**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on all those items” +4:14 t5pe rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown כְּס֛וּי ע֥וֹר תַּ֖חַשׁ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [4:6](../04/06.md). +4:14 e3cf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠שָׂמ֥וּ בַדָּֽי⁠ו 1 These **poles** were inserted into rings on the sides of **the altar** so that the poles could be used to carry the ark, as explained in [Exodus 27:6](../exo/27/06.md)–[7](../exo/27/07.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the poles into the rings on the sides of the altar in order to carry it”\n +4:15 lah8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ֠⁠בָנָי⁠ו & בְנֵי & בְנֵֽי 1 In this verse, **sons** refers to male descendants. See how you translated the same use of **sons* in [3:9](../03/09.md). +4:15 g62y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בִּ⁠נְסֹ֣עַ הַֽ⁠מַּחֲנֶה֒ 1 See how you translated this clause in [4:5](../04/05.md). +4:15 v6kc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names קְהָת֙ & קְהָ֖ת 1 See how you translated this name in [3:17](../03/17.md). +4:15 qmf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun הַ⁠קֹּ֖דֶשׁ 1 The phrase **the holy thing** represents the **holy** items used in **the holy place** and the parts of **the holy place** in general, not one particular **holy thing**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “the holy things” +4:15 mau2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מַשָּׂ֥א 1 The word **load** refers to all the items that **the sons of Kohath** must carry when the Israelites travel to another location. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “are the things that must be carried by” +4:16 f9nu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠פְקֻדַּ֞ת & פְּקֻדַּ֗ת 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **oversight** in [3:32](../03/32.md). +4:16 qtad rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession שֶׁ֤מֶן הַ⁠מָּאוֹר֙ 1 Here Yahweh is using the possessive form to describe **the oil** that is burned to produce **light** in the tent of meeting. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the oil that is used for light”\n +4:16 pm4o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וּ⁠קְטֹ֣רֶת הַ⁠סַּמִּ֔ים 1 Here Yahweh is using the possessive form to describe **the incense** that is made up various **spices** that are described in [Exodus 30:34](../exo/30/34.md)–[38](../exo/30/38.md). If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the incense that is made of spices” +4:16 ok4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וּ⁠מִנְחַ֥ת הַ⁠תָּמִ֖יד 1 Here Yahweh is using the possessive form to describe **the grain offering** that the Levites were to offer to Yahweh continually. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. See how you translated the same use of **continuity** in [4:7](../04/07.md).\n +4:16 qxzb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְ⁠שֶׁ֣מֶן הַ⁠מִּשְׁחָ֑ה 1 Here Yahweh is using the possessive form to describe **the oil** that was poured on the priests, all the parts of the tent of meeting, and the items used in it ([Exodus 30:22](../exo/30/22.md)–[38](../exo/30/38.md)). If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the oil that is used for anointing” +4:16 u8xn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo פְּקֻדַּ֗ת 1 Since **the oversight** is repeated from earlier in the verse, the expression here is extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could remove the expression here, as in the UST.\n +4:16 d6a9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks וּ⁠בְ⁠כֵלָֽי⁠ו 1 The direct speech that began in [4:2](../04/02.md) ends at the end of this verse. Consider natural ways of ending direct quotations in your language.\n +4:17 u5dz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks לֵ⁠אמֹֽר 1 Here the word **saying** introduces direct speech that continues until [4:20](../04/20.md). Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language.\n +4:18 aq3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַל־תַּכְרִ֕יתוּ אֶת־שֵׁ֖בֶט מִשְׁפְּחֹ֣ת הַ⁠קְּהָתִ֑י 1 Here, **cut off** refers to being killed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not let the tribe of the clans of the Kohathite be killed” +4:18 nvnd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive אַל־ תַּכְרִ֕יתוּ אֶת־ שֵׁ֖בֶט מִשְׁפְּחֹ֣ת הַ⁠קְּהָתִ֑י מִ⁠תּ֖וֹךְ הַ⁠לְוִיִּֽם 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do not let the tribe of the clans of the Kohathite die” +4:18 cg6p rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַ⁠קְּהָתִ֑י 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:27](../03/27.md). +4:19 ikfc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet וְ⁠חָיוּ֙ וְ⁠לֹ֣א יָמֻ֔תוּ 1 The word **live** and the phrase **not die** mean the same thing. Yahweh is using these together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “and they will certainly live” +4:19 bfh5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal וְ⁠חָיוּ֙ 1 Here, **and** indicates that what follows is the goal or purpose for the command in this verse. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. Alternate translation (with no comma preceding): “so that they will live” +4:19 wzya rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠בָנָי⁠ו֙ 1 Here, **sons** refers to male descendants. See how you translated the same use of **sons* in [3:9](../03/09.md). +4:19 kga6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יָבֹ֔אוּ 1 Here Yahweh implies that **Aaron and his sons** **enter** into the holy place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. +4:19 up37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠שָׂמ֣וּ 1 Here Yahweh refers to assigning work to the Kohathites as if one were placing **them** in locations. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and assign” +4:19 jhcw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אוֹתָ֗⁠ם אִ֥ישׁ אִ֛ישׁ 1 Here, **man by man** is a Hebrew idiom that means “each man.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “each man”\n +4:19 bltm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns עֲבֹדָת֖⁠וֹ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **service**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what he does to serve” +4:19 pr64 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מַשָּׂאֽ⁠וֹ 1 See how you translated the same use of **load** in [4:15](../04/15.md). +4:20 lz4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns וְ⁠לֹא־יָבֹ֧אוּ 1 Here, **they** refers to the descendants of Kohath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “But the sons of Kohath shall not enter” +4:20 jdd2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠לֹא־יָבֹ֧אוּ 1 Here, **enter** implies entering into the holy place. See how you translated the same use of **enter** in the previous verse. +4:20 mv2t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun אֶת־הַ⁠קֹּ֖דֶשׁ 1 The phrase **the holy thing** represents the holy items used in the holy place and the parts of the holy place in general, not one particular holy thing. See how you translated the same use of **the holy thing** in [4:15](../04/15.md). +4:20 l3lr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כְּ⁠בַלַּ֥ע 1 This phrase is an idiom that means “for a moment,” which is the time it would take to **gulp**. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for a bit” or “for a moment” +4:20 g6g1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks וָ⁠מֵֽתוּ 1 The direct speech that began in [4:18](../04/18.md) ends at the end of this verse. Consider natural ways of ending direct quotations in your language. +4:21 fl8e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר 1 Here the word saying introduces direct speech that continues until [4:33](../04/33.md). Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language.\n +4:22 r33r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom נָשֹׂ֗א אֶת־רֹ֛אשׁ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [4:2](../04/02.md). +4:22 q6xv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּנֵ֥י גֵרְשׁ֖וֹן 1 Here, **sons** refers to male descendants. See how you translated the same use of **sons** in [3:9](../03/09.md). +4:22 wcx9 גֵרְשׁ֖וֹן 1 See how you translated this man’s name in [3:17](../03/17.md). +4:22 ro81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לְ⁠בֵ֥ית אֲבֹתָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 See how you translated these phrases in [1:2](../01/02.md). +4:23 cyt1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מִ⁠בֶּן֩ שְׁלֹשִׁ֨ים שָׁנָ֜ה וָ⁠מַ֗עְלָ⁠ה עַ֛ד בֶּן־חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים שָׁנָ֖ה 1 See the discussion of these phrases in the [General Notes](../04/intro.md) for this chapter. +4:23 scm3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry לִ⁠צְבֹ֣א צָבָ֔א לַ⁠עֲבֹ֥ד עֲבֹדָ֖ה 1 The phrases **serve service** and **work work** are constructions in which a verb and its object are related words. You may be able to use the same constructions in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis.\n +4:24 qxm2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns זֹ֣את עֲבֹדַ֔ת 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [4:4](../04/04.md). +4:24 ra33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns מִשְׁפְּחֹ֖ת הַ⁠גֵּרְשֻׁנִּ֑י 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:21](../03/21.md). +4:24 iccs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּ⁠לְ⁠מַשָּֽׂא 1 See how you translated **load** in [4:15](../04/15.md). +4:25 y3p1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַ⁠מִּשְׁכָּן֙ וְ⁠אֶת־אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֔ד מִכְסֵ֕⁠הוּ 1 Here, **and** indicates that what follows are different items included with **the Dwelling**. See how you translated the similar phrases in [3:25](../03/25.md).\n +4:25 w4px rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּ⁠מִכְסֵ֛ה הַ⁠תַּ֥חַשׁ אֲשֶׁר־עָלָ֖י⁠ו מִ⁠לְ⁠מָ֑עְלָ⁠ה 1 This phrase refers to a leather outer **covering** that was placed on top of all the other coverings, as described in [Exodus 26:14](../exo/26/14.md) and [36:19](../exo/36/19.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the outer covering of porpoise which is on top of all the coverings” +4:25 vqq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וּ⁠מִכְסֵ֛ה הַ⁠תַּ֥חַשׁ 1 See how you translated the same phrase in [4:6](../04/06.md). +4:25 ejol מָסַ֔ךְ פֶּ֖תַח אֹ֥הֶל מוֹעֵֽד 1 See how you translated the nearly identical phrase in [3:25](../03/25.md). +4:26 vfla rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠אֵת֩ קַלְעֵ֨י הֶֽ⁠חָצֵ֜ר 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:26](../03/26.md). +4:26 t6eq וְ⁠אֶת־מָסַ֣ךְ ׀ פֶּ֣תַח ׀ שַׁ֣עַר הֶ⁠חָצֵ֗ר אֲשֶׁ֨ר עַל־הַ⁠מִּשְׁכָּ֤ן וְ⁠עַל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֨חַ֙ סָבִ֔יב 1 See how you translated the similar phrases in [2:26](../03/26.md). +4:26 nadj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession כָּל־כְּלֵ֖י עֲבֹדָתָ֑⁠ם 1 Here Yahweh is using the possessive form to describe **implements** that are used for **their work**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could could a different expression. Alternate translation: “all the implements for working in them” +4:26 f7kk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֧ר יֵעָשֶׂ֛ה לָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all that they will do for them” +4:26 zm1d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns לָ⁠הֶ֖ם וְ⁠עָבָֽדוּ 1 Here, **them** refers to the various items mentioned previously in the verse, but **they** refers to the descendants of Gershon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this expicitly. Alternate translation: “for those implements; and the Gershonites shall work” +4:27 pcvi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עַל־פִּי֩ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:16](../03/16.md). +4:27 n1yt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠בָנָ֜י⁠ו & בְּנֵ֣י 1 In this verse, **sons** refers to male descendants. See how you translated the same use of **sons* in [3:9](../03/09.md). +4:27 k1i2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns הַ⁠גֵּרְשֻׁנִּ֔י 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:21](../03/12.md). +4:27 thlf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מַשָּׂאָ֔⁠ם & מַשָּׂאָֽ⁠ם 1 See how you translated the same use of **load** in [4:15](../04/15.md). +4:27 q8lg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you וּ⁠פְקַדְתֶּ֤ם 1 Here, **you** is plural and refers to **Aaron and his sons**, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. +4:27 ivb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְּ⁠מִשְׁמֶ֔רֶת 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **responsibility**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “by what they are responsible for” +4:28 yk4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִשְׁפְּחֹ֛ת בְּנֵ֥י 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:29](../03/29.md). +4:28 mauq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun הַ⁠גֵּרְשֻׁנִּ֖י 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:21](../03/21.md). +4:28 e8qo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠מִ֨שְׁמַרְתָּ֔⁠ם 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **responsibility** in the previous verse. +4:28 jx5a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠יַד֙ 1 In this context, to be **in the hand of** someone means to be under the power or control of that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “under the control of”\n +4:28 s4zh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אִֽיתָמָ֔ר 1 See how you translated this man’s name in [3:2](../03/02.md). +4:29 iyjy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular תִּפְקֹ֥ד 1 **You** here is singular and refers to Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You, Moses,”\n +4:29 zg2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּנֵ֖י מְרָרִ֑י 1 See how you translated the same use of this phrase in [3:36](../03/36.md). +4:29 f12h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֥⁠ם לְ⁠בֵית־אֲבֹתָ֖⁠ם 1 See how you translated these phrases in [1:2](../01/02.md).\n +4:30 pv9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מִ⁠בֶּן֩ שְׁלֹשִׁ֨ים שָׁנָ֜ה וָ⁠מַ֗עְלָ⁠ה וְ⁠עַ֛ד בֶּן־חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים שָׁנָ֖ה תִּפְקְדֵ֑⁠ם 1 See how you translated this clause in [4:23](../04/23.md). +4:30 kr6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לַ⁠צָּבָ֔א 1 See how you translated the same use of **company** in [4:3](../04/03.md). +4:30 cf5o rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry לַ⁠עֲבֹ֕ד אֶת־עֲבֹדַ֖ת 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:7](../03/07.md). +4:31 xm2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מִשְׁמֶ֣רֶת 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **responsibility** in [4:27](../04/27.md). +4:31 g3co rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מַשָּׂאָ֔⁠ם 1 See how you translated the same use of load in [4:15](../04/15.md). +4:31 zb83 קַרְשֵׁי֙ הַ⁠מִּשְׁכָּ֔ן וּ⁠בְרִיחָ֖י⁠ו וְ⁠עַמּוּדָ֥י⁠ו וַ⁠אֲדָנָֽי⁠ו 1 See how you translated all of these things in [3:36](../03/36.md). +4:32 zbw9 וְ⁠עַמּוּדֵי֩ הֶ⁠חָצֵ֨ר סָבִ֜יב וְ⁠אַדְנֵי⁠הֶ֗ם וִֽ⁠יתֵדֹתָ⁠ם֙ וּ⁠מֵ֣יתְרֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 See how you translated all of these things in [3:37](../03/37.md). +4:32 ipn4 לְ⁠כָל־כְּלֵי⁠הֶ֔ם וּ⁠לְ⁠כֹ֖ל עֲבֹדָתָ֑⁠ם 1 See how you translated the similar phrases in [3:36](../03/36.md). +4:32 gpe1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּ⁠בְ⁠שֵׁמֹ֣ת 1 Here, **names** refers to the **names** of the descendants of Merari who will carry these items. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and by each man’s name” +4:32 fjzn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you תִּפְקְד֔וּ 1 Here, **you** is plural and refers to **Aaron and his sons**, as in [4:27](../04/27.md), so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. +4:32 fboa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מִשְׁמֶ֥רֶת מַשָּׂאָֽ⁠ם 1 See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. +4:33 mq8e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy זֹ֣את עֲבֹדַ֗ת מִשְׁפְּחֹת֙ בְּנֵ֣י 1 See how you translated the same clause in [4:28](../04/28.md). +4:33 w2cp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יַד֙ אִֽיתָמָ֔ר בֶּֽן־אַהֲרֹ֖ן הַ⁠כֹּהֵֽן 1 See how you translated the same clause in [4:28](../04/28.md). +4:33 a955 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אִֽיתָמָ֔ר 1 See how you translated this man’s name in [1:2](../01/02.md). +4:33 hlio rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks הַ⁠כֹּהֵֽן 1 The direct speech that began in [4:22](../04/22.md) ends at the end of this verse. Consider natural ways of ending direct quotations in your language. +4:34 aotu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּנֵ֣י 1 Here, **sons** refers to male descendants. See how you translated the same use of **sons* in [3:9](../03/09.md). +4:34 jm3i rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns הַ⁠קְּהָתִ֑י 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:27](../03/27.md). +4:34 wzx3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖⁠ם וּ⁠לְ⁠בֵ֥ית אֲבֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 See how you translated these clauses in [1:2](../01/02.md). +4:35 s6xk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן שְׁלֹשִׁ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה וְ⁠עַ֖ד בֶּן־חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים שָׁנָ֑ה 1 See the discussion of these phrases in the [General Notes](../04/intro.md) for this chapter. +4:35 pv9c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כָּל־הַ⁠בָּא֙ לַ⁠צָּבָ֔א 1 See how you translated this phrase in [4:30](../04/30.md). +4:36 knzb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive פְקֻדֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:21](../01/21.md). +4:36 w7px rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers אַלְפַּ֕יִם שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת וַ⁠חֲמִשִּֽׁים 1 Alternate translation: “two thousand seven hundred and fifty” +4:37 udge rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive פְקוּדֵי֙ 1 See how you translated **counted ones** in the previous verse. +4:37 b25z rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns מִשְׁפְּחֹ֣ת הַ⁠קְּהָתִ֔י 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:27](../03/27.md). +4:37 szpi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo אֲשֶׁ֨ר פָּקַ֤ד מֹשֶׁה֙ וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן 1 Since the same idea of “the counted ones” is repeated in this phrase, the expression here is extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could remove the expression here, as in the UST. +4:37 axd1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עַל־פִּ֥י יְהוָ֖ה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:16](../03/16.md). +4:37 g5gl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠יַד 1 Here, *by the hand** indicates that **Moses** was the means by which **Yahweh** gave these commands to the people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by means of” +4:38 ipy6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠פְקוּדֵ֖י 1 See how you translated **counted ones** in the previous two verses. +4:38 ig1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּנֵ֣י 1 Here, **sons** refers to male descendants. See how you translated the same use of **sons* in [3:9](../03/09.md). +4:38 gxth rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחוֹתָ֖⁠ם וּ⁠לְ⁠בֵ֥ית אֲבֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 See how you translated these phrases in [1:2](../01/02.md). +4:39 vg68 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן שְׁלֹשִׁ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה וְ⁠עַ֖ד בֶּן־חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים שָׁנָ֑ה כָּל־הַ⁠בָּא֙ לַ⁠צָּבָ֔א לַ⁠עֲבֹדָ֖ה בְּ⁠אֹ֥הֶל מוֹעֵֽד 1 See how you translated the identical clauses in [4:35](../04/35.md). +4:40 sjj3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive פְּקֻ֣דֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:21](../01/21.md). +4:40 hqz7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠בֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 See how you translated these phrases in [1:2](../01/02.md). +4:40 uktq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers אַלְפַּ֕יִם וְ⁠שֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִֽׁים 1 Alternate translation: “two thousand six hundred and thirty” +4:41 h4xt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive אֵ֣לֶּה פְקוּדֵ֗י מִשְׁפְּחֹת֙ בְּנֵ֣י & כָּל־הָ⁠עֹבֵ֖ד בְּ⁠אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד אֲשֶׁ֨ר פָּקַ֥ד מֹשֶׁ֛ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֖ן עַל־פִּ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 See how you translated the same clauses in [4:37](../04/37.md). 4:42 pq72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The descendants of Merari were counted 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses and Aaron counted the descendants of Merari” +4:42 r5rm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּנֵ֣י 1 Here, **sons** refers to male descendants. See how you translated the same use of **sons* in [3:9](../03/09.md). 4:43 s8f4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers from thirty to fifty years old 0 Alternate translation: “from 30 to 50 years old” 4:43 y483 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit everyone who would join the company 0 Here the word “would” does not mean that the men “chose” to join the company but rather that they were “assigned” to the company. Alternate translation: “everyone who was assigned to join the company” 4:43 u1lq join the company to serve in the tent of meeting 0 The word “company” refers to the rest of the people working in the tent of meeting. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 4:3](../04/03.md). From f606aa355e19c57f94eef9b1f2f686c7b42b81eb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Tue, 5 Dec 2023 17:45:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 14/32] Merge pjoakes-tc-create-1 into master by pjoakes (#3568) Co-authored-by: pjoakes Co-committed-by: pjoakes --- tn_1JN.tsv | 4 ++-- tn_NEH.tsv | 2 +- 2 files changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_1JN.tsv b/tn_1JN.tsv index 4c781d0135..39d2e57d43 100644 --- a/tn_1JN.tsv +++ b/tn_1JN.tsv @@ -206,11 +206,11 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 2:18 esd9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐσχάτη ὥρα ἐστίν -1 John is using the term **hour** to refer a specific time. The expression **the last hour** refers specifically to the time at the end of earthly history just before Jesus returns. Alternate translation: “Jesus will return soon … Jesus will return soon” 2:18 r2vq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀντίχριστος ἔρχεται, καὶ νῦν ἀντίχριστοι πολλοὶ γεγόνασιν 1 See the discussion of the terms **antichrist** and **antichrists** in the General Notes to this chapter. Alternate translation: “someone is coming who will lead a great opposition to Jesus, already many people are opposing Jesus in that way now” 2:19 rmj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐξ ἡμῶν ἐξῆλθαν 1 These people formerly met with the group of believers to whom John is writing. While they physically left the places where the believers met, John is also using the expression **went out** to mean that these people stopped being part of the group. Alternate translation: “They left our group of believers in Jesus” -2:19 ytb1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἦσαν ἐξ ἡμῶν & οὐκ εἰσὶν πάντες ἐξ ἡμῶν 1 John is using the expression **from us** in a slightly different sense in these instances than in the first instance in the verse. In the first instance, it means that these people left the group. In this instance, it means that they were never genuinely part of the group. Alternate translation: “but they were never genuinely part of our group … none of them are genuinely part of our group” +2:19 ytb1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἦσαν ἐξ ἡμῶν & οὐκ εἰσὶν πάντες ἐξ ἡμῶν 1 John is using the expression **from us** in a slightly different sense in these two instances than in the first instance that says, **They went out from us**. In the first instance, it means that these people left the group. In these instances, it means that they were never genuinely part of the group. Alternate translation: “but they were never genuinely part of our group … none of them are genuinely part of our group” 2:19 j113 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ ἦσαν ἐξ ἡμῶν 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why John makes this claim. Alternate translation: “they were never genuinely part of our group, because they did not actually believe in Jesus in the first place” 2:19 j114 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ γὰρ ἐξ ἡμῶν ἦσαν, μεμενήκεισαν ἂν μεθ’ ἡμῶν 1 John is presenting a situation that is not real to help his readers recognize why the claim that he is making is true. Alternate translation: “We know that they were not genuinely part of our group, because they did not continue to participate in it” 2:19 jin1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μεμενήκεισαν ἂν μεθ’ ἡμῶν 1 See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here the word seems to refer to continuing participation in a group. Alternate translation: “they would have continued to participate in our group” -2:19 j115 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ἵνα φανερωθῶσιν ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν πάντες ἐξ ἡμῶν 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “but they left us so that their actions would reveal that all of them were not genuinely part of our group” +2:19 j115 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ἵνα φανερωθῶσιν ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν πάντες ἐξ ἡμῶν 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “but they went out from us so that they would be revealed as not genuinely part of our group” 2:19 j116 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἵνα φανερωθῶσιν 1 See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here, the people were revealed as unbelievers when they left the group. If your language does not use passive forms, you can express this with an active form, and you can state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “they left so that their actions would reveal” 2:20 j118 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 John is using the word **And** to introduce a contrast between the people who left the group and the remaining believers to whom he is writing. Alternate translation: “However,” 2:20 i3m1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ὑμεῖς χρῖσμα ἔχετε ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἁγίου 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **anointing** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “the Holy One has anointed you” diff --git a/tn_NEH.tsv b/tn_NEH.tsv index 26ab4b7b07..444b63ec7e 100644 --- a/tn_NEH.tsv +++ b/tn_NEH.tsv @@ -1732,7 +1732,7 @@ front:intro k2y2 0 # Introduction to Nehemiah\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct 13:5 k1e9 וּ⁠מַעְשַׂ֤ר הַ⁠דָּגָן֙ הַ⁠תִּיר֣וֹשׁ וְ⁠הַ⁠יִּצְהָ֔ר 1 This means the portion, one tenth, of their crops and produce that the Israelites had promised to contribute to support the temple personnel, as described in [10:37–38](../10/37.md). Alternate translation: “the tenth of their crops and produce” 13:5 k1f1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction וּ⁠מַעְשַׂ֤ר 1 A **tithe** means a tenth (1/10) or one part out of ten equal parts. 13:5 k1f3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis מִצְוַת֙ הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֔ם וְ⁠הַ⁠מְשֹׁרְרִ֖ים וְ⁠הַ⁠שֹּׁעֲרִ֑ים 1 Here Nehemiah leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. This phrase means “which the law had commanded them to contribute to support the Levites, the singers, and the temple gatekeepers.” You could say that explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. -13:5 k1f5 וּ⁠תְרוּמַ֖ת הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִֽים 1 This likely refers to the tithe, or one tenth of what they received, that the Levites, in turn contributed to the priests, as described in [10:38](../10/38.md). Alternate translation: “and the contributions to support the priests” or “the tithe of the tithe that the Levites gave to support the priests” +13:5 k1f5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וּ⁠תְרוּמַ֖ת הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִֽים 1 Here, **offerings of the priests** refers to offerings that people brought for the priests, not offerings made by the priests. This may have included the tithe, or one tenth of what they received, that the Levites contributed to the priests, as described in [10:38](../10/38.md). Alternate translation: “and the contributions to support the priests” 13:6 k1f7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־זֶ֕ה 1 This expression indicates that the sentence it introduces describes something that was happening at the same time as the events the book has just described. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase such as “while all of this was happening” to indicate this. 13:6 dpk4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֡י 1 This word indicates that the clause it introduces explains the reason for what the previous clause described. That is, Nehemiah is about to give the reason why he was not in Jerusalem while Eliashib was allowing Tobiah to move into the temple. Alternate translation: “because” 13:6 k1f9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background בִּ⁠שְׁנַת֩ שְׁלֹשִׁ֨ים וּ⁠שְׁתַּ֜יִם לְ⁠אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֤סְתְּא מֶֽלֶךְ־בָּבֶל֙ בָּ֣אתִי אֶל־הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 Here Nehemiah is providing background information to explain why he was not in Jerusalem. As he indicates in [5:14](../05/14.md), he was governor of Judah for twelve years, from the twentieth to the thirty-second year of the reign of King Artaxerxes. As this verse indicates, he then returned to the royal court. Alternate translation: “I had returned to serve King Artaxerxes in his court in the thirty-second year of his reign” From b20b9e8ac73d860da211eed96249b3c624ac69b5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 5 Dec 2023 18:53:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 15/32] Merge avaldizan-tc-create-1 into master by avaldizan (#3657) --- tn_NUM.tsv | 80 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------- 1 file changed, 43 insertions(+), 37 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_NUM.tsv b/tn_NUM.tsv index cf047b2df2..4efed9838c 100644 --- a/tn_NUM.tsv +++ b/tn_NUM.tsv @@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n\n## Part 1: General Introducti 4:intro c4x5 0 # Numbers 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Preparing to leave Sinai (1:1–10:10)\n * Counting and assembling the tribes (1:1–4:49)\n\nThis chapter describes the assignments Yahweh gave to each of the families who descended from Levi with regard for taking care of and transporting the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The tribe of Levi\n\nThe Levites had a special role in Israel. They were specially dedicated to serve Yahweh by offering sacrifices in the tent of meeting and taking care of that tent and everything involved in the system of sacrifices. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])\n\n## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “A son of 30 years and upward and up to a son of 50 years”\n\nThe phrase “a son of … years” is an idiom that refers to the age of a man. The longer phrase here refers to a man who is at least 30 years old and at most 50 years old. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a man who is at least 30 years old and at most 50 years old” or “a man who is between 30 years or and 50 years old” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n 4:1 y26w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks לֵ⁠אמֹֽר 1 Here the word **saying** introduces direct speech that continues until [4:20](../04/20.md). Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language.\n 4:2 png1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom נָשֹׂ֗א אֶת־רֹאשׁ֙ 1 See how you translated the nearly identical idiom in [1:2](../01/02.md). -4:2 ebs2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּנֵ֣י & בְּנֵ֣י 1 In this verse, **sons** refers to male descendants. See how you translated the same use of **sons* in [3:9](../03/09.md). +4:2 ebs2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּנֵ֣י & בְּנֵ֣י 1 In this verse, **sons** refers to male descendants. See how you translated the same use of **sons** in [3:9](../03/09.md). 4:2 vnqr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy קְהָ֔ת 1 See how you translated this name in [3:17](../03/17.md). 4:2 dsln rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠בֵ֥ית אֲבֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 See how you translated these clauses in [1:2](../01/02.md). 4:3 j52n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן שְׁלֹשִׁ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה וְ⁠עַ֖ד בֶּן־חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים שָׁנָ֑ה 1 See the discussion of this phrase in the [General Notes](../04/intro.md) for this chapter. @@ -516,29 +516,29 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n\n## Part 1: General Introducti 4:5 r2l6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠בָנָי⁠ו֙ 1 See how you translated the same use of **sons** in the previous verse. 4:5 vu3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הַֽ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֔ה 1 Here, **camp** refers to the people dwelling in the camp. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people in the camp” 4:5 wvls rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בִּ⁠נְסֹ֣עַ 1 See how you translated the same use of “set out” in [2:9](../02/09.md). -4:5 y9b2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession פָּרֹ֣כֶת הַ⁠מָּסָ֑ךְ 1 Here Yahweh is using the possessive form to describe the **curtain** that is characterized by **covering**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the covering curtain” +4:5 y9b2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession פָּרֹ֣כֶת הַ⁠מָּסָ֑ךְ 1 Here Yahweh is using the possessive form to describe the **curtain** that is characterized by **covering**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the covering curtain” 4:6 q046 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns עָלָ֗י⁠ו 1 Here, **it** refers to both “the box of the testimony” and “the curtain of the covering” that covers the box, as mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “upon the box and its covering” 4:6 amjx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ע֣וֹר תַּ֔חַשׁ 1 Although the meaning of this word is not certain, many scholars believe it refers to a **porpoise**, which is a water mammal that has skin that can be made into high-quality leather. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of sea animal, you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “durable animal skin” 4:6 td43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בֶֽגֶד־כְּלִ֛יל תְּכֵ֖לֶת 1 Here Yahweh is using the possessive form to describe a **cloth** that is **entirely** **blue** in color. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “an entirely blue cloth” 4:6 moz7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִ⁠לְ⁠מָ֑עְלָ⁠ה 1 Here Yahweh implies that this **cloth** should be **spread** **above** the “box of the testimony,” “the covering,” and **the skin of the porpoise**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “above all these things” 4:6 xsjk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns בַּדָּֽי⁠ו 1 Here, **its** refers to “the box of the testimony” mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the box’s poles” 4:6 ebg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בַּדָּֽי⁠ו 1 These **poles** were inserted into rings on the sides of the ark so that the poles could be used to carry the ark, as explained in [Exodus 25:14](../exo/25/14.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the poles into the rings on the sides of the box in order to carry it” -4:7 iaz3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שֻׁלְחַ֣ן הַ⁠פָּנִ֗ים 1 Here, **faces** represents the presence of Yahweh. This **table** was placed before the presence of Yahweh in the tent of meeting and Levite were to place on it special **bread** for Yahweh, as described in [Exodus 25:30](../exo/25/30.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar use of “ face” in [3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “the table in Yahweh’s presence” or “the table of the presence”\n +4:7 iaz3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שֻׁלְחַ֣ן הַ⁠פָּנִ֗ים 1 Here, **faces** represents the presence of Yahweh. This **table** was placed before the presence of Yahweh in the tent of meeting and the Levites were to place on it special **bread** for Yahweh, as described in [Exodus 25:30](../exo/25/30.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar use of “face” in [3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “the table in Yahweh’s presence” or “the table of the presence”\n 4:7 xivj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בֶּ֣גֶד תְּכֵלֶת֒ 1 See how you translated the similar phrase “a cloth entirely of blue” in the previous verse. 4:7 zvi8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns עָ֠לָי⁠ו & עָלָ֥י⁠ו 1 In this verse, **it** refers to **the cloth of blue** that covers **the table**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on that cloth … on that cloth” 4:7 n7oh אֶת־הַ⁠קְּעָרֹ֤ת וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠כַּפֹּת֙ וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠מְּנַקִּיֹּ֔ת וְ⁠אֵ֖ת קְשׂ֣וֹת 1 If a translation exists in your language, see how the words **plates**, **palm-sized pans**, **bowls**, and **pitchers** are translated in [Exodus 25:29](../exo/25/29.md) and [37:16](../exo/37/16.md). -4:7 y4f7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession קְשׂ֣וֹת הַ⁠נָּ֑סֶךְ 1 Here Yahweh is using the possessive form to describe **pitchers** that were used for pouring out the **drink offering**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the pitchers for the drink offering” +4:7 y4f7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession קְשׂ֣וֹת הַ⁠נָּ֑סֶךְ 1 Here Yahweh is using the possessive form to describe **pitchers** that were used for pouring out the **drink offering**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the pitchers for the drink offering” 4:7 lbp4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun הַ⁠נָּ֑סֶךְ 1 The phrase **drink offering** represents drink offerings in general, not one particular drink offering. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “drink offerings” 4:7 ve2z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְ⁠לֶ֥חֶם הַ⁠תָּמִ֖יד 1 Here Yahweh is using the possessive form to describe **the bread** that the Levites were to offer to Yahweh continually. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “and the bread that should be offered continually” -4:8 dai4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בֶּ֚גֶד תּוֹלַ֣עַת שָׁנִ֔י 1 Here Yahweh is using the possessive form to describe **a cloth** that was made **scarlet** in color by using a dye produced from **worms**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a cloth that has been dyed scarlet” +4:8 dai4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בֶּ֚גֶד תּוֹלַ֣עַת שָׁנִ֔י 1 Here Yahweh is using the possessive form to describe **a cloth** that was made **scarlet** in color by using a dye produced from **worms**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a cloth that has been dyed scarlet” 4:8 brmp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns אֹת֔⁠וֹ 1 Here, **it** refers to **a cloth of the worms of scarlet**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that cloth” 4:8 yzq6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown בְּ⁠מִכְסֵ֖ה ע֣וֹר תָּ֑חַשׁ 1 See how you translated the same phrase in [4:6](../04/06.md). 4:8 p2ab rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠שָׂמ֖וּ אֶת־בַּדָּֽי⁠ו 1 These **poles** were inserted into rings on the sides of the table so that the **poles** could be used to carry it, as explained in [Exodus 25:26](../exo/25/26.md)–[28](../exo/25/28.md). See how you translated the similar use of this clause in [4:6](../04/06.md). 4:8 y76r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns בַּדָּֽי⁠ו 1 Here, **its** refers to the table mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that table” 4:9 zbm7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בֶּ֣גֶד תְּכֵ֗לֶת 1 See how you translated this phrase in [4:7](../04/07.md). -4:9 h8fk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אֶת־מְנֹרַ֤ת הַ⁠מָּאוֹר֙ 1 Here Yahweh is using the possessive form to describe **the lampstand** that is used for **the light source** in the tent of meeting. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the lampstand that is used for light” +4:9 h8fk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אֶת־מְנֹרַ֤ת הַ⁠מָּאוֹר֙ 1 Here Yahweh is using the possessive form to describe **the lampstand** that is used for **the light source** in the tent of meeting. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the lampstand that is used for light” 4:9 wwug אֶת־מְנֹרַ֤ת & וְ⁠אֶת־נֵ֣רֹתֶ֔י⁠הָ וְ⁠אֶת־מַלְקָחֶ֖י⁠הָ וְ⁠אֶת־מַחְתֹּתֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 If a translation exists in your language, see how the words **lampstand**, **lamps**, **snuffers**, and **trays** are translated in [Exodus 25:31](../exo/25/31.md)–[38](../exo/25/38.md). -4:9 j2m6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession כְּלֵ֣י שַׁמְנָ֔⁠הּ 1 Here Yahweh is using the possessive form to describe **the vessels** that contained the **oil** that was burned in **the lamps** for producing light. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the vessels for its oil” +4:9 j2m6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession כְּלֵ֣י שַׁמְנָ֔⁠הּ 1 Here Yahweh is using the possessive form to describe **the vessels** that contained the **oil** that was burned in **the lamps** for producing light. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the vessels for its oil” 4:9 xka6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification יְשָׁרְתוּ 1 Here Yahweh refers to the Levites supplying **oil** to keep the **lamps** on **the lampstand** burning as if **the lampstand** were a person whom **they serve**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the provide oil to” 4:10 uv7g אֹתָ⁠הּ֙ וְ⁠אֶת־כָּל־כֵּלֶ֔י⁠הָ & וְ⁠נָתְנ֖וּ 1 Here, **its** and the first occurrence**it** refer to the lampstand mentioned in the previous verse, but the second occurrence of **it** refers to **the covering** that contains the lampstand **and all its vessels**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the lampstand and its vessels … and they shall put the covering and everything in it” 4:10 qfi1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown מִכְסֵ֖ה ע֣וֹר תָּ֑חַשׁ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [4:6](../04/06.md). @@ -554,14 +554,14 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n\n## Part 1: General Introducti 4:14 jz4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns עָלָ֗י⁠ו 1 Here, **it** refers to both **the altar** and **all its implements**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on all those items” 4:14 t5pe rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown כְּס֛וּי ע֥וֹר תַּ֖חַשׁ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [4:6](../04/06.md). 4:14 e3cf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠שָׂמ֥וּ בַדָּֽי⁠ו 1 These **poles** were inserted into rings on the sides of **the altar** so that the poles could be used to carry the ark, as explained in [Exodus 27:6](../exo/27/06.md)–[7](../exo/27/07.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the poles into the rings on the sides of the altar in order to carry it”\n -4:15 lah8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ֠⁠בָנָי⁠ו & בְנֵי & בְנֵֽי 1 In this verse, **sons** refers to male descendants. See how you translated the same use of **sons* in [3:9](../03/09.md). +4:15 lah8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ֠⁠בָנָי⁠ו & בְנֵי & בְנֵֽי 1 In this verse, **sons** refers to male descendants. See how you translated the same use of **sons** in [3:9](../03/09.md). 4:15 g62y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בִּ⁠נְסֹ֣עַ הַֽ⁠מַּחֲנֶה֒ 1 See how you translated this clause in [4:5](../04/05.md). 4:15 v6kc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names קְהָת֙ & קְהָ֖ת 1 See how you translated this name in [3:17](../03/17.md). 4:15 qmf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun הַ⁠קֹּ֖דֶשׁ 1 The phrase **the holy thing** represents the **holy** items used in **the holy place** and the parts of **the holy place** in general, not one particular **holy thing**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “the holy things” 4:15 mau2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מַשָּׂ֥א 1 The word **load** refers to all the items that **the sons of Kohath** must carry when the Israelites travel to another location. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “are the things that must be carried by” 4:16 f9nu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠פְקֻדַּ֞ת & פְּקֻדַּ֗ת 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **oversight** in [3:32](../03/32.md). 4:16 qtad rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession שֶׁ֤מֶן הַ⁠מָּאוֹר֙ 1 Here Yahweh is using the possessive form to describe **the oil** that is burned to produce **light** in the tent of meeting. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the oil that is used for light”\n -4:16 pm4o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וּ⁠קְטֹ֣רֶת הַ⁠סַּמִּ֔ים 1 Here Yahweh is using the possessive form to describe **the incense** that is made up various **spices** that are described in [Exodus 30:34](../exo/30/34.md)–[38](../exo/30/38.md). If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the incense that is made of spices” +4:16 pm4o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וּ⁠קְטֹ֣רֶת הַ⁠סַּמִּ֔ים 1 Here Yahweh is using the possessive form to describe **the incense** that is made of various **spices** that are described in [Exodus 30:34](../exo/30/34.md)–[38](../exo/30/38.md). If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the incense that is made of spices” 4:16 ok4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וּ⁠מִנְחַ֥ת הַ⁠תָּמִ֖יד 1 Here Yahweh is using the possessive form to describe **the grain offering** that the Levites were to offer to Yahweh continually. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. See how you translated the same use of **continuity** in [4:7](../04/07.md).\n 4:16 qxzb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְ⁠שֶׁ֣מֶן הַ⁠מִּשְׁחָ֑ה 1 Here Yahweh is using the possessive form to describe **the oil** that was poured on the priests, all the parts of the tent of meeting, and the items used in it ([Exodus 30:22](../exo/30/22.md)–[38](../exo/30/38.md)). If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the oil that is used for anointing” 4:16 u8xn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo פְּקֻדַּ֗ת 1 Since **the oversight** is repeated from earlier in the verse, the expression here is extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could remove the expression here, as in the UST.\n @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n\n## Part 1: General Introducti 4:18 cg6p rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַ⁠קְּהָתִ֑י 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:27](../03/27.md). 4:19 ikfc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet וְ⁠חָיוּ֙ וְ⁠לֹ֣א יָמֻ֔תוּ 1 The word **live** and the phrase **not die** mean the same thing. Yahweh is using these together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “and they will certainly live” 4:19 bfh5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal וְ⁠חָיוּ֙ 1 Here, **and** indicates that what follows is the goal or purpose for the command in this verse. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. Alternate translation (with no comma preceding): “so that they will live” -4:19 wzya rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠בָנָי⁠ו֙ 1 Here, **sons** refers to male descendants. See how you translated the same use of **sons* in [3:9](../03/09.md). +4:19 wzya rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠בָנָי⁠ו֙ 1 Here, **sons** refers to male descendants. See how you translated the same use of **sons** in [3:9](../03/09.md). 4:19 kga6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יָבֹ֔אוּ 1 Here Yahweh implies that **Aaron and his sons** **enter** into the holy place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. 4:19 up37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠שָׂמ֣וּ 1 Here Yahweh refers to assigning work to the Kohathites as if one were placing **them** in locations. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and assign” 4:19 jhcw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אוֹתָ֗⁠ם אִ֥ישׁ אִ֛ישׁ 1 Here, **man by man** is a Hebrew idiom that means “each man.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “each man”\n @@ -583,13 +583,13 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n\n## Part 1: General Introducti 4:20 mv2t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun אֶת־הַ⁠קֹּ֖דֶשׁ 1 The phrase **the holy thing** represents the holy items used in the holy place and the parts of the holy place in general, not one particular holy thing. See how you translated the same use of **the holy thing** in [4:15](../04/15.md). 4:20 l3lr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כְּ⁠בַלַּ֥ע 1 This phrase is an idiom that means “for a moment,” which is the time it would take to **gulp**. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for a bit” or “for a moment” 4:20 g6g1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks וָ⁠מֵֽתוּ 1 The direct speech that began in [4:18](../04/18.md) ends at the end of this verse. Consider natural ways of ending direct quotations in your language. -4:21 fl8e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר 1 Here the word saying introduces direct speech that continues until [4:33](../04/33.md). Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language.\n +4:21 fl8e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר 1 Here the word **saying** introduces direct speech that continues until [4:33](../04/33.md). Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language.\n 4:22 r33r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom נָשֹׂ֗א אֶת־רֹ֛אשׁ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [4:2](../04/02.md). 4:22 q6xv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּנֵ֥י גֵרְשׁ֖וֹן 1 Here, **sons** refers to male descendants. See how you translated the same use of **sons** in [3:9](../03/09.md). -4:22 wcx9 גֵרְשׁ֖וֹן 1 See how you translated this man’s name in [3:17](../03/17.md). +4:22 wcx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names גֵרְשׁ֖וֹן 1 See how you translated this man’s name in [3:17](../03/17.md). 4:22 ro81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לְ⁠בֵ֥ית אֲבֹתָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 See how you translated these phrases in [1:2](../01/02.md). 4:23 cyt1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מִ⁠בֶּן֩ שְׁלֹשִׁ֨ים שָׁנָ֜ה וָ⁠מַ֗עְלָ⁠ה עַ֛ד בֶּן־חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים שָׁנָ֖ה 1 See the discussion of these phrases in the [General Notes](../04/intro.md) for this chapter. -4:23 scm3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry לִ⁠צְבֹ֣א צָבָ֔א לַ⁠עֲבֹ֥ד עֲבֹדָ֖ה 1 The phrases **serve service** and **work work** are constructions in which a verb and its object are related words. You may be able to use the same constructions in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis.\n +4:23 scm3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry לִ⁠צְבֹ֣א צָבָ֔א לַ⁠עֲבֹ֥ד עֲבֹדָ֖ה 1 The phrases **work work** and **serve service** are constructions in which a verb and its object are related words. You may be able to use the same constructions in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis.\n 4:24 qxm2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns זֹ֣את עֲבֹדַ֔ת 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [4:4](../04/04.md). 4:24 ra33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns מִשְׁפְּחֹ֖ת הַ⁠גֵּרְשֻׁנִּ֑י 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:21](../03/21.md). 4:24 iccs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּ⁠לְ⁠מַשָּֽׂא 1 See how you translated **load** in [4:15](../04/15.md). @@ -598,13 +598,13 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n\n## Part 1: General Introducti 4:25 vqq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וּ⁠מִכְסֵ֛ה הַ⁠תַּ֥חַשׁ 1 See how you translated the same phrase in [4:6](../04/06.md). 4:25 ejol מָסַ֔ךְ פֶּ֖תַח אֹ֥הֶל מוֹעֵֽד 1 See how you translated the nearly identical phrase in [3:25](../03/25.md). 4:26 vfla rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠אֵת֩ קַלְעֵ֨י הֶֽ⁠חָצֵ֜ר 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:26](../03/26.md). -4:26 t6eq וְ⁠אֶת־מָסַ֣ךְ ׀ פֶּ֣תַח ׀ שַׁ֣עַר הֶ⁠חָצֵ֗ר אֲשֶׁ֨ר עַל־הַ⁠מִּשְׁכָּ֤ן וְ⁠עַל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֨חַ֙ סָבִ֔יב 1 See how you translated the similar phrases in [2:26](../03/26.md). +4:26 t6eq וְ⁠אֶת־מָסַ֣ךְ ׀ פֶּ֣תַח ׀ שַׁ֣עַר הֶ⁠חָצֵ֗ר אֲשֶׁ֨ר עַל־הַ⁠מִּשְׁכָּ֤ן וְ⁠עַל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֨חַ֙ סָבִ֔יב 1 See how you translated the similar phrases in [3:26](../03/26.md). 4:26 nadj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession כָּל־כְּלֵ֖י עֲבֹדָתָ֑⁠ם 1 Here Yahweh is using the possessive form to describe **implements** that are used for **their work**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could could a different expression. Alternate translation: “all the implements for working in them” 4:26 f7kk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֧ר יֵעָשֶׂ֛ה לָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all that they will do for them” 4:26 zm1d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns לָ⁠הֶ֖ם וְ⁠עָבָֽדוּ 1 Here, **them** refers to the various items mentioned previously in the verse, but **they** refers to the descendants of Gershon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this expicitly. Alternate translation: “for those implements; and the Gershonites shall work” 4:27 pcvi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עַל־פִּי֩ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:16](../03/16.md). -4:27 n1yt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠בָנָ֜י⁠ו & בְּנֵ֣י 1 In this verse, **sons** refers to male descendants. See how you translated the same use of **sons* in [3:9](../03/09.md). -4:27 k1i2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns הַ⁠גֵּרְשֻׁנִּ֔י 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:21](../03/12.md). +4:27 n1yt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠בָנָ֜י⁠ו & בְּנֵ֣י 1 In this verse, **sons** refers to male descendants. See how you translated the same use of **sons** in [3:9](../03/09.md). +4:27 k1i2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns הַ⁠גֵּרְשֻׁנִּ֔י 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:21](../03/21.md). 4:27 thlf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מַשָּׂאָ֔⁠ם & מַשָּׂאָֽ⁠ם 1 See how you translated the same use of **load** in [4:15](../04/15.md). 4:27 q8lg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you וּ⁠פְקַדְתֶּ֤ם 1 Here, **you** is plural and refers to **Aaron and his sons**, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. 4:27 ivb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְּ⁠מִשְׁמֶ֔רֶת 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **responsibility**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “by what they are responsible for” @@ -631,7 +631,7 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n\n## Part 1: General Introducti 4:33 w2cp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יַד֙ אִֽיתָמָ֔ר בֶּֽן־אַהֲרֹ֖ן הַ⁠כֹּהֵֽן 1 See how you translated the same clause in [4:28](../04/28.md). 4:33 a955 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אִֽיתָמָ֔ר 1 See how you translated this man’s name in [1:2](../01/02.md). 4:33 hlio rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks הַ⁠כֹּהֵֽן 1 The direct speech that began in [4:22](../04/22.md) ends at the end of this verse. Consider natural ways of ending direct quotations in your language. -4:34 aotu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּנֵ֣י 1 Here, **sons** refers to male descendants. See how you translated the same use of **sons* in [3:9](../03/09.md). +4:34 aotu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּנֵ֣י 1 Here, **sons** refers to male descendants. See how you translated the same use of **sons** in [3:9](../03/09.md). 4:34 jm3i rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns הַ⁠קְּהָתִ֑י 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:27](../03/27.md). 4:34 wzx3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖⁠ם וּ⁠לְ⁠בֵ֥ית אֲבֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 See how you translated these clauses in [1:2](../01/02.md). 4:35 s6xk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן שְׁלֹשִׁ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה וְ⁠עַ֖ד בֶּן־חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים שָׁנָ֑ה 1 See the discussion of these phrases in the [General Notes](../04/intro.md) for this chapter. @@ -640,33 +640,39 @@ front:intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers\n\n## Part 1: General Introducti 4:36 w7px rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers אַלְפַּ֕יִם שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת וַ⁠חֲמִשִּֽׁים 1 Alternate translation: “two thousand seven hundred and fifty” 4:37 udge rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive פְקוּדֵי֙ 1 See how you translated **counted ones** in the previous verse. 4:37 b25z rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns מִשְׁפְּחֹ֣ת הַ⁠קְּהָתִ֔י 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:27](../03/27.md). -4:37 szpi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo אֲשֶׁ֨ר פָּקַ֤ד מֹשֶׁה֙ וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן 1 Since the same idea of “the counted ones” is repeated in this phrase, the expression here is extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could remove the expression here, as in the UST. +4:37 szpi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo אֲשֶׁ֨ר פָּקַ֤ד מֹשֶׁה֙ וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן 1 Since the same idea of **the counted ones** is repeated in this phrase, the expression here is extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could remove the expression here, as in the UST. 4:37 axd1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עַל־פִּ֥י יְהוָ֖ה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:16](../03/16.md). -4:37 g5gl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠יַד 1 Here, *by the hand** indicates that **Moses** was the means by which **Yahweh** gave these commands to the people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by means of” -4:38 ipy6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠פְקוּדֵ֖י 1 See how you translated **counted ones** in the previous two verses. -4:38 ig1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּנֵ֣י 1 Here, **sons** refers to male descendants. See how you translated the same use of **sons* in [3:9](../03/09.md). +4:37 g5gl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠יַד 1 Here, **by the hand** indicates that **Moses** was the means by which **Yahweh** gave these commands to the people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by means of” or “that was communicated to the Israelites by Moses” +4:38 ipy6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠פְקוּדֵ֖י 1 See how you translated **counted ones** in the previous two verses. +4:38 ig1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּנֵ֣י 1 Here, **sons** refers to male descendants. See how you translated the same use of **sons** in [3:9](../03/09.md). 4:38 gxth rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחוֹתָ֖⁠ם וּ⁠לְ⁠בֵ֥ית אֲבֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 See how you translated these phrases in [1:2](../01/02.md). 4:39 vg68 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן שְׁלֹשִׁ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה וְ⁠עַ֖ד בֶּן־חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים שָׁנָ֑ה כָּל־הַ⁠בָּא֙ לַ⁠צָּבָ֔א לַ⁠עֲבֹדָ֖ה בְּ⁠אֹ֥הֶל מוֹעֵֽד 1 See how you translated the identical clauses in [4:35](../04/35.md). 4:40 sjj3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive פְּקֻ֣דֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:21](../01/21.md). 4:40 hqz7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠בֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 See how you translated these phrases in [1:2](../01/02.md). 4:40 uktq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers אַלְפַּ֕יִם וְ⁠שֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִֽׁים 1 Alternate translation: “two thousand six hundred and thirty” 4:41 h4xt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive אֵ֣לֶּה פְקוּדֵ֗י מִשְׁפְּחֹת֙ בְּנֵ֣י & כָּל־הָ⁠עֹבֵ֖ד בְּ⁠אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד אֲשֶׁ֨ר פָּקַ֥ד מֹשֶׁ֛ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֖ן עַל־פִּ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 See how you translated the same clauses in [4:37](../04/37.md). -4:42 pq72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The descendants of Merari were counted 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses and Aaron counted the descendants of Merari” -4:42 r5rm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּנֵ֣י 1 Here, **sons** refers to male descendants. See how you translated the same use of **sons* in [3:9](../03/09.md). -4:43 s8f4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers from thirty to fifty years old 0 Alternate translation: “from 30 to 50 years old” -4:43 y483 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit everyone who would join the company 0 Here the word “would” does not mean that the men “chose” to join the company but rather that they were “assigned” to the company. Alternate translation: “everyone who was assigned to join the company” -4:43 u1lq join the company to serve in the tent of meeting 0 The word “company” refers to the rest of the people working in the tent of meeting. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 4:3](../04/03.md). -4:44 x7fd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive counted by their clans 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom Moses and Aaron counted by their clans” -4:44 a51w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers numbered 3,200 0 Alternate translation: “numbered three thousand two hundred” -4:45 bi4d they obeyed 0 The word “they” refers to Moses and Aaron. -4:47 vb65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit from thirty to fifty 0 This refers to men. Alternate translation: “men from thirty to fifty” -4:47 b9ng rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers from thirty to fifty 0 Alternate translation: “from 30 to 50” -4:48 gmh3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 8,580 men 0 Alternate translation: “eight thousand five hundred and eighty men” -4:49 l3zk At Yahweh’s command 0 Alternate translation: “As Yahweh commanded” -4:49 v91x keeping count of each by the type … He counted each man by the kind of responsibility he would bear 0 These two phrase have similar meaning and are used together to emphasize how Moses counted all the men. -4:49 hpb1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive by the type of work he was assigned to do 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by his type of work assignment” or “by the type of work he had assigned each man to do” -4:49 kdw6 he would bear 0 Alternate translation: “he would have” -4:49 q8p8 they obeyed what Yahweh had commanded them 0 Here “they” and “them” refer to Moses and Aaron. +4:42 pq72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠פְקוּדֵ֕י מִשְׁפְּחֹ֖ת בְּנֵ֣י 1 See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. +4:42 r5rm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠בֵ֥ית אֲבֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 See how you translated these phrases in [1:2](../01/02.md). +4:43 s8f4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן שְׁלֹשִׁ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה וְ⁠עַ֖ד בֶּן־חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים שָׁנָ֑ה כָּל־הַ⁠בָּא֙ לַ⁠צָּבָ֔א לַ⁠עֲבֹדָ֖ה בְּ⁠אֹ֥הֶל מוֹעֵֽד 1 See how you translated the same clauses in [4:35](../04/35.md). +4:44 x7fd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּהְי֥וּ פְקֻדֵי⁠הֶ֖ם לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 See how you translated this clause in [4:36](../04/36.md). +4:44 a51w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֖ים וּ⁠מָאתָֽיִם 1 Alternate translation: “three thousand two hundred” +4:45 bi4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive אֵ֣לֶּה פְקוּדֵ֔י מִשְׁפְּחֹ֖ת בְּנֵ֣י & אֲשֶׁ֨ר פָּקַ֤ד מֹשֶׁה֙ וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן 1 See how you translated these clauses in [4:41](../04/41.md). +4:45 ywn1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עַל־פִּ֥י יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶֽׁה 1 See how you translated this clause in [4:37](../04/37.md). +4:46 er34 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo כָּֽל־הַ⁠פְּקֻדִ֡ים אֲשֶׁר֩ פָּקַ֨ד מֹשֶׁ֧ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֛ן וּ⁠נְשִׂיאֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Since the same idea of **the counted ones** is repeated later in this verse, the expression here is extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could remove the expression here. Alternate translation: “All the ones whom Moses and Aaron and the leaders of Israel had counted”\n +4:46 oo83 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖⁠ם וּ⁠לְ⁠בֵ֥ית אֲבֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 See how you translated these phrases in [1:2](../01/02.md). +4:47 vb65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן שְׁלֹשִׁ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה וְ⁠עַ֖ד בֶּן־חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים שָׁנָ֑ה 1 See how you translated this clause in [4:35](../04/35.md). +4:47 ji4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry לַ⁠עֲבֹ֨ד עֲבֹדַ֧ת עֲבֹדָ֛ה וַ⁠עֲבֹדַ֥ת 1 See how you translated **serve the service** in [3:7](../03/07.md). +4:47 b9ng rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מַשָּׂ֖א 1 See how you translated the same use of **load** in [4:15](../04/15.md). +4:48 nvt5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive פְּקֻדֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:21](../01/21.md). +4:48 gmh3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שְׁמֹנַ֣ת אֲלָפִ֔ים וַ⁠חֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת וּ⁠שְׁמֹנִֽים 1 Alternate translation: “eight thousand five hundred and eighty” +4:49 l3zk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עַל־פִּ֨י יְהוָ֜ה 1 Se how you translated this phrase in [3:16](../03/16.md) and [4:37](../04/37.md). +4:49 wznn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive פָּקַ֤ד אוֹתָ⁠ם֙ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses, Aaron, and the leaders counted them” +4:49 tlvq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 See how you translated this phrase in [4:37](../04/37.md). +4:49 v91x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אִ֥ישׁ אִ֛ישׁ 1 In this verse, the phrase **man by man** is a Hebrew idiom that means “each man.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar use of **man** in [1:4](../01/04.md). Alternative translation: “each man”\n +4:49 vf9i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עַל־עֲבֹדָת֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠עַל־מַשָּׂא֑⁠וֹ 1 Moses implies that this **service** and **load** are related to the tent of meeting. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in accordance with his service in the tent of meeting and in accordance with his load associated with it” +4:49 kdw6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מַשָּׂא֑⁠וֹ 1 See how you translated the same use of **load** in [4:15](../04/15.md). +4:49 hpb1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠פְקֻדָ֕י⁠ו 1 See how you translated the same use of **counted ones** in the previous verse. +4:49 q8p8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־מֹשֶֽׁה 1 Moses is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh had commanded Moses to count” 5:intro q2wy 0 # Numbers 5 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Israel’s camp\n\nIsrael’s entire camp was to be a “clean” place. This meant that people who could not be made acceptable to God were not allowed inside the camp. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])\n\n### Vengeance\n\nThere are several laws in this chapter regarding restitution. These laws were meant to limit the ways in which people who had been wronged could seek to be compensated. These laws were intended to make it difficult for such people to avenge a wrong when they were angry. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]]) 5:2 w9tt infectious skin disease 0 This refers to leprosy, which is a sickness that affects the skin and easily spreads to other people. 5:2 zu9x oozing sore 0 This refers to an open cut that is leaking fluids. From 9fd1fab4fdba38ab3b499032a04ac5cbf8926e1b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: deferredreward Date: Tue, 5 Dec 2023 21:41:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 16/32] Merge deferredreward-tc-create-1 into master by deferredreward (#3658) Co-authored-by: deferredreward Co-committed-by: deferredreward --- tn_EXO.tsv | 12 ++++++------ 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_EXO.tsv b/tn_EXO.tsv index d1b809b259..b6493db84b 100644 --- a/tn_EXO.tsv +++ b/tn_EXO.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Reference ID Tags SupportReference Quote Occurrence Note -front:intro b4pp 0 # Introduction to Exodus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of Exodus\n\n1. Israel in Egypt; preparing to depart from slavery (1–12)\n * First genealogy (1:1–6)\n * Israel as slaves in Egypt (1:7–22)\n * Moses’ history to the time of the Exodus (2:1–4:26)\n * Israel suffers in Egypt (4:27–6:13)\n * Second genealogy (6:14–27)\n * Moses and Aaron go to Pharaoh (6:28–7:25)\n * The plagues (8:1–11:10)\n2. Instructions for celebrating the Passover (12:1–30)\n3. From Egypt to Mount Sinai (12:31–18:27)\n * The Passover; preparing to leave Egypt; leaving Egypt (12:31–50, 13:1–22)\n * Journey from Egypt to Mount Sinai (14:1–18:27)\n4. Mount Sinai and the Law (19–40)\n * Preparing for the covenant (19:1–25)\n * The Ten Commandments (20:1–17)\n * The covenant described (20:18–23:33)\n * The people agree to the covenant; Moses returns to Mount Sinai (24:1–18)\n * Design of the Dwelling and its furnishings; what was required of those who serve in it; dwelling functions (25:1–31:18)\n * The golden calf; Moses prays for the people (32:1–33:22)\n * The covenant described again (34:1–35)\n * Making of the ark and its furnishings (35:1–38:31) and priestly garments (39:1–43, 40:1–33)\n * The cloud (40:34–38)\n\n### What is the book of Exodus about?\n\nExodus continues the story of the previous book, Genesis. The first half of Exodus is about how Yahweh made Abraham’s descendants into a nation. This nation, which would be called “Israel,” was meant to belong to Yahweh and worship him. The second half of Exodus describes how God gave the Israelites his law through Moses. The law of Moses told the Israelites how to obey and worship Yahweh properly.\n\nThe book of Exodus tells how the Israelites were to build the Dwelling. The Dwelling was a tent where Yahweh would be among his people. The Israelites worshiped and sacrificed animals to Yahweh at the Dwelling. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\n“Exodus” means “exit” or “departure.” Translators may translate this title in a way that can communicate its subject clearly, for example, “About the Israelites Leaving Egypt” or “How the Israelites Left the Land of Egypt.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the book of Exodus?\n\nThe writers of both the Old and New Testaments present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Exodus. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.\n\n### Why did Moses write so much about God delivering or rescuing the people of Israel?\n\nMoses wrote much about God rescuing his people from the Egyptians to show that Yahweh is very powerful. Egypt was a very powerful nation in the region at that time, but Yahweh was still able to free the Israelites from the Egyptians. Also, by rescuing the Israelites, Yahweh showed that he had chosen them as his people and that they should worship him.\n\n### How does the book of Exodus show the fulfillment of the promises given to Abraham?\n\nThe book of Exodus shows God beginning to fulfill his promise to Abraham. In Genesis, God promised Abraham that he would have many descendants and that they would become a large nation. When God rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians, he took them to Mount Sinai. There he made a covenant with them, and they became the nation that belonged to Yahweh.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What was the Jewish Passover?\n\nThe Jewish Passover was a religious festival. Yahweh commanded the Israelites to celebrate it every year. Passover was a time to remember how God rescued Israel from the Egyptians. The first Passover meal was eaten in the evening just before they left Egypt. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])\n\n### What was the law of Moses to the people of Israel?\n\nThe law of Moses instructed the people of Israel about what Yahweh required them to do as his people. In the law, God told the people how they should live so that they would honor him. He also instructed them about their need to offer animal sacrifices. God required these sacrifices so that he could forgive their sins and continue living among them. The law also described the duties of the priests and told how to build the Dwelling.\n\n### What did it mean that Israel was to be a “kingdom of priests and a holy nation” ([19:6](../19/06.md) ULT)?\n\nIsrael was a holy nation because Yahweh separated them from all other nations to belong to him. They were to honor and worship him only. This made them different from all the other nations of the world; the other nations worshiped many false gods.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Thus says Yahweh\n\nThis phrase is used many times in the Old Testament to introduce Yahweh’s speech. Your team should pick a standard translation. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more.\n\n### Pharaoh’s stubborn heart\n\nBetween chapters 4 and 14, there are 18 cases where Pharaoh’s heart is described as strong (11x), heavy (6x), or hard (1x), and one case where the Egyptians’ hearts are described as strong. These are metaphors for being stubborn, that is, being unwilling to obey Yahweh or even to do what is clearly in his own and Egypt’s best interest. Many cultures have similar metaphors, but not all will use the same body part. Within these cases, six times there is a neutral description that Pharaoh was stubborn, without saying anyone made him so ([7:13](../07/13.md), [7:14](../07/14.md), [7:22](../07/22.md), [8:19](../08/19.md), [9:7](../09/07.md), [9:35](../09/35.md)); three times Pharaoh makes himself stubborn ([8:15](../08/15.md), [8:32](../08/32.md), [9:34](../09/34.md)); and ten times Yahweh makes Pharaoh/the Egyptians stubborn ([4:21](../04/21.md), [7:3](../07/03.md), [9:12](../09/12.md), [10:1](../10/01.md), [10:20](../10/20.md), [10:27](../10/27.md), [11:10](../11/10.md), [14:4](../14/04.md), [14:8](../14/08.md), [14:17](../14/17.md)).\n\n### Why are the details of the construction of the Dwelling in Exodus 25–32 repeated in Exodus 35–40?\n\nIn Exodus 25–32, God describes exactly how the Dwelling was to be built. The details were repeated in Exodus 35–40 in the description of the actual construction. This showed that the people were careful to do exactly as God commanded.\n\n### Are the events in the order that they actually happened?\n\nMost, but not all, of the events in the book of Exodus are told in the order that they actually happened. Translators may need to make it clear when the events are in an unusual order.\n\n### What does it mean that God “lived” among his people?\n\nThe book of Exodus presents God as living in the Dwelling among the nation of Israel. God is everywhere, but he lived among the Israelites in a special way. God dwelled with the Israelites because they belonged to him. He promised to lead them and bless them. In return, the people were to worship him and honor him. -1:intro cj55 0 # Exodus 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter is intended to form a smooth transition from the last chapter of the book of Genesis.\n\n- v. 1–7: Jacob’s family grows\n- v. 8–22: Pharaoh oppresses the Israelites and tries to limit the Israelites’ growth\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Israel’s growth\n\nIsrael grew in number. This was the beginning of God’s fulfilling his promises to Abraham. It also caused the Pharaoh to worry that there would be more Israelites than Egyptians, with the result that the Egyptians would be unable to defend themselves against so many people. Pharaoh tried to kill all of the male babies so they would not become soldiers who fought against him. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])\n\n## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n- “All of the descendants of Jacob were 70 in number”\nThis number included both Jacob’s children and grandchildren. It may cause confusion, but it is important to remember Jacob only had 12 sons.\n- Starting from verse 7, the terms **Hebrews** and **sons of Israel** both refer to the Israelite nation or people group.\n- God blesses the Hebrew midwives for lying to the wicked Pharaoh. Translators should not attempt to hide this. They showed that they feared God by disobeying a wicked order in order to preserve the lives of God’s people. They “acted wisely toward him” (or shrewdly, see [1:10](../01/10.md)) by lying to foil Pharaoh.\n- Pharaoh is a specifically Egyptian word for their kings (and queens). +front:intro b4pp 0 # Introduction to Exodus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of Exodus\n\n1. Israel in Egypt; preparing to depart from slavery (1–11)\n * First genealogy (1:1–6)\n * Israel as slaves in Egypt (1:7–22)\n * Moses’ history to the time of the Exodus (2:1–4:26)\n * Israel suffers in Egypt (4:27–6:13)\n * Second genealogy (6:14–27)\n * Moses and Aaron go to Pharaoh (6:28–7:25)\n * The plagues (8:1–11:10)\n2. Instructions for celebrating the Passover (12:1–30)\n3. From Egypt to Mount Sinai (12:31–18:27)\n * The Passover; preparing to leave Egypt; leaving Egypt (12:31–50, 13:1–22)\n * Journey from Egypt to Mount Sinai (14:1–18:27)\n4. Mount Sinai and the Law (19–40)\n * Preparing for the covenant (19:1–25)\n * The Ten Commandments (20:1–17)\n * The covenant described (20:18–23:33)\n * The people agree to the covenant; Moses returns to Mount Sinai (24:1–18)\n * Design of the Dwelling and its furnishings; what was required of those who serve in it; dwelling functions (25:1–31:18)\n * The golden calf; Moses prays for the people (32:1–33:22)\n * The covenant described again (34:1–35)\n * Making of the ark and its furnishings (35:1–38:31) and priestly garments (39:1–43, 40:1–33)\n * The cloud (40:34–38)\n\n### What is the book of Exodus about?\n\nExodus continues the story of the previous book, Genesis. The first half of Exodus is about how Yahweh made Abraham’s descendants into a nation. This nation, which would be called “Israel,” was meant to belong to Yahweh and worship him. The second half of Exodus describes how God gave the Israelites his law through Moses. The law of Moses told the Israelites how to obey and worship Yahweh properly.\n\nThe book of Exodus tells how the Israelites were to build the Dwelling. The Dwelling was a tent where Yahweh would be among his people. The Israelites worshiped and sacrificed animals to Yahweh at the Dwelling. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\n“Exodus” means “exit” or “departure.” Translators may translate this title in a way that can communicate its subject clearly, for example, “About the Israelites Leaving Egypt” or “How the Israelites Left the Land of Egypt.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the book of Exodus?\n\nThe writers of both the Old and New Testaments present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Exodus. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.\n\n### Why did Moses write so much about God delivering or rescuing the people of Israel?\n\nMoses wrote much about God rescuing his people from the Egyptians to show that Yahweh is very powerful. Egypt was a very powerful nation in the region at that time, but Yahweh was still able to free the Israelites from the Egyptians. Also, by rescuing the Israelites, Yahweh showed that he had chosen them as his people and that they should worship him.\n\n### How does the book of Exodus show the fulfillment of the promises given to Abraham?\n\nThe book of Exodus shows God beginning to fulfill his promise to Abraham. In Genesis, God promised Abraham that he would have many descendants and that they would become a large nation. When God rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians, he took them to Mount Sinai. There he made a covenant with them, and they became the nation that belonged to Yahweh.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What was the Jewish Passover?\n\nThe Jewish Passover was a religious festival. Yahweh commanded the Israelites to celebrate it every year. Passover was a time to remember how God rescued Israel from the Egyptians. The first Passover meal was eaten in the evening just before they left Egypt. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])\n\n### What was the law of Moses to the people of Israel?\n\nThe law of Moses instructed the people of Israel about what Yahweh required them to do as his people. In the law, God told the people how they should live so that they would honor him. He also instructed them about their need to offer animal sacrifices. God required these sacrifices so that he could forgive their sins and continue living among them. The law also described the duties of the priests and told how to build the Dwelling.\n\n### What did it mean that Israel was to be a “kingdom of priests and a holy nation” ([19:6](../19/06.md) ULT)?\n\nIsrael was a holy nation because Yahweh separated them from all other nations to belong to him. They were to honor and worship him only. This made them different from all the other nations of the world; the other nations worshiped many false gods.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Thus says Yahweh\n\nThis phrase is used many times in the Old Testament to introduce Yahweh’s speech. Your team should pick a standard translation. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more.\n\n### Pharaoh’s stubborn heart\n\nBetween chapters 4 and 14, there are 18 cases where Pharaoh’s heart is described as strong (11x), heavy (6x), or hard (1x), and one case where the Egyptians’ hearts are described as strong. These are metaphors for being stubborn, that is, being unwilling to obey Yahweh or even to do what is clearly in his own and Egypt’s best interest. Many cultures have similar metaphors, but not all will use the same body part. Within these cases, six times there is a neutral description that Pharaoh was stubborn, without saying anyone made him so ([7:13](../07/13.md), [7:14](../07/14.md), [7:22](../07/22.md), [8:19](../08/19.md), [9:7](../09/07.md), [9:35](../09/35.md)); three times Pharaoh makes himself stubborn ([8:15](../08/15.md), [8:32](../08/32.md), [9:34](../09/34.md)); and ten times Yahweh makes Pharaoh/the Egyptians stubborn ([4:21](../04/21.md), [7:3](../07/03.md), [9:12](../09/12.md), [10:1](../10/01.md), [10:20](../10/20.md), [10:27](../10/27.md), [11:10](../11/10.md), [14:4](../14/04.md), [14:8](../14/08.md), [14:17](../14/17.md)).\n\n### Why are the details of the construction of the Dwelling in Exodus 25–32 repeated in Exodus 35–40?\n\nIn Exodus 25–32, God describes exactly how the Dwelling was to be built. The details were repeated in Exodus 35–40 in the description of the actual construction. This showed that the people were careful to do exactly as God commanded.\n\n### Are the events in the order that they actually happened?\n\nMost, but not all, of the events in the book of Exodus are told in the order that they actually happened. Translators may need to make it clear when the events are in an unusual order.\n\n### What does it mean that God “lived” among his people?\n\nThe book of Exodus presents God as living in the Dwelling among the nation of Israel. God is everywhere, but he lived among the Israelites in a special way. God dwelled with the Israelites because they belonged to him. He promised to lead them and bless them. In return, the people were to worship him and honor him. +1:intro cj55 0 # Exodus 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter is intended to form a smooth transition from the last chapter of the book of Genesis.\n\n- v. 1–7: Jacob’s family grows\n- v. 8–22: Pharaoh oppresses the Israelites and tries to limit the Israelites’ growth\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Israel’s growth\n\nIsrael grew in number. This was the beginning of God’s fulfilling his promises to Abraham. It also caused the Pharaoh to worry that there would be more Israelites than Egyptians, with the result that the Egyptians would be unable to defend themselves against so many people. Pharaoh tried to kill all of the male babies so they would not become soldiers who fought against him. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])\n\n## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n- “All of the descendants of Jacob were 70 in number”\nThis number included both Jacob’s children and grandchildren. It may cause confusion, but it is important to remember Jacob only had 12 sons.\n- Starting from verse 7, the terms **Hebrews** and **sons of Israel** both refer to the Israelite nation or people group.\n- God blesses the Hebrew midwives for lying to the wicked Pharaoh. Translators should not attempt to hide this. They showed that they feared God by disobeying a wicked order in order to preserve the lives of God’s people. \n- Pharaoh is a specifically Egyptian word for their kings (and queens). 1:1 h51f rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 Verses 1–7 are background information for the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. 1:1 fxbx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go הַ⁠בָּאִ֖ים & בָּֽאוּ 1 The words translated as **came in** could also be translated as “went in.” Use whichever form is most natural in your language. 1:1 e65z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל & יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 **Jacob** and **Israel** are two names for the same man. @@ -207,12 +207,12 @@ front:intro b4pp 0 # Introduction to Exodus\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 3:10 y4m1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠עַתָּ֣ה 1 **And now** functions as a discourse marker expressing logical conclusion. “So then,” 3:11 y8cr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מִ֣י אָנֹ֔כִי כִּ֥י אֵלֵ֖ךְ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה וְ⁠כִ֥י אוֹצִ֛יא אֶת־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מִ⁠מִּצְרָֽיִם 1 Moses uses this question to tell God that he, Moses, is not the right person for the task. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. 3:12 xugf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual תַּֽעַבְדוּ⁠ן֙ 1 If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. -3:13 lqms rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical הִנֵּ֨ה אָנֹכִ֣י בָא֮ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵל֒ וְ⁠אָמַרְתִּ֣י לָ⁠הֶ֔ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם שְׁלָחַ֣⁠נִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם וְ⁠אָֽמְרוּ־לִ֣⁠י מַה־שְּׁמ֔⁠וֹ 1 Moses presents God with a hypothetical situation here. The three events (**go, say, say**) are part of one hypothetical event. You should translate this in a way that makes it clear that this is a future, not-yet-real event. +3:13 lqms rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical הִנֵּ֨ה אָנֹכִ֣י בָא֮ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵל֒ וְ⁠אָמַרְתִּ֣י לָ⁠הֶ֔ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם שְׁלָחַ֣⁠נִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם וְ⁠אָֽמְרוּ־לִ֣⁠י מַה־שְּׁמ֔⁠וֹ 1 Moses presents God with a hypothetical situation here. The three events (**go ... say to them ... say to me**) are part of one hypothetical event. You should translate this in a way that makes it clear that this is a future, not-yet-real event. 3:13 jq42 הִנֵּ֨ה 1 **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. In this case, Moses uses it to introduce what he views as a probable future occurrence. Alternative translation: “Now” 3:13 e03n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go בָא֮ 1 In your language, use **go** or “come” as makes most sense for Moses’ hypothetical action of going from the mountain to where the Israelites are. 3:13 m9uy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם שְׁלָחַ֣⁠נִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation inside a quotation. However, you may also choose to translate it as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “that the God of their fathers has sent me to them” -3:13 ru0a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 Here, **fathers** means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “The God of your ancestors” or “The God whom your ancestors worshiped” -3:13 bkei rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result מָ֥ה אֹמַ֖ר אֲלֵ⁠הֶֽם 1 Moses is asking God what he should do as a result of the hypothetical situation he presented. +3:13 ru0a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 Here, **fathers** means “ancestors.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The God of your ancestors” or “The God whom your ancestors worshiped” +3:13 bkei rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical מָ֥ה אֹמַ֖ר אֲלֵ⁠הֶֽם 1 Moses is asking God what he should do as a result of the hypothetical situation he presented (see earlier note). Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “If that happens, what should I say to them”\n 3:14 cli8 אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶֽהְיֶ֑ה 1 This is God’s response to Moses’ question about God’s name. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “God said to Moses, ‘Tell them that God says his name is “I AM THAT I AM.”’” 3:14 b6vk אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶֽהְיֶ֑ה 1 This could mean: (1) this whole sentence is God’s name or (2) God is not telling his name but something about himself. By saying this, God is teaching that he is eternal; he has always lived and always will live. 3:14 s62u אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה & אֶֽהְיֶ֑ה & אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה 1 Languages that do not have an equivalent to the verb “am” may need to render this as “I LIVE” or “I EXIST.” @@ -2097,7 +2097,7 @@ front:intro b4pp 0 # Introduction to Exodus\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 32:29 c6fg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּ֛י אִ֥ישׁ בִּ⁠בְנ֖⁠וֹ וּ⁠בְ⁠אָחִ֑י⁠ו 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the fact that they did this in obedience to God explicitly. Alternate translation: “For you have obeyed Yahweh, because each man was against his son and against his brother” 32:29 l54l וְ⁠לָ⁠תֵ֧ת עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֛ם הַ⁠יּ֖וֹם בְּרָכָֽה 1 This phrase is difficult to interpret. Several options depend on exactly how the conjunction, preposition, and verb combination are interpreted. The first difficulty is related to the difficulty with the previous verb: have they already been blessed or are they going to be blessed? (Alternate translation: “to have put a blessing on yourselves today”) The second difficulty is: should the clause connections be understood to say that the blessing is because of their actions, or more strongly, that a desire for blessing motivated them to take action? (Alternate translation: “and therefore a blessing is put on you today” or “so that a blessing may be put over you today”) The third difficulty is: while ultimately all blessing is from Yahweh, which is the subject here, Yahweh or the Levites? (Alternate translation: “and so Yahweh is putting a blessing on you today”) As with the previous clause, you may want to follow the decision of another translation your people are familiar with. Alternate translation: “, by that you brought blessing on yourselves” 32:30 kvj4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet חֲטָאתֶ֖ם חֲטָאָ֣ה גְדֹלָ֑ה 1 Here, **sin** used as a verb and then repeated as a noun for emphasis. Along with **great**, it suggests that the people sinned very, very badly. If the repetition of words in this way would not create emphasis, use another form in your language that would. Alternate translation: “You have sinned extremally badly” -32:30 r5fn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns חֲטָאתֶ֖ם חֲטָאָ֣ה גְדֹלָ֑ה 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for **sin**, you can express the idea behind it in another way. See the UST. +32:30 r5fn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns חֲטָאתֶ֖ם חֲטָאָ֣ה גְדֹלָ֑ה & חַטַּאתְ⁠כֶֽם 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for **sin**, you can express the idea behind it in another way. See the UST. 32:31 ccpg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet חָטָ֞א הָ⁠עָ֤ם הַ⁠זֶּה֙ חֲטָאָ֣ה 1 Here, **sin** is used as a verb and then repeated as a noun for emphasis. Along with **great**, it suggests that the people sinned very, very badly. If the repetition of words in this way would not create emphasis, use another form in your language that would. Alternate translation: “this people has sinned extremely badly” 32:31 y049 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns חֲטָאָ֣ה 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for **sin**, you can express the idea behind it in another way. See the UST. 32:31 yeta אֱלֹהֵ֥י 1 Alternate translation: “a god” From a0a9bf59a3370a13884c8af8ee0de2d0a456e978 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 6 Dec 2023 21:11:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 17/32] Merge stephenwunrow-tc-create-1 into master by stephenwunrow (#3656) Co-authored-by: stephenwunrow Co-committed-by: stephenwunrow --- tn_1KI.tsv | 39 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++------- 1 file changed, 32 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_1KI.tsv b/tn_1KI.tsv index 76debc3948..55ce8ffafe 100644 --- a/tn_1KI.tsv +++ b/tn_1KI.tsv @@ -401,13 +401,38 @@ front:intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings\n\n## Part 1: General Introducti 2:31 qdz7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וַ⁠הֲסִירֹ֣תָ 1 Here, the word **and** introduces what will happen as a result of Benaiah killing and burying Joab. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “so that you will remove” or “and so you will remove” 2:31 sj9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בֵּ֥ית אָבִֽ⁠י 1 Here, **house** represents David’s family and descendants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the relatives of my father” or “the descendants of my father” 2:31 hhmu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom דְּמֵ֣י חִנָּ֗ם 1 Here, the phrase **without cause** indicates that the people Joab killed did not deserve to die. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the bloodshed of innocent people” or “the unjust bloodshed” -2:32 uk13 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy May Yahweh return his blood on his own head 1 The word “his” refers to Joab. “Blood” is a metonym for murder. And, the idiom “his blood on his own head” means the person should be considered guilty for murder. Alternate translation: “Joab has murdered people, and I want Yahweh to hold him guilty for what he has done” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -2:32 n2gh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet more righteous and better 1 These words mean basically the same thing and emphasize that Abner and Amasa were much better men than Joab. -2:33 qiy8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy may their blood return on the head of Joab and on the head of his descendants 1 The word “blood” is a metonym for murder. And, the idiom “blood return on the head of” means the person should be considered guilty for murder. Alternate translation: “I want Yahweh to hold Joab and his descendants guilty” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -2:33 x8x7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy to his house, and to his throne 1 The words “house” and “throne” are metonyms for the family and the kingdom. Alternate translation: “to David’s descendants and to David’s kingdom” -2:34 eqv2 He was buried in his own house 1 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “They buried Joab in his own house” -2:34 br9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy in his own house 1 The house is a metonym for the land on which the house stood. The Israelites buried people out of doors in graves or tombs. Alternate translation: “where his family lived” -2:37 d6zb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Your blood will be on your own head 1 Here “blood” is a metonym for guilt and the head is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “You will be responsible for your own death” +2:32 uk13 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠הֵשִׁיב֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֶת־דָּמ֜⁠וֹ עַל־רֹאשׁ֗⁠וֹ 1 Here Solomon speaks as if Yahweh will take the **blood** that Joab shed when he murdered people and **return** that **blood** onto Joab’s **head**. He means that Yahweh will punish Joab in a way that fits with the murders he committed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh will repay him for the blood that he has shed” or “And Yahweh will punish him for the murders he committed” +2:32 nci2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וְ⁠הֵשִׁיב֩ יְהוָ֨ה 1 Here, the word **and** introduces a second thing that will happen as a result of Benaiah killing and burying Joab (see [2:32](../02/32.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “That way, Yahweh will return” or “When you do that, Yahweh will return” +2:32 ye9t rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result אֲשֶׁ֣ר 1 Here, the word **who** introduces the reason why Yahweh will punish Joab. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason. Alternate translation: “because” or “since” +2:32 n2gh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet צַדִּקִ֨ים וְ⁠טֹבִ֤ים 1 The terms **righteous** and **better** mean similar things. Solomon is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “better” or “much more righteous” +2:32 l5g5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun בַּ⁠חֶ֔רֶב 1 The word **sword** represents any sword, not one particular sword. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “with a sword” or “by using a sword” +2:32 d6ge rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠אָבִ֥⁠י דָוִ֖ד לֹ֣א יָדָ֑ע 1 Here Solomon implies that **David did not know** what Joab was planning and did not approve of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “and my father David did not realize what Joab was going to do” or “and my father David neither knew nor approved of it” +2:32 wpy8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בֶּן־נֵר֙ & וְ⁠אֶת־עֲמָשָׂ֥א & יֶ֖תֶר 1 The words **Ner**, **Amasa**, and **Jether** are the names of men. +2:33 qiy8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠שָׁ֤בוּ דְמֵי⁠הֶם֙ בְּ⁠רֹ֣אשׁ יוֹאָ֔ב וּ⁠בְ⁠רֹ֥אשׁ זַרְע֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠עֹלָ֑ם 1 Here Solomon speaks as if **the shed blood** of Amasa and Abner could **return on the head of Joab and on the head of his seed**. He means that **Joab** and **his seed** will be punished in a way that fits with the murders that Joab committed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the similar figure of speech in [2:32](../02/32.md). Alternate translation: “And Joab and his seed will be repayed to eternity for their blood that Joab shed” or “And Joab and his seed will punished to eternity for these murders that he committed” +2:33 nlqi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative וְ⁠שָׁ֤בוּ דְמֵי⁠הֶם֙ & יִהְיֶ֥ה 1 Solomon could be using the statement form: (1) to state a fact or prediction. Alternate translation: “And their shed blood shall return … shall be” (2) to indicate what he hopes or prays that God will do. Alternate translation: “And may their shed blood return … may there be” +2:33 my6w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom זַרְע֖⁠וֹ & וּ֠⁠לְ⁠זַרְע⁠וֹ 1 Here, the phrase **his seed** refers to a person’s descendants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his offspring … and for his offspring” or “the people descended from him … and for the people descended from him” +2:33 bjnu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet וּ֠⁠לְ⁠זַרְע⁠וֹ וּ⁠לְ⁠בֵית֨⁠וֹ וּ⁠לְ⁠כִסְא֜⁠וֹ 1 The terms **his seed**, **his house**, and **his throne** mean similar things. They all refer to David’s family and descendants, focusing especially on those who will rule as kings. Solomon is using the three terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with just one or two terms. Alternate translation: “and for his seed and for his throne” or “and for his offspring” +2:33 m5o9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns לְ⁠עֹלָ֑ם & עַד־עוֹלָ֖ם 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **eternity**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “eternally … eternally” +2:33 nax7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠לְ⁠בֵית֨⁠וֹ 1 Here, **house** represents David’s family. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and for his relatives”\n +2:33 sc2t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠לְ⁠כִסְא֜⁠וֹ 1 Here, **throne** represents the rule of David’s descendants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and for his dynasty” or “and for the kings in his lineage” +2:33 x8x7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns יִהְיֶ֥ה שָׁל֛וֹם 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “it will be peaceful” +2:34 pdv2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יַּ֗עַל בְּנָיָ֨הוּ֙ בֶּן־יְה֣וֹיָדָ֔ע 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “And Benaiah the son of Jehoiada came up” +2:34 eqv2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּקָּבֵ֥ר 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “and they buried him”\n +2:34 br9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠בֵית֖⁠וֹ 1 Here, **house** represents Joab’s property or land in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on his land” or “on his own property” +2:35 p0a0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֨ן הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ אֶת־בְּנָיָ֧הוּ בֶן־יְהוֹיָדָ֛ע תַּחְתָּ֖י⁠ו עַל־הַ⁠צָּבָ֑א וְ⁠אֶת־צָד֤וֹק הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙ נָתַ֣ן הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ תַּ֖חַת אֶבְיָתָֽר 1 When King Solomon **gave** Benaiah and Zadok in the **place** of Joab and Abiathar, it means that he appointed Benaiah and Zadok to do the tasks that Joab and Abiathar had done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And the king told Benaiah the son of Jehoiada to take his place over the army. And Zadok the priest the king told to take the place of Abiathar” or “And the king had Benaiah the son of Jehoiada be over the army instead of him. And Zadok the king had be the priest instead of Abiathar” +2:36 fg3o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֤ח הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֣א לְ⁠שִׁמְעִ֔י 1 Here the author implies that Solomon sent a messenger or soldier to **Shimei** in order to summon him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “And the king sent a soldier to Shimei, who called him” or “And the king had some soldiers go to Shimei and tell him to come to the king” +2:36 n9i5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אָ֥נֶה וָ⁠אָֽנָה 1 Here, the phrase **here or there** refers to any place besides Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to any other place” +2:37 rdu8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun בְּ⁠י֣וֹם 1 The word **day** represents any day, not one particular day that Solomon already knows about. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “on any day” +2:37 fzx2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go צֵאתְ⁠ךָ֗ 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **go**. Alternate translation: “when you come out” +2:37 tuwp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וְ⁠עָֽבַרְתָּ֙ אֶת־נַ֣חַל קִדְר֔וֹן 1 Here Solomon refers to one way of leaving Jerusalem (passing **over the wadi of Kidron**, which is on the east side of Jerusalem) to refer to any way of leaving Jerusalem. Solomon refers to this way of leaving Jerusalem because he thinks it is the one that Shimei is most likely to use. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “and you pass over the wadi of Kidron or leave Jerusalem by any other way”\n +2:37 h1wl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת־נַ֣חַל קִדְר֔וֹן 1 The phrase **the wadi of Kidron** refers to small valley that sometimes had a stream running through it. This specific **wadi** was on the eastern side of Jerusalem. +2:37 p8sl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication יָדֹ֥עַ תֵּדַ֖ע כִּ֣י מ֣וֹת תָּמ֑וּת 1 Solomon is repeating the verbs **know** and **die** in order to intensify the ideas that they express. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “you will surely know that you will surely die” +2:37 lxzr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מ֣וֹת תָּמ֑וּת 1 Here Solomon implies that he would have one of his soldiers kill Shimei. Solomon does not mean that Shimei would die naturally. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I will have a soldier kill you”\n +2:37 d6zb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor דָּמְ⁠ךָ֖ יִהְיֶ֥ה בְ⁠רֹאשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ 1 Here Solomon speaks as if Shimei’s **blood** would be poured on his own **head**. He means that Shimei will be responsible for his own death, and Solomon will not be guilty for having him executed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your death will be your fault” or “When you die, you will be the one who caused it to happen” +2:38 sy57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הַ⁠דָּבָ֔ר 1 Here, **word** represents what King Solomon said using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What you have said” +2:38 x9gk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person דִּבֶּר֙ אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 Here Shimei addresses King Solomon in the third person as a sign of respect. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second-person form and indicate the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “you, my lord the king, have spoken” +2:38 t353 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person עַבְדֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 Here Shimei speaks about himself in the third person. This was one way to address someone in a respectful way. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “I, your servant,”\n +2:38 qwob rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יָמִ֥ים רַבִּֽים 1 Here, the phrase **many days** refers to a long period of time. The following verse indicates that it was about three years. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for several years” or “for a long period of time” 2:39 m2lk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Achish … Maacah … Gath 1 men’s names 2:39 mgg2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Gath 1 a Philistine city 2:40 v645 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom Shimei arose 1 This is an idiom. “Shimei quickly” From 52a6607d97fd8a234c352a2d57c6fea3b8449982 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Wed, 17 Jan 2024 18:05:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 18/32] Merge pjoakes-tc-create-1 into master by pjoakes (#3663) Co-authored-by: pjoakes Co-committed-by: pjoakes --- tn_1JN.tsv | 53 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++-------------------------- tn_JHN.tsv | 4 ++-- 2 files changed, 29 insertions(+), 28 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_1JN.tsv b/tn_1JN.tsv index 39d2e57d43..49661bc386 100644 --- a/tn_1JN.tsv +++ b/tn_1JN.tsv @@ -1,39 +1,40 @@ Reference ID Tags SupportReference Quote Occurrence Note -front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the book of 1 John\n\nThis is a letter that the apostle John wrote to challenge and correct false teachings that were leading followers of Jesus to believe wrong things and live in wrong ways. At that time, the letter form had distinct opening and closing sections with the main body of the letter in between them.\n1. Opening of Letter (1:1–4)\n1. Main Body of Letter (1:5–5:12)\n * Genuine believers obey God and love one another (1:5–2:17)\n * It is false teaching to deny that Jesus is the Messiah (2:18–2:27)\n * Genuine children of God do not sin (2:28–3:10)\n * Genuine believers help one another sacrificially (3:11–18)\n * Genuine believers have confidence in prayer (3:19–24)\n * It is false teaching to deny that Jesus became human (4:1–6)\n * Genuine believers love one another as God has loved them (4:7–21)\n * It is false teaching to deny that Jesus is the Son of God (5:1–12)\n1. Closing of Letter (5:13–21)\n\n### Who wrote the book of 1 John?\n\nThe author of this letter does not give his name. However, since early Christian times, the church has widely considered the apostle John to be the author. He wrote the Gospel of John, and there are many similarities between the content of that book and this letter. If John did write this letter, he probably did so near the end of his life.\n\n### To whom was the book of 1 John written?\n\nThe author wrote this letter to people whom he addresses as “beloved” and as “my little children.” This probably refers to believers in various churches located in the area where John was then living.\n\n### What is the book of 1 John about?\n\nFalse teachers were encouraging followers of Jesus to believe wrong things and to live in wrong ways. John wanted to challenge and correct those false teachings so that the people who received his letter would continue to believe the truth that they had been taught and live in right ways. The false teachers were saying that these people were not saved; John wanted to assure them that they were saved.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “1 John” or “First John.” They may also choose a different title, such as “The First Letter from John” or “The First Letter John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Who were the people against whom John spoke?\n\nThe false teachers whom John was challenging seem to have held beliefs similar to what would later become known as Gnosticism. Those false teachers believed that the physical world was evil. They thought that God would not become human, since they considered the physical body to be evil, so they denied that in the person of Jesus, God had come to earth in human form. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### “sin”\n\nIn chapter 1, John says that we should not deny that we have sinned. Rather, if we confess our sin, God will forgive us. In chapter 2, John says that he is writing this letter so that the recipients will not sin, but he adds that if they do sin, Jesus will advocate on their behalf. But in chapter 3, John says that everyone who has been begotten from God and who remains in God does not commit sin and is not able to sin. And in chapter 5, John says that we should not pray for people who are sinning in certain ways, although we should pray for people who are sinning in other ways. This may seem confusing and contradictory.\n\nHowever, the explanation is that the people whose teachings John challenged and corrected in this letter were saying that it did not matter what people did in their bodies. This was because they thought that physical matter was evil, and so they thought that God did not care about it. In effect, they were saying that there was no such thing as sin. So John needed to say, in chapter 1, that sin is real and that everyone has sinned. Some of the believers may have been deceived by the false teaching and committed sins, so John also needed to reassure them that if they repented and confessed their sins, God would forgive them. John says similar things in chapter 2. Then in chapter 3 he explains that the new nature that believers have as children of God is one that does not want to sin and that does not enjoy sinning. So they should recognize that those who excuse or condone sin are not truly children of God, and that as children of God themselves, they can become more and more obedient and free from sin. Finally, in chapter 5, John warns that if a person sins wantonly and continually, this likely means that they have rejected Jesus and are not influenced by the Holy Spirit. He says that, in that case, it may not be effective to pray for them. But he then encourages his readers that if a person sins occasionally but feels remorse, he is influenced by the Spirit, and so the prayers of other believers will help him repent and live in a right way again. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]])\n\n### “remain”\n\nIn this letter, John often uses the word “remain” (which could also be translated as “reside” or “abide”) as a spatial metaphor. John speaks of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if the teaching of Jesus “remained” in the believer. He speaks of a person being spiritually joined to someone else as if that person “remained” in the other person: He writes that Christians “remain” in Christ and in God, and he says that the Father “remains” in the Son, the Son “remains” in the Father, the Son “remains” in believers, and the Holy Spirit “remains” in believers.\n\nTranslators may find it difficult to represent these ideas in their own languages if they try to use exactly the same words and expressions each time. For example, in [2:6](../02/06.md), when John speaks of a believer “remaining” in God, he intends to express the idea of that believer being spiritually unified with God. Accordingly, UST speaks of how the believer “shares life with God.” To give another example, for the statement in [2:14](../02/14.md) that “the word of God remains in you,” UST says, “you continue to obey what God commands.” This shows how other expressions can be found that accurately communicate the various ideas that John is expressing through the term “remain.”\n\n### “appear”\n\nIn several places in this letter, John uses a term that ULT usually translates as “appear.” This is actually a passive verbal form in Greek, but as is often the case with such forms in that language, it can have an active meaning. When it has an active meaning, it is important to recognize that it does not simply mean “seemed to be there,” as the word “appeared” might suggest. Rather, it means “came to be there.” This is illustrated well by the use of the term in another New Testament book, 2 Corinthians, in which Paul writes in [5:10](../2co/05/10.md) that “we must all appear before the judgment seat of Christ.” Clearly this does not mean that we must only seem to be present there. Rather, we must actually arrive there.\n\nThroughout the epistle, it is a subtle matter of interpretation to decide whether John is using the term “appear” in an active sense or in a passive sense. For example, in [1:2](../01/02.md), John applies the term twice to the “Word of life,” that is, to Jesus. But it is not clear whether he is saying that Jesus himself “appeared,” that is, he came to earth, or that he “was made apparent” (made visible), with the emphasis on the idea that God revealed Jesus to the world and in the process revealed himself to the world through Jesus. At each place where John uses this term, notes will call attention to it and discuss what it likely means in that context.\n\n### “the world”\n\nJohn also uses the term “world” in a variety of senses in this letter. It can mean the earth, something material, the people who live in the world, the people who do not honor God, or the values of the people who do not honor God. Notes will address the meaning of the term “world” in each instance where John uses it.\n\n### “to know”\n\nThe verb “to know” is used in two different ways in this letter. Sometimes it is used about knowing a fact, as in 3:2, 3:5, and 3:19. Sometimes it means to experience and understand someone or something, as in 3:1, 3:6, 3:16, and 3:20. Sometimes John uses it in two different senses in the same sentence, as in 2:3, “in this we know that we have known him.” Your language may have different words for these different meanings. If so, you must be careful to use the appropriate word in the right place in your translation.\n\n### “We”\n\nIn most cases in this letter, the first-person plural pronouns (“we, our,” etc.) are inclusive, and so if your language marks that distinction, use the inclusive form in your translation. In those cases, John is speaking of what both he and the recipients know, or of things that are true of both him and the recipients. However, in a few cases, the first-person pronouns are exclusive, since John is telling the recipients what he and his fellow apostles saw and heard from Jesus. The notes will identify all such places, and in them you should use the exclusive forms if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])\n\n### “You, your”\n\nThe words “you” and “your” in this letter are plural.\n\n### Light and darkness\n\nIn 1:5–7 and 2:8–11 John uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is good or holy and darkness represents what is evil. If this is not easily understood in your language, you may need to say explicitly that light represents goodness or that light is like goodness, or you may choose to talk about goodness without using the symbol of light. There will be a note explaining the metaphor in each place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])\n\n### Major textual issues in the book of 1 John\n\nWhen ancient manuscripts of the Bible differ, ULT puts the reading that scholars consider to be the most accurate in its text, but it puts other possibly accurate readings in footnotes. The introductions to each chapter will discuss places where the ancient manuscripts differ in significant ways, and notes will address those places again where they occur in the book. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, consider using the readings found in that version. If not, we recommend that you follow the readings in the ULT text. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) -1:intro ab9v 0 # 1 John 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Opening of the letter (1:1–4)\n2. Genuine believers obey God and love one another (1:5–10, continues through 2:17)\n\n## Important Translation Issues in this Chapter\n\nLike many Greek compositions of this time, for stylistic purposes, this letter begins with a very long sentence. It goes from the beginning of [1:1](../01/01.md) to the middle of [1:3](../01/03.md). The parts of this sentence are not in the order that is customary in many languages. The direct object comes first, and it is very long, made up of many different clauses. The subject and verb do not come until near the end. And in the middle, there is a long digression. It will be a challenge to translate.\n\nOne approach that might work well in your language would be to create a verse bridge that includes all of 1:1–3. You could break up this long sentence into several smaller sentences, repeating the subject and verb for clarity. This would allow you to present the parts of the sentence in an order that might be more customary in your language and that your readers might understand better. Here is an example of 1 John 1:1–3 rearranged into an order that might be clearer in your language:\n\n“So that you will have fellowship with us, we are declaring to you what we have seen and heard. We are declaring to you what was from the beginning, which we have heard, which we have seen with our eyes, which we have looked at and our hands have touched. It has to do with the Word of life. Indeed, the life appeared, and we have seen it, and we are testifying to it. Yes, we are announcing to you the eternal life that was with the Father and that then came to us.”\n\nIf you take this approach, another way to translate the second sentence would be, “We are declaring to you what was from the beginning, what we have heard, what we have seen with our eyes, what we have looked at and what our hands have touched.”\n\nAnother approach that could also work well and which would not require a verse bridge would be to leave the phrases in their present order, but to divide the sentence into three parts at the verse divisions. If you do that, you could also put your translation of the phrase “regarding the Word of life” at the beginning rather than the end of [1:1](../01/01.md) and present it as a topical introduction to the letter. Otherwise, your readers might not get the sense that this is a letter until they reached [1:4](../01/04.md), where John formally states his purpose for writing.\n\nThe notes to [1:1–4](../01/01.md) provide further specific suggestions for how to translate this long opening sentence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])\n\n## Important Textual Issues in this Chapter\n\nIn [1:4](../01/04.md), the most accurate ancient manuscripts read “so that our joy may be fulfilled.” ULT follows that reading. However, some other ancient manuscripts read, “your joy” instead of “our joy.” If a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, consider using whichever reading is found in that version. If a translation does not already exist, we recommend that you follow the reading in the ULT text. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the book of 1 John\n\nThis is a letter that the apostle John wrote to challenge and correct false teachings that were leading followers of Jesus to believe wrong things and live in wrong ways. John used the normal letter form of that time, which had distinct opening and closing sections with the main body of the letter in between them.\n1. Opening of Letter (1:1–4)\n1. Main Body of Letter (1:5–5:12)\n * Genuine believers obey God and love one another (1:5–2:17)\n * It is false teaching to deny that Jesus is the Messiah (2:18–2:27)\n * Genuine children of God do not sin (2:28–3:10)\n * Genuine believers help one another sacrificially (3:11–18)\n * Genuine believers have confidence in prayer (3:19–24)\n * It is false teaching to deny that Jesus became human (4:1–6)\n * Genuine believers love one another as God has loved them (4:7–21)\n * It is false teaching to deny that Jesus is the Son of God (5:1–12)\n1. Closing of Letter (5:13–21)\n\n### Who wrote the book of 1 John?\n\nThe author of this letter does not give his name. However, since early Christian times, the church has widely considered the apostle John to be the author. He wrote the Gospel of John, and there are many similarities between the content of that book and this letter. If John did write this letter, he probably did so near the end of his life.\n\n### To whom was the book of 1 John written?\n\nThe author wrote this letter to people whom he addresses as “beloved” and as “my little children.” This probably refers to believers in various churches located in the area where John was then living.\n\n### What is the book of 1 John about?\n\nFalse teachers were encouraging followers of Jesus to believe wrong things and to live in wrong ways. John wanted to challenge and correct those false teachings so that the people who received his letter would continue to believe the truth that they had been taught and live in right ways. The false teachers were saying that these people were not saved; John wanted to assure them that they were saved.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “1 John” or “First John.” They may also choose a different title, such as “The First Letter from John” or “The First Letter John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Who were the people against whom John spoke?\n\nThe false teachers whom John was challenging seem to have held beliefs similar to what would later become known as Gnosticism. Those false teachers believed that the physical world was evil. They thought that God would not become human, since they considered the physical body to be evil, so they denied that in the person of Jesus, God had come to earth in human form. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### “sin”\n\nIn chapter 1, John says that we should not deny that we sin. Rather, if we confess our sin, God will forgive us. In chapter 2, John says that he is writing this letter so that the recipients will not sin, but he adds that if they do sin, Jesus will advocate on their behalf. But in chapter 3, John says that everyone who has been begotten from God and who remains in God does not commit sin and is not able to sin. And in chapter 5, John says that we should not pray for people who are sinning in certain ways, although we should pray for people who are sinning in other ways. These ideas may seem confusing and contradictory.\n\nHowever, the explanation is that the people whose teachings John challenged and corrected in this letter were saying that it did not matter what people did in their bodies. This was because they thought that physical matter was evil, and so they thought that God did not care about it. In effect, they were saying that there was no such thing as sin. So John needed to say, in chapter 1, that sin is real and that everyone sins and that God does care about that. So when believers sin they need to confess it and for God to forgive them. Some of the believers may have been deceived by the false teaching and may have begun living sinfully again, so John also needed to reassure them that if they repented and confessed their sins, God would forgive them. John says similar things in chapter 2. Then in chapter 3 he explains that the new nature that believers have as children of God is one that does not want to sin and that does not enjoy sinning. So they should recognize that those who excuse or condone sin are not truly children of God, and that as children of God themselves, they can become more and more obedient and free from sin. Finally, in chapter 5, John warns that if a person sins wantonly and continually, this likely means that they have rejected Jesus and are not influenced by the Holy Spirit. He says that, in that case, it may not be effective to pray for them. But he then encourages his readers that if a person sins occasionally but feels remorse, he is influenced by the Spirit, and so the prayers of other believers will help him repent and live in a right way again. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]])\n\n### “remain”\n\nIn this letter, John often uses the word “remain” (which could also be translated as “reside” or “abide”) as a spatial metaphor. John speaks of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if the teaching of Jesus “remained” in the believer. He speaks of a person being spiritually joined to someone else as if that person “remained” in the other person: He writes that Christians “remain” in Christ and in God, and he says that the Father “remains” in the Son, the Son “remains” in the Father, the Son “remains” in believers, and the Holy Spirit “remains” in believers.\n\nTranslators may find it difficult to represent these ideas in their own languages if they try to use exactly the same words and expressions each time. For example, in [2:6](../02/06.md), when John speaks of a believer “remaining” in God, he intends to express the idea of that believer being spiritually unified with God. Accordingly, the UST speaks of how the believer “shares life with God.” To give another example, for the statement in [2:14](../02/14.md) that “the word of God remains in you,” the UST says, “you continue to obey what God commands.” This shows how other expressions can be found that accurately communicate the various ideas that John is expressing through the term “remain.”\n\n### “appear”\n\nIn several places in this letter, John uses a term that the ULT usually translates as “appear.” This is actually a passive verbal form in Greek, but as is often the case with such forms in that language, it can have an active meaning. When it has an active meaning, it is important to recognize that it does not simply mean “seemed to be there,” as the word “appeared” might suggest. Rather, it means “came to be there.” This is illustrated well by the use of the term in another New Testament book, 2 Corinthians, in which Paul writes in [5:10](../2co/05/10.md) that “we must all appear before the judgment seat of Christ.” Clearly this does not mean that we must only seem to be present there. Rather, we must actually arrive there.\n\nThroughout the letter, it is a subtle matter of interpretation to decide whether John is using the term “appear” in an active sense or in a passive sense. For example, in [1:2](../01/02.md), John applies the term twice to the “Word of life,” that is, to Jesus. But it is not clear whether he is saying that Jesus himself “appeared,” that is, he came to earth, or that he “was made apparent” (made visible), with the emphasis on the idea that God revealed Jesus to the world and in the process revealed himself to the world through Jesus. At each place where John uses this term, notes will call attention to it and discuss what it likely means in that context.\n\n### “the world”\n\nJohn also uses the term “world” in a variety of senses in this letter. It can mean the earth, something material, the people who live in the world, the people who do not honor God, or the values of the people who do not honor God. Notes will address the meaning of the term “world” in each instance where John uses it.\n\n### “to know”\n\nThe verb “to know” is used in two different ways in this letter. Sometimes it is used about knowing a fact, as in 3:2, 3:5, and 3:19. Sometimes it means to experience and understand someone or something, as in 3:1, 3:6, 3:16, and 3:20. Sometimes John uses it in two different senses in the same sentence, as in 2:3, “in this we know that we have known him.” Your language may have different words for these different meanings. If so, you must be careful to use the appropriate word in the right place in your translation.\n\n### “We”\n\nIn most cases in this letter, the first-person plural pronouns (“we, our,” etc.) are inclusive, and so if your language marks that distinction, use the inclusive form in your translation. In those cases, John is speaking of what both he and the recipients know, or of things that are true of both him and the recipients. However, in a few cases, the first-person pronouns are exclusive, since John is telling the recipients what he and his fellow apostles saw and heard from Jesus. The notes will identify all such places, and in them you should use the exclusive forms if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])\n\n### “You, your”\n\nThe words “you” and “your” in this letter are plural.\n\n### Light and darkness\n\nIn 1:5–7 and 2:8–11 John uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is good or holy and darkness represents what is evil. If this is not easily understood in your language, you may need to say explicitly that light represents goodness or that light is like goodness, or you may choose to talk about goodness without using the symbol of light. There will be a note explaining the metaphor in each place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])\n\n### Major textual issues in the book of 1 John\n\nWhen ancient manuscripts of the Bible differ, the ULT puts the reading that scholars consider to be the most accurate in its text, but it puts other possibly accurate readings in footnotes. The introductions to each chapter will discuss places where the ancient manuscripts differ in significant ways, and notes will address those places again where they occur in the book. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, consider using the readings found in that version. If not, we recommend that you follow the readings in the ULT text. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +1:intro ab9v 0 # 1 John 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Opening of the letter (1:1–4)\n2. Genuine believers obey God and love one another (1:5–10, continues through 2:17)\n\n## Important Translation Issues in this Chapter\n\nLike many Greek compositions of this time, for stylistic purposes, this letter begins with a very long sentence. It goes from the beginning of [1:1](../01/01.md) to the middle of [1:3](../01/03.md). The parts of this sentence may not be in the order that is customary in many languages. The direct object comes first, and it is very long, made up of many different clauses. The subject and verb do not come until near the end. And in the middle, there is a long digression. So think about the best way to translate and arrange the parts of this sentence in your language.\n\nOne approach that might work well in your language would be to create a verse bridge that includes all of 1:1–3. You could break up this long sentence into several smaller sentences, repeating the subject and verb for clarity. This would allow you to present the parts of the sentence in an order that might be more customary in your language and that your readers might understand better. Here is an example of 1 John 1:1–3 rearranged into an order that might be clearer in your language:\n\n“We want you to have fellowship with us, and also with the Father and with his Son, Jesus Christ. Therefore, we are declaring to you what we have seen and heard. We are declaring to you what was from the beginning, which we have heard, which we have seen with our eyes, which we have looked at and our hands have touched. It has to do with the Word of life. Indeed, the life appeared, and we have seen it, and we are testifying to it. Yes, we are announcing to you the eternal life that was with the Father and that then came to us.”\n\nIf you take this approach, another way to translate a combination of the second and third sentences would be, “So we are declaring to you what was from the beginning, what we have heard, what we have seen with our eyes, what we have looked at and what our hands have touched.”\n\nAnother approach that could also work well and which would not require a verse bridge would be to leave the phrases in their present order, but to divide the sentence into three parts at the verse divisions. If you do that, you could also put your translation of the phrase “regarding the Word of life” at the beginning rather than the end of [1:1](../01/01.md) and present it as a topical introduction to the letter. Otherwise, your readers might not get the sense that this is a letter until they reached [1:4](../01/04.md), where John formally states his purpose for writing. An example of 1 John 1:1–3 in this order would be:\n\n“1 This is about the Word of life. This Word was from the beginning. We have heard him, we have seen him with our eyes, we have looked at him and our hands have touched him. 2 Indeed, this one who is life appeared, and we have seen him, and we are testifying about him. Yes, we are announcing to you the eternal life that was with the Father and that then came to us. 3 We are declaring to you what we have seen and heard so that you will have fellowship with us, and this fellowship is also with the Father and with his Son, Jesus Christ.”\n\nThe notes to [1:1–4](../01/01.md) provide further specific suggestions for how to translate this long opening sentence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])\n\n## Important Textual Issues in this Chapter\n\nIn [1:4](../01/04.md), the most accurate ancient manuscripts read “so that our joy may be fulfilled.” The ULT follows that reading. However, some other ancient manuscripts read, “your joy” instead of “our joy.” If a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, consider using whichever reading is found in that version. If a translation does not already exist, we recommend that you follow the reading in the ULT text. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) 1:1 honh rc://*/ta/man/checking/headings 0 If you are using section headings, you could put one here before verse 1. Suggested heading: “The Word of Life” 1:1 j363 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ὃ ἦν ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς, ὃ ἀκηκόαμεν, ὃ ἑωράκαμεν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν, ὃ ἐθεασάμεθα, καὶ αἱ χεῖρες ἡμῶν ἐψηλάφησαν, περὶ τοῦ λόγου τῆς ζωῆς— 1 See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter for how to translate the long sentence in [1:1–3](../01/01.md). If you follow the suggestion to translate the phrase **regarding the Word of life** as a topical introduction to this letter, you will already have indicated that the four clauses in this verse refer to a person, Jesus. If you have pronouns in your language that refer to people, such as “he,” “who,” and “whom,” it would be appropriate to use them here. Alternate translation: “Regarding the Word of life—he is the one who has existed from all eternity, whom we heard speak, whom we saw with our own eyes, and whom we looked at and touched with our own hands” 1:1 j364 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 John uses the phrase **from the beginning** in various ways in this letter. Here it refers to the fact that Jesus has always existed. Alternate translation: “from all eternity” 1:1 jd7p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἀκηκόαμεν & ἑωράκαμεν & ἡμῶν & ἐθεασάμεθα & ἡμῶν 1 Here the pronouns **we** and **our** are exclusive, since John is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses to the earthly life of Jesus, but the people to whom he is writing did not see Jesus. So use exclusive forms here if your language marks that distinction. -1:1 ej5x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀκηκόαμεν 1 The implication is that what John and the other eyewitnesses **heard** was Jesus speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include this information, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “we heard speak” +1:1 ej5x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὃ ἀκηκόαμεν 1 The implication is that what John and the other eyewitnesses **heard** was Jesus speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include this information, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “whom we heard speak” 1:1 rb73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ὃ ἑωράκαμεν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν, ὃ ἐθεασάμεθα 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. John is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases and show the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “whom we saw clearly ourselves” -1:1 j001 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo ἑωράκαμεν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν & καὶ αἱ χεῖρες ἡμῶν ἐψηλάφησαν 1 In your language, it might seem that these phrases express unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate them. However, your language may have its own way of using such extra information for emphasis, and you could also do that in your translation. Alternate translation: “we saw … and touched” or “we saw with our own eyes … and touched with our own hands” +1:1 j001 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo ὃ ἑωράκαμεν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν 1 In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. However, your language may have its own way of using such extra information for emphasis, and you could also do that in your translation. Alternate translation: “whom we saw” or “whom we saw with our own eyes” +1:1 txog rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo αἱ χεῖρες ἡμῶν ἐψηλάφησαν 1 In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. However, your language may have its own way of using such extra information for emphasis, and you could also do that in your translation. Alternate translation: “whom we touched” or “whom we touched with our own hands” 1:1 j002 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἑωράκαμεν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν & αἱ χεῖρες ἡμῶν ἐψηλάφησαν 1 The false teachers were denying that Jesus was a real human being and saying that he was only a spirit. But the implications of what John is saying here are that Jesus was a real human being. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as in the UST. -1:1 j003 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure περὶ τοῦ λόγου τῆς ζωῆς 1 As the General Notes to this chapter suggest, you could put your translation of this phrase, **regarding the Word of life**, at the beginning of this verse and present it as a sentence of its own as a topical introduction to the letter, as UST does. Alternate translation: “We are writing to you about Jesus, the Word of life” -1:1 j004 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns περὶ τοῦ λόγου τῆς ζωῆς 1 Letter writers of this time typically began by giving their own names. That is the case for most of the letters in the New Testament. This letter is an exception, but if it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply John’s name here, as UST does. As noted above, John uses the plural pronoun “we” because he is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses to Jesus’ earthly life. But it may be more natural in your language for him to refer to himself with a singular pronoun, and if so, you could do that in your translation. Alternate translation: “I, John, am writing to you about Jesus, the Word of life” -1:1 gt44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ λόγου τῆς ζωῆς 1 Here, **the Word of life** is implicitly a description of Jesus. As the General Introduction explains, there are many similarities between this letter and the Gospel of John. That gospel begins by saying about Jesus, “In the beginning was the Word.” So it is likely that when John speaks in this letter of **the Word of life** that “was from the beginning,” he is also speaking about Jesus. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus, the Word of God, who gives life” +1:1 j003 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure περὶ τοῦ λόγου τῆς ζωῆς 1 As the General Notes to this chapter suggest, you could put your translation of this phrase, **regarding the Word of life**, at the beginning of this verse and present it as a sentence of its own as a topical introduction to the letter, as UST does. Alternate translation: “This is about Jesus, the Word of life” +1:1 j004 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns περὶ τοῦ λόγου τῆς ζωῆς 1 Letter writers of this time typically began by giving their own names. That is the case for most of the letters in the New Testament. This letter is an exception, but if it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply John’s name here, as UST does. As noted above, John uses the plural pronoun “we” because he is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses to Jesus’ earthly life. But it may be more natural in your language for him to refer to himself with a singular pronoun, and if so, you could also do that in your translation, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “This is John, writing to you about Jesus, the Word of life” +1:1 gt44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ λόγου τῆς ζωῆς 1 Here, **the Word of life** is implicitly a description of Jesus. As the General Introduction explains, there are many similarities between this letter and the Gospel of John. That gospel begins by saying about Jesus, “In the beginning was the Word.” So when John speaks in this letter of **the Word of life** that **was from the beginning**, he is also speaking about Jesus. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus, the Word of God, who gives life” 1:1 j005 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τῆς ζωῆς 1 This could be referring either to the **life** that Jesus has or to the life that Jesus gives. But since John is writing this letter to reassure believers, it seems more likely that this expression is referring to the **life** that “the Word” (Jesus) gives to those who believe. Alternate translation: “who gives life to everyone who believes in him” 1:1 i8b4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῆς ζωῆς 1 In this letter, John uses **life** in different ways, either to refer literally to physical life or to spiritual life. Here the reference is to spiritual life. Alternate translation: “of spiritual life” -1:2 la4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καὶ ἡ ζωὴ ἐφανερώθη 1 See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here the term could mean one of two things. (1) John could be emphasizing how Jesus came to this earth. (UST brings this out by saying “he came here to the earth.”) In that case, this would be a situation in which a Greek passive verbal form has an active meaning. As the General Notes to this chapter suggest, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the life came right here” (2) John could be emphasizing how God revealed Jesus to the world and thereby revealed himself to the world through Jesus. To bring out that emphasis, you could translate this with a passive verbal form or, if your language does not use passive forms, you can use an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the life was made visible” or “Indeed, God made the life visible” +1:2 la4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καὶ ἡ ζωὴ ἐφανερώθη 1 See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here the term could mean one of two things. (1) John could be emphasizing how Jesus came to this earth. (See the UST.) It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the life came right here” (2) John could be emphasizing how God revealed Jesus to the world and thereby revealed himself to the world through Jesus. To bring out that emphasis, you could translate this with a passive verbal form or, if your language does not use passive forms, you can use an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the life was made visible” or “Indeed, God made the life visible” 1:2 j006 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ ζωὴ 1 John is speaking of Jesus, whom he calls the “Word of life” in the previous verse, by referring to **the life** that is associated with him. In this case it seems to describe the **life** that Jesus embodies rather than the **life** that he gives. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “Jesus, who is life” 1:2 j007 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἑωράκαμεν & μαρτυροῦμεν & ἀπαγγέλλομεν & ἡμῖν 1 John is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses to the earthly life of Jesus, so the pronouns **we** and **us** are exclusive in this verse. 1:2 j008 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ὑμῖν 1 As the General Introduction explains, John is writing this letter to believers in various churches, and so the pronouns **you**, “your,” and “yourselves” are plural throughout the entire letter. 1:2 jp6s rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἑωράκαμεν, καὶ μαρτυροῦμεν, 1 If you decided to use personal pronouns in [1:1](../01/01.md), you could use them in these cases as well. Alternate translation: “we have seen him, and we are testifying that we saw him” 1:2 ih36 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism μαρτυροῦμεν, καὶ ἀπαγγέλλομεν ὑμῖν 1 These two phrases mean similar things. John is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases and express the emphasis in another way, as UST does. Alternate translation: “we are enthusiastically telling you about” -1:2 lyt6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὴν ζωὴν τὴν αἰώνιον 1 As earlier in the verse, John is speaking of Jesus by referring to the **life** that is associated with him. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who is eternal life” or “Jesus, who has always been alive” +1:2 lyt6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὴν ζωὴν τὴν αἰώνιον 1 As earlier in the verse, John is speaking of Jesus by referring to the **life** that is associated with him. Alternate translation: “Jesus, the eternal life” or “Jesus, the one who has always been alive,” 1:2 itv8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 The title **the Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God the Father” 1:2 fru2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καὶ ἐφανερώθη ἡμῖν 1 See how you translated **appeared** earlier in this verse. Alternate translation: “and came right to us” or “and was made visible to us” or “and whom God made visible to us” -1:3 j009 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὃ ἑωράκαμεν, καὶ ἀκηκόαμεν, ἀπαγγέλλομεν καὶ ὑμῖν, ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς κοινωνίαν ἔχητε μεθ’ ἡμῶν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could rearrange the parts of this section. You could move the clause beginning with **so you also** to the beginning of the verse, since that clause gives the reason for the action that the rest of the verse describes. For clarity, you could also place the direct-object clause **what we have seen and heard** after the subject and verb **we declare … to you**. In that case, you would not need to translate **also** after **declare**. As the General Notes to this chapter suggest, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “So that you also may have fellowship with us, we are declaring to you what we have seen and heard” -1:3 vw2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὃ ἑωράκαμεν, καὶ ἀκηκόαμεν 1 John is referring implicitly to the way that he and the other eyewitnesses had **seen and heard** Jesus when he was alive on earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include this information, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “what we saw and heard of Jesus when he was alive on earth” +1:3 j009 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὃ ἑωράκαμεν, καὶ ἀκηκόαμεν, ἀπαγγέλλομεν καὶ ὑμῖν, ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς κοινωνίαν ἔχητε μεθ’ ἡμῶν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could rearrange the parts of this section. You could move the clause beginning with **so that you also** to the beginning of the verse, since that clause gives the reason for the action that the rest of the verse describes. As the General Notes to this chapter suggest, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “So that you also may have fellowship with us, we are declaring to you what we have seen and heard” +1:3 vw2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὃ ἑωράκαμεν, καὶ ἀκηκόαμεν 1 John is referring implicitly to the way that he and the other eyewitnesses had **seen and heard** Jesus when he was alive on earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include this information, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “what we saw and heard from Jesus when he was alive on earth” 1:3 j010 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἑωράκαμεν, καὶ ἀκηκόαμεν, ἀπαγγέλλομεν & ἡμῶν 1 John is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses to the earthly life of Jesus, so the pronouns **we** and **us** are exclusive. -1:3 dw7l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns καὶ ὑμεῖς κοινωνίαν ἔχητε μεθ’ ἡμῶν & ἡ κοινωνία & ἡ ἡμετέρα μετὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς, καὶ μετὰ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **fellowship** with a concrete noun such as “friends” and an adjective such as “close.” Alternate translation: “so that you could be close friends with us … we are all close friends with God the Father and with his Son” -1:3 tf4m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡ κοινωνία & ἡ ἡμετέρα 1 The word **our** here is likely inclusive, since John is writing to fellow believers. So if your language marks that distinction, you should translate the term as inclusive. Even if your language does not mark that distinction, you can indicate in your translation that the term applies both to John and to the people to whom he is writing. Alternate translation: “we are all close friends” +1:3 dw7l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns καὶ ὑμεῖς κοινωνίαν ἔχητε μεθ’ ἡμῶν & ἡ κοινωνία & ἡ ἡμετέρα μετὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς, καὶ μετὰ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fellowship**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “so that you could be close friends with us … we are all close friends with God the Father and with his Son” +1:3 tf4m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡ κοινωνία & ἡ ἡμετέρα μετὰ 1 The word **our** here is likely inclusive, since John is writing to fellow believers. So if your language marks that distinction, you should translate the term as inclusive. Even if your language does not mark that distinction, you can indicate in your translation that the term applies both to John and to the people to whom he is writing. Alternate translation: “we are all close friends with” 1:3 rxq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς & τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 **Father** and **Son** are important titles. Alternate translation: “God the Father … his Son” 1:4 j011 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ταῦτα γράφομεν ἡμεῖς 1 As the General Notes to this chapter explain, here John is formally stating his purpose for writing. If you decided in [1:1](../01/01.md) that it would be more natural in your language for him to refer to himself with a singular pronoun in such a context, you could do the same thing here. Alternate translation: “I, John, am writing these things” 1:4 j012 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς & ἡμῶν 1 If you use the plural pronoun **we** here, it would be exclusive, since John is speaking of himself and the other eyewitnesses on whose behalf he is writing. However, the term **our** in the second clause is likely inclusive, since John probably means that he wants both himself and his readers to have **joy** in the shared fellowship with one another and with the Father and the Son whom he describes in the previous verse. 1:4 j013 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν 1 See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to follow the reading of ULT and say **our joy** or to follow the reading of some other versions and say “your joy.” 1:4 j014 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν 1 If you follow the variant reading “your joy” here instead of **our joy**, the word “your” would be plural, as in the rest of this letter, since it would refer to a group of believers. -1:4 xn9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **joy** with an adjective such as “happy.” Alternate translation: “so that we will be completely happy” +1:4 xn9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “so that we will be completely happy” 1:4 j015 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “so that we will be completely happy” 1:4 j016 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη 1 The implications are that John and his readers will be completely happy together if his readers recognize the truth of what he is writing to them about. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. 1:5 hdrv rc://*/ta/man/checking/headings 0 If you are using section headings, you could put one here before verse 5. Suggested heading: “Sin Prevents Fellowship with God” @@ -45,37 +46,37 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 1:5 j019 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives σκοτία ἐν αὐτῷ, οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδεμία 1 John is using a double negative in Greek for emphasis. In English it would translate as “darkness is not in him not at all.” In Greek, the second negative does not cancel the first negative to create a positive meaning. In English, the meaning would inaccurately be positive, which is why ULT uses only one negative and says “darkness is not in him at all.” But if your language uses double negatives for emphasis that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction in your translation. 1:5 j020 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐν αὐτῷ 1 In this second instance in the verse, the pronoun **him** refers to God. Alternate translation: “in God” 1:6 j021 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἐὰν εἴπωμεν ὅτι κοινωνίαν ἔχομεν μετ’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν τῷ σκότει περιπατῶμεν, ψευδόμεθα καὶ οὐ ποιοῦμεν τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 John is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the importance of consistency between their words and their actions. Alternate translation: “Suppose we say that we have fellowship with him, but we walk in darkness. Then we are lying and are not doing the truth” -1:6 j022 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐὰν εἴπωμεν ὅτι κοινωνίαν ἔχομεν μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns, see how you expressed the idea behind the abstract noun **fellowship** in [1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “If we say that we are close friends with God” -1:6 j023 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 The pronoun **him** here refers to God, the antecedent from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “with God” -1:6 j024 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 John is using the word **and** here to introduce a contrast between what would be expected of a person who claims to have fellowship with God and what such a person might do instead. Alternate translation: “but” +1:6 j022 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐὰν εἴπωμεν ὅτι κοινωνίαν ἔχομεν μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for **fellowship**, see how you expressed this idea in [1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “If we say that we are close friends with God” +1:6 j023 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **him** refers back to “God” in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could repeat the word “God” here. Alternate translation: “with God” +1:6 j024 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 John is using the word **and** here to introduce the contrast of a person claiming to have fellowship with God and behaving differently than that. In your translation, indicate this contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but” 1:6 f958 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ σκότει περιπατῶμεν 1 John is using the word **walk** to mean how a person lives and behaves. Alternate translation: “do what is evil” 1:6 j025 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ σκότει περιπατῶμεν 1 As in [1:5](../01/05.md), John is using the word **darkness** to mean evil. Alternate translation: “do what is evil” 1:6 j026 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ψευδόμεθα καὶ οὐ ποιοῦμεν τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 These two phrases mean similar things. It is likely that John is using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “we are really not truthful at all” -1:6 j027 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns οὐ ποιοῦμεν τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **truth** with the concrete noun “message” from the previous verse, since that seems to be what John means by **the truth** in this case. Alternate translation: “we are not living according to God’s true message” +1:6 j027 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns οὐ ποιοῦμεν τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “we are not living according to God’s true message” 1:7 j028 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἐὰν δὲ ἐν τῷ φωτὶ περιπατῶμεν, ὡς αὐτός ἐστιν ἐν τῷ φωτί, κοινωνίαν ἔχομεν μετ’ ἀλλήλων 1 John is using another hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the value and benefits of living a life that is holy, as God is holy. Alternate translation: “But suppose we walk in the light as he is in the light. Then we have fellowship with one another” 1:7 lpr3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ φωτὶ περιπατῶμεν 1 John is using the word **walk** to mean how a person lives and behaves. Alternate translation: “we do what is right” 1:7 j029 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ φωτὶ περιπατῶμεν 1 As in [1:5](../01/05.md), John is using the word **light** to mean what is holy, right, and good. Alternate translation: “we do what is holy” or “we do what is right” 1:7 j030 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ὡς αὐτός ἐστιν ἐν τῷ φωτί 1 Here the pronoun **he** refers to God. Alternate translation: “as God is in the light” -1:7 j031 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὡς αὐτός ἐστιν ἐν τῷ φωτί 1 John is using the word **light** to mean what is holy. Alternate translation: “as God is holy” -1:7 j032 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns κοινωνίαν ἔχομεν μετ’ ἀλλήλων 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns, see how you expressed the idea behind the abstract noun **fellowship** in [1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “then we are close friends with one another” +1:7 j031 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὡς αὐτός ἐστιν ἐν τῷ φωτί 1 John is using the word **light** here to refer to God's holiness. Alternate translation: “as God is holy” +1:7 j032 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns κοινωνίαν ἔχομεν μετ’ ἀλλήλων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for **fellowship**, see how you expressed this idea in [1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “then we are close friends with one another” 1:7 d7d8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα Ἰησοῦ 1 John is using the word **blood** here to refer to the sacrificial death of Jesus by association with the **blood** that Jesus shed when he died for our sins. Alternate translation: “the sacrificial death of Jesus” -1:7 j033 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸ αἷμα Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, καθαρίζει ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἁμαρτίας 1 John is speaking of **sin** as if it made a person dirty and of the **blood** of Jesus as if it made a person clean. Alternate translation: “takes away all of our sin” 1:7 jb3e rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. +1:7 j033 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καθαρίζει ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἁμαρτίας 1 John is speaking of **sin** as if it made a person dirty and of the **blood** of Jesus as if it made a person clean. Alternate translation: “takes away all of our sin” 1:8 j034 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἐὰν εἴπωμεν ὅτι ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ ἔχομεν, ἑαυτοὺς πλανῶμεν καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 John is using another hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the importance of consistency between their words and their actions. Alternate translation: “Suppose we say that we have no sin. Then we are leading ourselves astray, and the truth is not in us” 1:8 m8hf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἑαυτοὺς πλανῶμεν 1 John speaks of those who say this as if they were guides who were leading people—themselves, actually—in the wrong direction. Alternate translation: “we are deceiving ourselves” 1:8 tt51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἡ ἀλήθεια οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 John speaks of the **truth** as if it were an object that could be inside believers. Alternate translation: “we do not believe that what God says is true” -1:8 j035 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἀλήθεια οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **truth** with an adjective such as “true.” Alternate translation: “we do not believe that what God says is true” +1:8 j035 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἀλήθεια οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “we do not believe that what God says is true” 1:9 j036 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἐὰν ὁμολογῶμεν τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν, πιστός ἐστιν καὶ δίκαιος 1 John is using another hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the value and benefits of living in holiness. Alternate translation: “Suppose we confess our sins. Then he is faithful and righteous” 1:9 agve rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐὰν ὁμολογῶμεν τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν 1 Part of confessing sin to God is rejecting them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “If we confess our sins to God and turn away from them” 1:9 gb5l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns πιστός ἐστιν & ἵνα ἀφῇ 1 The pronoun **he** refers to God in both instances in this verse. Alternate translation: “God is faithful … and God will forgive” 1:9 f68c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἵνα ἀφῇ ἡμῖν τὰς ἁμαρτίας, καὶ καθαρίσῃ ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἀδικίας 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. John is likely using them together for emphasis. If including both phrases would be confusing for your readers, you could combine them and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “and he will completely forgive us of what we have done wrong” -1:9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀφῇ ἡμῖν τὰς ἁμαρτίας, καὶ καθαρίσῃ ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἀδικίας 1 As in [1:7](../01/07.md), John is speaking of **sins** as if they made a person dirty and of God’s forgiveness as if it made a person clean. Alternate translation: “he should not hold against us anything that we have done wrong” +1:9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀφῇ ἡμῖν τὰς ἁμαρτίας, καὶ καθαρίσῃ ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἀδικίας 1 As in [1:7](../01/07.md), John is speaking figuratively as if **sins** made a person physically dirty and of God’s forgiveness as if it made a person physically clean. Alternate translation: “he should not hold against us anything that we have done wrong” 1:9 j039 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns πάσης ἀδικίας 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **unrighteousness** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “anything that we have done wrong” 1:10 j040 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἐὰν εἴπωμεν ὅτι οὐχ ἡμαρτήκαμεν, ψεύστην ποιοῦμεν αὐτὸν 1 John is using another hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the serious implications of not living in holiness. Alternate translation: “Suppose we say that we have not sinned. Then we are calling God a liar” -1:10 j041 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτὸν & αὐτοῦ 1 The pronouns **him** and **his** refer to God in this verse. Alternate translation: “God … God’s” +1:10 j041 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτὸν & αὐτοῦ 1 The pronouns **him** and **his** refer to God in this verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use that here. Alternate translation: “God … God’s” 1:10 hii2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ψεύστην ποιοῦμεν αὐτὸν 1 Be sure that it is clear in your translation that God would not actually be a **liar** in this case. Rather, a person who claimed to be without sin would be calling God a liar, since God has said that everyone is a sinner. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “that is the same as calling God a liar, because God has said that we have all sinned” -1:10 j042 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 John is using the term **word** to mean what God has said by using words. Alternate translation: “we do not believe what God has said” -1:10 m3p1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 As he did about the “truth” in [1:8](../01/08.md), John is speaking of God’s **word** as if it were an object that could be inside believers. Alternate translation: “we do not believe what God has said” +1:10 j042 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 John is using the term **word** here to mean what God has said by using words. Alternate translation: “we do not believe what God has said” +1:10 m3p1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 John is speaking of God’s **word** here as if it were an object that could be inside believers. (He also spoke of “truth” in this way in [1:8](../01/08.md).) Alternate translation: “we do not believe what God has said” 2:intro zjj9 0 # 1 John 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Genuine believers obey God and love one another (2:1–17, continuing from 1:5)\n2. It is false teaching to deny that Jesus is the Messiah (2:18–2:27)\n3. Genuine children of God do not sin (2:28–29, continues through 3:10)\n\nIn order to show that John is writing something like poetry in [2:12–14](../02/12.md), some translations set the statements in those verses farther to the right than the rest of the text, and they begin a new line at the start of each statement.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Antichrist\n\nIn [2:18](../02/18.md) and [2:22](../02/22.md), John writes both about a specific person called the Antichrist and about many people who will be “antichrists.” The word “antichrist” means “opposed to Christ.” The Antichrist is a person who will come just before the return of Jesus and imitate Jesus’ work, but he will do that for evil purposes. Before that person comes, there will be many other people who work against Christ. They too are called “antichrists,” but as a description rather than as a name. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/antichrist]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])\n\n## Important Textual Issues in this Chapter\n\nIn [2:20](../02/20.md), some ancient manuscripts read “you all know,” and that is the reading that ULT follows. However, other ancient manuscripts read “you know all things.” It seems more likely, based on everything else in the letter, that “you all know” is the correct original reading, since John is countering the claim of false teachers to know more than other believers. The reading “you know all things” seems to have arisen because copyists felt a need to have an object for the verb “know.” Nevertheless, if a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, consider using whichever reading is found in that version. If a translation does not already exist, we recommend that you follow the reading in the ULT text. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) 2:1 j043 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τεκνία μου 1 Here and in several other places in the book, John uses the diminutive form of the word **children** as an affectionate form of address. The ULT shows this by adding the word **little**. If your language has diminutive forms, you may wish to use one here. You could also express the meaning of the diminutive as a term of endearment. Alternate translation: “My dear children” 2:1 v57g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τεκνία μου 1 John is using the word **children** to describe the believers to whom he is writing. They are under his spiritual care, and so he regards them in that sense as if they were his own children. You could translate this plainly, or you could represent the metaphor as a simile, as UST does. Alternate translation: “You dear believers who are under my care” diff --git a/tn_JHN.tsv b/tn_JHN.tsv index 098c2eb8fc..f5bd884ce2 100644 --- a/tn_JHN.tsv +++ b/tn_JHN.tsv @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ Reference ID Tags SupportReference Quote Occurrence Note front:intro t6za 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Gospel of John\n\n1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)\n2. John the Baptizer baptizes Jesus, and Jesus chooses 12 disciples (1:19–51)\n3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)\n4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)\n\n * Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)\n * Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n * Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)\n * The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)\n * Jesus teaches his disciples (13–16)\n * Jesus prays for himself and his disciples (17)\n * Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)\n * Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)\n5. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)\n6. John says why he wrote his Gospel (20:30–31)\n7. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)\n\nMore detailed outlines are in the General Notes for each chapter.\n\n### What is the Gospel of John about?\n\nThe Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” ([20:31](../20/31.md)). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.\n\nJohn’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.\n\nJohn wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the Gospel of John?\n\nThis book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within the book. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrases “the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “the other disciple” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was present ([13:23–25](../13/23.md); [19:26–27](../19/26.md); [20:2–8](../20/02.md); [21:7](../21/07.md), [20–24](../21/20.md)). The apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly say that he had a very close relationship with Jesus. He was part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church ([Galatians 2:9](../../gal/02/09.md)).\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?\n\nJohn wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nWhile other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls “signs” were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did. John said, “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).\n\n### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn often used the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.\n\nMany translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” ([6:56](../06/56.md)). The UST uses the idea of “will be united with me, and I will be united with them,” but translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.\n\nIn the passage, “my words remain in you” ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea as “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n\n### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language in which he originally wrote this Gospel. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” ([3:3](../03/03.md), [7](../03/07.md)). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?\n\nThe following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in the translators’ region that include these verses, then the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that they were probably not originally in John’s Gospel.\n\n* “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord went down into the pool and stirred up the water at certain times, and whoever then first stepped in after the water was stirred was healed from whatever disease he suffered from.” (5:3–4)\n* “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” ([8:59](../08/59.md))\n\nThe following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.\n\n* The story of the adulterous woman ([7:53](../07/53.md)–[8:11](../08/11.md)) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) -1:intro k29b 0 # John 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus is God (1:1–5)\n2. John the Baptist was Jesus’ witness (1:6–8)\n3. Summary of Jesus’ ministry on earth (1:9–13)\n4. Jesus is God in the flesh (1:14–18)\n5. John the Baptist prepares the way for Jesus (1:19–34)\n6. Jesus meets Andrew, Peter, Philip, and Nathaniel (1:35–51)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [1:23](../01/23.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “The Word”\n\nJohn uses the phrase “the Word” to refer to Jesus ([1:1](../01/01.md), [14](../01/14.md)). John is saying that God’s most important message to all people is actually Jesus, a person with a physical body. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])\n\n### Light and Darkness\n\nIn [1:4–9](../01/04.md), John uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. John applies that light metaphor to Jesus in order to show that Jesus is God’s truth and goodness displayed in a human body. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### “Children of God”\n\nPeople are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have to their father at any age. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nJohn uses the metaphors of light and darkness and of “the Word” to tell the reader that he will be writing more about good and evil and about what God wants to tell people through Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “In the beginning”\n\nSome languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([1:51](../01/51.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +1:intro k29b 0 # John 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus is God (1:1–5)\n2. John the Baptist was Jesus’ witness (1:6–8)\n3. Summary of Jesus’ ministry on earth (1:9–13)\n4. Jesus is God in the flesh (1:14–18)\n5. John the Baptist prepares the way for Jesus (1:19–34)\n6. Jesus meets Andrew, Peter, Philip, and Nathaniel (1:35–51)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [1:23](../01/23.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “The Word”\n\nJohn uses the phrase “the Word” to refer to Jesus ([1:1](../01/01.md), [14](../01/14.md)). This title does not refer to a word that is spoken by someone. By using this title for Jesus, John is saying that Jesus is God’s most important message to all people. Jesus is the one who reveals who God is. As John explains, Jesus is a person who has always existed, who is God, who was active in creation, and who became a man with a physical body. In your translation of this title, try to make it clear that this is the title of a person whose role it is to communicate a message. Something like “The Message” or “The Revealer” might be appropriate, or you might prefer to use the title that is used in an accepted translation in your area. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])\n\n### Light and Darkness\n\nIn [1:4–9](../01/04.md), John uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. John applies that light metaphor to Jesus in order to show that Jesus is God’s truth and goodness displayed in a human body. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### “Children of God”\n\nPeople are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have to their father at any age. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nJohn uses the metaphors of light and darkness and of “the Word” to tell the reader that he will be writing more about good and evil and about what God wants to tell people through Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “In the beginning”\n\nSome languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([1:51](../01/51.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 1:1 er9g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν 1 This phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. It does not refer to time in the distant past. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Before the beginning of the universe there was” or “Before the universe began there was” -1:1 z59q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὁ λόγος & καὶ Θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος 1 Here, **the Word** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to a spoken word. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Use whatever convention your language uses to indicate that this is a name. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” Alternate translation: “Jesus, who is the Word, and Jesus … and Jesus was God” +1:1 z59q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ λόγος 1 Here, **the Word** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to a spoken word. The ULT capitalizes **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Use whatever convention your language uses to indicate that this is a title. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” See the discussion in the chapter introduction for more information. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who is the Word” 1:2 u6xx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οὗτος 1 **He** here refers to Jesus, whom John has called “the Word” in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Word” 1:2 k8cf ἐν ἀρχῇ 1 Here this phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. See how you translated this phrase in verse [1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “before the beginning of the universe” or “before the universe began” 1:3 gm5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πάντα δι’ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God made all things through him” From 5ded8719df72af57445dba1b82bd24633bc6df70 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Wed, 17 Jan 2024 22:46:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 19/32] Merge pjoakes-tc-create-1 into master by pjoakes (#3664) Co-authored-by: pjoakes Co-committed-by: pjoakes --- tn_1JN.tsv | 13 +++++++------ 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_1JN.tsv b/tn_1JN.tsv index 49661bc386..731e1628fa 100644 --- a/tn_1JN.tsv +++ b/tn_1JN.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Reference ID Tags SupportReference Quote Occurrence Note front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the book of 1 John\n\nThis is a letter that the apostle John wrote to challenge and correct false teachings that were leading followers of Jesus to believe wrong things and live in wrong ways. John used the normal letter form of that time, which had distinct opening and closing sections with the main body of the letter in between them.\n1. Opening of Letter (1:1–4)\n1. Main Body of Letter (1:5–5:12)\n * Genuine believers obey God and love one another (1:5–2:17)\n * It is false teaching to deny that Jesus is the Messiah (2:18–2:27)\n * Genuine children of God do not sin (2:28–3:10)\n * Genuine believers help one another sacrificially (3:11–18)\n * Genuine believers have confidence in prayer (3:19–24)\n * It is false teaching to deny that Jesus became human (4:1–6)\n * Genuine believers love one another as God has loved them (4:7–21)\n * It is false teaching to deny that Jesus is the Son of God (5:1–12)\n1. Closing of Letter (5:13–21)\n\n### Who wrote the book of 1 John?\n\nThe author of this letter does not give his name. However, since early Christian times, the church has widely considered the apostle John to be the author. He wrote the Gospel of John, and there are many similarities between the content of that book and this letter. If John did write this letter, he probably did so near the end of his life.\n\n### To whom was the book of 1 John written?\n\nThe author wrote this letter to people whom he addresses as “beloved” and as “my little children.” This probably refers to believers in various churches located in the area where John was then living.\n\n### What is the book of 1 John about?\n\nFalse teachers were encouraging followers of Jesus to believe wrong things and to live in wrong ways. John wanted to challenge and correct those false teachings so that the people who received his letter would continue to believe the truth that they had been taught and live in right ways. The false teachers were saying that these people were not saved; John wanted to assure them that they were saved.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “1 John” or “First John.” They may also choose a different title, such as “The First Letter from John” or “The First Letter John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Who were the people against whom John spoke?\n\nThe false teachers whom John was challenging seem to have held beliefs similar to what would later become known as Gnosticism. Those false teachers believed that the physical world was evil. They thought that God would not become human, since they considered the physical body to be evil, so they denied that in the person of Jesus, God had come to earth in human form. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### “sin”\n\nIn chapter 1, John says that we should not deny that we sin. Rather, if we confess our sin, God will forgive us. In chapter 2, John says that he is writing this letter so that the recipients will not sin, but he adds that if they do sin, Jesus will advocate on their behalf. But in chapter 3, John says that everyone who has been begotten from God and who remains in God does not commit sin and is not able to sin. And in chapter 5, John says that we should not pray for people who are sinning in certain ways, although we should pray for people who are sinning in other ways. These ideas may seem confusing and contradictory.\n\nHowever, the explanation is that the people whose teachings John challenged and corrected in this letter were saying that it did not matter what people did in their bodies. This was because they thought that physical matter was evil, and so they thought that God did not care about it. In effect, they were saying that there was no such thing as sin. So John needed to say, in chapter 1, that sin is real and that everyone sins and that God does care about that. So when believers sin they need to confess it and for God to forgive them. Some of the believers may have been deceived by the false teaching and may have begun living sinfully again, so John also needed to reassure them that if they repented and confessed their sins, God would forgive them. John says similar things in chapter 2. Then in chapter 3 he explains that the new nature that believers have as children of God is one that does not want to sin and that does not enjoy sinning. So they should recognize that those who excuse or condone sin are not truly children of God, and that as children of God themselves, they can become more and more obedient and free from sin. Finally, in chapter 5, John warns that if a person sins wantonly and continually, this likely means that they have rejected Jesus and are not influenced by the Holy Spirit. He says that, in that case, it may not be effective to pray for them. But he then encourages his readers that if a person sins occasionally but feels remorse, he is influenced by the Spirit, and so the prayers of other believers will help him repent and live in a right way again. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]])\n\n### “remain”\n\nIn this letter, John often uses the word “remain” (which could also be translated as “reside” or “abide”) as a spatial metaphor. John speaks of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if the teaching of Jesus “remained” in the believer. He speaks of a person being spiritually joined to someone else as if that person “remained” in the other person: He writes that Christians “remain” in Christ and in God, and he says that the Father “remains” in the Son, the Son “remains” in the Father, the Son “remains” in believers, and the Holy Spirit “remains” in believers.\n\nTranslators may find it difficult to represent these ideas in their own languages if they try to use exactly the same words and expressions each time. For example, in [2:6](../02/06.md), when John speaks of a believer “remaining” in God, he intends to express the idea of that believer being spiritually unified with God. Accordingly, the UST speaks of how the believer “shares life with God.” To give another example, for the statement in [2:14](../02/14.md) that “the word of God remains in you,” the UST says, “you continue to obey what God commands.” This shows how other expressions can be found that accurately communicate the various ideas that John is expressing through the term “remain.”\n\n### “appear”\n\nIn several places in this letter, John uses a term that the ULT usually translates as “appear.” This is actually a passive verbal form in Greek, but as is often the case with such forms in that language, it can have an active meaning. When it has an active meaning, it is important to recognize that it does not simply mean “seemed to be there,” as the word “appeared” might suggest. Rather, it means “came to be there.” This is illustrated well by the use of the term in another New Testament book, 2 Corinthians, in which Paul writes in [5:10](../2co/05/10.md) that “we must all appear before the judgment seat of Christ.” Clearly this does not mean that we must only seem to be present there. Rather, we must actually arrive there.\n\nThroughout the letter, it is a subtle matter of interpretation to decide whether John is using the term “appear” in an active sense or in a passive sense. For example, in [1:2](../01/02.md), John applies the term twice to the “Word of life,” that is, to Jesus. But it is not clear whether he is saying that Jesus himself “appeared,” that is, he came to earth, or that he “was made apparent” (made visible), with the emphasis on the idea that God revealed Jesus to the world and in the process revealed himself to the world through Jesus. At each place where John uses this term, notes will call attention to it and discuss what it likely means in that context.\n\n### “the world”\n\nJohn also uses the term “world” in a variety of senses in this letter. It can mean the earth, something material, the people who live in the world, the people who do not honor God, or the values of the people who do not honor God. Notes will address the meaning of the term “world” in each instance where John uses it.\n\n### “to know”\n\nThe verb “to know” is used in two different ways in this letter. Sometimes it is used about knowing a fact, as in 3:2, 3:5, and 3:19. Sometimes it means to experience and understand someone or something, as in 3:1, 3:6, 3:16, and 3:20. Sometimes John uses it in two different senses in the same sentence, as in 2:3, “in this we know that we have known him.” Your language may have different words for these different meanings. If so, you must be careful to use the appropriate word in the right place in your translation.\n\n### “We”\n\nIn most cases in this letter, the first-person plural pronouns (“we, our,” etc.) are inclusive, and so if your language marks that distinction, use the inclusive form in your translation. In those cases, John is speaking of what both he and the recipients know, or of things that are true of both him and the recipients. However, in a few cases, the first-person pronouns are exclusive, since John is telling the recipients what he and his fellow apostles saw and heard from Jesus. The notes will identify all such places, and in them you should use the exclusive forms if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])\n\n### “You, your”\n\nThe words “you” and “your” in this letter are plural.\n\n### Light and darkness\n\nIn 1:5–7 and 2:8–11 John uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is good or holy and darkness represents what is evil. If this is not easily understood in your language, you may need to say explicitly that light represents goodness or that light is like goodness, or you may choose to talk about goodness without using the symbol of light. There will be a note explaining the metaphor in each place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])\n\n### Major textual issues in the book of 1 John\n\nWhen ancient manuscripts of the Bible differ, the ULT puts the reading that scholars consider to be the most accurate in its text, but it puts other possibly accurate readings in footnotes. The introductions to each chapter will discuss places where the ancient manuscripts differ in significant ways, and notes will address those places again where they occur in the book. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, consider using the readings found in that version. If not, we recommend that you follow the readings in the ULT text. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) -1:intro ab9v 0 # 1 John 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Opening of the letter (1:1–4)\n2. Genuine believers obey God and love one another (1:5–10, continues through 2:17)\n\n## Important Translation Issues in this Chapter\n\nLike many Greek compositions of this time, for stylistic purposes, this letter begins with a very long sentence. It goes from the beginning of [1:1](../01/01.md) to the middle of [1:3](../01/03.md). The parts of this sentence may not be in the order that is customary in many languages. The direct object comes first, and it is very long, made up of many different clauses. The subject and verb do not come until near the end. And in the middle, there is a long digression. So think about the best way to translate and arrange the parts of this sentence in your language.\n\nOne approach that might work well in your language would be to create a verse bridge that includes all of 1:1–3. You could break up this long sentence into several smaller sentences, repeating the subject and verb for clarity. This would allow you to present the parts of the sentence in an order that might be more customary in your language and that your readers might understand better. Here is an example of 1 John 1:1–3 rearranged into an order that might be clearer in your language:\n\n“We want you to have fellowship with us, and also with the Father and with his Son, Jesus Christ. Therefore, we are declaring to you what we have seen and heard. We are declaring to you what was from the beginning, which we have heard, which we have seen with our eyes, which we have looked at and our hands have touched. It has to do with the Word of life. Indeed, the life appeared, and we have seen it, and we are testifying to it. Yes, we are announcing to you the eternal life that was with the Father and that then came to us.”\n\nIf you take this approach, another way to translate a combination of the second and third sentences would be, “So we are declaring to you what was from the beginning, what we have heard, what we have seen with our eyes, what we have looked at and what our hands have touched.”\n\nAnother approach that could also work well and which would not require a verse bridge would be to leave the phrases in their present order, but to divide the sentence into three parts at the verse divisions. If you do that, you could also put your translation of the phrase “regarding the Word of life” at the beginning rather than the end of [1:1](../01/01.md) and present it as a topical introduction to the letter. Otherwise, your readers might not get the sense that this is a letter until they reached [1:4](../01/04.md), where John formally states his purpose for writing. An example of 1 John 1:1–3 in this order would be:\n\n“1 This is about the Word of life. This Word was from the beginning. We have heard him, we have seen him with our eyes, we have looked at him and our hands have touched him. 2 Indeed, this one who is life appeared, and we have seen him, and we are testifying about him. Yes, we are announcing to you the eternal life that was with the Father and that then came to us. 3 We are declaring to you what we have seen and heard so that you will have fellowship with us, and this fellowship is also with the Father and with his Son, Jesus Christ.”\n\nThe notes to [1:1–4](../01/01.md) provide further specific suggestions for how to translate this long opening sentence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])\n\n## Important Textual Issues in this Chapter\n\nIn [1:4](../01/04.md), the most accurate ancient manuscripts read “so that our joy may be fulfilled.” The ULT follows that reading. However, some other ancient manuscripts read, “your joy” instead of “our joy.” If a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, consider using whichever reading is found in that version. If a translation does not already exist, we recommend that you follow the reading in the ULT text. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +1:intro ab9v 0 # 1 John 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Opening of the letter (1:1–4)\n2. Genuine believers obey God and love one another (1:5–10, continues through 2:17)\n\n## Important Translation Issues in this Chapter\n\n### The Word of Life\nJohn uses the phrase “the Word of life” to refer to Jesus in ([1:1](../01/01.md). "The Word" is a title that John uses for Jesus. If you have translated the beginning of the Gospel of John, see how you translated it there. This title does not refer to a word that is spoken by someone. By using this title for Jesus, John is saying that Jesus is God’s most important message to all people. Jesus is the one who reveals who God is. In your translation of this title, try to make it clear that this is the title of a person whose role it is to communicate a message. Something like “The Message” or “The Revealer” might be appropriate. Consider also the title that is used in an accepted translation in your area. Here, John connects the title "the Word" with the phrase "of life." By this, John probably means that Jesus reveals God to the world and that Jesus also is the source of life. A translation of this entire phrase could be something like, "Jesus, the Message of God who gives life." (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])\n\n### Order of Information\n\nLike many Greek compositions of this time, for stylistic purposes, this letter begins with a very long sentence. It goes from the beginning of [1:1](../01/01.md) to the middle of [1:3](../01/03.md). The parts of this sentence may not be in the order that is customary in many languages. The direct object comes first, and it is very long, made up of many different clauses. The subject and verb do not come until near the end. And in the middle, there is a long digression. So think about the best way to translate and arrange the parts of this sentence in your language.\n\nOne approach that might work well in your language would be to create a verse bridge that includes all of 1:1–3. You could break up this long sentence into several smaller sentences, repeating the subject and verb for clarity. This would allow you to present the parts of the sentence in an order that might be more customary in your language and that your readers might understand better. Here is an example of 1 John 1:1–3 rearranged into an order that might be clearer in your language:\n\n“We want you to have fellowship with us, and also with the Father and with his Son, Jesus Christ. Therefore, we are declaring to you what we have seen and heard. We are declaring to you what was from the beginning, which we have heard, which we have seen with our eyes, which we have looked at and our hands have touched. It has to do with the Word of life. Indeed, the life appeared, and we have seen it, and we are testifying to it. Yes, we are announcing to you the eternal life that was with the Father and that then came to us.”\n\nIf you take this approach, another way to translate a combination of the second and third sentences would be, “So we are declaring to you what was from the beginning, what we have heard, what we have seen with our eyes, what we have looked at and what our hands have touched.”\n\nAnother approach that could also work well and which would not require a verse bridge would be to leave the phrases in their present order, but to divide the sentence into three parts at the verse divisions. If you do that, you could also put your translation of the phrase “regarding the Word of life” at the beginning rather than the end of [1:1](../01/01.md) and present it as a topical introduction to the letter. Otherwise, your readers might not get the sense that this is a letter until they reached [1:4](../01/04.md), where John formally states his purpose for writing. An example of 1 John 1:1–3 in this order would be:\n\n“1 This is about the Word of life. This Word was from the beginning. We have heard him, we have seen him with our eyes, we have looked at him and our hands have touched him. 2 Indeed, this one who is life appeared, and we have seen him, and we are testifying about him. Yes, we are announcing to you the eternal life that was with the Father and that then came to us. 3 We are declaring to you what we have seen and heard so that you will have fellowship with us, and this fellowship is also with the Father and with his Son, Jesus Christ.”\n\nThe notes to [1:1–4](../01/01.md) provide further specific suggestions for how to translate this long opening sentence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])\n\n## Important Textual Issues in this Chapter\n\nIn [1:4](../01/04.md), the most accurate ancient manuscripts read “so that our joy may be fulfilled.” The ULT follows that reading. However, some other ancient manuscripts read, “your joy” instead of “our joy.” If a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, consider using whichever reading is found in that version. If a translation does not already exist, we recommend that you follow the reading in the ULT text. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) 1:1 honh rc://*/ta/man/checking/headings 0 If you are using section headings, you could put one here before verse 1. Suggested heading: “The Word of Life” 1:1 j363 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ὃ ἦν ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς, ὃ ἀκηκόαμεν, ὃ ἑωράκαμεν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν, ὃ ἐθεασάμεθα, καὶ αἱ χεῖρες ἡμῶν ἐψηλάφησαν, περὶ τοῦ λόγου τῆς ζωῆς— 1 See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter for how to translate the long sentence in [1:1–3](../01/01.md). If you follow the suggestion to translate the phrase **regarding the Word of life** as a topical introduction to this letter, you will already have indicated that the four clauses in this verse refer to a person, Jesus. If you have pronouns in your language that refer to people, such as “he,” “who,” and “whom,” it would be appropriate to use them here. Alternate translation: “Regarding the Word of life—he is the one who has existed from all eternity, whom we heard speak, whom we saw with our own eyes, and whom we looked at and touched with our own hands” 1:1 j364 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 John uses the phrase **from the beginning** in various ways in this letter. Here it refers to the fact that Jesus has always existed. Alternate translation: “from all eternity” @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 1:9 agve rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐὰν ὁμολογῶμεν τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν 1 Part of confessing sin to God is rejecting them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “If we confess our sins to God and turn away from them” 1:9 gb5l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns πιστός ἐστιν & ἵνα ἀφῇ 1 The pronoun **he** refers to God in both instances in this verse. Alternate translation: “God is faithful … and God will forgive” 1:9 f68c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἵνα ἀφῇ ἡμῖν τὰς ἁμαρτίας, καὶ καθαρίσῃ ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἀδικίας 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. John is likely using them together for emphasis. If including both phrases would be confusing for your readers, you could combine them and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “and he will completely forgive us of what we have done wrong” -1:9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀφῇ ἡμῖν τὰς ἁμαρτίας, καὶ καθαρίσῃ ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἀδικίας 1 As in [1:7](../01/07.md), John is speaking figuratively as if **sins** made a person physically dirty and of God’s forgiveness as if it made a person physically clean. Alternate translation: “he should not hold against us anything that we have done wrong” +1:9 j038 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀφῇ ἡμῖν τὰς ἁμαρτίας, καὶ καθαρίσῃ ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἀδικίας 1 As in [1:7](../01/07.md), John is speaking figuratively as if **sins** made a person physically dirty and of God’s forgiveness as if it made a person physically clean. Alternate translation: “he should not hold against us anything that we have done wrong” 1:9 j039 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns πάσης ἀδικίας 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **unrighteousness** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “anything that we have done wrong” 1:10 j040 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἐὰν εἴπωμεν ὅτι οὐχ ἡμαρτήκαμεν, ψεύστην ποιοῦμεν αὐτὸν 1 John is using another hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the serious implications of not living in holiness. Alternate translation: “Suppose we say that we have not sinned. Then we are calling God a liar” 1:10 j041 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτὸν & αὐτοῦ 1 The pronouns **him** and **his** refer to God in this verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use that here. Alternate translation: “God … God’s” @@ -79,11 +79,11 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 1:10 m3p1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 John is speaking of God’s **word** here as if it were an object that could be inside believers. (He also spoke of “truth” in this way in [1:8](../01/08.md).) Alternate translation: “we do not believe what God has said” 2:intro zjj9 0 # 1 John 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Genuine believers obey God and love one another (2:1–17, continuing from 1:5)\n2. It is false teaching to deny that Jesus is the Messiah (2:18–2:27)\n3. Genuine children of God do not sin (2:28–29, continues through 3:10)\n\nIn order to show that John is writing something like poetry in [2:12–14](../02/12.md), some translations set the statements in those verses farther to the right than the rest of the text, and they begin a new line at the start of each statement.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Antichrist\n\nIn [2:18](../02/18.md) and [2:22](../02/22.md), John writes both about a specific person called the Antichrist and about many people who will be “antichrists.” The word “antichrist” means “opposed to Christ.” The Antichrist is a person who will come just before the return of Jesus and imitate Jesus’ work, but he will do that for evil purposes. Before that person comes, there will be many other people who work against Christ. They too are called “antichrists,” but as a description rather than as a name. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/antichrist]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])\n\n## Important Textual Issues in this Chapter\n\nIn [2:20](../02/20.md), some ancient manuscripts read “you all know,” and that is the reading that ULT follows. However, other ancient manuscripts read “you know all things.” It seems more likely, based on everything else in the letter, that “you all know” is the correct original reading, since John is countering the claim of false teachers to know more than other believers. The reading “you know all things” seems to have arisen because copyists felt a need to have an object for the verb “know.” Nevertheless, if a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, consider using whichever reading is found in that version. If a translation does not already exist, we recommend that you follow the reading in the ULT text. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) 2:1 j043 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τεκνία μου 1 Here and in several other places in the book, John uses the diminutive form of the word **children** as an affectionate form of address. The ULT shows this by adding the word **little**. If your language has diminutive forms, you may wish to use one here. You could also express the meaning of the diminutive as a term of endearment. Alternate translation: “My dear children” -2:1 v57g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τεκνία μου 1 John is using the word **children** to describe the believers to whom he is writing. They are under his spiritual care, and so he regards them in that sense as if they were his own children. You could translate this plainly, or you could represent the metaphor as a simile, as UST does. Alternate translation: “You dear believers who are under my care” +2:1 v57g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τεκνία μου 1 John is using the word **children** to describe the believers to whom he is writing, even though they are adults. They are under his spiritual care, and so he regards them in that sense as if they were his own children. You could translate this plainly, or you could represent the metaphor as a simile, as UST does. Alternate translation: “You dear believers who are under my care” 2:1 p49e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῦτα γράφω 1 Here, **these things** refers generally to everything that John has written about in the letter so far. Alternate translation: “I am writing this letter” -2:1 j044 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 The word **And** here introduces a contrast between what John hopes to achieve by writing, that these believers will not sin, and what might happen, that one of them might sin. Alternate translation: “But” +2:1 j044 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 The word **And** here introduces a contrast between what John hopes to achieve by writing, that these believers will not sin, and what might happen, that one of them might sin. Alternate translation: “However,” 2:1 bi4g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἐάν τις ἁμάρτῃ, Παράκλητον ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 John is describing a hypothetical situation in order to reassure his readers. Alternate translation: “suppose someone does sin. Then we have an advocate with the Father” -2:1 stj2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Παράκλητον ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα, Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν 1 John assumes that his readers will know that an **advocate** is someone who takes a person’s side and pleads on his behalf. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ will take our side and ask God the Father to forgive us” +2:1 stj2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Παράκλητον ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα, Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν δίκαιον 1 John assumes that his readers will know that an **advocate** is someone who takes a person’s side and pleads on his behalf. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ the righteous will take our side and ask God the Father to forgive us” 2:1 j045 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 **Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God the Father” 2:1 j046 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj δίκαιον 1 John is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun in order to indicate a specific type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the one who is righteous” 2:2 j047 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτὸς 1 The pronoun **he** here refers to Jesus, the antecedent in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Jesus” @@ -92,7 +92,8 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 2:2 m14q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐ περὶ τῶν ἡμετέρων δὲ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ ὅλου τοῦ κόσμου 1 John leaves out the word for “sins” in these clauses because it is understood from the previous clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include the missing word. Alternate translation: “and not only for our sins, but also for the sins of the whole world” 2:3 j049 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐγνώκαμεν αὐτόν, ἐὰν τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηρῶμεν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “if we obey what he has commanded, then we can be assured that we have a close relationship with him” 2:3 ubc9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐγνώκαμεν αὐτόν, ἐὰν τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηρῶμεν 1 If your language would not use a conditional statement with **if** for something that is true, you could express the same idea using a word like “by” or another way. Alternate translation: “there is a way to be sure that we truly know God. This is by obeying his commandments” -2:3 j050 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι 1 This is an idiomatic expression that John uses many times in this letter. Alternate translation: “this is how we know that” +2:3 j050 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν 1 John uses the idiomatic expression **in this we know** many times in this letter. Alternate translation: “this is how we know” +2:3 tqxv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐν τούτῳ 1 The pronoun **this** refers to the next thing that John says, that is, **if we keep his commandments**. Use a natural way in your language to make this clear. Alternate translation: “this is how” 2:3 el7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐγνώκαμεν αὐτόν 1 John is using the word **know** in two different senses here. See the discussion of the word **know** in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. If your language has different words for these different senses, it would be appropriate to use them here. Alternate translation: “we can be assured that we have a close relationship with him” 2:3 j051 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτόν & αὐτοῦ 1 In this verse, the pronouns **him** and **his** refer to God, the one who has given the commandments that people must obey. Alternate translation: “God … God’s” 2:3 qn85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐὰν τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηρῶμεν 1 Here, **keep** is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “if we obey what he has commanded” From b6d4735932b970b6236e9845871e3748cf3781a4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: unfoldingWord Date: Thu, 18 Jan 2024 09:01:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 20/32] Replace Manifest with valid YAML file Signed-off-by: unfoldingWord --- manifest.yaml | 8 ++++---- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/manifest.yaml b/manifest.yaml index ee122cf3be..c36c0870ca 100644 --- a/manifest.yaml +++ b/manifest.yaml @@ -372,12 +372,12 @@ dublin_core: translation decisions. format: text/tsv identifier: tn - issued: '2023-10-27' + issued: '2024-01-18' language: direction: ltr identifier: en title: English - modified: '2023-10-27' + modified: '2024-01-18' publisher: unfoldingWord relation: - en/ult @@ -391,11 +391,11 @@ dublin_core: source: - identifier: tn language: en - version: '76' + version: '77' subject: TSV Translation Notes title: unfoldingWord® Translation Notes type: help - version: '77' + version: '78' checking: checking_entity: - unfoldingWord From 37e8d10fd5ba94e873aaef041d51b87931954d93 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Tue, 23 Jan 2024 22:45:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 21/32] Merge pjoakes-tc-create-1 into master by pjoakes (#3665) Co-authored-by: pjoakes Co-committed-by: pjoakes --- tn_1JN.tsv | 41 +++++++++++++++++++++++------------------ 1 file changed, 23 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_1JN.tsv b/tn_1JN.tsv index 731e1628fa..7f24a47a8c 100644 --- a/tn_1JN.tsv +++ b/tn_1JN.tsv @@ -97,9 +97,10 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 2:3 el7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐγνώκαμεν αὐτόν 1 John is using the word **know** in two different senses here. See the discussion of the word **know** in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. If your language has different words for these different senses, it would be appropriate to use them here. Alternate translation: “we can be assured that we have a close relationship with him” 2:3 j051 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτόν & αὐτοῦ 1 In this verse, the pronouns **him** and **his** refer to God, the one who has given the commandments that people must obey. Alternate translation: “God … God’s” 2:3 qn85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐὰν τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηρῶμεν 1 Here, **keep** is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “if we obey what he has commanded” +2:3 p95x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ἐὰν τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηρῶμεν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could put this phrase first, as in the UST. 2:4 j052 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ὁ λέγων, ὅτι ἔγνωκα αὐτὸν, καὶ τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ μὴ τηρῶν, ψεύστης ἐστίν 1 John is describing a hypothetical situation in order to challenge his readers. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone says, ‘I have a close relationship with God,’ but he does not obey what God has commanded. Then that person is a liar” 2:4 kmz5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ λέγων 1 By **one**, John does not have a specific person in mind. He means anyone who says this. Alternate translation: “Anyone who says” or “The person who says” -2:4 q665 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔγνωκα αὐτὸν 1 As in the second instance in [2:3](../02/03.md), John is using the word **know** in the sense of knowing someone by personal experience. Alternate translation: “I know God very well” +2:4 q665 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔγνωκα αὐτὸν 1 As in the second instance in [2:3](../02/03.md), John is using the word **know** in the sense of knowing someone by personal experience. Alternate translation: “I am living in close relationship with God” 2:4 j053 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτὸν & αὐτοῦ 1 In this verse, the pronouns **him** and **his** refer to God, the one who has given the commandments that people must obey. Alternate translation: “God … God’s” 2:4 j054 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 John is using the word **and** to introduce a contrast between what such a person might say and what his conduct actually indicates to be true. Alternate translation: “but” 2:4 qp1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μὴ τηρῶν 1 In this instance, the word **keep** is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “does not obey” or “disobeys” @@ -116,6 +117,7 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 2:5 jdzb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ ἐσμεν 1 The word **this** could be referring to (1) what John is about to say in verse 6, or (2) what John has just said in verse 5, or (3) both. If your language allows it, you could choose option (3) since both verses are talking about completely obeying God, but most languages will need to choose one or the other. 2:5 b688 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐν αὐτῷ ἐσμεν 1 John is speaking as if believers could be inside of God. This expression describes having a close relationship with God. Alternate translation: “we are living in fellowship with God” 2:6 u6lu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐν αὐτῷ μένειν 1 See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to this book. Here to **remain in** God means very much the same thing as to have “fellowship with God” in [1:3](../01/03.md) and [1:6](../01/06.md) and to “be in” God in [2:5](../02/05.md). John is repeating the same idea in different ways. Alternate translation: “he has close fellowship with God” or “he shares life with God” +2:5-6 oi3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ ἐσμεν: ὁ λέγων ἐν αὐτῷ μένειν, ὀφείλει καθὼς ἐκεῖνος περιεπάτησεν, καὶ αὐτὸς περιπατεῖν 1 If it would be a more natural order in your language, you could move the last sentence of verse 5 to the end of verse 6. You would then present the combined verses as 5-6. Alternate translation: “The one saying he remains in him ought, just as that one walked, also to walk himself. That is how we know that we are in him.” 2:6 j061 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐν αὐτῷ μένειν 1 John once again speaks as if believers could be inside of God. Alternate translation: “he is close friends with God” or “he shares life with God” 2:6 j062 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐν αὐτῷ 1 The pronoun **him** refers to God. Alternate translation: “in God” 2:6 x5n1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὀφείλει καθὼς ἐκεῖνος περιεπάτησεν, καὶ αὐτὸς περιπατεῖν 1 As in [1:6](../01/06.md) and [1:7](../01/07.md), John is using the word **walk** to mean how a person lives and behaves. Alternate translation: “must live as Jesus lived” or “must obey God just as Jesus did” @@ -126,7 +128,7 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 2:7 eia9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος ὃν ἠκούσατε 1 John is using **word** to refer to the message that these believers heard, which was communicated through words. Alternate translation: “the message that you heard” 2:7 amu6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ λόγος ὃν ἠκούσατε 1 The implication is that the specific **word** or message that John is describing is the commandment Jesus gave to believers that they should love one another. See the Gospel of John [13:34](../jhn/13/34.md) and [15:12](../jhn/15/12.md). John indicates this explicitly in this letter in [3:23](../03/23.md) and [4:21](../04/21.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly at this point as well. Alternate translation: “the commandment Jesus gave that we should love one another” 2:8 j064 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πάλιν 1 John is using the term **Again** in the sense of “Looking at this again from another perspective.” Alternate translation: “On the other hand” -2:8 i1up rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐντολὴν καινὴν γράφω ὑμῖν 1 John is referring to the same **commandment** as in [2:7](../02/07.md), the commandment that Jesus gave to love one another, which the believers have had all along. So he does not mean that he is now writing a **new** and different commandment, but rather that this same commandment, which he called “old” there, can also be considered **new** in a certain sense. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what **commandment** John is referring to, and you could give the likely reason why it can be considered **new** as well as “old.” Alternate translation: “the commandment that I am writing to you, to love one another, is also, in a sense, a new commandment, because it is characteristic of a new way of life” +2:8 i1up rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐντολὴν καινὴν γράφω ὑμῖν 1 John is referring to the same **commandment** as in [2:7](../02/07.md), the commandment that Jesus gave to love one another, which the believers have had all along. So he does not mean that he is now writing a **new** and different commandment, but rather that this same commandment, which he called “old” there, can also be considered **new** in a certain sense. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly which **commandment** John is referring to, and you could give the likely reason why it can be considered **new** as well as “old.” Alternate translation: “the commandment that I am writing to you, to love one another, is also, in a sense, a new commandment, because it is characteristic of a new way of life” 2:8 j065 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὅ ἐστιν ἀληθὲς ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἡ σκοτία παράγεται, καὶ τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν ἤδη φαίνει 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. It may also be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Because the darkness is going away and the true light is already shining, this commandment is true in Jesus and in you” 2:8 j066 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὅ ἐστιν ἀληθὲς ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Since Jesus consistently obeyed the commandment to love, it is likely that John is emphasizing that believers are doing the same thing themselves. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could bring out this implicit emphasis in your translation. It may also be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Jesus truly obeyed this commandment, and you are now truly obeying it as well” 2:8 c2fa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὅ ἐστιν ἀληθὲς ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 John is speaking as if this commandment were **true** inside of Jesus and these believers. Alternate translation, as a new sentence: “Jesus truly obeyed this commandment, and you are now truly obeying it as well” @@ -138,6 +140,7 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 2:9 j069 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 John is using the word **and** here to introduce a contrast between what such a person might say and what his conduct actually indicates to be true. Alternate translation: “but” 2:9 j4f7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 John is using the term **brother** to mean someone who shares the same faith. Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” 2:9 j070 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 Although the term **brother** is masculine, John is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” +2:9 fqx8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 The phrase **his brother** represents any fellow believer in general, not one particular fellow believer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. See the UST. 2:9 mp9f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ ἐστὶν 1 As in [1:5](../01/05.md), John is using the word **darkness** to mean what is wrong or evil. Alternate translation: “is doing what is wrong” 2:10 j072 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ὁ ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, ἐν τῷ φωτὶ μένει 1 John is suggesting a further hypothetical situation in order to reassure his readers. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone does love his fellow believers. Then he is genuinely doing what is right” 2:10 j073 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated **his brother** in [2:9](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “each fellow believer” @@ -148,24 +151,24 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 2:10 j077 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit σκάνδαλον ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν 1 John speaks of this **stumbling block** being **in** or inside a person because it represents the hatred for a fellow believer that he describes in [2:9](../02/09.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he has no hatred inside of him that will cause him to sin” 2:11 j078 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated **his brother** in [2:9](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” 2:11 j079 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ ἐστὶν, καὶ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ περιπατεῖ 1 These two phrases mean similar things. It is likely that John is using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases and express the emphasis in a different way. Alternate translation: “is living in complete darkness” -2:11 w4r2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ ἐστὶν, καὶ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ περιπατεῖ 1 As in [1:5](../01/05.md), John is using the word **darkness** to mean what is wrong or evil. Alternate translation: “is living in a way that is wrong” or “does what is evil” +2:11 w4r2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ ἐστὶν, καὶ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ περιπατεῖ 1 As in [1:5](../01/05.md), John is using the word **darkness** to mean what is wrong or evil. Alternate translation: “thinks in a way that is evil and acts in a way that is evil” 2:11 u44x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ περιπατεῖ 1 John is using the word **walks** to mean how a person lives and behaves. Alternate translation: “conducts his life in wrong ways” 2:11 j080 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὐκ οἶδεν ποῦ ὑπάγει, ὅτι ἡ σκοτία ἐτύφλωσεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because the darkness has blinded his eyes, he does not know where he is going” 2:11 y5cs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐκ οἶδεν ποῦ ὑπάγει 1 This is a continuation of the metaphor of walking as a figurative description of how a person lives and behaves. Alternate translation: “he does not know the right way to live” 2:11 j081 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὅτι ἡ σκοτία ἐτύφλωσεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 John is using blindness to mean a loss of moral sense. Alternate translation: “because his evil thoughts are keeping him from knowing right and wrong” 2:12 in8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τεκνία 1 The term **little children** here could refer to: (1) all of the believers to whom John is writing. This is the way that he uses this term in [2:1](../02/01.md) and in several other places in this letter. See the explanation of it in two of the notes to [2:1](../02/01.md). If that is the sense, then John divides the believers into only two groups in verses 12–14, the older ones and the younger ones. See the UST. Or it could refer to: (2) only some of the believers. In that case, John is addressing the believers in three different groups in verses 12–14, and this group would represent new believers, that is, those who have very recently put their faith in Jesus for the forgiveness of their sins. This would also apply to the similar term in [2:14](../02/14.md). Alternate translation: “new believers” -2:12 y00g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὅτι 1 The word translated as **because** here could also be translated as “that.” In other words, what follows this word could be either: (1) the reason that John is writing or (2) the content that John wants to communicate. This also applies to the same phrase that is used several times in verses 13 and 14. Alternate translation: “that” +2:12 y00g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὅτι 1 The word translated as **because** here could also be translated as “that.” This also applies to the same phrase that is used several times in verses 13 and 14. In other words, what follows this word could be: (1) the reason that John is writing. Alternate translation: “since” (2) the content that John wants to communicate. Alternate translation: “that” 2:12 ed41 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀφέωνται ὑμῖν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has forgiven your sins” 2:12 j082 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns διὰ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 The pronoun **his** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “because of the name of Jesus” 2:12 yjy8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 John is using the **name** of Jesus to represent who Jesus is and what he has done. Alternate translation: “on account of Jesus” 2:13 kue2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πατέρες 1 The term **fathers** here is likely a figurative description of one part of the believers. In that case, it could mean either: (1) mature believers or (2) church leaders -2:13 y1vm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐγνώκατε 1 As in [2:4](../02/04.md), John is using the word **know** in a specific sense. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “you know very well” -2:13 wmt8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὸν ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 John uses the phrase **from the beginning** in various ways in this letter. Here it refers to Jesus or possibly to God the Father. John refers to Jesus with these same words at the beginning of this letter and in a similar way in John 1:1–2. Alternate translation: “him who has always existed” or “Jesus, who has always existed” +2:13 y1vm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐγνώκατε 1 As in the second usage in [2:4](../02/04.md), John is using the word **know** in the sense of knowing a person. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “you know very well” +2:13 wmt8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὸν ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 John uses the phrase **from the beginning** in various ways in this letter. Here it describes Jesus or possibly God the Father. John refers to Jesus with these same words at the beginning of this letter and in a similar way in John 1:1–2. Alternate translation: “him who has always existed” or “Jesus, who has always existed” 2:13 wg4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor νεανίσκοι 1 Here, **young men** is likely a figurative description of a part of the group of believers. It probably refers to people who have become strong in their faith, even if they are not yet as mature as those in the group of **fathers**, since **young men** are in the time of life when they are strong and vigorous. Alternate translation: “strong believers” 2:13 j083 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations νεανίσκοι 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, John is likely using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “strong believers” -2:13 tfh1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor νενικήκατε τὸν πονηρόν 1 John speaks of these strong believers refusing to do what the devil wants them to do as if they had defeated him in a struggle. Alternate translation: “you refuse to do what the devil wants you to do” +2:13 tfh1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor νενικήκατε τὸν πονηρόν 1 John speaks of these strong believers refusing to do what the devil wants them to do as if they had defeated him in a struggle. Alternate translation: “you refuse to do what the evil one wants you to do” 2:13 j084 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τὸν πονηρόν 1 John is using the adjective **evil** as a noun in order to indicate a specific being. ULT adds **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the one who is evil” -2:13 j085 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν πονηρόν 1 John is speaking of the devil by association with his characteristic of being **evil**. Alternate translation: “the devil” or “Satan” +2:13 j085 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν πονηρόν 1 John is speaking of Satan, also known as the devil, by association with his characteristic of being **evil**. Alternate translation: “the devil” or “Satan” 2:14 j086 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἔγραψα ὑμῖν, παιδία, ὅτι ἐγνώκατε τὸν Πατέρα 1 This sentence is similar to the sentence in [2:12](../02/12.md). The next two sentences in this verse mean basically the same thing as the two sentences in [2:13](../02/13.md). John is using these repetitions for emphasis and for poetic effect. For those reasons, it would be appropriate to translate all of these sentences separately and not combine them with the ones in the previous two verses, even if you combine parallel statements with similar meanings elsewhere in the book. 2:14 j087 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants ἔγραψα ὑμῖν, παιδία, ὅτι ἐγνώκατε τὸν Πατέρα 1 In some Bibles, this sentence comes at the end of [2:13](../02/13.md) instead of at the beginning of this verse. The verse divisions were introduced to the Bible many centuries after its books were written, and their purpose is only to help readers find things easily. So the placement of this sentence, either at the start of this verse or at the end of the previous one, does not create any significant difference in meaning. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, consider using the placement in that version. If not, we recommend that you follow the placement in the ULT text. 2:14 j088 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs ἔγραψα ὑμῖν 1 By saying **I have written**, John is expressing himself slightly differently than in [2:12–13](../02/12.md), where he says, “I am writing.” The difference is likely only for emphasis, as John looks back at what he has just said and indicates that he is saying it again. However, if your language distinguishes between the present and present perfect tenses, it would be appropriate to show the difference in your translation. @@ -174,7 +177,7 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 2:14 j091 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 **Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God the Father” 2:14 j092 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πατέρες 1 The term **fathers** likely has the same figurative meaning as in [2:13](../02/13.md). See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: (1) “mature believers” or (2) “church leaders” 2:14 j093 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐγνώκατε 2 As in [2:4](../02/04.md), [2:13](../02/13.md), and earlier in this verse, John is using the word **know** in a specific sense. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “you are very close with” -2:14 j094 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὸν ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 John uses the phrase **from the beginning** in various ways in this letter. Here it refers to Jesus or possibly to God the Father. John refers to Jesus with these same words at the beginning of this letter, in [2:13](../02/13.md), and in a similar way in John 1:1–2. Alternate translation: “him who has always existed” or “Jesus, who has always existed” +2:14 j094 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὸν ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 John uses the phrase **from the beginning** in various ways in this letter. Here it describes Jesus or possibly God the Father. John refers to Jesus with these same words at the beginning of this letter, in [2:13](../02/13.md), and in a similar way in John 1:1–2. Alternate translation: “him who has always existed” or “Jesus, who has always existed” 2:14 j095 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor νεανίσκοι 1 The term **young men** likely has the same figurative meaning here as in [2:13](../02/13.md). Alternate translation: “strong believers” 2:14 j096 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations νεανίσκοι 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, John is likely using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “strong believers” 2:14 l74j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰσχυροί ἐστε 1 John is using the word **strong** not literally to describe believers’ physical strength, but to describe their faithfulness to Jesus. Alternate translation: “you are faithful to Jesus” @@ -185,7 +188,7 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 2:14 j100 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν πονηρόν 1 John is speaking of the devil by association with his characteristic of being **evil**. Alternate translation: “the devil” or “Satan” 2:15 j101 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis μὴ ἀγαπᾶτε τὸν κόσμον, μηδὲ τὰ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 In the second phrase in this sentence, John leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the first phrase. Alternate translation: “Do not love the world, and do not love any of the things that are in the world” 2:15 xig6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy μὴ ἀγαπᾶτε τὸν κόσμον 1 John uses **world** to mean various things in this letter. Here it refers to the system of values that people share who do not honor God. This system is necessarily contrary to the values that godly people have. Alternate translation: “Do not share the ungodly value system of the people who do not honor God” -2:15 h2hm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism μηδὲ τὰ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 This phrase means essentially the same thing as the preceding one. John is likely using repetition for emphasis. However, since there is a slight difference in meaning, you may wish to translate these phrases separately rather than combining them. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “No, do not share any of the values that characterize the worldly system” +2:15 h2hm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy μηδὲ τὰ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 This phrase is more specific than the preceding one. Here, John warns believers against loving the things that are part of our material world. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “No, do not love the things that ungodly people want to get for themselves” 2:15 p56b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἐάν τις ἀγαπᾷ τὸν κόσμον, οὐκ ἔστιν ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Πατρὸς ἐν αὐτῷ 1 John is describing a hypothetical situation in order to challenge his readers. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone loves the world. Then the love of the Father is not in him” 2:15 s48z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession οὐκ ἔστιν ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Πατρὸς ἐν αὐτῷ 1 The phrase **the love of the Father** could mean: (1) the love that a person has for God the Father. Alternate translation: “that person does not really love God the Father” or (2) the love that God has for people. Alternate translation: “God the Father’s love is not genuinely at work in that person” 2:15 j102 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς 1 **Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “of God the Father” @@ -197,7 +200,7 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 2:16 c3xw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός, ἀλλὰ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου ἐστίν 1 See how you translated the term **world** in [2:15](../02/15.md). It has a similar meaning in this verse. Alternate translation: “does not represent how God the Father wants us to live, but instead comes from an ungodly value system” 2:16 j106 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 **Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God the Father” 2:17 j107 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 See how you translated the term **world** in [2:15](../02/15.md). It has a similar meaning in this verse. Alternate translation: “the ungodly value system of the people who do not honor God” -2:17 ct43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ κόσμος παράγεται 1 John speaks of the **world** as if it were leaving. Alternate translation: “the world will not last very much longer” +2:17 ct43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ κόσμος παράγεται 1 John speaks of the **world** as if it were leaving. Alternate translation: “the world is ending” 2:17 j108 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ ἡ ἐπιθυμία αὐτοῦ 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “and its desire is also going away” 2:17 j109 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ἡ ἐπιθυμία αὐτοῦ 1 John is using the possessive form to show that the **world** is the source of this **desire** and gives it its character. Alternate translation: “the worldly desire” or “people’s desire for the world” or “the desire that this system of values creates in people” 2:17 j110 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ἡ ἐπιθυμία αὐτοῦ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this term by translating this in the plural, since John is referring to all of the different types of **desire** associated with the **world** that he described in [2:16](../02/16.md). Alternate translation: “worldly desires” or “the desires that this system of values creates in people” @@ -205,7 +208,7 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 2:17 j112 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 This is an idiom. Consider using an idiom in your language that has this meaning. Alternate translation: “forever” 2:18 t903 rc://*/ta/man/checking/headings 0 If you are using section headings, you could put one here before verse 18. Suggested heading: “False Teaching and True Teaching” 2:18 c7td rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor παιδία 1 **Young children** is the same term that John used in [2:14](../02/14.md) that seems to be a stylistic variation of the term that he uses in [2:1](../02/01.md) and [2:12](../02/012.md), as well as in several other places in the book, to address all of the believers to whom he is writing. See how you translated this in those places. Alternate translation: “My dear children” or “You dear believers who are under my care” -2:18 esd9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐσχάτη ὥρα ἐστίν -1 John is using the term **hour** to refer a specific time. The expression **the last hour** refers specifically to the time at the end of earthly history just before Jesus returns. Alternate translation: “Jesus will return soon … Jesus will return soon” +2:18 esd9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐσχάτη ὥρα ἐστίν -1 John is using the term **hour** to refer a specific time. The expression **the last hour** refers specifically to the period of time at the end of earthly history just before Jesus returns. Alternate translation: “Jesus will return soon … Jesus will return soon” 2:18 r2vq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀντίχριστος ἔρχεται, καὶ νῦν ἀντίχριστοι πολλοὶ γεγόνασιν 1 See the discussion of the terms **antichrist** and **antichrists** in the General Notes to this chapter. Alternate translation: “someone is coming who will lead a great opposition to Jesus, already many people are opposing Jesus in that way now” 2:19 rmj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐξ ἡμῶν ἐξῆλθαν 1 These people formerly met with the group of believers to whom John is writing. While they physically left the places where the believers met, John is also using the expression **went out** to mean that these people stopped being part of the group. Alternate translation: “They left our group of believers in Jesus” 2:19 ytb1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἦσαν ἐξ ἡμῶν & οὐκ εἰσὶν πάντες ἐξ ἡμῶν 1 John is using the expression **from us** in a slightly different sense in these two instances than in the first instance that says, **They went out from us**. In the first instance, it means that these people left the group. In these instances, it means that they were never genuinely part of the group. Alternate translation: “but they were never genuinely part of our group … none of them are genuinely part of our group” @@ -235,12 +238,13 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 2:22 pth9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα καὶ τὸν Υἱόν 1 **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. Alternate translation: “God the Father and Jesus his Son” 2:23 j129 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πᾶς ὁ ἀρνούμενος τὸν Υἱὸν 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what this means in light of what John says in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Everyone who denies that Jesus is the Son of God and the Messiah” 2:23 j130 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν -1 **Son** is an important title for Jesus. -2:23 k78f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession οὐδὲ τὸν Πατέρα ἔχει & καὶ τὸν Πατέρα ἔχει 1 The language of possession that John is using actually indicates that such a person does not or does belong to God, rather than that God does not or does belong to such a person. Alternate translation: “does not belong to the Father … belongs to the Father as well” +2:23 k78f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession οὐδὲ τὸν Πατέρα ἔχει & καὶ τὸν Πατέρα ἔχει 1 The language of possession that John is using actually indicates that such a person does or does not belong to God, rather than that God does or does not belong to such a person. Alternate translation: “does not belong to the Father … belongs to the Father as well” 2:23 j131 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα -1 **Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God the Father … God the Father” 2:23 u9ep rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ ὁμολογῶν τὸν Υἱὸν 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what this means in light of what John says in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Everyone who truly believes and acknowledges publicly that Jesus is the Son of God and the Messiah” +2:24 g8t4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὑμεῖς 1 Here John turns from talking about people in general to giving direct instruction to his readers. He indicates this emphasis by beginning his instruction with **You**. Use a natural way to indicate this emphasis in your language. Alternate translation: “As for you” 2:24 zl8y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὃ ἠκούσατε & ὃ & ἠκούσατε 1 John is referring implicitly to the teaching about Jesus that these believers **have heard**. Alternate translation: “the teaching you have heard … the teaching you have heard” 2:24 dsl7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς -1 John uses the phrase **from the beginning** in various ways in this letter. Here it refers to the time when the people to whom he is writing first believed in Jesus. Alternate translation: “ever since you first believed in Jesus … ever since you first believed in Jesus” -2:24 rfz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐν ὑμῖν μενέτω & ἐν ὑμῖν μείνῃ 1 See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In these instances, in reference to the teaching about Jesus, the word seems to refer to continuing belief in that teaching. Alternate translation: “continue to believe it … you continue to believe” +2:24 rfz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐν ὑμῖν μενέτω & ἐν ὑμῖν μείνῃ 1 See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In these instances, in reference to the teaching about Jesus, the word seems to refer to continuing belief in that teaching. Alternate translation: “continue to believe … you continue to believe” 2:24 j132 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἐὰν ἐν ὑμῖν μείνῃ ὃ ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς ἠκούσατε, καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ μενεῖτε 1 John is describing a conditional situation in order to reassure his readers. Alternate translation: “As long as what you have heard from the beginning remains in you, then you will also remain in the Son and in the Father” 2:24 ty7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ μενεῖτε 1 See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In this instance, it seems to mean the same thing as in [2:6](../02/06.md). See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “you will also continue to have a close relationship with the Son and with the Father” 2:24 j133 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Υἱῷ & τῷ Πατρὶ 1 **Son** and **Father** are important titles for Jesus and God, respectively. Alternate translation: “Jesus the Son of God … God the Father” @@ -248,7 +252,8 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 2:25 j134 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτὸς 1 The pronoun **he** could refer in this context either to Jesus or to God the Father. However, it seems more likely that it refers to Jesus, since John has just talked in [2:22–23](../02/22.md) about denying or confessing him, and it was Jesus who promised **eternal life** to everyone who believed in him. See, for example, the Gospel of John [3:36](../jhn/03/36.md) and [6:47](../jhn/06/47.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus” 2:25 id51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὴν ζωὴν τὴν αἰώνιον 1 John means more than physical **life**. This expression can indicate living forever in the presence of God after death, a commonly recognized meaning, but it can also indicate receiving power from God in this life to live in a new way. Alternate translation: “that we would have power to live a new life now and that we would live with him forever after we die” 2:26 fe44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῶν πλανώντων ὑμᾶς 1 John speaks of these people as if they were guides who were **leading** others in the wrong direction. This is a metaphor for their attempts to get the people to whom John is writing to believe things that are not true. Alternate translation: “those who are deceiving you” or “those who are trying to get you to believe things that are not true” -2:26 d3f5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῶν πλανώντων ὑμᾶς 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly in what way these people are **leading** others astray. Alternate translation: “the people who are leading you astray about Jesus” or “the people who are lying to you about Jesus” +2:26 d3f5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῶν πλανώντων ὑμᾶς 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly in what way these people are **leading** others **astray**. Alternate translation: “the people who are leading you astray about Jesus” or “the people who are lying to you about Jesus” +2:27 m8kr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ ὑμεῖς 1 Here John states again the emphasis that he started in [2:24](../02/24.md), continuing his direct instruction to his readers. Use a natural way to indicate this continuing emphasis in your language. Alternate translation: “Now as for you” 2:27 cn2f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸ χρῖσμα ὃ ἐλάβετε ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated the word **anointing** in [2:20](../02/20.md). Alternate translation: “the Spirit, whom Jesus has given you” 2:27 j135 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ & ἐν αὐτῷ 1 Like the pronoun “he” in [2:25](../02/25.md), the words **him** and **his** in this verse likely refer to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the name instead of a pronoun. Alternate translation: “from Jesus … in Jesus” 2:27 j136 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μένει ἐν ὑμῖν 1 See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In this instance, it seems to refer to the continuing presence of the Spirit with a believer. Alternate translation: “lives inside of you” @@ -262,8 +267,8 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 2:28 tii1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ νῦν 1 John uses the expression **And now** to introduce a new part of the letter, in which he will talk about being children of God and about the return of Jesus. In your translation, you could use a word, phrase, or other method that is natural in your language for introducing a new topic. 2:28 kjn9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τεκνία 1 John readdresses the recipients as he begins a new section of the letter. See how you translated **little children** in [2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “you dear believers who are under my care” 2:28 j142 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μένετε ἐν αὐτῷ 1 See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In this instance, John seems to be using the expression in the same way that he has just used it in [2:27](../02/27.md). See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “continue to have a close relationship with him” -2:28 j143 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτῷ & ἐὰν φανερωθῇ & ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ & αὐτοῦ 1 The pronouns **him**, **he**, and **his** likely refer to Jesus in this verse, since John speaks of his **coming** or return. Consider whether it might be helpful to your readers or more natural in your language to use the name “Jesus” in one or more of these instances. -2:28 zz4x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐὰν φανερωθῇ 1 See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here the term could have either an active or a passive meaning. In either case, John is not saying that Jesus will only appear to return. (1) If the meaning is active, John is speaking of the act of Jesus physically returning to earth. Alternate translation: “when Jesus returns” (2) If the meaning is passive, John is speaking of God revealing Jesus to the world as its true king. To bring out that meaning, you could translate this with a passive verbal form or, if your language does not use passive forms, you can use an active form and say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “when Jesus is revealed” or “when God reveals Jesus” +2:28 j143 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτῷ & ἐὰν φανερωθῇ & ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ & αὐτοῦ 1 The pronouns **him**, **he**, and **his** refer to Jesus in this verse, since John speaks of his **coming** or return. Consider whether it might be helpful to your readers or more natural in your language to use the name “Jesus” in one or more of these instances. +2:28 zz4x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐὰν φανερωθῇ 1 See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here the term could have either an active or a passive meaning. In either case, John is not saying that Jesus will only appear to return. He is saying that Jesus will return actually and physically. (1) If the meaning is active, John is speaking of the act of Jesus physically returning to earth. Alternate translation: “when Jesus returns” (2) If the meaning is passive, John is speaking of God revealing Jesus to the world as its true king. Alternate translation: “when Jesus is revealed” or “when God brings Jesus” 2:28 j144 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism σχῶμεν παρρησίαν, καὶ μὴ αἰσχυνθῶμεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 These two phrases mean similar things. John is likely using the repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases into an emphatic expression. Alternate translation: “we may be completely confident at his coming” 2:28 lnk2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns σχῶμεν παρρησίαν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **boldness** with an adjective. Alternate translation: “we may be bold” 2:28 d4ql rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche μὴ αἰσχυνθῶμεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 John is using the word **him**, meaning Jesus, to mean the presence of Jesus. Alternate translation: “we will not be ashamed to be in his presence” @@ -272,7 +277,7 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 2:29 j147 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐστιν & αὐτοῦ 1 The pronouns **he** and **him** likely refer to God the Father, since in the next two verses John says that believers are “children of God,” and he speaks in this verse of those who have **been begotten from him**. Alternate translation: “God is … God” 2:29 j148 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **righteousness** with an adjective such as “right.” Alternate translation: “everyone who does what is right” 2:29 u6er rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεγέννηται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is the father of everyone who does what is right” -2:29 j149 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεγέννηται 1 Since believers have not literally **been begotten** by God, John means this. He says in [4:9](../04/09.md) that Jesus is the “only-begotten” of God, since God is the actual Father of Jesus in a way that he is not the actual father of believers. Alternate translation: “God is the spiritual father of everyone who does what is right” +2:29 j149 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεγέννηται 1 John is speaking figuratively here. He says in [4:9](../04/09.md) that Jesus is the “only-begotten” of God, since God is the actual Father of Jesus in a way that he is not the actual father of believers. God is the father of believers only in a spiritual sense. Alternate translation: “God is the spiritual father of everyone who does what is right” 3:intro d8r2 0 # 1 John 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Genuine children of God do not sin (3:1–10, continuing from 2:28)\n2. Genuine believers help one another sacrificially (3:11–18)\n3. Genuine believers have confidence in prayer (3:19–24)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “children of God”\n\nPeople are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have at any age to their father. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “the one who keeps his commandments remains in him, and he in him” (3:24)\n\nThis does not mean that keeping our salvation is conditional on doing certain works. Rather, John is describing the results of keeping the commandments that he describes in [3:32](../03/32.md). Those commandments are to believe in Jesus and to love one another. John is saying that the person who believes in Jesus and loves others shows that he has a close relationship with God, and that he will continue to have that close relationship because of this obedience. Christians around the world hold different beliefs about whether people who have been saved can lose their salvation. That is not what John is addressing here, and translators should be careful not to let how they understand that issue affect how they translate this passage. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])\n\n## Important Textual Issues in this Chapter\n\nIn [3:1](../03/01.md), the most accurate ancient manuscripts include the words “and we are.” That is the reading that ULT follows. However, some other ancient manuscripts do not include these words, and so some Bibles do not have them. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, consider using whichever reading is found in that version. If a translation does not already exist, we recommend that you follow the reading in the ULT text. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) 3:1 gl8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἴδετε 1 John is using the term **See**. Alternate translation: “Consider” 3:1 j151 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God the Father” From d8b90738cf4667a59b2c533d7d1fa892fed55181 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Perry J Oakes Date: Thu, 25 Jan 2024 19:14:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 22/32] Update tn_RUT.tsv --- tn_RUT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_RUT.tsv b/tn_RUT.tsv index e60b63336b..8d94328b25 100644 --- a/tn_RUT.tsv +++ b/tn_RUT.tsv @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ front:intro f68r 0 # Introduction to Ruth\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\ 2:7 kj7a translate-unknown הַ⁠בַּ֖יִת 1 Here, **the house** was a temporary shelter or garden hut in the field that provided shade from the sun where the workers could rest. Alternate translation: "in the hut" or "in the shed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 2:8 ltk3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ל֧וֹא שָׁמַ֣עַתְּ בִּתִּ֗⁠י 1 Boaz is using the question form to draw Ruth's attention to what he will say to her. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Listen to me, my daughter!” or “Note well what I am telling you, my daughter!” 2:8 ke9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בִּתִּ֗⁠י 1 Boaz's use of the term, **my daughter** was a kind way to address a younger woman. Ruth was not the actual daughter of Boaz, but he was treating her kindly and respectfully. Use the term that communicates kindness and respect from a man to a younger woman in your language. -2:9 jq6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עֵינַ֜יִ⁠ךְ בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶ֤ה 1 Here, the word **eyes* represents the capability of a person to see, watch or observe. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Watch only the field” or “Pay attention only to the field” +2:9 jq6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עֵינַ֜יִ⁠ךְ בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶ֤ה 1 Here, the word **eyes** represents the capability of a person to see, watch or observe. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Watch only the field” or “Pay attention only to the field” 2:9 ldfq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶ֔ן 1 Here, **them** is feminine and refers back to the “young female workers” in verse 8. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that makes that clear. Alternate translation: “behind the women” 2:9 xc6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ל֥וֹא צִוִּ֛יתִי אֶת־הַ⁠נְּעָרִ֖ים לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֣י נָגְעֵ֑⁠ךְ 1 Boaz is using the question form to emphasize his hospitality—that he had already made provision to help Ruth. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I have given the men strict instructions not to interfere with you.” 2:9 ub62 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶת־הַ⁠נְּעָרִ֖ים 1 The writer assumes that his readers will understand the implications of a woman toiling in a field near young male workers. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the workmen” From d0fec60b61a23a650f6f4f133ade8a239dbd5aaa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Fri, 26 Jan 2024 22:26:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 23/32] Merge pjoakes-tc-create-1 into master by pjoakes (#3666) Co-authored-by: pjoakes Co-committed-by: pjoakes --- tn_1JN.tsv | 10 +++++----- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_1JN.tsv b/tn_1JN.tsv index 7f24a47a8c..8cb1f9c012 100644 --- a/tn_1JN.tsv +++ b/tn_1JN.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Reference ID Tags SupportReference Quote Occurrence Note -front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the book of 1 John\n\nThis is a letter that the apostle John wrote to challenge and correct false teachings that were leading followers of Jesus to believe wrong things and live in wrong ways. John used the normal letter form of that time, which had distinct opening and closing sections with the main body of the letter in between them.\n1. Opening of Letter (1:1–4)\n1. Main Body of Letter (1:5–5:12)\n * Genuine believers obey God and love one another (1:5–2:17)\n * It is false teaching to deny that Jesus is the Messiah (2:18–2:27)\n * Genuine children of God do not sin (2:28–3:10)\n * Genuine believers help one another sacrificially (3:11–18)\n * Genuine believers have confidence in prayer (3:19–24)\n * It is false teaching to deny that Jesus became human (4:1–6)\n * Genuine believers love one another as God has loved them (4:7–21)\n * It is false teaching to deny that Jesus is the Son of God (5:1–12)\n1. Closing of Letter (5:13–21)\n\n### Who wrote the book of 1 John?\n\nThe author of this letter does not give his name. However, since early Christian times, the church has widely considered the apostle John to be the author. He wrote the Gospel of John, and there are many similarities between the content of that book and this letter. If John did write this letter, he probably did so near the end of his life.\n\n### To whom was the book of 1 John written?\n\nThe author wrote this letter to people whom he addresses as “beloved” and as “my little children.” This probably refers to believers in various churches located in the area where John was then living.\n\n### What is the book of 1 John about?\n\nFalse teachers were encouraging followers of Jesus to believe wrong things and to live in wrong ways. John wanted to challenge and correct those false teachings so that the people who received his letter would continue to believe the truth that they had been taught and live in right ways. The false teachers were saying that these people were not saved; John wanted to assure them that they were saved.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “1 John” or “First John.” They may also choose a different title, such as “The First Letter from John” or “The First Letter John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Who were the people against whom John spoke?\n\nThe false teachers whom John was challenging seem to have held beliefs similar to what would later become known as Gnosticism. Those false teachers believed that the physical world was evil. They thought that God would not become human, since they considered the physical body to be evil, so they denied that in the person of Jesus, God had come to earth in human form. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### “sin”\n\nIn chapter 1, John says that we should not deny that we sin. Rather, if we confess our sin, God will forgive us. In chapter 2, John says that he is writing this letter so that the recipients will not sin, but he adds that if they do sin, Jesus will advocate on their behalf. But in chapter 3, John says that everyone who has been begotten from God and who remains in God does not commit sin and is not able to sin. And in chapter 5, John says that we should not pray for people who are sinning in certain ways, although we should pray for people who are sinning in other ways. These ideas may seem confusing and contradictory.\n\nHowever, the explanation is that the people whose teachings John challenged and corrected in this letter were saying that it did not matter what people did in their bodies. This was because they thought that physical matter was evil, and so they thought that God did not care about it. In effect, they were saying that there was no such thing as sin. So John needed to say, in chapter 1, that sin is real and that everyone sins and that God does care about that. So when believers sin they need to confess it and for God to forgive them. Some of the believers may have been deceived by the false teaching and may have begun living sinfully again, so John also needed to reassure them that if they repented and confessed their sins, God would forgive them. John says similar things in chapter 2. Then in chapter 3 he explains that the new nature that believers have as children of God is one that does not want to sin and that does not enjoy sinning. So they should recognize that those who excuse or condone sin are not truly children of God, and that as children of God themselves, they can become more and more obedient and free from sin. Finally, in chapter 5, John warns that if a person sins wantonly and continually, this likely means that they have rejected Jesus and are not influenced by the Holy Spirit. He says that, in that case, it may not be effective to pray for them. But he then encourages his readers that if a person sins occasionally but feels remorse, he is influenced by the Spirit, and so the prayers of other believers will help him repent and live in a right way again. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]])\n\n### “remain”\n\nIn this letter, John often uses the word “remain” (which could also be translated as “reside” or “abide”) as a spatial metaphor. John speaks of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if the teaching of Jesus “remained” in the believer. He speaks of a person being spiritually joined to someone else as if that person “remained” in the other person: He writes that Christians “remain” in Christ and in God, and he says that the Father “remains” in the Son, the Son “remains” in the Father, the Son “remains” in believers, and the Holy Spirit “remains” in believers.\n\nTranslators may find it difficult to represent these ideas in their own languages if they try to use exactly the same words and expressions each time. For example, in [2:6](../02/06.md), when John speaks of a believer “remaining” in God, he intends to express the idea of that believer being spiritually unified with God. Accordingly, the UST speaks of how the believer “shares life with God.” To give another example, for the statement in [2:14](../02/14.md) that “the word of God remains in you,” the UST says, “you continue to obey what God commands.” This shows how other expressions can be found that accurately communicate the various ideas that John is expressing through the term “remain.”\n\n### “appear”\n\nIn several places in this letter, John uses a term that the ULT usually translates as “appear.” This is actually a passive verbal form in Greek, but as is often the case with such forms in that language, it can have an active meaning. When it has an active meaning, it is important to recognize that it does not simply mean “seemed to be there,” as the word “appeared” might suggest. Rather, it means “came to be there.” This is illustrated well by the use of the term in another New Testament book, 2 Corinthians, in which Paul writes in [5:10](../2co/05/10.md) that “we must all appear before the judgment seat of Christ.” Clearly this does not mean that we must only seem to be present there. Rather, we must actually arrive there.\n\nThroughout the letter, it is a subtle matter of interpretation to decide whether John is using the term “appear” in an active sense or in a passive sense. For example, in [1:2](../01/02.md), John applies the term twice to the “Word of life,” that is, to Jesus. But it is not clear whether he is saying that Jesus himself “appeared,” that is, he came to earth, or that he “was made apparent” (made visible), with the emphasis on the idea that God revealed Jesus to the world and in the process revealed himself to the world through Jesus. At each place where John uses this term, notes will call attention to it and discuss what it likely means in that context.\n\n### “the world”\n\nJohn also uses the term “world” in a variety of senses in this letter. It can mean the earth, something material, the people who live in the world, the people who do not honor God, or the values of the people who do not honor God. Notes will address the meaning of the term “world” in each instance where John uses it.\n\n### “to know”\n\nThe verb “to know” is used in two different ways in this letter. Sometimes it is used about knowing a fact, as in 3:2, 3:5, and 3:19. Sometimes it means to experience and understand someone or something, as in 3:1, 3:6, 3:16, and 3:20. Sometimes John uses it in two different senses in the same sentence, as in 2:3, “in this we know that we have known him.” Your language may have different words for these different meanings. If so, you must be careful to use the appropriate word in the right place in your translation.\n\n### “We”\n\nIn most cases in this letter, the first-person plural pronouns (“we, our,” etc.) are inclusive, and so if your language marks that distinction, use the inclusive form in your translation. In those cases, John is speaking of what both he and the recipients know, or of things that are true of both him and the recipients. However, in a few cases, the first-person pronouns are exclusive, since John is telling the recipients what he and his fellow apostles saw and heard from Jesus. The notes will identify all such places, and in them you should use the exclusive forms if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])\n\n### “You, your”\n\nThe words “you” and “your” in this letter are plural.\n\n### Light and darkness\n\nIn 1:5–7 and 2:8–11 John uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is good or holy and darkness represents what is evil. If this is not easily understood in your language, you may need to say explicitly that light represents goodness or that light is like goodness, or you may choose to talk about goodness without using the symbol of light. There will be a note explaining the metaphor in each place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])\n\n### Major textual issues in the book of 1 John\n\nWhen ancient manuscripts of the Bible differ, the ULT puts the reading that scholars consider to be the most accurate in its text, but it puts other possibly accurate readings in footnotes. The introductions to each chapter will discuss places where the ancient manuscripts differ in significant ways, and notes will address those places again where they occur in the book. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, consider using the readings found in that version. If not, we recommend that you follow the readings in the ULT text. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the book of 1 John\n\nThis is a letter that the apostle John wrote to challenge and correct false teachings that were leading followers of Jesus to believe wrong things and live in wrong ways. John used the normal letter form of that time, which had distinct opening and closing sections with the main body of the letter in between them.\n1. Opening of Letter (1:1–4)\n1. Main Body of Letter (1:5–5:12)\n * Genuine believers obey God and love one another (1:5–2:17)\n * It is false teaching to deny that Jesus is the Messiah (2:18–2:27)\n * Genuine children of God do not sin (2:28–3:10)\n * Genuine believers help one another sacrificially (3:11–18)\n * Genuine believers have confidence in prayer (3:19–24)\n * It is false teaching to deny that Jesus became human (4:1–6)\n * Genuine believers love one another as God has loved them (4:7–21)\n * It is false teaching to deny that Jesus is the Son of God (5:1–12)\n1. Closing of Letter (5:13–21)\n\n### Who wrote the book of 1 John?\n\nThe author of this letter does not give his name. However, since early Christian times, the church has widely considered the apostle John to be the author. He wrote the Gospel of John, and there are many similarities between the content of that book and this letter. If John did write this letter, he probably did so near the end of his life.\n\n### To whom was the book of 1 John written?\n\nThe author wrote this letter to people whom he addresses as “beloved” and as “my little children.” This probably refers to believers in various churches located in the area where John was then living.\n\n### What is the book of 1 John about?\n\nFalse teachers were encouraging followers of Jesus to believe wrong things and to live in wrong ways. John wanted to challenge and correct those false teachings so that the people who received his letter would continue to believe the truth that they had been taught and live in right ways. The false teachers were saying that these people were not saved; John wanted to assure them that they were saved.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “1 John” or “First John.” They may also choose a different title, such as “The First Letter from John” or “The First Letter John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Who were the people against whom John spoke?\n\nThe false teachers whom John was challenging seem to have held beliefs similar to what would later become known as Gnosticism. Those false teachers believed that the physical world was evil. They thought that God would not become human, since they considered the physical body to be evil, so they denied that in the person of Jesus, God had come to earth in human form. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### “sin”\n\nIn chapter 1, John says that we should not deny that we sin. Rather, if we confess our sin, God will forgive us. In chapter 2, John says that he is writing this letter so that the recipients will not sin, but he adds that if they do sin, Jesus will advocate on their behalf. But in chapter 3, John says that everyone who has been begotten from God and who remains in God does not commit sin and is not able to sin. And in chapter 5, John says that we should not pray for people who are sinning in certain ways, although we should pray for people who are sinning in other ways. These ideas may seem confusing and contradictory.\n\nHowever, the explanation is that the people whose teachings John challenged and corrected in this letter were saying that it did not matter what people did in their bodies. This was because they thought that physical matter was evil, and so they thought that God did not care about it. In effect, they were saying that there was no such thing as sin. So John needed to say, in chapter 1, that sin is real and that everyone sins and that God does care about that. So when believers sin they need to confess it and for God to forgive them. Some of the believers may have been deceived by the false teaching and may have begun living sinfully again, so John also needed to reassure them that if they repented and confessed their sins, God would forgive them. John says similar things in chapter 2. Then in chapter 3 he explains that the new nature that believers have as children of God is one that does not want to sin and that does not enjoy sinning. So they should recognize that those who excuse or condone sin are not truly children of God, and that as children of God themselves, they can become more and more obedient and free from sin. Finally, in chapter 5, John warns that if a person sins wantonly and continually, this likely means that they have rejected Jesus and are not influenced by the Holy Spirit. He says that, in that case, it may not be effective to pray for them. But he then encourages his readers that if a person sins occasionally but feels remorse, he is influenced by the Spirit, and so the prayers of other believers will help him to repent and to live in a right way again. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]])\n\n### “remain”\n\nIn this letter, John often uses the word “remain” (which could also be translated as “reside” or “abide”) as a spatial metaphor. John speaks of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if the teaching of Jesus “remained” in the believer. He speaks of a person being spiritually joined to someone else as if that person “remained” in the other person: He writes that Christians “remain” in Christ and in God, and he says that the Father “remains” in the Son, the Son “remains” in the Father, the Son “remains” in believers, and the Holy Spirit “remains” in believers.\n\nTranslators may find it difficult to represent these ideas in their own languages if they try to use exactly the same words and expressions each time. For example, in [2:6](../02/06.md), when John speaks of a believer “remaining” in God, he intends to express the idea of that believer being spiritually unified with God. Accordingly, the UST speaks of how the believer “shares life with God.” To give another example, for the statement in [2:14](../02/14.md) that “the word of God remains in you,” the UST says, “you continue to obey what God commands.” This shows how other expressions can be found that accurately communicate the various ideas that John is expressing through the term “remain.”\n\n### “appear”\n\nIn several places in this letter, John uses a term that the ULT usually translates as “appear.” This is actually a passive verbal form in Greek, but as is often the case with such forms in that language, it can have an active meaning. When it has an active meaning, it is important to recognize that it does not simply mean “seemed to be there,” as the word “appeared” might suggest. Rather, it means “came to be there.” This is illustrated well by the use of the term in another New Testament book, 2 Corinthians, in which Paul writes in [5:10](../2co/05/10.md) that “we must all appear before the judgment seat of Christ.” Clearly this does not mean that we must only seem to be present there. Rather, we must actually arrive there.\n\nThroughout the letter, it is a subtle matter of interpretation to decide whether John is using the term “appear” in an active sense or in a passive sense. For example, in [1:2](../01/02.md), John applies the term twice to the “Word of life,” that is, to Jesus. But it is not clear whether he is saying that Jesus himself “appeared,” that is, he came to earth, or that he “was made apparent” (made visible), with the emphasis on the idea that God revealed Jesus to the world and in the process revealed himself to the world through Jesus. At each place where John uses this term, notes will call attention to it and discuss what it likely means in that context.\n\n### “the world”\n\nJohn also uses the term “world” in a variety of senses in this letter. It can mean the earth, something material, the people who live in the world, the people who do not honor God, or the values of the people who do not honor God. Notes will address the meaning of the term “world” in each instance where John uses it.\n\n### “to know”\n\nThe verb “to know” is used in two different ways in this letter. Sometimes it is used about knowing a fact, as in 3:2, 3:5, and 3:19. Sometimes it means to experience and understand someone or something, as in 3:1, 3:6, 3:16, and 3:20. Sometimes John uses it in two different senses in the same sentence, as in 2:3, “in this we know that we have known him.” Your language may have different words for these different meanings. If so, you must be careful to use the appropriate word in the right place in your translation.\n\n### “We”\n\nIn most cases in this letter, the first-person plural pronouns (“we, our,” etc.) are inclusive, and so if your language marks that distinction, use the inclusive form in your translation. In those cases, John is speaking of what both he and the recipients know, or of things that are true of both him and the recipients. However, in a few cases, the first-person pronouns are exclusive, since John is telling the recipients what he and his fellow apostles saw and heard from Jesus. The notes will identify all such places, and in them you should use the exclusive forms if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])\n\n### “You, your”\n\nThe words “you” and “your” in this letter are plural.\n\n### Light and darkness\n\nIn 1:5–7 and 2:8–11 John uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is good or holy and darkness represents what is evil. If this is not easily understood in your language, you may need to say explicitly that light represents goodness or that light is like goodness, or you may choose to talk about goodness without using the symbol of light. There will be a note explaining the metaphor in each place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])\n\n### Major textual issues in the book of 1 John\n\nWhen ancient manuscripts of the Bible differ, the ULT puts the reading that scholars consider to be the most accurate in its text, but it puts other possibly accurate readings in footnotes. The introductions to each chapter will discuss places where the ancient manuscripts differ in significant ways, and notes will address those places again where they occur in the book. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, consider using the readings found in that version. If not, we recommend that you follow the readings in the ULT text. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) 1:intro ab9v 0 # 1 John 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Opening of the letter (1:1–4)\n2. Genuine believers obey God and love one another (1:5–10, continues through 2:17)\n\n## Important Translation Issues in this Chapter\n\n### The Word of Life\nJohn uses the phrase “the Word of life” to refer to Jesus in ([1:1](../01/01.md). "The Word" is a title that John uses for Jesus. If you have translated the beginning of the Gospel of John, see how you translated it there. This title does not refer to a word that is spoken by someone. By using this title for Jesus, John is saying that Jesus is God’s most important message to all people. Jesus is the one who reveals who God is. In your translation of this title, try to make it clear that this is the title of a person whose role it is to communicate a message. Something like “The Message” or “The Revealer” might be appropriate. Consider also the title that is used in an accepted translation in your area. Here, John connects the title "the Word" with the phrase "of life." By this, John probably means that Jesus reveals God to the world and that Jesus also is the source of life. A translation of this entire phrase could be something like, "Jesus, the Message of God who gives life." (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])\n\n### Order of Information\n\nLike many Greek compositions of this time, for stylistic purposes, this letter begins with a very long sentence. It goes from the beginning of [1:1](../01/01.md) to the middle of [1:3](../01/03.md). The parts of this sentence may not be in the order that is customary in many languages. The direct object comes first, and it is very long, made up of many different clauses. The subject and verb do not come until near the end. And in the middle, there is a long digression. So think about the best way to translate and arrange the parts of this sentence in your language.\n\nOne approach that might work well in your language would be to create a verse bridge that includes all of 1:1–3. You could break up this long sentence into several smaller sentences, repeating the subject and verb for clarity. This would allow you to present the parts of the sentence in an order that might be more customary in your language and that your readers might understand better. Here is an example of 1 John 1:1–3 rearranged into an order that might be clearer in your language:\n\n“We want you to have fellowship with us, and also with the Father and with his Son, Jesus Christ. Therefore, we are declaring to you what we have seen and heard. We are declaring to you what was from the beginning, which we have heard, which we have seen with our eyes, which we have looked at and our hands have touched. It has to do with the Word of life. Indeed, the life appeared, and we have seen it, and we are testifying to it. Yes, we are announcing to you the eternal life that was with the Father and that then came to us.”\n\nIf you take this approach, another way to translate a combination of the second and third sentences would be, “So we are declaring to you what was from the beginning, what we have heard, what we have seen with our eyes, what we have looked at and what our hands have touched.”\n\nAnother approach that could also work well and which would not require a verse bridge would be to leave the phrases in their present order, but to divide the sentence into three parts at the verse divisions. If you do that, you could also put your translation of the phrase “regarding the Word of life” at the beginning rather than the end of [1:1](../01/01.md) and present it as a topical introduction to the letter. Otherwise, your readers might not get the sense that this is a letter until they reached [1:4](../01/04.md), where John formally states his purpose for writing. An example of 1 John 1:1–3 in this order would be:\n\n“1 This is about the Word of life. This Word was from the beginning. We have heard him, we have seen him with our eyes, we have looked at him and our hands have touched him. 2 Indeed, this one who is life appeared, and we have seen him, and we are testifying about him. Yes, we are announcing to you the eternal life that was with the Father and that then came to us. 3 We are declaring to you what we have seen and heard so that you will have fellowship with us, and this fellowship is also with the Father and with his Son, Jesus Christ.”\n\nThe notes to [1:1–4](../01/01.md) provide further specific suggestions for how to translate this long opening sentence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])\n\n## Important Textual Issues in this Chapter\n\nIn [1:4](../01/04.md), the most accurate ancient manuscripts read “so that our joy may be fulfilled.” The ULT follows that reading. However, some other ancient manuscripts read, “your joy” instead of “our joy.” If a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, consider using whichever reading is found in that version. If a translation does not already exist, we recommend that you follow the reading in the ULT text. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) 1:1 honh rc://*/ta/man/checking/headings 0 If you are using section headings, you could put one here before verse 1. Suggested heading: “The Word of Life” 1:1 j363 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ὃ ἦν ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς, ὃ ἀκηκόαμεν, ὃ ἑωράκαμεν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν, ὃ ἐθεασάμεθα, καὶ αἱ χεῖρες ἡμῶν ἐψηλάφησαν, περὶ τοῦ λόγου τῆς ζωῆς— 1 See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter for how to translate the long sentence in [1:1–3](../01/01.md). If you follow the suggestion to translate the phrase **regarding the Word of life** as a topical introduction to this letter, you will already have indicated that the four clauses in this verse refer to a person, Jesus. If you have pronouns in your language that refer to people, such as “he,” “who,” and “whom,” it would be appropriate to use them here. Alternate translation: “Regarding the Word of life—he is the one who has existed from all eternity, whom we heard speak, whom we saw with our own eyes, and whom we looked at and touched with our own hands” @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 2:29 u6er rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεγέννηται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is the father of everyone who does what is right” 2:29 j149 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεγέννηται 1 John is speaking figuratively here. He says in [4:9](../04/09.md) that Jesus is the “only-begotten” of God, since God is the actual Father of Jesus in a way that he is not the actual father of believers. God is the father of believers only in a spiritual sense. Alternate translation: “God is the spiritual father of everyone who does what is right” 3:intro d8r2 0 # 1 John 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Genuine children of God do not sin (3:1–10, continuing from 2:28)\n2. Genuine believers help one another sacrificially (3:11–18)\n3. Genuine believers have confidence in prayer (3:19–24)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “children of God”\n\nPeople are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have at any age to their father. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “the one who keeps his commandments remains in him, and he in him” (3:24)\n\nThis does not mean that keeping our salvation is conditional on doing certain works. Rather, John is describing the results of keeping the commandments that he describes in [3:32](../03/32.md). Those commandments are to believe in Jesus and to love one another. John is saying that the person who believes in Jesus and loves others shows that he has a close relationship with God, and that he will continue to have that close relationship because of this obedience. Christians around the world hold different beliefs about whether people who have been saved can lose their salvation. That is not what John is addressing here, and translators should be careful not to let how they understand that issue affect how they translate this passage. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])\n\n## Important Textual Issues in this Chapter\n\nIn [3:1](../03/01.md), the most accurate ancient manuscripts include the words “and we are.” That is the reading that ULT follows. However, some other ancient manuscripts do not include these words, and so some Bibles do not have them. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, consider using whichever reading is found in that version. If a translation does not already exist, we recommend that you follow the reading in the ULT text. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) -3:1 gl8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἴδετε 1 John is using the term **See**. Alternate translation: “Consider” +3:1 gl8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἴδετε 1 John is using the term **See** to focus his reader's attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “Consider” 3:1 j151 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God the Father” 3:1 x99a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἵνα τέκνα Θεοῦ κληθῶμεν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that God should call us his children” 3:1 j362 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τέκνα Θεοῦ 1 Here John expresses the same metaphor as in [2:29](../02/29.md) in a slightly different way. See whether you decided to indicate the figurative meaning there. If you translate **children** using a literal term, choose a word that can refer to people of any age in relation to their father. Alternate translation: “spiritual children of God” @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 3:1 l5e7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦτο, ὁ κόσμος οὐ γινώσκει ἡμᾶς, ὅτι οὐκ ἔγνω αὐτόν 1 John uses **world** to mean various things in this letter. Here it refers to people who do not honor God and who do not live as God wishes. Alternate translation: “because ungodly people have not known God, for that reason they do not know us” 3:1 j155 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐ γινώσκει ἡμᾶς & οὐκ ἔγνω αὐτόν 1 John is using the word **know** in two different senses. See the discussion of the word “know” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. If your language has different words for these different senses, it would be appropriate to use them in your translation. Alternate translation: “does not recognize who we are … it did not become acquainted with him” 3:1 j156 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐ γινώσκει ἡμᾶς 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what **the world does not know** about believers in Jesus. Alternate translation: “does not recognize that we are God’s children” -3:1 j157 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτόν 1 The pronoun **him** refers to God, the antecedent in the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “God” +3:1 j157 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτόν 1 The pronoun **him** refers to God here. If this is not clear for your readers, you could supply this from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “God” 3:2 ek9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἀγαπητοί 1 See how you translated **Beloved** in [2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “You people whom I love” or “My dear ones” 3:2 j158 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τέκνα Θεοῦ 1 See whether you decided to indicate the figurative meaning of this expression in [3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “spiritual children of God” 3:2 j159 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 John is using the word **and** to introduce a contrast between what is **now** known about believers and what is **not yet** known. Alternate translation: “but” @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 3:6 j999 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ ἐν αὐτῷ μένων 1 See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In this instance, it seems to mean the same thing as in [2:6](../02/06.md). See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “Everyone who has a close relationship with Jesus” 3:6 j168 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ ἐν αὐτῷ μένων 1 John is speaking as if believers could be inside of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Everyone who has a close relationship with Jesus” 3:6 j169 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτῷ & αὐτὸν & αὐτόν 1 The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus in this verse. Consider whether it might be helpful to your readers or more natural in your language to use the name “Jesus” in one or more of these instances. -3:6 j170 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐχ ἁμαρτάνει 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what this implicitly means in light of the situation that John is addressing in this letter. See the discussion of “sin” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. John acknowledges elsewhere in this letter that genuine believers actually do sin, but they do not sin continually or wantonly. Alternate translation: “does not sin wantonly and continually” +3:6 j170 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐχ ἁμαρτάνει 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what this implicitly means in light of the situation that John is addressing in this letter. See the discussion of “sin” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. John acknowledges elsewhere in this letter that genuine believers actually do sin, but they do not sin continually or wantonly. Alternate translation: “does not sin wantonly or continually” 3:6 eu9c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet οὐχ ἑώρακεν αὐτὸν, οὐδὲ ἔγνωκεν αὐτόν 1 The words **seen** and **known** mean similar things. John is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these terms into a single expression. Alternate translation: “certainly does not have a close relationship with Jesus” 3:6 j172 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐχ ἑώρακεν αὐτὸν 1 John is not referring to people literally seeing Jesus. Rather, he is using sight to mean perception and recognition. Alternate translation: “has not recognized who Jesus is” 3:7 ia4z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τεκνία 1 See how you translated **Little children** in [2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “You dear believers who are under my care” @@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 3:8 cit3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 John uses the phrase **from the beginning** in various ways in this letter. Here it refers to the time when God created the world. In this case, the word **from** indicates not that the devil began to sin at that time, but that he had already begun to sin by that time. Alternate translation: “even before the world was created” 3:8 p9ks rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus, the Son of God” or “God’s Son Jesus” 3:8 nq4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐφανερώθη 1 See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here the term seems to have an active meaning and to mean the same thing as in [3:5](../03/05.md), that Jesus came to earth. It does not mean that he only appeared to come. Alternate translation: “came to earth” -3:8 j175 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἵνα λύσῃ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ διαβόλου 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what **works** John is talking about. Alternate translation: “so that he might free people from continually sinning, as the devil had gotten them to do” +3:8 j175 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἵνα λύσῃ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ διαβόλου 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what **works** John is talking about. Alternate translation: “so that he might free people from continually sinning, as the devil had influenced them to do” 3:9 ftw3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ & ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται 1 See how you translated this in [2:29](../02/29.md). Alternate translation: “Everyone whose father is God … because God is his father” 3:9 j176 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ & ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται 1 See whether in [2:29](../02/29.md) you decided to explain this metaphor. Alternate translation: “Everyone whose spiritual father is God … because God is his spiritual father” 3:9 j177 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns σπέρμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ μένει 1 In this phrase, **his** refers to **God** and **him** refers to the person **who has been begotten from God**. Alternate translation: “God’s seed remains in such a person” From f45e411a8be0094c6738b9a351d433ae1b18955a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Tue, 13 Feb 2024 20:59:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 24/32] Merge pjoakes-tc-create-1 into master by pjoakes (#3667) Co-authored-by: pjoakes Co-committed-by: pjoakes --- tn_1JN.tsv | 39 +++++++++++++++++++++------------------ 1 file changed, 21 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_1JN.tsv b/tn_1JN.tsv index 8cb1f9c012..6dab987029 100644 --- a/tn_1JN.tsv +++ b/tn_1JN.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Reference ID Tags SupportReference Quote Occurrence Note -front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the book of 1 John\n\nThis is a letter that the apostle John wrote to challenge and correct false teachings that were leading followers of Jesus to believe wrong things and live in wrong ways. John used the normal letter form of that time, which had distinct opening and closing sections with the main body of the letter in between them.\n1. Opening of Letter (1:1–4)\n1. Main Body of Letter (1:5–5:12)\n * Genuine believers obey God and love one another (1:5–2:17)\n * It is false teaching to deny that Jesus is the Messiah (2:18–2:27)\n * Genuine children of God do not sin (2:28–3:10)\n * Genuine believers help one another sacrificially (3:11–18)\n * Genuine believers have confidence in prayer (3:19–24)\n * It is false teaching to deny that Jesus became human (4:1–6)\n * Genuine believers love one another as God has loved them (4:7–21)\n * It is false teaching to deny that Jesus is the Son of God (5:1–12)\n1. Closing of Letter (5:13–21)\n\n### Who wrote the book of 1 John?\n\nThe author of this letter does not give his name. However, since early Christian times, the church has widely considered the apostle John to be the author. He wrote the Gospel of John, and there are many similarities between the content of that book and this letter. If John did write this letter, he probably did so near the end of his life.\n\n### To whom was the book of 1 John written?\n\nThe author wrote this letter to people whom he addresses as “beloved” and as “my little children.” This probably refers to believers in various churches located in the area where John was then living.\n\n### What is the book of 1 John about?\n\nFalse teachers were encouraging followers of Jesus to believe wrong things and to live in wrong ways. John wanted to challenge and correct those false teachings so that the people who received his letter would continue to believe the truth that they had been taught and live in right ways. The false teachers were saying that these people were not saved; John wanted to assure them that they were saved.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “1 John” or “First John.” They may also choose a different title, such as “The First Letter from John” or “The First Letter John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Who were the people against whom John spoke?\n\nThe false teachers whom John was challenging seem to have held beliefs similar to what would later become known as Gnosticism. Those false teachers believed that the physical world was evil. They thought that God would not become human, since they considered the physical body to be evil, so they denied that in the person of Jesus, God had come to earth in human form. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### “sin”\n\nIn chapter 1, John says that we should not deny that we sin. Rather, if we confess our sin, God will forgive us. In chapter 2, John says that he is writing this letter so that the recipients will not sin, but he adds that if they do sin, Jesus will advocate on their behalf. But in chapter 3, John says that everyone who has been begotten from God and who remains in God does not commit sin and is not able to sin. And in chapter 5, John says that we should not pray for people who are sinning in certain ways, although we should pray for people who are sinning in other ways. These ideas may seem confusing and contradictory.\n\nHowever, the explanation is that the people whose teachings John challenged and corrected in this letter were saying that it did not matter what people did in their bodies. This was because they thought that physical matter was evil, and so they thought that God did not care about it. In effect, they were saying that there was no such thing as sin. So John needed to say, in chapter 1, that sin is real and that everyone sins and that God does care about that. So when believers sin they need to confess it and for God to forgive them. Some of the believers may have been deceived by the false teaching and may have begun living sinfully again, so John also needed to reassure them that if they repented and confessed their sins, God would forgive them. John says similar things in chapter 2. Then in chapter 3 he explains that the new nature that believers have as children of God is one that does not want to sin and that does not enjoy sinning. So they should recognize that those who excuse or condone sin are not truly children of God, and that as children of God themselves, they can become more and more obedient and free from sin. Finally, in chapter 5, John warns that if a person sins wantonly and continually, this likely means that they have rejected Jesus and are not influenced by the Holy Spirit. He says that, in that case, it may not be effective to pray for them. But he then encourages his readers that if a person sins occasionally but feels remorse, he is influenced by the Spirit, and so the prayers of other believers will help him to repent and to live in a right way again. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]])\n\n### “remain”\n\nIn this letter, John often uses the word “remain” (which could also be translated as “reside” or “abide”) as a spatial metaphor. John speaks of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if the teaching of Jesus “remained” in the believer. He speaks of a person being spiritually joined to someone else as if that person “remained” in the other person: He writes that Christians “remain” in Christ and in God, and he says that the Father “remains” in the Son, the Son “remains” in the Father, the Son “remains” in believers, and the Holy Spirit “remains” in believers.\n\nTranslators may find it difficult to represent these ideas in their own languages if they try to use exactly the same words and expressions each time. For example, in [2:6](../02/06.md), when John speaks of a believer “remaining” in God, he intends to express the idea of that believer being spiritually unified with God. Accordingly, the UST speaks of how the believer “shares life with God.” To give another example, for the statement in [2:14](../02/14.md) that “the word of God remains in you,” the UST says, “you continue to obey what God commands.” This shows how other expressions can be found that accurately communicate the various ideas that John is expressing through the term “remain.”\n\n### “appear”\n\nIn several places in this letter, John uses a term that the ULT usually translates as “appear.” This is actually a passive verbal form in Greek, but as is often the case with such forms in that language, it can have an active meaning. When it has an active meaning, it is important to recognize that it does not simply mean “seemed to be there,” as the word “appeared” might suggest. Rather, it means “came to be there.” This is illustrated well by the use of the term in another New Testament book, 2 Corinthians, in which Paul writes in [5:10](../2co/05/10.md) that “we must all appear before the judgment seat of Christ.” Clearly this does not mean that we must only seem to be present there. Rather, we must actually arrive there.\n\nThroughout the letter, it is a subtle matter of interpretation to decide whether John is using the term “appear” in an active sense or in a passive sense. For example, in [1:2](../01/02.md), John applies the term twice to the “Word of life,” that is, to Jesus. But it is not clear whether he is saying that Jesus himself “appeared,” that is, he came to earth, or that he “was made apparent” (made visible), with the emphasis on the idea that God revealed Jesus to the world and in the process revealed himself to the world through Jesus. At each place where John uses this term, notes will call attention to it and discuss what it likely means in that context.\n\n### “the world”\n\nJohn also uses the term “world” in a variety of senses in this letter. It can mean the earth, something material, the people who live in the world, the people who do not honor God, or the values of the people who do not honor God. Notes will address the meaning of the term “world” in each instance where John uses it.\n\n### “to know”\n\nThe verb “to know” is used in two different ways in this letter. Sometimes it is used about knowing a fact, as in 3:2, 3:5, and 3:19. Sometimes it means to experience and understand someone or something, as in 3:1, 3:6, 3:16, and 3:20. Sometimes John uses it in two different senses in the same sentence, as in 2:3, “in this we know that we have known him.” Your language may have different words for these different meanings. If so, you must be careful to use the appropriate word in the right place in your translation.\n\n### “We”\n\nIn most cases in this letter, the first-person plural pronouns (“we, our,” etc.) are inclusive, and so if your language marks that distinction, use the inclusive form in your translation. In those cases, John is speaking of what both he and the recipients know, or of things that are true of both him and the recipients. However, in a few cases, the first-person pronouns are exclusive, since John is telling the recipients what he and his fellow apostles saw and heard from Jesus. The notes will identify all such places, and in them you should use the exclusive forms if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])\n\n### “You, your”\n\nThe words “you” and “your” in this letter are plural.\n\n### Light and darkness\n\nIn 1:5–7 and 2:8–11 John uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is good or holy and darkness represents what is evil. If this is not easily understood in your language, you may need to say explicitly that light represents goodness or that light is like goodness, or you may choose to talk about goodness without using the symbol of light. There will be a note explaining the metaphor in each place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])\n\n### Major textual issues in the book of 1 John\n\nWhen ancient manuscripts of the Bible differ, the ULT puts the reading that scholars consider to be the most accurate in its text, but it puts other possibly accurate readings in footnotes. The introductions to each chapter will discuss places where the ancient manuscripts differ in significant ways, and notes will address those places again where they occur in the book. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, consider using the readings found in that version. If not, we recommend that you follow the readings in the ULT text. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the book of 1 John\n\nThis is a letter that the apostle John wrote to challenge and correct false teachings that were leading followers of Jesus to believe wrong things and live in wrong ways. John used the normal letter form of that time, which had distinct opening and closing sections with the main body of the letter in between them.\n1. Opening of Letter (1:1–4)\n1. Main Body of Letter (1:5–5:12)\n * Genuine believers obey God and love one another (1:5–2:17)\n * It is false teaching to deny that Jesus is the Messiah (2:18–2:27)\n * Genuine children of God do not sin (2:28–3:10)\n * Genuine believers help one another sacrificially (3:11–18)\n * Genuine believers have confidence in prayer (3:19–24)\n * It is false teaching to deny that Jesus became human (4:1–6)\n * Genuine believers love one another as God has loved them (4:7–21)\n * It is false teaching to deny that Jesus is the Son of God (5:1–12)\n1. Closing of Letter (5:13–21)\n\n### Who wrote the book of 1 John?\n\nThe author of this letter does not give his name. However, since early Christian times, the church has widely considered the apostle John to be the author. He wrote the Gospel of John, and there are many similarities between the content of that book and this letter. If John did write this letter, he probably did so near the end of his life.\n\n### To whom was the book of 1 John written?\n\nThe author wrote this letter to people whom he addresses as “beloved” and as “my little children.” This probably refers to believers in various churches located in the area where John was then living.\n\n### What is the book of 1 John about?\n\nFalse teachers were encouraging followers of Jesus to believe wrong things and to live in wrong ways. John wanted to challenge and correct those false teachings so that the people who received his letter would continue to believe the truth that they had been taught and live in right ways. The false teachers were saying that these people were not saved; John wanted to assure them that they were saved.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “1 John” or “First John.” They may also choose a different title, such as “The First Letter from John” or “The First Letter John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Who were the people against whom John spoke?\n\nThe false teachers whom John was challenging seem to have held beliefs similar to what would later become known as Gnosticism. Those false teachers believed that the physical world was evil. They thought that God would not become human, since they considered the physical body to be evil, so they denied that in the person of Jesus, God had come to earth in human form. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### “sin”\n\nIn chapter 1, John says that we should not deny that we sin. Rather, if we confess our sin, God will forgive us. In chapter 2, John says that he is writing this letter so that the recipients will not sin, but he adds that if they do sin, Jesus will advocate on their behalf. But in chapter 3, John says that everyone who has been begotten from God and who remains in God does not commit sin and is not able to sin. And in chapter 5, John says that we should not pray for people who are sinning in certain ways, although we should pray for people who are sinning in other ways. These ideas may seem confusing and contradictory.\n\nHowever, the explanation is that the people whose teachings John challenged and corrected in this letter were saying that it did not matter what people did in their bodies. This was because they thought that physical matter was evil, and so they thought that God did not care about it. In effect, they were saying that there was no such thing as sin. So John needed to say, in chapter 1, that sin is real and that everyone sins and that God does care about that. So when believers sin they need to confess it and for God to forgive them. Some of the believers may have been deceived by the false teaching and may have begun living sinfully again, so John also needed to reassure them that if they repented and confessed their sins, God would forgive them. John says similar things in chapter 2. Then in chapter 3 he explains that the new nature that believers have as children of God is one that rejects sin. A believer does not want to sin and does not enjoy sinning. They should recognize that those who excuse or condone sin are not truly children of God, and that as children of God themselves, God helps them to become more and more obedient and free from sin. Finally, in chapter 5, John warns that if a person sins wantonly and continually, this likely means that they have rejected Jesus and are not influenced by the Holy Spirit. He says that, in that case, it may not be effective to pray for them. But he then encourages his readers that if a person sins occasionally but feels remorse, he is influenced by the Spirit, and so the prayers of other believers will help him to repent and to live in a right way again. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]])\n\n### “remain”\n\nIn this letter, John often uses the word “remain” (which could also be translated as “reside” or “abide”) as a spatial metaphor. John speaks of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if the teaching of Jesus “remained” in the believer. He speaks of a person being spiritually joined to someone else as if that person “remained” in the other person: He writes that Christians “remain” in Christ and in God, and he says that the Father “remains” in the Son, the Son “remains” in the Father, the Son “remains” in believers, and the Holy Spirit “remains” in believers.\n\nTranslators may find it difficult to represent these ideas in their own languages if they try to use exactly the same words and expressions each time. For example, in [2:6](../02/06.md), when John speaks of a believer “remaining” in God, he intends to express the idea of that believer being spiritually unified with God. Accordingly, the UST speaks of how the believer “shares life with God.” To give another example, for the statement in [2:14](../02/14.md) that “the word of God remains in you,” the UST says, “you continue to obey what God commands.” This shows how other expressions can be found that accurately communicate the various ideas that John is expressing through the term “remain.”\n\n### “appear”\n\nIn several places in this letter, John uses a term that the ULT usually translates as “appear.” This is actually a passive verbal form in Greek, but as is often the case with such forms in that language, it can have an active meaning. When it has an active meaning, it is important to recognize that it does not simply mean “seemed to be there,” as the word “appeared” might suggest. Rather, it means “came to be there.” This is illustrated well by the use of the term in another New Testament book, 2 Corinthians, in which Paul writes in [5:10](../2co/05/10.md) that “we must all appear before the judgment seat of Christ.” Clearly this does not mean that we must only seem to be present there. Rather, we must actually arrive there.\n\nThroughout the letter, it is a subtle matter of interpretation to decide whether John is using the term “appear” in an active sense or in a passive sense. For example, in [1:2](../01/02.md), John applies the term twice to the “Word of life,” that is, to Jesus. But it is not clear whether he is saying that Jesus himself “appeared,” that is, he came to earth, or that he “was made apparent” (made visible), with the emphasis on the idea that God revealed Jesus to the world and in the process revealed himself to the world through Jesus. At each place where John uses this term, notes will call attention to it and discuss what it likely means in that context.\n\n### “the world”\n\nJohn also uses the term “world” in a variety of senses in this letter. It can mean the earth, something material, the people who live in the world, the people who do not honor God, or the values of the people who do not honor God. Notes will address the meaning of the term “world” in each instance where John uses it.\n\n### “to know”\n\nThe verb “to know” is used in two different ways in this letter. Sometimes it is used about knowing a fact, as in 3:2, 3:5, and 3:19. Sometimes it means to experience and understand someone or something, as in 3:1, 3:6, 3:16, and 3:20. Sometimes John uses it in two different senses in the same sentence, as in 2:3, “in this we know that we have known him.” Your language may have different words for these different meanings. If so, you must be careful to use the appropriate word in the right place in your translation.\n\n### “We”\n\nIn most cases in this letter, the first-person plural pronouns (“we, our,” etc.) are inclusive, and so if your language marks that distinction, use the inclusive form in your translation. In those cases, John is speaking of what both he and the recipients know, or of things that are true of both him and the recipients. However, in a few cases, the first-person pronouns are exclusive, since John is telling the recipients what he and his fellow apostles saw and heard from Jesus. The notes will identify all such places, and in them you should use the exclusive forms if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])\n\n### “You, your”\n\nThe words “you” and “your” in this letter are plural.\n\n### Light and darkness\n\nIn 1:5–7 and 2:8–11 John uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is good or holy and darkness represents what is evil. If this is not easily understood in your language, you may need to say explicitly that light represents goodness or that light is like goodness, or you may choose to talk about goodness without using the symbol of light. There will be a note explaining the metaphor in each place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])\n\n### Major textual issues in the book of 1 John\n\nWhen ancient manuscripts of the Bible differ, the ULT puts the reading that scholars consider to be the most accurate in its text, but it puts other possibly accurate readings in footnotes. The introductions to each chapter will discuss places where the ancient manuscripts differ in significant ways, and notes will address those places again where they occur in the book. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, consider using the readings found in that version. If not, we recommend that you follow the readings in the ULT text. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) 1:intro ab9v 0 # 1 John 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Opening of the letter (1:1–4)\n2. Genuine believers obey God and love one another (1:5–10, continues through 2:17)\n\n## Important Translation Issues in this Chapter\n\n### The Word of Life\nJohn uses the phrase “the Word of life” to refer to Jesus in ([1:1](../01/01.md). "The Word" is a title that John uses for Jesus. If you have translated the beginning of the Gospel of John, see how you translated it there. This title does not refer to a word that is spoken by someone. By using this title for Jesus, John is saying that Jesus is God’s most important message to all people. Jesus is the one who reveals who God is. In your translation of this title, try to make it clear that this is the title of a person whose role it is to communicate a message. Something like “The Message” or “The Revealer” might be appropriate. Consider also the title that is used in an accepted translation in your area. Here, John connects the title "the Word" with the phrase "of life." By this, John probably means that Jesus reveals God to the world and that Jesus also is the source of life. A translation of this entire phrase could be something like, "Jesus, the Message of God who gives life." (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])\n\n### Order of Information\n\nLike many Greek compositions of this time, for stylistic purposes, this letter begins with a very long sentence. It goes from the beginning of [1:1](../01/01.md) to the middle of [1:3](../01/03.md). The parts of this sentence may not be in the order that is customary in many languages. The direct object comes first, and it is very long, made up of many different clauses. The subject and verb do not come until near the end. And in the middle, there is a long digression. So think about the best way to translate and arrange the parts of this sentence in your language.\n\nOne approach that might work well in your language would be to create a verse bridge that includes all of 1:1–3. You could break up this long sentence into several smaller sentences, repeating the subject and verb for clarity. This would allow you to present the parts of the sentence in an order that might be more customary in your language and that your readers might understand better. Here is an example of 1 John 1:1–3 rearranged into an order that might be clearer in your language:\n\n“We want you to have fellowship with us, and also with the Father and with his Son, Jesus Christ. Therefore, we are declaring to you what we have seen and heard. We are declaring to you what was from the beginning, which we have heard, which we have seen with our eyes, which we have looked at and our hands have touched. It has to do with the Word of life. Indeed, the life appeared, and we have seen it, and we are testifying to it. Yes, we are announcing to you the eternal life that was with the Father and that then came to us.”\n\nIf you take this approach, another way to translate a combination of the second and third sentences would be, “So we are declaring to you what was from the beginning, what we have heard, what we have seen with our eyes, what we have looked at and what our hands have touched.”\n\nAnother approach that could also work well and which would not require a verse bridge would be to leave the phrases in their present order, but to divide the sentence into three parts at the verse divisions. If you do that, you could also put your translation of the phrase “regarding the Word of life” at the beginning rather than the end of [1:1](../01/01.md) and present it as a topical introduction to the letter. Otherwise, your readers might not get the sense that this is a letter until they reached [1:4](../01/04.md), where John formally states his purpose for writing. An example of 1 John 1:1–3 in this order would be:\n\n“1 This is about the Word of life. This Word was from the beginning. We have heard him, we have seen him with our eyes, we have looked at him and our hands have touched him. 2 Indeed, this one who is life appeared, and we have seen him, and we are testifying about him. Yes, we are announcing to you the eternal life that was with the Father and that then came to us. 3 We are declaring to you what we have seen and heard so that you will have fellowship with us, and this fellowship is also with the Father and with his Son, Jesus Christ.”\n\nThe notes to [1:1–4](../01/01.md) provide further specific suggestions for how to translate this long opening sentence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])\n\n## Important Textual Issues in this Chapter\n\nIn [1:4](../01/04.md), the most accurate ancient manuscripts read “so that our joy may be fulfilled.” The ULT follows that reading. However, some other ancient manuscripts read, “your joy” instead of “our joy.” If a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, consider using whichever reading is found in that version. If a translation does not already exist, we recommend that you follow the reading in the ULT text. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) 1:1 honh rc://*/ta/man/checking/headings 0 If you are using section headings, you could put one here before verse 1. Suggested heading: “The Word of Life” 1:1 j363 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ὃ ἦν ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς, ὃ ἀκηκόαμεν, ὃ ἑωράκαμεν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν, ὃ ἐθεασάμεθα, καὶ αἱ χεῖρες ἡμῶν ἐψηλάφησαν, περὶ τοῦ λόγου τῆς ζωῆς— 1 See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter for how to translate the long sentence in [1:1–3](../01/01.md). If you follow the suggestion to translate the phrase **regarding the Word of life** as a topical introduction to this letter, you will already have indicated that the four clauses in this verse refer to a person, Jesus. If you have pronouns in your language that refer to people, such as “he,” “who,” and “whom,” it would be appropriate to use them here. Alternate translation: “Regarding the Word of life—he is the one who has existed from all eternity, whom we heard speak, whom we saw with our own eyes, and whom we looked at and touched with our own hands” @@ -321,19 +321,20 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 3:8 j175 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἵνα λύσῃ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ διαβόλου 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what **works** John is talking about. Alternate translation: “so that he might free people from continually sinning, as the devil had influenced them to do” 3:9 ftw3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ & ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται 1 See how you translated this in [2:29](../02/29.md). Alternate translation: “Everyone whose father is God … because God is his father” 3:9 j176 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ & ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται 1 See whether in [2:29](../02/29.md) you decided to explain this metaphor. Alternate translation: “Everyone whose spiritual father is God … because God is his spiritual father” +3:9 cbdt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἁμαρτίαν οὐ ποιεῖ & οὐ δύναται ἁμαρτάνειν 1 See the discussion of the term “sin” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. The form of the verbs **commit** and **able** here may indicate a continual or habitual action. Alternate translation: “does not keep sinning … he is not able to keep sinning” 3:9 j177 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns σπέρμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ μένει 1 In this phrase, **his** refers to **God** and **him** refers to the person **who has been begotten from God**. Alternate translation: “God’s seed remains in such a person” 3:9 j178 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σπέρμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ μένει 1 See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In this instance, as in [2:27](../02/27.md), it seems to refer to a continuing presence. Alternate translation: “God’s seed continues to be present in such a person” -3:9 ps9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σπέρμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ μένει 1 John is using the word **seed** here. It could mean: (1) The characteristics of a father that a child inherits from him and displays more and more as he grows. Alternate translation: “the characteristics that show that God is his father become continually more evident” (2) Something that gives life such as the **seed** from which plants grow. Alternate translation: “the new life that God has put in that person continues to grow” +3:9 ps9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σπέρμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ μένει 1 John is using the word **seed** here to represent something that God gives to every believer that marks that believer as belonging to God and empowered to live for him. It could represent: (1) the new life from God that comes from his Spirit. Alternate translation: “the new life that God gave to that person continues with him” or “the Spirit that God put within that person stays with him” (2) the characteristics of a father that a child inherits from him. Alternate translation: “the characteristics that show that God is his father are always part of him” 3:10 w33l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν τούτῳ φανερά ἐστιν τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τὰ τέκνα τοῦ διαβόλου 1 **In this** means something similar to the idiomatic expression “in this we know” that John uses many times in this letter. The word **this** refers to what John says in the next sentence. Alternate translation: “This is how we can tell the difference between the children of God and the children of the devil” 3:10 j179 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τὰ τέκνα τοῦ διαβόλου 1 John is using the word **children** in both of these instances. His usage is similar to the Hebrew idiom in which the “child” of something shares its characteristics. Alternate translation: “people who are living a new life in close relationship with God and people who are still in their old way of life influenced by the devil” 3:10 ctk6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives πᾶς ὁ μὴ ποιῶν δικαιοσύνην, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this double negative by translating it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Everyone who does wrong is alienated from God” -3:10 j180 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ὁ μὴ ποιῶν δικαιοσύνην 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [2:29](../02/29.md). Alternate translation: “who does not do what is right” +3:10 j180 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ὁ μὴ ποιῶν δικαιοσύνην 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [2:29](../02/29.md). Alternate translation: “Any person who does not do what is right” 3:10 j181 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The expression **from God** is an idiom. John uses it in various ways in this letter. Alternate translation: “does not belong to God” or “is not living in relationship with God” -3:10 j182 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ ὁ μὴ ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and the one who does not love his brother is not from God” or, if you translated the double negative in the previous clause as a positive statement, “and anyone who hates a fellow believer is alienated from God” +3:10 j182 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ ὁ μὴ ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and the one who does not love his brother is not from God” 3:10 v1bx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated **his brother** in [2:9](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” 3:11 qd6j rc://*/ta/man/checking/headings 0 If you are using section headings, you could put one here before verse 11. Suggested heading: “What Love Is” 3:11 j183 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 John uses the phrase **from the beginning** in various ways in this letter. Here it refers to the time when the people to whom he is writing first heard about or first believed in Jesus. See how you translated this phrase in [2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “ever since you first heard about Jesus” -3:12 frz9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐ καθὼς Κάϊν 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “and we should not be like Cain” +3:12 frz9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐ καθὼς Κάϊν 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “so we should not be like Cain” 3:12 w83v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Κάϊν & ἔσφαξεν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 John assumes that his readers will know that **Cain** was a son of the first man and woman, Adam and Eve. As the book of Genesis describes, Cain was jealous of his younger **brother** Abel and murdered him. If your readers might not know this, you could express this explicitly in a footnote or by putting the names of his parents and brother in the text. Alternate translation: “Cain, the son of the first man and woman, Adam and Eve, … murdered his younger brother Abel” 3:12 j185 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ ἦν 1 This is similar to the phrase “from the devil” in [3:8](../03/08.md). See how you translated that phrase. Alternate translation: “who belonged to the evil one” or “who was influenced by the evil one” 3:12 j186 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 John is using the adjective **evil** as a noun in order to indicate a specific being. ULT adds **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the one who is evil” @@ -349,27 +350,28 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 3:14 j190 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοὺς ἀδελφούς 1 See how you translated **the brothers** in [2:9](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “the other believers” 3:14 j191 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὁ μὴ ἀγαπῶν 1 John does not say specifically whom such a person **does not love**. In context, it appears that he means other believers. But it is also possible that John means other people in general. Alternate translation: “The one who does not love his fellow believers” or “The one who does not love other people” 3:14 qa7l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μένει ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ 1 See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In this instance, it means staying in the same place. John is once again speaking of the state of **death** as if it were a location. Alternate translation: “remains dead spiritually” -3:15 mqu2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ μισῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, ἀνθρωποκτόνος ἐστίν 1 John is using the term **murderer**, and he is echoing the teaching of Jesus that is recorded in Matthew [5:21–22](../05/21.md). John means that since people commit murder because they hate other people, anyone who hates is the same on the inside as someone who actually kills another person. It may be helpful to translate this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “Whoever hates another believer is just like someone who kills a person” +3:15 mqu2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ μισῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, ἀνθρωποκτόνος ἐστίν 1 John is using the term **murderer**, and he is echoing the teaching of Jesus that is recorded in Matthew [5:21–22](Matthew/05/21.md). John means that since people commit murder because they hate other people, anyone who hates is the same on the inside as someone who actually kills another person. It may be helpful to translate this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “Whoever hates another believer is just like someone who kills a person” 3:15 j192 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated **his brother** in [2:9](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” 3:15 j193 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives πᾶς ἀνθρωποκτόνος οὐκ ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the subject negative and the verb positive. Alternate translation: “no murderer has eternal life” 3:15 j194 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 Since John is speaking of a present reality, by **eternal life** he does not mean living forever in the presence of God after death, which is one thing that this expression can describe. Rather, he means the regenerating power that God gives to believers in this life that helps them to stop sinning and to do what pleases him. Clearly, anyone who is a **murderer** does not have this power at work in him. Alternate translation: “the power that God gives to help us become new people” 3:15 s3aw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification οὐκ ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἐν αὐτῷ μένουσαν 1 See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In this instance, John seems to be using the term literally, in the sense of “residing,” to depict **eternal life** as if it were a living thing that could actively reside within a person. Alternate translation: “has not received eternal life” 3:16 j195 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν τούτῳ ἐγνώκαμεν τὴν ἀγάπην 1 **In this we have known** means something similar to the idiomatic expression “in this we know” that John uses many times in this letter. Alternate translation: “This is how we have come to understand what love is” 3:16 j196 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνος 1 The demonstrative pronoun **that one** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus” -3:16 a2cq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἔθηκεν 1 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “willingly gave his life for us” or “willingly died for us” +3:16 a2cq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἔθηκεν 1 This is an idiom that means "died willingly for us." If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “willingly gave his life for us” or “sacrificed himself for us” 3:16 j197 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καὶ ἡμεῖς ὀφείλομεν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀδελφῶν, τὰς ψυχὰς θεῖναι 1 John is not saying that we should seek out ways to die for our fellow believers in a literal sense, but that we should be prepared to do so, if necessary. However, he is also using the expression **lay down our lives** to mean that we should seek ways to love our fellow believers in sacrificial ways, as he illustrates in the next verse. 3:16 j198 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 See how you translated **the brothers** in [2:9](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “our fellow believers” 3:17 j199 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ὃς & ἂν ἔχῃ τὸν βίον τοῦ κόσμου 1 John uses this expression to introduce a hypothetical situation, which he discusses over the course of the whole verse. He is not talking about any specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could restate this as in the UST. -3:17 nlj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν βίον τοῦ κόσμου 1 In this letter, John uses **world** to mean various things. Here it refers to the created world, and so to material things such as, in this context, money, food, and clothing. Alternate translation: “material possessions” -3:17 j200 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated **his brother** in [2:9](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” +3:17 nlj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν βίον τοῦ κόσμου 1 In this letter, John uses **world** to mean various things. Here it refers to the created world, and so refers to material things such as, in this context, money, food, and clothing. Alternate translation: “material possessions” +3:17 j200 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated **his brother** in [2:9](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “one of our fellow believers” 3:17 zql1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom κλείσῃ τὰ σπλάγχνα αὐτοῦ ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 This is an idiom in which the **entrails** or internal organs represent the emotions that would lead a person to act generously. Your language may have an equivalent figurative expression that you could use. You could also express the plain meaning in your translation. Alternate translation: “closes his heart to him” or “refuses to have compassion on him” or “declines to help him” 3:17 l8u4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐν αὐτῷ? 1 John is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question by translating his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “the love of God does not remain in such a person!” 3:17 j201 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πῶς ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐν αὐτῷ 1 See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. As in [2:14](../02/14.md), here the word seems to describe behavior that is recognized to be genuine because it is consistent. Alternate translation: “such a person does not genuinely love others with love that is from God!” -3:17 j202 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession πῶς ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐν αὐτῷ 1 As in [2:5](../02/05.md), the phrase **the love of God** could mean: (1) God loving people. Alternate translation: “Is it possible that he has truly received God’s love” (2) a person loving God. Alternate translation: “is it really possible that he truly loves God” We recommend option (1) if you must choose. But it is probable that John intends both meanings here, so if your translation can leave the possibilities open, that would be best. Alternate translation: “is he really loving others the way that God loves him” +3:17 j202 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession πῶς ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐν αὐτῷ 1 As in [2:5](../02/05.md), the phrase **the love of God** could mean: (1) God loving people. Alternate translation: “Is love from God really working in him” (2) a person loving God. Alternate translation: “is it really possible that he truly loves God” We recommend option (1) if you must choose. But it is probable that John intends both meanings here, so if your translation can leave the possibilities open, that would be best. Alternate translation: “is he really loving others the way that God loves him” 3:18 g6uh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τεκνία 1 See how you translated **Little children** in [2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “You dear believers who are under my care” 3:18 p91w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet μὴ ἀγαπῶμεν λόγῳ, μηδὲ τῇ γλώσσῃ 1 The phrases **in word** and **in tongue** mean similar things. John is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these terms into a single expression. Alternate translation: “let us not love only by what we say” 3:18 j203 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy μὴ ἀγαπῶμεν λόγῳ, μηδὲ τῇ γλώσσῃ 1 John is using the phrases **in word** and **in tongue** to refer to what a person says. Alternate translation: “let us not love only by what we say” 3:18 b4mm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole μὴ ἀγαπῶμεν λόγῳ, μηδὲ τῇ γλώσσῃ 1 John is not saying that we should never express love through words. He is using hyperbole to make a contrast between words and actions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include a word such as “only” or “merely.” Alternate translation: “let us not love only by what we say” +3:18 bqz0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure μὴ ἀγαπῶμεν λόγῳ, μηδὲ τῇ γλώσσῃ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could put the negative **not** before **in word**, rather than before **love**. Alternate translation: “let us love not in word nor in tongue” 3:18 j204 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ ἐν ἔργῳ καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “but let us love in deed and in truth” 3:18 j205 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys ἐν ἔργῳ καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 John is expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **truth** indicates the quality that loving **in deed** would have. Alternate translation: “truly, in actions” 3:19 d70n rc://*/ta/man/checking/headings 0 If you are using section headings, you could put one here before verse 19. Suggested heading: “Have Confidence When You Pray” @@ -428,21 +430,21 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 4:3 j241 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 If you follow the variant reading “Jesus Christ having come in the flesh,” see how you translated that expression in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “that Jesus Christ had a real human body” 4:3 j242 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 Even if you do not follow the reading of the textual variant here, you may wish to explain more fully what John means by **Jesus** in this context in order to make the implied information explicit for your readers. Alternate translation: “that Jesus Christ had a real human body” 4:3 j243 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν 1 See how you translated the similar expression in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “is not inspired by God” or, if your language does not use passive forms, “God is not inspiring,” placing that phrase before **every spirit** or “every prophet” -4:3 cda6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ τοῦ ἀντιχρίστου 1 The word **that** most likely means “the spirit,” referring back to the word **spirit** in the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “this is the spirit of the antichrist” -4:3 j244 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ τοῦ ἀντιχρίστου 1 Assuming that the word **that** means “the spirit,” see the discussion of the word “spirit” in the General Notes to this chapter. In this instance, John is referring to either: (1) the characteristic attitude of something, or (2) a supernatural being who inspires that attitude. Also see how you translated the term **antichrist** in [2:18](../02/18.md). Alternate translation: “this false teaching is opposed to Jesus” -4:3 j245 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ὃ ἀκηκόατε ὅτι ἔρχεται, καὶ νῦν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἐστὶν ἤδη 1 The word **which** refers to the **spirit** of **the antichrist**, which was already **in the world** at the time when John wrote, and not to **the antichrist** himself, who was not **in the world**. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “You have heard that this false teaching is coming, and it is now already circulating among people” +4:3 cda6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ τοῦ ἀντιχρίστου 1 The word **this** refers to **every spirit that does not confess Jesus** in the previous sentence and the word **that** here is a shorter way to say “the one” or “the spirit.” Alternate translation: “every spirit that does not confess Jesus is the spirit of the antichrist” +4:3 j244 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ τοῦ ἀντιχρίστου 1 Since that the word **that** means “the spirit,” see the discussion of the word “spirit” in the General Notes to this chapter. In this instance, John is referring to either: (1) the characteristic attitude of something, or (2) a supernatural being who inspires that attitude. Also see how you translated the term **antichrist** in [2:18](../02/18.md). Alternate translation: “this is the false teaching that is opposed to Jesus” +4:3 j245 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ὃ ἀκηκόατε ὅτι ἔρχεται, καὶ νῦν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἐστὶν ἤδη 1 The word **which** refers to the **spirit** of **the antichrist**, which was **already in the world** at the time when John wrote. It does not refer to **the antichrist** himself, who was not yet **in the world**. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “You have heard that this false teaching is coming, and it is now already circulating among people” 4:3 j246 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 John uses **world** to mean various things in this letter. Here, while it could possibly mean the literal earth (so this expression would mean “on this earth”), it more likely refers to the people living in the world. Alternate translation: “circulating among people” 4:4 j247 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὑμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστε 1 The expression **from God** means something different in this verse than in the previous three verses, since it refers to believers rather than to the spirits that are inspiring prophets. It means the same thing as in [3:10](../03/10.md). See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “You belong to God” or “You are living in relationship with God” 4:4 w1yr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τεκνία 1 See how you translated **little children** in [2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “you dear believers who are under my care” 4:4 avj3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor νενικήκατε αὐτούς 1 As in [2:13](../02/13.md) and [2:14](../02/14.md), John is using the word **overcome**. He is speaking of the believers’ refusal to believe the false prophets as if the believers had defeated these prophets in a struggle. Alternate translation: “you have refused to believe these false teachers” 4:4 j248 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτούς 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the false prophets whom John describes in [4:1](../04/01.md). Alternate translation: “these false teachers” -4:4 j5ve rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐστὶν ὁ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 As in [3:24](../03/24.md), John is speaking as if God could be inside of believers. Alternate translation: “God, with whom you have a close relationship,” +4:4 j5ve rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μείζων ἐστὶν ὁ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 As in [3:24](../03/24.md), John is speaking as if God could be inside of believers. Alternate translation: “God, with whom you have a close relationship, is greater” 4:4 tp4q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 The phrase **in the world** here and in [4:5](../04/05.md) seems to have a different meaning than in [4:1](../04/01.md) and [4:3](../04/03.md). There, it refers to location, so when John says in [4:3](../04/03.md) that the spirit of the antichrist is “in the world,” it means “on this earth” or “circulating among people.” But here, John seems to be using the term **world** to mean the value system that is opposed to God. In that case, the phrase **the one in the world** would refer to the devil by association with the way that he inspires that system. Alternate translation: “the devil” 4:5 y2z8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy αὐτοὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου εἰσίν; διὰ τοῦτο ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου λαλοῦσιν 1 John uses **world** to mean various things in this letter. Here in these first two instances, it refers to the system of values shared by people who do not know God. Alternate translation: “These false teachers are influenced by the ungodly value system of the people who do not honor God. As a result, they express the perspectives of that system” 4:5 j252 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοὶ 1 The pronoun **They** refers to the false prophets whom John describes in [4:1](../04/01.md). Alternate translation: “These false teachers” 4:5 em2t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος αὐτῶν ἀκούει 1 In this instance, the term **world** refers to people who share the world’s value system. That is, they do not honor or obey God. Alternate translation: “ungodly people listen to them” 4:5 j253 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὁ κόσμος αὐτῶν ἀκούει 1 The word **listens** is an idiom that means “believes” or “is persuaded by.” Alternate translation: “ungodly people believe them” -4:6 j254 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς & ἡμῶν & ἡμῶν 1 The pronouns **We** and **us** in this verse are probably exclusive, and so if your language marks that distinction, we recommend using the exclusive form in your translation. John appears to be speaking here of himself and his fellow eyewitnesses of the resurrection as teachers of the truth about Jesus. He has already said that the believers to whom he is writing are from God in [4:4](../04/04.md). +4:6 j254 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς & ἡμῶν & ἡμῶν 1 The pronouns **We** and **us** in the first three sentences of this verse are probably exclusive, and so if your language marks that distinction, we recommend using the exclusive form in your translation. John appears to be speaking here of himself and his fellow eyewitnesses of the resurrection as teachers of the truth about Jesus. He has already said that the believers to whom he is writing are from God in [4:4](../04/04.md). 4:6 j328 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἡμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐσμεν 1 Here, **from God** could mean: (1) that John and his fellow eyewitnesses teach the truth about Jesus because God has sent them to do that. Alternate translation: “God has sent us” (2) the same thing as it does in [4:4](../04/04.md) and in [4:1–3](../04/01.md). Alternate translation: “We belong to God” 4:6 j256 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἡμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐσμεν 1 If you have decided that **We are from God** means “God has sent us,” and if it would be helpful to your readers, either here or in a footnote you could state explicitly what God has sent John and the other eyewitnesses to do. Alternate translation: “God has sent us to teach the truth about Jesus as eyewitnesses to his life on earth” 4:6 j257 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὁ γινώσκων τὸν Θεὸν 1 As in [2:3–4](../02/03.md), John is using the word **knowing** in a specific sense. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “Anyone who has a close relationship with God” @@ -450,7 +452,7 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 4:6 j259 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὃς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The expression **from God** means the same thing in this verse as in [4:4](../04/04.md). See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “Whoever does not belong to God” or “Whoever is not living in relationship with God” 4:6 j260 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐκ τούτου γινώσκομεν 1 This is an idiomatic expression. It means the same thing as the expression “in this we know” which John uses several times in this letter. Alternate translation: “This is how we can recognize” 4:6 arsa rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐκ τούτου γινώσκομεν 1 Here, **this** refers back to what John has just written in the previous two sentences. We can know if someone is teaching a true message if it agrees with what John and the other apostles teach, and that it is a false message if it does not. John may have intended for **this** to also include what he said in [4:2–3](../04/02.md). -4:6 j261 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive γινώσκομεν 1 Since John is once again speaking of himself and the believers to whom he is writing, **we** in this last sentence in the verse would be inclusive, and so if your language marks that distinction, use the inclusive form in your translation. This inclusive usage continues through [4:13](../04/13.md). +4:6 j261 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive γινώσκομεν 1 In the last sentence of this verse, John is once again speaking of himself and the believers to whom he is writing. If your language has an inclusive form of **we**, then use that in your translation here. This inclusive usage continues through [4:13](../04/13.md). 4:6 j262 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πλάνης 1 See the discussion of the word **spirit** in the General Notes to this chapter. In these instances, the word may refer to: (1) spirits that inspire messages of a certain kind. In this case, **the spirit of truth** would refer to God’s Spirit, and **the spirit of error** would refer to the devil. These would also be what John refers to as “the one in you” and “the one in the world” in [4:4](../04/04.md). See the UST. (2) the character of something. In this case, John would be using **spirit** to refer to people whose teaching has a certain character. Alternate translation: “whose teaching is true and whose teaching is false” 4:6 j263 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πλάνης 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **truth** and **error** with the adjectives “true” and “false.” Alternate translation: “the spirit whose messages are true and the spirit whose messages are false” 4:7 bse1 rc://*/ta/man/checking/headings 0 If you are using section headings, you could put one here before verse 7. Suggested heading: “Love Comes from God” @@ -465,11 +467,12 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 4:8 j267 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ὁ Θεὸς ἀγάπη ἐστίν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **love** with an adjective such as “loving.” Alternate translation: “God is entirely loving” 4:9 i2b5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν τούτῳ 1 **In this** means something similar to the idiomatic expression “in this we know” that John uses many times in this letter. Alternate translation: “This is how” 4:9 mhuo rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐν τούτῳ 1 Here, **this** refers forward to what John will say in the rest of the sentence. God demonstrated that he loves us by sending his Son. -4:9 j268 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐφανερώθη ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν ἡμῖν 1 See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. This is a Greek passive verbal form that may have an active meaning, so it could be translated **appeared** or “was revealed.” If your language does not use passive forms, you can use an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God showed us how much he loves us” +4:9 j268 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐφανερώθη ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν ἡμῖν 1 See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. This verbal form could be translated **appeared** or “was revealed.” If your language does not use passive forms, you can use an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God showed us how much he loves us” 4:9 y4m8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **the love of God** refers to God loving people. Alternate translation: “God’s love for us” 4:9 j269 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἐν ἡμῖν 1 The expression **among us** likely refers to all of humanity, not just to the people who saw and heard Jesus when he was alive, so this would be an inclusive use of the term **us** that would include the believers to whom John is writing. John says later in the sentence that Jesus came **so that we might live through him**, and **we** in that instance does include these believers. So it is likely that **us** earlier in the sentence includes them as well. 4:9 j270 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν αὐτοῦ 1 **Son** is an important title for Jesus. Alternate translation: “his Son Jesus” -4:9 j272 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 John uses **world** to mean various things in this letter. Here it refers to the created world. Alternate translation: “to this earth” +4:9 xzpr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τὸν μονογενῆ 1 The adjectives **One and Only** function here as nouns to mean that God has no other Son like Jesus. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could add the noun “Son” to this phrase. Alternate translation: “his One and Only Son” +4:9 j272 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 John uses **world** to mean various things in this letter. Here it refers to the created world. Alternate translation: “to live on earth” 4:9 wxf8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἵνα ζήσωμεν δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 Since people were already literally alive before Jesus came, John means this in a figurative sense. He is likely referring to what he calls “eternal life” in [3:15](../03/15.md). That includes both living forever in the presence of God after death and receiving power from God in this life to live in a new way. Alternate translation: “so that through him we might receive power from God to live as new people in this life and to live forever in God’s presence after we die” 4:10 v1zv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν τούτῳ ἐστὶν ἡ ἀγάπη 1 **In this** means something similar to the idiomatic expression “in this we know” that John uses many times in this letter. Alternate translation: “This is how we have experienced genuine love” 4:10 bnve rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν τούτῳ ἐστὶν ἡ ἀγάπη 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **love** by stating the meaning behind it with a verb. Alternate translation: “This is how we know what it means to love” From 38e7910410ffdacfb461174efd25a53eb4209604 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Tue, 27 Feb 2024 21:58:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 25/32] Merge pjoakes-tc-create-1 into master by pjoakes (#3668) Co-authored-by: pjoakes Co-committed-by: pjoakes --- tn_1JN.tsv | 64 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-------------------------- 1 file changed, 33 insertions(+), 31 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_1JN.tsv b/tn_1JN.tsv index 6dab987029..94fab2d4a5 100644 --- a/tn_1JN.tsv +++ b/tn_1JN.tsv @@ -486,13 +486,14 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 4:12 vt14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἡ ἀγάπη αὐτοῦ τετελειωμένη ἐν ἡμῖν ἐστιν 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [2:5](../02/05.md). In this case, it is clear that John is referring to God’s love for us, rather than to our love for God. Alternate translation: “God’s love has achieved its purpose in our lives” 4:13 gj7p rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ μένομεν, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν ἡμῖν, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος αὐτοῦ δέδωκεν ἡμῖν 1 The expression **In this** introduces a note of assurance that contrasts with the idea in the previous verse, ”No one has ever seen God.” This verse is very similar to the second half of [3:24](../03/24.md). See how you translated that verse. Alternate translation: “Nevertheless, this is how we know that we remain in him, and he in us: He has given us of his Spirit” or “But we know that we remain in him, and he in us, because he has given us of his Spirit” 4:13 j276 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι 1 This is an idiomatic expression that John uses many times in this letter. Alternate translation: “This is how we know that” +4:13 pte0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν 1 The pronoun **this** refers forward to what John says in the second part of this verse. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Here is the reason that we know” 4:13 m69h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἐν αὐτῷ μένομεν, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν ἡμῖν 1 In the expression **and he in us**, John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “we remain in him and he remains in us” 4:13 yv6s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐν αὐτῷ μένομεν, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν ἡμῖν 1 See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In this instance, it seems to mean the same thing as in [2:6](../02/06.md). See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “we continue to have a close relationship with God, and God continues to have a close relationship with us” 4:13 dge3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος αὐτοῦ δέδωκεν ἡμῖν 1 The word **of** here means “some of.” However, God’s Spirit is not something that can be divided. Rather, John is saying that God is sharing his Spirit with us. God’s Spirit can be in many places, and he is fully present in every place. John is saying that through his Spirit, God is fully present in the entire community, and that each believer experiences some of that full presence of God through the presence of the Spirit in his own life. Be sure that it is also clear in your translation that God does not have less of his Spirit now that each of us has some. Alternate translation: “he has sent his Spirit to live in each of us” 4:14 w6mz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς τεθεάμεθα καὶ μαρτυροῦμεν, ὅτι 1 In this verse, John is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses of the earthly life of Jesus, so the pronoun **we** is exclusive. Alternate translation: “we apostles have seen and bear witness to the fact that” 4:14 m7cb rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ & τὸν Υἱὸν 1 **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. Alternate translation: “God the Father … Jesus his Son” 4:14 j277 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Σωτῆρα τοῦ κόσμου 1 John uses **world** to mean various things in this letter. Here it refers to the people living in the world. Alternate translation: “to save the people in the world” -4:15 j278 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ὃς ἐὰν ὁμολογήσῃ ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ Θεὸς ἐν αὐτῷ μένει, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν τῷ Θεῷ 1 This can be translated as a conditional statement. John is saying that what he describes in the second phrase will happen only if what he describes in the first phrase happens. Then it will certainly happen. Alternate translation: “If someone confesses that Jesus is the Son of God, then God will remain in him and he will remain in God” +4:15 j278 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ὃς ἐὰν ὁμολογήσῃ ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ Θεὸς ἐν αὐτῷ μένει, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν τῷ Θεῷ 1 This can be translated as a conditional statement if that would be helpful in your language. John is saying that what he describes in the second phrase will happen only if what he describes in the first phrase happens. Then it will certainly happen. Alternate translation: “If someone confesses that Jesus is the Son of God, then God will remain in him and he will remain in God” 4:15 nvb1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὃς ἐὰν ὁμολογήσῃ ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The meaning of this expression is similar to the expression “the one who confesses the Son” in [2:23](../02/23.md). See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “Everyone who truly believes and acknowledges publicly that Jesus is the Son of God” 4:15 b6td rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. 4:15 a7rx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὁ Θεὸς ἐν αὐτῷ μένει, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν τῷ Θεῷ 1 In the expression **and he in God**, John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “God remains in him and he remains in God” @@ -500,9 +501,9 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 4:16 j279 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς & ἡμῖν 1 Here and in the rest of the letter, John speaks of himself and the believers to whom he is writing, so the words **we** and **us** will be inclusive. If your language marks that distinction, use the inclusive form in your translation. 4:16 j280 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὴν ἀγάπην ἣν ἔχει ὁ Θεὸς ἐν ἡμῖν 1 The phrase translated **in us** here is the same as the phrase translated “among us” in [4:9](../04/09.md). Here it could mean: (1) God’s love directed to us. Alternate translation: “the love that God has for us” (2) God’s love directed to others through us. Alternate translation: “the love that God has put into us” It may also be that John used a very general phrase in order to include both meanings. 4:16 t5am rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ Θεὸς ἀγάπη ἐστίν 1 This is a metaphor that describes what God is like in his character. See how you translated it in [4:8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “God is entirely loving” -4:16 dyr6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ μένων ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. As in [2:24](../02/24.md), in this instance the word seems to refer to maintaining a pattern of behavior. Alternate translation: “someone who continues to love others” +4:16 dyr6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ μένων ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. As in [2:24](../02/24.md), in this instance the word seems to refer to maintaining a pattern of behavior. Alternate translation: “a person who continues to love others” 4:16 fz29 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ Θεῷ μένει, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ἐν αὐτῷ μένει 1 See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In this instance, it seems to mean the same thing as in [2:6](../02/06.md) and in [4:15](../04/15.md). See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “continues to have a close relationship with God, and God continues to have a close relationship with him” -4:17 ypv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν τούτῳ 1 As in [4:9](../04/09.md), **In this** means something similar to the idiomatic expression “in this we know” that John uses many times in this letter. Alternate translation: “This is how” +4:17 ypv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν τούτῳ 1 As in [4:9](../04/09.md), **In this** means something similar to the idiomatic expression “in this we know” that John uses many times in this letter. Alternate translation: “By doing this” 4:17 bp6d rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐν τούτῳ 1 **In this** may refer: (1) backward to the last sentence of verse 16. Alternate translation: “By remaining in God,” (2) forward to the clause beginning **because just as that one is**. Alternate translation: “By loving others just the way that Jesus does,” 4:17 m76g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τετελείωται ἡ ἀγάπη μεθ’ ἡμῶν 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [2:5](../02/05.md). Since John speaks in the previous verse of God’s love, here John is probably continuing to refer to God’s love for us, rather than to our love for God. Alternate translation: “God’s love has achieved its purpose in our lives” 4:17 j281 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα παρρησίαν ἔχωμεν ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῆς κρίσεως 1 The clause beginning **so that** could function as: (1) a result clause. That is, John may be saying that as a result of God’s love achieving its purposes in our lives now, we will be confident on the day of judgment of his forgiveness and acceptance. If you decide that is the case, then your translation should follow the conventions of your language for result clauses. Alternate translation: “with the result that we may have confidence in the day of judgment” (2) a purpose clause. That is, John may be saying that one reason why God is having his love achieve its purpose in our lives now is that on the day of judgment, he wants us to be confident of his forgiveness and acceptance. If you decide that is the case, then your translation should follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. @@ -510,28 +511,28 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 4:17 j283 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἵνα παρρησίαν ἔχωμεν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **confidence** with an adjective such as “confident.” Alternate translation: “so that we will be confident that God has forgiven us and will accept us” 4:17 j284 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῆς κρίσεως 1 John is using the term **day** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time when God judges us” 4:17 j285 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὅτι 1 The word translated **because** here can be understood in different ways, depending on how you translated **In this** at the beginning of the verse. (1) If you translated **In this** as referring back to verse 16, then this word can be translated as “because.” (2) If you translated **In this** as referring to the clause beginning with this word, then translate this word with one that introduces the content of **In this**, such as “that.” -4:17 l78r rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ὅτι καθὼς ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν, καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐσμεν 1 The demonstrative pronoun **that one** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “since we are becoming more and more like Jesus” +4:17 l78r rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ὅτι καθὼς ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν, καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐσμεν 1 The phrase **that one** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “since we are becoming more and more like Jesus” 4:17 j286 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ 1 John uses **world** to mean various things in this letter, usually in a figurative sense. Here, however, it refers literally to the created world. Alternate translation: “as we live in this world” or “in our lives on this earth” 4:18 j287 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result φόβος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ, ἀλλ’ ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον, ὅτι ὁ φόβος κόλασιν ἔχει 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could put the third clause before the first clause, since the third clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Because fear has punishment, fear is not in love, but perfect love throws fear outside” 4:18 sq7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit φόβος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ, ἀλλ’ ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον, ὅτι ὁ φόβος κόλασιν ἔχει 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly what John means by **fear**, **perfect love**, and **punishment**, particularly in light of what he says in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “A person who thinks he is going to be punished is afraid, but no one who truly understands how much God loves him will be afraid, because when God’s love has achieved its purpose in our lives, we are confident that he has forgiven us and will accept us” 4:18 j288 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor φόβος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 John speaks as if **Fear** could be inside of **love**. Alternate translation: “no one who truly understands how much God loves him will be afraid” 4:18 j290 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον 1 By **perfect love**, John means the same thing as when he speaks in the previous verse of love that “has been perfected.” See how you translated that expression. Alternate translation: “when God’s love has achieved its purpose in our lives, it keeps us from being afraid” 4:18 bu17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον 1 John speaks of **love** as if it could actively throw **fear** far away from us. Alternate translation: “when God’s love has achieved its purpose in our lives, it keeps us from being afraid” -4:18 zsl7 ὁ φόβος κόλασιν ἔχει 1 Alternate translation: “fear has to do with punishment” or “people are afraid when they think they will be punished” +4:18 zsl7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ φόβος κόλασιν ἔχει 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify the relationship between **fear** and **punishment**. Alternate translation: “fear has to do with punishment” or “people are afraid when they think they will be punished” 4:18 yg1r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ φοβούμενος, οὐ τετελείωται ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [2:5](../02/05.md). Here, as there, **love** could mean: (1) God’s love for us. Alternate translation: “So if someone is afraid, then God’s love has not achieved its purpose in his life” (2) our love for God. Alternate translation: “So if someone is afraid, then he does not yet love God perfectly” It could also mean both things, as in [3:17](../03/17.md). If you must choose, then we recommend option (1). But if your translation can leave both possibilities open, that would be best. Alternate translation: “So if someone is afraid, then love is not yet fully working in his life” 4:18 j291 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ δὲ φοβούμενος, οὐ τετελείωται ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what such a person **fears**. This is clear from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “So if someone is afraid that God has not forgiven him and that God will not accept him, then God’s love has not achieved its purpose in his life” 4:19 j292 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἡμεῖς ἀγαπῶμεν, ὅτι αὐτὸς πρῶτος ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς 1 This verse summarizes the idea of verse [10](../04/10.md). See how you translated there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because God first loved us, we love” 4:19 j293 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡμεῖς ἀγαπῶμεν 1 If you need to say who it is that **We love**, there are two possibilities, and John probably intended both here. If you must choose, then we recommend option (1) below, but if your translation can include both possibilities as in the UST, that would be best. Alternate translation: (1) “We love God” or (2) “We love others” 4:19 j294 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτὸς πρῶτος ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς 1 The pronoun **he** refers to God. Alternate translation: “God first loved us” 4:20 j295 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἐάν τις εἴπῃ, ὅτι ἀγαπῶ τὸν Θεόν, καὶ τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ μισῇ, ψεύστης ἐστίν 1 John is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the importance of consistency between their words and their actions. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone says, ‘I love God,’ but he hates his brother. Then he is a liar” -4:20 j296 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 John is using the word **and** to introduce a contrast between what would be expected, that someone who loved God would also love his fellow believers, and what would actually be true of this hypothetical person. Alternate translation: “but” -4:20 tfq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated **his brother** in [2:9](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” -4:20 a8zh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives ὁ & μὴ ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ & τὸν Θεὸν & οὐ δύναται ἀγαπᾶν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this double negative by translating it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “only those who love their fellow believers … are able to love God” +4:20 j296 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 John is using the word translated as **and** to introduce a contrast between what would be expected, that someone who loved God would also love his fellow believers, and what would actually be true of this hypothetical person. Alternate translation: “but” +4:20 tfq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated **his brother** in [2:9](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “one of his fellow believers” +4:20 a8zh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives ὁ & μὴ ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ & τὸν Θεὸν & οὐ δύναται ἀγαπᾶν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this double negative by translating it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “only the person who loves his fellow believers … is able to love God” 4:20 xssu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ γὰρ μὴ ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, ὃν ἑώρακεν, τὸν Θεὸν, ὃν οὐχ ἑώρακεν, οὐ δύναται ἀγαπᾶν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly why this is true. Alternate translation: “This is true because it is much easier to love your fellow believer who is right in front of you than to love God, whom you could not even see.” 4:21 j298 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 The pronoun **him** refers to God. Alternate translation: “from God” 4:21 jrd1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ ἀγαπῶν τὸν Θεὸν 1 Here, **the one** refers to anyone who loves God. Alternate translation: “anyone who loves God” 4:21 j299 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated **his brother** in [2:9](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “each fellow believer” -5:intro bxm4 0 # 1 John 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. It is false teaching to deny that Jesus is the Son of God (5:1–12)\n2. Closing of Letter (5:13–21)\n\n## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “a sin toward death”\n\nIt is not entirely clear what John means by this phrase. The word “death” could refer either to physical death or to spiritual death, which is eternal separation from God. See the further discussion in the notes to [5:16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])\n\n### “the whole world lies in the power of the evil one”\n\nThe phrase “the evil one” refers to Satan. God has allowed him to rule the world, but, ultimately, God is in control over everything. God keeps his children safe from the evil one. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan]])\n\n## Important textual issues in this chapter\n\nIn [5:7–8](../05/07.md), all ancient manuscripts say: “For there are three who testify, the Spirit and the water and the blood, and the three are unto the one.” That is the reading that ULT follows. Some much later manuscripts say: “For there are three who testify in heaven: the Father, the Word, and the Holy Spirit, and these three are one; and there are three who testify on earth: the Spirit and the water and the blood, and these three are unto the one.” In this case, translators are advised to translate this as the ULT text does, since there is wide agreement that it follows the accurate reading. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in your region that have the longer reading, you could include it, but you should put it inside square brackets [ ] and indicate in a footnote that it was most likely not in the original version of 1 John. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +5:intro bxm4 0 # 1 John 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. It is false teaching to deny that Jesus is the Son of God (5:1–12)\n2. Closing of Letter (5:13–21)\n\n## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “a sin toward death”\n\nIt is not entirely clear what John means by this phrase. The word “death” could refer either to physical death or to spiritual death, which is eternal separation from God. See the further discussion in the notes to [5:16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])\n\n### “the whole world lies in the power of the evil one”\n\nThe phrase “the evil one” refers to Satan. God has allowed him to rule the world, but, ultimately, God is in control over everything. God keeps his children safe from the evil one. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan]])\n\n## Important textual issues in this chapter\n\nIn [5:7–8](../05/07.md), all ancient manuscripts say: “For there are three who testify, the Spirit and the water and the blood, and the three are unto the one.” That is the reading that ULT follows. Some much later manuscripts say: “For there are three who testify in heaven: the Father, the Word, and the Holy Spirit, and these three are one; and there are three who testify on earth: the Spirit and the water and the blood, and these three are unto the one.” In this case, translators are advised to translate this as the ULT text does, since there is wide agreement that it follows the accurate reading. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in your region that have the longer reading, you could include it, but you should put it inside square brackets [ ] and indicate in a footnote that it was most likely not in the original version of 1 John. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])\n\nIn [5:18](../05/18.md), the majority of ancient manuscripts say: “the one begotten from God keeps himself.” This means that the believer, whom John has just said is “having been begotten from God” in a spiritual sense, keeps himself away from sin. But many ancient manuscripts say: “the one begotten from God keeps him.” This means that Jesus, who is God's actual, only-begotten Son, keeps the believer from sin. The ULT follows the reading of the majority of ancient manuscripts, but most English translations follow the other reading. This is probably because the reading with “him” seems to make a more meaningful theological statement than the other reading. Scholars are divided about this, so either choice is acceptable. You may want to follow the reading of the respected translations in your area. 5:1 ex42 rc://*/ta/man/checking/headings 0 If you are using section headings, you could put one here before verse 1. Suggested heading: “Jesus is the Messiah and Son of God” 5:1 j301 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἐστιν ὁ Χριστὸς, ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [2:29](../02/29.md). Alternate translation: “God is the father of everyone who believes that Jesus is the Messiah” 5:1 h8if rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἐστιν ὁ Χριστὸς, ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται 1 See whether in [2:29](../02/29.md) you decided to explain this metaphor. Alternate translation: “God is the spiritual father of everyone who believes that Jesus is the Messiah” @@ -545,25 +546,26 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 5:3 j306 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 In this context, the phrase **the love of God** refers to believers loving God. John speaks in the previous verse of “when we love God.” Alternate translation: “what it means to love God” 5:3 uik3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἵνα τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηρῶμεν 1 Here, **keep** is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “that we should obey his commandments” 5:3 c5z1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor αἱ ἐντολαὶ αὐτοῦ βαρεῖαι οὐκ εἰσίν 1 John speaks of God’s **commandments** as if they had weight but did not weigh very much. Alternate translation: “his commandments are not difficult to obey” -5:4 j307 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge ὅτι πᾶν τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ, νικᾷ τὸν κόσμον 1 In order to create a verse bridge, you could begin this sentence with “Since” instead of **For**; you could end it with a comma instead of a period; and you could make it the beginning of the second sentence in the previous verse. It would go before “his commandments are not burdensome.” The word “And” would be left out. The result of combining verses 4 and 5 would be: “For this is the love of God, that we should keep his commandments. Since everyone who has been begotten from God overcomes the world, his commandments are not burdensome. And this is the victory that has overcome the world, our faith.” +5:4 j307 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge ὅτι πᾶν τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ, νικᾷ τὸν κόσμον 1 Verses 3 and 4 might be clearer in your language if you reorder and combine them as a verse bridge. To do so, you could begin this sentence with “Since” instead of **For**; you could end it with a comma instead of a period; and you could make it the beginning of the second sentence in the previous verse. It would go before “his commandments are not burdensome.” The word “And” would be left out. The result would be: “For this is the love of God, that we should keep his commandments. Since everyone who has been begotten from God overcomes the world, his commandments are not burdensome. And this is the victory that has overcome the world, our faith.” 5:4 i2bf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πᾶν τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [2:29](../02/29.md). Alternate translation: “everyone whose father is God” 5:4 j308 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πᾶν τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 See whether in [2:29](../02/29.md) you decided to explain this metaphor. Alternate translation: “everyone whose spiritual father is God” -5:4 g3uw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor νικᾷ τὸν κόσμον 1 As in [2:13](../02/13.md), John is using the word **overcomes**. He is speaking of the believers’ refusal to live by the value system of ungodly people as if the believers had defeated that system in a struggle. Alternate translation: “does not live by the value system of ungodly people” +5:4 g3uw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor νικᾷ τὸν κόσμον 1 As in [2:13](../02/13.md), John is using the word translated as **triumphs over**. Here John is speaking of the believers’ refusal to live by the value system of ungodly people as if the believers had defeated that system in a struggle. Alternate translation: “does not live by the value system of ungodly people” 5:4 yq2d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 See how you translated the term **world** in [2:15](../02/15.md). It has a similar meaning in this verse. Alternate translation: “the value system of ungodly people” -5:4 j309 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ νίκη 1 John is speaking of the thing that has won **the victory** as if it were **the victory** itself. Alternate translation: “what has won the victory” -5:4 k26g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἡ νίκη ἡ νικήσασα 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **victory** by combining it with the verb **overcome**. Alternate translation: “what has enabled us to overcome” -5:4 tf9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἡ νικήσασα τὸν κόσμον 1 Once again John is using the word **overcome**. He is speaking of the **faith** that he and his readers share as if it had defeated the ungodly value system in a struggle. Alternate translation: “that enables us to live differently from the value system of ungodly people” +5:4 hrkm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry ἡ νίκη ἡ νικήσασα 1 Here, **the triumph that has triumphed over** is an emphatic construction that uses a noun and verb that come from the same root. You may be able to use a similar construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. +5:4 k26g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἡ νίκη ἡ νικήσασα 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **triumph** by combining it with the verb **triumphed over**. Alternate translation: “what has enabled us to triumph over” +5:4 j309 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ νίκη 1 John is speaking of the thing that has won **the triumph** as if it were **the triumph** itself. Alternate translation: “what has won the triumph and” +5:4 tf9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἡ νικήσασα τὸν κόσμον 1 Once again John is using the word translated as **triumphed over**. He is speaking of the **faith** that he and his readers share as if it had defeated the ungodly value system in a struggle. Alternate translation: “that enables us to live differently from the value system of ungodly people” 5:4 j310 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 2 John is using the term **world** to mean the same thing as in the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “the value system of ungodly people” 5:4 w8ob rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις ἡμῶν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a verb such as “believe.” Alternate translation: “that we believe in Jesus” -5:5 qm85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς ἐστιν δέ ὁ νικῶν τὸν κόσμον, εἰ μὴ ὁ πιστεύων ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ? 1 John is using the question form for emphasis, to reaffirm what he said in the first sentence of the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question by translating his words as a statement and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “But only someone who believes that Jesus is the Son of God overcomes the world.” -5:5 db4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor νικῶν τὸν κόσμον 1 See how you translated **overcomes the world** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “who does not live by the value system of ungodly people” +5:5 qm85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς ἐστιν δέ ὁ νικῶν τὸν κόσμον, εἰ μὴ ὁ πιστεύων ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ? 1 John is using the question form for emphasis, to reaffirm what he said in the first sentence of the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question by translating his words as a statement and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “But only someone who believes that Jesus is the Son of God triumphs over the world.” +5:5 db4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor νικῶν τὸν κόσμον 1 See how you translated **triumphs over the world** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “who does not live by the value system of ungodly people” 5:5 j311 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 See how you translated **the world** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the value system of ungodly people” 5:5 drv2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. 5:6 js27 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἐλθὼν δι’ ὕδατος καὶ αἵματος 1 John is specifying here what it means to believe fully that “Jesus is the Son of God,” as he described in the previous verse. The terms **water** and **blood** are metonyms representing different important ways that the Son of God **came** to us. You may want to clarify these meanings in the text or do so in a footnote. The **blood** represents Jesus’ death on the cross, when he shed his blood as the Savior of the world. The **water** could stand for: (1) Jesus’ baptism. When John baptized Jesus in the water of the Jordan River, the Son of God began his ministry of reconciling the world to God. See the UST. (2) Jesus’ birth. There was the breaking of the birth water when the Son of God was born as a man. Alternate translation: “This is the one who came through the water of human birth and the blood of his sacrificial death” -5:6 j312 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ ἐλθὼν 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state more explicitly what this means, as UST does. +5:6 j312 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ ἐλθὼν 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state more explicitly what **having come** means, as UST does. 5:6 fgl6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor δι’ ὕδατος καὶ αἵματος 1 John is using a metaphor that pictures **water and blood** conveying Jesus to us or Jesus coming to us through water and through blood. The meaning is that Jesus became our Savior as he experienced baptism in water and submitted himself to death on the cross. Alternate translation “as our Savior, undergoing baptism and death” 5:6 x777 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions οὐκ ἐν τῷ ὕδατι μόνον, ἀλλ’ ἐν τῷ ὕδατι καὶ ἐν τῷ αἵματι 1 If it sounds confusing in your language to say **not in water … but in water**, you could reword this to avoid repeating the phrase **in water**. Alternate translation: “not in water alone, but also in blood” -5:6 j314 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸ Πνεῦμά ἐστιν ἡ ἀλήθεια 1 Like the statement “God is love” in [4:8](../04/08.md) and [4:16](../04/16.md), which describes God’s character, this is a metaphor that describes the character of the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the Spirit is entirely truthful” +5:6 j314 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸ Πνεῦμά ἐστιν ἡ ἀλήθεια 1 Like the statement “God is love” in [4:8](../04/08.md) and [4:16](../04/16.md), which describes God’s character, this is a metaphor that describes the character of the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the Spirit always tells the truth” 5:7 j315 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὅτι τρεῖς εἰσιν οἱ μαρτυροῦντες 1 In this statement, John reaffirms that the three things that he mentions in verse [6](../05/06.md) give us confidence that Jesus is the Son of God and came from him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “So there are three who testify that Jesus is God’s Son and came from him” 5:7 j316 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants ὅτι τρεῖς εἰσιν οἱ μαρτυροῦντες 1 See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to follow the reading of ULT or to follow the reading of some late manuscripts and say in your translation, “For there are three who testify in heaven: the Father, the Word, and the Holy Spirit; and these three are one. And there are three who testify on earth.” As the General Notes recommend, if you decide to use the longer reading, put it inside square brackets [ ] to indicate that it was most likely not in the original version of 1 John. 5:7 qpab rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification οἱ μαρτυροῦντες 1 Here, John speaks of water and blood as though they were people who could **testify**, or speak about what they saw. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “ways that God has given us to know that he sent Jesus” @@ -583,7 +585,7 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 5:10 j326 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. 5:10 gkj1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἔχει τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἐν αὑτῷ 1 John speaks of the **testimony** as if it were an object that could be inside believers. Alternate translation: “completely accepts what God has said” 5:10 j327 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν μαρτυρίαν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **testimony** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “what God has said” -5:10 j255 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ψεύστην πεποίηκεν αὐτόν 1 As in [1:10](../01/10.md), be sure that it is clear in your translation that God would not actually be a **liar** in this case. Rather, since God has said that Jesus is his Son, a person who did not believe that would be calling God a liar. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “is, in effect, calling God a liar” +5:10 j255 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ψεύστην πεποίηκεν αὐτόν 1 As in [1:10](../01/10.md), be sure that it is clear in your translation that God would not actually be a **liar** in this case. Rather, since God has said that Jesus is his Son, a person who did not believe that would be calling God a liar. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “is, in effect, saying that God is a liar” 5:10 sii2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν μεμαρτύρηκεν ὁ Θεὸς περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 John is using a construction in which a verb and its object come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language. Alternatively, your language may have another way of saying this. Alternate translation: “what God has testified about his Son” or "the testimony that God has given about his son" 5:11 rhpw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ Θεὸς, καὶ αὕτη ἡ ζωὴ ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation, as in the UST. 5:11 u1w5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ Θεὸς, καὶ αὕτη ἡ ζωὴ ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν 1 John speaks of **life** as if it were an object that was inside Jesus. Alternate translation: “God gave us eternal life, which people receive by believing in his Son Jesus” @@ -599,33 +601,33 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 5:13 j331 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὅτι ζωὴν ἔχετε αἰώνιον 1 The emphasis in this verse seems to be more on the future aspect of the expression **eternal life**. Alternate translation: “that you will live forever in God’s presence after you die” 5:14 j332 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ παρρησία ἣν ἔχομεν πρὸς αὐτόν 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, as in [3:21](../03/21.md) you could state explicitly what this **confidence** applies to in light of what John says in the rest of this sentence. Alternate translation: “we can be confident of this as we pray to God” 5:14 yj31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ παρρησία ἣν ἔχομεν πρὸς αὐτόν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **confidence** with an adjective such as “confident.” Alternate translation: “we can be confident of this as we pray to God” +5:14 rlcu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὕτη 1 The pronoun **this** refers to what John is about to say in the rest of the verse. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “I will tell you what” 5:14 j333 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτόν & αὐτοῦ & ἀκούει 1 The pronouns **him**, **his**, and **he** refer to God in this verse. Consider whether it might be helpful to your readers or more natural in your language to use the name “God” in one or more of these instances. 5:14 j334 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀκούει ἡμῶν 1 As in [4:5](../04/05.md), the word **listens** is an idiom. However, the meaning here is different than the meaning there, which was, “is persuaded by.” Rather, here it refers to God being willing to grant what we ask. Alternate translation: “he is willing to give it to us” 5:15 j335 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact ἐὰν οἴδαμεν ὅτι ἀκούει ἡμῶν 1 John is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a possibility if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what John is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since we know that he listens to us” 5:15 j336 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀκούει ἡμῶν 1 As in [5:14](../05/14.md), the word **listens** is an idiom. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “he is willing to give us what we ask for” -5:15 j337 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀκούει ἡμῶν 1 It may be helpful to repeat the condition that John specifies in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “he is disposed to give us what we ask for if it is according to his will” +5:15 j337 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀκούει ἡμῶν 1 It may be helpful to repeat the condition that John specifies in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “he is inclined to give us what we ask for if it is according to his will” 5:15 j338 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἀκούει & αὐτοῦ 1 The pronouns **he** and **him** refer to God in this verse. Consider whether it might be more natural in your language to use the name “God” for **he** and to say **him** later in the verse. -5:16 j339 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἐάν τις ἴδῃ τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ ἁμαρτάνοντα ἁμαρτίαν μὴ πρὸς θάνατον, αἰτήσει 1 John is describing a hypothetical situation in order to counsel his readers. UST models a way of showing this. +5:16 j339 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἐάν τις ἴδῃ τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ ἁμαρτάνοντα ἁμαρτίαν μὴ πρὸς θάνατον, αἰτήσει 1 John is describing a hypothetical situation in order to counsel his readers. UST models an alternative way of showing this. 5:16 sc1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated **his brother** in [2:9](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” 5:16 j340 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry ἁμαρτάνοντα ἁμαρτίαν 1 John is using a construction in which a verb and its object come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of expressing this. Alternate translation: “committing a sin” 5:16 j341 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἁμαρτίαν μὴ πρὸς θάνατον & τοῖς ἁμαρτάνουσιν μὴ πρὸς θάνατον & ἁμαρτία πρὸς θάνατον 1 The word **death** in this verse and the next refers to spiritual death, that is, to eternal separation from God. (See the later note to this verse for a discussion of what kind of sin John may have in mind that would lead to that.) Alternate translation: “a sin that does not lead to eternal separation from God … for those whose sin will not lead to eternal separation from God … a sin that does lead to eternal separation from God” 5:16 j342 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative αἰτήσει 1 John is using a future statement to give an instruction and command. Alternate translation: “he should pray for that fellow believer” 5:16 j343 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns δώσει αὐτῷ ζωήν 1 In this clause, the pronoun **him** refers to the believer who is sinning, and the pronoun **he** could refer to: (1) God since only God can give spiritual life. Alternate translation: “God will give life to the believer who is sinning” (2) **anyone**, that is, the person praying. In this case, John may be picturing God giving life by means of the person’s prayers, as in James 5:15, 20. Alternate translation: “he will be God’s instrument to give life to the believer who is sinning” 5:16 myf6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor δώσει αὐτῷ ζωήν 1 The word **life** here refers to spiritual life, that is, to eternal life with God. Alternate translation: “God will make sure that the believer who is sinning is not separated from him eternally” -5:16 q1me rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔστιν ἁμαρτία πρὸς θάνατον; οὐ περὶ ἐκείνης λέγω ἵνα ἐρωτήσῃ 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state more explicitly what this means. In the context of the whole letter, by **a sin toward death**, John is probably referring to behavior such as the false teachers engaged in and encouraged. As Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John explains, these false teachers claimed that it did not matter what people did in their bodies, and so they would have been committing many serious sins without feeling any conviction that their actions were wrong. This showed that they had abandoned faith in Jesus and had rejected the influence of the Holy Spirit. John implicitly corrects this false teaching again in [5:18](../05/18.md). His statement that believers should not pray for people who behave in this way is likely descriptive rather than prescriptive. That is, he is not saying that he does not want the believers to pray for them. Rather, he is explaining that it will not do any good to pray for them since they are determined to live in a way that is contrary to faith in Jesus and the influence of the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “There are people (such as the false teachers) who are sinning in a way that shows that they have decided to be separated from God for eternity. Praying for them is not likely to make any difference” -5:17 j344 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns πᾶσα ἀδικία ἁμαρτία ἐστίν, καὶ ἔστιν ἁμαρτία οὐ πρὸς θάνατον 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **unrighteousness** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “Every time we do what God does not want, that is sin” +5:16 q1me rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔστιν ἁμαρτία πρὸς θάνατον; οὐ περὶ ἐκείνης λέγω ἵνα ἐρωτήσῃ 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state more explicitly what this means. In the context of the whole letter, by **a sin toward death**, John is probably referring to behavior such as the false teachers engaged in and encouraged. As Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John explains, these false teachers claimed that it did not matter what people did in their bodies, and so they would have been committing many serious sins without feeling any conviction that their actions were wrong. This showed that they had abandoned faith in Jesus and had rejected the influence of the Holy Spirit. John implicitly corrects this false teaching again in [5:18](../05/18.md). Here John is not telling the believers not to pray for some people. Rather, he is explaining that it will not do any good to pray for them since they are determined to live in a way that is contrary to faith in Jesus and the influence of the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “There are people (such as the false teachers) who are sinning in a way that shows that they have decided to be separated from God for eternity. Praying for them is not likely to make any difference” +5:17 j344 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns πᾶσα ἀδικία ἁμαρτία ἐστίν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **unrighteousness** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “Every time we do what God does not want, that is sin” 5:17 j345 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 John is using the word **and** to introduce a contrasting statement that is intended to encourage the believers to whom he is writing. Alternate translation: “however,” -5:17 j346 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἔστιν ἁμαρτία οὐ πρὸς θάνατον 1 See how you translated the word **death** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “not every sin leads to eternal separation from God” or “not every sin causes a person to die spiritually” +5:17 j346 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἔστιν ἁμαρτία οὐ πρὸς θάνατον 1 See how you translated the word **death** in the previous verse. There and here, it refers to spiritual death. Alternate translation: “not every sin leads to eternal separation from God” or “not every sin causes a person to die spiritually” 5:18 j347 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [2:29](../02/29.md). Alternate translation: “everyone whose father is God” 5:18 j348 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 See whether in [2:29](../02/29.md) you decided to explain this metaphor. Alternate translation: “everyone whose spiritual father is God” -5:18 j349 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐχ ἁμαρτάνει 1 See how you translated this expression in [3:6](../03/06.md). Alternate translation: “does not sin wantonly and continually” -5:18 j350 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ γεννηθεὶς ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This is a description of Jesus, whom John calls “the only-begotten” in [4:9](../04/09.md). See how you translated that expression there. Alternate translation: “Jesus, God’s actual Son” -5:18 j351 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τηρεῖ ἑαυτὸν 1 This could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: (1) “keeps him in a close relationship with God” or (2) “keeps him from sinning” +5:18 j349 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐχ ἁμαρτάνει 1 See how you translated this expression in [3:6](../03/06.md) and see the discussion of “sin” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Alternate translation: “does not sin wantonly and continually” +5:18 j350 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants ὁ γεννηθεὶς ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ τηρεῖ ἑαυτὸν 1 Many ancient manuscripts read “the one begotten from God keeps himself.” The ULT follows that reading. In this case, **the one begotten from God** refers to the believer, just as the earlier phrase, **everyone having been begotten from God**, refers to the believer. In this reading, the believer guards himself from sin. Other ancient manuscripts read “the one begotten from God keeps him.” In this case, **the one begotten from God** refers to Jesus, who guards the believer from sin. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. See the notes in the introduction to this chapter. 5:18 l7h8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ὁ πονηρὸς 1 As in [2:13](../02/13.md), John is using the adjective **evil** as a noun in order to indicate a specific being. ULT adds **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the one who is evil” 5:18 j352 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ πονηρὸς 1 John is speaking of the devil by association with the way that he is **evil**. Alternate translation: “the devil” -5:18 j353 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐχ ἅπτεται αὐτοῦ 1 This is an idiom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “cannot harm him” +5:18 j353 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐχ ἅπτεται αὐτοῦ 1 This is an idiom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “cannot hurt him” 5:19 j354 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐσμεν 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [4:4](../04/04.md). Alternate translation: “we are sharing life with God” or “we are living in relationship with God” -5:19 eh5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος ὅλος 1 John uses the term **world** in various ways in this letter. In this instance, it likely refers both to the people living in the **world** who do not honor God and to their value system. Alternate translation: “all ungodly people and their value system” +5:19 eh5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος ὅλος 1 John uses the term **world** in various ways in this letter. In this instance, it likely refers both to the people living in the **world** who do not honor God and to their value system. Alternate translation: “every ungodly person along with the way that he thinks” 5:19 n9ig rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ πονηρῷ κεῖται 1 The expression **lies in** represents being controlled by someone or something. Alternate translation: “is controlled by the evil one” or “is controlled by evil influences” 5:19 j355 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τῷ πονηρῷ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **evil** by stating the meaning behind it with an equivalent expression. This could mean that: (1) John may be speaking of the devil, as in [2:13](../02/13.md). Alternate translation: “the devil” (2) John may be speaking of evil influences. Alternate translation: “evil influences” 5:20 je13 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. @@ -639,7 +641,7 @@ front:intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 5:20 j359 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Υἱῷ αὐτοῦ 1 **Son** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. 5:20 w5yl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἀληθινὸς Θεὸς 1 **This** could refer either to (1) Jesus, who was mentioned just before, or (2) God, who was mentioned earlier. 5:20 dz3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys ὁ ἀληθινὸς Θεὸς καὶ ζωὴ αἰώνιος 1 John is expressing a single idea by using two noun phrases connected with **and**. The phrase **eternal life** describes a quality of **the true God**, that he gives eternal life. Alternate translation: “the true God, who gives eternal life” -5:20 j360 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ζωὴ αἰώνιος 1 As in [4:9](../04/09.md), this means both receiving power from God in this life to live in a new way and living forever in the presence of God after death. See how you translated the expression **eternal life** there. +5:20 j360 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ζωὴ αἰώνιος 1 As in [4:9](../04/09.md), **eternal life** means both receiving power from God in this life to live in a new way and living forever in the presence of God after death. See how you translated the expression **eternal life** there. 5:21 i3rw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τεκνία 1 See how you translated **children** in [2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “You dear believers who are under my care” -5:21 hn4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom φυλάξατε ἑαυτὰ 1 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “stay away” +5:21 hn4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom φυλάξατε ἑαυτὰ ἀπὸ 1 Here, **keep yourselves from** is an idiom that means “avoid.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “have nothing to do with” or “stay away from” 5:21 j361 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῶν εἰδώλων 1 Here, **idols** could mean: (1) figurative idols, that is, anything that might take the place of the real God in a person’s life. Alternate translation: “anything that might take the place of God in your life” (2) literal idols, that is, statues that were worshiped as if they embodied a god. From 6f174dddaf52e17f4683263b75d9b027c616cef8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Thu, 7 Mar 2024 20:18:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 26/32] Merge pjoakes-tc-create-1 into master by pjoakes (#3669) Co-authored-by: pjoakes Co-committed-by: pjoakes --- tn_2JN.tsv | 70 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------- 1 file changed, 37 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_2JN.tsv b/tn_2JN.tsv index 558c585b64..ccaf739a57 100644 --- a/tn_2JN.tsv +++ b/tn_2JN.tsv @@ -1,63 +1,67 @@ Reference ID Tags SupportReference Quote Occurrence Note -front:intro vpa9 0 # Introduction to 2 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the book of 2 John\n\n1. Opening of letter (1:1–3)\n2. Encouragement and the commandment to love one another (1:4–6)\n3. Warning about false teachers (1:7–11)\n4. Closing of letter (1:12–13)\n\n### Who wrote the book of 2 John?\n\nThe author of this letter identifies himself only as “the elder.” However, the content of 2 John is similar to the content in John’s gospel. This suggests that the apostle John wrote this letter, and he would have done so near the end of his life.\n\n### To whom was the book of 2 John written?\n\nThe author addresses this letter to someone he calls “the chosen lady” and to “her children” (1:1). Although this could refer to a specific woman and her children, that interpretation is unlikely. More probably, this is a figurative way to refer to a specific congregation and its members. This interpretation is supported by the way that John refers to the congregation with him as “the children of your chosen sister” in verse 13. This would be a readily understandable metaphor, since the word for “church” in Greek is a feminine noun. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### What is the book of 2 John about?\n\nIt appears that John addressed this letter to a specific congregation of believers. John’s purpose in writing this letter to them was to warn his audience about false teachers. John did not want believers helping or giving money to false teachers.\n\nHe probably intended this message to be passed on to all believers in general.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “2 John” or “Second John.” Or they may choose a different title, such as “The Second Letter from John” or “The Second Letter John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What is hospitality?\n\nHospitality was an important concept in the ancient Near East. It was important to be friendly towards foreigners or outsiders and provide help to them if they needed it. John wanted believers to offer hospitality to guests. However, he did not want believers to offer hospitality to false teachers.\n\n### Who were the people John spoke against?\n\nThe people John spoke against may have been those who later became known as Gnostics. These people believed that the physical world was evil. Since the physical body was seen as evil, they did not think that God could become human. Therefore, they believed that Jesus was divine but denied that he was human. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### What are the major textual issues in the text of the book of 2 John?\n\nIn [1:12](../01/12.md), most modern versions of the Bible read “our joy.” There is another traditional reading that says “your joy.” If a version of the Bible already exists in your region, you should consider using the reading of that version in your translation. If not, you may wish to follow the reading that most Bible scholars consider to be authentic and say “our joy.” In this case, “our” would include both John and the letter recipients. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) -1:1 uspy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ πρεσβύτερος 1 In this culture, letter writers would give their own names first, referring to themselves in the third person. If that is confusing in your language, you could use the first person here. Or if your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, and if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “I, the elder, am writing this letter” -1:1 z4tk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ πρεσβύτερος 1 **The elder** likely means John, the apostle and disciple of Jesus. He refers to himself as **elder** either because of his old age or because he is a leader in the church or both. If you have a term for an older, respected leader, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “I, John, am writing this letter” or Alternate translation: “I, John the elder, am writing this letter” +front:intro vpa9 0 # Introduction to 2 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the book of 2 John\n\n1. Opening of letter (1:1–3)\n2. Encouragement and the commandment to love one another (1:4–6)\n3. Warning about false teachers (1:7–11)\n4. Closing of letter (1:12–13)\n\n### Who wrote the book of 2 John?\n\nThe author of this letter identifies himself only as “the elder.” However, the content of 2 John is similar to the content in John’s gospel and also to the content in 1 John and 3 John. This suggests that the apostle John wrote this letter, and he would have done so near the end of his life.\n\n### To whom was the book of 2 John written?\n\nThe author addresses this letter to someone he calls “the chosen lady” and to “her children” (1:1). Although this could refer to a specific woman and her children, that interpretation is very unlikely. More probably, this is a figurative way to refer to a specific congregation and its members. See the discussion in Part 3, below. John knew some members of this congregation or at least was told about them (1:4) and he wanted to give them instruction and encouragement.\n\n### What is the book of 2 John about?\n\nIt appears that John addressed this letter to a specific congregation of believers. John’s purposes in writing this letter to them was to encourage them in their faith and to warn them about false teachers. John did not want believers helping or giving money to false teachers. He probably intended this message to be passed on to all believers in general.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “2 John” or “Second John.” Or they may choose a different title, such as “The Second Letter from John” or “The Second Letter John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What is hospitality?\n\nHospitality was an important concept in the ancient Near East. It was important to be friendly toward foreigners or outsiders and provide help to them if they needed it. John wanted believers to offer hospitality to guests. However, he did not want believers to offer hospitality to false teachers.\n\n### Who were the people John spoke against?\n\nThe people John spoke against may have been those who later became known as Gnostics. These people believed that the physical world was evil. Since the physical body was seen as evil, they did not think that God could become human. Therefore, they believed that Jesus was divine but denied that he was human. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Who is the “chosen lady” of 2 John 1:1?\n\nJohn addresses this letter to “the chosen lady and her children,” and a few scholars have suggested that this refers to an actual woman with children. However, the great majority of scholars understand “the chosen lady and her children” to be a figurative way to refer to a congregation and its members. A closer examination of the letter reveals that this is the case. First of all, much of the content would not make sense if addressed to an individual. Also, John addresses this “lady” using plural forms of “you” in verses 6, 8, 10, and 12. An individual would not be addressed in that way. At the end of the letter, he sends greetings from “the children of your chosen sister,” using the same figurative language to refer to his own congregation. Since the word “church” was feminine in Greek, referring to a church as a "lady" and to another church as a “sister” would be quite normal. For these reasons, these notes will present the meaning of these words as figurative, not literal. \n\n### What are the major textual issues in the text of the book of 2 John?\n\nIn [1:8](../01/08.md), some manuscripts read “what you have worked for” instead of “what we have worked for.” If a version of the Bible already exists in your region, you should consider using the reading of that version in your translation. If not, you may wish to follow the reading that most Bible scholars consider to be authentic and say “what we have worked for.” Scholars are divided over whether “we” includes both John and the letter recipients or includes only John and those with him, and thus excludes the letter recipients. If your language makes the distinction, you might want to use the inclusive form, since the letter recipients certainly worked to support each other's faith. \n\nIn [1:12](../01/12.md), some manuscripts read “your joy” instead of “our joy.” If a version of the Bible already exists in your region, you should consider using the reading of that version in your translation. If not, you may wish to follow the reading that most Bible scholars consider to be authentic and say “our joy.” In this case, “our” would include both John and the letter recipients. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +1:1 uspy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ πρεσβύτερος 1 In this culture, letter writers would identify themselves first, referring to themselves in the third person. If that is confusing in your language, you could use the first person here. Or if your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, and if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “I, the elder, am writing this letter to you” +1:1 z4tk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ πρεσβύτερος 1 **The elder** refers to John, the apostle and disciple of Jesus. He refers to himself as **elder** either because of his old age or because he is a leader in the church or both. If you have a term for an older, respected leader, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “I, John, am writing this letter to you” or “I, John the elder, am writing this letter to you” 1:1 y7hw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ἐκλεκτῇ κυρίᾳ καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις αὐτῆς 1 In this culture, letter writers would name the addressees next, referring to them in the third person. If that is confusing in your language, you could use the second person here. Or if your language has a particular way of introducing the person who receives a letter, and if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “to you, chosen lady, and to your children” -1:1 a9w3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐκλεκτῇ κυρίᾳ 1 Here, **chosen lady** could mean: (1) John is writing to a church and describing the group of believers as a **lady**. (In Greek, the word for “church” is feminine.) (2) John is writing to a specific woman and referring to her respectfully as **lady**. Alternate translation: “to the chosen church” -1:1 ueev rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐκλεκτῇ κυρίᾳ 1 In this context, the term **chosen** indicates a person or group of people whom God has chosen to receive salvation. Alternate translation: “to the congregation that God has saved” -1:1 axty rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις αὐτῆς 1 Here, **her children** could mean: (1) just as “chosen lady” refers to a church, **her children** refers to the people who are part of that church. Alternate translation: “and to the believers in that group” (2) if this letter is addressed to an actual woman, it may refer to her biological children. (3) it refers to people whom the woman has led to faith as her spiritual children. -1:1 src4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἀγαπῶ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **truth** with an equivalent expression. The phrase **the truth** could: (1) refer to how John loves. Alternate translation: “truly love” (2) provide the reason for John’s love. Alternate translation: “love because we both know the truth” +1:1 a9w3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐκλεκτῇ κυρίᾳ καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις αὐτῆς 1 Here John is speaking of a church and its people as if they were a **lady and her children**. See the discussion in Part 3 of the Introduction to this book. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly in the text or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “to the people of the chosen church” +1:1 ueev rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐκλεκτῇ κυρίᾳ καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις αὐτῆς 1 In this context, the term **chosen** indicates a person or group of people whom God has chosen to receive salvation. Alternate translation: “to the congregation that God has saved” +1:1 src4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἀγαπῶ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **truth** with an equivalent expression. The phrase **the truth** could: (1) refer to how John loves. Alternate translation: “truly love” (2) provide the reason for John’s love. Alternate translation: “love because we both follow the one who is true” 1:1 a50f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πάντες οἱ ἐγνωκότες τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 John uses the phrase **all the ones having known the truth** to refer to believers who know and accept the true message about Jesus Christ. John is most likely using the term **all** as a generalization to mean all the believers who are with him and who know the people of this church. Alternate translation: “all who are with me and who know and accept the truth” -1:2 spdg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 John uses the abstract noun **truth** to refer to the true message that Christians believe. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind this termbehind this term with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the true message” +1:2 spdg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 John uses the abstract noun **truth** to refer to the true message that Christians believe. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the same idea with a different form of the word. Alternate translation: “the true message” 1:2 et6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμῖν & ἡμῶν 1 If your language marks this distinction, the pronoun **us** would be inclusive here and throughout the epistle, because John always uses it to refer to both himself and to the recipients of the letter. The pronoun “we” would also be inclusive for that same reason, as would the pronoun “our,” if you choose to use it in your translation. -1:2 a7rm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “for all time” +1:2 a7rm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 This is an idiom that means “forever.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for all time” 1:3 gad9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἔσται μεθ’ ἡμῶν χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη, παρὰ Θεοῦ Πατρός καὶ παρὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **grace**, **mercy**, and **peace** with verbal phrases, and use **God the Father** and **Jesus Christ** as the subject. Alternate translation: “God the Father and Jesus Christ will be kind to us, be merciful to us, and enable us to be peaceful” 1:3 zfgr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔσται μεθ’ ἡμῶν χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη 1 In this culture, letter writers would normally offer a good wish or blessing for the recipients before introducing the main business of the letter. But instead of a blessing here, John makes a declarative statement. This probably expresses his confidence that God will do as he promised. Be sure that your translation also expresses this confidence. 1:3 vpl9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός & Υἱοῦ 1 **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus Christ. Be sure to translate them accurately and consistently. -1:3 w6tr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἀληθείᾳ καὶ ἀγάπῃ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **truth** and **love** by stating the ideas behind them with adjectives or verbs. Here, these abstract nouns could refer to: (1) the qualities of God the Father and Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “who are truthful and loving” (2) how believers should live, and thus are the conditions under which believers will receive the “grace, mercy, and peace” from God. Alternate translation: “as we continue to hold on to what is true and to love each other” -1:4 ir6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you σου 1 The word **your** is singular here, since John is either addressing one woman, or the church collectively, as a “lady.” -1:4 ajlf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἐχάρην λείαν 1 If it is more natural in your language to state the reason first and then the result, you can put this after “I found some of your children walking in the truth,” as in the UST. -1:4 a3vs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῶν τέκνων σου 1 See how you translated the term **children** in [1:1](../01/01.md). This could refer to: (1) the people who are part of a certain congregation. (2) if this letter is addressed to an actual woman, it may mean either her biological children or (3) her spiritual children. Alternate translation: “the believers from your group” -1:4 w2b6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor περιπατοῦντας ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 John refers to living one’s life with the expression **walking**. Alternate translation: “living according to the truth” +1:3 w6tr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἀληθείᾳ καὶ ἀγάπῃ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **truth** and **love** by stating the ideas behind them with adjectives or verbs. Here, these abstract nouns could refer to: (1) the qualities of God the Father and Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “who are truthful and loving” (2) how believers should live, and thus are the conditions under which believers will receive the “grace, mercy, and peace” from God. Alternate translation: “as we continue to believe what is true and to love each other” +1:4 ajlf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἐχάρην λείαν ὅτι εὕρηκα ἐκ τῶν τέκνων σου περιπατοῦντας ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 If it is more natural in your language to state the reason first and then the result, you can put the statement **I rejoiced greatly** at the end of the verse. Alternate translation: “I found some of your children walking in the truth, just as we have received a commandment from the Father. Therefore, I rejoiced greatly.” +1:4 a3vs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῶν τέκνων σου 1 See how you translated the term **children** in [1:1](../01/01.md). John is continuing his figure of speech in which he addresses the church collectively as a “lady” and its members as her “children.” Alternate translation: “the believers from your group” +1:4 ir6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you τῶν τέκνων σου 1 The word **your** is singular here, since John is continuing his figure of speech in which he addresses the church collectively as a “lady” and its members as her **children**. If you are translating this in a non-figurative way, you may want to make this plural, according to what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the believers from your group” +1:4 w2b6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor περιπατοῦντας ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 Here John is speaking figuratively of a person's life as if it were a journey, and the way that the person behaves is the way that he walks on that journey. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “living according to the truth” 1:4 ddnx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for **truth**, you could use a phrase with an adjective. Alternate translation: “in a way that agrees with the true message from God” 1:4 s7hr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καθὼς ἐντολὴν ἐλάβομεν παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός 1 The expression **received a commandment** expresses the idea that God commanded the believers to do something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make **the Father** the subject of a sentence with the verb “command.” Alternate translation: “just as the Father has commanded us” 1:4 w7f1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 **Father** is an important title for God. Be careful to translate it accurately and consistently. 1:5 r4hx rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ νῦν 1 The words **and now** signal that what follows is the main point of the letter, or at least the first main point. Use a natural way for introducing the main point in your language. -1:5 c9xi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you σε, & σοι 1 These instances of **you** are singular since John is once again addressing the church in a figurative way as a “lady.” -1:5 xjsu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κυρία 1 See how you translated **lady** in [1:1](../01/01.md) -1:5 u38f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐχ ὡς ἐντολὴν καινὴν γράφων σοι 1 John does not refer to himself explicitly as the person writing. If your language requires you to state the subject of a verb, you could add a pronoun here. Alternate translation: “not as though I were writing you a new commandment” -1:5 uhs8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 The phrase **from the beginning** refers to the time when John and his audience first believed in Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “since the time that we first believed” -1:6 nw4g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor περιπατῶμεν κατὰ & ἐν αὐτῇ περιπατῆτε 1 In these instances the expression **walk** means to “obey.” Alternate translation: “we should obey … you should obey it” -1:6 cl95 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ἠκούσατε & περιπατῆτε 1 The term **you** is plural in this verse, because John is addressing a congregation of believers. This is the case throughout the rest of the letter, as well, except in verse 13, because there John returns to his metaphor of referring to a church as a woman and its members as her children. +1:5 c9xi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you σε, & σοι 1 These instances of **you** are singular since John is once again addressing the church in a figurative way as a **lady**. If you are translating John's form of address in a non-figurative way, you may want to make these plural, according to what is natural in your language. +1:5 xjsu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κυρία 1 John is continuing his figure of speech in which he addresses the church collectively as a **lady**. See how you translated **lady** in [1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “my dear believers” +1:5 u38f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐχ ὡς ἐντολὴν καινὴν γράφων σοι 1 If your language requires you to state who is **writing**, you could add a pronoun here. Alternate translation: “not as though I were writing a new commandment to you” +1:5 uhs8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 The phrase **from the beginning** refers to the time when John and his audience first believed in Jesus Christ. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “since the time that we first believed” +1:6 nw4g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor περιπατῶμεν κατὰ & ἐν αὐτῇ περιπατῆτε 1 Here as in [verse 4](../01/04.md), John is speaking figuratively of living one's life as “walking.” Specifically, to **walk according to** a commandment or to **walk in** a commandment means to “obey” it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we should obey … you should obey it” +1:6 cl95 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ἠκούσατε & περιπατῆτε 1 The term **you** is plural in this verse, because John is addressing a congregation of believers without any figure of speech. This is the case throughout the rest of the letter, as well, except at the end (verse 13), where John returns to using his figure of speech in which he refers to a church as a woman and its members as her children. 1:7 u749 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 Here, **For** introduces the reason why John wrote about the commandment to love and obey God in the previous verses—it is because there are many who pretend to be believers but they do not love or obey God. Use a natural way to introduce this reason in your language. See the UST. -1:7 w25m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὅτι πολλοὶ πλάνοι ἐξῆλθαν εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 This seems to be an implicit reference to the false teachers whom John discusses in [1:10–11](../01/10.md). Alternate translation: “For many deceivers are going around from place to place” +1:7 w25m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὅτι πολλοὶ πλάνοι ἐξῆλθαν εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 The phrase **gone out into the world** describes the way that the false teachers traveled around, as John discusses in [1:10–11](../01/10.md). You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “For many deceivers are going around from place to place” 1:7 x8yl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν ἐρχόμενον ἐν σαρκί 1 The expression **coming in flesh** is a metonym for being a real, physical person and not a spiritual being only. Alternate translation: “that Jesus Christ came as a real human” -1:7 vqnb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ πλάνος καὶ ὁ ἀντίχριστος 1 Here, **this** could refer to: (1) the activity of deceiving others or to the kind of teaching that these people are doing. Alternate translation: “This is the work of the deceiver, the antichrist” or “This kind of teaching comes from the one who is the deceiver and the antichrist” (2) any member of the group of deceivers. Alternate translation: “Any such person is the deceiver and the antichrist” If it would be helpful, you could make one of these meanings explicit. -1:7 vfdn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ὁ πλάνος καὶ ὁ ἀντίχριστος 1 The terms **deceiver** and **antichrist** refer to the same person. It may be helpful to clarify that in your translation. Alternate translation: “the deceiver, that is, the antichrist” -1:8 it9t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit βλέπετε ἑαυτούς 1 The implication is that the believers are to “watch” themselves, that is, be careful, so that they are not deceived by the deceivers and antichrists. Alternate translation: “Be careful not to let the deceivers and antichrists influence you” -1:8 i8n6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἃ 1 The word **what** is more fully defined in the next phrase as a “reward.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state “reward” here, as well. See the UST. -1:8 r9ky rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive εἰργασάμεθα 1 The word **we** here is inclusive. John, his audience, and others have all worked to build up the faith of the believers to whom John is writing. -1:9 mn3v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ προάγων καὶ μὴ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 John refers to **the teaching of Christ** as a place where faithful believers **remain** and also as a place that false teachers leave as they go **beyond**. The expression **goes beyond** refers to teaching new and false things that Jesus did not teach. Alternate translation: “Everyone who teaches things that Jesus did not teach” -1:9 x3ae rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure πᾶς ὁ προάγων καὶ μὴ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 These two phrases mean the same thing, one stated positively (**goes beyond**) and the other stated negatively (**does not remain**). If it is mote natural in your language, you can reverse the order of these, as in the UST. -1:9 xty9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Θεὸν οὐκ ἔχει 1 To **have God** means to have a relationship with God as Savior through faith in Jesus Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “does not belong to God” or “does not have a right relationship with God” -1:9 x523 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ, οὗτος καὶ τὸν Πατέρα καὶ τὸν Υἱὸν ἔχει 1 By **one**, John does not mean a particular person. He means anyone **remaining** in the **teaching** of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Anyone who follows Christ’s teaching belongs to both the Father and the Son” +1:7 vqnb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ πλάνος καὶ ὁ ἀντίχριστος 1 **This** refers back to the situation of people teaching falsely that Jesus did not have a body of flesh. John is saying that people deceive others in this way because the original deceiver (the devil) directs them to do so. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “This is the work of the deceiver, the antichrist” or “This kind of teaching comes from the one who is the deceiver and the antichrist” +1:7 vfdn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ὁ πλάνος καὶ ὁ ἀντίχριστος 1 The terms **deceiver** and **antichrist** refer to the same person (the devil). It may be helpful to clarify that in your translation. Alternate translation: “the deceiver, that is, the antichrist” +1:8 cvtt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom βλέπετε ἑαυτούς 1 Here, **Watch yourselves** is an idiom that means “be careful.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Mind yourselves” or “Guard yourselves” +1:8 it9t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit βλέπετε ἑαυτούς 1 The implication is that the believers are to be careful so that they are not deceived by the deceiving false teachers. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Be careful not to let the deceivers influence you” +1:8 i8n6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἃ 1 The word **what** refers generally to all of the work that John and his fellow believers have done to build up the faith of the believers in the church to which he is writing. You could use a general term here, or if it would be helpful in your language, you could state this more explicitly. Alternate translation: “everything” or “the faith in Jesus” +1:8 r9ky rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants εἰργασάμεθα 1 Some manuscripts have “you” here instead of **we**. Most scholars, however, consider the reading with **we** to be the correct one. See the discussion in Part 3 of the Introduction. +1:8 byw5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive εἰργασάμεθα 1 The word **we** here is probably inclusive. John, his audience, and others have all worked to build up the faith of the believers to whom John is writing. +1:8 vvej rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μισθὸν πλήρη 1 The word translated as **reward** also refers to the wages that a worker gets for his work. John is using this idea to say that God rewards his people for the work that they have done for him, and that this reward would be lost if the work came to nothing. In this context, the reward may include the idea of the person's relationship with God, since that is what would be lost if John's readers leave behind the teachings of Christ, as he goes on to say in the next verse. Use a general phrase that could include all of those things. Alternate translation: “complete recompense” or “the whole prize” +1:9 mn3v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ προάγων καὶ μὴ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 John figuratively refers to **the teaching of Christ** as a place where faithful believers **remain** and also as a place that false teachers leave as they go **beyond**. The expression **going beyond** refers to teaching new and false things that Jesus did not teach. Alternate translation: “Everyone who teaches things that Jesus did not teach” +1:9 x3ae rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure πᾶς ὁ προάγων καὶ μὴ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 These two phrases mean the same thing, one stated positively (**going beyond**) and the other stated negatively (**not remaining**). If it is more natural in your language, you can reverse the order of these, as in the UST. +1:9 xty9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Θεὸν οὐκ ἔχει 1 To **have God** means to have a relationship with God as Savior through faith in Jesus Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “does not have a right relationship with God” or “does not truly know God” +1:9 x523 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ, οὗτος καὶ τὸν Πατέρα καὶ τὸν Υἱὸν ἔχει 1 By **one**, John does not mean a particular person. He means anyone **remaining in the teaching** of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Anyone who follows Christ’s teaching belongs to both the Father and the Son” 1:9 xwoe rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ὁ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ 1 This phrase is in contrast to the previous sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase to mark this contrast, as in the UST. 1:9 vg19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj οὗτος 1 John is using the demonstrative adjective **this** as a noun, to refer to a kind of person. ULT indicates this by adding the word **one**. If your language does not use adjectives in this way, you can translate this with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “such a person” or “that kind of person” 1:9 k8cv rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα καὶ τὸν Υἱὸν 1 **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus Christ. Be sure to express these titles consistently and accurately. 1:10 x7pw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἴ τις ἔρχεται πρὸς ὑμᾶς, καὶ ταύτην τὴν διδαχὴν οὐ φέρει 1 The word **anyone** here implies “any teacher or preacher.” John does not want the believers to welcome any teacher who does not teach what Jesus taught, and specifically that Jesus came as a human being (See: [1:7](../01/07.md)). Alternate translation: “If anyone comes to you claiming to be a teacher, but he teaches differently than this” 1:10 xafi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ταύτην τὴν διδαχὴν οὐ φέρει 1 John is speaking of a **teaching** or a message as if it were an object that someone could **bring**. If you would not use this kind of metaphor in your language, you could use one that has the same meaning or use plain language. Alternate translation: “does not teach this same message” +1:10 m7rk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ταύτην τὴν διδαχὴν 1 The phrase **this teaching** refers to the teaching mentioned in [verse 7](../01/07.md) that Jesus Christ came as a real human being. If this is not clear for your readers, you could mention that teaching again here. Alternate translation: “this teaching that Jesus came in the flesh” 1:10 ls1c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μὴ λαμβάνετε αὐτὸν εἰς οἰκίαν 1 John does not want the believers to accept a false teacher into their homes and, as a result, support his false teaching by showing him respect and providing for his needs. Alternate translation: “do not support him or encourage him by welcoming him into your home” 1:10 lbct rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit χαίρειν αὐτῷ μὴ λέγετε 1 John warns the believers not to greet a false teacher respectfully in public. The implication is that he does not want them to do anything that might look like they are endorsing a false teacher or that would give a false teacher good standing in the eyes of others. Alternate translation: “do not give him a respectful public greeting” 1:11 uhea rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ λέγων & αὐτῷ χαίρειν 1 By **one**, John does not mean a particular person. He means anyone who greets a false teacher. Alternate translation: “any person who gives him a respectful public greeting” 1:11 n7zt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom κοινωνεῖ τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῦ τοῖς πονηροῖς 1 John is using the verb **shares** in a particular sense here to mean assisting and helping to advance the activity of the false teacher. Alternate translation: “takes part in his evil deeds” or “helps him in his evil deeds” 1:12 gq26 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἐβουλήθην διὰ χάρτου καὶ μέλανος 1 Here John leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “I did not want to write these things with paper and ink” (See: Ellipsis) 1:12 nx77 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy διὰ χάρτου καὶ μέλανος 1 John is not saying that he would rather write these things with something other than **paper and ink**. Rather, he is speaking of those writing materials to represent writing in general. He means that he wants to visit the believers personally and to continue his communication with them directly. Alternate translation: “to communicate these things in writing” +1:12 w9n9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go γενέσθαι 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “to go” 1:12 v4v2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom στόμα πρὸς στόμα λαλῆσαι 1 The expression **mouth to mouth** describes people speaking to one another in person. You can use an expression in your own language with this same meaning or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to speak face to face” or “to speak to you in person” 1:12 auwq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πεπληρωμένη ᾖ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active verb form. Alternate translation: “so that this will make your joy complete” 1:12 hwtk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πεπληρωμένη ᾖ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **joy** with an adjective such as “joyful.” Alternate translation: “so that this will make you completely joyful” 1:12 lt77 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πεπληρωμένη ᾖ 1 See the note in Part 3 of the General Introduction to 2 John about the textual issue here. Alternate translation: “our joy might be made complete” 1:12 k9yt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ὑμῶν 1 If you use “our” here instead of **your**, it would include both John and the letter recipients. -1:13 fh6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἀδελφῆς σου τῆς ἐκλεκτῆς 1 This could: (1) be a metaphor. Just as John uses the term “chosen lady” as a figurative expression for the group of believers to whom he is writing in [1:1](../01/01.md) and the term “her children” for the members of that group, also here John is describing his own group of believers as the **chosen sister** of that group and the members of his group as the **children** of this sister. Alternate translation: “The members of the chosen group of believers here” If you choose to keep the metaphor in the text, you may want to include an explanation of the meaning in a footnote. (2) refer to the biological children of a specific woman who is the biological sister of another specific woman to whom John is writing. (3) John may be using the words **sister** and **children** in a spiritual sense, but to refer to an individual woman and the other people that she has led to faith in Jesus. +1:13 fh6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἀδελφῆς σου τῆς ἐκλεκτῆς 1 See the discussion of this metaphor in Part 3 of the Introduction. Just as John uses the term “chosen lady” as a figurative expression for the group of believers to whom he is writing in [1:1](../01/01.md) and the term “her children” for the members of that group, also here John is describing his own group of believers as the **chosen sister** of that group and the members of his group as the **children** of this sister. If you choose to keep the metaphor in the text, you may want to include an explanation of the meaning in a footnote. Alternate translation: “The members of the chosen group of believers here” 1:13 aonw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἀδελφῆς σου τῆς ἐκλεκτῆς 1 In this context, the term **chosen** indicates someone whom God has chosen to receive salvation. In the context of John’s metaphor, this indicates a church or group of people whom God has chosen to receive salvation. Alternate translation: “The members of this group of believers in Jesus” -1:13 a4rc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀσπάζεταί σε 1 As was customary in this culture, John concludes the letter by extending greetings from people who are with him and who know the people to whom he is writing. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you can use that form here. Alternate translation: “send you their greetings” or “ask to be remembered to you” -1:13 qjdz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you σε & σου 1 The pronouns **you** and **your** are singular here, in keeping with John’s metaphor of writing to a congregation as though it were a lady. +1:13 a4rc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀσπάζεταί σε 1 As was customary in this culture, John concludes the letter by extending greetings from people who are with him and who may know the people to whom he is writing. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you can use that form here. Alternate translation: “send you their greetings” or “ask to be remembered to you” +1:13 qjdz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you σε & σου 1 The pronouns **you** and **your** are singular here, in keeping with John’s metaphor of writing to a congregation as though it were a lady. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use plural forms here. From 29aac46a1549275db83da5a72e36e7e6a6f263e3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: unfoldingWord Date: Tue, 19 Mar 2024 07:25:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 27/32] Replace Manifest with valid YAML file Signed-off-by: unfoldingWord --- manifest.yaml | 8 ++++---- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/manifest.yaml b/manifest.yaml index c36c0870ca..b38578f046 100644 --- a/manifest.yaml +++ b/manifest.yaml @@ -372,12 +372,12 @@ dublin_core: translation decisions. format: text/tsv identifier: tn - issued: '2024-01-18' + issued: '2024-03-19' language: direction: ltr identifier: en title: English - modified: '2024-01-18' + modified: '2024-03-19' publisher: unfoldingWord relation: - en/ult @@ -391,11 +391,11 @@ dublin_core: source: - identifier: tn language: en - version: '77' + version: '78' subject: TSV Translation Notes title: unfoldingWord® Translation Notes type: help - version: '78' + version: '79' checking: checking_entity: - unfoldingWord From 60016e9054a4dfd9b564bb7f0d3a29fba6de5e43 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 25 Mar 2024 14:45:28 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 28/32] Update tn_GAL.tsv fixed syntax for proper bolding in note with id mk9g --- tn_GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_GAL.tsv b/tn_GAL.tsv index 0a788bef09..736e5892c2 100644 --- a/tn_GAL.tsv +++ b/tn_GAL.tsv @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ front:intro i6u9 0 # Introduction to Galatians\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 3:22 yzcp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν 1 Paul speaks of **the Scripture** as if it were an authority figure who **imprisoned** people. He speaks of **sin** as if it were a jail from which people cannot break free. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. 3:22 jbn7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ Γραφὴ 1 Here, the word **Scripture** could: (1) refer to all Old Testament Scripture. The ULT indicates when the word **Scripture** refers to the entire Bible or the entire Old Testament by capitalizing the word **Scripture**. (2) refer to a particular passage of scripture such as Deuteronomy 27:26 or some other specific Old Testament passage. Alternate translation: “the scripture” 3:22 dxqc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ Γραφὴ 1 Paul is describing God doing something by association with his Word, **the Scripture**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “God” -3:22 mk9g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὰ πάντα 1 Here, the phrase **all things* could refer to: (1) all people. If your language requires you to indicate explicitly what **all things** refers to, you could indicate that it refers to people. Alternate translation: “all humans” (2) the entire creation and the things which make up this present fallen world. See Romans 8:18-22. If you decide that this is what Paul means, you should use a general phrase such as **all things**. +3:22 mk9g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὰ πάντα 1 Here, the phrase **all things** could refer to: (1) all people. If your language requires you to indicate explicitly what **all things** refers to, you could indicate that it refers to people. Alternate translation: “all humans” (2) the entire creation and the things which make up this present fallen world. See Romans 8:18-22. If you decide that this is what Paul means, you should use a general phrase such as **all things**. 3:22 dt14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν 1 Here, the phrase **under sin** refers to being under the power of sin. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “under the power of sin” 3:22 xqmi rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Following the phrase **so that**, Paul states the purpose for which **the Scripture imprisoned all things under sin**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” 3:22 pvv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἡ ἐπαγγελία ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοθῇ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God might give the promise by faith in Jesus Christ to the ones believing” From a551004b92015c9ef0f577d326022cb2afa3c0f7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Robert Date: Fri, 5 Apr 2024 13:06:10 +1300 Subject: [PATCH 29/32] Fix the most-basic formatting errors --- tn_1KI.tsv | 4 +- tn_1TI.tsv | 2 +- tn_DEU.tsv | 140 ++++++++--------- tn_ISA.tsv | 4 +- tn_LEV.tsv | 436 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++--------------------------- tn_MAT.tsv | 2 +- tn_MRK.tsv | 4 +- tn_PRO.tsv | 12 +- tn_PSA.tsv | 278 +++++++++++++++++----------------- 9 files changed, 441 insertions(+), 441 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_1KI.tsv b/tn_1KI.tsv index 55ce8ffafe..f4ba1f13db 100644 --- a/tn_1KI.tsv +++ b/tn_1KI.tsv @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ front:intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings\n\n## Part 1: General Introducti 1:12 ggsp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry אִיעָצֵ֥⁠ךְ נָ֖א עֵצָ֑ה 1 Here, **let me advise you with advice** is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. 1:12 dnmx rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וּ⁠מַלְּטִי֙ 1 Here, the word **and** introduces the purpose for which Bathsheba should let Nathan **advise** her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a purpose. Alternate translation: “in order that you may save” 1:12 gg4x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns אֶת־נַפְשֵׁ֔⁠ךְ וְ⁠אֶת־נֶ֥פֶשׁ בְּנֵ֖⁠ךְ שְׁלֹמֹֽה 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “so that you and your son Solomon will live” -1:13 yp71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go\t לְכִ֞י וּ⁠בֹ֣אִי 1 In a context such as this, your language might say only **Go** or **come** instead of both **Go** and **come**. Alternate translation: “Go” or “Come” +1:13 yp71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go לְכִ֞י וּ⁠בֹ֣אִי 1 In a context such as this, your language might say only **Go** or **come** instead of both **Go** and **come**. Alternate translation: “Go” or “Come” 1:13 luyd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וְ⁠אָמַ֤רְתְּ אֵלָי⁠ו֙ הֲ⁠לֹֽא־אַתָּ֞ה אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ נִשְׁבַּ֤עְתָּ לַ⁠אֲמָֽתְ⁠ךָ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר כִּֽי־שְׁלֹמֹ֤ה בְנֵ⁠ךְ֙ יִמְלֹ֣ךְ אַחֲרַ֔⁠י וְ⁠ה֖וּא יֵשֵׁ֣ב עַל־כִּסְאִ֑⁠י וּ⁠מַדּ֖וּעַ מָלַ֥ךְ אֲדֹנִיָֽהוּ 1 It may be more natural in your language to have indirect quotations here. Alternate translation: “and you shall ask him whether he, your master the king, has not sworn to you, his female servant, saying that surely Solomon your son would reign after him, and he would sit on his throne. And you will ask him Adonijah reigns.” 1:13 v5dq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לֹֽא־אַתָּ֞ה אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ נִשְׁבַּ֤עְתָּ לַ⁠אֲמָֽתְ⁠ךָ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר כִּֽי־שְׁלֹמֹ֤ה בְנֵ⁠ךְ֙ יִמְלֹ֣ךְ אַחֲרַ֔⁠י וְ⁠ה֖וּא יֵשֵׁ֣ב עַל־כִּסְאִ֑⁠י 1 Nathan suggests that Bathsheba should use the question form to remind David of what he had previously promised. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Remember that you, my master the king, have sworn to your female servant, saying, ‘Surely Solomon your son will reign after me, and he will sit on my throne.’” or “Do not forget, my master the king, that you have sworn to your female servant, saying, ‘Surely Solomon your son will reign after me, and he will sit on my throne’!” 1:13 pg8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person לַ⁠אֲמָֽתְ⁠ךָ֙ 1 Here Nathan suggests that Bathsheba speak about herself in the third person. This was one way to address someone in a respectful way. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “to me, your female servant” @@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ front:intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings\n\n## Part 1: General Introducti 2:37 rdu8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun בְּ⁠י֣וֹם 1 The word **day** represents any day, not one particular day that Solomon already knows about. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “on any day” 2:37 fzx2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go צֵאתְ⁠ךָ֗ 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **go**. Alternate translation: “when you come out” 2:37 tuwp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וְ⁠עָֽבַרְתָּ֙ אֶת־נַ֣חַל קִדְר֔וֹן 1 Here Solomon refers to one way of leaving Jerusalem (passing **over the wadi of Kidron**, which is on the east side of Jerusalem) to refer to any way of leaving Jerusalem. Solomon refers to this way of leaving Jerusalem because he thinks it is the one that Shimei is most likely to use. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “and you pass over the wadi of Kidron or leave Jerusalem by any other way”\n -2:37 h1wl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת־נַ֣חַל קִדְר֔וֹן 1 The phrase **the wadi of Kidron** refers to small valley that sometimes had a stream running through it. This specific **wadi** was on the eastern side of Jerusalem. +2:37 h1wl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת־נַ֣חַל קִדְר֔וֹן 1 The phrase **the wadi of Kidron** refers to small valley that sometimes had a stream running through it. This specific **wadi** was on the eastern side of Jerusalem. 2:37 p8sl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication יָדֹ֥עַ תֵּדַ֖ע כִּ֣י מ֣וֹת תָּמ֑וּת 1 Solomon is repeating the verbs **know** and **die** in order to intensify the ideas that they express. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “you will surely know that you will surely die” 2:37 lxzr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מ֣וֹת תָּמ֑וּת 1 Here Solomon implies that he would have one of his soldiers kill Shimei. Solomon does not mean that Shimei would die naturally. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I will have a soldier kill you”\n 2:37 d6zb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor דָּמְ⁠ךָ֖ יִהְיֶ֥ה בְ⁠רֹאשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ 1 Here Solomon speaks as if Shimei’s **blood** would be poured on his own **head**. He means that Shimei will be responsible for his own death, and Solomon will not be guilty for having him executed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your death will be your fault” or “When you die, you will be the one who caused it to happen” diff --git a/tn_1TI.tsv b/tn_1TI.tsv index 77a2843906..53057680f8 100644 --- a/tn_1TI.tsv +++ b/tn_1TI.tsv @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ Reference ID Tags SupportReference Quote Occurrence Note front:intro wy83 0 # Introduction to 1 Timothy\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the book of 1 Timothy\n\n1. Letter opening (1:1–2)\n2. Paul urges Timothy to condemn false teachers (1:3–11)\n3. Paul thanks Jesus and praises God (1:12–17)\n4. Paul warns and encourages Timothy (1:18–20)\n5. Paul gives instructions about prayer and behavior in public worship (2:1–15)\n6. Paul gives instructions about qualifications for church leaders (3:1–16)\n7. Paul gives instructions about how Timothy should behave and what he should teach (4:1–16)\n8. Paul gives instructions about how to treat different types of believers (5:1–6:2)\n9. Paul condemns false teachers and lovers of money (6:3–10)\n10. Paul encourages Timothy (6:11–16)\n11. Paul gives commands for rich people (6:17–19)\n12. Final exhortation and letter closing (6:20–21)\n\n### Who wrote the book of 1 Timothy?\n\nThe author identifies himself as Paul the apostle. Paul was originally from the city of Tarsus but lived in Jerusalem. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee, and he persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire, telling people about Jesus. Eventually, he was arrested and taken to Rome, the capital of the empire. After several years in jail, he was released. Paul wrote this letter sometime after his release and before he was arrested again and executed.\n\nPaul wrote this letter to Timothy, who was Paul’s disciple and his close friend. Timothy was in Ephesus during this time. Paul may have written other letters to Timothy, but this is the earliest one that we still have. That is why it is known as 1 Timothy or First Timothy.\n\n### What is the book of 1 Timothy about?\n\nPaul had left Timothy in the city of Ephesus to help the believers there. Paul wrote this letter to instruct Timothy about various matters. The topics he addressed included church worship, qualifications for church leaders, and how to deal with false teachers. This letter shows how Paul was training Timothy to be a leader among the churches while Timothy himself trained other leaders.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “1 Timothy” or “First Timothy.” Or they may choose a different title, such as “Paul’s First Letter to Timothy” or “A First Letter from Paul to Timothy.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Who were the false teachers?\n\nThe only information we have about who these false teachers were and what they taught comes from this letter and from the letters called 2 Timothy and Titus. These false teachers were Christians, or at least claimed to be Christians. They taught by using texts and stories that Paul considered unreliable, and they spoke about and debated things that Paul considered unimportant. According to this letter, they told people not to marry and to avoid eating certain kinds of food. Paul critiques them for causing divisions and for desiring to gain money. Since the only information about the false teachers and what they taught come from this letter and 2 Timothy and Titus, it is best not to specify precisely what false teaching this was. You should preserve what Paul said about the false teaching without making it fit into a type of false teaching that might be familiar in your area.\n\n### What kind of church structure was Paul describing?\n\nSome Christian churches are organized with strictly defined roles and hierarchies for leaders and relationships between individual churches. Other Christian churches are organized with fewer defined roles and loose relationships between individual churches. What Paul says in this letter relates to these differing church structures, since Paul speaks about several types of leaders and what their qualifications are. He specifically mentions “overseers,” “elders,” and “deacons.” Christians debate whether “overseers” and “elders” are different words for the same type of leader, whether Paul was referring to strictly defined roles with these words, and whether all churches had all these kinds of leaders. Consider how you might translate these titles, especially if your language already has words for specific types of church leaders. If possible, do not use titles that favor one specific group of churches over others. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/overseer]], [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/elder]], and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/deacon]])\n\n### What was Paul’s attitude towards women in the church?\n\nThis letter is significant when Christians debate the roles women should have within the church. Some Christians believe that Paul prohibited women from serving as leaders and teachers over the church. Other Christians believe that Paul was condemning a specific situation in Ephesus, where women were spreading false teaching, and they argue that Paul usually wanted women to teach and lead in the church. Other Christians believe that Paul wanted women to serve as leaders in some ways but not in other ways. What is clear is that Paul worked closely with women who were serving and leading in certain ways (for example, see what Paul says about Phoebe in [Romans 16:1–2](../rom/16/01.md)). So, Paul did not think that women were inferior or not worthy of serving. However, he does include certain restrictions related to women (and men!) serving as leaders and teachers. While translators cannot ignore their own views, it is important to represent what Paul wrote as carefully as possible. If possible, then, a translation should allow for multiple interpretations, just as what Paul wrote allows for multiple interpretations.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### What did Paul mean by the expression “in Christ”?\n\nPaul uses the spatial metaphor “in Christ” several times in this letter. This metaphor emphasizes that believers are as closely united to Christ as if they were inside him. Paul believes that this is true for all believers, and sometimes he uses “in Christ” simply to identify that what he is speaking about is true for those who believe in Jesus. At other times he emphasizes union with Christ as the means or the basis for some statement or exhortation. See the notes on specific verses for help in understanding the contextual meaning of “in Christ.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### What does Paul mean when he uses the word “faith”?\n\nPaul uses the abstract noun “faith” 19 times in this letter. The word “faith” could refer to the act of having “faith” or to the content of the “faith,” that is, what it is that Christians believe. In many places in 1 Timothy, Christians debate which meaning Paul intended. In each of these places, a translation note provides examples of how to express the two possible meanings, and the UST models how to express the idea when the word “faith” refers to the act of believing. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n### Who receives the “love” that Paul mentions in the letter?\n\nPaul uses the abstract noun “love” five times in this letter. He could mean that believers should love each other or that they should love God or that they should love both God and each other. If possible, though, you should express the idea so that it could include all of these possibilities. If you must express whom people are to love, it is recommended that you indicate that it is fellow believers. The UST models how to express the idea in that way. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]])\n\n### To whom does Paul refer with the words “we,” “us,” and “our”?\n\nPaul always uses the first-person plural to refer to both himself and Timothy, and often he includes other believers as well. So, you should always use the inclusive form of the first-person plural in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])\n\n### When is “you” singular, and when is “you” plural?\n\nSince this letter is addressed to an individual, Timothy, every form of “you” throughout the letter is singular except for “you” in the final blessing in [6:21](../06/21.md). A note will point out this occurrence of a plural form of “you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])\n\n### What are the major textual issues in the text of the book of 1 Timothy?\n\nIn the following verses, ancient manuscripts do not all have the same words. The ULT uses the words that are found in most of the earliest manuscripts. When you translate these verses, you should compare the ULT with any translations with which your readers may be familiar to see what your readers may expect. Unless there is a good reason to use the alternate words, you should follow the ULT. See the footnotes and notes at each of these verses for more information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])\n\n* “the only God” (1:17). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “the only wise God.”\n* “I am speaking the truth in Christ” (2:7). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “I am speaking the truth.”\n* “not a brawler” (3:3). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “not a brawler, not greedy.”\n* “Who” (3:16). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “God.”\n* “struggle” (4:10). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “are reproached.”\n* “in love” (4:12). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “in love, in spirit.”\n* “believing woman” (5:16). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “believing man or woman.”\n* “a means of gain” (6:5). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “a means of gain. Withdraw from such.”\n* “that” (6:7). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “it is clear that.”\n* “God” (6:17). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “the living God.”\n* “the real life” (6:19). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “eternal life.”\n* “you” (6:21). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “you. Amen.” 1:intro a4v2 0 # 1 Timothy 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Letter opening (1:1–2)\n2. Paul urges Timothy to condemn false teachers (1:3–11)\n * Paul commands Timothy to silence the false teachers (1:3–7)\n * The purpose of the law (1:8–11)\n3. Paul thanks Jesus and praises God (1:12–17)\n4. Paul warns and encourages Timothy (1:18–20)\n\n## Special Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### The prophecies about Timothy\n\nIn [1:18](../01/18.md), Paul indicates that there were prophecies about Timothy. Paul implies that the prophecies are related to how Timothy will faithfully serve God by proclaiming the gospel. It is not clear when these prophecies were given. They may have been given before Timothy was born, when he was a child, when he became a believer, or when he was commissioned to serve with Paul. It is also not clear who gave these prophecies. When you translate this verse, it is best to refer to these prophecies with as few details as Paul gives.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in This Chapter\n\n### Spiritual children\n\nIn [1:2](../01/02.md), Paul calls Timothy a “genuine child in the faith.” He means that Timothy is like a legitimate son to him in the context of their faith in Jesus. The phrase implies that Paul is a mentor to Timothy and that Timothy is a good student. When Paul again calls Timothy “child” in [1:18](../01/18.md), he means something very similar: Paul is Timothy’s mentor in the context of their faith in Jesus. Since the use of family language for fellow believers is an important metaphor in the New Testament, if possible preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. See the notes on these verses for translation options. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### Fighting the good fight\n\nIn [1:18](../01/18.md), Paul exhorts Timothy to “fight the good fight.” He compares how Timothy must serve God by proclaiming the gospel to how soldiers fight in a war. He implies that Timothy will experience conflict, danger, and hardship and that he must obey God and Paul as a soldier obeys his commanders. Since Paul uses warfare language to refer to the Christian life in many verses, if possible preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. See the notes on this verse for translation options. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### Shipwrecked regarding the faith\n\nIn [1:19](../01/19.md), Paul refers to people who “have shipwrecked regarding the faith.” As a ship breaks apart and sinks, the faith of these people has ceased to function properly. They do not believe in Jesus any longer. If your readers would not be familiar with shipwrecks, you could consider using a comparable metaphor or stating the meaning plainly. See the notes on this verse for translation options. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in This Chapter\n\n### The list in [1:9–10](../01/09.md)\n\nIn these verses, Paul provides a list of some of the kinds of people for whom the law was given. Paul gives four pairs of words connected with “and,” six individual words, and then a concluding phrase. You may need to break this long list into multiple different sentences, as the UST does. If you do, you could still preserve the general structure of Paul’s list, as the UST does in most places. Consider how you would include a list of this kind in your language. -1:1 i3zz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person\t Παῦλος, ἀπόστολος 1 In this culture, letter writers would give their own names first, referring to themselves in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person here. Or if your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, and if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “From Paul. I am an apostle” +1:1 i3zz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person Παῦλος, ἀπόστολος 1 In this culture, letter writers would give their own names first, referring to themselves in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person here. Or if your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, and if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “From Paul. I am an apostle” 1:1 xl6d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns κατ’ ἐπιταγὴν Θεοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **command**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “as it was commanded by God our Savior and by the Lord Jesus Christ” 1:1 wb8j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν 1 Here, Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **Savior** who saves us. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “who saves us” 1:1 t9cr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμῶν & ἡμῶν 1 In this letter, Paul uses the words **our**, “we,” and “us” to refer either to Timothy and himself or else to all believers, which would also include the two of them. So, use the inclusive forms of those words throughout your translation if your language marks that distinction. diff --git a/tn_DEU.tsv b/tn_DEU.tsv index 6e77d7c873..0fb15dab85 100644 --- a/tn_DEU.tsv +++ b/tn_DEU.tsv @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 1:1 bg65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names תֹּ֛פֶל וְ⁠לָבָ֥ן וַ⁠חֲצֵרֹ֖ת וְ⁠דִ֥י זָהָֽב 1 These are the names of places. 1:1 mdz9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo בֵּֽין & וּ⁠בֵֽין 1 Here, the text repeats **between** to describe the relative positions of cities. If it is unnatural in your language to repeat a preposition, you could use a form that identifies an area between cities. Alternate translation: “between … and” 1:2 xcp5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַחַ֨ד עָשָׂ֥ר יוֹם֙ 1 The implication is that the journey takes **11 days**. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “It is a journey of 11 days” -1:3 xm9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִי֙ 1 Moses is using the word translated **And it happened** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “And it came to pass” +1:3 xm9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִי֙ 1 Moses is using the word translated **And it happened** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “And it came to pass” 1:3 pc9j rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעִ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה בְּ⁠עַשְׁתֵּֽי־עָשָׂ֥ר חֹ֖דֶשׁ 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use cardinal numbers here or equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “after 40 years, in month 11” 1:3 zfn5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths בְּ⁠עַשְׁתֵּֽי־עָשָׂ֥ר חֹ֖דֶשׁ 1 The **eleventh** month of the Hebrew calendar includes January on Western calendars. You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may wish instead to give just the number of the day and the name of the Hebrew month in the text of your translation and indicate in a footnote approximately what time of year that is on your calendar. 1:3 c54r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations בְּנֵ֣י 1 Although the term **sons** is masculine, the author is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “the children of” @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 1:4 e5t1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּ⁠עַשְׁתָּרֹ֖ת בְּ⁠אֶדְרֶֽעִי 1 The implication is that King Og ruled over both **Ashtaroth** and **Edrei**. **Ashtaroth** and **Edrei** were cities that were close to each other. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “in Ashtaroth and in Edrei” 1:5 juo3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹֽר 1 Here, the word **saying** introduces direct speech. Consider natural ways of doing that in your own language. 1:5-6 t7y4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes הוֹאִ֣יל מֹשֶׁ֔ה בֵּאֵ֛ר אֶת־הַ⁠תּוֹרָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּ֖את לֵ⁠אמֹֽר׃ & יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהֵ֛י⁠נוּ דִּבֶּ֥ר אֵלֵ֖י⁠נוּ בְּ⁠חֹרֵ֣ב לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Moses began explaining the law that Yahweh God had spoken to his people at Horeb. He said,” -1:6 s8em rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive אֵלֵ֖י⁠נוּ 1 Moses is using the pronoun **us** to refer to himself and every Israelite who was an adult when they were at Horeb, so use the exclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. Alternate translation: “to me and to your family members” +1:6 s8em rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive אֵלֵ֖י⁠נוּ 1 Moses is using the pronoun **us** to refer to himself and every Israelite who was an adult when they were at Horeb, so use the exclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. Alternate translation: “to me and to your family members” 1:7 l6np rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor פְּנ֣וּ ׀ וּ⁠סְע֣וּ לָ⁠כֶ֗ם 1 Here, the word **Turn** describes the beginning of action. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “Start your journey” 1:7 cwjt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo וּ⁠סְע֣וּ לָ⁠כֶ֗ם 1 The expression **and journey yourselves** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “and journey” 1:7 cqqw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שְׁכֵנָי⁠ו֒ 1 Here, **neighbors** refers to any people groups in the nearby areas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people groups near them” @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 1:17 tw6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תִּשְׁמָע֔וּ⁠ן 1 The implication is that the judges will **hear** legal cases. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “you should hear legal cases” 1:17 l3vl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism כַּ⁠קָּטֹ֤ן כַּ⁠גָּדֹל֙ 1 Here, **small** and **great** refer to all of the Israelites by naming the parts that are at the extreme ends of Israelite society. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all Israelites alike” 1:17 tl9s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj כַּ⁠קָּטֹ֤ן כַּ⁠גָּדֹל֙ 1 Moses is using the adjectives **small** and **great** as nouns to mean small people and great people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “small people and great people” -1:17 zbxp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result לֹ֤א תָג֨וּרוּ֙ מִ⁠פְּנֵי־אִ֔ישׁ כִּ֥י הַ⁠מִּשְׁפָּ֖ט לֵ⁠אלֹהִ֣ים ה֑וּא 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “The judgment, it is before God, so do not be afraid from the face of man” +1:17 zbxp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result לֹ֤א תָג֨וּרוּ֙ מִ⁠פְּנֵי־אִ֔ישׁ כִּ֥י הַ⁠מִּשְׁפָּ֖ט לֵ⁠אלֹהִ֣ים ה֑וּא 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “The judgment, it is before God, so do not be afraid from the face of man” 1:17 jze3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche מִ⁠פְּנֵי 1 Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of” 1:17 d6rd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun אִ֔ישׁ 1 The word **man** represents people in general, not one particular man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “anyone” 1:17 insr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הַ⁠מִּשְׁפָּ֖ט לֵ⁠אלֹהִ֣ים ה֑וּא 1 Moses is speaking of the Israelites' legal cases as if they were objects that **belong to God**. Moses means that God decides what is right and wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God knows which decision is right or wrong” @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 1:26 k4x9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy פִּ֥י 1 Here, **mouth** refers to Yahweh’s commands and what he says to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the commands of” 1:27 vy6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo וַ⁠תֵּרָגְנ֤וּ בְ⁠אָהֳלֵי⁠כֶם֙ וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ 1 Here, the text uses two verbs of speaking, **grumbled** and **said**, to introduce direct speech. If it is unnatural in your language to use two verbs of speech, you could use only one. Alternate translation: “And you grumbled in your tents, saying” 1:27-28 wgzi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וַ⁠תֵּרָגְנ֤וּ בְ⁠אָהֳלֵי⁠כֶם֙ וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ בְּ⁠שִׂנְאַ֤ת יְהוָה֙ אֹתָ֔⁠נוּ הוֹצִיאָ֖⁠נוּ מֵ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרָ֑יִם לָ⁠תֵ֥ת אֹתָ֛⁠נוּ בְּ⁠יַ֥ד הָ⁠אֱמֹרִ֖י לְ⁠הַשְׁמִידֵֽ⁠נוּ & אָנָ֣ה ׀ אֲנַ֣חְנוּ עֹלִ֗ים אַחֵי⁠נוּ֩ הֵמַ֨סּוּ אֶת־לְבָבֵ֜⁠נוּ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And you grumbled in your tents. You claimed that Yahweh hates you and brought you from the land of Egypt to give you into the hand of the Amorites. You asked me how you could go up, and you told me that your brothers had caused your heart to melt” -1:27 gpei rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּ⁠שִׂנְאַ֤ת יְהוָה֙ אֹתָ֔⁠נוּ 1 Here, the Israelites are using the possessive form to describe the **hatred** that they believe Yahweh is showing towards them. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a verb to show how **hatred** and **Yahweh** are related. Alternate translation: “Since Yahweh hates us,” +1:27 gpei rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּ⁠שִׂנְאַ֤ת יְהוָה֙ אֹתָ֔⁠נוּ 1 Here, the Israelites are using the possessive form to describe the **hatred** that they believe Yahweh is showing towards them. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a verb to show how **hatred** and **Yahweh** are related. Alternate translation: “Since Yahweh hates us,” 1:27 u8rq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְּ⁠שִׂנְאַ֤ת יְהוָה֙ אֹתָ֔⁠נוּ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hatred**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Since Yahweh hates us” 1:27 am5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יַ֥ד הָ⁠אֱמֹרִ֖י 1 The word **hand** refers to the power of the owner of the hand, **the Amorites**. Alternate translation: “into the power of the Amorites” 1:28 dm6t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion אָנָ֣ה ׀ אֲנַ֣חְנוּ עֹלִ֗ים 1 The Israelites use a question to emphasize that they are afraid of the Amorites and do not want to go near them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “We have nowhere safe to go.” @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 1:36 ai2l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names יְפֻנֶּה֙ 1 The word **Jephunneh** is the name of Caleb's father. 1:36 p6yl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ה֣וּא יִרְאֶ֔⁠נָּה 1 For emphasis, Yahweh is stating the pronoun **he**, whose meaning is already included in the verb translated as **see**. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction in your translation. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. The ULT does so by using the intensive pronoun **himself**. Alternate translation: “he indeed shall see it” 1:36 z43i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ה֣וּא יִרְאֶ֔⁠נָּה 1 Here **see** means “enter and experience.” If this word does not have that meaning in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he himself shall go into it” -1:36 s7rb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠לֽ⁠וֹ־אֶתֵּ֧ן אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֛רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר דָּֽרַךְ־בָּ֖⁠הּ וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנָ֑י⁠ו יַ֕עַן אֲשֶׁ֥ר מִלֵּ֖א אַחֲרֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could move the last phrase to the beginning, since the last phrase gives the reason for the result that the beginning of the sentence describes. Alternate translation: “He is wholly after Yahweh, so to him I will give the land that he has stepped on, and to his sons” +1:36 s7rb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠לֽ⁠וֹ־אֶתֵּ֧ן אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֛רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר דָּֽרַךְ־בָּ֖⁠הּ וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנָ֑י⁠ו יַ֕עַן אֲשֶׁ֥ר מִלֵּ֖א אַחֲרֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could move the last phrase to the beginning, since the last phrase gives the reason for the result that the beginning of the sentence describes. Alternate translation: “He is wholly after Yahweh, so to him I will give the land that he has stepped on, and to his sons” 1:36 hwf9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנָ֑י⁠ו 1 Here, **sons** means “descendants.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and to his offspring” 1:36 namd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֲשֶׁ֥ר מִלֵּ֖א אַחֲרֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 Yahweh is speaking of obedience as if it were a path that one could follow **after**. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “he wholly fulfills Yahweh’s commands” 1:36 ix6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person אַחֲרֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 Yahweh is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “after me, Yahweh”\n\n @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 1:41 tnnn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֲנַ֤חְנוּ נַעֲלֶה֙ וְ⁠נִלְחַ֔מְנוּ 1 For emphasis, the Israelites are stating the pronoun **ourselves**, whose meaning is already included in the verbs translated as **go up and fight**. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction in your translation. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. The ULT does so by using the intensive pronoun **ourselves**. Alternate translation: “We will even go up and fight” 1:41 zg19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לַ⁠עֲלֹ֥ת הָ⁠הָֽרָ⁠ה 1 Here, **go up** means “fight.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to attack the hill {country}.” 1:41 l3as rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הָ⁠הָֽרָ⁠ה 1 Here, **hill {country}** refers to the people that live in that area. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the people who live in the hill {country}” -1:42 zjfh rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result לֹ֤א תַֽעֲלוּ֙ וְ⁠לֹא־תִלָּ֣חֲמ֔וּ כִּ֥י אֵינֶ֖⁠נִּי בְּ⁠קִרְבְּ⁠כֶ֑ם וְ⁠לֹא֙ תִּנָּֽגְפ֔וּ לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י אֹיְבֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could move the last phrase to the beginning, since the last phrase gives the reason for the result that the beginning of the sentence describes. Alternate translation: “I will not be among you, so do not go up and do not fight, and you will not be defeated before the face of your enemies.” +1:42 zjfh rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result לֹ֤א תַֽעֲלוּ֙ וְ⁠לֹא־תִלָּ֣חֲמ֔וּ כִּ֥י אֵינֶ֖⁠נִּי בְּ⁠קִרְבְּ⁠כֶ֑ם וְ⁠לֹא֙ תִּנָּֽגְפ֔וּ לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י אֹיְבֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could move the last phrase to the beginning, since the last phrase gives the reason for the result that the beginning of the sentence describes. Alternate translation: “I will not be among you, so do not go up and do not fight, and you will not be defeated before the face of your enemies.” 1:42 ahae rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לֹ֤א תַֽעֲלוּ֙ 1 Here, **go up** means “approach in battle.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not go to war” 1:42 vgw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠לֹא֙ תִּנָּֽגְפ֔וּ לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י אֹיְבֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “or your enemies will defeat you” 1:42 i703 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo וְ⁠לֹא֙ תִּנָּֽגְפ֔וּ לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י אֹיְבֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 Yahweh is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that the Israelites will **be defeated** if they “fight”. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “or you will be defeated before the face of your enemies” @@ -159,23 +159,23 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 1:45 tvc1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וְ⁠לֹֽא־שָׁמַ֤ע יְהוָה֙ בְּ⁠קֹ֣לְ⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠לֹ֥א הֶאֱזִ֖ין אֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “but Yahweh did not listen to your voice, nor did he give ear to you” 1:46 fnvl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo יָמִ֣ים רַבִּ֑ים כַּ⁠יָּמִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר יְשַׁבְתֶּֽם 1 The expression **according to the days that you stayed {there}** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “many days.” 1:46 h3kp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יָמִ֣ים רַבִּ֑ים כַּ⁠יָּמִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר יְשַׁבְתֶּֽם 1 Here, **days** is an idiom that refers to a length of time. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for quite some time” -2:intro ji46 0 # Deuteronomy 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter continues Moses’ first speech from the previous chapter.\n\n- vv. 1-11: Moses recounts the Israelites’ journey from the wilderness to the land of the Edomites, Moabites, and Ammonites\n- vv. 24-37: Moses recounts how Yahweh allowed the Israelites to defeat King Sihon\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Possessing the land\n\nYahweh promised the Israelites that he would give them the land of Canaan if they obeyed him. Other peoples lived in the land, but Yahweh promised to give the Israelites victory over them. The land belongs to Israel, but they have not yet entered it to possess the land. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]\n\n\n)## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Quotes in quotes\n\nIn this chapter, Moses gives a speech and quotes what others said. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate or format this passage so that there are no quotations within a quotation. (See [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])\n\n### Moses represents the Israelites\n\nThe singular pronoun “you” occurs when Yahweh speaks directly to Moses. The Israelites request that Moses speak to Yahweh on their behalf because the Israelites fear Yahweh and do not want to speak directly to him. Moses acts as a representative on behalf of all the Israelites. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could clarify that Yahweh wants Moses to tell the Israelites everything that Yahweh says.\n\n### Raphaites\n\nVerses 11 and 20 refer to a group of people called the Raphaites. The term “Raphaites” is a variation of the term “Rephaites” or “Rephaim.” These terms all refer to the Rapha people group. Use a form in your language that is a natural way to refer to a people group. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Background information\n\nThe writer of Deuteronomy adds background information to help readers understand the historical context of Moses’ speech. In the ULT, this information is enclosed in parentheses. Use a method that is natural in your language for indicating that a section of text is background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +2:intro ji46 0 # Deuteronomy 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter continues Moses’ first speech from the previous chapter.\n\n- vv. 1-11: Moses recounts the Israelites’ journey from the wilderness to the land of the Edomites, Moabites, and Ammonites\n- vv. 24-37: Moses recounts how Yahweh allowed the Israelites to defeat King Sihon\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Possessing the land\n\nYahweh promised the Israelites that he would give them the land of Canaan if they obeyed him. Other peoples lived in the land, but Yahweh promised to give the Israelites victory over them. The land belongs to Israel, but they have not yet entered it to possess the land. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Quotes in quotes\n\nIn this chapter, Moses gives a speech and quotes what others said. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate or format this passage so that there are no quotations within a quotation. (See [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])\n\n### Moses represents the Israelites\n\nThe singular pronoun “you” occurs when Yahweh speaks directly to Moses. The Israelites request that Moses speak to Yahweh on their behalf because the Israelites fear Yahweh and do not want to speak directly to him. Moses acts as a representative on behalf of all the Israelites. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could clarify that Yahweh wants Moses to tell the Israelites everything that Yahweh says.\n\n### Raphaites\n\nVerses 11 and 20 refer to a group of people called the Raphaites. The term “Raphaites” is a variation of the term “Rephaites” or “Rephaim.” These terms all refer to the Rapha people group. Use a form in your language that is a natural way to refer to a people group. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Background information\n\nThe writer of Deuteronomy adds background information to help readers understand the historical context of Moses’ speech. In the ULT, this information is enclosed in parentheses. Use a method that is natural in your language for indicating that a section of text is background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 2:1 ys5a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠נֵּ֜פֶן 1 The implication is that the Israelites **turned** around and went back the way they came. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “And we turned around” or "And we turned back"\n 2:1 b9af rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יָמִ֥ים רַבִּֽים 1 Here, the phrase **many days** is an idiom that means “a long time.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a very long time” 2:2 l1m8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹֽר 1 Here, the word **saying** introduces direct speech. Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. 2:3 xhnw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo פְּנ֥וּ לָ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 The expression **Turn yourselves** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “Turn” 2:4 p210 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠עָם֮ צַ֣ו לֵ⁠אמֹר֒ אַתֶּ֣ם עֹֽבְרִ֗ים בִּ⁠גְבוּל֙ אֲחֵי⁠כֶ֣ם 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “And command the people to cross the border of their brothers” 2:4 t4vc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹר֒ 1 Here, the word **saying** introduces direct speech. Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. -2:4 u7cl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בִּ⁠גְבוּל֙ אֲחֵי⁠כֶ֣ם 1 Here, Yahweh is using the possessive form to describe **the border** around the land that is occupied by the **brothers** of the Israelites. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a comparable expression. Alternate translation: “into the land occupied by your brothers” +2:4 u7cl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בִּ⁠גְבוּל֙ אֲחֵי⁠כֶ֣ם 1 Here, Yahweh is using the possessive form to describe **the border** around the land that is occupied by the **brothers** of the Israelites. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a comparable expression. Alternate translation: “into the land occupied by your brothers” 2:4 trl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֲחֵי⁠כֶ֣ם בְּנֵי־עֵשָׂ֔ו 1 The Israelites are descendants of Jacob, who was Esau's brother. The Israelites and the **sons of Esau** are all descendants of Isaac. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “your relatives, the sons of Esau” 2:4 zvqh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֲחֵי⁠כֶ֣ם בְּנֵי 1 Here, **brothers** means “relatives” and **sons** means “descendants.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your relatives, the offspring of” 2:4 hlaq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative וְ⁠נִשְׁמַרְתֶּ֖ם מְאֹֽד 1 See the [book introduction](../front/intro.md) for more infromation about translating **shall**. Alternate translation: “Be exceedingly on guard!” -2:5 mzpa rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result אַל־תִּתְגָּר֣וּ בָ֔⁠ם כִּ֠י לֹֽא־אֶתֵּ֤ן לָ⁠כֶם֙ מֵֽ⁠אַרְצָ֔⁠ם עַ֖ד מִדְרַ֣ךְ כַּף־רָ֑גֶל כִּֽי־יְרֻשָּׁ֣ה לְ⁠עֵשָׂ֔ו נָתַ֖תִּי אֶת־הַ֥ר שֵׂעִֽיר 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases, since the last phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “I have given Mount Seir to Esau, so I will not give you any of their land, even as little as a step of the sole of a foot, so you shall not fight them” +2:5 mzpa rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result אַל־תִּתְגָּר֣וּ בָ֔⁠ם כִּ֠י לֹֽא־אֶתֵּ֤ן לָ⁠כֶם֙ מֵֽ⁠אַרְצָ֔⁠ם עַ֖ד מִדְרַ֣ךְ כַּף־רָ֑גֶל כִּֽי־יְרֻשָּׁ֣ה לְ⁠עֵשָׂ֔ו נָתַ֖תִּי אֶת־הַ֥ר שֵׂעִֽיר 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases, since the last phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “I have given Mount Seir to Esau, so I will not give you any of their land, even as little as a step of the sole of a foot, so you shall not fight them” 2:5 h7uv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֠י 1 Here, the word **for** introduces the reason why the Israelites **shall not fight** the descendants of Esau. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different a word or phrase that introduces a reason. Alternate translation: “since” 2:5 e5j7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עַ֖ד מִדְרַ֣ךְ כַּף־רָ֑גֶל 1 Alternate translation: “even as little as the length of a footstep” 2:5 m4jy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְ⁠עֵשָׂ֔ו 1 Yahweh is using **Esau** to represent Esau and all of his descendants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to Esau and his offspring” 2:6 rd6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo אֹ֣כֶל תִּשְׁבְּר֧וּ מֵֽ⁠אִתָּ֛⁠ם בַּ⁠כֶּ֖סֶף וַ⁠אֲכַלְתֶּ֑ם וְ⁠גַם־מַ֜יִם תִּכְר֧וּ מֵ⁠אִתָּ֛⁠ם בַּ⁠כֶּ֖סֶף וּ⁠שְׁתִיתֶֽם 1 This verse contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the verse. Alternate translation: “You will buy food from them, and also, you will purchase water from them” -2:7 eq6o rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּי֩ 1 The word translated as **For** indicates that what follows is a reason that the Israelites should obey the commands that came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “Obey these commands because” +2:7 eq6o rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּי֩ 1 The word translated as **For** indicates that what follows is a reason that the Israelites should obey the commands that came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “Obey these commands because” 2:7 st5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd אֱלֹהֶ֜י⁠ךָ בֵּֽרַכְ⁠ךָ֗ & יָדֶ֔⁠ךָ & לֶכְתְּ⁠ךָ֔ & אֱלֹהֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ עִמָּ֔⁠ךְ לֹ֥א חָסַ֖רְתָּ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation. 2:7 ief6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה יָדֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 Moses is using **hand** to represent all of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your work” 2:7 act3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יָדַ֣ע לֶכְתְּ⁠ךָ֔ אֶת־הַ⁠מִּדְבָּ֥ר הַ⁠גָּדֹ֖ל הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 The implication is that Yahweh **has known** everything that happened to the Israelites when they were **walking through** the **great wilderness**. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “He has known all that happened to you during your walking through this great wilderness” @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 2:9 gsfb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo כִּ֠י לֹֽא־אֶתֵּ֨ן לְ⁠ךָ֤ מֵֽ⁠אַרְצ⁠וֹ֙ יְרֻשָּׁ֔ה כִּ֣י לִ⁠בְנֵי־ל֔וֹט נָתַ֥תִּי אֶת־עָ֖ר יְרֻשָּֽׁה 1 The expression to **give** someone's **land** as **a possession** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “For I will not give to you from his land, because I have given Ar to the sons of Lot” 2:9 mx1u rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result לֹֽא־אֶתֵּ֨ן לְ⁠ךָ֤ מֵֽ⁠אַרְצ⁠וֹ֙ יְרֻשָּׁ֔ה כִּ֣י לִ⁠בְנֵי־ל֔וֹט נָתַ֥תִּי אֶת־עָ֖ר יְרֻשָּֽׁה 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “I have given Ar to the sons of Lot as a possession, so I will not give to you from his land a possession” 2:9 i60c rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns מֵֽ⁠אַרְצ⁠וֹ֙ 1 The pronoun **its** refers to Moab. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the name of the land here. Alternate translation: “from the land of Moab” -2:9 cs7l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names עָ֖ר 1 The word **Ar** is the name of a city in Moab. +2:9 cs7l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names עָ֖ר 1 The word **Ar** is the name of a city in Moab. 2:9 neab rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לִ⁠בְנֵי 1 Here, **sons** means “descendants.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the offspring of” 2:10 d4pi rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הָ⁠אֵמִ֥ים 1 The word **Emite** is the name of a people group. 2:10-12 am7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background הָ⁠אֵמִ֥ים לְ⁠פָנִ֖ים יָ֣שְׁבוּ בָ֑⁠הּ עַ֣ם גָּד֥וֹל וְ⁠רַ֛ב וָ⁠רָ֖ם כָּ⁠עֲנָקִֽים & רְפָאִ֛ים יֵחָשְׁב֥וּ אַף־הֵ֖ם כָּ⁠עֲנָקִ֑ים וְ⁠הַ⁠מֹּ֣אָבִ֔ים יִקְרְא֥וּ לָ⁠הֶ֖ם אֵמִֽים & וּ⁠בְ⁠שֵׂעִ֞יר יָשְׁב֣וּ הַ⁠חֹרִים֮ לְ⁠פָנִים֒ וּ⁠בְנֵ֧י עֵשָׂ֣ו יִֽירָשׁ֗וּ⁠ם וַ⁠יַּשְׁמִידוּ⁠ם֙ מִ⁠פְּנֵי⁠הֶ֔ם וַ⁠יֵּשְׁב֖וּ תַּחְתָּ֑⁠ם כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֧ר עָשָׂ֣ה יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל לְ⁠אֶ֨רֶץ֙ יְרֻשָּׁת֔⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁר־נָתַ֥ן יְהוָ֖ה לָ⁠הֶֽם 1 These verses provide background information about people groups who lived in the area that the Edomites and Moabites occupy. This information helps readers understand what happens next in the story. These verses are not part of Moses’ speech to the Israelites. In your translation, present this information in a way that makes it clear that this is background information. @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 2:15 q5m7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יַד־יְהוָה֙ הָ֣יְתָה בָּ֔⁠ם 1 Here, **hand** represents Yahweh’s power and actions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh used his power against them” 2:15 tz4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִ⁠קֶּ֣רֶב הַֽ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֑ה 1 Here, **camp** represents all of the Israelites and everyone traveling with them in the wilderness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from among the Israelites” 2:15 jl5l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism תֻּמָּֽ⁠ם 1 Moses is referring to death in a polite way by using the phrase **came to an end**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “they died” -2:16 pv43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֨י 1 Moses is using the word translated **And it happened** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Then” +2:16 pv43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֨י 1 Moses is using the word translated **And it happened** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Then” 2:16 xmpd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism תַּ֜מּוּ כָּל־אַנְשֵׁ֧י הַ⁠מִּלְחָמָ֛ה לָ⁠מ֖וּת מִ⁠קֶּ֥רֶב הָ⁠עָֽם 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The first clause uses a euphemism, while the second clause states the meaning plainly. The second clause emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word that shows that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “all the men of war came to an end, indeed, they died from among the people” 2:17 i2gj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹֽר 1 Here, the word **saying** introduces direct speech. Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. 2:18 yrj6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אַתָּ֨ה 1 Here, the singular pronoun **you** refers to Moses. Yahweh is speaking to Moses, but he is giving commands for all of the Israelites. If this is not clear for your readers, you could (1) use plural forms of the pronoun. (2) state the audience plainly. Alternate translation: “These are instructions for you and all the Israelites. You” @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 2:19 aj03 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י & בְּנֵי & לִ⁠בְנֵי 1 Here, **sons** means “descendants.” Although the term **sons** is masculine, Moses is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of” 2:19 esqk rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 Here, the word **for** introduces the reason why the Israelites **shall not fight** the descendants of Esau. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different a word or phrase that introduces a reason. Alternate translation: “since” 2:19 skvn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism אַל־תְּצֻרֵ֖⁠ם וְ⁠אַל־תִּתְגָּ֣ר בָּ֑⁠ם 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “You shall not trouble them, indeed, you shall not fight them” -2:19 iice rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result לֹֽא־אֶ֠תֵּן מֵ⁠אֶ֨רֶץ בְּנֵי־עַמּ֤וֹן לְ⁠ךָ֙ יְרֻשָּׁ֔ה כִּ֥י לִ⁠בְנֵי־ל֖וֹט נְתַתִּ֥י⁠הָ יְרֻשָּֽׁה 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “I have given the land to the sons of Lot as a possession, so I will not give to you from it as a possession” +2:19 iice rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result לֹֽא־אֶ֠תֵּן מֵ⁠אֶ֨רֶץ בְּנֵי־עַמּ֤וֹן לְ⁠ךָ֙ יְרֻשָּׁ֔ה כִּ֥י לִ⁠בְנֵי־ל֖וֹט נְתַתִּ֥י⁠הָ יְרֻשָּֽׁה 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “I have given the land to the sons of Lot as a possession, so I will not give to you from it as a possession” 2:19 ra5l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo לֹֽא־אֶ֠תֵּן מֵ⁠אֶ֨רֶץ בְּנֵי־עַמּ֤וֹן לְ⁠ךָ֙ יְרֻשָּׁ֔ה כִּ֥י לִ⁠בְנֵי־ל֖וֹט נְתַתִּ֥י⁠הָ יְרֻשָּֽׁה 1 The expression to **give** someone's **land** as **a possession** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “I will not give to you from the land of the sons of Ammon, because I have given it to the sons of Lot” 2:20 n15r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive אֶֽרֶץ־רְפָאִ֥ים תֵּחָשֵׁ֖ב אַף־הִ֑וא 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Also, people refer to it as a land of the Raphaites” 2:20 p2rw rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names רְפָאִ֥ים & רְפָאִ֤ים & זַמְזֻמִּֽים 1 The words **Raphaites** and **Zamzummites** are names for the same people group. See how you translated **Raphaites** in [2:11](../02/11.md). @@ -246,12 +246,12 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 2:24 kvlv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor רְאֵ֣ה 1 Yahweh is using the term **Look** to focus the Israelites' attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “See” 2:24 g8xa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you בְ֠⁠יָדְ⁠ךָ & הָחֵ֣ל רָ֑שׁ וְ⁠הִתְגָּ֥ר 1 Here, the singular pronoun **your** refers to Moses. The forms of the commands are also singular. Yahweh is speaking to Moses because Moses is the leader of the Israelites, but these phrases apply to all of the Israelites. If this is not clear for your readers, you could (1) use plural forms of the pronoun. (2) state the audience plainly. See how you translated this in [verse 18](../02/18.md). 2:24 j7cy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְ֠⁠יָדְ⁠ךָ 1 Here, the word **hand** means “power” or “control.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you power over” -2:24 d644 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אַרְצ֖⁠וֹ 1 Here, the possessive form describes the **land** that King Sihon rules over. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a comparable expression. Alternate translation: “the land he rules over” +2:24 d644 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אַרְצ֖⁠וֹ 1 Here, the possessive form describes the **land** that King Sihon rules over. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a comparable expression. Alternate translation: “the land he rules over” 2:24 k7py rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche בּ֖⁠וֹ 1 Here, the pronoun **him** refers to Sihon and his army. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “against him and his army” 2:25 il8b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd פַּחְדְּ⁠ךָ֙ וְ⁠יִרְאָ֣תְ⁠ךָ֔ & שִׁמְעֲ⁠ךָ֔ 1 Although Yahweh is speaking about all of the Israelites, Yahweh uses the singular pronouns **you** and **your**. This is because Yahweh is speaking directly to Moses who acts as a representative for the Israelites. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use plural forms of the pronoun. Alternate translation: “the fear of the Israelites and the terror of the Israelites … a report of the Israelites” 2:25 jywf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תֵּ֤ת פַּחְדְּ⁠ךָ֙ וְ⁠יִרְאָ֣תְ⁠ךָ֔ עַל־פְּנֵי֙ הָֽ⁠עַמִּ֔ים 1 Here Yahweh speaks of emotions as if they were something you could physically **put on the faces of the peoples**. He means that he will cause **the peoples** to feel **fear** and **terror**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to cause the peoples to feel the fear of you and the terror of you” 2:25 m2y5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns אָחֵל֙ תֵּ֤ת פַּחְדְּ⁠ךָ֙ וְ⁠יִרְאָ֣תְ⁠ךָ֔ עַל־פְּנֵי֙ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **fear** and **terror**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “I will begin to cause you to frighten and terrify the hearts of” -2:25 sayz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession פַּחְדְּ⁠ךָ֙ וְ⁠יִרְאָ֣תְ⁠ךָ֔ & שִׁמְעֲ⁠ךָ֔ 1 Yahweh is using the possessive form to describe how the Israelites will cause **fear**, **terror**, and **a report** about them. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a comparable expression that describes cause and effect. Alternate translation: “the fear caused by you and the terror caused by you … a report about you” +2:25 sayz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession פַּחְדְּ⁠ךָ֙ וְ⁠יִרְאָ֣תְ⁠ךָ֔ & שִׁמְעֲ⁠ךָ֔ 1 Yahweh is using the possessive form to describe how the Israelites will cause **fear**, **terror**, and **a report** about them. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a comparable expression that describes cause and effect. Alternate translation: “the fear caused by you and the terror caused by you … a report about you” 2:25 jg6p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet פַּחְדְּ⁠ךָ֙ וְ⁠יִרְאָ֣תְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 The terms **fear** and **terror** mean similar things. Yahweh is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “the extremely great fear of you” 2:25 x3s5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom תַּ֖חַת כָּל־הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יִם 1 Here, **under all the heavens** is an idiom that means “everywhere.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all over the place” 2:25 ksjv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal אֲשֶׁ֤ר 1 Here, the word **that** identifies what comes after it as the purpose of the clause that comes before it. Yahweh will cause the peoples to fear the Israelites in order that the peoples might tremble. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. Alternate translation: “in order that” @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 2:26 bbuw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns דִּבְרֵ֥י שָׁל֖וֹם 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “communicating peaceably” 2:26 gnsw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹֽר 1 Here, the word **saying** introduces direct speech. Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. 2:27 bwd3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֶעְבְּרָ֣ה & אֵלֵ֑ךְ לֹ֥א אָס֖וּר 1 Moses is speaking on behalf of all the Israelites, so he uses the singular pronouns **me** and **I** here. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plural pronouns. -2:27 cp9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְ⁠אַרְצֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 Moses is using the possessive form to describe the **land** that King Sihon rules over. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a comparable expression. Alternate translation: “the land that you rule over” +2:27 cp9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְ⁠אַרְצֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 Moses is using the possessive form to describe the **land** that King Sihon rules over. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a comparable expression. Alternate translation: “the land that you rule over” 2:27 gytl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism בַּ⁠דֶּ֖רֶךְ אֵלֵ֑ךְ לֹ֥א אָס֖וּר יָמִ֥ין וּ⁠שְׂמֹֽאול 1 These two sentences mean basically the same thing. The second sentence emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the sentences with a word that shows that, in the new sentence, the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “On the road I will go; indeed, I will not turn right or left” 2:27 bpdc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בַּ⁠דֶּ֖רֶךְ אֵלֵ֑ךְ 1 By beginning the sentence with **On the road**, Moses is emphasizing that he will only **go** by traveling upon the road and not off of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word order or phrase that clarifies this information. Alternate translation: “I will go on the road only” 2:28 n54c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative אֹ֣כֶל בַּ⁠כֶּ֤סֶף תַּשְׁבִּרֵ֨⁠נִי֙ וְ⁠אָכַ֔לְתִּי וּ⁠מַ֛יִם בַּ⁠כֶּ֥סֶף תִּתֶּן־לִ֖⁠י וְ⁠שָׁתִ֑יתִי 1 Moses is assuring Sihon that the Israelites will not trouble Sihon and his people by stealing from them. Instead, they will pay for everything they need. Moses is communicating a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please sell me food for money, and I will eat. And please give to me water for money, and I will drink.” @@ -287,16 +287,16 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 2:31 wz3l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication הָחֵ֣ל רָ֔שׁ לָ⁠רֶ֖שֶׁת 1 The words **possess, to possess** translate a verb that is repeated for emphasis. Yahweh wants the Israelites to fully possess the land. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “Begin to fully possess” 2:32 tf3w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּצֵא֩ סִיחֹ֨ן לִ⁠קְרָאתֵ֜⁠נוּ 1 The implication is that **Sihon came out** of his main city, Heshbon and went to Jahaz to fight against the Israelites. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “And Sihon came out from Heshbon to attack us” 2:32 ampg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive לִ⁠קְרָאתֵ֜⁠נוּ 1 By **us**, Moses means himself and the Israelite men old enough to fight, but not the rest of the Israelites, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. -2:32 fczt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עַמּ֛⁠וֹ 1 Here, **his people** refers to the fighting men whom Sihon led. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “his fighting men” +2:32 fczt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עַמּ֛⁠וֹ 1 Here, **his people** refers to the fighting men whom Sihon led. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “his fighting men” 2:32 k97a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names יָֽהְצָ⁠ה 1 The word **Jahaz** is the name of a city in Moab. 2:33 u79t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַֽ⁠יִּתְּנֵ֛⁠הוּ יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵ֖י⁠נוּ 1 Here Moses speaks as if Yahweh physically **gave** Sihon to the Israelites. Moses means that Yahweh enabled the Israelites to defeat Sihon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh our God gave us victory over him” 2:33 ker2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנֵ֑י⁠נוּ 1 Here, **faces** represents the presence of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before us” -2:33 gqev rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠נַּ֥ךְ אֹת֛⁠וֹ 1 Here, **struck down** means killed in battle. +2:33 gqev rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠נַּ֥ךְ אֹת֛⁠וֹ 1 Here, **struck down** means killed in battle. 2:33 k449 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants בנ⁠ו 1 Many ancient manuscripts read “son.” The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read the plural, “sons.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. 2:33 mn5p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בנ⁠ו 1 The implication is that the Israelites killed Sihon’s heir, **his son**, so that Sihon would not have descendants that would try to take the land back from the Israelites. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “his heir” -2:33 gvqy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession עַמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 Here, **people** refers to the fighting men whom Sihon led. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a comparable phrase to describe the relationship between Sihon and the **people**. Alternate translation: “the fighting men under his control” +2:33 gvqy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession עַמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 Here, **people** refers to the fighting men whom Sihon led. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a comparable phrase to describe the relationship between Sihon and the **people**. Alternate translation: “the fighting men under his control” 2:36 i479 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מֵֽ⁠עֲרֹעֵ֡ר 1 The word **Aroer** is the name of a city to the north of the Arnon River. -2:36 fhuh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שְׂפַת 1 Here, **the lip** is means “the edge.” In this case, **lip** specifically refers to the bank of a dry riverbed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly, as modelled by the UST. +2:36 fhuh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שְׂפַת 1 Here, **the lip** is means “the edge.” In this case, **lip** specifically refers to the bank of a dry riverbed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly, as modelled by the UST. 2:36 pd7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names נַ֨חַל אַרְנֹ֜ן 1 The term **Valley of Arnon** is the name of a place. The word **Arnon** is the name of a river. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 2:24](../02/24.md). 2:36 snr1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes לֹ֤א הָֽיְתָה֙ קִרְיָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר שָׂגְבָ֖ה מִמֶּ֑⁠נּוּ 1 Moses is using a figure of speech here that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using a negative word, **not**, together with an expression, **too high**, that has the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the positive meaning. Alternate translation: “we were able to defeat the people of every city even if the city had high walls around it” 2:36 v2fl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַ⁠כֹּ֕ל 1 The implication is that Yahweh gave the Israelites **the whole** of the land described in this verse. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “all of the land” @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 2:37 vt6d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names נַ֤חַל יַבֹּק֙ 1 The term **Jabbok River** is the name of a river. That river created the border between Sihon’s land and the land of the Ammonites. 3:intro z1ea 0 # Deuteronomy 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter continues Moses’ speech that began in Chapter 1.\n\n- vv. 1-11: Moses recounts how the Israelites defeated King Og\n- vv. 12-22: Moses allots land east of the Jordan to Reuben, Gad, and Manasseh\n- vv. 23-29: Yahweh forbids Moses from entering the land\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Possessing the land\n\nYahweh promised the Israelites that he will give them the land of Canaan if they obey him. Other people groups live in the land, but Yahweh promises to give the Israelites victory over them. The land belongs to Israel, but they have not yet entered it to possess the land. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties\n\n### “You”\nWhen Moses is referring to the Israelites, he uses the plural forms of “you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])### Quotes in quotes\n\nIn this chapter, Moses gives a speech and quotes what others said. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate or format this passage so that there are no quotations within a quotation. (See [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])\n\n### Time Background\n\nIn his speech, Moses reminds the Israelites about what happened to their ancestors before they entered the land that Yahweh promised to give to them. Throughout his speech, Moses repeats the phrase “at that time” to refer to events that occurred during that time period. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state this information explicitly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevents]]) 3:1 lu1c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠נַּ֔עַל 1 Here, the term **went up** means "traveled on." You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and traveled on” -3:1 sahw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession דֶּ֖רֶךְ הַ⁠בָּשָׁ֑ן 1 Here, Moses is using the possessive form to describe a **road** that goes through the region of **Bashan**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different way to explain the relationship between **road** and **Bashan**. Alternate translation: “the road in the land of Bashan” +3:1 sahw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession דֶּ֖רֶךְ הַ⁠בָּשָׁ֑ן 1 Here, Moses is using the possessive form to describe a **road** that goes through the region of **Bashan**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different way to explain the relationship between **road** and **Bashan**. Alternate translation: “the road in the land of Bashan” 3:1 z2w7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names עוֹג֩ 1 The word **Og** is the name of a king. See how you translated it in [1:4](../01/04.md). 3:1 ylw5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֣א עוֹג֩ מֶֽלֶךְ־הַ⁠בָּשָׁ֨ן לִ⁠קְרָאתֵ֜⁠נוּ 1 The implication is that Og **came out** of the city where he lived in order to fight against the Israelites. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “And Og, the king of the Bashan, came out from his city to attack us” 3:1 zned rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive לִ⁠קְרָאתֵ֜⁠נוּ 1 By **us**, Moses means himself and the Israelite men old enough to fight but not the rest of the Israelites, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. Alternate translation: “against our fighting men” @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 3:2 nt9o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֤ה אֵלַ⁠י֙ אַל־תִּירָ֣א אֹת֔⁠וֹ כִּ֣י בְ⁠יָדְ⁠ךָ֞ נָתַ֧תִּי אֹת֛⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־כָּל־עַמּ֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־אַרְצ֑⁠וֹ וְ⁠עָשִׂ֣יתָ לּ֔⁠וֹ כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשִׂ֗יתָ לְ⁠סִיחֹן֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ הָֽ⁠אֱמֹרִ֔י אֲשֶׁ֥ר יוֹשֵׁ֖ב בְּ⁠חֶשְׁבּֽוֹן 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh commanded me not to fear him, for he has given him and all his people and his land into my hand. He told me to do to him as I did to Sihon, king of the Amorites, who lived at Heshbon” 3:2 a2ly rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative אַל־תִּירָ֣א 1 See the [book introduction](../front/intro.md) for more infromation about translating **shall**. Alternate translation: “Do not fear” 3:2 w3dp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֹת֔⁠וֹ & אֹת֛⁠וֹ & עַמּ֖⁠וֹ & אַרְצ֑⁠וֹ & לּ֔⁠וֹ 1 Here, the words **him** and **his** refer back to Og in the previous verse. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “Og … Og … his people … his land … to him” -3:2 dgpy rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 The word translated as **for** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “this is because” +3:2 dgpy rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 The word translated as **for** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “this is because” 3:2 tvji rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְ⁠יָדְ⁠ךָ֞ 1 Here, the word **hand** means “power” or “control.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “under your control” 3:3 n4lw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יָדֵ֗⁠נוּ 1 Here, the word **hand** means “power” or “control.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “into our control” 3:3 maii rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠נַּכֵּ֕⁠הוּ 1 Here, **struck down** means “defeated in battle.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And we smote him” or "And we slew them" @@ -328,15 +328,15 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 3:6 kqel rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אוֹתָ֔⁠ם 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the cities and towns over which King Og ruled. If this is not clear for your readers, you could include this information. Alternate translation: “the cities” 3:6 vk9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy כָּל־עִ֣יר 1 Here, **city** represents the people living inside the cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the people in every city” 3:8 w2ct rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִ⁠יַּ֗ד 1 Here, the word **hand** means “power” or “control.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “away from the control of” or "out of the control of" -3:8 a9ko rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שְׁנֵי֙ 1 Alternate translation: "both of the" +3:8 a9ko rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שְׁנֵי֙ 1 Alternate translation: "both of the" 3:8 l9c4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּ⁠עֵ֣בֶר הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן 1 The implication is that the Amorites were **across the Jordan** from the rest of the land that Yahweh promised to give to the Israelites. The Amorites were east of the Jordan. Alternate translation: “were over on the east side of the Jordan” 3:8 c8hd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מִ⁠נַּ֥חַל אַרְנֹ֖ן 1 The term **Valley of Arnon** is the name of a place. See how you translated it in [2:24](../02/24.md). 3:8 b5q8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַ֥ר חֶרְמֽוֹן 1 The term **Mount Hermon** is the name of a mountain at the northern border of Bashan. 3:9 c5pg rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background צִידֹנִ֛ים יִקְרְא֥וּ לְ⁠חֶרְמ֖וֹן שִׂרְיֹ֑ן וְ⁠הָ֣⁠אֱמֹרִ֔י יִקְרְאוּ־ל֖⁠וֹ שְׂנִֽיר 1 This verse provides background information about the land that the Israelites conquered. This information helps readers understand what happened in the story. These verses are not part of Moses’ speech to the Israelites. In your translation, present this information in a way that makes it clear that this is background information. -3:9 yoxl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names צִידֹנִ֛ים 1 The word **Sidonians** is the name of a people group. +3:9 yoxl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names צִידֹנִ֛ים 1 The word **Sidonians** is the name of a people group. 3:9 nk7s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names לְ⁠חֶרְמ֖וֹן שִׂרְיֹ֑ן & שְׂנִֽיר 1 The words **Hermon**, **Sirion**, and **Senir** are all names for the same mountain, which is at the northern border of Bashan. 3:10 gk8j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַ⁠מִּישֹׁ֗ר 1 The **plain** is an area of high, flat land between the Arnon River and Mount Gilead. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the highland” -3:10 x89s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession עָרֵ֣י הַ⁠מִּישֹׁ֗ר 1 Here, Moses is using the possessive form to describe **cities** that are located on **the plain**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could describe the location in a comparable way. Alternate translation: “the cities located on the plain” +3:10 x89s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession עָרֵ֣י הַ⁠מִּישֹׁ֗ר 1 Here, Moses is using the possessive form to describe **cities** that are located on **the plain**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could describe the location in a comparable way. Alternate translation: “the cities located on the plain” 3:10 g7ie rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names סַלְכָ֖ה וְ⁠אֶדְרֶ֑עִי 1 The words **Salekah** and **Edrei** are names of cities. See how you translated **Edrei** in [1:4](../01/04.md). 3:11 nd7p rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background כִּ֣י רַק־ע֞וֹג מֶ֣לֶךְ הַ⁠בָּשָׁ֗ן נִשְׁאַר֮ מִ⁠יֶּ֣תֶר הָ⁠רְפָאִים֒ הִנֵּ֤ה עַרְשׂ⁠וֹ֙ עֶ֣רֶשׂ בַּרְזֶ֔ל הֲ⁠לֹ֣ה הִ֔וא בְּ⁠רַבַּ֖ת בְּנֵ֣י עַמּ֑וֹן תֵּ֧שַׁע אַמּ֣וֹת אָרְכָּ֗⁠הּ וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֥ע אַמּ֛וֹת רָחְבָּ֖⁠הּ בְּ⁠אַמַּת־אִֽישׁ 1 This verse provides background information about King Og. This information helps readers understand what happened in the story. These verses are not part of Moses’ speech to the Israelites. In your translation, present this information in a way that makes it clear that this is background information. 3:11 mdg3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הָ⁠רְפָאִים֒ 1 The word **Raphaites** is the name of a people group. See how you translated this in [2:11](../02/11.md). @@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 3:12 s921 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מֵ⁠עֲרֹעֵ֞ר 1 The word **Aroer** is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [2:36](../02/36.md). 3:12 h352 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names נַ֣חַל אַרְנֹ֗ן 1 The term **Valley of Arnon** is the name of a place. See how you translated it in [2:24](../02/24.md). 3:12 j8cy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְ⁠עָרָ֔י⁠ו 1 Here, Moses is using the possessive form to describe **cities** that are located in the hill country of Gilead. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a comparable expression for describing location. Alternate translation: “and the cities in that region” -3:13 u0qk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְ⁠יֶ֨תֶר הַ⁠גִּלְעָ֤ד וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠בָּשָׁן֙ מַמְלֶ֣כֶת ע֔וֹג 1 Here, the author is using the possessive form to describe a **kingdom** that **Og** rules over. The kingdom includes parts of **Gilead and all Bashan**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a comparable expression for describing a kingdom. Alternate translation: “And the rest of Gilead and all Bashan, which Og ruled, ” +3:13 u0qk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְ⁠יֶ֨תֶר הַ⁠גִּלְעָ֤ד וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠בָּשָׁן֙ מַמְלֶ֣כֶת ע֔וֹג 1 Here, the author is using the possessive form to describe a **kingdom** that **Og** rules over. The kingdom includes parts of **Gilead and all Bashan**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a comparable expression for describing a kingdom. Alternate translation: “And the rest of Gilead and all Bashan, which Og ruled, ” 3:13 l167 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לַ⁠חֲצִ֖י שֵׁ֣בֶט הַֽ⁠מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה 1 Yahweh explains which areas belong to the part of the tribe of Manasseh that lives east of the Jordan in [Joshua 13:29-31](Jos/13/29.md). Moses allotted part of the land west of the Jordan to part of the tribe of Manasseh in [Deuteronomy 17:1-13](Deu/17/01.md). You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers, either in the text or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “to the half of the tribe of Manasseh that lived east of the Jordan” 3:13 pt8s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הָֽ⁠אַרְגֹּב֙ 1 The word **Argob** is the name of a region in Bashan. See how you translated this in [verse 4](../03/04.md). 3:13 g27b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names רְפָאִֽים 1 The word **Raphaites** is the name of a people group. See how you translated it in [2:11](../02/11.md). @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 3:14 aa4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names יָאִ֣יר 1 The word **Jair** is the name of a man. 3:14 x9m7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בֶּן 1 Here, **son** means “descendant.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a descendant of” 3:14 uz9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עַד־גְּב֥וּל 1 The implication is that **the border of** the Geshurites and the Maacathites is north of the region of Argob. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “northward to the border of” -3:14 g7g2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names חַוֺּ֣ת יָאִ֔יר 1 The term **Havvoth Jair** is the name of a region. The name means ‘tent villages of Jair’ or ‘realm of Jair.’ +3:14 g7g2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names חַוֺּ֣ת יָאִ֔יר 1 The term **Havvoth Jair** is the name of a region. The name means ‘tent villages of Jair’ or ‘realm of Jair.’ 3:14 o57c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 The implication is that the Israelites still refer to the region as Havvoth Jair on **this day**. Here, **this day** refers to the time frame introduced in [1:1-4](../01/04.md), when Moses is giving this speech to the Israelites. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “as you call that region to this day” 3:15 x1nt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וּ⁠לְ⁠מָכִ֖יר 1 The word **Machir** is the name of a man. Machir was the son of Manasseh. 3:15 nnzh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠לְ⁠מָכִ֖יר 1 **Machir** had died before Moses gave this land. His name refers to his descendants. Alternate translation: “to the descendants of Machir” @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 3:16 n3af rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names נַ֣חַל אַרְנֹ֔ן 1 The term **Valley of Arnon** is the name of a place. See how you translated it in [2:24](../02/24.md). 3:16 x4dj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִן־הַ⁠גִּלְעָד֙ וְ⁠עַד־נַ֣חַל אַרְנֹ֔ן 1 The implication is that **the Valley of Arnon** is the southern border of **Gilead**. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. \n 3:16 ni9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names יַבֹּ֣ק הַ⁠נַּ֔חַל 1 The term **Jabbok River** is the name of a river. See how you translated this in [2:37](../02/37.md). -3:16 c3df rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession גְּב֖וּל בְּנֵ֥י עַמּֽוֹן 1 Here, Moses is using the possessive form to describe **the border** around the land that is occupied by the **sons of Ammon** of the Israelites. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a comparable expression. Alternate translation: “the border of the land occupied by the sons of Ammon” +3:16 c3df rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession גְּב֖וּל בְּנֵ֥י עַמּֽוֹן 1 Here, Moses is using the possessive form to describe **the border** around the land that is occupied by the **sons of Ammon** of the Israelites. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a comparable expression. Alternate translation: “the border of the land occupied by the sons of Ammon” 3:16 nkm8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֥י 1 Here, **sons** means “descendants.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the descendants of” 3:17 y51g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מִ⁠כִּנֶּ֗רֶת 1 The word **Kinnereth** is the name of a large fresh-water lake that is also called “the Sea of Galilee.” 3:17 xce7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תַּ֛חַת אַשְׁדֹּ֥ת 1 Alternate translation: “at the foot of” or “at the base of” @@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 3:18 j9qx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֛י 1 Here, **faces** represent the presence of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before” 3:18 mq1x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֲחֵי⁠כֶ֥ם 1 Here, **brothers** means “male relatives.” The Israelites are all descendants of Jacob. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “your fellow Israelites” 3:18 e8ey rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּנֵֽי 1 Here, **sons** means “male descendants.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the men of” -3:18 vrky rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Here, Moses is speaking to the tribe of Reuben, the tribe of Gad, and the half tribe of Manasseh. Here, **Israel** refers to the other tribes of Israel. You could use an exclusive form if your language marks that distinction. +3:18 vrky rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Here, Moses is speaking to the tribe of Reuben, the tribe of Gad, and the half tribe of Manasseh. Here, **Israel** refers to the other tribes of Israel. You could use an exclusive form if your language marks that distinction. 3:19 ma9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns נְשֵׁי⁠כֶ֣ם וְ⁠טַפְּ⁠כֶם֮ וּ⁠מִקְנֵ⁠כֶם֒ & לָ⁠כֶ֑ם & בְּ⁠עָ֣רֵי⁠כֶ֔ם & לָ⁠כֶֽם 1 The pronouns **you** and **your** refer to the people of the tribe of Reuben, the tribe of Gad, and the half tribe of Manasseh. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the names of the tribes here. 3:20 cpr8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns לַֽ⁠אֲחֵי⁠כֶם֮ כָּ⁠כֶם֒ & וְ⁠שַׁבְתֶּ֗ם & לָ⁠כֶֽם 1 The pronouns **you** and **your** refer to the people of the tribe of Reuben, the tribe of Gad, and the half tribe of Manasseh. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the names of the tribes here. 3:20 zgr3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לַֽ⁠אֲחֵי⁠כֶם֮ 1 Here, **brothers** means “male relatives.” The Israelites are all descendants of Jacob. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “your fellow Israelites” @@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 3:21 p9pl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לִ⁠שְׁנֵי֙ הַ⁠מְּלָכִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה 1 Here, the term **these two kings** refers to King Sihon and King Og, whom the Israelites defeated. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “to these two kings, Sihon and Og” 3:21 d7dr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שָֽׁמָּ⁠ה 1 Here, the word **there** refers to all of the land that Yahweh promised to give to the Israelites. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “in the land that he will give you” 3:22 w5lw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns לֹ֖א תְִּירָא֑וּ⁠ם 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the people who live in the land that the Israelites are about to occupy. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the names of the people groups here. Alternate translation: “Do not fear the people who live in the land” -3:22 cl6k rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֚י 1 The word translated as **for** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “because” +3:22 cl6k rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֚י 1 The word translated as **for** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “because” 3:22 o5gl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ה֖וּא הַ⁠נִּלְחָ֥ם 1 For emphasis, Moses is stating the pronoun **himself**, whose meaning is already included in the verb **fight**. Moses uses the word **himself** to emphasize how significant it was that Yahweh will fight for the Israelites. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction in your translation. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. The ULT does so by using the intensive pronoun **himself**. Alternate translation: “it is he who will fight” 3:23 d3fi rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹֽר 1 Here, the word **saying** introduces direct speech. Consider natural ways of doing that in your own language. 3:24 z9tn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֔ 1 Here, Moses is referring to himself as **your servant**, which is a polite way of speaking to someone with greater authority. Alternate translation: “me, your servant,” @@ -412,14 +412,14 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 3:28 lo1o rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠הוּא֙ יַנְחִ֣יל אוֹתָ֔⁠ם 1 For emphasis, Yahweh is stating the pronoun **himself**, whose meaning is already included in the verb translated as **cause to inherit**. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction in your translation. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. The ULT does so by using the intensive pronoun **himself**. Alternate translation: “and it is he who will cause them to inherit” 3:28 tsxo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר תִּרְאֶֽה 1 The implication is that from the top of Mount Pisgah Moses **will see the land** that Joshua will lead the Israelites to conquer. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the land that you will see from the top of Mount Pisgah” 3:29 dut2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בֵּ֥ית פְּעֽוֹר 1 The term **Beth Peor** is the name of a town in Moab near Mount Pisgah. -4:intro d8g8 0 # Deuteronomy 4 General Notes\n\n## Chapter Outline\n- vv. 1-40: Moses encourages the Israelites to obey Yahweh\n- vv. 41-43: Moses appoints cities of refuge\n- vv. 44-49: Summary of Moses’ first speech\n\n## Special Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Moses’ instructions\nGod will not allow Moses to enter into the Promised Land. Since the Israelites are getting ready to possess the Promised Land, Moses gives them some last instructions before his death. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])\n\n### Cities of Refuge\n\nVerses 41-43 discuss cities of refuge, which are towns to which a manslayer could flee. In this case, a manslayer is anyone who accidentally kills another person. In those times, a close family member of the deceased would be obligated to take revenge for the killing of his family member by finding and killing the manslayer. Yahweh provides protection for the manslayer so that they will not be punished too harshly. \n(See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/refuge]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])\n\n### Likeness\nVerses 15-31 warn the Israelites against creating idols. The other people groups in the land worshiped entities in nature such as the sun, moon, stars, trees, and so on. They created idols that looked like (in the likeness of) these entities. Yahweh forbids the Israelites from making likenesses of anything for the purpose of worshiping it. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/likeness]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nMoses uses several rhetorical questions in verses 7-8, and 33-34. The purpose of these questions is to convince his readers to obey his instructions. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Words for the law\n- statutes\n- ordinances\n- judgments\nMoses uses several words to refer to the law that Yahweh commanded the Israelites to obey. It is unclear what the differences are between these terms. If your language has different terms for the law, you could use them here to differentiate between the different Hebrew words. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])\n\n### “You”\n\n\n- vv. 1-22: “You” and “your” are both singular and plural; see notes for details.\n- vv. 23-40: “you” and “your” are singular.\n\nMoses is speaking to the Israelites who are alive, but he refers to events that happened to their ancestors. The pronouns “you” or “your” are plural here unless otherwise noted. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could explicitly state that these events happened to their ancestors. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n +4:intro d8g8 0 # Deuteronomy 4 General Notes\n\n## Chapter Outline\n- vv. 1-40: Moses encourages the Israelites to obey Yahweh\n- vv. 41-43: Moses appoints cities of refuge\n- vv. 44-49: Summary of Moses’ first speech\n\n## Special Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Moses’ instructions\nGod will not allow Moses to enter into the Promised Land. Since the Israelites are getting ready to possess the Promised Land, Moses gives them some last instructions before his death. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])\n\n### Cities of Refuge\n\nVerses 41-43 discuss cities of refuge, which are towns to which a manslayer could flee. In this case, a manslayer is anyone who accidentally kills another person. In those times, a close family member of the deceased would be obligated to take revenge for the killing of his family member by finding and killing the manslayer. Yahweh provides protection for the manslayer so that they will not be punished too harshly. \n(See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/refuge]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])\n\n### Likeness\nVerses 15-31 warn the Israelites against creating idols. The other people groups in the land worshiped entities in nature such as the sun, moon, stars, trees, and so on. They created idols that looked like (in the likeness of) these entities. Yahweh forbids the Israelites from making likenesses of anything for the purpose of worshiping it. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/likeness]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nMoses uses several rhetorical questions in verses 7-8, and 33-34. The purpose of these questions is to convince his readers to obey his instructions. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Words for the law\n- statutes\n- ordinances\n- judgments\nMoses uses several words to refer to the law that Yahweh commanded the Israelites to obey. It is unclear what the differences are between these terms. If your language has different terms for the law, you could use them here to differentiate between the different Hebrew words. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])\n\n### “You”\n\n- vv. 1-22: “You” and “your” are both singular and plural; see notes for details.\n- vv. 23-40: “you” and “your” are singular.\n\nMoses is speaking to the Israelites who are alive, but he refers to events that happened to their ancestors. The pronouns “you” or “your” are plural here unless otherwise noted. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could explicitly state that these events happened to their ancestors. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n 4:1 m1n5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 Here, **Israel** represents the people of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people of Israel” 4:1 hfw2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet אֶל־הַֽ⁠חֻקִּים֙ וְ⁠אֶל־הַ⁠מִּשְׁפָּטִ֔ים 1 The terms **statutes** and **ordinances** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “to the important statutes” 4:1 zdp5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְמַ֣עַן 1 Here, **so that** marks what comes after as the goal or purpose of what comes before. Moses wants the Israelites to live in the land. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. 4:2 ft3x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche הַ⁠דָּבָר֙ 1 Here, **word** represents all of the words of the law that Yahweh spoke to Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the statutes” or "the words of the law" 4:2 r77u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מִצְוֺת֙ יְהוָ֣ה 1 Here, Moses is using the possessive form to describe **commandments** that come from **Yahweh**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the commandments given by Yahweh” 4:3 u7gv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche עֵֽינֵי⁠כֶם֙ 1 Moses is using **eyes** to represent all of a person in the act of seeing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You yourselves” -4:3 bs2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּ⁠בַ֣עַל פְּע֑וֹר 1 Here, Moses is referring to the events of [Numbers 25:1-9](Num/25/01.md), when Israelite men committed sexual immorality with Moabite women. The women tempted the Israelite men to worship their idol, the **Baal** of **Peor**. As a result, Yahweh punished the Israelites with a plague until Phinehas the priest killed a man who was still committing adultery. +4:3 bs2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּ⁠בַ֣עַל פְּע֑וֹר 1 Here, Moses is referring to the events of [Numbers 25:1-9](Num/25/01.md), when Israelite men committed sexual immorality with Moabite women. The women tempted the Israelite men to worship their idol, the **Baal** of **Peor**. As a result, Yahweh punished the Israelites with a plague until Phinehas the priest killed a man who was still committing adultery. 4:3 p9ok rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הָלַךְ֙ אַחֲרֵ֣י 1 Here, **walked after** means “worshiped.” Moses is speaking of worshiping idols as if people were physically walking behind idols to follow them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “worshiped” 4:3 naji rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הִשְׁמִיד֛⁠וֹ 1 The implication is that Yahweh **destroyed them** by killing them. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “has killed them” 4:3 yl8h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd מִ⁠קִּרְבֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all of the Israelites, the pronoun **your** is singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation. @@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 4:5 v63r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo בָּאִ֥ים שָׁ֖מָּ⁠ה לְ⁠רִשְׁתָּֽ⁠הּ 1 The expression **going into to possess it** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “are going into to possess” 4:6 zr9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet וּ⁠שְׁמַרְתֶּם֮ וַ⁠עֲשִׂיתֶם֒ 1 The terms **keep** and **do** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “And you shall carefully do them” 4:6 fau5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative וּ⁠שְׁמַרְתֶּם֮ וַ⁠עֲשִׂיתֶם֒ 1 See the [book introduction](../front/intro.md) for more infromation about translating **shall**. Alternate translation: “And keep and do them” -4:6 ce6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 The word translated as **for** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “because” +4:6 ce6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 The word translated as **for** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “because” 4:6 bhy7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns חָכְמַתְ⁠כֶם֙ וּ⁠בִ֣ינַתְ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **wisdom** and **understanding**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “is how you can act wisely and with understanding” 4:6 di77 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet חָכְמַתְ⁠כֶם֙ וּ⁠בִ֣ינַתְ⁠כֶ֔ם & חָכָ֣ם וְ⁠נָב֔וֹן 1 The terms **wisdom** and **understanding** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “is your great wisdom … very wise” 4:6 f2rh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לְ⁠עֵינֵ֖י 1 Here, **in the eyes of** is an idiom for a person's opinion or evaluation. Moses speaks as if evaluating something were physically seeing it with one's **eyes**. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the evaluation of” @@ -455,14 +455,14 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 4:10 tkm7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd עָמַ֜דְתָּ & אֱלֹהֶי⁠ךָ֮ 1 Even though Moses is speaking about the Israelites and their ancestors, **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation. 4:10 vcet rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֨י 1 Here, **face** represents someone’s presence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before” 4:10 ivm8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַקְהֶל־לִ⁠י֙ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 The implication is that Yahweh wants Moses to bring all the Israelite **people** to **Assemble** at Mount Sinai, where Yahweh will speak through a thunderstorm. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Tell the Israelite people to gather here” -4:10 onov rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result אֲשֶׁ֨ר 2 The word translated as **that** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “so that” +4:10 onov rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result אֲשֶׁ֨ר 2 The word translated as **that** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “so that” 4:11 wy4q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תַּ֣חַת 1 Here **under** means “at the foot of.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at the foot of” 4:11 t7n0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לֵ֣ב 1 Here the word **heart** means “middle.” Moses is speaking of the sky as if it had a heart in its middle. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the middle of” 4:12 ik93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּ⁠תְמוּנָ֛ה אֵינְ⁠כֶ֥ם רֹאִ֖ים 1 Here **form** means the visible form of a living being. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and you saw no visible form” 4:14 sge4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet חֻקִּ֖ים וּ⁠מִשְׁפָּטִ֑ים 1 The terms **statutes** and **judgments** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “important rules” 4:14 wod7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לַ⁠עֲשֹׂתְ⁠כֶ֣ם 1 Here, **for** marks what follows as the goal or purpose of what comes before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. 4:14 bdx7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo בָּ⁠אָ֕רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר אַתֶּ֛ם עֹבְרִ֥ים שָׁ֖מָּ⁠ה לְ⁠רִשְׁתָּֽ⁠הּ 1 The expression **the land which you are going over to possess it** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “in the land you will possess” -4:15 r8lb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 The word translated as **for** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “this is because” +4:15 r8lb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 The word translated as **for** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “this is because” 4:15 miaf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּ⁠י֗וֹם דִּבֶּ֨ר יְהוָ֧ה אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֛ם בְּ⁠חֹרֵ֖ב מִ⁠תּ֥וֹךְ הָ⁠אֵֽשׁ 1 Moses is referring to the events of [Exodus 19](Exo/19/01.md) when Yahweh spoke from Mount Sinai from a fire. The Israelite people were afraid of Yahweh and stood far away. 4:16 f5bb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo פֶּ֨ן 1 Moses is using the word **lest** to introduce a hypothetical condition as a warning. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “in case” 4:16 ouuk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תַּשְׁחִת֔וּ⁠ן 1 Here, the term **act corruptly** means to sin or do wrong. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “you sin” @@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 4:23 ffm0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֶת־בְּרִ֤ית יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹ֣הֵי⁠כֶ֔ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר כָּרַ֖ת 1 To **cut** a **covenant** means to make a covenant. The phrase refers to ancient rituals around making covenants, illustrated in [Genesis 15](Gen/15/01). See the imagery and how you translated there. Alternate translation: “the covenant of Yahweh your God, which he made” 4:23 k54j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit צִוְּ⁠ךָ֖ 1 Yahweh **commanded** the Israelites not to make idols. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “has commanded you not to do” 4:23 q9m3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd צִוְּ⁠ךָ֖ & אֱלֹהֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you** and **your** are singular here. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation. -4:24 fc5i rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֚י 1 The word translated as **For** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “This is because” +4:24 fc5i rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֚י 1 The word translated as **For** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “This is because” 4:24 z6c8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֵ֥שׁ אֹכְלָ֖ה 1 Here Moses is speaking of Yahweh’s response, when he is jealous, as if it were **a devouring fire**. Yahweh will destroy anyone who disobeys him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is a destroyer of people who disobey him just as a fire burns its fuel to ashes”\n 4:25 sw65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd תוֹלִ֤יד & אֱלֹהֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to a group of people, **you** and **your** are singular here. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation. 4:25 d5qj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בָּנִים֙ וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י בָנִ֔ים 1 Here, **sons** means “children.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “children, and children of children” @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 4:32 pkpy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שְׁאַל 1 Here the word **ask** means “think.” Moses is speaking as if asking questions about something were the same as thinking about it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “consider” 4:32 c553 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness נָא֩ 1 The word translated as **please** here is a term used in polite requests. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could use an equivalent expression for making a polite request. 4:32 tg9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנֶ֗י⁠ךָ 1 Here, **face** represents the presence of a person and **before** here means "prior to." If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before your existence” -4:32 njz0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַ⁠יּוֹם֙ אֲשֶׁר֩ בָּרָ֨א אֱלֹהִ֤ים ׀ אָדָם֙ עַל־הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 Moses is referring to the events of [Genesis 1:27](Gen/01/27.md) when Yahweh created human beings, male and female, in his image. This was on the sixth day of creation. +4:32 njz0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַ⁠יּוֹם֙ אֲשֶׁר֩ בָּרָ֨א אֱלֹהִ֤ים ׀ אָדָם֙ עַל־הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 Moses is referring to the events of [Genesis 1:27](Gen/01/27.md) when Yahweh created human beings, male and female, in his image. This was on the sixth day of creation. 4:32 i0fo rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns אָדָם֙ 1 In this verse, the word **man** is singular in form, but it refers to all human beings as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “human beings” 4:32 vugi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism וּ⁠לְ⁠מִ⁠קְצֵ֥ה הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֖יִם וְ⁠עַד־קְצֵ֣ה הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יִם 1 Here, Moses is referring to all of the world by naming the parts that are at the extreme ends of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and on all the earth” 4:32 kmtn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כַּ⁠דָּבָ֤ר הַ⁠גָּדוֹל֙ הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 The term **a great thing** refers to the works that Yahweh did, which Moses mentions in the following verses. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “as great a thing as what Yahweh did” @@ -605,7 +605,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 4:48 vyn6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names שִׂיאֹ֖ן & חֶרְמֽוֹן 1 The words **Sion** and **Hermon** are different names for the same mountain. The word **Sion** is another spelling of “Sirion” ([3:9](../03/09.md)). You could keep the same spelling for both occurrences if it would be clearer for your readers. For **Hermon**, see how you translated that name in [3:8](../03/08.md). 4:49 l26x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom תַּ֖חַת אַשְׁדֹּ֥ת 1 The phrase **under the slopes of** means “at the base of” when referring to a mountain. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated this in [3:17](../03/17.md). 4:49 x6zf rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַ⁠פִּסְגָּֽה 1 The word **Pisgah** is the name of a mountain. See how you translated it in [3:17](../03/17.md). -5:intro xsp1 0 # Deuteronomy 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n- vv.1-4: Moses reminds the Israelites that Yahweh made a covenant with them on Mount Sinai\n- vv. 5-21: Moses repeats the Ten Commandments\n- vv. 22-33: Moses reminds the Israelites that he spoke to Yahweh on their behalf because they feared Yahweh\n\nSome translations set each of the commandments in the list of Ten Commandments in 5:7–21 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT uses a separate paragraph for each commandment.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Ten Commandments\n\nThis chapter repeats the words from Exodus 20, which are known as the Ten Commandments. It is important for the Israelites to obey these words as part of their covenant with Yahweh. Yahweh gave the Israelites the Ten Commandments on Mount Sinai after the Israelites left Egypt. The Ten Commandments are written on two stone tablets that are placed in the ark of the covenant. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/tencommandments]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/arkofthecovenant]]) \n\n\n### The Sabbath\nYahweh commands the Israelites to rest on the seventh day, known as the Sabbath. The rest reminds the Israelites that Yahweh rested on the seventh day of creation. The Sabbath also reminds the Israelites that they have rest because Yahweh rescued them from being slaves in Egypt, where they had no rest. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])\n\n## Other Translation Issues\n\n### “You”\n\nWhen Moses is addressing the Israelites, he uses both the singular and plural forms of “You.”\n\n- vv. 1-5: “You” and “your” are plural.\n- vv. 8-21: “You” and “your” are singular.\n- vv. 22-24: “You” and “your” are plural.\n- vv. 28: “You” and “your” are plural.\n- vv. 32-33: “You” and “your” are plural.\n\n(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) +5:intro xsp1 0 # Deuteronomy 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n- vv.1-4: Moses reminds the Israelites that Yahweh made a covenant with them on Mount Sinai\n- vv. 5-21: Moses repeats the Ten Commandments\n- vv. 22-33: Moses reminds the Israelites that he spoke to Yahweh on their behalf because they feared Yahweh\n\nSome translations set each of the commandments in the list of Ten Commandments in 5:7–21 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT uses a separate paragraph for each commandment.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Ten Commandments\n\nThis chapter repeats the words from Exodus 20, which are known as the Ten Commandments. It is important for the Israelites to obey these words as part of their covenant with Yahweh. Yahweh gave the Israelites the Ten Commandments on Mount Sinai after the Israelites left Egypt. The Ten Commandments are written on two stone tablets that are placed in the ark of the covenant. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/tencommandments]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/arkofthecovenant]])\n\n### The Sabbath\nYahweh commands the Israelites to rest on the seventh day, known as the Sabbath. The rest reminds the Israelites that Yahweh rested on the seventh day of creation. The Sabbath also reminds the Israelites that they have rest because Yahweh rescued them from being slaves in Egypt, where they had no rest. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])\n\n## Other Translation Issues\n\n### “You”\n\nWhen Moses is addressing the Israelites, he uses both the singular and plural forms of “You.”\n\n- vv. 1-5: “You” and “your” are plural.\n- vv. 8-21: “You” and “your” are singular.\n- vv. 22-24: “You” and “your” are plural.\n- vv. 28: “You” and “your” are plural.\n- vv. 32-33: “You” and “your” are plural.\n\n(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) 5:1 zd9l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֣א מֹשֶׁה֮ אֶל־כָּל־יִשְׂרָאֵל֒ 1 Here the word **called** means “summoned.” The writer is speaking as if calling someone is the same as summoning them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Then Moses commanded all Israel to come” 5:1 kvw4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵל֒ & יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 Here **Israel** refers to all the Israelites. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “the Israelites … Israelites” 5:1 d5qb rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר 1 Here, the phrase **and said** introduces direct speech. Moses is beginning his second speech to the Israelites. Consider natural ways of doing that in your own language. @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 5:5 ia47 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֤י 1 The word translated as **For** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “This is because” 5:5 l82u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִ⁠פְּנֵ֣י 1 Here, **face** represents the presence of something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of the presence of” 5:5 fihv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹֽר 1 Here, the word **saying** introduces direct speech. Consider natural ways of doing that in your own language. -5:6 nwcg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 In this verse, Yahweh is referring to the events of [Exodus 1-14](Exo/01/01.md), when Yahweh did amazing things so that the Israelites could leave Egypt. +5:6 nwcg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 In this verse, Yahweh is referring to the events of [Exodus 1-14](Exo/01/01.md), when Yahweh did amazing things so that the Israelites could leave Egypt. 5:6 dav1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֱלֹהֶ֔י⁠ךָ & הוֹצֵאתִ֛י⁠ךָ 1 Yahweh is speaking directly to Moses, so the pronouns **you** and **your** are singular in this verse and in the rest of Yahweh’s speech. See chapter introduction for more information. 5:6 fbu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִ⁠בֵּ֥ית עֲבָדִֽים 1 Yahweh speaks of Egypt as if it were a **house** where people keep **slaves**. See how you translated this in [Exodus 13:3](Exo/13/03.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the place where you were slaves” 5:7 pa85 0 Alternate translation: “You must not worship any other gods besides me” @@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 5:9 qj4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations אָב֧וֹת עַל־בָּנִ֛ים 1 Although the terms **fathers** and **sons** are masculine, Yahweh is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “parents on the children” 5:9 fsfp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis עַל־בָּנִ֛ים וְ⁠עַל־שִׁלֵּשִׁ֥ים וְ⁠עַל־רִבֵּעִ֖ים 1 Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Here, **generation** is implied by **sons**, therefore **third** and **fourth** refers to the grandchildren and great-grandchildren. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “on the sons down to the third and fourth generations of” 5:9 d9fs rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal וְ⁠עַל־שִׁלֵּשִׁ֥ים וְ⁠עַל־רִבֵּעִ֖ים 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “and on generations 3 and 4 of” -5:10 zxf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠עֹ֥שֶׂה חֶ֖סֶד לַֽ⁠אֲלָפִ֑ים לְ⁠אֹהֲבַ֖⁠י וּ⁠לְ⁠שֹׁמְרֵ֥י מִצְוֹתָֽי׃ס 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faithfulness**, you can express the same idea with the words “faithfully” or “faithful.” Alternate translation: “But I faithfully love the thousands who are lovers of me and keepers of my commandments.” +5:10 zxf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠עֹ֥שֶׂה חֶ֖סֶד לַֽ⁠אֲלָפִ֑ים לְ⁠אֹהֲבַ֖⁠י וּ⁠לְ⁠שֹׁמְרֵ֥י מִצְוֹתָֽי׃ס 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faithfulness**, you can express the same idea with the words “faithfully” or “faithful.” Alternate translation: “But I faithfully love the thousands who are lovers of me and keepers of my commandments.” 5:10 rq8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis לַֽ⁠אֲלָפִ֑ים 1 Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. “Generations” is implied by the previous verse. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “to a thousand generations” 5:10 xq3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לַֽ⁠אֲלָפִ֑ים 1 Here, **thousands** could mean: (1) “forever,” that is, “to all descendants forever.” Alternate translation: “to every generation” (2) a number too many to count. Alternate translation: “to innumerable people” 5:11 kd28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֹ֥א תִשָּׂ֛א & אֲשֶׁר־יִשָּׂ֥א 1 Here **lift up** means “use” or “say.” This includes invoking Yahweh’s name, making a claim to him, attempting to manipulate him, or misrepresenting him. A broad word should be used in translation of this term. Alternate translation: “Do not use … he who uses” @@ -792,7 +792,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 6:24-25 ye68 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo וַ⁠יְצַוֵּ֣⁠נוּ יְהוָ֗ה לַ⁠עֲשׂוֹת֙ אֶת־כָּל־הַ⁠חֻקִּ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה לְ⁠יִרְאָ֖ה אֶת־יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ לְ⁠ט֥וֹב לָ֨⁠נוּ֙ כָּל־הַ⁠יָּמִ֔ים לְ⁠חַיֹּתֵ֖⁠נוּ כְּ⁠הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה & וּ⁠צְדָקָ֖ה תִּֽהְיֶה־לָּ֑⁠נוּ כִּֽי־נִשְׁמֹ֨ר לַ⁠עֲשׂ֜וֹת אֶת־כָּל־הַ⁠מִּצְוָ֣ה הַ⁠זֹּ֗את לִ⁠פְנֵ֛י יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵ֖י⁠נוּ כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר צִוָּֽ⁠נוּ 1 Moses is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that the Israelites will only receive these benefits if they obey Yahweh’s commandments. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. It may be helpful to reword these verses so that the conditional statement is clear. Alternate translation: “If we keep doing all these commandments before the face of Yahweh our God as he has commanded us, to fear Yahweh our God, then it will be for good to us all of the days, to keep us alive as this day, and it will be righteousness to us” 6:25 kzjx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠צְדָקָ֖ה תִּֽהְיֶה־לָּ֑⁠נוּ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh will consider us as righteous” 6:25 p4b1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֛י 1 Here, **face** represents the presence of Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before” -7:intro y1wn 0 # Deuteronomy 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n- vv. 1-11: Moses reminds the Israelites that they belong to Yahweh because of their covenant with him.\n- vv. 12-26: Blessings for obedience\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “You must completely destroy them”\nThe people of Canaan worshiped idols and did other things that were abominations to Yahweh. Since the Israelites had a special relationship with Yahweh, Yahweh used Israel to punish these nations for their idolatry by destroying them completely. Yahweh wanted the Israelites to live differently than those nations. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])\n\n### Abrahamic Covenant\n\nThis chapter references parts of the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham. Yahweh promised Abraham that he would have very many descendants. The Israelites are the descendants of Abraham, so Yahweh repeats his promise to them in Deuteronomy, telling them that they will prosper and increase their population if they obey him. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])\n\n\n## Other Potential Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n +7:intro y1wn 0 # Deuteronomy 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n- vv. 1-11: Moses reminds the Israelites that they belong to Yahweh because of their covenant with him.\n- vv. 12-26: Blessings for obedience\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “You must completely destroy them”\nThe people of Canaan worshiped idols and did other things that were abominations to Yahweh. Since the Israelites had a special relationship with Yahweh, Yahweh used Israel to punish these nations for their idolatry by destroying them completely. Yahweh wanted the Israelites to live differently than those nations. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])\n\n### Abrahamic Covenant\n\nThis chapter references parts of the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham. Yahweh promised Abraham that he would have very many descendants. The Israelites are the descendants of Abraham, so Yahweh repeats his promise to them in Deuteronomy, telling them that they will prosper and increase their population if they obey him. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])\n\n## Other Potential Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n 7:1 xz3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd יְבִֽיאֲ⁠ךָ֙ & אֱלֹהֶ֔י⁠ךָ & אַתָּ֥ה & מִ⁠פָּנֶ֡י⁠ךָ & מִמֶּֽ⁠ךָּ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you** and **your** are singular from this verse to [verse 3](../07/03.md). If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation. 7:1 zv16 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go יְבִֽיאֲ⁠ךָ֙ 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “takes” instead of **brings**. Alternate translation: “takes you” 7:1 jj4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo הָ⁠אָ֕רֶץ אֲשֶׁר־אַתָּ֥ה בָא־שָׁ֖מָּ⁠ה לְ⁠רִשְׁתָּ֑⁠הּ 1 The expression **the land which you are going into to possess it** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “the land which you are going to possess” @@ -818,7 +818,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 7:6 uqx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עַל־פְּנֵ֥י הָ⁠אֲדָמָֽה 1 Here, **face** represents the surface of the earth and everything that exists on it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are anywhere on the earth” 7:7 if5m rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast לֹ֣א & כִּֽי 1 Moses uses the words **not** and **for** here to indicate a strong contrast. Yahweh could have chosen a numerous people group, but he did not do that. In your translation, indicate this strong contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “not for the reason … but rather,” 7:7 o06l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole אַתֶּ֥ם הַ⁠מְעַ֖ט מִ⁠כָּל־הָ⁠עַמִּֽים 1 Moses says **fewest of all the peoples** here as an extreme statement for emphasis. The Israelites were most likely not the smallest people group. Moses means that they were insignificant compared to other people groups. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “you were insignificant compared to the other peoples” -7:8 zl86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּי֩ 1 The word translated as **but** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “since” +7:8 zl86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּי֩ 1 The word translated as **but** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “since” 7:8 l7na rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לַ⁠אֲבֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 Moses is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to your predecessors” 7:8 j4hq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֑ה & מִ⁠יַּ֖ד 1 Here, the word **hand** represents power. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with mighty strength … from the control of” 7:8 xtl5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית עֲבָדִ֔ים 1 Moses speaks of the nation of Egypt as if it were a **house** where people keep **slaves**. See how you translated this in [Exodus 13:3](Exo/13/03.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the place where you were slaves” @@ -852,7 +852,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 7:16 myix rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠אָכַלְתָּ֣ 1 Here **consume** means “completely destroy.” Moses is speaking of conquering a people group as if a person were eating food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And you shall exterminate” 7:16 xbj2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit נֹתֵ֣ן לָ֔⁠ךְ 1 Here **give** means “allow to conquer.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will cause you to defeat” 7:16 aia1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לֹא־תָחֹ֥ס עֵֽינְ⁠ךָ֖ עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 Here **eye** represents the act of seeing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do not allow what you see to cause you to pity them” -7:16 aoch rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּֽי 1 The word translated as **for** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “because” +7:16 aoch rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּֽי 1 The word translated as **for** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “because” 7:16 yvn8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מוֹקֵ֥שׁ ה֖וּא לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 Moses is speaking of someone worshiping idols as if they were an animal caught in a hunter’s **snare**. Moses is saying that idolatry leads to certain destruction, just like a trapped animal faces destruction. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it will be like a snare for you because you will keep on serving their gods” 7:17 t4z5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo כִּ֤י תֹאמַר֙ 1 Moses is using the word **If** to introduce a hypothetical situation to encourage the Israelites. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “You might say” 7:17 bsr6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom תֹאמַר֙ בִּ⁠לְבָ֣בְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 Here, **say in your heart** is an idiom that means “think” or “say to yourself.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you say to yourself” @@ -893,14 +893,14 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 7:25 k5r7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo פֶּ֚ן 1 Moses is using the word **lest** to introduce a hypothetical condition as a warning for a negative consequence. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “in case” 7:25 su6c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תִּוָּקֵ֣שׁ בּ֔⁠וֹ 1 The gold or silver on the idols could cause the people to start worshiping them because the precious metals are attractive. Moses compares idol worship to a trap because it is very difficult to stop once you start worshiping idols. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you translated this concept in [verse 16](../07/16.md). Alternate translation: “you start worshiping the idols and cannot stop” 7:25 vdp1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive תִּוָּקֵ֣שׁ בּ֔⁠וֹ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it entraps you” -7:25 z31g rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֧י 1 The word translated as **for** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “because” +7:25 z31g rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֧י 1 The word translated as **for** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “because” 7:26 zmsj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd וְ⁠לֹא־תָבִ֤יא & בֵּיתֶ֔⁠ךָ וְ⁠הָיִ֥יתָ & תְּשַׁקְּצֶ֛⁠נּוּ & תְּֽתַעֲבֶ֖⁠נּוּ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you**, **your**, and the command **bring** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation. 7:26 leby rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תֽוֹעֵבָה֙ 1 Here, the specific type of **abomination** that Moses is referring to is an idol. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “any abomination of an idol” 7:26 hmcx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠הָיִ֥יתָ חֵ֖רֶם 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and God curses you” 7:26 b8dp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet שַׁקֵּ֧ץ ׀ תְּשַׁקְּצֶ֛⁠נּוּ וְ⁠תַעֵ֥ב ׀ תְּֽתַעֲבֶ֖⁠נּוּ 1 The terms **detest** and **abhor** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “You shall completely and utterly detest it” 7:26 eeub rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication שַׁקֵּ֧ץ ׀ תְּשַׁקְּצֶ֛⁠נּוּ וְ⁠תַעֵ֥ב ׀ תְּֽתַעֲבֶ֖⁠נּוּ 1 The phrases **Detesting, you shall detest it** and **abhorring, you shall abhor it** translate verbs that are repeated for emphasis. If your language can repeat words for emphasis, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation. 7:26 xs75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּי 1 The word translated as **for** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “since” -8:intro w4zj 0 # Deuteronomy 8 General Notes\n\n\n## Outline\n- vv. 1-10: Moses reminds the Israelites of Yahweh’s provision for them in the desert\n- vv. 11-20: Moses warns the Israelites to remember Yahweh\n\n\n## Structure\n\n\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Forgetting\n\n\nMoses reminds the living Israelites about all the miracles that Yahweh did for them to bring them out of Egypt and survive in the wilderness. In the wilderness, the Israelites complained and grumbled. It was easy for them to forget what Yahweh did for them and disobey Yahweh. As a result, Yahweh punished that generation by causing them to die in the wilderness without entering the land. The living Israelites are the children of that generation. Moses is warning them not to make the same mistakes as their parents did. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/Israel]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Issues in this Chapter\n\n### “You”\n\nWhen Moses is addressing the Israelites, he uses both the singular and plural forms of “You.”\n\n- vv. 1: See notes.\n- vv. 2-19: “You” and “your” are singular.\n- vv. 20: “you” and “your” are plural.\n\n(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) +8:intro w4zj 0 # Deuteronomy 8 General Notes\n\n## Outline\n- vv. 1-10: Moses reminds the Israelites of Yahweh’s provision for them in the desert\n- vv. 11-20: Moses warns the Israelites to remember Yahweh\n\n## Structure\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Forgetting\n\nMoses reminds the living Israelites about all the miracles that Yahweh did for them to bring them out of Egypt and survive in the wilderness. In the wilderness, the Israelites complained and grumbled. It was easy for them to forget what Yahweh did for them and disobey Yahweh. As a result, Yahweh punished that generation by causing them to die in the wilderness without entering the land. The living Israelites are the children of that generation. Moses is warning them not to make the same mistakes as their parents did. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/Israel]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Issues in this Chapter\n\n### “You”\n\nWhen Moses is addressing the Israelites, he uses both the singular and plural forms of “You.”\n\n- vv. 1: See notes.\n- vv. 2-19: “You” and “your” are singular.\n- vv. 20: “you” and “your” are plural.\n\n(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) 8:1 uosi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd מְצַוְּ⁠ךָ֛ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you** is singular here. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation. 8:1 rbf2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative תִּשְׁמְר֣וּ⁠ן 1 See the [book introduction](../front/intro.md) for more infromation about translating **shall**. Alternate translation: “Keep” 8:1 s002 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result לְמַ֨עַן 1 Here, **so that** marks what follows as the goal or purpose of what comes before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. @@ -1014,12 +1014,12 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 9:9 f7i3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לֶ֚חֶם 1 Here, **bread** represents all food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “food” 9:10 e2t6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive כְּתֻבִ֖ים בְּ⁠אֶצְבַּ֣ע אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 If your language does not use the passive form **written**, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “on which the finger of God wrote” 9:10 ozko rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כְּתֻבִ֖ים בְּ⁠אֶצְבַּ֣ע אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 The implication is that it was God who wrote on the stone, not Moses. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “written by the finger of God himself” -9:10 hv86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כְּֽ⁠כָל־הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֡ים אֲשֶׁ֣ר דִּבֶּר֩ יְהוָ֨ה עִמָּ⁠כֶ֥ם בָּ⁠הָ֛ר מִ⁠תּ֥וֹךְ הָ⁠אֵ֖שׁ בְּ⁠י֥וֹם הַ⁠קָּהָֽל 1 This refers to the events of [Exodus 19](Exo/19/01.md), when the Israelites gathered at the base of Mount Sinai while Moses went to the top. There, Yahweh told Moses all the commandments from a fire at the top of Mount Sinai. Alternate translation: “was according to all the words that Yahweh spoke to you from the fire on the top of the mountain while you were gathered at the base of the mountain” -9:11 a75b rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֗י 1 Moses is using the word translated as **And it happened** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Then” +9:10 hv86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כְּֽ⁠כָל־הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֡ים אֲשֶׁ֣ר דִּבֶּר֩ יְהוָ֨ה עִמָּ⁠כֶ֥ם בָּ⁠הָ֛ר מִ⁠תּ֥וֹךְ הָ⁠אֵ֖שׁ בְּ⁠י֥וֹם הַ⁠קָּהָֽל 1 This refers to the events of [Exodus 19](Exo/19/01.md), when the Israelites gathered at the base of Mount Sinai while Moses went to the top. There, Yahweh told Moses all the commandments from a fire at the top of Mount Sinai. Alternate translation: “was according to all the words that Yahweh spoke to you from the fire on the top of the mountain while you were gathered at the base of the mountain” +9:11 a75b rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֗י 1 Moses is using the word translated as **And it happened** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Then” 9:11 je7x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession לֻח֥וֹת הַ⁠בְּרִֽית 1 Here, Moses is using the possessive form to describe **the tablets** on which Yahweh wrote **the covenant**, specifically, the words of the Ten Commandments. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use an equivalent expression to describe a tablet with writing on it. Alternate translation: “the tablets that had the words of the covenant on them” 9:12 pf05 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה אֵלַ֗⁠י ק֣וּם רֵ֤ד מַהֵר֙ מִ⁠זֶּ֔ה כִּ֚י שִׁחֵ֣ת עַמְּ⁠ךָ֔ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הוֹצֵ֖אתָ מִ⁠מִּצְרָ֑יִם סָ֣רוּ מַהֵ֗ר מִן־הַ⁠דֶּ֨רֶךְ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר צִוִּיתִ֔⁠ם עָשׂ֥וּ לָ⁠הֶ֖ם מַסֵּכָֽה 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh commanded me to leave the mountain because you had turned aside from his path and made a cast figure for yourselves” 9:12 h3vr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 This refers to the top of Mount Sinai, where Yahweh told Moses the commandments. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “from the top of this mountain” -9:12 pkli rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֚י 1 The word translated as **for** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “since” +9:12 pkli rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֚י 1 The word translated as **for** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “since” 9:12 wp08 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession עַמְּ⁠ךָ֔ 1 Here Yahweh is using the possessive form to describe the **people** that Moses leads. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a comparable expression to describe leadership. Alternate translation: “the people whom you oversee” 9:12 n8p5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שִׁחֵ֣ת 1 Here, the term **acted corruptly** means "sinned" or "did wrong." You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “have transgressed” 9:12 ce69 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor סָ֣רוּ מַהֵ֗ר מִן־הַ⁠דֶּ֨רֶךְ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר צִוִּיתִ֔⁠ם 1 Here Yahweh is speaking of commandments as if they were a **path** and saying that disobeying commandments is like turning aside from that path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “They have quickly disobeyed my commands” @@ -1048,7 +1048,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 9:18 rbix rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לֶ֚חֶם 1 Here, **bread** represents all food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “food” 9:18 cw8a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י 1 Here, **in the eyes of** is an idiom for someone's opinion or evaluation. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the evaluation of” 9:18 a42t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְ⁠הַכְעִיסֽ⁠וֹ 1 This does not mean that the Israelites provoked Yahweh to anger on purpose, but rather, that their actions provoked Yahweh to anger. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “which provoked him to anger” -9:19 v2ao rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 The word translated as **For** indicates that what follows is a reason for Moses prostrating himself in the previous verse. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “But” +9:19 v2ao rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 The word translated as **For** indicates that what follows is a reason for Moses prostrating himself in the previous verse. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “But” 9:19 mt8f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִ⁠פְּנֵ֤י 1 Here, **face** represents the presence of something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of” 9:19 i9wj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet הָ⁠אַף֙ וְ⁠הַ֣⁠חֵמָ֔ה 1 The terms **nose** and **heat** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “the extreme anger” 9:19 qh16 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הָ⁠אַף֙ 1 Here, **nose** represents anger. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a body part from your language that is associated with anger or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the rage” @@ -1090,7 +1090,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 9:29 vfxd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go הוֹצֵ֨אתָ֙ 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “took” instead of **brought**. Alternate translation: “you took out” 9:29 roqq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet בְּ⁠כֹחֲ⁠ךָ֣ הַ⁠גָּדֹ֔ל וּ⁠בִֽ⁠זְרֹעֲ⁠ךָ֖ הַ⁠נְּטוּיָֽה 1 The terms **great power** and **outstretched arm** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “by your amazing acts” 9:29 rw92 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠בִֽ⁠זְרֹעֲ⁠ךָ֖ הַ⁠נְּטוּיָֽה 1 Here, **arm** refers to Yahweh’s power. Moses speaks of God stretching out his **arm** as if it were a demonstration of supernatural power. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and by your awesome deeds” -10:intro ceg6 0 # Deuteronomy 10 General Notes\n\n\n## Outline\n- vv. 1-5: Yahweh writes the commandments on stone tablets again\n- vv. 6-7: Aaron dies and the priesthood continues\n- vv. 8-9: the special role of the Levites\n- vv. 10-11: Yahweh listens to Moses and does not destroy the Israelites\n- vv. 12-22: Moses encourages the Israelites to obey Yahweh\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter is a continuation of the previous chapter.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “You”\n\nWhen Moses is addressing the Israelites, he uses both the singular and plural forms of “you.”\n\n- v. 10: “You” is singular.\n- vv. 12-14: “You” and “your” are singular.\n- vv. 15: See note.\n- vv. 17-19: “You” and “your” are plural.\n- vv. 20-22: “You” and “your” are singular.\n\n(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) +10:intro ceg6 0 # Deuteronomy 10 General Notes\n\n## Outline\n- vv. 1-5: Yahweh writes the commandments on stone tablets again\n- vv. 6-7: Aaron dies and the priesthood continues\n- vv. 8-9: the special role of the Levites\n- vv. 10-11: Yahweh listens to Moses and does not destroy the Israelites\n- vv. 12-22: Moses encourages the Israelites to obey Yahweh\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter is a continuation of the previous chapter.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “You”\n\nWhen Moses is addressing the Israelites, he uses both the singular and plural forms of “you.”\n\n- v. 10: “You” is singular.\n- vv. 12-14: “You” and “your” are singular.\n- vv. 15: See note.\n- vv. 17-19: “You” and “your” are plural.\n- vv. 20-22: “You” and “your” are singular.\n\n(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) 10:1 y2d7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בָּ⁠עֵ֨ת הַ⁠הִ֜וא 1 This refers to the end of the 40 days and 40 nights when Moses fasted on the mountain. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “After I finished praying and fasting” 10:1 sa1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis כָּ⁠רִ֣אשֹׁנִ֔ים 1 Moses is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “like the first tablets of stone” 10:1 gyhg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal כָּ⁠רִ֣אשֹׁנִ֔ים 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “like the earlier” @@ -1150,7 +1150,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 10:16 rq4g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative וּ⁠מַלְתֶּ֕ם 1 See the [book introduction](../front/intro.md) for more infromation about translating **shall**. Alternate translation: “And circumcise” 10:16 fxc1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְבַבְ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 Here, **heart** refers to a person’s will or their desire to do something. In this case, the desire is to fear Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your wills” 10:16 caiu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠עָ֨רְפְּ⁠כֶ֔ם לֹ֥א תַקְשׁ֖וּ 1 Here, **stiffen your necks** is an idiom that means “be stubborn” and “be rebellious.” The image comes from an animal that does not want to go the way his master is trying to direct him. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and do not be hard-hearted” or “and do not be rebellious” -10:17 tbk1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֚י 1 The word translated as **For** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “Do these things because” +10:17 tbk1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֚י 1 The word translated as **For** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “Do these things because” 10:17 d6f4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֱלֹהֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 This does not mean that other gods worship Yahweh. Moses means that Yahweh is the one true God. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “the one true God” 10:17 m7kg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet הָ⁠אֵ֨ל הַ⁠גָּדֹ֤ל הַ⁠גִּבֹּר֙ 1 The terms **great** and **mighty** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “the very mighty God” 10:17 grna rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לֹא־יִשָּׂ֣א פָנִ֔ים 1 Here, **lift up a face** is an idiom that means “be partial to someone.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “does not play favorites” or “judges everyone fairly” @@ -1159,7 +1159,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 10:18 em76 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns יָת֖וֹם וְ⁠אַלְמָנָ֑ה וְ⁠אֹהֵ֣ב גֵּ֔ר לָ֥⁠תֶת ל֖⁠וֹ 1 The words **fatherless, widow**, and **foreigner** represent everyone in those groups in general, not one particular fatherless person, widow, or foreigner. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “for anyone who is fatherless or a widow, and he loves all foreigners, giving to them” 10:18 fjrx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לֶ֥חֶם 1 Here, **bread** represents all food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “food” 10:19 tr94 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun הַ⁠גֵּ֑ר 1 The word **foreigner** represents all foreigners in general, not one particular foreigner. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “any foreigner” -10:19 luze rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּֽי 1 The word translated as **for** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “since” +10:19 luze rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּֽי 1 The word translated as **for** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “since” 10:20 rd6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֶת־יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהֶ֛י⁠ךָ תִּירָ֖א אֹת֣⁠וֹ תַעֲבֹ֑ד וּ⁠ב֣⁠וֹ תִדְבָּ֔ק וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ תִּשָּׁבֵֽעַ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the phrasing to emphasize that the Israelites should worship only Yahweh. See how you translated a similar verse in [6:13](../06/13.md). Alternate translation: “It is Yahweh your God and no one else whom you shall fear; it is he alone whom you shall worship, and it is to him whom you shall cling, and it is by his name only that you shall swear” 10:20 dkgw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular אֱלֹהֶ֛י⁠ךָ תִּירָ֖א & תַעֲבֹ֑ד & תִדְבָּ֔ק & תִּשָּׁבֵֽעַ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you** and **your** are singular from this verse to [verse 22](../10/22.md). Moses is speaking to the Israelites as if they were all one person. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation. 10:20 zn42 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠ב֣⁠וֹ תִדְבָּ֔ק 1 Here Moses is speaking of having a good relationship with Yahweh as if that meant clinging **to him**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and with him you shall maintain a good relationship” @@ -1173,7 +1173,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 10:22 fl9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy נֶ֔פֶשׁ 1 Here, **souls** represents human lives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people” 10:22 mbn0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה 1 Moses uses the word **now** here to indicate a strong contrast between how many Israelites there were when the Israelites first went to Egypt and how many Israelites there are at the time of this speech. In your translation, indicate this strong contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yet” 10:22 hh5t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כְּ⁠כוֹכְבֵ֥י הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֖יִם לָ⁠רֹֽב 1 Here Moses compares the number of Israelites to the **number** of **the stars of the heavens**. He uses this to emphasize that Yahweh has blessed the Israelites so they had many children and increased in population. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it clear that Moses is referring to many people and many stars. Alternate translation: “as many as the many stars of heaven” -11:intro ifg3 0 # Deuteronomy 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n### Deuteronomy 11 Outline\n- vv. 1-7: Moses wants the Israelites to obey Yahweh because of his miracles\n- vv. 8-15: Blessings for obedience\n- vv. 16-17: Warnings for disobedience\n- vv. 18-25: The importance of Yahweh’s words\n- vv. 26-32: Instructions on the blessings and curses\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Placing Yahweh’s words on one’s arms, forehead, and doorposts\n[Verses 18-20](../11/18.md) command the Israelites to always remember Yahweh’s words. There are different understandings of these commands. Some Jewish traditions interpret these verses as meaning that the Israelites should physically write copies of the law. Others believe that the command is to memorize and cherish the law. Translators should be careful to translate the passage as it is, without implying one interpretation or the other in their translation.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “You”\n\nWhen Moses is addressing the Israelites, he uses both the singular and plural forms of “you.”\n\n- v. 1: “You” and “your” are singular.\n- vv. 2-9: “You” and “your” are plural.\n- v. 10: See note.\n- vv. 11-13: “You” and “your” are plural.\n- vv. 14-15: “You” and “your” are singular.\n- vv. 16-18: “You” and “your” are plural.\n- vv. 19-20: See notes.\n- vv. 21-28: “You” and “your” are plural.\n- v. 29: “You” and “your” are singular.\n- vv. 31-32: “You” and “your” are plural.\n\n\n(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) +11:intro ifg3 0 # Deuteronomy 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n### Deuteronomy 11 Outline\n- vv. 1-7: Moses wants the Israelites to obey Yahweh because of his miracles\n- vv. 8-15: Blessings for obedience\n- vv. 16-17: Warnings for disobedience\n- vv. 18-25: The importance of Yahweh’s words\n- vv. 26-32: Instructions on the blessings and curses\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Placing Yahweh’s words on one’s arms, forehead, and doorposts\n[Verses 18-20](../11/18.md) command the Israelites to always remember Yahweh’s words. There are different understandings of these commands. Some Jewish traditions interpret these verses as meaning that the Israelites should physically write copies of the law. Others believe that the command is to memorize and cherish the law. Translators should be careful to translate the passage as it is, without implying one interpretation or the other in their translation.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “You”\n\nWhen Moses is addressing the Israelites, he uses both the singular and plural forms of “you.”\n\n- v. 1: “You” and “your” are singular.\n- vv. 2-9: “You” and “your” are plural.\n- v. 10: See note.\n- vv. 11-13: “You” and “your” are plural.\n- vv. 14-15: “You” and “your” are singular.\n- vv. 16-18: “You” and “your” are plural.\n- vv. 19-20: See notes.\n- vv. 21-28: “You” and “your” are plural.\n- v. 29: “You” and “your” are singular.\n- vv. 31-32: “You” and “your” are plural.\n\n(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) 11:1 wvr1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd וְ⁠אָ֣הַבְתָּ֔ & אֱלֹהֶ֑י⁠ךָ וְ⁠שָׁמַרְתָּ֣ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation. 11:1 e1ef rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative וְ⁠אָ֣הַבְתָּ֔ & וְ⁠שָׁמַרְתָּ֣ 1 See the [book introduction](../front/intro.md) for more infromation about translating **shall**. Alternate translation: “And love … and keep” 11:1 l1p6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִשְׁמַרְתּ֗⁠וֹ 1 The implication is that Yahweh wants the Israelites to carry out the obligations that Yahweh has commanded them to do. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the obligations that he gave you” @@ -1216,7 +1216,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 11:9 h376 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תַּאֲרִ֤יכוּ יָמִים֙ 1 If the Israelites obey Yahweh, they will **prolong** the **days** when they live on the land. Moses is speaking of time as if it were something over which man could exercise control, to prolong it. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “you may dwell continuosly” 11:9 xc4c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לַ⁠אֲבֹתֵי⁠כֶ֛ם 1 Moses is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to your predecessors” 11:9 gfv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ 1 See how you translated this in [6:3](../06/03.md). -11:10 k7s4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd אַתָּ֤ה & תִּזְרַע֙ אֶֽת־זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֔ וְ⁠הִשְׁקִ֥יתָ בְ⁠רַגְלְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you** and **your** are singular here. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.\r\n +11:10 k7s4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd אַתָּ֤ה & תִּזְרַע֙ אֶֽת־זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֔ וְ⁠הִשְׁקִ֥יתָ בְ⁠רַגְלְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you** and **your** are singular here. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.\n 11:10 gsqu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶֽת־זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֔ 1 Here, **seed** refers literally to the seeds used in farming. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “your crops” 11:10 nbu8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠הִשְׁקִ֥יתָ בְ⁠רַגְלְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 The word **foot** refers to hard work. In Egypt, workers would use their feet to turn a water wheel that would water the fields. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and labored just to water the fields” 11:10 kfl7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כְּ⁠גַ֥ן הַ⁠יָּרָֽק 1 Here, **garden of herbs** refers to a vegetable garden. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “vegetable garden” @@ -1284,7 +1284,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 11:26 d2d5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 Here, **faces** represents the presence of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before you” 11:26 a8kb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּרָכָ֖ה וּ⁠קְלָלָֽה 1 The implication is that the Israelites have a choice between obedience and disobedience. If the Israelites obey Yahweh, then they will receive a **blessing**, and if they disobey, they will receive the **curse** of Yahweh’s punishment. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the choice to receive a blessing or a curse from Yahweh” 11:28 ei5p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠סַרְתֶּ֣ם מִן־הַ⁠דֶּ֔רֶךְ 1 Here, **turn aside** means to disobey or stop following. Moses is speaking of Yahweh’s commandments as if they were **way** that one could walk on and disobedience as turning aside from that way. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and disobey the commands” -11:29 nu8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd יְבִֽיאֲ⁠ךָ֙ & אֱלֹהֶ֔י⁠ךָ & אַתָּ֥ה & וְ⁠נָתַתָּ֤ה 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.\r\n\n +11:29 nu8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd יְבִֽיאֲ⁠ךָ֙ & אֱלֹהֶ֔י⁠ךָ & אַתָּ֥ה & וְ⁠נָתַתָּ֤ה 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.\n\n 11:29 zsz3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠נָתַתָּ֤ה אֶת־הַ⁠בְּרָכָה֙ עַל־הַ֣ר גְּרִזִ֔ים וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠קְּלָלָ֖ה עַל־הַ֥ר עֵיבָֽל 1 The **blessing** and the **curse** are spoken of as if they were objects that one could **set** on a mountain. Moses means that the Israelites will remind themselves of the consequences of obedience or disobedience while some of them are on each mountain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly, as modeled by the UST. 11:29 t5wj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַ֣ר גְּרִזִ֔ים & הַ֥ר עֵיבָֽל 1 These are names of mountains on the west side of the Jordan River. 11:30 k2bv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לֹא־הֵ֜מָּה בְּ⁠עֵ֣בֶר הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן אַֽחֲרֵי֙ דֶּ֚רֶךְ מְב֣וֹא הַ⁠שֶּׁ֔מֶשׁ בְּ⁠אֶ֨רֶץ֙ הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִ֔י הַ⁠יֹּשֵׁ֖ב בָּ⁠עֲרָבָ֑ה מ֚וּל הַ⁠גִּלְגָּ֔ל אֵ֖צֶל אֵלוֹנֵ֥י מֹרֶֽה 1 The Israelites are on the eastern side of the Jordan River. Moses uses a question to remind the people where these mountains are located. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement, as modeled by the UST. @@ -1294,7 +1294,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 11:31 ke82 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּ֤י אַתֶּם֙ עֹבְרִ֣ים אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן לָ⁠בֹא֙ לָ⁠רֶ֣שֶׁת אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר־יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֖ם נֹתֵ֣ן לָ⁠כֶ֑ם וִֽ⁠ירִשְׁתֶּ֥ם אֹתָ֖⁠הּ וִֽ⁠ישַׁבְתֶּם־בָּֽ⁠הּ 1 If less repetition of phrases would be more natural in your language, you could simplify these phrases. Alternate translation: “For you are crossing over the Jordan to posses the land that Yahweh your God is giving to you, and you will live in it” 11:32 h7se לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 Here, **faces** represents the presence of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before you” 11:32 jh1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אָנֹכִ֛י נֹתֵ֥ן לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 Moses is speaking of Yahweh’s **statutes** and **ordinances** as if they were objects that could be **set** on the ground. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am telling you” -12:intro mt76 0 # Deuteronomy 12 General Notes\n\n\n## Outline\n- vv. 1-28: Yahweh will choose one place for worship in the land\n- vv. 29-32: Warnings against idolatry\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Covenant with Moses\n\nThis chapter is a continuation of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. The reasons for these food restrictions are not always known.(See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n### Israel and Yahweh\n\nIn the ancient Near East, when nations conquered other nations, they often added the gods of the conquered nation into the collection of gods they worshiped. It was rare to worship only one God. Israel was to be known for worshiping Yahweh and Yahweh alone. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Issues in this Chapter\n\n### Words for the Law\n\n- statutes\n- ordinances\n- judgments\nMoses uses several words to refer to the law that Yahweh commanded the Israelites to obey. It is unclear what the differences are between these terms. If your language has different terms for the law, you could use them here to differentiate between the different Hebrew words. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])\n\n### “You”\n\nVerses 1-12: You is plural unless otherwise noted.\nVerses 13-32: You is singular\nMoses wants each individual to obey the law for themselves.\n\n### “The Place Yahweh your God will choose”\n\nMoses refers to the future place where the temple will be built as “the place Yahweh your God will choose for his name to dwell there” or “the place Yahweh your God will choose it.” These phrases emphasize that Yahweh decides how and where the Israelites must worship him. The wording of these phrases might be unnatural in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “the place Yahweh your God will set his name” or “the place Yahweh your God will choose”\n(See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) +12:intro mt76 0 # Deuteronomy 12 General Notes\n\n## Outline\n- vv. 1-28: Yahweh will choose one place for worship in the land\n- vv. 29-32: Warnings against idolatry\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Covenant with Moses\n\nThis chapter is a continuation of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. The reasons for these food restrictions are not always known.(See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n### Israel and Yahweh\n\nIn the ancient Near East, when nations conquered other nations, they often added the gods of the conquered nation into the collection of gods they worshiped. It was rare to worship only one God. Israel was to be known for worshiping Yahweh and Yahweh alone. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Issues in this Chapter\n\n### Words for the Law\n\n- statutes\n- ordinances\n- judgments\nMoses uses several words to refer to the law that Yahweh commanded the Israelites to obey. It is unclear what the differences are between these terms. If your language has different terms for the law, you could use them here to differentiate between the different Hebrew words. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])\n\n### “You”\n\nVerses 1-12: You is plural unless otherwise noted.\nVerses 13-32: You is singular\nMoses wants each individual to obey the law for themselves.\n\n### “The Place Yahweh your God will choose”\n\nMoses refers to the future place where the temple will be built as “the place Yahweh your God will choose for his name to dwell there” or “the place Yahweh your God will choose it.” These phrases emphasize that Yahweh decides how and where the Israelites must worship him. The wording of these phrases might be unnatural in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “the place Yahweh your God will set his name” or “the place Yahweh your God will choose”\n(See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) 12:1 u1wn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative תִּשְׁמְר֣וּ⁠ן 1 See the [book introduction](../front/intro.md) for more information about translating **shall**. Alternate translation: “you must keep” 12:1 bb6r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כָּל־הַ⁠יָּמִ֔ים אֲשֶׁר־אַתֶּ֥ם חַיִּ֖ים עַל־הָ⁠אֲדָמָֽה 1 Here, **all the days that you live on the earth** is an idiom that means “for as long as you live.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as long as you live” 12:2 agzn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication אַבֵּ֣ד תְּ֠אַבְּדוּ⁠ן 1 The words **Destroying, you shall destroy** translate verbs that are repeated for emphasis. If your language can repeat words for emphasis, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation. If your language does not repeat words for emphasis, you could use a different word for intensifying a verb. Alternate translation: “You shall surely destroy” @@ -1321,7 +1321,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 12:8 lsm2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive אֲנַ֧חְנוּ 1 Moses is using the pronoun **we** to refer to himself and all the Israelites, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. If the change in pronoun from “you” to **we** would be confusing for your readers, you could use the second-person pronoun here. Alternate translation: “you” 12:8 pn42 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun אִ֖ישׁ 1 The word **man** represents all people in general, not one particular man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression and change the following pronouns to fit. Alternate translation: “each person doing” 12:8 g6dg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠עֵינָֽי⁠ו 1 Here, **in his eyes** is an idiom for a person's opinion or evaluation. Moses speaks as if evaluating something were physically seeing it with one's **eyes**. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “according to his own evaluation” -12:9 w9a7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֥י 1 The word translated as **for** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “since” +12:9 w9a7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֥י 1 The word translated as **for** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “since” 12:9 b2t6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys אֶל־הַ⁠מְּנוּחָה֙ וְ⁠אֶל־הַֽ⁠נַּחֲלָ֔ה 1 The two words **rest** and **inheritance** express a single idea. The word **rest** tells what it their lives will be like when the Israelites live in the land that is their **inheritance**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning in a different way. Alternate translation: “to the land of your inheritance where you will rest” 12:9 d8re rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns הַ⁠מְּנוּחָה֙ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **the rest**, you can express the same idea with a comparable phrase. Alternate translation: “the land where you will live without having to fight” 12:9 lx2i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd אֱלֹהֶ֖י⁠ךָ & לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to a group of people, **you** and **your** are singular here. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation. @@ -1335,7 +1335,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 12:12 m7is rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠שַֽׁעֲרֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 Here, **gates** represents the border of a town or city. Anyone who was inside the gates was part of the community. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “is within your community” 12:12 d42i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּ֣י אֵ֥ין ל֛⁠וֹ חֵ֥לֶק וְ⁠נַחֲלָ֖ה אִתְּ⁠כֶֽם 1 As explained in [Numbers 18:21-25](Num/18/21.md), the Levites received and enjoyed the tithes from the rest of the Israelites. Since the tithe is their **inheritance**, Yahweh did not allot any land to them. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “because Yahweh gave the tithe to them and they have no allotment of land” 12:12 b6hq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ל֛⁠וֹ 1 The word **he** represents any Levite in general, not one particular Levite. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “a Levite” -12:13 atq1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd הִשָּׁ֣מֶר לְ⁠ךָ֔ & תַּעֲלֶ֖ה עֹלֹתֶ֑י⁠ךָ & תִּרְאֶֽה 1 From this verse to the end of the chapter, **you**, **your**, and the command forms are singular. Moses is still speaking to all of the Israelites. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation. See the [chapter introduction](../12/intro.md) for more information. +12:13 atq1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd הִשָּׁ֣מֶר לְ⁠ךָ֔ & תַּעֲלֶ֖ה עֹלֹתֶ֑י⁠ךָ & תִּרְאֶֽה 1 From this verse to the end of the chapter, **you**, **your**, and the command forms are singular. Moses is still speaking to all of the Israelites. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation. See the [chapter introduction](../12/intro.md) for more information. 12:13 q449 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo פֶּֽן 1 Moses is using the word **lest** to introduce a hypothetical condition as a warning for a negative consequence. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “in case” 12:13 drj5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תִּרְאֶֽה 1 Here **see** means “desire.” Moses is speaking of seeing something as if it were desiring it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you desire” 12:14 tu2l rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast כִּ֣י אִם 1 Moses uses the word **except** here to indicate a strong contrast between where the Israelites might want to offer sacrifices and the one place that Yahweh commands them to offer sacrifices. In your translation, indicate this strong contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “rather” @@ -1415,7 +1415,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 12:31 tgsf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כֵ֔ן 1 Here the word **thus** refers to the ways the other nations worship their gods. Moses is forbidding the Israelites from worshiping Yahweh in those ways. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “as the other nations do” 12:31 oug3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּי֩ 1 The word translated as **for** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “because” or "since" 12:31 ckft rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כָּל־תּוֹעֲבַ֨ת יְהוָ֜ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר שָׂנֵ֗א עָשׂוּ֙ לֵ⁠אלֹ֣הֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reword these phrases so that the subject and verb are clear. Alternate translation: “they have done for their gods every abomination which Yahweh hates” -13:intro e2ze 0 # Deuteronomy 13 General Notes\n\n\nThis chapter continues Moses’ second speech, which began in [Chapter 5](../05/01.md). \n\n## Chapter 13 Outline\n- vv. 1-11: Execute idol worshipers\n- vv. 12-18: Destroy cities where idol worshipers live\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### False prophecy\n\nVerses 1-11 discuss false prophets and people who practice divination. These are people who claim that their message comes from Yahweh, but they encourage people to worship idols instead of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/false-prophet]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/divination]])\n\n### Abominations\n\nAnything that is sinful or ceremonially impure according to the law is called an **abomination** in this chapter. The sinful things include people who worship idols, items used for idol worship, and anything associated with idolatry. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/detest]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/wicked]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Issues in this Chapter\n\n### “You”\n\nEven though Moses is speaking to all of the Israelites, **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation. \n(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Hypothetical conditions\n\nMoses is addressing situations that could occur in the future and giving instructions for the Israelites to follow if those situations occur. In your translation, be sure to use phrases that show that Moses is talking about hypothetical situations, not promising that something will happen in the future. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) +13:intro e2ze 0 # Deuteronomy 13 General Notes\n\nThis chapter continues Moses’ second speech, which began in [Chapter 5](../05/01.md). \n\n## Chapter 13 Outline\n- vv. 1-11: Execute idol worshipers\n- vv. 12-18: Destroy cities where idol worshipers live\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### False prophecy\n\nVerses 1-11 discuss false prophets and people who practice divination. These are people who claim that their message comes from Yahweh, but they encourage people to worship idols instead of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/false-prophet]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/divination]])\n\n### Abominations\n\nAnything that is sinful or ceremonially impure according to the law is called an **abomination** in this chapter. The sinful things include people who worship idols, items used for idol worship, and anything associated with idolatry. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/detest]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/wicked]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Issues in this Chapter\n\n### “You”\n\nEven though Moses is speaking to all of the Israelites, **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation. \n(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Hypothetical conditions\n\nMoses is addressing situations that could occur in the future and giving instructions for the Israelites to follow if those situations occur. In your translation, be sure to use phrases that show that Moses is talking about hypothetical situations, not promising that something will happen in the future. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) 13:1 v8gm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo כִּֽי 1 Moses is using the word **If** to introduce a hypothetical condition as a warning against idolatry. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “Should it happen that” 13:1 nwsz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit חֹלֵ֣ם חֲל֑וֹם 1 Here, **dreamer of dreams** means someone who interprets the meaning of dreams. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a word in your language that describes someone who interprets dreams or omens. Alternate translation: “fortune-teller” 13:1 ei8s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יָק֤וּם 1 Here, **arises** means “appears.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “appears” @@ -1492,7 +1492,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 13:18 zgj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠קוֹל֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 Here, **voice** represents the words that Yahweh spoke, which include his commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to what Yahweh your God says” 13:18 zvzg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns הַ⁠יָּשָׁ֔ר 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **right**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “good acts” 13:18 gjk4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֖י 1 Here, **in the eyes of** is an idiom for one's opinion or evaluation. Moses speaks as if evaluating something were physically seeing it with one's **eyes**. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “according to the judgment of” -14:intro epl7 0 # Deuteronomy 14 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter continues Moses’ second speech, which began in Chapter 4.\n\n- vv. 1-2: Commands for mourning practices\n- vv. 3-10: Clean and unclean creatures\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Law of Moses\n\nThis chapter is part of the law of Moses, which is part of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. Yahweh will enable the Israelites to live on the land if they obey his commands. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n### Clean animals\n\nThere are animals which the law considered to be clean and unclean. The people were not allowed to eat the unclean animals. Scholars are uncertain about the reasons for the animals to be considered to be clean or unclean. The result of these food restrictions was a nation that was different than the nations surrounding it. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])\n\n## Other Potential Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\n### “You”\n\nMoses is speaking to all the Israelites, so all forms of the second person pronouns “you” and “your” are plural in this chapter unless otherwise specified. Use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n\n### Types of living creatures\n\nThis chapter discusses which living creatures are permissible for the Israelites to eat. It is unclear which specific creatures some of the Hebrew terms refer to, but the general categories of these creatures are explained in the notes. Additionally, your readers may not be familiar with many of these creatures. In your translation, you could use broad categories of animals, such as fish, birds of prey, and cattle. Or, you could use the names of similar creatures in your area as the ones mentioned in this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])\n\n### “The Place Yahweh your God will choose”\r\n\r\nMoses refers to the future place where the temple will be built as “the place Yahweh your God will choose for his name to dwell there” or “the place Yahweh your God will choose it.” These phrases emphasize that Yahweh decides how and where the Israelites must worship him. The wording of these phrases might be unnatural in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “the place Yahweh your God will set his name” or “the place Yahweh your God will choose”\r\n(See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) +14:intro epl7 0 # Deuteronomy 14 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter continues Moses’ second speech, which began in Chapter 4.\n\n- vv. 1-2: Commands for mourning practices\n- vv. 3-10: Clean and unclean creatures\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Law of Moses\n\nThis chapter is part of the law of Moses, which is part of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. Yahweh will enable the Israelites to live on the land if they obey his commands. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n### Clean animals\n\nThere are animals which the law considered to be clean and unclean. The people were not allowed to eat the unclean animals. Scholars are uncertain about the reasons for the animals to be considered to be clean or unclean. The result of these food restrictions was a nation that was different than the nations surrounding it. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])\n\n## Other Potential Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\n### “You”\n\nMoses is speaking to all the Israelites, so all forms of the second person pronouns “you” and “your” are plural in this chapter unless otherwise specified. Use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n\n### Types of living creatures\n\nThis chapter discusses which living creatures are permissible for the Israelites to eat. It is unclear which specific creatures some of the Hebrew terms refer to, but the general categories of these creatures are explained in the notes. Additionally, your readers may not be familiar with many of these creatures. In your translation, you could use broad categories of animals, such as fish, birds of prey, and cattle. Or, you could use the names of similar creatures in your area as the ones mentioned in this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])\n\n### “The Place Yahweh your God will choose”\n\nMoses refers to the future place where the temple will be built as “the place Yahweh your God will choose for his name to dwell there” or “the place Yahweh your God will choose it.” These phrases emphasize that Yahweh decides how and where the Israelites must worship him. The wording of these phrases might be unnatural in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “the place Yahweh your God will set his name” or “the place Yahweh your God will choose”\n(See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) 14:1 c6vr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בָּנִ֣ים 1 Here, **sons** means chosen and beloved people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are beloved people belonging to” 14:1 u1l8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction לֹ֣א תִתְגֹּֽדְד֗וּ 1 The other people groups living in the land would cut themselves with sharp objects when they mourned the dead. If this would not be clear to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action in the text or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “Do not split your skin with sharp objects in mourning” 14:1 qkn4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וְ⁠לֹֽא־תָשִׂ֧ימוּ קָרְחָ֛ה בֵּ֥ין עֵינֵי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 The other people groups living in the land would shave the hair at the front of their heads when they mourned the dead. If this would not be clear to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action in the text or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “and do not cut off the hair on your forehead in mourning” @@ -1545,7 +1545,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 14:21 nfkd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd בִּ⁠שְׁעָרֶ֜י⁠ךָ & תִּתְּנֶ֣נָּ⁠ה & אַתָּ֔ה & אֱלֹהֶ֑י⁠ךָ לֹֽא־תְבַשֵּׁ֥ל 1 Even though Moses is speaking to a group of people, **you**, **your**, and the command forms are singular here. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation. 14:21 h0tx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בִּ⁠שְׁעָרֶ֜י⁠ךָ 1 Here, **gates** represents the border of a town or city. Anyone who was inside the gates was part of the community. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “is within your community” 14:21 xdpq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis מָכֹר֙ 1 Moses is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “sell it” -14:21 zo8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 The word translated as **For** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “This is because” +14:21 zo8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 The word translated as **For** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “This is because” 14:22 oimi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd תְּעַשֵּׂ֔ר & זַרְעֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to a group of people, **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation. 14:22 yq3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication עַשֵּׂ֣ר תְּעַשֵּׂ֔ר 1 Moses is repeating the verb **tithe** in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “You shall surely tithe” 14:22 nfuq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession תְּבוּאַ֣ת זַרְעֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 Here, Moses is using the possessive form to describe all the crops that a planted **seed** would **produce**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the harvest” @@ -1830,9 +1830,9 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 17:16 wsr8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לֹא־יַרְבֶּה & הַרְבּ֣וֹת 1 Here, **multiply** means “acquire a large number of.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he shall not keep acquiring more and more … he may acquire more and more” 17:16 abwz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠לֹֽא־יָשִׁ֤יב אֶת־הָ⁠עָם֙ מִצְרַ֔יְמָ⁠ה לְמַ֖עַן הַרְבּ֣וֹת ס֑וּס 1 This could mean that the king must not: (1) send people to Egypt to buy horses for him. Alternate translation: “to buy more horses for him” (2) sell Israelites to Egypt in exchange for horses. Alternate translation: “in exchange for horses for him” 17:16 pr1w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וַֽ⁠יהוָה֙ אָמַ֣ר לָ⁠כֶ֔ם לֹ֣א תֹסִפ֗וּ⁠ן לָ⁠שׁ֛וּב בַּ⁠דֶּ֥רֶךְ הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה עֽוֹד 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, as modeled by the UST. -17:16 sc0j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo לֹ֣א תֹסִפ֗וּ⁠ן לָ⁠שׁ֛וּב בַּ⁠דֶּ֥רֶךְ הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה עֽוֹד 1 The expression **no longer turn that way again** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “You will not return that way again”\r\n +17:16 sc0j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo לֹ֣א תֹסִפ֗וּ⁠ן לָ⁠שׁ֛וּב בַּ⁠דֶּ֥רֶךְ הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה עֽוֹד 1 The expression **no longer turn that way again** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “You will not return that way again”\n 17:17 e2dm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠לֹ֤א יַרְבֶּה & לֹ֥א יַרְבֶּה\n 1 Here, **multiply** means “acquire a large number of.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And he shall not keep acquiring more and more … and he shall not acquire more and more”\n -17:17 gzzf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠לֹ֥א יָס֖וּר לְבָב֑⁠וֹ 1 Here, **turn aside** means to disobey or stop following. Moses is speaking of Yahweh’s commandments as if they were a path that one could walk on and disobedience as turning aside from that way. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “so his heart will not stop following Yahweh” +17:17 gzzf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠לֹ֥א יָס֖וּר לְבָב֑⁠וֹ 1 Here, **turn aside** means to disobey or stop following. Moses is speaking of Yahweh’s commandments as if they were a path that one could walk on and disobedience as turning aside from that way. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “so his heart will not stop following Yahweh” 17:17 zj8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וְ⁠לֹ֥א יָס֖וּר לְבָב֑⁠וֹ 1 Here, **heart** represents a person’s will and desires. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and he will not desire to turn aside” 17:18 fnnh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וְ⁠הָיָ֣ה 1 Here, the word translated as **And it will be** introduces a new section for laws about kings. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new topic. Alternate translation: “Then” 17:18 tt3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy כְ⁠שִׁבְתּ֔⁠וֹ עַ֖ל כִּסֵּ֣א 1 Here, **sits on the throne** represents the act of ruling a kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when he rules” @@ -1849,7 +1849,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 17:20 ywwp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֤י רוּם־לְבָב⁠וֹ֙ & וּ⁠לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֛י ס֥וּר & לְמַעַן֩ 1 Here, **so that** marks what follows as the goal or purpose of the commands from the previous verse. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose 17:20 p3b1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֤י רוּם־לְבָב⁠וֹ֙ מֵֽ⁠אֶחָ֔י⁠ו 1 Here, **heart is lifted up** is an idiom that means “is proud” or “is arrogant.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “so that he does not look down his nose at his brothers” or “so that he does not act like he is better than his brothers” 17:20 iebn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מֵֽ⁠אֶחָ֔י⁠ו 1 Here, **brothers** means “fellow Israelites.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “above his fellow Israelites” -17:20 idm3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֛י ס֥וּר מִן־הַ⁠מִּצְוָ֖ה יָמִ֣ין וּ⁠שְׂמֹ֑אול 1 Here, **turn aside** means to disobey or stop following. Moses is speaking of Yahweh’s commandments as if they were a path that one could walk on and disobedience as turning **right or left** from that path. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and so that he does not disobey the commandments” +17:20 idm3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֛י ס֥וּר מִן־הַ⁠מִּצְוָ֖ה יָמִ֣ין וּ⁠שְׂמֹ֑אול 1 Here, **turn aside** means to disobey or stop following. Moses is speaking of Yahweh’s commandments as if they were a path that one could walk on and disobedience as turning **right or left** from that path. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and so that he does not disobey the commandments” 17:20 sa87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יַאֲרִ֨יךְ יָמִ֧ים עַל־מַמְלַכְתּ֛⁠וֹ 1 If the king obeys Yahweh, then he will **prolong** the **days** that he rules over **his kingdom**. Moses is speaking of time as if it were something over which man could exercise control, to prolong it. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “he will reign in his kingdom for a long time”\n 18:intro u6pf 0 # Deuteronomy 18 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n### Outline\n- vv. 1-8: What the priests receive for their service\n- vv. 9-13: Warnings against pagan practices\n- vv. 14-22: Yahweh promises to send a prophet\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Levites\n\nAs Yahweh’s chosen priests, the priest were to trust in Yahweh to provide for them. He provided for them through the rest of the Israelites. Yahweh was their inheritance. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]], [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])\n\n### Messiah\n\nThis chapter is one of the first prophecies about the promised, coming Messiah. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])\n\n## Other Potential Translation Difficulties in This Chapter\n\n### You\n\n### Generic Nouns in Hypothetical Situations\nVerses 6-10 and 20-22 give instructions and warnings for the Israelits. In these hypothetical conditions, singular nouns like “Levite,” “maker,” and “propjet” represent those groups of people in general, not a specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that these terms refer to any person who fulfills the hypothetical situation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) 18:1-2 jc3d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism לֹֽא־יִ֠הְיֶה לַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֨ים הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֜ם כָּל־שֵׁ֧בֶט לֵוִ֛י חֵ֥לֶק וְ⁠נַחֲלָ֖ה עִם־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל אִשֵּׁ֧י יְהוָ֛ה וְ⁠נַחֲלָת֖⁠וֹ יֹאכֵלֽוּ⁠ן & וְ⁠נַחֲלָ֥ה לֹא־יִֽהְיֶה־לּ֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠קֶ֣רֶב אֶחָ֑י⁠ו יְהוָה֙ ה֣וּא נַחֲלָת֔⁠וֹ כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּר־לֽ⁠וֹ 1 These two verses begin with clauses that basically mean the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could rearrange the clauses in the verses to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “The priests, the Levites, all the tribe of Levi, shall have no portion nor inheritance with Israel; they shall eat the fire offerings of Yahweh as their inheritance. Yahweh is their inheritance, as he spoke to them” @@ -1868,7 +1868,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 18:4 g5u8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns לּֽ⁠וֹ 1 The pronoun **him** refers to any of the Levites. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “to one of the Levites” 18:5 m2oz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 The word translated as **For** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “This is because” 18:5 py8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ב֗⁠וֹ 1 The pronoun **him** refers to Levi and all his descendants. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “Levi” -18:5 g5j5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠שֵׁם־יְהוָ֛ה 1 Here, **name** represents all of Yahweh: his power, presence, knowledge, and so on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh himself”\r\n +18:5 g5j5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠שֵׁם־יְהוָ֛ה 1 Here, **name** represents all of Yahweh: his power, presence, knowledge, and so on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh himself”\n 18:5 myxm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠בָנָ֖י⁠ו 1 Here, **sons** means “descendants.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and his descendants” 18:5 bmfw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כָּל־הַ⁠יָּמִֽים 1 Here, **all of the days** is an idiom that means “forever.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “forever” 18:6 ojea rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical וְ⁠כִֽי 1 Moses is describing a hypothetical situation in order to tell the Israelites what they should do if it takes place. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “In the case that” @@ -1907,7 +1907,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 18:18 t95s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אָקִ֥ים 1 Here, **raise up** means “cause to appear.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I shall appoint” 18:18 d8wb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 Here, **brothers** means “their fellow Israelites.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “their fellow Israelites” 18:18 p717 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠נָתַתִּ֤י דְבָרַ⁠י֙ בְּ⁠פִ֔י⁠ו 1 Here, Yahweh means that he will tell the prophet what to say. Yahweh is speaking of **words** as if they were physical objects that one could put in someone’s mouth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And I will command him to speak” -18:19 hk8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וְ⁠הָיָ֗ה 1 Yahweh is using the word translated **And it will happen** to introduce a new topic. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Then” +18:19 hk8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וְ⁠הָיָ֗ה 1 Yahweh is using the word translated **And it will happen** to introduce a new topic. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Then” 18:19 r3io rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun הָ⁠אִישׁ֙ & מֵ⁠עִמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 The words **man** and **him** represent people in general, not one particular man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “anyone … from him or her” 18:19 f879 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns יְדַבֵּ֖ר 1 The pronoun **he** refers to the prophet from the previous verse. If this is not clear for your readers, you could repeat “prophet.” Alternate translation: “the prophet speaks” 18:19 pt28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בִּ⁠שְׁמִ֑⁠י 1 Here, **name** represents someone’s power and authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on my behalf” @@ -1929,11 +1929,11 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 18:22 hr17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns דִּבְּר֣⁠וֹ 1 The pronoun **it** refers to the false prophecy. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “has spoken the message” 18:22 ys2k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּ⁠זָדוֹן֙ דִּבְּר֣⁠וֹ 1 The implication is that the false prophet did not speak in the name of Yahweh. He spoke **arrogantly** by presuming to know what Yahweh wants. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “has spoken it message without my authority” 18:22 nweh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֹ֥א תָג֖וּר מִמֶּֽ⁠נּוּ 1 The implication is that the Israelites should not **be afraid** of that prophet and not respect that prophet. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “you shall not take him seriously” -19:intro r53s 0 # Deuteronomy 19 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n### Outline\n- vv. 1-13: Cities of refuge\n- v. 14: Property lines\n- vv. 15-21: Rules against bearing false witness\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Witnesses\n\nIn the ancient Near East, it was common for a person to be punished by the testimony of a single person, especially if this was an important person. The rules in this chapter give protection to people, especially the poor by requiring multiple witnesses. This allowed justice to be done. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])\n\n### Cities of Refuge\n\nVerses 1-13 discuss cities of refuge, which are towns to which a killer could flee. These verses address both cases where the killer accidentally kills another person, and cases where the killer plans the murder. In those times, a close family member of the deceased would be obligated to take revenge for the killing of his family member by finding and killing the manslayer. Yahweh provides protection for the killer who killed accidentally so that he will not be punished too harshly.\n(See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/other/refuge]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Law of retaliation\n\nThe chapter describes a famous law, often called the “law of retaliation.” It is said, an “eye for eye, tooth for tooth, hand for hand, foot for foot.” This does not mean a person who causes another person to lose their eye must have their own eye removed as punishment. This law is not about making all things equal. Instead, it is about limiting the punishment or the ability of a person to retaliate. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n### Generic Nouns in Hypothetical Situations\nThis chapter gives instructions and warnings for the Israelites. In these hypothetical conditions, singular nouns like “man,” “witness,” and “neighbor” represent those groups of people in general, not a specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that these terms refer to any person who fulfills the hypothetical situation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) +19:intro r53s 0 # Deuteronomy 19 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n### Outline\n- vv. 1-13: Cities of refuge\n- v. 14: Property lines\n- vv. 15-21: Rules against bearing false witness\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Witnesses\n\nIn the ancient Near East, it was common for a person to be punished by the testimony of a single person, especially if this was an important person. The rules in this chapter give protection to people, especially the poor by requiring multiple witnesses. This allowed justice to be done. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])\n\n### Cities of Refuge\n\nVerses 1-13 discuss cities of refuge, which are towns to which a killer could flee. These verses address both cases where the killer accidentally kills another person, and cases where the killer plans the murder. In those times, a close family member of the deceased would be obligated to take revenge for the killing of his family member by finding and killing the manslayer. Yahweh provides protection for the killer who killed accidentally so that he will not be punished too harshly.\n(See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/refuge]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Law of retaliation\n\nThe chapter describes a famous law, often called the “law of retaliation.” It is said, an “eye for eye, tooth for tooth, hand for hand, foot for foot.” This does not mean a person who causes another person to lose their eye must have their own eye removed as punishment. This law is not about making all things equal. Instead, it is about limiting the punishment or the ability of a person to retaliate. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n### Generic Nouns in Hypothetical Situations\nThis chapter gives instructions and warnings for the Israelites. In these hypothetical conditions, singular nouns like “man,” “witness,” and “neighbor” represent those groups of people in general, not a specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that these terms refer to any person who fulfills the hypothetical situation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) 19:1 av28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יַכְרִ֞ית יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 Here, **cuts off** means destroy or exterminate. Yahweh destroying the people who live in Canaan is spoken of as if he were cutting them off, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. 19:1 jh1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶת־הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֔ם 1 Here, **the nations** represents the people groups who live in those nations. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those people groups” 19:1 ahp2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֶת־אַרְצָ֑⁠ם 1 The pronoun **their** refers to the people of the “nations.” If this is not clear for your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the territory of those nations” -19:2 eteu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תַּבְדִּ֣יל 1 See [book introduction](../front/intro.md) for more information about translating **shall**. +19:2 eteu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תַּבְדִּ֣יל 1 See [book introduction](../front/intro.md) for more information about translating **shall**. 19:2 ugxz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo נֹתֵ֥ן לְ⁠ךָ֖ לְ⁠רִשְׁתָּֽ⁠הּ 1 The expression **is giving to you to possess it** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “is giving to you” 19:3 ty5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תָּכִ֣ין לְ⁠ךָ֮ הַ⁠דֶּרֶךְ֒ 1 The implication is that the Israelites must build roads in between those cities so that it would be easy for people to travel to those cities. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Build a road for ease of travel” 19:3 g91q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠שִׁלַּשְׁתָּ֙ אֶת־גְּב֣וּל אַרְצְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 The implication is that the Israelites must divide their **land** into **three** regions. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and separate your land into three regions” @@ -2012,7 +2012,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 19:17 u1d9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis יִהְי֖וּ בַּ⁠יָּמִ֥ים הָ⁠הֵֽם 1 Moses is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply the implied words if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “will be serving at the place of worship in those days” 19:18 cr9r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠דָרְשׁ֥וּ הַ⁠שֹּׁפְטִ֖ים הֵיטֵ֑ב 1 The implication is that **the judges** need to **thoroughly** investigate what truly happened. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “And the judges must work very hard to determine what happened” 19:18 kgt4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo וְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה עֵֽד־שֶׁ֨קֶר֙ 1 This phrase is introducing a hypothetical condition. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “and if, behold, the witness is false” -19:18 arel rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הָ⁠עֵ֔ד שֶׁ֖קֶר עָנָ֥ה בְ⁠אָחִֽי⁠ו 1 +19:18 arel rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הָ⁠עֵ֔ד שֶׁ֖קֶר עָנָ֥ה בְ⁠אָחִֽי⁠ו 1 MISSING NOTE 19:19 b5ya rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠עֲשִׂ֣יתֶם ל֔⁠וֹ כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר זָמַ֖ם לַ⁠עֲשׂ֣וֹת לְ⁠אָחִ֑י⁠ו 1 The implication is that the false witness must receive the punishment for the sin that he had accused **his brother** of doing. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “then you must punish the false witness in the same way as he wanted you to punish the other man” 19:19 cias rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ל֔⁠וֹ & זָמַ֖ם & לְ⁠אָחִ֑י⁠ו 1 The pronouns **him**, **he**, and **his** refer to the witness who falsely testified against his **brother**. If this is not clear for your readers, you could repeat the phrase from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “to the false witness … he had planned … to his brother” 19:19 zzr8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠בִֽעַרְתָּ֥ הָ⁠רָ֖ע מִ⁠קִּרְבֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 Here Moses is speaking of **evil** as if it were a physical object one could **remove** from a community of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and do not allow evil to occur among you” @@ -2938,7 +2938,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 32:33 zwn7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Their wine is the poison of serpents and the cruel venom of asps 0 Moses continues comparing the enemies of the people of Israel to grapevines that produce poisonous fruit and wine. This means their enemies are wicked. 32:33 rck8 asps 0 poisonous snakes 32:34 eti9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Is not this plan secretly kept by me, sealed up among my treasures? 0 This question emphasizes that Yahweh’s plans for the people of Israel are kept secret like a valuable treasure. The rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. It can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I know what I have planned to do to the Israelite people and to their enemies, and I have locked up those plans as someone would lock up his valuable possessions.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -32:35 wtvb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 1 +32:35 wtvb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 1 MISSING NOTE 32:35 wr4g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks a poetic song to the people of Israel. This is the end of Moses’s quotation of Yahweh’s words that begins in [Deuteronomy 32:20](../32/20.md). 32:35 sg4m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet Vengeance is mine to give, and recompense 0 The words “vengeance” and “recompense” mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “I will have vengeance and punish Israel’s enemies” 32:35 v1h2 recompense 0 to punish or reward a person for what he has done diff --git a/tn_ISA.tsv b/tn_ISA.tsv index 9a05d4cc0b..f11e7108a5 100644 --- a/tn_ISA.tsv +++ b/tn_ISA.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Reference ID Tags SupportReference Quote Occurrence Note -front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of Isaiah\n\n1. Yahweh judges his people but gives them hope (chapters 1–12)\n1. Isaiah prophesies against many nations (13–23)\n1. Universal judgment and promise of redemption (24–27)\n1. The people of Yahweh judged (28–31)\n1. The righteous kingdom (32–33)\n1. The nations judged; the ransomed will be restored (34–35)\n1. Hezekiah and Sennacherib (36–39)\n1. Yahweh comforts his people and will restore them (40–45)\n1. Prophecies against Babylon (46–48)\n1. The servant of Yahweh (49–55)\n1. Ethics of Yahweh’s kingdom (56–59)\n1. Restored Jerusalem (60–66)\n\n\n### What is the Book of Isaiah about?\n\nThe first part of the Book of Isaiah (chapters 1–39) contains many different prophecies. Some of Isaiah’s prophecies are about how God would send an army to destroy the southern kingdom of Judah. Some of the prophecies are about how God would punish other nations of the world. The end of the first part (chapters 36–39) tells how Isaiah helped King Hezekiah when the Assyrians were about to attack Jerusalem.\n\nThe second part of the Book of Isaiah (chapters 40–66) has prophecies about how God will comfort and restore his people. He will do this through his chosen servant. By the suffering of this servant, God will forgive his people (chapter 53). This servant will also cause Gentiles to worship Yahweh. The Book of Isaiah ends with a prophecy about God creating a new heavens and earth.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators can use the traditional title, “The Book of Isaiah” or just “Isaiah.” Or they may call it “The Book about Isaiah” or “The Sayings of Isaiah.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### When was the Book of Isaiah written?\n\nIsaiah prophesied around 740–700 B.C., when the Assyrian Empire was becoming more powerful. Isaiah spoke the prophecies from God to the people of Judah during the reigns of Kings Uzziah, Jotham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah. The story of Isaiah helping King Hezekiah (chapters 36–39) is also found in 2 Kings 19–20.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What did Isaiah prophesy about the future Messiah of Israel?\n\nJews and Christians have interpreted many passages in Isaiah to be about the Messiah. In 9:1–7, Isaiah described a child being born who would rule over David’s kingdom. In chapter 11, Isaiah described a descendant of David who would have God’s spirit upon him. Several prophecies in chapters 40–66 are about “the servant.” This servant will comfort the people, rule righteously, and suffer so that God will forgive the people for sinning against him. The New Testament writers interpret these prophecies to be about Jesus Christ.\n\n### What did Isaiah mean by the “last days”?\n\nIsaiah prophesied of the “last days” (2:2) as some later or final period of time. The book of Isaiah was one of the first books to include prophesies about the last days. Isaiah said that in the last days there would be a future kingdom of Israel. Jerusalem would be its main city, and people from all over the world would go there to learn about Yahweh and worship him. The New Testament writers understood the “last days” to have begun with the coming of Jesus (Acts 2:17, Hebrews 1:2).\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?\n\nThe name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])\n\n### What are some characteristics of prophetic literature in the Book of Isaiah?\n\nMost of Isaiah’s prophecies are in poetic form. Many prophets in Israel used poetry when they spoke important messages that they wanted people to remember.\\\n\\\nWhen he spoke in poetic form, Isaiah could safely assume that his original hearers would know what he was talking about. However, readers today do not always understand what he meant. Nevertheless, Isaiah’s basic message is still clear to us today. His message is about how God’s people sinned against him, how God would punish them, and how God would eventually comfort and restore them.\\\n\\\nIsaiah speaks about a figure he calls the Servant of Yahweh in four different poems. Today these are called the “Servant Songs.” Christians understand these to be prophecies about Jesus Christ, the Messiah. These “songs” are in Isaiah 42:1–9; 49:1–7; 50:4–9; and 52:13–53:12. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]]) +front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of Isaiah\n\n1. Yahweh judges his people but gives them hope (chapters 1–12)\n1. Isaiah prophesies against many nations (13–23)\n1. Universal judgment and promise of redemption (24–27)\n1. The people of Yahweh judged (28–31)\n1. The righteous kingdom (32–33)\n1. The nations judged; the ransomed will be restored (34–35)\n1. Hezekiah and Sennacherib (36–39)\n1. Yahweh comforts his people and will restore them (40–45)\n1. Prophecies against Babylon (46–48)\n1. The servant of Yahweh (49–55)\n1. Ethics of Yahweh’s kingdom (56–59)\n1. Restored Jerusalem (60–66)\n\n\n### What is the Book of Isaiah about?\n\nThe first part of the Book of Isaiah (chapters 1–39) contains many different prophecies. Some of Isaiah’s prophecies are about how God would send an army to destroy the southern kingdom of Judah. Some of the prophecies are about how God would punish other nations of the world. The end of the first part (chapters 36–39) tells how Isaiah helped King Hezekiah when the Assyrians were about to attack Jerusalem.\n\nThe second part of the Book of Isaiah (chapters 40–66) has prophecies about how God will comfort and restore his people. He will do this through his chosen servant. By the suffering of this servant, God will forgive his people (chapter 53). This servant will also cause Gentiles to worship Yahweh. The Book of Isaiah ends with a prophecy about God creating a new heavens and earth.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators can use the traditional title, “The Book of Isaiah” or just “Isaiah.” Or they may call it “The Book about Isaiah” or “The Sayings of Isaiah.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### When was the Book of Isaiah written?\n\nIsaiah prophesied around 740–700 B.C., when the Assyrian Empire was becoming more powerful. Isaiah spoke the prophecies from God to the people of Judah during the reigns of Kings Uzziah, Jotham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah. The story of Isaiah helping King Hezekiah (chapters 36–39) is also found in 2 Kings 19–20.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What did Isaiah prophesy about the future Messiah of Israel?\n\nJews and Christians have interpreted many passages in Isaiah to be about the Messiah. In 9:1–7, Isaiah described a child being born who would rule over David’s kingdom. In chapter 11, Isaiah described a descendant of David who would have God’s spirit upon him. Several prophecies in chapters 40–66 are about “the servant.” This servant will comfort the people, rule righteously, and suffer so that God will forgive the people for sinning against him. The New Testament writers interpret these prophecies to be about Jesus Christ.\n\n### What did Isaiah mean by the “last days”?\n\nIsaiah prophesied of the “last days” (2:2) as some later or final period of time. The book of Isaiah was one of the first books to include prophesies about the last days. Isaiah said that in the last days there would be a future kingdom of Israel. Jerusalem would be its main city, and people from all over the world would go there to learn about Yahweh and worship him. The New Testament writers understood the “last days” to have begun with the coming of Jesus (Acts 2:17, Hebrews 1:2).\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?\n\nThe name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])\n\n### What are some characteristics of prophetic literature in the Book of Isaiah?\n\nMost of Isaiah’s prophecies are in poetic form. Many prophets in Israel used poetry when they spoke important messages that they wanted people to remember.\n\nWhen he spoke in poetic form, Isaiah could safely assume that his original hearers would know what he was talking about. However, readers today do not always understand what he meant. Nevertheless, Isaiah’s basic message is still clear to us today. His message is about how God’s people sinned against him, how God would punish them, and how God would eventually comfort and restore them.\n\nIsaiah speaks about a figure he calls the Servant of Yahweh in four different poems. Today these are called the “Servant Songs.” Christians understand these to be prophecies about Jesus Christ, the Messiah. These “songs” are in Isaiah 42:1–9; 49:1–7; 50:4–9; and 52:13–53:12. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]]) 1:intro q326 0 # Isaiah 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2–31, which records what Yahweh told Isaiah to tell the people of Israel.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Woe\n\nThe prophecy of this chapter serves as a warning to the people of the kingdom of Judah. If they do not change their evil ways, Yahweh will punish them. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nThere are many vivid metaphors used to describe Judah’s sin. Their sin is described as a sickness that spreads. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n### Rhetorical Questions\n\nYahweh uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince the people of Judah of their sin. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1:1 qur5 The vision of Isaiah … that he saw 0 Alternate translation: “This is the vision of Isaiah … that Yahweh showed him” or “This is what God showed Isaiah” 1:1 zfq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Amoz 0 Amoz was the father of Isaiah. @@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ front:intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 6:13 h3vb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown terebinth 0 a kind of oak tree 6:13 tbt2 trunk … stump 0 A trunk is the thick main stem of a tree. A stump is the part of a tree that remains in the ground after the tree is cut down. 6:13 p9id rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the holy seed 0 The people who will serve Yahweh after armies destroy Israel are spoken of as if they were set apart as a holy seed. -7:intro kcq7 0 # Isaiah 7 General Notes\\\n\\\n## Structure and formatting\\\n\\\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:7–9, 18–25.\\\n\\\n## Special concepts in this chapter\\\n\\\n### “Young woman” or "virgin" in 7:14\\\nIn verse 14, Isaiah uses a specific term that describes a woman who has reached the age at which she is able to have children but who has not yet had a child. This term could apply to a woman who was married or to a woman who was not yet married. Some translators of the Bible have translated this term as “virgin” because they have considered it to be a prophesy of how the Messiah would be born of a woman who had never had sexual relations with a man. Jesus was born in this way ([Matthew 1:18](../01/18.md), [Luke 1:34](../01/34.md)). Other translators have considered that the initial reference of this prophecy was to the wife of Ahaz, the queen of Judah, who had not yet given birth to a royal heir, and so they translate the term as "young woman," since she was married. (The fact that there was no heir to the throne may have provided an occasion for the enemies of Judah to try to make someone else king, as verse 6 describes.) Understood this way, the prophecy would be a promise that Ahaz's queen would indeed give birth to a royal heir (this child became the godly king Hezekiah) and the dynasty of David would continue, particularly since God would also defeat those enemies. It is possible that this prophecy had an initial fulfillment in Hezekiah and a later fulfillment in Jesus. Some languages may be able to accommodate both possibilities by using a term such as the English word "maiden," which has the same general range of reference as the term that Isaiah uses. This is what the ULT does. If your language does not have such a term, if a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, you may wish to use a term similar to the one that it uses; if a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, decide which interpretive possibility you would like to express in your translation.\\\n\\\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\\\n\\\n### Israel\\\n\\\nIn this chapter, the name Israel describes the northern of the two kingdoms into which the former larger kingdom of Israel, which David and Solomon had ruled, had become divided. This chapter also refers to this northern kingdom as Ephraim, using the name of its most prominent tribe. +7:intro kcq7 0 # Isaiah 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:7–9, 18–25.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Young woman” or "virgin" in 7:14\nIn verse 14, Isaiah uses a specific term that describes a woman who has reached the age at which she is able to have children but who has not yet had a child. This term could apply to a woman who was married or to a woman who was not yet married. Some translators of the Bible have translated this term as “virgin” because they have considered it to be a prophesy of how the Messiah would be born of a woman who had never had sexual relations with a man. Jesus was born in this way ([Matthew 1:18](../01/18.md), [Luke 1:34](../01/34.md)). Other translators have considered that the initial reference of this prophecy was to the wife of Ahaz, the queen of Judah, who had not yet given birth to a royal heir, and so they translate the term as "young woman," since she was married. (The fact that there was no heir to the throne may have provided an occasion for the enemies of Judah to try to make someone else king, as verse 6 describes.) Understood this way, the prophecy would be a promise that Ahaz's queen would indeed give birth to a royal heir (this child became the godly king Hezekiah) and the dynasty of David would continue, particularly since God would also defeat those enemies. It is possible that this prophecy had an initial fulfillment in Hezekiah and a later fulfillment in Jesus. Some languages may be able to accommodate both possibilities by using a term such as the English word "maiden," which has the same general range of reference as the term that Isaiah uses. This is what the ULT does. If your language does not have such a term, if a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, you may wish to use a term similar to the one that it uses; if a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, decide which interpretive possibility you would like to express in your translation.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Israel\n\nIn this chapter, the name Israel describes the northern of the two kingdoms into which the former larger kingdom of Israel, which David and Solomon had ruled, had become divided. This chapter also refers to this northern kingdom as Ephraim, using the name of its most prominent tribe. 7:1 u9lp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom During the days of Ahaz … king of Judah 0 “When Ahaz … was king of Judah” This was when the events happened. 7:1 e4tt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Rezin … Pekah … Remaliah 0 men’s names 7:1 vuv8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche Rezin … and Pekah … went up 0 The author speaks as if the kings were the armies they led. Alternate translation: “Rezin … and Pekah … led their armies up” diff --git a/tn_LEV.tsv b/tn_LEV.tsv index dd0f400fc7..1ba7cd01d5 100644 --- a/tn_LEV.tsv +++ b/tn_LEV.tsv @@ -26,11 +26,11 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 1:3 r66a 1 Alternate translation: “But the rest of the meat and bread” 1:4 n7j5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וְ⁠סָמַ֣ךְ יָד֔⁠וֹ עַ֖ל רֹ֣אשׁ הָ⁠עֹלָ֑ה 1 This is a symbolic action that identifies the person with the animal he is offering. The implication seems to be that the person is ritually placing his sins on the sacrificial animal so that God will forgive the sins when the animal is sacrificed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “And he shall lay his hand on the head of the burnt offering. He should do this to ritually place his sins on the animal” 1:4 el3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִרְצָ֥ה 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh will accept it” -1:4 mygh rc://*/ta/man/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר עָלָֽי⁠ו 1 The words **in order to** introduce the purpose of the animal's acceptance as an appropriate sacrifice. Use an expression in your language that makes it clear that what follows is the purpose. +1:4 mygh rc://*/ta/man/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר עָלָֽי⁠ו 1 The words **in order to** introduce the purpose of the animal's acceptance as an appropriate sacrifice. Use an expression in your language that makes it clear that what follows is the purpose. 1:4 rvk3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns לְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר עָלָֽי⁠ו 1 For the metaphors potentially lying behind the idea of **atonement**, refer back to the General Introduction to Leviticus. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **atonement**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to restore him to a relationship with Yahweh” 1:5 bs53 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֶת־בֶּ֥ן הַ⁠בָּקָ֖ר 1 The expression **son of** describes a person or animal that shares the essential qualities of something. Here the phrase describes this animal as **the son of the cattle** because it is a male animal that shares the distinguishing qualities characteristic of the class of bovines. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use an equivalent idiom from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the bull” or “the bovine” 1:5 fgym rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in Yahweh's presence” or “within the sacred precincts of the tent of meeting, where Yahweh lives among the Israelites” -1:5 sudx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֤ן 1 As the General Introduction to Leviticus discusses, at the time when Yahweh spoke to Moses from the tent of meeting, the priests literally were **the sons of Aaron**. But the instructions in the book also applied to future generations, when the term “sons” would be a way of referring to the priests as Aaron's “descendants” (with the exception of Leviticus chs. 8–10). Here and throughout the book, if it would be clearer in your language, in your translation you could generally use that term, which would apply to both the original priests and to their successors. +1:5 sudx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֤ן 1 As the General Introduction to Leviticus discusses, at the time when Yahweh spoke to Moses from the tent of meeting, the priests literally were **the sons of Aaron**. But the instructions in the book also applied to future generations, when the term “sons” would be a way of referring to the priests as Aaron's “descendants” (with the exception of Leviticus chs. 8–10). Here and throughout the book, if it would be clearer in your language, in your translation you could generally use that term, which would apply to both the original priests and to their successors. 1:5 qcc2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ֠⁠הִקְרִיבוּ בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֤ן הַֽ⁠כֹּֽהֲנִים֙ אֶת־ הַ⁠דָּ֔ם 1 It is implied that **the priests** would catch **the blood** in a bowl as it drained out of the animal. Then they would bring the bowl with the blood in it and present it to Yahweh at the altar. If this would not be clear in your language, you could supply this information here and in later instances in the book. Alternative translation: “And after catching the blood in a bowl as it drains from the animal, the sons of Aaron, the priests, will present the blood to Yahweh” 1:5 d5hh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠זָרְק֨וּ אֶת־הַ⁠דָּ֤ם עַל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֨חַ֙ סָבִ֔יב אֲשֶׁר־פֶּ֖תַח אֹ֥הֶל מוֹעֵֽד 1 The act of splashing **the blood** on the sides of **the altar** is a ritual action. The blood of the animal, being its life (see [Leviticus 17:11](../17/11.md)), was given by God to purify ritually and to remove sin. Here, the blood is splashed against the side of the altar to keep it free from sin. If this would not be clear to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action in the text or in a footnote here and in subsequent instances in the book. Alternate translation: “and they shall splash the blood all around on the holy altar that is at the entrance of the tent of meeting in order to keep the altar clean from sin” 1:6 u7di rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠הִפְשִׁ֖יט 1 The pronoun **he** refers to the person making the offering. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make the subject explicit. You could also keep using a second-person pronoun if you have been doing that. Alternate translation: “And the one offering the sacrifice shall skin” @@ -64,12 +64,12 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 1:16 x2cz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠הֵסִ֥יר 1 The pronoun **he** refers to **the priest**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall remove” 1:16 zqs8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אֶת־ מֻרְאָת֖⁠וֹ 1 A **craw** is a pouch in a bird’s throat where pre-digested food is stored. If your language has its own term for this anatomical feature, consider using that word here. If not, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the bird’s throat pouch” 1:16 x63v rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠הִשְׁלִ֨יךְ אֹתָ֜⁠הּ 1 The word **it** refers to the **craw**, but since the worshiper is supposed to **throw it beside the altar** along with the **feathers**, it may be more natural in your language to use the plural pronoun “them,” as modeled by the UST. -1:16 of8a rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠הִשְׁלִ֨יךְ אֹתָ֜⁠הּ 1 The pronoun **he** is ambiguous, but appears to continue the action taken by **the priest**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “and the priest shall cast it” +1:16 of8a rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠הִשְׁלִ֨יךְ אֹתָ֜⁠הּ 1 The pronoun **he** is ambiguous, but appears to continue the action taken by **the priest**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “and the priest shall cast it” 1:16 zb2d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown מְק֖וֹם הַ⁠דָּֽשֶׁן 1 The **place of the fatty ashes** is the specified spot where the priest would dump the ashes that had accumulated from previous sacrifices, along with the rendered fat from the altar. If your language has a technical term for such a place, consider using it here. If not, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the spot where the ashes and the burnt fat are dumped” or “the location where the ashes and the burnt fat are dumped” 1:17 zxzv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns וְ⁠שִׁסַּ֨ע אֹת֣⁠וֹ 1 Given the action taken by the priest in [1:15-16](../01/15.md), the pronoun **he** likely refers to **the priest**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall tear it open” 1:17 ua00 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns לֹ֣א יַבְדִּיל֒ 1 The pronoun **he** is ambiguous but likely refers to **the priest**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “the priest shall not divide it” 1:17 bxu3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠הִקְטִ֨יר אֹת֤⁠וֹ הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חָ⁠ה עַל־הָ⁠עֵצִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל־הָ⁠אֵ֑שׁ 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [1:9](../01/09.md). Alternate translation: “And the priest shall cause it to become smoke on the altar, on the wood that is on the fire, and ascend towards God in heaven” -2:intro t6wy 0 # Leviticus 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter gives instructions about how to make a grain offering. The **and** of 2:1 indicates that the instructions of Lev 1 are continuing. Yahweh continues telling Moses how the people should offer sacrifices. In outline form, the structure of the chapter can be displayed as follows: \n\n- 1) The Grain Offering (2:1–16)\n - I. Offerings of Raw Flour (2:1–3)\n - II. Offerings that are Baked, Pan-fried, or Deep-fried (2:4–10)\n - i. Baked (2:4)\n - ii. Pan-fried on the Griddle (2:5–6)\n - iii. Deep-fried in a Pan (2:7)\n - iv. Instruction for Offering (2:8–10)\n - III. Instructions regarding Leaven, Honey, and Salt (2:11–13)\n - i. Prohibition against burning leaven or honey (2:11–12)\n - ii. Prescription for including salt (2:13)\n - IV. Offerings of Grains (2:14–16)\n\n##Translation Issues in this Chapter\n### The number and person of pronouns\nIn the address to the Israelites, the author of Leviticus is known for abuptly switching the person, number, and occassionaly gender, of pronouns and verbal forms that refer to the person offering sacrifices. In chapter 1, it was suggested that any third-person singular pronouns that refer to the worshiper (and not to the priest) could be changed to second-person plural pronouns, based on the nature of the direct address and the presence of a second-person plural pronoun in [1:2](../01/02.md) and several times in the current chapter.\n\nThe pronouns referring to the worshiper switch person, gender, and number frequently. Verses 1–3 address the worshiper with a third-person singular pronoun. This swiches to the second-person, singular pronoun in 2:4–8. The worshiper is addressed in the third-person in verse 8, but verse 11 marks a shift to the second-person, this time in the plural. The plural pronouns continue throughout verses 11 and 12, but the author of Leviticus swtiches back to the second-person singular from verse 13 to the end of the chapter.\n\n1. Third-Person (2:1–3)\n- "...when a person [third-person, feminine singular] presents..." (2:1)\n- "...his [third-person, masculine singular] offering..." (2:1)\n- "...and he [third-person, masculine singular] shall pour ..." (2:1)\n- "...and he [third-person, masculine singular] shall put..." (2:1)\n- "...and he [third-person, masculine singular] shall bring..." (2:2)\n\n\n2. Second-Person (2:4–8)\n- "And if you [second-person, masculine singular] present..." (2:4)\n- "And if your [second-person, masculine singular] offering..." (2:5)\n- "Piece [second-person, singular imperative] it..." (2:6)\n- "...and you [second-person, masculine singular] shall pour..." (2:6)\n- "And if your [second-person, masculine singular] offering..." (2:7)\n- "And you [second-person, masculine singular] shall bring..." (2:8)\n\n\n3. Third-Person (2:8–10)\n- "And he [third-person, masculine singular] shall present..." (2:8)\n\n\n4. Second-Person (2:11–15)\n- "Any grain offering that you [second-person, masculine plural] present..." (2:11)\n- "...you [second-person, masculine plural] shall not cause to become smoke..." (2:11)\n- "You [second-person, masculine plural] shall present..." (2:12)\n- "...your [second-person, masculine singular] grain offerings..." (2:13)\n- "...you [second-person, masculine singular] shall salt..." (2:13)\n- "...you [second-person, masculine singular] shall not omit..." (2:13)\n- "...the covenant of your [second-person, masculine singular] God..." (2:13)\n- "...your [second-person, masculine singular] offerings..." (2:13)\n- "...you [second-person, masculine singular] shall present..." (2:13)\n- "And if you [second-person, masculine singular] present..." (2:14)\n- "...you [second-person, masculine singular] shall present..." (2:14)\n- "...your [second-person, masculine singular] first ripe grains..." (2:14)\n- "And you [second-person, masculine singular] shall put..." (2:15)\n- "...and you [second-person, masculine singular] shall place..." (2:15)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\nThis chapter introduces several key concepts that are relevant to proper translation, including the sacrifice of the **grain offering**, including the offering of **flour**, **oil**, and **incense**, the concept of the **memorial portion**, and the identification of **yeast** and **leaven**. \n\n### Grain offering\nThe **grain offering** was a specialized sacrifice consisting of an offering of harvest grain, usually wheat or barley. The grain offering sometimes accompanied the burnt offering (see [14:20](../14/20.md)), but it is unclear whether the grain offering provided atonement by itself, or whether it could only accomplish atonement when presented with the burnt offering or as a substitute for the purification offering for those who could not afford the animals required for that sacrifice (see [5:11–13](../05/11.md)). In any case, the grain offering could be offered ”dry“ (that is, not mixed with olive oil, see [7:10](../07/010.md)) or mixed with olive oil, or it could be baked in an oven or prepared in a griddle or pan. If the offering of grain was something baked in an oven, the prescribed offering consisted of a **loaf of unleavened bread** that had been made by kneading the flour with olive oil or a **wafer** that had been copiously covered in olive oil (see [2:4](../02/04.md)). Alternatively, grain offerings could be prepared by pan-frying the flour and olive oil on a **griddle** ([2:5](../02/05.md)) or deep-frying the flour and olive oil in a **pan** ([2:7](../02/07.md)). Furthermore, crushed portions of fresh grain that had been roasted with fire constituted an acceptable grain offer (see [2:14–16](../02/14.md)). A portion of the offering was crumbled and completely burned on the altar, resulting in pleasant-smelling smoke that rose to Yahweh in heaven. The remainder of the grain offering, however, belonged to the priests and the male descendants of Aaron for food (see [2:3, 10](../02/03.md) and [7:14–18](../07/14.md)). \n\n### Flour\nThe term translated **flour** in the ULT and **wheat flour** in the UST is the agricultural product made from the production of wheat grains (see [Exodus 29:2](../exod/29/02.md), and [2 Kings 7:16](../2kgs/07/16.md), where is it contrasted with barley). However, according to some rabbinic sources, the precise commodity referred to in this chapter and elsewhere in Leviticus is the large chunks of crushed grains that remain in the sieve after the grains have been dried, winnowed, and crushed. Since “flour” would connote the fine powder that falls through the sieve, what remains is more accurately called “grits” or “semolina” (see [1 Kings 5:2](../1kgs/05/02.md), where “grits” or “semolina” is contrasted with “flour”). However, since this culinary term is not present in many cultures, the term “flour” has been retained. We suggest that you use in your translation whatever word your language has to describe the large chunks of crushed grains that remain in the sieve after the grains have been dried, winnowed, and crushed. \n\n###Oil\nThe term translated **oil** in the ULT and **olive oil** in the UST refers to the agricultural product made from crushing large quantities of olives into a fine, smooth oil. This oil was used for cooking and baking (see [2:4–7](../02/04.md)) and for providing fuel for lanterns (see [Exod 35:8, 14–15](../exod/35/08.md)), but also retained symbolic importance as a way of anointing and dedicating sacred object (see [Genesis 28:18](../gen/28/18.md)), priests (see [Exodus 29:7](../exod/29/07.md) and [Leviticus 8:12, 30](../08/12.md) and [Leviticus 21:10](../21/10.md)), and kings (see [1 Samuel 10:1](../1sam/10/01.md) and [1 Sam 16:13](../1sam/16/13.md)). In this chapter, in addition to being present in most of the grain offerings, olive oil was presented with the grain offering in whatever form it took. \n\n###Incense\nScholarly sources suggest that the substance that was burned in ritual spaces for its fragrance was an expensive fragrant gum-resin tapped from three species of the Boswellia tree native only to southern Arabia (see Jer 6:20) and Somaliland. The burning of this substance was required with all grain offering, regardless of the manner of their preparation. Apparently, because both grain offerings and animal offerings provided a pleasing aroma to Yahweh, the addition of incense with the grain offering was to distinguish them from the animal sacrifices or burnt offerings (see chapter 1. Whereas the olive oil was to be poured all over the grain offerings, the incense was to be “placed” on top of it, apparently in a large lump. Then the raw flour (or other kind of grain offering) would be mixed together with the olive oil and the lump of incense in the priest’s hand as he took a large handful ([2:2](../02/02.md)). These ingredient would then be completely burned on the altar and converted into pleasant-smelling smoke, which, when it went up to Yahweh, would “please” Yahweh and so mark the completion of an acceptable sacrifice. \n\n###The memorial portion\nThe **memorial portion** of the grain offering refers to the portion that the priest designates will be burned completely on the altar as a sacrifice to Yahweh, as opposed to the portion which will remain over as food for the priests to eat. In the offering was raw flour, the priest would lift out a handful of the flour, mixed with olive oil, and all the incense that was place on it. If the offering was baked, pan-fried, or deep-fried, the priest would take a portion and crumble it on the altar. These portions that were designated to be burned on the altar constituted the **memorial protion** As such, this portion represented the entire offering by being completely burned on the altar. \n\n### Yeast and leaven\nIn Leviticus 2, the word **leaven** refers to a lump of dough made from flour and other common ingredients, usually salt and oil, that contains a live **leaven culture** as its raising agent in the form of wild, natural yeast. The term **yeast** refers to the microscopic organism consisting of single oval cells that reproduce by budding and are capable of converting sugar into alcohol and carbon dioxide. In the ancient world, **yeast** was a common household raising agent used in the baking of bread. However, because store-bought, commercial yeast in the form of a dried, deactivated culture that is routinely added to individual batches of dough is a modern invention, the ULT has chosen the less anachronistic term **leaven culture**. This term reflects the slow process of growing wild, naturally occurring yeast from a single, small batch of dough, forming a **leaven** that would be added to other larger batches of dough. The wild yeast in the **leaven** would multiply and fill the rest of the larger batch of dough until the entire batch was considered ”leavened.”\n\nIn Leviticus, grain offerings, whether baked or fried, that were made using **leaven** or included **leaven culture** were expressly forbidden to be burned on the altar, along with grain offerings made with honey. Instead, as Lev 2:12 expresses, grain offerings that included either **leaven culture** or **honey** could be offered as firstfruit offerings that were not burned on the altar. Eating or baking with **leaven** is proscribed during the events of the first Passover in Egypt before the Exodus and, specifically, during the annual festival of Unleavened Bread (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]]). Yahweh informs Moses that the practice of excluding **leaven** and **leaven culture** from one's diet should serve as a ”sign” and ”memorial” to the people of Israel that reminds them of God's mighty acts of salvation in the Exodus and encourages them to obey his commandements. (See Exodus 13:5-10). It should be noted that it was not always unlawful to eat food products made with **leaven** or **leaven culture**, but that the proscription only applied during special feasts and holidays associated with the Exodus. +2:intro t6wy 0 # Leviticus 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter gives instructions about how to make a grain offering. The **and** of 2:1 indicates that the instructions of Lev 1 are continuing. Yahweh continues telling Moses how the people should offer sacrifices. In outline form, the structure of the chapter can be displayed as follows: \n\n- 1) The Grain Offering (2:1–16)\n - I. Offerings of Raw Flour (2:1–3)\n - II. Offerings that are Baked, Pan-fried, or Deep-fried (2:4–10)\n - i. Baked (2:4)\n - ii. Pan-fried on the Griddle (2:5–6)\n - iii. Deep-fried in a Pan (2:7)\n - iv. Instruction for Offering (2:8–10)\n - III. Instructions regarding Leaven, Honey, and Salt (2:11–13)\n - i. Prohibition against burning leaven or honey (2:11–12)\n - ii. Prescription for including salt (2:13)\n - IV. Offerings of Grains (2:14–16)\n\n##Translation Issues in this Chapter\n### The number and person of pronouns\nIn the address to the Israelites, the author of Leviticus is known for abuptly switching the person, number, and occassionaly gender, of pronouns and verbal forms that refer to the person offering sacrifices. In chapter 1, it was suggested that any third-person singular pronouns that refer to the worshiper (and not to the priest) could be changed to second-person plural pronouns, based on the nature of the direct address and the presence of a second-person plural pronoun in [1:2](../01/02.md) and several times in the current chapter.\n\nThe pronouns referring to the worshiper switch person, gender, and number frequently. Verses 1–3 address the worshiper with a third-person singular pronoun. This swiches to the second-person, singular pronoun in 2:4–8. The worshiper is addressed in the third-person in verse 8, but verse 11 marks a shift to the second-person, this time in the plural. The plural pronouns continue throughout verses 11 and 12, but the author of Leviticus swtiches back to the second-person singular from verse 13 to the end of the chapter.\n\n1. Third-Person (2:1–3)\n- "...when a person [third-person, feminine singular] presents..." (2:1)\n- "...his [third-person, masculine singular] offering..." (2:1)\n- "...and he [third-person, masculine singular] shall pour ..." (2:1)\n- "...and he [third-person, masculine singular] shall put..." (2:1)\n- "...and he [third-person, masculine singular] shall bring..." (2:2)\n\n\n2. Second-Person (2:4–8)\n- "And if you [second-person, masculine singular] present..." (2:4)\n- "And if your [second-person, masculine singular] offering..." (2:5)\n- "Piece [second-person, singular imperative] it..." (2:6)\n- "...and you [second-person, masculine singular] shall pour..." (2:6)\n- "And if your [second-person, masculine singular] offering..." (2:7)\n- "And you [second-person, masculine singular] shall bring..." (2:8)\n\n\n3. Third-Person (2:8–10)\n- "And he [third-person, masculine singular] shall present..." (2:8)\n\n\n4. Second-Person (2:11–15)\n- "Any grain offering that you [second-person, masculine plural] present..." (2:11)\n- "...you [second-person, masculine plural] shall not cause to become smoke..." (2:11)\n- "You [second-person, masculine plural] shall present..." (2:12)\n- "...your [second-person, masculine singular] grain offerings..." (2:13)\n- "...you [second-person, masculine singular] shall salt..." (2:13)\n- "...you [second-person, masculine singular] shall not omit..." (2:13)\n- "...the covenant of your [second-person, masculine singular] God..." (2:13)\n- "...your [second-person, masculine singular] offerings..." (2:13)\n- "...you [second-person, masculine singular] shall present..." (2:13)\n- "And if you [second-person, masculine singular] present..." (2:14)\n- "...you [second-person, masculine singular] shall present..." (2:14)\n- "...your [second-person, masculine singular] first ripe grains..." (2:14)\n- "And you [second-person, masculine singular] shall put..." (2:15)\n- "...and you [second-person, masculine singular] shall place..." (2:15)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\nThis chapter introduces several key concepts that are relevant to proper translation, including the sacrifice of the **grain offering**, including the offering of **flour**, **oil**, and **incense**, the concept of the **memorial portion**, and the identification of **yeast** and **leaven**. \n\n### Grain offering\nThe **grain offering** was a specialized sacrifice consisting of an offering of harvest grain, usually wheat or barley. The grain offering sometimes accompanied the burnt offering (see [14:20](../14/20.md)), but it is unclear whether the grain offering provided atonement by itself, or whether it could only accomplish atonement when presented with the burnt offering or as a substitute for the purification offering for those who could not afford the animals required for that sacrifice (see [5:11–13](../05/11.md)). In any case, the grain offering could be offered ”dry“ (that is, not mixed with olive oil, see [7:10](../07/010.md)) or mixed with olive oil, or it could be baked in an oven or prepared in a griddle or pan. If the offering of grain was something baked in an oven, the prescribed offering consisted of a **loaf of unleavened bread** that had been made by kneading the flour with olive oil or a **wafer** that had been copiously covered in olive oil (see [2:4](../02/04.md)). Alternatively, grain offerings could be prepared by pan-frying the flour and olive oil on a **griddle** ([2:5](../02/05.md)) or deep-frying the flour and olive oil in a **pan** ([2:7](../02/07.md)). Furthermore, crushed portions of fresh grain that had been roasted with fire constituted an acceptable grain offer (see [2:14–16](../02/14.md)). A portion of the offering was crumbled and completely burned on the altar, resulting in pleasant-smelling smoke that rose to Yahweh in heaven. The remainder of the grain offering, however, belonged to the priests and the male descendants of Aaron for food (see [2:3, 10](../02/03.md) and [7:14–18](../07/14.md)). \n\n### Flour\nThe term translated **flour** in the ULT and **wheat flour** in the UST is the agricultural product made from the production of wheat grains (see [Exodus 29:2](../exo/29/02.md), and [2 Kings 7:16](../2ki/07/16.md), where is it contrasted with barley). However, according to some rabbinic sources, the precise commodity referred to in this chapter and elsewhere in Leviticus is the large chunks of crushed grains that remain in the sieve after the grains have been dried, winnowed, and crushed. Since “flour” would connote the fine powder that falls through the sieve, what remains is more accurately called “grits” or “semolina” (see [1 Kings 5:2](../1ki/05/02.md), where “grits” or “semolina” is contrasted with “flour”). However, since this culinary term is not present in many cultures, the term “flour” has been retained. We suggest that you use in your translation whatever word your language has to describe the large chunks of crushed grains that remain in the sieve after the grains have been dried, winnowed, and crushed. \n\n###Oil\nThe term translated **oil** in the ULT and **olive oil** in the UST refers to the agricultural product made from crushing large quantities of olives into a fine, smooth oil. This oil was used for cooking and baking (see [2:4–7](../02/04.md)) and for providing fuel for lanterns (see [Exod 35:8, 14–15](../exo/35/08.md)), but also retained symbolic importance as a way of anointing and dedicating sacred object (see [Genesis 28:18](../gen/28/18.md)), priests (see [Exodus 29:7](../exo/29/07.md) and [Leviticus 8:12, 30](../08/12.md) and [Leviticus 21:10](../21/10.md)), and kings (see [1 Samuel 10:1](../1sa/10/01.md) and [1 Sam 16:13](../1sa/16/13.md)). In this chapter, in addition to being present in most of the grain offerings, olive oil was presented with the grain offering in whatever form it took. \n\n###Incense\nScholarly sources suggest that the substance that was burned in ritual spaces for its fragrance was an expensive fragrant gum-resin tapped from three species of the Boswellia tree native only to southern Arabia (see Jer 6:20) and Somaliland. The burning of this substance was required with all grain offering, regardless of the manner of their preparation. Apparently, because both grain offerings and animal offerings provided a pleasing aroma to Yahweh, the addition of incense with the grain offering was to distinguish them from the animal sacrifices or burnt offerings (see chapter 1. Whereas the olive oil was to be poured all over the grain offerings, the incense was to be “placed” on top of it, apparently in a large lump. Then the raw flour (or other kind of grain offering) would be mixed together with the olive oil and the lump of incense in the priest’s hand as he took a large handful ([2:2](../02/02.md)). These ingredient would then be completely burned on the altar and converted into pleasant-smelling smoke, which, when it went up to Yahweh, would “please” Yahweh and so mark the completion of an acceptable sacrifice. \n\n###The memorial portion\nThe **memorial portion** of the grain offering refers to the portion that the priest designates will be burned completely on the altar as a sacrifice to Yahweh, as opposed to the portion which will remain over as food for the priests to eat. In the offering was raw flour, the priest would lift out a handful of the flour, mixed with olive oil, and all the incense that was place on it. If the offering was baked, pan-fried, or deep-fried, the priest would take a portion and crumble it on the altar. These portions that were designated to be burned on the altar constituted the **memorial protion** As such, this portion represented the entire offering by being completely burned on the altar. \n\n### Yeast and leaven\nIn Leviticus 2, the word **leaven** refers to a lump of dough made from flour and other common ingredients, usually salt and oil, that contains a live **leaven culture** as its raising agent in the form of wild, natural yeast. The term **yeast** refers to the microscopic organism consisting of single oval cells that reproduce by budding and are capable of converting sugar into alcohol and carbon dioxide. In the ancient world, **yeast** was a common household raising agent used in the baking of bread. However, because store-bought, commercial yeast in the form of a dried, deactivated culture that is routinely added to individual batches of dough is a modern invention, the ULT has chosen the less anachronistic term **leaven culture**. This term reflects the slow process of growing wild, naturally occurring yeast from a single, small batch of dough, forming a **leaven** that would be added to other larger batches of dough. The wild yeast in the **leaven** would multiply and fill the rest of the larger batch of dough until the entire batch was considered ”leavened.”\n\nIn Leviticus, grain offerings, whether baked or fried, that were made using **leaven** or included **leaven culture** were expressly forbidden to be burned on the altar, along with grain offerings made with honey. Instead, as Lev 2:12 expresses, grain offerings that included either **leaven culture** or **honey** could be offered as firstfruit offerings that were not burned on the altar. Eating or baking with **leaven** is proscribed during the events of the first Passover in Egypt before the Exodus and, specifically, during the annual festival of Unleavened Bread (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]]). Yahweh informs Moses that the practice of excluding **leaven** and **leaven culture** from one's diet should serve as a ”sign” and ”memorial” to the people of Israel that reminds them of God's mighty acts of salvation in the Exodus and encourages them to obey his commandements. (See Exodus 13:5-10). It should be noted that it was not always unlawful to eat food products made with **leaven** or **leaven culture**, but that the proscription only applied during special feasts and holidays associated with the Exodus. 2:1 dk2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry וְ⁠נֶ֗פֶשׁ כִּֽי־תַקְרִ֞יב קָרְבַּ֤ן מִנְחָה֙ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה & קָרְבָּנ֑⁠וֹ 1 Here a verb and its object come from the same root. The word **presents** translates a verb that is related to the noun translated **offering**. The repetition of related words adds emphasis to the statement. If your language can repeat words for emphasis, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation. 2:1 c9yl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person וְ⁠נֶ֗פֶשׁ כִּֽי־תַקְרִ֞יב קָרְבַּ֤ן מִנְחָה֙ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה & קָרְבָּנ֑⁠וֹ 1 As the General Introduction to Leviticus discusses, the book often speaks of the Israelites and to the Israelites in the third person, even though it is a direct address. Here and throughout the book, if it would be helpful in your language, you could use the second person in your translation. 2:1 oa9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠נֶ֗פֶשׁ כִּֽי־תַקְרִ֞יב 1 The word translated as **a person** is feminine, but it has a generic sense that refers to any person who approaches the tent to make a sacrifice. Alternate translation: “And when one of you presents” or “And when someone presents” @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 2:11 dwkz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns מִמֶּ֛⁠נּוּ אִשֶּׁ֖ה לַֽ⁠יהוָֽה 1 The pronoun **it** refers to a **grain offering** that is designated to be burned on the offering as a sacrifice to Yahweh and, thus, will be considered a **gift** to Yahweh. If this is not clear in your language, consider making the referent of the pronoun explicit. Alternate translation: “from such a grain offering that you present as a gift to Yahweh” or, in the third person, “from such a grain offering that people present as a gift to Yahweh” 2:12 mmz0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry קָרְבַּ֥ן רֵאשִׁ֛ית תַּקְרִ֥יבוּ אֹתָ֖⁠ם לַ⁠יהוָ֑ה 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [1:2](../01/02.md), possibly using a verb and a noun that come from the same root in your language. 2:12 b9d5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns תַּקְרִ֥יבוּ אֹתָ֖⁠ם 1 The pronoun **them** refers to grain offerings that are prepared with leaven or honey, as described in [2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “You may offer grain offerings made with leaven or honey” or, in the third person, “Anyone may offer grain offerings made with leaven or honey” -2:12 ko94 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown קָרְבַּ֥ן רֵאשִׁ֛ית 1 The expression **offering of first things** refers to a grain offering that consists of the best produce of the first harvest of a particular crop. If your language and culture have a word for this concept, consider using it here, or consider using a general term. +2:12 ko94 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown קָרְבַּ֥ן רֵאשִׁ֛ית 1 The expression **offering of first things** refers to a grain offering that consists of the best produce of the first harvest of a particular crop. If your language and culture have a word for this concept, consider using it here, or consider using a general term. 2:12 s2hf rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אֶל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֥חַ לֹא־יַעֲל֖וּ לְ⁠רֵ֥יחַ נִיחֹֽחַ׃ 1 When Leviticus says of grain offerings that contain leaven or honey, **on the altar they will not go up**, it means that the Israelites should not give them to the priests to burn on the altar in a way that causes smoke from **the altar** to go up to Yahweh in heaven. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but the priests shall not burn them on the altar in a way that causes them to become smoke and go up to Yahweh in heaven as a pleasant smell” 2:13 ekv0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry בַּ⁠מֶּ֣לַח תִּמְלָח֒ 1 Here, a verb and its object come from the same root. The phrase **you shall salt** translates a verb that is related to the noun translated **salt**. The repetition of related words adds emphasis to the statement. If your language can repeat words for emphasis and your language has comparable terms that you can use in your own translation, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation. 2:13 gjig rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular תִּמְלָח֒ 1 As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, Leviticus uses second-person singular forms in this verse and for the rest of the chapter. If you have been using second-person plural forms in your translation and switching to singular forms would not be natural in your language, you could continue to use plural forms in your translation. Alternatively, if you have been using third-person forms throughout, you could consider using these forms in your translation. @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 3:intro ur1s 0 #Leviticus 3 General Notes\n\n##Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter gives instructions about how to offer a **peace offering**. In a similar fashion to Leviticus 1, here Yahweh provides options for sacrifices of peace offerings consisting of a bovine, whether male or female (3:1–5), or a flock animal, whether a lamb (3:6–11) or a goat (3:12–16). The chapter ends with an “enduring statute,” applicable to any Israelite, regardless of age or location. This statute entails the proscription of consuming any fat or blood (3:17). In outline form, the structure of chapter 3 is as follows: \n\n\n- 1) The Peace Offering (3:1–17)\n - I. Offering a bovine (3:1–5)\n - II. Offering a flock animal (3:6–16)\n - i. a sheep (3:6–11)\n - ii. a goat (3:12–16)\n - The proscription against eating blood or fat (3:17)\n\n##Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n###The peace offering \nThe **peace offering**, sometimes called the "restitution offering" or the "fellowship offering," CONTINUE!!\n\n- can everyone eat the peace offering?\n- what is the relationship of the peace offering to the wave offering? (cf. 7:28–34)\n- mention the thanksgiving peace offering (7:11–15), which accompanied bread and animal sacrifices, votive peace offerings and the freewill peace offerings (7:16–21). \n\n###Fat\nIn ancient times, the fat of an animal was considered the best part of the animal to eat. Therefore, the fat portions of a sacrifice belonged to Yahweh and were to be offered on the fire and converted into pleasant-smelling smoke that rose to Yahweh in heaven. The fat portions and internal organs that were to be removed for burning that are referred to in this chapter include:\n\n- 1) For bovine, sheep and goats:\n* the **fat covering the innards**, that is, the caul fat that covers all of the internal organs (see [3:3, 9, 14](../03/09.md))\n* the **fat that is on the innards**, that is, the visceral fat that is directly connected to the internal organs (see [3:3, 9, 14](../03/09.md))\n* the fat that is connected to the **two kidneys** (see [3:4, 10, 15](../03/09.md))\n* the **two kidneys** themselves (see [3:4, 10, 15](../03/09.md))\n* the **lobe on the liver**, that is, one of the four bunches of liver tissue on the animal's liver (see [3:4, 10, 15](../03/09.md))\n* the **liver** itself (see [3:4, 10, 15](../03/09.md))\n\n-2) For sheep only, in addition to the portions listed above:\n* the entirety of the **fat** of the sheep (see [3:9](../03/09.md))\n* the **fatty tail**, that is, the portion of fat attached to the short tail of the sheep, which was to be removed in one piece near the end of the spine (see [3:9](../03/09.md))\n\nThese portions of fat were to be carefully removed by the person offering the sacrifice and presented to the priest to be burned on the altar. \n\n###Sprinkling blood\nThe symbolic action of **splashing** or "sprinkling” the blood of the animal on the **the altar** is frequent in animal sacrifices in Leviticus. The blood, being the life of the animal (see [17:11](../17/11.md)), was given by God to purify ritually and to remove sin. In this chapter, the blood acts as a ritual detergent with the special ability to cleanse people, sacred objects, and sacred spaces from the impurity generated by sin. As such, it was splashed on the sides of the altar in a symbolic act that removed the impurities of sin.\n\n###Consuming blood or fat\nLeviticus 3:17 prohibits any Israelite, regardless of age or location, from eating any fat or blood of any animal. Because the blood contained "the life" of the animal, it had the special ability to cleanse people, sacred objects, or sacred space from the impurity caused by sin. As such, Yahweh forbid the eating of any animal blood (see ([7:26–27](../07/26.md), ([17:10–14](../17/10.md), and ([19:26](../19/26.md)). While the reason for forbidding the consumption of fat is not given in this chapter, it is presumed that these choice portions of rich fat were especially coveted and so belonged exclusively to Yahweh. 3:1 ausb rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry קָרְבָּנ֑⁠וֹ & ה֣וּא מַקְרִ֔יב & יַקְרִיבֶ֖⁠נּוּ 1 For this and similar expressions throughout this chapter, see how you translated the expression in [1:2](../01/02.md). 3:1 c4u7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person קָרְבָּנ֑⁠וֹ & ה֣וּא מַקְרִ֔יב & יַקְרִיבֶ֖⁠נּוּ 1 As the General Introduction to Leviticus discusses, the book often speaks of the Israelites and to the Israelites in the third person, even though it is a direct address. Here and throughout the book, if it would be helpful in your language, you could use the second person in your translation. Alternatively, if you have been using third-person forms throughout, consider continuing to do so here. Alternate translation: “your offering … you are presenting … you shall present it” -3:1 c260 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown שְׁלָמִ֖ים 1 As the general introduction to this chapter discusses, a **peace offering** is a sacrifice that was intended to promote friendship and fellowship either between an individual and God or between two individuals or parties. As [7:11–21](../07/11.md) describes, peace offerings could take a variety of forms, including as an offering of thanksgiving for God’s generosity or deliverance, or as an auxiliary to the fulfillment of a vow. +3:1 c260 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown שְׁלָמִ֖ים 1 As the general introduction to this chapter discusses, a **peace offering** is a sacrifice that was intended to promote friendship and fellowship either between an individual and God or between two individuals or parties. As [7:11–21](../07/11.md) describes, peace offerings could take a variety of forms, including as an offering of thanksgiving for God’s generosity or deliverance, or as an auxiliary to the fulfillment of a vow. 3:1 xipk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אִ֤ם מִן־הַ⁠בָּקָר֙ ה֣וּא מַקְרִ֔יב אִם־זָכָר֙ אִם־נְקֵבָ֔ה 1 The word translated **cattle** refers to a group of bovines—whether cows, bulls, or oxen. If your readers would not be familiar with these animals, you could use a general expression in your translation. Alternate translation: “if he is presenting from his bovines, whether male or female” 3:1 cxo9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun מִן־הַ⁠בָּקָר֙ 1 The phrase **from the cattle** does not refer to a specific group of animals. It describes any groups of bovines that an Israelite might own. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “from the bovines that he owns” 3:1 qet0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תָּמִ֥ים יַקְרִיבֶ֖⁠נּוּ 1 As the General Introduction to Leviticus discusses, the word **perfect** here refers to a male or female bovine that is completely healthy and an exemplary representative of its species. Alternate translation: “he should offer an unblemished bovine” or “he should offer a bovine without blemish” @@ -160,22 +160,22 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 3:7 vda3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 See how you translated the expression **to the face of Yahweh** in [1:5](../01/05.md). 3:8 j6nx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וְ⁠סָמַ֤ךְ אֶת־ יָד⁠וֹ֙ עַל־ רֹ֣אשׁ 1 This is a symbolic action. See how you translated this phrase in [1:4](../01/04.md). 3:8 zpyt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד 1 Here, **to the face of the tent of meeting** is an idiom that means “before the tent of meeting” and is synonymous with the expression “at the entrance of the tent of meeting” (see [3:2](../03/02.md)). If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before the tent of meeting” or “in front of the tent of meeting” -3:8 kp5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ֠⁠זָרְקוּ בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֧ן אֶת־דָּמ֛⁠וֹ עַל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֖חַ סָבִֽיב׃ 1 As in [3:2](../03/02.md), splashing **the blood** of the animal on the **the altar** is a ritual action. See how you translated this phrase in [1:5](../01/05.md). +3:8 kp5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ֠⁠זָרְקוּ בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֧ן אֶת־דָּמ֛⁠וֹ עַל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֖חַ סָבִֽיב׃ 1 As in [3:2](../03/02.md), splashing **the blood** of the animal on the **the altar** is a ritual action. See how you translated this phrase in [1:5](../01/05.md). 3:8 grd8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ֠⁠זָרְקוּ בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֧ן אֶת־ דָּמ֛⁠וֹ 1 As in [3:2](../03/02.md), it is implied that **the priests** would catch **the blood** in a bowl as it drained out of the animal. Then they would bring the bowl with the blood in it and present it to Yahweh at the altar. See how you handled this implied information in [1:5](../01/05.md). -3:8 ausr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֧ן 1 See how you translated this description of the priests in [1:5](../01/05.md). +3:8 ausr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֧ן 1 See how you translated this description of the priests in [1:5](../01/05.md). 3:9 c2bm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠הִקְרִ֨יב מִ⁠זֶּ֣בַח הַ⁠שְּׁלָמִים֮ 1 The pronoun **he** refers to the worshiper and not to the priests. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And from the sacrifice of the peace offerings, the one offering the sacrifice shall present” 3:9 e5hx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns חֶלְבּ⁠וֹ֙ 1 The possessive pronoun **its** refers to the lamb described in [3:7-8](../03/07.md). If it would be helpful, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “the fat of the lamb that he sacrificed” -3:9 j687 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הָ⁠אַלְיָ֣ה תְמִימָ֔ה 1 Here, the **fatty tail** refers to the fat that accumulates in the hind parts of a sheep on both sides of its tail and on the first few vertebrae of the tail. If your language has a special term for this portion of fat, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic phrase, as the UST models. +3:9 j687 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הָ⁠אַלְיָ֣ה תְמִימָ֔ה 1 Here, the **fatty tail** refers to the fat that accumulates in the hind parts of a sheep on both sides of its tail and on the first few vertebrae of the tail. If your language has a special term for this portion of fat, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic phrase, as the UST models. 3:9 q1kt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠חֵ֨לֶב֙ הַֽ⁠מְכַסֶּ֣ה אֶת־הַ⁠קֶּ֔רֶב 1 See how you translated this expression in [3:3](../03/03.md). 3:9 on7o rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל־הַ⁠חֵ֔לֶב אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל־הַ⁠קֶּֽרֶב׃\n 1 See how you translated this expression in [3:3](../03/03.md). 3:10 v2hz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אֶת־ הַ⁠חֵ֨לֶב֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עֲלֵ⁠הֶ֔ן אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל־ הַ⁠כְּסָלִ֑ים וְ⁠אֶת־ הַ⁠יֹּתֶ֨רֶת֙ עַל־ הַ⁠כָּבֵ֔ד\n 1 See how you translated these terms in [3:4](../03/04.md). -3:11 sm2s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠הִקְטִיר֥⁠וֹ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חָ⁠ה 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [1:9](../01/09.md). +3:11 sm2s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠הִקְטִיר֥⁠וֹ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חָ⁠ה 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [1:9](../01/09.md). 3:11 eron rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠הִקְטִיר֥⁠וֹ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חָ⁠ה 1 Although the word **it** here is singular, it refers to all the portions of fat and the internal organs that were described in [3:3–4](../03/03.md). If it would be helpful, consider using a plural pronoun as [3:16](../03/16.md) does, or making this explicit, as the UST models. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall cause them to become smoke on the altar” 3:11 w7se rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֶ֥חֶם אִשֶּׁ֖ה לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 Here, the phrase **food of a gift to Yahweh** uses the possessive form to describe a **gift to Yahweh** that consists of edible **food**. This does not mean that Yahweh eats the food, but only that the offering to Yahweh takes the form of food. If it would be helpful, consider making this more explicit. Alternate translation: “food that is offered to Yahweh as a gift” or “a gift to Yahweh that consists of food” 3:12 satb rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry קָרְבָּנ֑⁠וֹ וְ⁠הִקְרִיב֖⁠וֹ 1 See how you translated the similar expressions in [1:2](../01/02.md). 3:12 blm6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:5](../01/05.md). -3:13 a245 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וְ⁠סָמַ֤ךְ אֶת־ יָד⁠וֹ֙ עַל־ רֹאשׁ֔⁠וֹ 1 See how you translated this symbolic action in [1:4](../01/04.md). -3:13 ec0k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד 1 See how you translated this expression in [3:8](../03/08.md). +3:13 a245 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וְ⁠סָמַ֤ךְ אֶת־ יָד⁠וֹ֙ עַל־ רֹאשׁ֔⁠וֹ 1 See how you translated this symbolic action in [1:4](../01/04.md). +3:13 ec0k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד 1 See how you translated this expression in [3:8](../03/08.md). 3:13 shc1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ֠⁠זָרְקוּ בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֧ן אֶת־ דָּמ֛⁠וֹ 1 It is implied that **the priests** would catch **the blood** in a bowl as it drained out of the animal. Then they would bring the bowl with the blood in it and present it to Yahweh at the altar. See how you translated this phrase in [1:5](../01/05.md). 3:13 rkkp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֧ן 1 See how you translated this description of the priests in [1:5](../01/05.md). 3:14 j58j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠הִקְרִ֤יב מִמֶּ֨⁠נּוּ֙ 1 The word **he** refers to the worshiper and not to the priests. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And from it, the one offering the sacrifice shall present” @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 3:17 d5fs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis חֻקַּ֤ת עוֹלָם֙ לְ⁠דֹרֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם בְּ⁠כֹ֖ל מֽוֹשְׁבֹתֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 The expression **An enduring statute for your generations in all your dwelling places** leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. It implies that every Israelite should always obey this commandment wherever they live. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “No matter where they live, every generation should always obey this statute” 3:17 viwv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular לְ⁠דֹרֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם בְּ⁠כֹ֖ל מֽוֹשְׁבֹתֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 In this verse, the words **your** and **you** are plural. Yahweh is speaking about everyone who will offer sacrifices, regardless of age or location. If you have been using second-person singular forms in your translation and the switch to the plural form would not be natural in your language, you could continue to use singular forms here. Alternatively, if you have been using third-person forms throughout this chapter, consider using whatever form would be clearest in your language. 3:17 q2wd וְ⁠כָל־ דָּ֖ם 1 Alternate translation: “or consume any blood” -4:intro wrl4 0 #Leviticus 4 General Notes\n\n##Structure and Formatting\nThis chapter begins with a new introduction that continues the narrative framing at the beginning of the book. As such, Leviticus 4:1–5:13 should be taken as a discrete unit, continuing on from Leviticus 1–3.\n\nThis chapter gives instructions on how to offer a sacrifice for unintentional sins, called a **purification offering** because of its ability to purify the sacred space and sacred objects that are dedicated to Yahweh from the impurities generated by unintentional sin. The structure of the chapter offers can be mapped out as follows:\n\n\n- 1) The Purification Offering (4:1–5:13)\n - I. Unintentional Sins (4:1–35)\n - i. scenario #1: The High Priest (4:3–12)\n - ii. scenario #2: The Community (4:13–21)\n - iii. scenario #3: A Leader (4:22–26)\n - iv. scenario #4: An Individual (4:27–35)\n\nThe chapter addresses four hypothetical situations where this kind of sacrifice is needed:\n\n- 1) the high priest unintentionally sins (4:3–12)\n- 2) the whole community unintentionally sins (4:13–21)\n- 3) a leader in the community unintentionally sins (4:22–26)\n- 4) an ordinary individual unintentionally sins (4:27–35)\n - that individual offers a goat (4:27–31)\n - that individual offers a sheep (4:32–35)\n\nAs in Leviticus 1, the instructions offer a detailed outline of the procedure for the sacrifice. The instructed steps include:\n\n- 1) presenting a perfect animal to the priest (4:3, 14)\n - for the high priest, a young bull (4:3)\n - for the community, a young bull (4:13)\n - for the leader, a male goat (4:23)\n - for the individual, a male goat (4:28) or a female sheep (4:32)\n- 2) bringing the animal to the tent of meeting (4:4, 14, 23, 28, 32)\n- 3) laying hands on the animal (4:4, 15, 24, 29, 33)\n- 4) killing the animal (4:4, 15, 24, 29, 33)\n- 5) bringing the blood into the tent of meeting (4:5, 16)\n- 6) sprinkling the blood seven times before Yahweh towards the curtain (4:6, 17)\n- 7) putting some blood on each of the four horns of an altar (4:7, 18, 25, 30, 34)\n - for the high priest and the community, the blood is applied to the horns of the incense altar (4:7, 18)\n - for the leader and the individual, the blood is applied to the horns of the burnt-offering altar (4:25, 30, 34)\n- 8) pouring the rest of the blood out on the base of the burnt-offering altar (4:8, 18, 25, 30, 34)\n- 9) properly butchering the animal into the fat portions (4:9–10, 19–20, 26, 31, 35)\n- 10) burning the fat portions and creating the pleasant-smelling smoke (4:10, 19–20, 26, 31, 35)\n- 11) bringing the rest of the sacrificed animal portions outside the camp to burn them (4:11–12, 21)\n\n##Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n###Unintentional sins\n[INSERT TEXT] \n\n###Guilt\n[INSERT TEXT] \n\n###Sprinkling Blood\n[INSERT TEXT] \n\n\n###The various altars and the sacred curtain\n\n###Disposing of the portions of the sacrifice that are not burned\n[INSERT TEXT] +4:intro wrl4 0 #Leviticus 4 General Notes\n\n##Structure and Formatting\nThis chapter begins with a new introduction that continues the narrative framing at the beginning of the book. As such, Leviticus 4:1–5:13 should be taken as a discrete unit, continuing on from Leviticus 1–3.\n\nThis chapter gives instructions on how to offer a sacrifice for unintentional sins, called a **purification offering** because of its ability to purify the sacred space and sacred objects that are dedicated to Yahweh from the impurities generated by unintentional sin. The structure of the chapter offers can be mapped out as follows:\n\n\n- 1) The Purification Offering (4:1–5:13)\n - I. Unintentional Sins (4:1–35)\n - i. scenario #1: The High Priest (4:3–12)\n - ii. scenario #2: The Community (4:13–21)\n - iii. scenario #3: A Leader (4:22–26)\n - iv. scenario #4: An Individual (4:27–35)\n\nThe chapter addresses four hypothetical situations where this kind of sacrifice is needed:\n\n- 1) the high priest unintentionally sins (4:3–12)\n- 2) the whole community unintentionally sins (4:13–21)\n- 3) a leader in the community unintentionally sins (4:22–26)\n- 4) an ordinary individual unintentionally sins (4:27–35)\n - that individual offers a goat (4:27–31)\n - that individual offers a sheep (4:32–35)\n\nAs in Leviticus 1, the instructions offer a detailed outline of the procedure for the sacrifice. The instructed steps include:\n\n- 1) presenting a perfect animal to the priest (4:3, 14)\n - for the high priest, a young bull (4:3)\n - for the community, a young bull (4:13)\n - for the leader, a male goat (4:23)\n - for the individual, a male goat (4:28) or a female sheep (4:32)\n- 2) bringing the animal to the tent of meeting (4:4, 14, 23, 28, 32)\n- 3) laying hands on the animal (4:4, 15, 24, 29, 33)\n- 4) killing the animal (4:4, 15, 24, 29, 33)\n- 5) bringing the blood into the tent of meeting (4:5, 16)\n- 6) sprinkling the blood seven times before Yahweh towards the curtain (4:6, 17)\n- 7) putting some blood on each of the four horns of an altar (4:7, 18, 25, 30, 34)\n - for the high priest and the community, the blood is applied to the horns of the incense altar (4:7, 18)\n - for the leader and the individual, the blood is applied to the horns of the burnt-offering altar (4:25, 30, 34)\n- 8) pouring the rest of the blood out on the base of the burnt-offering altar (4:8, 18, 25, 30, 34)\n- 9) properly butchering the animal into the fat portions (4:9–10, 19–20, 26, 31, 35)\n- 10) burning the fat portions and creating the pleasant-smelling smoke (4:10, 19–20, 26, 31, 35)\n- 11) bringing the rest of the sacrificed animal portions outside the camp to burn them (4:11–12, 21)\n\n##Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n###Unintentional sins\n[INSERT TEXT] \n\n###Guilt\n[INSERT TEXT] \n\n###Sprinkling Blood\n[INSERT TEXT] \n\n\n###The various altars and the sacred curtain\n\n###Disposing of the portions of the sacrifice that are not burned\n[INSERT TEXT] 4:1 ymeo rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר 1 The word translated **saying** introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language. 4:1-2 vi29 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר & דַּבֵּ֞ר אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֘ל לֵ⁠אמֹר֒ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: “He told Moses to tell the sons of Israel” 4:2 gdkg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֘ל 1 This expression speaks of the people of Israel in the time of Moses as if they were literally the **sons of Israel**. It means that they are the physical and spiritual descendants of Jacob, whose name God changed to Israel. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Israel” @@ -194,23 +194,23 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 4:2 hgnv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹר֒ 1 The word translated **saying** introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language. 4:2 wdps rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations נֶ֗פֶשׁ כִּֽי־תֶחֱטָ֤א 1 Although the word translated **A person** is feminine, it has a generic sense that refers to any person who approaches the tent to make a sacrifice. As the General Introduction to this chapter suggests, the people of Israel are here referred to by using a generic feminine noun, which intentionally balances the use of the generic masculine noun in [1:2](../01/02.md). If your language has a generic word for an individual that is grammatically feminine, consider using it here, or use a generic noun. Alternate translation: “When any person offers” or “When someone offers” 4:2 lnfi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּֽי־תֶחֱטָ֤א בִ⁠שְׁגָגָה֙ מִ⁠כֹּל֙ מִצְוֺ֣ת יְהוָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֖ר לֹ֣א תֵעָשֶׂ֑ינָה 1 The expression **which shall not be done** could refer to: (1) **the commands of Yahweh**, that is, to commandments that proscribe certain actions or behaviors. Alternate translation: “when he sins by mistake from all the commands of Yahweh that say what you should not do” or (2) the act of sinning against God by violating any of **the commands of Yahweh**. Alternate translation: “when he sins by mistake from all the commands of Yahweh, which is something that you should not do” -4:2 yyyi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּֽי־תֶחֱטָ֤א בִ⁠שְׁגָגָה֙ מִ⁠כֹּל֙ מִצְוֺ֣ת יְהוָ֔ה 1 The expression **sins by mistake from any of the commands of Yahweh** could refer to: (1) doing wrong against God by mistakenly not doing something that **the commands of Yahweh** say to do. Alternate translation: “when he sins by mistake, unintentionally not doing something that the commands of Yahweh say you should do” or (2) doing wrong against God by mistakenly doing something that the commands of Yahweh expressly forbid. Alternate translation: “when he sins by mistake by doing something that the commands of Yahweh say you should not do” +4:2 yyyi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּֽי־תֶחֱטָ֤א בִ⁠שְׁגָגָה֙ מִ⁠כֹּל֙ מִצְוֺ֣ת יְהוָ֔ה 1 The expression **sins by mistake from any of the commands of Yahweh** could refer to: (1) doing wrong against God by mistakenly not doing something that **the commands of Yahweh** say to do. Alternate translation: “when he sins by mistake, unintentionally not doing something that the commands of Yahweh say you should do” or (2) doing wrong against God by mistakenly doing something that the commands of Yahweh expressly forbid. Alternate translation: “when he sins by mistake by doing something that the commands of Yahweh say you should not do” 4:2 czo5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry וְ⁠עָשָׂ֕ה מֵ⁠אַחַ֖ת מֵ⁠הֵֽנָּה 1 The expression **from one from them** uses repetition to refer to any individual command from the body of the commands of Yahweh. If your language can use repetition for emphasis in this manner, consider using a similar expression here. If not, then consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and he does any one of them” 4:3 iy0r rc://*/ta/man/grammar-connect-logic-result אִ֣ם הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֧ן הַ⁠מָּשִׁ֛יחַ יֶחֱטָ֖א לְ⁠אַשְׁמַ֣ת הָ⁠עָ֑ם 1 The expression **sins to the guilt of the people** refers to an act of wrongdoing against Yahweh that results in the collective guilt of the people in some way. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate explanation: “if the anointed priest sins in such a way that it causes the people to become guilty” 4:3 jsnr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֧ן הַ⁠מָּשִׁ֛יחַ 1 The **anointed priest** refers to the high priest, or the member of the priest who has been anointed to lead the priesthood. If your language has a similar way of referring to a leading spiritual figure, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “the priest whom Yahweh anointed to be the high priest” 4:3 g1z4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns לְ⁠אַשְׁמַ֣ת הָ⁠עָ֑ם 1 The abstract noun **guilt** refers both to the emotional experience of feeling guilty and to the legal status of having done wrong and needing to offer restitution for the wrongdoing. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **guilt**, you can express the same idea with an adjective. Alternate translation: “so as to cause the people to be guilty” 4:3 dr8l וְ⁠הִקְרִ֡יב 1 Alternate translation: “then he should present” -4:3 l49l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry עַ֣ל חַטָּאת⁠וֹ֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר חָטָ֜א 1 Here, a verb and its object come from the same root. The phrase **he sinned** translates a verb that is related to the noun translated **sin**. The repetition of related words adds emphasis to the statement. If your language can repeat words for emphasis and your language has comparable terms that you can use in your own translation, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation. +4:3 l49l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry עַ֣ל חַטָּאת⁠וֹ֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר חָטָ֜א 1 Here, a verb and its object come from the same root. The phrase **he sinned** translates a verb that is related to the noun translated **sin**. The repetition of related words adds emphasis to the statement. If your language can repeat words for emphasis and your language has comparable terms that you can use in your own translation, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation. 4:3 hev1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown פַּ֣ר 1 A **bull** is a domesticated, adult male ox or bullock. If your language has a word for this animal, consider using it here. If not, then consider using a generic noun. Alternate translation: “a male bovine” 4:3 w2tz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בֶּן־בָּקָ֥ר תָּמִ֛ים 1 The expression **son of** describes a person or animal that shares the essential qualities of something. Here the phrase describes this **bull** as a **son of the cattle** because it is a male animal that shares the essential qualities of the class of domesticated bovines. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use an equivalent idiom from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a perfect male bovine” 4:3 wv3q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown בָּקָ֥ר 1 See how you translated the word **cattle** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “the domesticated bovines” 4:3 oklv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun בָּקָ֥ר 1 The expression **the cattle** does not refer to specific groups of animals. It describes any group of bovines that an Israelite might own. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the cattle that he owns or can buy” 4:3 ixx1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תָּמִ֛ים 1 See how you translated this word in [1:3](../01/03.md). -4:3 hxl6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown לְ⁠חַטָּֽאת׃ 1 As the General Introduction to this chapter discusses, a **sin offering** is a sacrifice that was offered by an individual person or the community as a whole to purify the sacred altar, the sanctuary, and the sacred objects from impurity caused by sin. +4:3 hxl6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown לְ⁠חַטָּֽאת׃ 1 As the General Introduction to this chapter discusses, a **sin offering** is a sacrifice that was offered by an individual person or the community as a whole to purify the sacred altar, the sanctuary, and the sacred objects from impurity caused by sin. 4:4 xx9l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠הֵבִ֣יא אֶת־ הַ⁠פָּ֗ר 1 The pronoun **he** refers to the anointed priest, that is, to the high priest who has unintentionally sinned and made the people guilty. If it would be helpful, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And the anointed priest shall bring the bull” 4:4 z9am rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 See how you translated the expression **to the face of Yahweh** in [1:5](../01/05.md). Alternate translation: “into the presence of Yahweh” or “to the sacred precincts of the tent of meeting where Yahweh lives among the Israelites” -4:4 zy1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וְ⁠סָמַ֤ךְ אֶת־יָד⁠וֹ֙ עַל־רֹ֣אשׁ הַ⁠פָּ֔ר 1 See how you translated this symbolic action in [1:4](../01/04.md). -4:4 yejs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠שָׁחַ֥ט אֶת־הַ⁠פָּ֖ר לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [1:5](../01/05.md). +4:4 zy1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וְ⁠סָמַ֤ךְ אֶת־יָד⁠וֹ֙ עַל־רֹ֣אשׁ הַ⁠פָּ֔ר 1 See how you translated this symbolic action in [1:4](../01/04.md). +4:4 yejs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠שָׁחַ֥ט אֶת־הַ⁠פָּ֖ר לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [1:5](../01/05.md). 4:5 m58i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠לָקַ֛ח הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֥ן הַ⁠מָּשִׁ֖יחַ מִ⁠דַּ֣ם הַ⁠פָּ֑ר 1 It is implied that **the anointed priest** would catch **the blood** in a bowl as it drained out of the bull. Then he would bring the bowl with the blood in it and present it to Yahweh at the altar, before applying it to the altar in the manner that [4:6–7](../04/06.md) describes. If this would not be clear in your language, you could supply this information, here and in later instances in the book. Alternative translation: “After catching the blood in a bowl as it drains from the bull that he slaughtered, the anointed priest shall take some of the blood of the bull” 4:5 i2aa rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֥ן הַ⁠מָּשִׁ֖יחַ 1 See how you translated this way of referring to the high priest in [4:3](../04/03.md). 4:6 hnz4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠הִזָּ֨ה מִן־הַ⁠דָּ֜ם שֶׁ֤בַע פְּעָמִים֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה 1 Here, to sprinkle the blood of the bull **to the face of Yahweh** means to sprinkle the blood in the direction of the **curtain of the holy place**, which separated the worshiper from the Holy of Holies, the location where Yahweh was enthroned above the cherubim on the ark of the covenant. Alternate translation: “and he shall sprinkle some of the blood seven times toward the Holy of Holies, where Yahweh lives among the Israelites” @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 4:11 ovny וְ⁠אֶת־כָּל־בְּשָׂר֔⁠וֹ 1 Alternate translation: “all of the bull’s meat” 4:12 xwxo rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠הוֹצִ֣יא 1 The pronoun **he** cannot refer to the priest making the sacrifice, because this action would cause the priest to become impure. Rather, it refers to another, unspecified Israelite. If it would be helpful in your language, consider using a generic word for a person, as the UST models. Alternate translation: “someone else should bring out” 4:12 qm4z אֶת־כָּל־הַ֠⁠פָּר 1 Alternate translation: “all these pieces of the bull” -4:12 hgo6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶל־שֶׁ֣פֶךְ הַ⁠דֶּ֔שֶׁן & עַל־שֶׁ֥פֶךְ הַ⁠דֶּ֖שֶׁן 1 The **pouring out place of the fatty ashes** is equivalent to the “place of the fatty ashes” referenced in [1:16](../01/16.md). See how you translated the similar phrase there. +4:12 hgo6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶל־שֶׁ֣פֶךְ הַ⁠דֶּ֔שֶׁן & עַל־שֶׁ֥פֶךְ הַ⁠דֶּ֖שֶׁן 1 The **pouring out place of the fatty ashes** is equivalent to the “place of the fatty ashes” referenced in [1:16](../01/16.md). See how you translated the similar phrase there. 4:12 q856 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִשָּׂרֵֽף 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone shall burn it” 4:13 mv5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠נֶעְלַ֣ם דָּבָ֔ר מֵ⁠עֵינֵ֖י הַ⁠קָּהָ֑ל 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and the assembly does not realize that they have sinned” 4:13 y4sp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ֠⁠עָשׂוּ אַחַ֨ת מִ⁠כָּל־מִצְוֺ֧ת יְהוָ֛ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־תֵעָשֶׂ֖ינָה 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [4:2](../04/02.md). @@ -246,21 +246,21 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 4:14 ljz4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֔את אֲשֶׁ֥ר חָטְא֖וּ 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [4:3](../04/03.md). 4:14 m8a5 עָלֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 Alternate translation: “against it” 4:14 vtgc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns עָלֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 The pronoun **it** refers to the commands of Yahweh mentioned in [4:13](../04/13.md). If it would be helpful, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “with regards to the commands of Yahweh” -4:14 jiw5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom פַּ֤ר בֶּן־בָּקָר֙ 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [4:3](../04/03.md). Note how you handled the word **bull**, the idiom **a son of the cattle**, and the generic noun **cattle**. +4:14 jiw5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom פַּ֤ר בֶּן־בָּקָר֙ 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [4:3](../04/03.md). Note how you handled the word **bull**, the idiom **a son of the cattle**, and the generic noun **cattle**. 4:14 lv4s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י אֹ֥הֶל מוֹעֵֽד׃ 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [3:8](../03/08.md). 4:15 fjs3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וְ֠⁠סָמְכוּ זִקְנֵ֨י הָ⁠עֵדָ֧ה אֶת־יְדֵי⁠הֶ֛ם עַל־רֹ֥אשׁ הַ⁠פָּ֖ר 1 See how you translated this symbolic action in [1:4](../01/04.md). 4:15 ukae rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה & לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [1:5](../01/05.md). Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh…in the presence of Yahweh” or “in the sacred precincts of the tent of meeting where Yahweh is…in the sacred precincts of the tent of meeting where Yahweh is” 4:15 kvnu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠שָׁחַ֥ט אֶת־הַ⁠פָּ֖ר 1 The pronoun **he** refers not to the priest, but to an individual member of the **elders of the congregation** mentioned in this verse. If this would be unclear in your language, consider making the subject plain. Alternate translation: “And one of the elders of the congregation shall slaughter the bull” -4:16 l1qd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠הֵבִ֛יא הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֥ן הַ⁠מָּשִׁ֖יחַ מִ⁠דַּ֣ם הַ⁠פָּ֑ר אֶל־אֹ֖הֶל מוֹעֵֽד׃ 1 As in [1:5](../01/05.md), it is implied that the **priest** caught **the blood** in a bowl as the blood drained from the bull. See how you handled the implied information in that verse. +4:16 l1qd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠הֵבִ֛יא הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֥ן הַ⁠מָּשִׁ֖יחַ מִ⁠דַּ֣ם הַ⁠פָּ֑ר אֶל־אֹ֖הֶל מוֹעֵֽד׃ 1 As in [1:5](../01/05.md), it is implied that the **priest** caught **the blood** in a bowl as the blood drained from the bull. See how you handled the implied information in that verse. 4:17 caw8 וְ⁠טָבַ֧ל הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן אֶצְבָּע֖⁠וֹ מִן־הַ⁠דָּ֑ם 1 Alternate translation: “And the priest shall dip his finger in some of the blood” -4:17 zoh0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠הִזָּ֞ה שֶׁ֤בַע פְּעָמִים֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה אֵ֖ת פְּנֵ֥י הַ⁠פָּרֹֽכֶת 1 See how you translated these expressions in [4:6](../04/06.md). +4:17 zoh0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠הִזָּ֞ה שֶׁ֤בַע פְּעָמִים֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה אֵ֖ת פְּנֵ֥י הַ⁠פָּרֹֽכֶת 1 See how you translated these expressions in [4:6](../04/06.md). 4:18 tsse rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns יִתֵּ֣ן & יִשְׁפֹּךְ֙ 1 Here and in the verses [4:18–20](../04/18.md), the pronoun **he** refers to the priest. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “the priest shall put … the priest shall pour out” 4:18 q6nm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וּ⁠מִן־הַ⁠דָּ֞ם יִתֵּ֣ן ׀ עַל־קַרְנֹ֣ת הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֗חַ 1 The expression **he shall give ... on** is an idiom that means to put **some of the blood** onto **the horns of the altar**. If your language has a similar idiom, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “And he shall put some of the blood onto the horns of the altar” -4:18 xn3f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown קַרְנֹ֣ת הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֗חַ 1 See how you translated this expression in [4:7](../04/07.md). -4:18 c8oi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֗חַ אֲשֶׁר֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֖ר בְּ⁠אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד 1 The **altar that is to the face of Yahweh, which is in the tent of meeting** is identical to the “altar of incense of the spices” referenced in [4:7](../04/07.md). See how you translated these expressions there. +4:18 xn3f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown קַרְנֹ֣ת הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֗חַ 1 See how you translated this expression in [4:7](../04/07.md). +4:18 c8oi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֗חַ אֲשֶׁר֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֖ר בְּ⁠אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד 1 The **altar that is to the face of Yahweh, which is in the tent of meeting** is identical to the “altar of incense of the spices” referenced in [4:7](../04/07.md). See how you translated these expressions there. 4:18 ni6l וְ⁠אֵ֣ת כָּל־הַ⁠דָּ֗ם 1 Alternate translation: “And the remaining blood of the bull” 4:19 wo2s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠אֵ֥ת כָּל־חֶלְבּ֖⁠וֹ 1 The expression **all of its fat** refers to the portions of the bull’s fat and internal organs as described in [4:8–9](../04/08.md). If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And all of the bull’s fat, including the fat covering over the innards, all the fat that is on the innards, the two kidneys, the fat that is on them that is near the loins, and the lobe on the liver” -4:19 t3pe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יָרִ֣ים מִמֶּ֑⁠נּוּ 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [4:8](../04/08.md). +4:19 t3pe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יָרִ֣ים מִמֶּ֑⁠נּוּ 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [4:8](../04/08.md). 4:19 shyt rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns יָרִ֣ים מִמֶּ֑⁠נּוּ 1 Although it is ambiguous, unlike [4:8](../04/08.md), here the pronoun **he** likely refers to the individual member of “the elders of the congregation” who slaughtered the bull in [4:15](../04/15.md) and not to the priest. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “the elder of the congregation who slaughtered the animal shall lift up from it” 4:19 bbhn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠הִקְטִ֖יר הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּֽחָ⁠ה 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [1:9](../01/09.md). 4:19 hk6r rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry יָרִ֣ים מִמֶּ֑⁠נּוּ 1 Here, **he** refers to the priest and not to the worshiper. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “the priest shall lift up from it” @@ -280,13 +280,13 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 4:23 g4fd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive אֽוֹ־הוֹדַ֤ע אֵלָי⁠ו֙ חַטָּאת֔⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר חָטָ֖א בָּ֑⁠הּ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “or he becomes aware of the sin that he sinned” 4:23 r7o2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession שְׂעִ֥יר עִזִּ֖ים 1 The expression **a buck of the goats** refers to a male goat that belongs to the class of animals also called goats. If your language possesses a specific term for a male goat, consider using it here, or use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “a male goat” 4:23 jvon rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun עִזִּ֖ים 1 The expression **the goats** does not refer to a specific group of animals. Rather, it refers to any goats that an Israelite might own. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the goats that he owns or can buy” -4:23 lvq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תָּמִֽים׃ 1 See how you translated this term in [1:3](../01/03.md). +4:23 lvq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תָּמִֽים׃ 1 See how you translated this term in [1:3](../01/03.md). 4:24 q1kq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠סָמַ֤ךְ & וְ⁠שָׁחַ֣ט 1 The pronoun **he** here refers to the “leader” whose unintentional sin requires a purification offering (see [4:22](../04/22.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And the leader shall lay … and the leader shall slaughter” 4:24 aby2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וְ⁠סָמַ֤ךְ יָד⁠וֹ֙ עַל־רֹ֣אשׁ הַ⁠שָּׂעִ֔יר 1 See how you translated this symbolic action in [1:4](../01/04.md). 4:24 z9vz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns בִּ⁠מְק֛וֹם אֲשֶׁר־יִשְׁחַ֥ט אֶת־הָ⁠עֹלָ֖ה 1 The pronoun **he** does not refer specifically to the leader whose purification offering the current section discusses, but here refers generally to any person who offers a burnt offering. If it would be helpful in your language, consider using a generic word for a person to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “in the place where someone might slaughter the burnt offering” 4:24 zee3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:5](../01/05.md). -4:25 wnl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠לָקַ֨ח הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֜ן מִ⁠דַּ֤ם הַֽ⁠חַטָּאת֙ 1 As before, it is implied that **the priest** will catch **the blood** in a bowl as the blood drains from the goat. See how you translated this expression in [1:5](../01/05.md). -4:25 jlby rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠נָתַ֕ן עַל־קַרְנֹ֖ת מִזְבַּ֣ח הָ⁠עֹלָ֑ה 1 See how you translated this idiom in [4:7](../04/07.md). +4:25 wnl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠לָקַ֨ח הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֜ן מִ⁠דַּ֤ם הַֽ⁠חַטָּאת֙ 1 As before, it is implied that **the priest** will catch **the blood** in a bowl as the blood drains from the goat. See how you translated this expression in [1:5](../01/05.md). +4:25 jlby rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠נָתַ֕ן עַל־קַרְנֹ֖ת מִזְבַּ֣ח הָ⁠עֹלָ֑ה 1 See how you translated this idiom in [4:7](../04/07.md). 4:25 hd5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit קַרְנֹ֖ת מִזְבַּ֣ח 1 While noting that here the priest drips **the blood** on the horns of the altar of the burnt offering rather than on the horns of the altar of fragrant incense, see how you translated these expressions in [4:7](../04/07.md) and [4:18](../04/18.md). 4:25 chb1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠אֶת־דָּמ֣⁠וֹ 1 As in [4:7](../04/07.md), the phrase **its blood** refers to the blood that remains after applying some of the blood to the horns of the altar. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And the remaining blood of the goat” 4:26 sgvn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠אֶת־כָּל־חֶלְבּ⁠וֹ֙ 1 The phrase **all of its fat** refers to the fat portions of the goat described in the instructions for peace offerings in [3:14–15](../03/14.md). If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And all of the goat’s fat, including the fat covering the innards, all the fat that is on the innards, the two kidneys, the fat that is on them that is by the loins, and the lobe on the liver” @@ -301,30 +301,30 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 4:28 barn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry חַטָּאת֖⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֣ר חָטָ֑א & עַל־חַטָּאת֖⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר חָטָֽא׃ 1 Here, words are being repeated for emphasis. See how you translated the similar phrase in [4:23](../04/23.md). 4:28 al2q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הוֹדַ֣ע אֵלָ֔י⁠ו חַטָּאת֖⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֣ר חָטָ֑א 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he becomes aware of the sin that he sinned” 4:28 mgqk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession שְׂעִירַ֤ת עִזִּים֙ 1 The expression **a doe of the goats** refers to a female goat that belongs to the class of animals also called goats. If your language possesses a specific term for a female goat, consider using it here, or use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “a female goat” or “a she-goat” -4:28 n2ns rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun עִזִּים֙ 1 See how you translated this expression in [4:23](../04/23.md). -4:28 b3et rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תְּמִימָ֣ה 1 See how you translated this term in [1:3](../01/03.md). +4:28 n2ns rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun עִזִּים֙ 1 See how you translated this expression in [4:23](../04/23.md). +4:28 b3et rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תְּמִימָ֣ה 1 See how you translated this term in [1:3](../01/03.md). 4:29 rup1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וְ⁠סָמַךְ֙ אֶת־ יָד֔⁠וֹ עַ֖ל רֹ֣אשׁ 1 See how you translated this symbolic action in [1:4](../01/04.md). 4:29 hqed rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בִּ⁠מְק֖וֹם הָ⁠עֹלָֽה 1 The **place of the burnt offering** is identical to “the place where he slaughters the burnt offering to the face of Yahweh” in [4:24](../04/24.md). If this is unclear in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “in the location where people slaughter the burnt offering” 4:30 su7w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠לָקַ֨ח הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֤ן מִ⁠דָּמָ⁠הּ֙ בְּ⁠אֶצְבָּע֔⁠וֹ 1 As before, it is implied that **the priest** will catch **the blood** in a bowl as the blood drains from the goat. See how you translated this expression in [1:5](../01/05.md). -4:30 avro rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠נָתַ֕ן עַל־קַרְנֹ֖ת מִזְבַּ֣ח הָ⁠עֹלָ֑ה 1 See how you translated this idiom in [4:7](../04/07.md). -4:30 zr2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit קַרְנֹ֖ת מִזְבַּ֣ח הָ⁠עֹלָ֑ה 1 See how you handled this expression in [4:25](../04/25.md). -4:30 dqv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠נָתַ֕ן עַל־קַרְנֹ֖ת מִזְבַּ֣ח הָ⁠עֹלָ֑ה 1 See how you translated the similar idiom in [4:7](../04/07.md). +4:30 avro rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠נָתַ֕ן עַל־קַרְנֹ֖ת מִזְבַּ֣ח הָ⁠עֹלָ֑ה 1 See how you translated this idiom in [4:7](../04/07.md). +4:30 zr2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit קַרְנֹ֖ת מִזְבַּ֣ח הָ⁠עֹלָ֑ה 1 See how you handled this expression in [4:25](../04/25.md). +4:30 dqv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠נָתַ֕ן עַל־קַרְנֹ֖ת מִזְבַּ֣ח הָ⁠עֹלָ֑ה 1 See how you translated the similar idiom in [4:7](../04/07.md). 4:30 k9y4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠אֶת־כָּל־דָּמָ֣⁠הּ 1 The phrase **all the blood of the bull** refers to the blood that remains after applying the blood to the **horns of the altar**. If this would be unclear in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And the remaining blood of the goat” 4:30 kqw2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶל־יְס֖וֹד הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּֽחַ 1 Although unspecified, it is likely that the **altar** mentioned here is the same **altar of the burnt offering** that is referred to in this verse, which is also the place where **the blood** of the sacrificial animal is poured out in the similar expressions in [4:7](../04/07.md), [4:18](../04/18.md), [4:25](../04/25.md), and [4:30](../04/30.md). If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the identity of the altar explicit or using an identifying adjective as the UST models. Alternate translation: “at the base of the altar of the burnt offering” 4:31 m5yu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠אֶת־כָּל־חֶלְבָּ֣⁠הּ 1 As in [4:26](../04/26.md), the phrase **all of its fat** refers to the fat portions of the goat described in the instructions for peace offerings in [3:14–15](../03/14.md). If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And all of the goat’s fat, including the fat covering the innards, all the fat that is on the innards, the two kidneys, the fat that is on them that is by the loins, and the lobe on the liver” 4:31 hmu3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns יָסִ֗יר 1 As in [4:20](../04/20.md), here, **he** refers to the individual offering the sacrifice, not to the priest. If this would be unclear in your language, consider making the subject explicit. Alternate translation: “the person offering the purification offering shall remove” 4:31 x3cz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר הוּסַ֣ר חֵלֶב֮ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “just as a person would remove the fat” 4:31 lo98 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר הוּסַ֣ר חֵלֶב֮ מֵ⁠עַ֣ל זֶ֣בַח הַ⁠שְּׁלָמִים֒ 1 As in [4:10](../04/10.md), the author of Leviticus does not use the present tense here to describe contemporaneous or ongoing action, as if he is here referring to a specific instance where an individual is preparing a peace offering. Rather, the present tense is being used both to describe an action that was previously described in the book of Leviticus and to depict a hypothetical situation. If it would be helpful in your language, consider choosing language that makes it plain that the author is not referring to specific past actions. Alternate translation: “in the same manner as the fat would be removed from the sacrifice of the peace offerings” -4:31 y4ug rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠הִקְטִ֤יר הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חָ⁠ה 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [1:9](../01/09.md). -4:31 f423 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠כִפֶּ֥ר עָלָ֛י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן 1 See how you handled this expression involving an abstract noun in [1:4](../01/04.md) and [4:20](../04/20.md). +4:31 y4ug rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠הִקְטִ֤יר הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חָ⁠ה 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [1:9](../01/09.md). +4:31 f423 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠כִפֶּ֥ר עָלָ֛י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן 1 See how you handled this expression involving an abstract noun in [1:4](../01/04.md) and [4:20](../04/20.md). 4:31 rty9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִסְלַ֥ח לֽ⁠וֹ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh will forgive the inidivual’s sins” 4:32 fcuy rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠אִם־כֶּ֛בֶשׂ יָבִ֥יא קָרְבָּנ֖⁠וֹ 1 Here the pronouns **he** and **his** refer to the individual from the people of the land referred to in [4:27–28](../04/27.md). If it would be unclear in your language that these words refer to the same individual as the previous section, consider making the subject explicit. Alternate translation: “But if that individual brings a lamb as his offering” -4:32 sqnk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תְמִימָ֖ה 1 See how you translated this term in [1:3](../01/03.md). -4:33 gp8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וְ⁠סָמַךְ֙ אֶת־יָד֔⁠וֹ עַ֖ל רֹ֣אשׁ הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֑את 1 See how you translated this symbolic action in [1:4](../01/04.md). +4:32 sqnk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תְמִימָ֖ה 1 See how you translated this term in [1:3](../01/03.md). +4:33 gp8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וְ⁠סָמַךְ֙ אֶת־יָד֔⁠וֹ עַ֖ל רֹ֣אשׁ הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֑את 1 See how you translated this symbolic action in [1:4](../01/04.md). 4:33 n4w5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns בִּ⁠מְק֕וֹם אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִשְׁחַ֖ט אֶת־הָ⁠עֹלָֽה׃ 1 As in [4:24](../04/24.md), **he** does not refer specifically to the individual whose purification offering the current section discusses, but refers generally to any person who kills an animal in order to offer a burnt offering. If it would be helpful in your language, consider using a generic word for a person to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “in the location where someone would slaughter the burnt offering” -4:34 swdg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠לָקַ֨ח הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֜ן מִ⁠דַּ֤ם הַֽ⁠חַטָּאת֙ בְּ⁠אֶצְבָּע֔⁠וֹ 1 See how you handled the information implied in the similar expressions in [4:5](../04/05.md). -4:34 th46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠נָתַ֕ן עַל־קַרְנֹ֖ת מִזְבַּ֣ח הָ⁠עֹלָ֑ה 1 See how you translated the similar idiom in [4:7](../04/07.md). -4:34 l4b7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit קַרְנֹ֖ת מִזְבַּ֣ח הָ⁠עֹלָ֑ה 1 See how you handled this expression in [4:25](../04/25.md) and [4:30](../04/30.md). +4:34 swdg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠לָקַ֨ח הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֜ן מִ⁠דַּ֤ם הַֽ⁠חַטָּאת֙ בְּ⁠אֶצְבָּע֔⁠וֹ 1 See how you handled the information implied in the similar expressions in [4:5](../04/05.md). +4:34 th46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠נָתַ֕ן עַל־קַרְנֹ֖ת מִזְבַּ֣ח הָ⁠עֹלָ֑ה 1 See how you translated the similar idiom in [4:7](../04/07.md). +4:34 l4b7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit קַרְנֹ֖ת מִזְבַּ֣ח הָ⁠עֹלָ֑ה 1 See how you handled this expression in [4:25](../04/25.md) and [4:30](../04/30.md). 4:34 k2b9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠אֶת־כָּל־דָּמָ֣⁠הּ 1 See how you translated this expression in [4:30](../04/30.md). Alternate translation: “And all the remaining blood” 4:34 iq0o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶל־יְס֖וֹד הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּֽחַ׃ 1 Although unspecified, it is likely that the **altar** mentioned here is the same **altar of the burnt offering** that is referred to in this verse, which is also the place where **the blood** of the sacrificial animal is poured out in the similar expressions in [4:7](../04/07.md), [4:18](../04/18.md), [4:25](../04/25.md), and [4:30](../04/30.md). If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the identity of the altar explicit, or using an identifying adjective as the UST models. Alternate translation: “toward the base of the altar of the burnt offering” 4:35 pl3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠אֶת־כָּל־חֶלְבָּ֣⁠ה 1 As in [4:26](../04/26.md) and [4:31](../04/31.md), the phrase **all of its fat** refers to the fat portions of the lamb described in the instructions for peace offerings in [3:9–10](../03/09.md). If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And all of the lamb’s fat, including the entire fatty tail, the fat covering the innards, all the fat that is on the innards, the two kidneys, the fat that is on them that is by the loins, and the lobe on the liver” @@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 5:2 a2xy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠אָשֵֽׁם 1 Here, to become **guilty** means both to feel the internal sense of having done wrong and to enter into a legal state of needing to make reparations for wrongdoing, whether intentional or unintentional. As the General Introduction to the chapter discusses, this kind of guilt resulted in the need for the **guilt offering**, by which a person atoned for himself and made reparation for the impurity that he brought into the sacred space by his wrongdoing. Alternate translation: “and he needs to make reparations for his wrongdoing” 5:3 kp8s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns א֣וֹ כִ֤י יִגַּע֙ בְּ⁠טֻמְאַ֣ת אָדָ֔ם 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **uncleanness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Or if he touches a human body in a way that makes pollutes him” 5:3 dmsx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּ⁠טֻמְאַ֣ת אָדָ֔ם 1 The expression **the uncleanness of a man** uses the possessive form to refer to the uncleanness that is acquired from a human source. Alternate translation: “the uncleanness that comes from a person” -5:3 fuj0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry לְ⁠כֹל֙ טֻמְאָת֔⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִטְמָ֖א בָּ֑⁠הּ 1 Here, a verb and its object come from the same root. The phrase **he becomes unclean** translates a verb that is related to the noun translated **uncleanness**. The repetition of related words adds emphasis to the statement. If your language can repeat words for emphasis and your language has comparable terms that you can use in your own translation, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation. +5:3 fuj0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry לְ⁠כֹל֙ טֻמְאָת֔⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִטְמָ֖א בָּ֑⁠הּ 1 Here, a verb and its object come from the same root. The phrase **he becomes unclean** translates a verb that is related to the noun translated **uncleanness**. The repetition of related words adds emphasis to the statement. If your language can repeat words for emphasis and your language has comparable terms that you can use in your own translation, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation. 5:3 ymu7 לְ⁠כֹל֙ טֻמְאָת֔⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִטְמָ֖א בָּ֑⁠הּ 1 Alternate translation: “with regard to all of a person's sins by which he sins” 5:3 twrx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns לְ⁠כֹל֙ טֻמְאָת֔⁠וֹ 1 The pronoun **his** refers to the **man** mentioned earlier in the verse, which, although masculine, has a generic sense that refers to any human being, whether living or dead. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “with regard to any uncleanness that comes from a human being, whether living or dead” 5:3 b9ah rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּ⁠טֻמְאַ֣ת & טֻמְאָת֔⁠וֹ & יִטְמָ֖א 1 See how you translated these words in [5:2](../05/02.md). @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 5:4 l73y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לְ⁠בַטֵּ֨א בִ⁠שְׂפָתַ֜יִם 1 Here, **with two lips** refers to the words that the person speaks. Alternate translation: “by speaking rashly with their words” 5:4 x743 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations לְ֠⁠כֹל אֲשֶׁ֨ר יְבַטֵּ֧א הָ⁠אָדָ֛ם בִּ⁠שְׁבֻעָ֖ה 1 Although the word **man** is masculine, it has a generic sense that refers to any person who speaks rashly while swearing an oath. If your language has a generic word for an individual that is grammatically feminine, consider using it here, or use a generic noun. Alternate translation: “with regard to everything that a person speaks rashly in an oath” 5:4 nre6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠נֶעְלַ֣ם מִמֶּ֑⁠נּוּ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and he does not realize it” or “and he does not know about it” -5:4 tdo9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns וְ⁠הוּא־יָדַ֥ע 1 See how you translated this expression in [5:3](../05/03.md). +5:4 tdo9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns וְ⁠הוּא־יָדַ֥ע 1 See how you translated this expression in [5:3](../05/03.md). 5:4 pftx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְ⁠אַחַ֥ת מֵ⁠אֵֽלֶּה 1 The phrase **from these things** refers to the ways of sinning unintentionally, as described in [5:1–4](../05/01.md). 5:5 nt5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְ⁠אַחַ֣ת מֵ⁠אֵ֑לֶּה 1 See how you translated this expression in [5:4](../05/04.md). 5:5 zzqr rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠הִ֨תְוַדָּ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר חָטָ֖א עָלֶֽי⁠הָ׃ 1 As in [4:14](../04/14.md), the phrase **regarding it** refers to the commands of Yahweh mentioned in [4:13](../04/13.md). If it would be helpful, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “then he shall confess that he sinned with regard to the commands of Yahweh” @@ -395,28 +395,28 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 5:11 id4p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְ⁠הֵבִ֨יא אֶת־קָרְבָּנ֜⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֣ר חָטָ֗א 1 As in [5:7](../05/07.md), the expression **his offering that he sinned** is an abbreviated form of the similar phrase found in [5:6](../05/06.md) and leaves out some words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful, you could supply the missing words from [5:6](../05/06.md). Alternate translation: “then he shall bring his offering for his sin that he sinned” 5:11 cq1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume עֲשִׂירִ֧ת הָ⁠אֵפָ֛ה סֹ֖לֶת 1 An **ephah** is an ancient measurement of volume equivalent to approximately 22.8 liters. Consequently, a **tenth of an ephah** is a little more than two liters. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the equivalent modern measurement in your translation or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “about two liters of flour” 5:11 lta4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction עֲשִׂירִ֧ת 1 A **tenth** is one part out of ten equal parts. -5:11 eq3q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠לֹא־יִתֵּ֤ן עָלֶ֨י⁠הָ֙ לְבֹנָ֔ה 1 See how you translated the idiom in the similar expression in [2:15](../02/15.md). +5:11 eq3q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠לֹא־יִתֵּ֤ן עָלֶ֨י⁠הָ֙ לְבֹנָ֔ה 1 See how you translated the idiom in the similar expression in [2:15](../02/15.md). 5:11 opzs rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֥י חַטָּ֖את הִֽיא 1 The word **for** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period preceding: “This is because this flour is being offered as a sin offering” 5:12 hn99 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וֶ⁠הֱבִיאָ⁠הּ֮ 1 The pronoun **it** refers to the tenth of an ephah of flour mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And he shall bring the tenth of an ephah of flour” -5:12 f7f8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry וְ⁠קָמַ֣ץ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֣ן ׀ מִ֠מֶּ⁠נָּה מְל֨וֹא קֻמְצ֜⁠וֹ 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [2:2](../02/02.md). +5:12 f7f8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry וְ⁠קָמַ֣ץ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֣ן ׀ מִ֠מֶּ⁠נָּה מְל֨וֹא קֻמְצ֜⁠וֹ 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [2:2](../02/02.md). 5:12 vzu4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠הִקְטִ֣יר הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חָ⁠ה 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [1:9](../01/09.md). 5:13 g136 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠כִפֶּר֩ עָלָ֨י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֜ן 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [1:4](../01/04.md). 5:13 o7ad rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עַל־חַטָּאת֧⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁר־חָטָ֛א מֵֽ⁠אַחַ֥ת מֵ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה 1 The expression **from one from these** refers to the commandments of Yahweh that the individual sinned and violated in the ways described in [5:1–4](../05/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “for his sin that he sinned with regard to one of these ways of violating Yahweh's commandments about ways a person can unintentionally become guilty” 5:13 vf2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry עַל־חַטָּאת֧⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁר־חָטָ֛א 1 See how you translated these poetically repeated terms in [4:27](../04/27.md) and [4:35](../04/35.md) and the similar expression in [5:6](../05/06.md). -5:13 dncf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry מֵֽ⁠אַחַ֥ת מֵ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [4:2](../04/02.md). -5:13 zpm8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִסְלַ֣ח ל֑⁠וֹ 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [4:20](../04/20.md). +5:13 dncf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry מֵֽ⁠אַחַ֥ת מֵ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [4:2](../04/02.md). +5:13 zpm8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִסְלַ֣ח ל֑⁠וֹ 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [4:20](../04/20.md). 5:13 jpzd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠הָיְתָ֥ה לַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן 1 The expression **it will be for the priest** means that the portion of the tenth of an ephah of flour that is not burned as part of the memorial portion (as described in [5:12](../05/12.md)) should belong to the priest performing the sacrifice as his food, just as is the case with the portion of the **grain offering** that is not burnt as part of the memorial portion. Alternate translation: “And the remaining portion of the flour that was not burned as part of the memorial portion shall belong to the priest as his food” 5:14 ymzk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר 1 The word translated **saying** introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language. 5:15 at39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations נֶ֚פֶשׁ כִּֽי־ תִמְעֹ֣ל 1 As in [5:1](../05/01.md) and [5:2](../05/02.md), although the word translated **A person** is feminine, it has a generic sense that refers to any person who approaches the tent to make a sacrifice. If your language has a generic word for an individual that is grammatically feminine, consider using it here, or use a generic noun. See how you handled the similar phrase in [2:1](../02/01.md) and [4:1](../04/01.md). Alternate translation: “When any person trespasses” or “When someone trespasses” 5:15 sst7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry תִמְעֹ֣ל מַ֔עַל 1 Here, a verb and its object come from the same root. The phrase **he trespasses** translates a verb that is related to the noun translated **trespass**. The repetition of related words adds emphasis to the statement. If your language can repeat words for emphasis and your language has comparable terms that you can use in your own translation, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation. 5:15 peon rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠חָֽטְאָה֙ בִּ⁠שְׁגָגָ֔ה מִ⁠קָּדְשֵׁ֖י יְהוָ֑ה 1 The expression **sins by mistake from the holy things of Yahweh** means to violate Yahweh's commands regarding the proper treatment of the sacred space and the sacred objects related to the worship of Yahweh. If it would be helpful, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “and he sins by mistake with regard to Yahweh's commandments about how to behave in the sacred space and handle the sacred objects consecrated to Yahweh” -5:15 mcd6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠חָֽטְאָה֙ בִּ⁠שְׁגָגָ֔ה 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [4:2](../04/02.md). +5:15 mcd6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠חָֽטְאָה֙ בִּ⁠שְׁגָגָ֔ה 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [4:2](../04/02.md). 5:15 vtk9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠הֵבִיא֩ אֶת־אֲשָׁמ֨⁠וֹ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֜ה 1 Here, to **bring** the required sacrifice **to Yahweh** refers to carrying the sacrifice to the altar that is located at the entrance of the tent of meeting, as described with the other sacrificial processes in the previous chapters. Because the tent of meeting was where Yahweh lived among the Israelites, taking the offering to the altar is considered the same as bringing it directly to Yahweh himself. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “then he shall bring his guilt to the altar that is located inside the tent of meeting, where Yahweh lives among the Israelites” 5:15 yhj6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠הֵבִיא֩ אֶת־אֲשָׁמ֨⁠וֹ 1 As in [5:6](../05/06.md) and [5:7](../05/07.md), here, **his guilt** does not refer to the legal status of guilt but to the required penalty for that person’s guilt, that is, the sacrifice that will provide atonement for the individual’s guilt that he acquired by sinning unintentionally. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “then he shall bring the sacrifice required to make restitution for his guilt” -5:15 sx6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תָּמִ֣ים 1 See how you translated this term in [1:3](../01/03.md). -5:15 gfnv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun מִן־הַ⁠צֹּ֗אן 1 See how you translated this expression in [5:6](../05/06.md). +5:15 sx6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תָּמִ֣ים 1 See how you translated this term in [1:3](../01/03.md). +5:15 gfnv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun מִן־הַ⁠צֹּ֗אן 1 See how you translated this expression in [5:6](../05/06.md). 5:15 cjex rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּ⁠עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֛ 1 The expression **in your valuation** refers to the process of determining the monetary value of the ram described in this verse through the use of weights, using **the shekel of the holy place** as a base measurement. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating this plainly. Alternate translation: “along with your assessment of the value of the ram in silver” -5:15 hf2x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd בְּ⁠עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֛ 1 Even though Yahweh is speaking to a group of people, the pronoun **you** is singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation. +5:15 hf2x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd בְּ⁠עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֛ 1 Even though Yahweh is speaking to a group of people, the pronoun **you** is singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation. 5:15 nwrl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney בְּ⁠עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֛ כֶּֽסֶף־שְׁקָלִ֥ים בְּ⁠שֶֽׁקֶל־הַ⁠קֹּ֖דֶשׁ 1 The **silver shekel** that was used in **the holy place** was an ancient measurement of the weight of silver that functioned as a currency, equivalent to approximately 10 grams or two-fifths of an ounce of silver. You could try to express this amount in terms of the current monetary value of silver, but that might cause your translation to become outdated and inaccurate since those values can change over time. Instead, consider using a generic phrase. Alternate translation: “in your valuation, the standard weight of silver that is used by the priests in the holy place” 5:15 rptx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַ⁠קֹּ֖דֶשׁ 1 The **holy place** is another way of saying the precincts of the sacred tent where Yahweh lived among the Israelites. If it would be helpful, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “the holy space of the sacred tent where Yahweh lives among the Israelites” 5:15 ozia rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown לְ⁠אָשָֽׁם 1 As the General Introduction to this chapter discusses, the **guilt offering** was a special kind of sacrifice that made restitution for the desecrated object that was was mishandled by the individual who sinned unintentionally with regard to the sacred objects consecrated to Yahweh. @@ -430,19 +430,19 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 5:16 geu2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּ⁠אֵ֥יל הָ⁠אָשָׁ֖ם 1 Here, the expression **the ram of the guilt offering** uses the possessive form to describe a **ram** that is characterized by its use as a **guilt offering**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could state the meaning generically. Alternate translation: “with the ram that the individual offers as a guilt offering” 5:16 c61p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִסְלַ֥ח לֽ⁠וֹ 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [4:20](../04/20.md). 5:17 r03h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations וְ⁠אִם־נֶ֨פֶשׁ֙ כִּ֣י תֶֽחֱטָ֔א 1 See how you handled the similar expression in [5:1](../05/01.md), [5:2](../05/02.md), and [5:14](../05/14.md). Alternate translation: “And when anyone sins” or “And when someone sins” -5:17 aht3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠עָֽשְׂתָ֗ה אַחַת֙ מִ⁠כָּל־מִצְוֺ֣ת יְהוָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֖ר לֹ֣א תֵעָשֶׂ֑ינָה 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [4:22](../04/22.md). +5:17 aht3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠עָֽשְׂתָ֗ה אַחַת֙ מִ⁠כָּל־מִצְוֺ֣ת יְהוָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֖ר לֹ֣א תֵעָשֶׂ֑ינָה 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [4:22](../04/22.md). 5:17 onsa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠אָשֵׁ֖ם 1 See how you translated this expression in [5:2](../05/02.md). 5:17 kv1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠נָשָׂ֥א עֲוֺנֽ⁠וֹ 1 See how you handled both this idiom and the abstract noun in [5:1](../05/01.md). -5:18 w18m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun אַ֣יִל תָּמִ֧ים מִן־הַ⁠צֹּ֛אן 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [5:15](../05/15.md). -5:18 wdm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּ⁠עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֥ 1 See how you translated this expression in [5:15](../05/15.md). -5:18 a3a9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown לְ⁠אָשָׁ֖ם 1 See how your translated this term in [5:15](../05/15.md). +5:18 w18m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun אַ֣יִל תָּמִ֧ים מִן־הַ⁠צֹּ֛אן 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [5:15](../05/15.md). +5:18 wdm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּ⁠עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֥ 1 See how you translated this expression in [5:15](../05/15.md). +5:18 a3a9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown לְ⁠אָשָׁ֖ם 1 See how your translated this term in [5:15](../05/15.md). 5:18 pf98 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠כִפֶּר֩ עָלָ֨י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֜ן 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [1:4](../01/04.md). 5:18 vzbp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry עַ֣ל שִׁגְגָת֧⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁר־שָׁגָ֛ג 1 Here, a verb and its object come from the same root. The phrase **he mistook** translates a verb that is related to the noun translated **mistake**. The repetition of related words adds emphasis to the statement. If your language can repeat words for emphasis and your language has comparable terms that you can use in your own translation, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation. If not, consider using a generic expression: “for his unintentional mistake” 5:18 w9fo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠ה֥וּא לֹֽא־יָדַ֖ע 1 This phrase is a parenthetical aside that functions to provide essential background information for the current thought. That the individual **himself did not know** clarifies that he has done wrong without knowing it, as opposed to flagrantly defying Yahweh’s commandments (that is, the “sin with a high hand”). Alternate translation: “but he was unaware” 5:18 irws rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns וְ⁠ה֥וּא לֹֽא־יָדַ֖ע 1 This expression uses the reflexive pronoun **himself** to emphasize how significant it was that the person who previously was unaware of their unintentional sin has now come to realize what they had done. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: “but even he did not know” 5:18 xtjs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְ⁠ה֥וּא לֹֽא־יָדַ֖ע 1 This expression leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but he himself did not know that he had previously made this mistake” 5:18 t3jx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִסְלַ֥ח לֽ⁠וֹ 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [4:20](../04/20.md). -5:19 uez7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אָשָׁ֖ם 1 See how you translated this term in [5:15](../05/15.md). +5:19 uez7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אָשָׁ֖ם 1 See how you translated this term in [5:15](../05/15.md). 5:19 sa8m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication אָשֹׁ֥ם אָשַׁ֖ם לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 The expression **being guilty, he is guilty** translates a verb that is repeated for emphasis. If your language can repeat words for emphasis, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation. Alternate translation: “Yahweh certainly considers him guilty” 6:intro yt3w Missing General Notes 0 # Leviticus 6 General Notes 6:1 fi2o rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר 1 The word translated **saying** introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language. @@ -495,12 +495,12 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 6:9 jopw rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown עַל֩ מוֹקְדָ֨ה עַל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֤חַ 1 The **hearth** of **the altar** refers to the flat top of the altar where the sacrifices would be placed on top of burning coals or wood. As such, the expression **on the hearth** and **on the altar** mean basically the same thing. The second expression emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word that shows that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “on the top of the altar where the burning wood and coals are” 6:9 a961 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠אֵ֥שׁ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֖חַ תּ֥וּקַד בּֽ⁠וֹ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And the priests should keep the fire of the altar burning” 6:9 kjwz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְ⁠אֵ֥שׁ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֖חַ 1 Here, the expression **the fire of the altar** uses the possessive form to describe **fire** that is located on **altar**. Alternate translation: “And the fire that is on top of the altar” -6:10 ko21 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִדּ֣⁠וֹ בַ֗ד 1 This **linen robe** is described in [Exodus 28:1–5](../exod/28/01.md) and [Exod 28:31–35](../exod/28/31.md). It was a blue linen robe made of one piece of fabric, covered in a design of blue, purple, and scarlet pomegranates, and included gold bells on the hem. If your language has a term for a special outer garment, especially in religious contexts, consider using it here. +6:10 ko21 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִדּ֣⁠וֹ בַ֗ד 1 This **linen robe** is described in [Exodus 28:1–5](../exo/28/01.md) and [Exod 28:31–35](../exo/28/31.md). It was a blue linen robe made of one piece of fabric, covered in a design of blue, purple, and scarlet pomegranates, and included gold bells on the hem. If your language has a term for a special outer garment, especially in religious contexts, consider using it here. 6:10 fpgc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown בַ֗ד & בַד֮ 1 This **linen** is a flax-based textile made from fibers derived from the stems of the flax plant. If your language does not have a word for this kind of fabric, consider using a general expression. Alternate translation: “fine fabric … fine fabric" -6:10 wc6s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וּ⁠מִֽכְנְסֵי־ בַד֮ 1 These **undergarments of linen** are described in [Exodus 28:1–5](../exod/28/01.md) and [Exod 28:42–43](../exod/28/43.md). Covering the priest from the waist to the thigh, they were required whenever the priest entered the tent of meeting or approached the altar to perform a sacrifice. If your language has a word for special undergarments that a person might wear in religious contexts, consider using it here. Alternate translation: “and his ceremonial linen underwear” +6:10 wc6s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וּ⁠מִֽכְנְסֵי־ בַד֮ 1 These **undergarments of linen** are described in [Exodus 28:1–5](../exo/28/01.md) and [Exod 28:42–43](../exo/28/43.md). Covering the priest from the waist to the thigh, they were required whenever the priest entered the tent of meeting or approached the altar to perform a sacrifice. If your language has a word for special undergarments that a person might wear in religious contexts, consider using it here. Alternate translation: “and his ceremonial linen underwear” 6:10 tfzo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יִלְבַּ֣שׁ עַל־בְּשָׂר⁠וֹ֒ 1 Here, **flesh** is either: (1) an idiomatic expression for bare skin. Alternate translation: “he should wear directly on his skin” or 2) a euphemism for male genitals. Alternate translation: “he should wear in order to cover his genitals” 6:10 m8t8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠הֵרִ֣ים 1 See how you translated this idiom in [4:8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “And he shall remove” -6:10 y6a1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶת־הַ⁠דֶּ֗שֶׁן 1 See how you translated this term in [1:16](../01/16.md). +6:10 y6a1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶת־הַ⁠דֶּ֗שֶׁן 1 See how you translated this term in [1:16](../01/16.md). 6:10 m875 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֲשֶׁ֨ר תֹּאכַ֥ל הָ⁠אֵ֛שׁ אֶת־ הָ⁠עֹלָ֖ה עַל־ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חַ 1 Leviticus uses the image of **the fire** consuming or eating **the burnt offering** to refer to the process that the sacrifice undergoes as the fire burns it until it is **fatty ash**. If your language has a similar idiom used to describe a fire that completely burns something, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “where the fire has completely burned the burnt offerings on the altar so that they are now nothing but ash” 6:10 m85x rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠שָׂמ֕⁠וֹ 1 The pronoun **it** refers here to the **fatty ash** that has accumulated on the altar. If this is unclear in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “and he shall put the fatty ash that has accumulated** 6:11 hr24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶת־בְּגָדָ֔י⁠ו 1 Here, **his clothes** refers to the linen robe and the linen undergarments described in the previous verse. If this would be unclear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his linen robe and undergarments” @@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 6:12 w5lh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠הָ⁠אֵ֨שׁ עַל־ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֤חַ תּֽוּקַד־ בּ⁠וֹ֙ 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [6:9](../06/09.md). 6:12 z80u rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry בַּ⁠בֹּ֣קֶר בַּ⁠בֹּ֑קֶר 1 The repetition of the phrase **in the morning** is an emphatic way to say “every morning.” If your language also uses repetition for emphasis in this way, consider doing so here. If not, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every morning” or “morning by morning” 6:12 xjsb rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns עָלֶ֧י⁠הָ & עָלֶ֨י⁠הָ֙ & עָלֶ֖י⁠הָ 1 The pronoun **it** refers to **the fire on the altar**. Alternate translation: “on the fire that is on the altar ... on that same fire ... on the altar’s fire” -6:12 xpmu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠הִקְטִ֥יר עָלֶ֖י⁠הָ 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [1:9](../01/09.md). +6:12 xpmu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠הִקְטִ֥יר עָלֶ֖י⁠הָ 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [1:9](../01/09.md). 6:12 jp9m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit חֶלְבֵ֥י הַ⁠שְּׁלָמִֽים 1 The **fat of the peace offerings** refers to the portions of fat described in [3:3–4](../03/03.md) and elsewhere in chapter 3. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “the fat portions that are required for the peace offerings, including the fat covering the innards, all the fat that is on the innards, the two kidneys and the fat that is on them that is by the loins, and the lobe on the liver” 6:13 j84c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive אֵ֗שׁ תָּמִ֛יד תּוּקַ֥ד עַל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֖חַ 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [6:9](../06/09.md). 6:14 xwgk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְ⁠זֹ֥את תּוֹרַ֖ת הַ⁠מִּנְחָ֑ה 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [6:9](../06/09.md). Alternate translation: “And this is the instruction regarding how the priest should perform the grain offering” @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 6:18 n43x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כֹּ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־ יִגַּ֥ע בָּ⁠הֶ֖ם יִקְדָּֽשׁ 1 This could mean: (1) any object or person that touches the portion of the offering reserved for the priests’ food becomes as holy as the portion itself. Alternate translation: “Anyone or anything that touches them becomes holy” (2) any person who touches this offering must be someone set apart for handling sacred items, that is, the priests alone. Alternate translation: “Anyone who touches them must be holy themselves” 6:19 sx4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר 1 The word translated **saying** introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language. 6:20 m3en rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry קָרְבַּן֩ & יַקְרִ֣יבוּ 1 See how you translated the emphatic repetition of these words in [1:2](../01/02.md). -6:20 gu1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אַהֲרֹ֨ן וּ⁠בָנָ֜י⁠ו 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [2:3](../02/03.md). +6:20 gu1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אַהֲרֹ֨ן וּ⁠בָנָ֜י⁠ו 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [2:3](../02/03.md). 6:20 skd2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּ⁠יוֹם֙ הִמָּשַׁ֣ח אֹת֔⁠וֹ 1 The expression **the day of his being anointed** implies that **Aaron and his sons** are anointed in order to become priests. If it would be helpful in your language, consider providing this implied information. Alternate translation: “on the day of his being anointed to serve as a priest” 6:20 utnw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive בְּ⁠יוֹם֙ הִמָּשַׁ֣ח אֹת֔⁠וֹ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “on the day when the high priest anoints a son of Aaron to become a priest” 6:20 x202 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns בְּ⁠יוֹם֙ הִמָּשַׁ֣ח אֹת֔⁠וֹ 1 The possessive pronoun **his** refers in a general way to any individual male descendent of **Aaron** who will be anointed to be a priest. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “on the day of the anointing of any of the sons of Aaron” @@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 6:25 e32d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive בִּ⁠מְק֡וֹם אֲשֶׁר֩ תִּשָּׁחֵ֨ט הָ⁠עֹלָ֜ה 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in the place where people slaughter the burnt offering” 6:25 pld6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense בִּ⁠מְק֡וֹם אֲשֶׁר֩ תִּשָּׁחֵ֨ט הָ⁠עֹלָ֜ה 1 Here, the author of Leviticus does not use the present tense to describe contemporaneous or ongoing action, as if he is here referring to a specific instance where an individual is preparing this specific sacrifice. Rather, the present tense is being used both to describe the action that was previously described in the book of Leviticus and to depict a hypothetical situation. If it would be helpful in your language, consider choosing language that makes it plain that the author is not referring to specific past actions. Alternate translation: “in the same location where the burnt offering would normally be slaughtered” 6:25 zni8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive תִּשָּׁחֵ֤ט הַֽ⁠חַטָּאת֙ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people should also slaughter the sin offering” -6:25 grig rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [1:5](../01/05.md). +6:25 grig rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [1:5](../01/05.md). 6:25 g8qn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֖ים הִֽוא 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [2:3](../02/03.md). 6:26 eaw2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive בְּ⁠מָק֤וֹם קָדֹשׁ֙ תֵּֽאָכֵ֔ל 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He shall eat it in a holy place” 6:27 is2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כֹּ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־ יִגַּ֥ע בִּ⁠בְשָׂרָ֖⁠הּ יִקְדָּ֑שׁ 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [6:18](../06/18.md). @@ -581,19 +581,19 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 6:30 yz83 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive לֹ֣א תֵאָכֵ֑ל 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one is permitted to eat it” 6:30 w6h7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive תִּשָּׂרֵֽף 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The priest must burn it” 7:intro nbv3 0 # Leviticus 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter gives instructions on how to offer guilt offerings, peace offerings and freewill offerings.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Blood\n\nThe people were not allowed to eat or drink the blood of the sacrificed animal because life was considered to be in the blood of the animal. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]] and [Leviticus 17:11](../../lev/17/11.md)) -7:1 rct1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הָ⁠אָשָׁ֑ם 1\n\n See how you translated this specific kind of sacrifice in [5:15](../05/15.md). -7:1 m86w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֖ים הֽוּא 1\n\n See how you translated this expression in [6:17](../06/17.md). -7:2 w7q9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense בִּ⁠מְק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֤ר יִשְׁחֲטוּ֙ אֶת־הָ֣⁠עֹלָ֔ה 1\n\n Here, the author of Leviticus does not use the future tense to describe future action, as if he is here referring to a specific instance where an individual will perform this specific action. Rather, the future tense is used to depict a hypothetical situation. If it would be helpful in your language, consider choosing language that makes it plain that the author is not referring to a specific future action. Alternate translation: “In the location where the burnt offering would normally be slaughtered” -7:2 i8iw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns יִשְׁחֲטוּ֙ & יִשְׁחֲט֖וּ 1\n\n Here, **they** refers generically to anyone who might perform these actions. If it would be helpful in your language, consider using a general expression for a person. Alternate translation: “someone normally slaughters … people shall slaughter” or “an individual slaughters … that individual shall slaughter” -7:2 grkl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person יִשְׁחֲטוּ֙ & יִשְׁחֲט֖וּ 1\n\n Although the end of the last chapter addressed the people of Israel using a second-person singular form, here the author of Leviticus addresses everyone who approaches the tent of meeting to sacrifice using a third-person plural form. If the switch from second-person forms to third-person forms would be confusing in your language, consider using whichever form you have been using throughout the previous chapters. -7:2 dhkm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אֶת־הָ֣⁠עֹלָ֔ה 1\n\n See how you translated this specific kind of sacrifice in [1:3](../01/03.md). -7:2 tzsl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠אֶת־דָּמ֛⁠וֹ יִזְרֹ֥ק 1\n\n The pronoun **he** does not refer to the person offering the sacrifice but, rather, to the priest, the individual normally responsible for splashing **the blood** on **the altar**. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “And its blood the priest shall splash” -7:3 xzk6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns יַקְרִ֣יב 1\n\n Here, **he** does not refer to the priest but to the individual offering the sacrifice, the person normally responsible for butchering and preparing the animal’s fat. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “the individual offering the sacrifice shall present” -7:3 xhdr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אֵ֚ת הָֽ⁠אַלְיָ֔ה וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠חֵ֖לֶב הַֽ⁠מְכַסֶּ֥ה אֶת־הַ⁠קֶּֽרֶב 1\n\n See how you translated these terms in [3:9](../03/09.md). -7:4 tiur rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אֵת֙ שְׁתֵּ֣י הַ⁠כְּלָיֹ֔ת וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠חֵ֨לֶב֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֔ן אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל־הַ⁠כְּסָלִ֑ים וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠יֹּתֶ֨רֶת֙ עַל־הַ⁠כָּבֵ֔ד 1\n\n See how you translated these terms in [3:4](../03/04.md). -7:5 bh08 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠הִקְטִ֨יר אֹתָ֤⁠ם הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חָ⁠ה 1\n\n See how you translated the similar expression in [1:9](../01/09.md). -7:5 aa8f אִשֶּׁ֖ה לַ⁠יהוָ֑ה 1\n\n See how you translated the similar expression in [2:11](../02/11.md). -7:6 y9wb כָּל־זָכָ֥ר בַּ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֖ים יֹאכְלֶ֑⁠נּוּ 1\n\n Alternate translation: “Every male among the sons of Aaron is permitted to eat it” or “Every male among the sons of Aaron may eat it” +7:1 rct1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הָ⁠אָשָׁ֑ם 1 See how you translated this specific kind of sacrifice in [5:15](../05/15.md). +7:1 m86w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֖ים הֽוּא 1 See how you translated this expression in [6:17](../06/17.md). +7:2 w7q9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense בִּ⁠מְק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֤ר יִשְׁחֲטוּ֙ אֶת־הָ֣⁠עֹלָ֔ה 1 Here, the author of Leviticus does not use the future tense to describe future action, as if he is here referring to a specific instance where an individual will perform this specific action. Rather, the future tense is used to depict a hypothetical situation. If it would be helpful in your language, consider choosing language that makes it plain that the author is not referring to a specific future action. Alternate translation: “In the location where the burnt offering would normally be slaughtered” +7:2 i8iw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns יִשְׁחֲטוּ֙ & יִשְׁחֲט֖וּ 1 Here, **they** refers generically to anyone who might perform these actions. If it would be helpful in your language, consider using a general expression for a person. Alternate translation: “someone normally slaughters … people shall slaughter” or “an individual slaughters … that individual shall slaughter” +7:2 grkl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person יִשְׁחֲטוּ֙ & יִשְׁחֲט֖וּ 1 Although the end of the last chapter addressed the people of Israel using a second-person singular form, here the author of Leviticus addresses everyone who approaches the tent of meeting to sacrifice using a third-person plural form. If the switch from second-person forms to third-person forms would be confusing in your language, consider using whichever form you have been using throughout the previous chapters. +7:2 dhkm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אֶת־הָ֣⁠עֹלָ֔ה 1 See how you translated this specific kind of sacrifice in [1:3](../01/03.md). +7:2 tzsl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠אֶת־דָּמ֛⁠וֹ יִזְרֹ֥ק 1 The pronoun **he** does not refer to the person offering the sacrifice but, rather, to the priest, the individual normally responsible for splashing **the blood** on **the altar**. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “And its blood the priest shall splash” +7:3 xzk6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns יַקְרִ֣יב 1 Here, **he** does not refer to the priest but to the individual offering the sacrifice, the person normally responsible for butchering and preparing the animal’s fat. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “the individual offering the sacrifice shall present” +7:3 xhdr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אֵ֚ת הָֽ⁠אַלְיָ֔ה וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠חֵ֖לֶב הַֽ⁠מְכַסֶּ֥ה אֶת־הַ⁠קֶּֽרֶב 1 See how you translated these terms in [3:9](../03/09.md). +7:4 tiur rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אֵת֙ שְׁתֵּ֣י הַ⁠כְּלָיֹ֔ת וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠חֵ֨לֶב֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֔ן אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל־הַ⁠כְּסָלִ֑ים וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠יֹּתֶ֨רֶת֙ עַל־הַ⁠כָּבֵ֔ד 1 See how you translated these terms in [3:4](../03/04.md). +7:5 bh08 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠הִקְטִ֨יר אֹתָ֤⁠ם הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חָ⁠ה 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [1:9](../01/09.md). +7:5 aa8f אִשֶּׁ֖ה לַ⁠יהוָ֑ה 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [2:11](../02/11.md). +7:6 y9wb כָּל־זָכָ֥ר בַּ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֖ים יֹאכְלֶ֑⁠נּוּ 1 Alternate translation: “Every male among the sons of Aaron is permitted to eat it” or “Every male among the sons of Aaron may eat it” 7:6 ei3l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יֵאָכֵ֔ל 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they shall eat it” 7:6 c7x0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֖ים הֽוּא 1 See how you translated this expression in [2:3](../02/03.md). 7:7 rtkp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet כַּֽ⁠חַטָּאת֙ כָּֽ⁠אָשָׁ֔ם תּוֹרָ֥ה אַחַ֖ת לָ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 These two expressions mean similar things. They refer to the manner in which the meat for these two sacrifices is to be reserved for the priests’ special portion of food, and so the two expressions are used together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “The guilt offering and the purification offering are alike in this regard” @@ -633,8 +633,8 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 7:15 ib7v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּ⁠י֥וֹם קָרְבָּנ֖⁠וֹ 1 The expression **on the day of his offering** uses the possessive form to refer to the day on which someone offers this particular offering. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “on whatever day he offers it” or “whenever he offers it” 7:15 h75f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠בְשַׂ֗ר זֶ֚בַח תּוֹדַ֣ת שְׁלָמָ֔י⁠ו 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **thanksgiving**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “And the meat of the sacrifice of his peace offerings that he offers to express gratitude to Yahweh” 7:15 zeoo עַד־בֹּֽקֶר 1 Alternate translation: “until the next day” -7:16 pt9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit נֶ֣דֶר 1 Here, a **vow** refers to a promise to bring a sacrifice to Yahweh if a prayer is answered in a particular manner. Alternative translation: “is a votive sacrifice” or “is the result of a promise to bring a sacrifice if Yahweh answered his prayer” -7:16 ajca rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit נְדָבָ֗ה 1 Here, a *freewill offering** is a spontaneous offering for the cause of expressing joy and gratitude to God. Alternative translation: “a spontaneous and unprompted sacrifice motivated by joy” +7:16 pt9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit נֶ֣דֶר 1 Here, a **vow** refers to a promise to bring a sacrifice to Yahweh if a prayer is answered in a particular manner. Alternative translation: “is a votive sacrifice” or “is the result of a promise to bring a sacrifice if Yahweh answered his prayer” +7:16 ajca rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit נְדָבָ֗ה 1 Here, a *freewill offering** is a spontaneous offering for the cause of expressing joy and gratitude to God. Alternative translation: “a spontaneous and unprompted sacrifice motivated by joy” 7:16 iiyl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession זֶ֚בַח קָרְבָּנ֔⁠וֹ 1 The expression, **the sacrifice of his offering**, refers to the portion of the peace offering constituted by animal sacrifices, distinct from the grain offerings that were to be offered alongside those portions. If it would be helpful, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “the portions of the animal sacrifices that come from his peace offerings” 7:16 tw8o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּ⁠י֛וֹם הַקְרִיב֥⁠וֹ אֶת־זִבְח֖⁠וֹ 1 As before, the expression **on the day of his presenting his sacrifice** uses the possessive form to refer to any day on which someone offers this particular offering. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “on whatever day he presents his sacrifice” or “whenever he presents his sacrifice” 7:16 wgx8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יֵאָכֵ֑ל & וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹתָ֥ר מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ יֵאָכֵֽל 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the priests should eat it … and they should eat remainder from it” @@ -652,15 +652,15 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 7:18 jgq1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations וְ⁠הַ⁠נֶּ֛פֶשׁ הָ⁠אֹכֶ֥לֶת מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ עֲוֺנָ֥⁠הּ תִּשָּֽׂא 1 See how you handled the use of a generic feminine word for a person in [2:1](../02/01.md). 7:18 yorf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom עֲוֺנָ֥⁠הּ תִּשָּֽׂא 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [5:1](../05/01.md). 7:19 ef1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּשָׂ֞ר אֲשֶׁר־יִגַּ֤ע בְּ⁠כָל־טָמֵא֙ לֹ֣א יֵֽאָכֵ֔ל 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And the priests shall not eat the meat that touches any unclean thing” -7:19 ii69 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּשָׂ֞ר 1 The phrase **the meat** does not refer to a specific portion of meat, but rather generally refers to any meat that touches something unclean. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And any meat” -7:19 k4du rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠כָל־טָמֵא֙ 1 See how you translated the use of this term in [5:2](../05/02.md). +7:19 ii69 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּשָׂ֞ר 1 The phrase **the meat** does not refer to a specific portion of meat, but rather generally refers to any meat that touches something unclean. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And any meat” +7:19 k4du rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠כָל־טָמֵא֙ 1 See how you translated the use of this term in [5:2](../05/02.md). 7:19 gnjy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo בָּ⁠אֵ֖שׁ יִשָּׂרֵ֑ף 1 See how you translated this expression in [7:17](../07/17.md). 7:19 b8tn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִשָּׂרֵ֑ף 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The priests shall burn it” 7:19 zi2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְ⁠הַ֨⁠בָּשָׂ֔ר 1 The phrase **the meat** leaves out information that some languages might consider essential to understanding. It refers to clean meat that has not touched anything unclean, in contrast to **the meat that touches any unclean thing**. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating this plainly. Alternate expression: “But, as for clean meat that has not touched any unclean thing” 7:19 cj9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כָּל־טָה֖וֹר 1 The expression **any clean person** refers to any individual who has succeeded in remaining ceremonially clean by abstaining from touching anything that would render him unclean, as instructed by Leviticus. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating this plainly. Alternate translation: “any person who has not touched anything unclean and so has, himself, remained clean” 7:19 ls5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בָּשָֽׂר 1 The **meat** referred to here is the same as **the meat** that has not touched anything unclean and so is considered clean. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “any clean meat” 7:20 rxcw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations וְ⁠הַ⁠נֶּ֜פֶשׁ אֲשֶׁר־תֹּאכַ֣ל בָּשָׂ֗ר 1 See how you handled the use of a generic feminine word for a person in [2:1](../02/01.md). -7:20 qn8d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בָּשָׂ֗ר מִ⁠זֶּ֤בַח הַ⁠שְּׁלָמִים֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר לַ⁠יהוָ֔ה 1 The expression **the peace offerings that are for Yahweh** might seem to imply that the peace offerings supply Yahweh with food. However, as stated before, Yahweh does not eat, nor does he need food from human beings. The peace offerings belong to Yahweh in the sense that they are dedicated especially to Yahweh’s special purposes. Consequently, the portions of meat from these sacrifices are not to be used for any common purpose. In your translation, make sure that it is not implied that the meat from these sacrifices provides Yahweh with food. +7:20 qn8d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בָּשָׂ֗ר מִ⁠זֶּ֤בַח הַ⁠שְּׁלָמִים֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר לַ⁠יהוָ֔ה 1 The expression **the peace offerings that are for Yahweh** might seem to imply that the peace offerings supply Yahweh with food. However, as stated before, Yahweh does not eat, nor does he need food from human beings. The peace offerings belong to Yahweh in the sense that they are dedicated especially to Yahweh’s special purposes. Consequently, the portions of meat from these sacrifices are not to be used for any common purpose. In your translation, make sure that it is not implied that the meat from these sacrifices provides Yahweh with food. 7:20 pk97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠טֻמְאָת֖⁠וֹ עָלָ֑י⁠ו 1 A person who is not fit for God’s special, sacred space is spoken of as if **his uncleanness** were physically resting **on him**. If your language would use a similar metaphor, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and he is unclean” 7:20 i2g0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations וְ⁠טֻמְאָת֖⁠וֹ עָלָ֑י⁠ו 1 The words **his** and **him** are being used generically to refer to anyone who might become unclean and so should avoid eating the meat that is especially set apart for holy purposes. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “and the uncleanness of that person is on him” 7:20 miq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠טֻמְאָת֖⁠וֹ עָלָ֑י⁠ו 1 See how you handled the abstract noun **uncleanness** in [5:3](../05/03.md). @@ -668,33 +668,33 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 7:20 m7mh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֖וא מֵ⁠עַמֶּֽי⁠הָ 1 The punishment for a person eating the meat that is dedicated to Yahweh while they are considered unclean is spoken of as if the person were being literally cut off from his people. This could be: (1) an idiom that refers to Yahweh’s executing divine judgment against the individual in some unspecified manner, thus removing the person from the people of God. Alternate translation: “then that person will be punished and removed from her people” or, to avoid the passive form, “then Yahweh will execute divine judgment against that person and remove her from her people” or (2) a metaphor that refers to the people excommunicating the individual from her community. Alternative translation: “then that person should be removed from her people and excommunicated” or, to avoid the passive form, “then the people should remove that person from the people and refuse to have contact with her” 7:20 a43e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֖וא 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. For interpretive options for this expression, see the previous note. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel shall cut off that person” or ”Yahweh shall cut off that person” 7:21 wmem rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations וְ⁠נֶ֜פֶשׁ כִּֽי־תִגַּ֣ע 1 See how you handled the use of a generic feminine word for a person in [2:1](../02/01.md). -7:21 j99o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠כָל־טָמֵ֗א 1 See how you translated the use of this term in [5:2](../05/02.md). -7:21 hq6r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּ⁠טֻמְאַ֤ת אָדָם֙ 1 See how you translated the use of this expression in [5:3](../05/03.md). +7:21 j99o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠כָל־טָמֵ֗א 1 See how you translated the use of this term in [5:2](../05/02.md). +7:21 hq6r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּ⁠טֻמְאַ֤ת אָדָם֙ 1 See how you translated the use of this expression in [5:3](../05/03.md). 7:21 g4kv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit טְמֵאָ֗ה & טָמֵ֔א 1 As the General Introduction to this chapter discusses, the animals considered clean and unclean are described in detail in [11:1–47](../11/01.md). Something was considered unclean and potentially able to defile the space or objects that were dedicated especially for Yahweh and for his purposes when they were culturally associated with death. If your language has a term for this concept, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “ritually polluted ... ritually polluted” or ”taboo ... taboo” 7:21 n22g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown בְּ⁠כָל־שֶׁ֣קֶץ טָמֵ֔א 1 This **unclean detestable thing** refers to the specific animals that Yahweh forbids both eating and touching in [11:29–31](../11/29.md). These included the mole rat, the mouse, and several kinds of lizard. If your language has a specific term for the kind of animal that is considered taboo to touch or to eat, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “any unclean animal that is forbidden to eat or to touch“ or “any taboo animal” 7:21 qpnu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations וְ⁠אָכַ֛ל 1 Here, **he** refers to anyone who might eat the meat of the sacrifice. If it would be helpful, consider using a generic expression for a person. Alternate translation: “and that person eats” -7:21 eaoo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִ⁠בְּשַׂר־זֶ֥בַח הַ⁠שְּׁלָמִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֣ר לַ⁠יהוָ֑ה 1 See how you translated the similar expressions in [7:20](../07/20.md). -7:21 z5au rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֖וא מֵ⁠עַמֶּֽי⁠הָ 1 See how you translated the similar expressions in [7:20](../07/20.md). +7:21 eaoo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִ⁠בְּשַׂר־זֶ֥בַח הַ⁠שְּׁלָמִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֣ר לַ⁠יהוָ֑ה 1 See how you translated the similar expressions in [7:20](../07/20.md). +7:21 z5au rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֖וא מֵ⁠עַמֶּֽי⁠הָ 1 See how you translated the similar expressions in [7:20](../07/20.md). 7:22 xw34 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר 1 The word translated **saying** introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language. 7:22-23 zkjl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר & דַּבֵּ֛ר אֶל־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: “He told Moses to tell the sons of Israel” 7:23 w4mz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 The word translated **saying** introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language. -7:23 y5o3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person לֹ֥א תֹאכֵֽלוּ 1 As the General Introduction to this chapter discusses, here and until [7:26](../07/26.md), the author of Leviticus switches from the use of third-person forms to the use of second-person plural forms. If the switch from third-person to second-person forms would be confusing in your language, consider continuing to use whichever form you have been using for the previous chapters. Alternate translation: “No one should eat” -7:23 z2p3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd לֹ֥א תֹאכֵֽלוּ 1 Here, **You** is plural. It refers to the people of Israel who would offer sacrifices at the tent of meeting. If your language uses a plural form to address a group of people, consider using that form here. If not, consider using a third-person form, as modeled by the previous note. +7:23 y5o3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person לֹ֥א תֹאכֵֽלוּ 1 As the General Introduction to this chapter discusses, here and until [7:26](../07/26.md), the author of Leviticus switches from the use of third-person forms to the use of second-person plural forms. If the switch from third-person to second-person forms would be confusing in your language, consider continuing to use whichever form you have been using for the previous chapters. Alternate translation: “No one should eat” +7:23 z2p3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd לֹ֥א תֹאכֵֽלוּ 1 Here, **You** is plural. It refers to the people of Israel who would offer sacrifices at the tent of meeting. If your language uses a plural form to address a group of people, consider using that form here. If not, consider using a third-person form, as modeled by the previous note. 7:24 t2m9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠חֵ֤לֶב נְבֵלָה֙ וְ⁠חֵ֣לֶב טְרֵפָ֔ה יֵעָשֶׂ֖ה 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in an active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And you shall use the fat of a carcass or the fat of a torn animal” or, in the third person, “And anyone shall use the fat of a carcass or the fat of a torn animal” 7:24 fbok rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠חֵ֤לֶב נְבֵלָה֙ 1 The **fat of a carcass** refers to any fat portion from any animal, wild or domesticated, that has died, usually referring to those animals that have died of natural causes and that any Israelite might find in the desert wilderness. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And the fat of any dead animal, whether wild or domesticated, that someone happens to find” 7:24 ggyw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠חֵ֣לֶב טְרֵפָ֔ה 1 The expression **the fat of a torn animal** refers to the fat portions of an animal, usually a domesticated animal, that has been attacked and killed by wild animals. If this would be unclear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “or the fat of a domesticated animal that was killed and torn apart by wild animals” -7:24 vs7b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative יֵעָשֶׂ֖ה לְ⁠כָל־מְלָאכָ֑ה 1 The expression **will be made for any work** uses a future statement to denote permission or allowance. Specifically, it refers to the permission given to the people of Israel to use these fat portions for a variety of unspecified uses, other than eating. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “may be used for domestic household purposes” or “could possibly be used for domestic household purposes” +7:24 vs7b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative יֵעָשֶׂ֖ה לְ⁠כָל־מְלָאכָ֑ה 1 The expression **will be made for any work** uses a future statement to denote permission or allowance. Specifically, it refers to the permission given to the people of Israel to use these fat portions for a variety of unspecified uses, other than eating. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “may be used for domestic household purposes” or “could possibly be used for domestic household purposes” 7:24 e2ga rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication וְ⁠אָכֹ֖ל לֹ֥א תֹאכְלֻֽ⁠הוּ 1 Here the expression **eating, you shall not eat it** uses a repetition of the verbal form in order to intensify the idea that the eating of these fat portions is forbidden. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “but you should certainly never eat it” or, using the third-person, “but no one should ever eat it” 7:24 iwg7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular לֹ֥א תֹאכְלֻֽ⁠הוּ׃ 1 Here, **you** is plural. It refers to the people of Israel, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. -7:24 xlck rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person לֹ֥א תֹאכְלֻֽ⁠הוּ׃ 1 If the switch from third-person to second-person forms would be confusing in your language, consider continuing to use whichever form you have been using for the previous chapters. Alternate translation: “no one shall eat it” +7:24 xlck rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person לֹ֥א תֹאכְלֻֽ⁠הוּ׃ 1 If the switch from third-person to second-person forms would be confusing in your language, consider continuing to use whichever form you have been using for the previous chapters. Alternate translation: “no one shall eat it” 7:25 tl3a חֵ֔לֶב מִן־הַ֨⁠בְּהֵמָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר יַקְרִ֥יב מִמֶּ֛⁠נָּה אִשֶּׁ֖ה לַ⁠יהוָ֑ה 1 Alternate translation: “fat that comes from a domesticated animal from which someone has presented portions of meat or fat as a gift to Yahweh” 7:25 cjbt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun מִן־הַ֨⁠בְּהֵמָ֔ה 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [1:2](../01/02.md). -7:25 f99k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הָ⁠אֹכֶ֖לֶת מֵֽ⁠עַמֶּֽי⁠הָ׃ 1 See how you translated the similar expressions in [7:20](../07/20.md). +7:25 f99k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הָ⁠אֹכֶ֖לֶת מֵֽ⁠עַמֶּֽי⁠הָ׃ 1 See how you translated the similar expressions in [7:20](../07/20.md). 7:26 f76a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular וְ⁠כָל־דָּם֙ לֹ֣א תֹאכְל֔וּ בְּ⁠כֹ֖ל מוֹשְׁבֹתֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 In this verse, the words **you** and **your** are plural. Yahweh is speaking about everyone who will offer sacrifices, regardless of where they happen to live. Consider using the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. 7:26 ljd4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person וְ⁠כָל־דָּם֙ לֹ֣א תֹאכְל֔וּ בְּ⁠כֹ֖ל מוֹשְׁבֹתֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 If you have been using third-person forms throughout this chapter, consider using whatever form would be clearest in your language. Alternate translation: “And no one shall eat any blood in any of his dwelling places” 7:26 ujw4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations לָ⁠ע֖וֹף וְ⁠לַ⁠בְּהֵמָֽה 1 The expressions **the bird** and **the livestock** do not refer to specific animals or groups of animals. The terms describe any animal or group of animals that an Israelite might own or purchase to eat. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of any bird or any livestock that you own” or, using the third-person, “of any bird or any livestock that someone might own” 7:27 xa78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations כָּל־נֶ֖פֶשׁ אֲשֶׁר־תֹּאכַ֣ל 1 See how you handled the use of a generic feminine word for a person in [2:1](../02/01.md). -7:27 nm4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֖וא מֵֽ⁠עַמֶּֽי⁠הָ 1 See how you translated the similar expressions in [7:20](../07/20.md). +7:27 nm4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֖וא מֵֽ⁠עַמֶּֽי⁠הָ 1 See how you translated the similar expressions in [7:20](../07/20.md). 7:28 gkdm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר 1 The word translated **saying** introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language. 7:28-29 rh99 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר & דַּבֵּ֛ר אֶל־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 This sentence has a quotation within a quotation. You can translate this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation, with a period before: “He told Moses to speak to the sons of Israel” 7:29 twhb rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 The word translated **saying** introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language. @@ -703,14 +703,14 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 7:30 w7dk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche יָדָ֣י⁠ו תְּבִיאֶ֔ינָה 1 Here, **his hands** represent the whole person, emphasizing the individual’s personal responsibility and agency in bringing the sacrifice. If your language uses a similar expression to express this idea, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “He himself should bring” or, using the second-person “You yourself should bring” 7:30 ry2t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אֶת־הַ⁠חֵ֤לֶב עַל־הֶֽ⁠חָזֶה֙ & אֵ֣ת הֶ⁠חָזֶ֗ה 1 Here, the **breast** is the portion of the animal’s meat consisting of the larger part of the animal’s chest below the region of the neck. The **breast** and **the fat on the breast** were considered uniquely choice portions of meat and fat. Consequently, it was dedicated especially to Yahweh. If your language has a special term for this portion of meat and fat, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate expression: “the fat that is on the breast meat … the breast meat itself” 7:30 v5t2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction לְ⁠הָנִ֥יף אֹת֛⁠וֹ תְּנוּפָ֖ה לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 For the priest **to wave** the offering in Yahweh’s presence is a symbolic gesture that shows that the person is dedicating the sacrifice to Yahweh. This act could mean: (1) merely presenting the sacrifice to Yahweh in a unique way. Alternate translation: “to lift and show off the breast meat of the sacrifice in Yahweh’s presence” or (2) causing the smell of the sacrifice to waft in Yahweh’s direction, creating a “pleasant smell to Yahweh” that would result in the acceptance of the sacrifice. Alternate translation: “to move the breast meat of the sacrifice back and forth overhead so that the smell of the meat is wafted to Yahweh’s presence” -7:30 fd4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 Here, the expression **a wave offering to the face of Yahweh** could mean: (1) waving **the breast** in Yahweh’s presence in the sacred precincts of the tent of meeting. Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh in the sacred precincts of the tent of meeting” or (2) waving **the breast** in the direction of the tent of meeting where Yahweh lived among the Israelites. Alternate translation: “in the direction of the tent of meeting where Yahweh lives among the Israelites” +7:30 fd4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 Here, the expression **a wave offering to the face of Yahweh** could mean: (1) waving **the breast** in Yahweh’s presence in the sacred precincts of the tent of meeting. Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh in the sacred precincts of the tent of meeting” or (2) waving **the breast** in the direction of the tent of meeting where Yahweh lived among the Israelites. Alternate translation: “in the direction of the tent of meeting where Yahweh lives among the Israelites” 7:31 tbb1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠הִקְטִ֧יר הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן אֶת־הַ⁠חֵ֖לֶב הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חָ⁠ה 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [1:9](../01/09.md). 7:31 npon rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶת־הַ⁠חֵ֖לֶב 1 The phrase **the fat** refers to the fat of the breast, as distinct from **the breast**, which refers to the meat of the breast itself. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the fat of the breast” 7:31 ncgd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠הָיָה֙ הֶֽ⁠חָזֶ֔ה לְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֖ן וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנָֽי⁠ו 1 This expression means that the meat of **the breast** should not be burned completely on the altar but rather should be given to the priests for food. See how you translated this similar expression in [7:7](../07/07.md). 7:31 h7vi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֖ן וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנָֽי⁠ו 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [2:2](../02/02.md). 7:32 f116 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אֵת֙ שׁ֣וֹק הַ⁠יָּמִ֔ין 1 The **right thigh** is the upper part of the right leg of the animal, directly above the knee and below the hip joint. Although the reason for the choice of the **right** portion of the thighs is unknown and debated, the **thigh** itself was considered a uniquely choice portion of meat, and so was especially dedicated to Yahweh and to his special purposes, like providing food for the priests. If your language has a word for this choice portion of an animal’s meat, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “And the choice portion of meat between the hip and the knee joints on the right leg of the animal” -7:32 cxqp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person תִּתְּנ֥וּ & שַׁלְמֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 As the General Introduction to this chapter discusses, here, the author of Leviticus suddenly switches from the use of third-person forms to the use of second-person plural forms. If the switch from third-person to second-person forms would be confusing in your language, consider continuing to use whichever form you have been using for the previous chapters. Alternate translation: “the person presenting the offering shall give … his peace offerings” -7:32 ceao rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd תִּתְּנ֥וּ & שַׁלְמֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 Here, **you** and **your** are plural. They refer to the people of Israel who would offer sacrifices at the tent of meeting. If your language uses a plural form to address a group of people, consider using that form here. If not, consider using the third person, as modeled by the previous note. +7:32 cxqp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person תִּתְּנ֥וּ & שַׁלְמֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 As the General Introduction to this chapter discusses, here, the author of Leviticus suddenly switches from the use of third-person forms to the use of second-person plural forms. If the switch from third-person to second-person forms would be confusing in your language, consider continuing to use whichever form you have been using for the previous chapters. Alternate translation: “the person presenting the offering shall give … his peace offerings” +7:32 ceao rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd תִּתְּנ֥וּ & שַׁלְמֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 Here, **you** and **your** are plural. They refer to the people of Israel who would offer sacrifices at the tent of meeting. If your language uses a plural form to address a group of people, consider using that form here. If not, consider using the third person, as modeled by the previous note. 7:32 sew1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תְרוּמָ֖ה לַ⁠כֹּהֵ֑ן 1 Previously the **contribution** belonged to Yahweh. Here it is explained that this unique portion of meat belonged to Yahweh's purposes, specifically to provide the priests with their allotment of food. If this would be unclear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as an important contribution of choice meat that provides the priests with food” 7:33 l8go rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַ⁠מַּקְרִ֞יב אֶת־דַּ֧ם הַ⁠שְּׁלָמִ֛ים וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠חֵ֖לֶב מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י אַהֲרֹ֑ן 1 The **person presenting the blood of the peace offerings and the fat from the sons of Aaron** is one of the priests. At the time that Yahweh spoke these instructions to Moses, they were the literal “sons of Aaron.” However, this expression refers to whichever priest happened to perform the symbolic action of **presenting the blood of the peace offerings** along with **the fat**. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “The priest who presents the blood of the peace offerings and the fat, who is among the sons of Aaron” 7:33 lbwv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י אַהֲרֹ֑ן 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [1:5](../01/05.md). @@ -789,7 +789,7 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 8:14 t8dr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אֵ֖ת פַּ֣ר הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֑את & פַּ֥ר הַֽ⁠חַטָּֽאת׃ 1 See how you translated this possessive form in [8:2](../08/02.md). 8:14 n1yy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּסְמֹ֨ךְ אַהֲרֹ֤ן וּ⁠בָנָי⁠ו֙ אֶת־יְדֵי⁠הֶ֔ם עַל־רֹ֖אשׁ פַּ֥ר הַֽ⁠חַטָּֽאת׃ 1 This is a symbolic action that identifies **Aaron and his sons** with the animal they are offering. In this way, they are placing their sin on the animal in Yahweh's presence. See how you translated this action in [1:4](../01/04.md). 8:15 je3w rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּשְׁחָ֗ט 1 The one who offered a sacrifice would usually slaughter the animal for that sacrifice. However, in this case, even though Moses is offering the sacrifice, the pronoun **he** likely refers to Aaron, acting together with his sons. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent plain. Alternate translation: “And Aaron and his sons slaughtered it” -8:15 r7ba rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח מֹשֶׁ֤ה אֶת־הַ⁠דָּם֙ 1 See how you handled the implied information in this expression in [1:5](../01/05.md). +8:15 r7ba rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח מֹשֶׁ֤ה אֶת־הַ⁠דָּם֙ 1 See how you handled the implied information in this expression in [1:5](../01/05.md). 8:15 n38w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ֠⁠יִּתֵּן עַל־קַרְנ֨וֹת הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֤חַ סָבִיב֙ בְּ⁠אֶצְבָּע֔⁠וֹ 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [4:7](../04/07.md). 8:15 z8mk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit קַרְנ֨וֹת הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֤חַ 1 The **horns of the altar** refers to the corners of the **altar**. They are shaped like the **horns** of an ox. Alternate translation: “the horn-shaped projections at the corners of the altar” 8:15 xezu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יְחַטֵּ֖א & יָצַק֙ & וַֽ⁠יְקַדְּשֵׁ֖⁠הוּ 1 Here each use of the pronoun **he** refers to Moses. If this would not be clear in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “And Moses purified … Moses poured out … And Moses made it holy” @@ -813,16 +813,16 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 8:20 i2w5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠אַ֔יִל נִתַּ֖ח לִ⁠נְתָחָ֑י⁠ו 1 For emphasis, a verb and its object from the same root are being used. The verb **cut** is related to the noun **pieces**. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “And he carefully and thoroughly butchered the ram into its various pieces” 8:20 acfw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠אַ֔יִל נִתַּ֖ח לִ⁠נְתָחָ֑י⁠ו 1 The one who offered a sacrifice would usually slaughter the animal for that sacrifice. However, in this case, even though Moses is offering the sacrifice, the pronoun **he** likely refers to Aaron, acting together with his sons. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent plain. Alternate translation: “And Aaron and his sons cut the ram into its pieces” 8:20 k05k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וַ⁠יַּקְטֵ֤ר מֹשֶׁה֙ אֶת־הָ⁠רֹ֔אשׁ וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠נְּתָחִ֖ים וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠פָּֽדֶר׃ 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:9](../01/09.md). Alternate translation: “And Moses caused the head and the pieces and the suet to become smoke on the altar and ascend toward Yahweh in heaven, where he would smell the smoke and be pleased” -8:20 yx76 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠נְּתָחִ֖ים 1 The expression **the pieces** refers to the appropriate portions of fat that would be removed from the burnt offering, according to the instructions recorded in Leviticus [1:8](../01/08.md). See how you translated the similar expression there. -8:20 vm61 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠פָּֽדֶר׃ 1 See how you translated this fat portion in [1:8](../01/08.md). -8:21 t8ha rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo רָחַ֣ץ בַּ⁠מָּ֑יִם 1 See how you handled the extra information in this expression in [1:5](../01/05.md). +8:20 yx76 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠נְּתָחִ֖ים 1 The expression **the pieces** refers to the appropriate portions of fat that would be removed from the burnt offering, according to the instructions recorded in Leviticus [1:8](../01/08.md). See how you translated the similar expression there. +8:20 vm61 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠פָּֽדֶר׃ 1 See how you translated this fat portion in [1:8](../01/08.md). +8:21 t8ha rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo רָחַ֣ץ בַּ⁠מָּ֑יִם 1 See how you handled the extra information in this expression in [1:5](../01/05.md). 8:21 xtyh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns רָחַ֣ץ בַּ⁠מָּ֑יִם 1 The one who offered a sacrifice would usually slaughter the animal for that sacrifice. However, in this case, even though Moses is offering the sacrifice, the pronoun **he** likely refers to Aaron, acting together with his sons. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent plain. Alternate translation: “Aaron and his sons washed with water” 8:21 w635 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וַ⁠יַּקְטֵר֩ מֹשֶׁ֨ה אֶת־כָּל־הָ⁠אַ֜יִל הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֗חָ⁠ה 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:9](../01/09.md). Alternate translation: “And Moses caused the head and the pieces and the suet to become smoke on the altar and ascend toward Yahweh in heaven, where he would smell the smoke and be pleased” 8:22 com2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יַּקְרֵב֙ אֶת־הָ⁠אַ֣יִל הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֔י 1 The pronoun **he** refers to Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “And Moses presented the second ram” 8:22 qr6w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אֵ֖יל הַ⁠מִּלֻּאִ֑ים 1 The expression **the ram of the ordination offering** uses the possessive form to describe the **ram** that had been selected to be sacrificed for an **ordination offering**. If this would be unclear in your language, consider making the meaning explicit. Alternate translation: “the ram that Aaron and his sons had presented as an ordination offering” 8:22 v85u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַֽ⁠יִּסְמְכ֞וּ אַהֲרֹ֧ן וּ⁠בָנָ֛י⁠ו אֶת־יְדֵי⁠הֶ֖ם עַל־רֹ֥אשׁ הָ⁠אָֽיִל׃ 1 See how you translated this symbolic action in [1:4](../01/04.md). 8:23 qn88 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּשְׁחָ֓ט 1 The one who offered a sacrifice would usually slaughter the animal for that sacrifice. However, in this case, even though Moses is offering the sacrifice, the pronoun **he** likely refers to Aaron, acting together with his sons. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent plain. Alternate translation: “And Aaron and his sons slaughtered it” -8:23 e9be rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּקַּ֤ח מֹשֶׁה֙ מִ⁠דָּמ֔⁠וֹ 1 See how you handled the implied information in the similar expression in [1:5](../01/05.md). +8:23 e9be rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּקַּ֤ח מֹשֶׁה֙ מִ⁠דָּמ֔⁠וֹ 1 See how you handled the implied information in the similar expression in [1:5](../01/05.md). 8:23 ja2d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֛ן עַל־תְּנ֥וּךְ אֹֽזֶן־אַהֲרֹ֖ן הַ⁠יְמָנִ֑ית וְ⁠עַל־בֹּ֤הֶן יָד⁠וֹ֙ הַ⁠יְמָנִ֔ית וְ⁠עַל־בֹּ֥הֶן רַגְל֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠יְמָנִֽית׃ 1 This is a symbolic action. Just as placing blood on the extremities of the altar purified it and prepared it to be an appropriate vessel through which acceptable sacrifices might be offered to Yahweh, by placing blood on Aaron’s right earlobe, the thumb of his right hand, and the big toe of his right foot Moses purifies Aaron and prepares him to be set apart for offering acceptable sacrifices to Yahweh. If this would not be clear in your language, consider explaining the meaning of this rite in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “and he gave it on the earlobe of the right ear of Aaron and on the thumb of his right hand and on the big toe of his right foot. He did this in order to purify Aaron from the impurity of sin and to prepare him to offer acceptable sacrifices to Yahweh” 8:23 puhy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֛ן עַל־תְּנ֥וּךְ אֹֽזֶן־אַהֲרֹ֖ן הַ⁠יְמָנִ֑ית 1 This expression is an idiom. It refers to placing or putting something on someone. If this idiom would not be clear in your language, consider making the meaning plain. Alternate translation: “and he put it on the earlobe of the right ear of Aaron” 8:24 ztw0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יַּקְרֵ֞ב אֶת־בְּנֵ֣י אַהֲרֹ֗ן 1 See how you translated this symbolic action in [8:6](../08/06.md). @@ -839,7 +839,7 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 8:27 tq8d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֣ן אֶת־הַ⁠כֹּ֔ל עַ֚ל כַּפֵּ֣י אַהֲרֹ֔ן וְ⁠עַ֖ל כַּפֵּ֣י בָנָ֑י⁠ו 1 See how you translated this idiom in [8:7](../08/07.md). 8:27 xnw1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶת־הַ⁠כֹּ֔ל 1 Here, **the whole** refers to the fat portions, the right thigh, and all of the loaves of bread. If it would be helpful, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “all the portions of fat, the right thigh, and the loaves of bread” 8:27 hy74 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown כַּפֵּ֣י אַהֲרֹ֔ן & כַּפֵּ֣י בָנָ֑י⁠ו 1 The **palm** is the flat part of the inside of one’s hand. If your language has a word for this part of the hand, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: ”the open hands of Aaron … the open hands of his sons” -8:27 n3y7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יָּ֧נֶף אֹתָ֛⁠ם תְּנוּפָ֖ה 1 Although the subject is not named, because it is usually the person offering the sacrifice who is authorized to dedicate the portions of the sacrifice to Yahweh by waving them in his presence, it is likely that **he** here refers to Aaron and his sons. This is further clarified by the fact that Moses placed the portions of fat, the right thigh, and the loaves of bread in the open palms of Aaron and his sons. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “and Aaron and his sons waved them as a wave offering” +8:27 n3y7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יָּ֧נֶף אֹתָ֛⁠ם תְּנוּפָ֖ה 1 Although the subject is not named, because it is usually the person offering the sacrifice who is authorized to dedicate the portions of the sacrifice to Yahweh by waving them in his presence, it is likely that **he** here refers to Aaron and his sons. This is further clarified by the fact that Moses placed the portions of fat, the right thigh, and the loaves of bread in the open palms of Aaron and his sons. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “and Aaron and his sons waved them as a wave offering” 8:27 l4k9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וַ⁠יָּ֧נֶף אֹתָ֛⁠ם תְּנוּפָ֖ה 1 See how you translated this symbolic action and its corresponding type of offering in [7:30](../07/30.md). 8:27 veot rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ 1 Here, the expression **to the face of Yahweh** means “toward the presence of Yahweh.” It indicates that Moses waved the loaves and the wafer in the direction of the Most Holy Place, where Yahweh lived among the Israelites. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider stating this plainly. Alternate translation: “in the direction of the Most Holy Place where Yahweh lived among the Israelites” 8:28 q9b5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח מֹשֶׁ֤ה אֹתָ⁠ם֙ 1 Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the fat portions, the right thigh, and all of the loaves of bread. If it would be helpful, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “And Moses took the portions of fat, the right thigh, and the loaves of bread” @@ -859,7 +859,7 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 8:31 bf4q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֤ר צִוֵּ֨יתִי֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר אַהֲרֹ֥ן וּ⁠בָנָ֖י⁠ו יֹאכְלֻֽ⁠הוּ׃ 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “just as I commanded when I said that Aaron and his sons shall eat it” 8:31 q1xj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative אַהֲרֹ֥ן וּ⁠בָנָ֖י⁠ו יֹאכְלֻֽ⁠הוּ׃ 1 The expression **Aaron and his sons shall eat it** uses a future statement to give an instruction or command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words using a command or instruction form. Alternate translation: “Aaron and his sons should eat it” or ”Aaron and his sons must eat it” 8:32 d6jm וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹתָ֥ר בַּ⁠בָּשָׂ֖ר וּ⁠בַ⁠לָּ֑חֶם 1 Alternate translation: “But the rest of the meat and bread” -8:32 pz43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo בָּ⁠אֵ֖שׁ תִּשְׂרֹֽפוּ׃ 1 See how you handled the extra information in this expression in [4:12](../04/12.md). +8:32 pz43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo בָּ⁠אֵ֖שׁ תִּשְׂרֹֽפוּ׃ 1 See how you handled the extra information in this expression in [4:12](../04/12.md). 8:32 u784 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular בָּ⁠אֵ֖שׁ תִּשְׂרֹֽפוּ׃ 1 Here, **you** is plural. It refers to Aaron and his sons, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. 8:32 gs7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative בָּ⁠אֵ֖שׁ תִּשְׂרֹֽפוּ׃ 1 This expression uses a future statement to give an instruction or command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words using a command or instruction form. Alternate translation: “you should burn with fire” or ”you must burn with fire” 8:33 l33w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular תֵֽצְאוּ֙ & מִלֻּאֵי⁠כֶ֑ם & אֶת־יֶדְ⁠כֶֽם׃ 1 The pronouns**you** and **your** are plural here. They refer to Aaron and his sons, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. @@ -869,7 +869,7 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 8:33 bd76 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כִּ֚י שִׁבְעַ֣ת יָמִ֔ים יְמַלֵּ֖א אֶת־יֶדְ⁠כֶֽם׃ 1 The expression **he will fill your hand** is an idiom that means to induct someone into the ministry and responsibilities of the priesthood. According to this verse, it will take seven days for Yahweh to induct Aaron and his sons into the priesthood. (See [Exodus 28:41](../exo/28/41.md) and [Exodus 29:9](../exo/29/09.md) for representative examples.) If this would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because it will take seven days for Yahweh to give you the responsibilities of the priesthood and dedicate you as priests” 8:33 nt6o rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns יְמַלֵּ֖א אֶת־יֶדְ⁠כֶֽם׃ 1 Here the pronoun **he** refers to Yahweh. If this would not be clear to your readers, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will fill your hand” 8:34 io5e כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשָׂ֖ה בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה צִוָּ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה לַ⁠עֲשֹׂ֖ת 1 Alternate translation: “What has been done today is just as Yahweh commanded should be done” -8:34 e67x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns לְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר עֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 See how you handled the word **atonement** in [1:4](../01/04.md). +8:34 e67x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns לְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר עֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 See how you handled the word **atonement** in [1:4](../01/04.md). 8:34 d5c1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר עֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם׃ 1 Here, **to** marks making **atonement** as the goal or purpose of Yahweh's commandments regarding the procedure of the various sacrifices performed on this day. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. It may be helpful to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: “He did this so that he might make atonement for you” 8:34 eefz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular עֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם׃ 1 Here, the pronoun **you** is plural. It refers to Aaron and his sons, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. 8:35 v2rg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular תֵּשְׁב֨וּ & וּ⁠שְׁמַרְתֶּ֛ם & וְ⁠לֹ֣א תָמ֑וּתוּ 1 Here, the pronoun **you** is plural. It refers to Aaron and his sons, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. @@ -878,7 +878,7 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 8:35 h75b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּ⁠שְׁמַרְתֶּ֛ם אֶת־מִשְׁמֶ֥רֶת יְהוָ֖ה 1 To **keep** the **watch of Yahweh** does not mean to stand and guard the entrance to the sacred tent. Rather, the expression means to carefully avoid his prohibitions, the things Yahweh has commanded his people not to do. If this meaning would not be clear, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and you will carefully keep Yahweh’s instructions about what you are not to do” 8:35 b94k rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠לֹ֣א תָמ֑וּתוּ 1 The word **and** here indicates that what follows is a result of what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a result of what came before. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: “If you do this, you will not die” 8:35 m25h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive כִּי־כֵ֖ן צֻוֵּֽיתִי׃ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “because thus Yahweh commanded me” -8:35 mvnl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּי־כֵ֖ן צֻוֵּֽיתִי׃ 1 The word translated as **because** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: “You should do all this because thus I have been commanded” +8:35 mvnl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּי־כֵ֖ן צֻוֵּֽיתִי׃ 1 The word translated as **because** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: “You should do all this because thus I have been commanded” 8:35 fol0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns צֻוֵּֽיתִי׃ 1 Here the pronoun **I** refers to Moses. If this would not be clear in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “I, Moses, have been commanded” 8:36 bb62 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶֽׁה׃ס 1 The expression **by the hand of Moses** uses one part of a person, the **hand**, to represent all of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh commanded through Moses” 9:intro s8cl 0 # Leviticus 9 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nAaron begins to function as the high priest in this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Following Yahweh’s instructions\n\nGreat care is taken to show that Aaron perfectly followed Yahweh’s instructions. Moses records every detail to show how Aaron correctly followed Yahweh.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “Fire came out from Yahweh”\n\nAaron did not create the fire that consumed his sacrifice. Instead, Yahweh miraculously began the fire which consumed the sacrifice. This showed that the sacrifice was acceptable to him. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]]) @@ -896,7 +896,7 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 9:3 s42l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular תְּדַבֵּ֣ר 1 Here, **you** is singular. It refers to Aaron, so use the singular form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. 9:3 xwgi rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 The word translated **saying** introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language. 9:3 nq8j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession שְׂעִיר־עִזִּים֙ 1 The expression **a buck of the goats** used the possessive form to refer to a male goat that belongs to the class of animals also called goats. If your language possesses a specific term for a male goat, consider using it here or use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “an adult male goat” -9:3 unc9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun עִזִּים֙ 1 The expression **the goats** does not refer to a specific group of goats. It describes any groups of goats that an Israelite might own. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the goats that you own” +9:3 unc9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun עִזִּים֙ 1 The expression **the goats** does not refer to a specific group of goats. It describes any groups of goats that an Israelite might own. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the goats that you own” 9:3 ah79 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠עֵ֨גֶל וָ⁠כֶ֧בֶשׂ בְּנֵי־שָׁנָ֛ה תְּמִימִ֖ם 1 The expression **a son of a year** is an idiom that refers to an animal that is a year old. If your language has a similar idiom, consider using it here. If not, state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and a perfect calf and a perfect lamb that are a year old” or “and a perfect calf and a perfect lamb that are twelve months of age” 9:4 gz2r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:5](../01/05.md). Alternate translation: “in Yahweh’s presence” or “in the precincts of the sacred tent where Yahweh lives among the Israelites” 9:4 fei7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִנְחָ֖ה בְּלוּלָ֣ה בַ⁠שָּׁ֑מֶן 1 See how you translated this expression in [7:10](../07/10.md). @@ -910,7 +910,7 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 9:6 m2gr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה תַּעֲשׂ֑וּ 1 Here, **you** is plural. It refers to the Israelite people, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. 9:6 p7cq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠יֵרָ֥א אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם כְּב֥וֹד יְהוָֽה 1 Here, the expression **the glory of Yahweh** refers to the earthly manifestation of Yahweh in the form of fire (see [9:23–24](../09/23.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh himself will appear to you in the form of heavenly fire” 9:7 k98c וַ⁠עֲשֵׂ֞ה אֶת־ חַטָּֽאתְ⁠ךָ֙ וְ⁠אֶת־ עֹ֣לָתֶ֔⁠ךָ & וַ⁠עֲשֵׂ֞ה אֶת־ קָרְבַּ֤ן הָ⁠עָם֙ 1 Alternate translation: “and prepare your sin offering and your burnt offering … And prepare the offering of the people” -9:7 xst1 וְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר בַּֽעַדְ⁠ךָ֖ וּ⁠בְעַ֣ד הָ⁠עָ֑ם & וְ⁠כַפֵּ֣ר בַּֽעֲדָ֔⁠ם 1 Alternate translation: “and make atonement for yourself and for the people … and make atonement for them” +9:7 xst1 וְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר בַּֽעַדְ⁠ךָ֖ וּ⁠בְעַ֣ד הָ⁠עָ֑ם & וְ⁠כַפֵּ֣ר בַּֽעֲדָ֔⁠ם 1 Alternate translation: “and make atonement for yourself and for the people … and make atonement for them” 9:7 caq0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר & וְ⁠כַפֵּ֣ר 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [1:4](../01/04.md). 9:7 kkgk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אֶת־קָרְבַּ֤ן הָ⁠עָם֙ 1 The expression **the offering of the people** uses the possessive form to describe the sacrifices that Yahweh has commanded the people of Israel to bring. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the offering that Yahweh commanded the people to bring” 9:8 v2tu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אֶת־עֵ֥גֶל הַ⁠חַטָּ֖את 1 The expression **the calf of the sin offering** uses the possessive form to describe a calf that is sacrificed as a sin offering. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the calf that he presented as a sin offering” @@ -970,7 +970,7 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 9:24 e6ys rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יָּרֹ֔נּוּ 1 Here, **they shouted** means that they cried out in joy with a loud voice. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and they joyfully shouted” or “and they cheered loudly” 9:24 da35 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַֽ⁠יִּפְּל֖וּ עַל־ פְּנֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 To fall on one’s **face** is a symbolic action. As an act of reverence, honor, and submission, It refers to either: (1) bowing on one’s knees with one’s face to the ground. If your language has a similar idiom to refer to bowing with respect to authority, consider using it here. If not, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and they knelt down in respect and awe with their faces on the ground” or (2) lying flat on the ground. Alternate translation: “and they lay flat out on the ground” 10:intro qn6v 0 # Leviticus 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 10:3.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Mourning\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “Fire” -10:1 wogp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וַ⁠יִּקְח֣וּ 1 The word **And** indicates that the action of this chapter immediately follows what happened in the previous chapter. The events recorded here should be considered to be a continuation of the story of the ordination ceremony. In your translate, be sure to use a connecting word that signals this to your readers. +10:1 wogp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וַ⁠יִּקְח֣וּ 1 The word **And** indicates that the action of this chapter immediately follows what happened in the previous chapter. The events recorded here should be considered to be a continuation of the story of the ordination ceremony. In your translate, be sure to use a connecting word that signals this to your readers. 10:1 r6u3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names נָדָ֨ב וַ⁠אֲבִיה֜וּא 1 **Nadab** and **Abihu** are the names of Aaron’s sons. 10:1 ghd1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown מַחְתָּת֗⁠וֹ 1 A **censer** is a shallow metal container that priests could use to carry hot coals or ash. It is likely that these dishes could also be used to offer incense. If your language has a word for this religious object, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “his pan” 10:1 d3vv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּתְּנ֤וּ בָ⁠הֵן֙ אֵ֔שׁ 1 See how you translated this idiom in [1:7](../01/07.md). Alternate translation: “and they put fire in them” @@ -979,9 +979,9 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 10:1 qem4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יַּקְרִ֜בוּ לִ⁠פְנֵ֤י יְהוָה֙ אֵ֣שׁ זָרָ֔ה 1 See how you translated this symbolic action in [1:2](../01/02.md). 10:1 dwmf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֤י יְהוָה֙ 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:5](../01/05.md). Alternate translation: “in the precincts of the tent of meeting where Yahweh lived among the Israelites” or “in Yahweh’s presence” 10:1 b4s0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֵ֣שׁ זָרָ֔ה 1 It is likely that the expression **strange fire** means that either: (1) Nadab and Abihu had used burning coals that came from a common, everyday source rather than from a holy source, as Yahweh had commanded. Alternate translation: “common fire that was not set apart exclusively for Yahweh’s purposes” or (2) the incense that Nadab and Abihu placed on top of the burning coals was not the kind of incense that Yahweh had commanded should be offered in the tent of meeting. Alternate translation: “unauthorized incense” -10:1 afy8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֵ֣שׁ 1 It is likely that **fire** refers to coals that Nadab and Abihu used to smolder the incense and cause it to smoke. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “coals” +10:1 afy8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֵ֣שׁ 1 It is likely that **fire** refers to coals that Nadab and Abihu used to smolder the incense and cause it to smoke. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “coals” 10:1 it5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֲשֶׁ֧ר לֹ֦א צִוָּ֖ה אֹתָֽ⁠ם׃ 1 This expression refers to the fact that the **strange fire** that Nadab and Abihu offered was not what Yahweh had commanded. Alternate translation: “that was not what Yahweh had specifically commanded his priests to offer” -10:2 c7n7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish אֵ֛שׁ 1 Here, **fire** means flames and not coals, as in the previous verse. The repetition of words is intended to be ironic. Nadab and Abihu offered fire, but fire consumed them in judgment. If your language has similar words for live coals and for flaming fire that could preserve this irony, consider using those terms here. If not, be sure to translate this word as fire. +10:2 c7n7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish אֵ֛שׁ 1 Here, **fire** means flames and not coals, as in the previous verse. The repetition of words is intended to be ironic. Nadab and Abihu offered fire, but fire consumed them in judgment. If your language has similar words for live coals and for flaming fire that could preserve this irony, consider using those terms here. If not, be sure to translate this word as fire. 10:2 et86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:5](../01/05.md). Alternate translation: “from the Holy of Holies where Yahweh lived among the Israelites” or “from Yahweh’s presence” 10:2 f9fy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠תֹּ֣אכַל אוֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 The author of Leviticus uses the image of the **fire** consuming or eating Aaron’s two sons to refer to the process that the sacrifice undergoes as the fire burns it until it is completely ash. If your language has a similar idiom used of fire completely burning something, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and it completely burned them until they were nothing but ash” 10:2 c893 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠יָּמֻ֖תוּ לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:5](../01/05.md). Alternate translation: “And they died in the precincts of the tent of meeting where Yahweh lived among the Israelites” or “And they died in Yahweh’s presence” @@ -991,8 +991,8 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 10:3 p7vy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶקָּדֵ֔שׁ 1 The expression **I will show myself to be holy** means that, by killing Aaron’s sons who had sinned, either: (1) Yahweh demonstrated that he alone is God by showing that he is not only set apart from sin but also perfect and powerful. Alternate translation: “I will show that I am God and that I alone am set apart from sin” or (2) Yahweh removed the impurity caused by the sins of Nadab and Abihu, thus purifying himself. Alternate translation: “I will purify myself from the impurity of people’s sin” 10:3 kpac rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠עַל־פְּנֵ֥י כָל־הָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 Here, the **face** of **all the people** refers to the people's faculties of sight and, by extension, what they can see. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And in the sight of all the people” 10:3 py8y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive אֶכָּבֵ֑ד 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will demonstrate that people should honor me” -10:4 qzy6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מִֽישָׁאֵל֙ & אֶלְצָפָ֔ן & בְּנֵ֥י עֻזִּיאֵ֖ל 1 **Mishael** and **Elzaphan** are the names of Aaron’s cousins, the sons of his uncle, **Uzziel**. -10:4 o9ui rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names עֻזִּיאֵ֖ל 1 **Uzziel** is the name of Aaron’s uncle. +10:4 qzy6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מִֽישָׁאֵל֙ & אֶלְצָפָ֔ן & בְּנֵ֥י עֻזִּיאֵ֖ל 1 **Mishael** and **Elzaphan** are the names of Aaron’s cousins, the sons of his uncle, **Uzziel**. +10:4 o9ui rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names עֻזִּיאֵ֖ל 1 **Uzziel** is the name of Aaron’s uncle. 10:4 tu5m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship דֹּ֣ד אַהֲרֹ֑ן 1 Here the term **uncle** specifically refers to Aaron's father's brother. If your language has a specific word for an **uncle**, it would be appropriate to use it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “Aaron's father's brother” 10:4 etlw rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction קִ֠רְב֞וּ 1 To **present** oneself is a symbolic action that refers to bringing oneself into Yahweh’s presence to do his purposes. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation, with a period following: “Come near to the precincts of the tent of meeting where Yahweh lives among the Israelites and be ready to do what Yahweh requires of you” 10:4 tus1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom שְׂא֤וּ אֶת־אֲחֵי⁠כֶם֙ 1 To **lift** something can mean to carry it. If your language has a similar idiom, consider using it here. If not, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and carry your brothers” @@ -1016,11 +1016,11 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 10:6 pe72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠אֲחֵי⁠כֶם֙ 1 Here, the word **brothers** does not mean male relatives. Rather, it likely refers to all their fellow Israelites, who were to be considered to be members of a single extended family. Alternate translation: “But all your fellow Israelites” 10:6 cbn7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy כָּל־ בֵּ֣ית יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Here, **house** refers to the whole people of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the people of Israel” 10:6 d6t9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative יִבְכּוּ֙ 1 This expression uses a future statement to give an instruction or command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words using a command or instruction form. Alternate translation: “should weep” or “must weep” -10:6 g4h2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry הַ⁠שְּׂרֵפָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֖ר שָׂרַ֥ף יְהוָֽה 1 Here, a verb and its object come from the same root. The phrase **he burned** translates as a verb that is related to the noun translated **burning**. The repetition of related words adds emphasis to the statement. If your language can repeat words for emphasis and your language has comparable terms that you can use in your own translation, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation. +10:6 g4h2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry הַ⁠שְּׂרֵפָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֖ר שָׂרַ֥ף יְהוָֽה 1 Here, a verb and its object come from the same root. The phrase **he burned** translates as a verb that is related to the noun translated **burning**. The repetition of related words adds emphasis to the statement. If your language can repeat words for emphasis and your language has comparable terms that you can use in your own translation, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation. 10:6 pcx5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶת־הַ⁠שְּׂרֵפָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֖ר שָׂרַ֥ף יְהוָֽה׃ 1 The word **burning** refers to the fire that came out from the Holy Place and consumed Nadab and Abihu. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for the way that Yahweh completely destroyed Nadab and Abihu with fire” 10:7 iyos rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular לֹ֤א תֵֽצְאוּ֙ & תָּמֻ֔תוּ & עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 Here the pronoun **you** is plural. It refers to Eleazar and Ithamar, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. 10:7 gymx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative לֹ֤א תֵֽצְאוּ֙ 1 The expression **you shall not go out** uses a future statement to give an instruction or command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words using a command or instruction form. Alternate translation: “you must not go out” or “do not go out” -10:7 xne1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּי־ 1 The word translated as **for** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: “This is because” +10:7 xne1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּי־ 1 The word translated as **for** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: “This is because” 10:7 pdx7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession שֶׁ֛מֶן מִשְׁחַ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה 1 The expression **the oil of the anointing of Yahweh** uses the possessive form to describe oil that is used to anoint people for service to Yahweh. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could state the meaning with a generic expression. Alternate translation: “the special oil that is used to set people apart to serve as priests to Yahweh” 10:7 u594 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַֽ⁠יַּעֲשׂ֖וּ כִּ⁠דְבַ֥ר מֹשֶֽׁה 1 The term **word** is being used to mean the message that Moses spoke. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And they did exactly what Moses told them to do” 10:7 mo1n rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַֽ⁠יַּעֲשׂ֖וּ 1 Here, the pronoun **they** refers to Eleazar and Ithamar, Aaron’s two remaining sons. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent clear. Alternate translation: “And Eleazar and Ithamar did” @@ -1067,7 +1067,7 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 10:14 qnqe rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown מִ⁠זִּבְחֵ֥י שַׁלְמֵ֖י 1 See how you translated this expression in [3:1](../03/01.md). 10:14 ers8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:2](../01/02.md). 10:15 mzyf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession שׁ֣וֹק הַ⁠תְּרוּמָ֞ה וַ⁠חֲזֵ֣ה הַ⁠תְּנוּפָ֗ה 1 See how you translated these expressions in [10:14](../10/14.md). -10:15 x654 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אִשֵּׁ֤י הַ⁠חֲלָבִים֙ 1 The expression **the gifts of the fat portions** refers to all the portions of fat and internal organs that would normally be offered with sacrifices of peace offerings. See [3:3–4](../03/03.md), [3:9–10](../03/09.md), and [3:14–15](../03/14.md) for the exact portions. +10:15 x654 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אִשֵּׁ֤י הַ⁠חֲלָבִים֙ 1 The expression **the gifts of the fat portions** refers to all the portions of fat and internal organs that would normally be offered with sacrifices of peace offerings. See [3:3–4](../03/03.md), [3:9–10](../03/09.md), and [3:14–15](../03/14.md) for the exact portions. 10:15 f30w rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns יָבִ֔יאוּ 1 Here the pronoun **they** likely refers to the people of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel shall bring” 10:15 ri2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative יָבִ֔יאוּ 1 The expression **they shall bring** uses a future statement to give an instruction or command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words using a command or instruction form. Alternate translation: “they must bring” or “they should bring” 10:15 n69i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown לְ⁠הָנִ֥יף תְּנוּפָ֖ה 1 See how you translated this ritual action and its corresponding type of offering in [7:30](../07/30.md). @@ -1116,7 +1116,7 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 11:2 jin6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun הַֽ⁠חַיָּה֙ 1 The expression **the living thing** does not refer to a specific animal. It describes any animal, bird, fish, lizard, or insect that an Israelite might encounter in their daily life. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is the type of creature that you might encounter” 11:2 sc39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִ⁠כָּל־הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר עַל־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ׃ 1 This expression refers to all land-dwelling animals, whether domesticated or otherwise. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. See how you translated the word **livestock** in [1:2](../01/02.md). 11:2 e376 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun מִ⁠כָּל־הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר עַל־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ׃ 1 The expression **the livestock** does not refer to a specific group of animals. It describes any four-footed animal that an Israelite might own or encounter in their daily life. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “from any quadruped that is on the earth” -11:3 wmod rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כֹּ֣ל ׀ מַפְרֶ֣סֶת פַּרְסָ֗ה וְ⁠שֹׁסַ֤עַת שֶׁ֨סַע֙ פְּרָסֹ֔ת מַעֲלַ֥ת גֵּרָ֖ה בַּ⁠בְּהֵמָ֑ה 1 This expression establishes criteria by which the people of Israel may determine whether a land-dwelling quadruped is acceptable for eating. Essentially, the animal must both chew **the cud** and have a completely divided **hoof**. The implication, as the following verses will illustrate, is that if an animal fulfills only one of these criteria, it should be considered unclean. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. +11:3 wmod rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כֹּ֣ל ׀ מַפְרֶ֣סֶת פַּרְסָ֗ה וְ⁠שֹׁסַ֤עַת שֶׁ֨סַע֙ פְּרָסֹ֔ת מַעֲלַ֥ת גֵּרָ֖ה בַּ⁠בְּהֵמָ֑ה 1 This expression establishes criteria by which the people of Israel may determine whether a land-dwelling quadruped is acceptable for eating. Essentially, the animal must both chew **the cud** and have a completely divided **hoof**. The implication, as the following verses will illustrate, is that if an animal fulfills only one of these criteria, it should be considered unclean. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. 11:3 yce6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism כֹּ֣ל ׀ מַפְרֶ֣סֶת פַּרְסָ֗ה וְ⁠שֹׁסַ֤עַת שֶׁ֨סַע֙ פְּרָסֹ֔ת 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Anything dividing the hoof that splits the cleft of the hooves completely” 11:3 cwvm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry מַפְרֶ֣סֶת פַּרְסָ֗ה 1 Here, words are being repeated for emphasis. The verb **dividing** comes from the same root as the noun **hoof**. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “that has a completely divided hoof” 11:3 f07l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry וְ⁠שֹׁסַ֤עַת שֶׁ֨סַע֙ פְּרָסֹ֔ת 1 Here, words are being repeated for emphasis. The verb **splitting** comes from the same root as the noun **cleft**. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “and whose hooves are completely split in two” @@ -1126,99 +1126,99 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 11:3 dae5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֹתָ֖⁠הּ תֹּאכֵֽלוּ 1 Here, **it** refers to any individual land-dwelling quadruped that meets both of the criteria listed in this verse. That is, it must both chew cud and possess a completely divided hoof to be considered clean and acceptable for eating. If this would not be clear in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “you shall eat any four-footed animal that meets these criteria" 11:4 c9gz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַ֤ךְ אֶת־זֶה֙ לֹ֣א תֹֽאכְל֔וּ מִֽ⁠מַּעֲלֵי֙ הַ⁠גֵּרָ֔ה וּ⁠מִ⁠מַּפְרִיסֵ֖י הַ⁠פַּרְסָ֑ה 1 This expression means that the following animals match one condition or the other, but not both. For example, an animal may chew cud (like **the camel** in the current verse), but it may not have a completely divided hoof (or any hoof at all). Alternatively, the animal may possess a divided hoof but not chew any cud. These types of animals were to be considered unclean. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. 11:4 j7ny rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun אֶֽת־ הַ֠⁠גָּמָל 1 The expression **the camel** does not refer to a specific animal. It describes any camel that an Israelite might own or encounter in their daily life. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a camel” -11:4 rw0i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אֶֽת־הַ֠⁠גָּמָל 1 This **camel** is a large, long-necked animal that usually lives in dry, arid climates. It has long slender legs, broad cushioned feet, and either one or two humps on its back. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. -11:4 vhj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּֽי־מַעֲלֵ֨ה גֵרָ֜ה ה֗וּא וּ⁠פַרְסָה֙ אֵינֶ֣⁠נּוּ מַפְרִ֔יס 1 This expression refers to the fact that the camel matches one condition, but not both. It chews the cud but does not possess a completely divided hoof. Because of this, it should be considered unclean. If this would be unclear in your language, it may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. +11:4 rw0i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אֶֽת־הַ֠⁠גָּמָל 1 This **camel** is a large, long-necked animal that usually lives in dry, arid climates. It has long slender legs, broad cushioned feet, and either one or two humps on its back. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. +11:4 vhj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּֽי־מַעֲלֵ֨ה גֵרָ֜ה ה֗וּא וּ⁠פַרְסָה֙ אֵינֶ֣⁠נּוּ מַפְרִ֔יס 1 This expression refers to the fact that the camel matches one condition, but not both. It chews the cud but does not possess a completely divided hoof. Because of this, it should be considered unclean. If this would be unclear in your language, it may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. 11:4 rxot rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּֽי־ 1 The word **because** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: “You shall not eat the camel because” 11:4 tv2j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry וּ⁠פַרְסָה֙ אֵינֶ֣⁠נּוּ מַפְרִ֔יס 1 Here, words are being repeated for emphasis. The verb **dividing** comes from the same root as the noun **hoof**. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “but it does not have a completely divided hoof” 11:4 ddz1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit טָמֵ֥א ה֖וּא לָ⁠כֶֽם׃ 1 As the General Introduction to this chapter discusses, for an animal to be **unclean** does not mean that it is physically dirty or nutritionally unhealthy to eat. Rather, the designation refers to whether or not the animal should be considered acceptable for an Israelite to eat and whether contact with the animal would ritually defile the people of Israel. By maintaining a specific diet, the people of Israel would keep themselves separated and distinct from the people and nations around them, demonstrating that they are holy people, dedicated to Yahweh (as [11:43–45](../11/43.md) explains). In your translation, be sure to indicate the label **unclean** does not refer to an animal being unhygienic or unhealthy. 11:5 ykh0 rc://*/ta/man/grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠שָּׁפָ֗ן כִּֽי 1 The word **because** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “Likewise, you shall not eat the rock badger. This is because” -11:5 b1fc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠שָּׁפָ֗ן 1 This **rock badger** is a small-to-medium-sized rodent-like animal that lives and hunts in rocky places. It is also known as the hyrax, the rock rabbit, or, in some places, the coney. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. +11:5 b1fc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠שָּׁפָ֗ן 1 This **rock badger** is a small-to-medium-sized rodent-like animal that lives and hunts in rocky places. It is also known as the hyrax, the rock rabbit, or, in some places, the coney. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. 11:5 mirq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠שָּׁפָ֗ן 1 The expression **the rock badger** does not refer to a specific animal. It describes any rock badger that an Israelite might encounter in their daily life. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And a rock badger” -11:5 e2np rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּֽי־מַעֲלֵ֤ה גֵרָה֙ ה֔וּא וּ⁠פַרְסָ֖ה לֹ֣א יַפְרִ֑יס 1 Like camels, rock badgers meet one condition, but not both. While it does not chew the cud like a camel, it moves its jaw in a similar manner as animals that chew the cud. Moreover, rock badgers habitually eat food that has already been digested and passed. Nonetheless, rock badgers do not possess a completely divided hoof, because they do not have hooves at all. Because of this, it should be considered unclean. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. +11:5 e2np rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּֽי־מַעֲלֵ֤ה גֵרָה֙ ה֔וּא וּ⁠פַרְסָ֖ה לֹ֣א יַפְרִ֑יס 1 Like camels, rock badgers meet one condition, but not both. While it does not chew the cud like a camel, it moves its jaw in a similar manner as animals that chew the cud. Moreover, rock badgers habitually eat food that has already been digested and passed. Nonetheless, rock badgers do not possess a completely divided hoof, because they do not have hooves at all. Because of this, it should be considered unclean. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. 11:5 tae4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry וּ⁠פַרְסָ֖ה לֹ֣א יַפְרִ֑יס 1 Here, words are being repeated for emphasis. The verb **divide** comes from the same root as the noun **hoof**. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “but it does not have a completely divided hoof” -11:5 c39c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit טָמֵ֥א ה֖וּא לָ⁠כֶֽם 1 See how you translated this expression in [11:4](../11/04.md). +11:5 c39c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit טָמֵ֥א ה֖וּא לָ⁠כֶֽם 1 See how you translated this expression in [11:4](../11/04.md). 11:6 dhzl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠אַרְנֶ֗בֶת כִּֽי 1 The word **because** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “Likewise, you shall not eat the rabbit. This is because” -11:6 a11v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠אַרְנֶ֗בֶת 1 This **rabbit** is a burrowing, plant-eating animal with long ears, long back legs, and a short tail. If your language has a word for such an animal, consider using it here. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. +11:6 a11v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠אַרְנֶ֗בֶת 1 This **rabbit** is a burrowing, plant-eating animal with long ears, long back legs, and a short tail. If your language has a word for such an animal, consider using it here. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. 11:6 idao rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠אַרְנֶ֗בֶת 1 The expression **the rabbit** does not refer to a specific animal. It describes any rabbit that an Israelite might encounter in their daily life. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a rabbit” -11:6 s90e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּֽי־מַעֲלַ֤ת גֵּרָה֙ הִ֔וא וּ⁠פַרְסָ֖ה לֹ֣א הִפְרִ֑יסָה 1 Like rock badgers, rabbits meet one condition, but not both. While it does not chew the cud like a camel, it moves its jaw in a similar manner as animals that chew the cud. Moreover, rabbits habitually eat food that has already been digested and passed. Nonetheless, they do not possess a completely divided hoof, because they do not have hooves at all. Because of this, rabbits should be considered unclean. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. -11:6 imuc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry וּ⁠פַרְסָ֖ה לֹ֣א הִפְרִ֑יסָה 1 See how you translated these repeated words in [11:5](../11/05.md). +11:6 s90e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּֽי־מַעֲלַ֤ת גֵּרָה֙ הִ֔וא וּ⁠פַרְסָ֖ה לֹ֣א הִפְרִ֑יסָה 1 Like rock badgers, rabbits meet one condition, but not both. While it does not chew the cud like a camel, it moves its jaw in a similar manner as animals that chew the cud. Moreover, rabbits habitually eat food that has already been digested and passed. Nonetheless, they do not possess a completely divided hoof, because they do not have hooves at all. Because of this, rabbits should be considered unclean. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. +11:6 imuc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry וּ⁠פַרְסָ֖ה לֹ֣א הִפְרִ֑יסָה 1 See how you translated these repeated words in [11:5](../11/05.md). 11:7 albz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠אֶת־הַ֠⁠חֲזִיר כִּֽי 1 The word **because** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “Likewise, you shall not eat the pig. This is because” -11:7 qmfb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אֶת־הַ֠⁠חֲזִיר 1 This **pig** is a hoofed swine with a flat snout for rooting in the soil. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. +11:7 qmfb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אֶת־הַ֠⁠חֲזִיר 1 This **pig** is a hoofed swine with a flat snout for rooting in the soil. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. 11:7 vh26 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun וְ⁠אֶת־הַ֠⁠חֲזִיר 1 The expression **the pig** does not refer to a specific animal. It describes any pig that an Israelite might encounter in their daily life. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And a pig” -11:7 pq3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּֽי־מַפְרִ֨יס פַּרְסָ֜ה ה֗וּא וְ⁠שֹׁסַ֥ע שֶׁ֨סַע֙ פַּרְסָ֔ה וְ⁠ה֖וּא גֵּרָ֣ה לֹֽא־יִגָּ֑ר 1 Like rock badgers and rabbits, pigs meet one condition, but not both. While it possesses a completely cloven hoof, it does not chew cud. Because of this, pigs should be considered unclean. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. +11:7 pq3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּֽי־מַפְרִ֨יס פַּרְסָ֜ה ה֗וּא וְ⁠שֹׁסַ֥ע שֶׁ֨סַע֙ פַּרְסָ֔ה וְ⁠ה֖וּא גֵּרָ֣ה לֹֽא־יִגָּ֑ר 1 Like rock badgers and rabbits, pigs meet one condition, but not both. While it possesses a completely cloven hoof, it does not chew cud. Because of this, pigs should be considered unclean. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. 11:7 g62y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism כִּֽי־מַפְרִ֨יס פַּרְסָ֜ה ה֗וּא וְ⁠שֹׁסַ֥ע שֶׁ֨סַע֙ פַּרְסָ֔ה 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “because it is dividing the hoof in a way that splits the cleft of the hooves completely” -11:7 jjwy rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry מַפְרִ֨יס פַּרְסָ֜ה ה֗וּא 1 See how you translated these repeated words in [11:5](../11/05.md). +11:7 jjwy rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry מַפְרִ֨יס פַּרְסָ֜ה ה֗וּא 1 See how you translated these repeated words in [11:5](../11/05.md). 11:7 wdut rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry וְ⁠שֹׁסַ֥ע שֶׁ֨סַע֙ פַּרְסָ֔ה 1 Here, words are being repeated for emphasis. The verb **splitting** comes from the same root as the noun **cleft**. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “and its hooves are completely divided” 11:7 nczj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry וְ⁠ה֖וּא גֵּרָ֣ה לֹֽא־יִגָּ֑ר 1 Here, words are being repeated for emphasis. Here, the verb **chew** comes from the same root as the noun **cud**. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “but it itself does not chew cud” 11:7 i0u3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns וְ⁠ה֖וּא גֵּרָ֣ה לֹֽא־יִגָּ֑ר 1 This expression the word **itself** to emphasize that **pig** does not chew the cud. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: “but it itself never chews cud” 11:9 m2na rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל אֲשֶׁ֣ר בַּ⁠מָּ֑יִם 1 This expression refers to all water-dwelling creatures, including fish and mammals. If it would be clearer in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from any fish or mammal that lives in the water” 11:9 sojs כֹּ֣ל אֲשֶׁר־ל⁠וֹ֩ סְנַפִּ֨יר וְ⁠קַשְׂקֶ֜שֶׂת 1 Alternative translation: “anything that has both fins and scales” -11:9 j5mn כֹּ֣ל אֲשֶׁר־ל⁠וֹ֩ סְנַפִּ֨יר וְ⁠קַשְׂקֶ֜שֶׂת 1 As was the case with the land-dwelling quadrupeds, here this expression states criteria by which the people of Israel may determine whether a water-dwelling fish, mammal, or anything else that lives in the water is acceptable for eating. Essentially, the creature must possess both **fins** and **scales**. The implication is that if a creature fulfills only one of these criteria, it should be considered unclean. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. +11:9 j5mn כֹּ֣ל אֲשֶׁר־ל⁠וֹ֩ סְנַפִּ֨יר וְ⁠קַשְׂקֶ֜שֶׂת 1 As was the case with the land-dwelling quadrupeds, here this expression states criteria by which the people of Israel may determine whether a water-dwelling fish, mammal, or anything else that lives in the water is acceptable for eating. Essentially, the creature must possess both **fins** and **scales**. The implication is that if a creature fulfills only one of these criteria, it should be considered unclean. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. 11:9 j4k9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown סְנַפִּ֨יר 1 Here, **fins** refers to the thin, flat parts that the fish uses to move through the water. 11:9 l6nh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠קַשְׂקֶ֜שֶׂת 1 Here, **scales** refers to the small, bony plates that cover the body of the fish. 11:9 opa8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֹתָ֥⁠ם תֹּאכֵֽלוּ׃ 1 Here, **them** refers to the fish that possess both **fins** and **scales**. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referents explicit. Alternate translation: “you shall eat anything that lives in water that possesses both fins and scales” -11:10 owox rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠כֹל֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר אֵֽין־ל֜⁠וֹ סְנַפִּ֣יר וְ⁠קַשְׂקֶ֗שֶׂת בַּ⁠יַּמִּים֙ וּ⁠בַ⁠נְּחָלִ֔ים מִ⁠כֹּל֙ שֶׁ֣רֶץ הַ⁠מַּ֔יִם וּ⁠מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל נֶ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠חַיָּ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר בַּ⁠מָּ֑יִם 1 This expression establishes criteria by which the people of Israel may determine whether a creature that lives in the water, regardless of whether it lives in **the seas** or in **the rivers**, is acceptable for eating. Essentially, the animal must possess both **fins** and **scales**. The implication, as the following verses will illustrate, is that if an animal fulfills only one of these criteria, it should be considered **a detestable thing** and should be avoided at all costs. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. +11:10 owox rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠כֹל֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר אֵֽין־ל֜⁠וֹ סְנַפִּ֣יר וְ⁠קַשְׂקֶ֗שֶׂת בַּ⁠יַּמִּים֙ וּ⁠בַ⁠נְּחָלִ֔ים מִ⁠כֹּל֙ שֶׁ֣רֶץ הַ⁠מַּ֔יִם וּ⁠מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל נֶ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠חַיָּ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר בַּ⁠מָּ֑יִם 1 This expression establishes criteria by which the people of Israel may determine whether a creature that lives in the water, regardless of whether it lives in **the seas** or in **the rivers**, is acceptable for eating. Essentially, the animal must possess both **fins** and **scales**. The implication, as the following verses will illustrate, is that if an animal fulfills only one of these criteria, it should be considered **a detestable thing** and should be avoided at all costs. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. 11:10 yngo וְ⁠כֹל֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר אֵֽין־ל֜⁠וֹ סְנַפִּ֣יר וְ⁠קַשְׂקֶ֗שֶׂת 1 Alternative translation: “But anything that does not have both fins and scales” -11:10 x8y3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מִ⁠כֹּל֙ שֶׁ֣רֶץ הַ⁠מַּ֔יִם 1 This expression uses the possessive form to describe **swarming** fish that live in **water**, that is, schools of small fish that swarm in large numbers. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “from every fish that swarms in large numbers and lives in the water” -11:10 caaa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וּ⁠מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל נֶ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠חַיָּ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר בַּ⁠מָּ֑יִם 1 This expression uses the possessive form to describe **living things** that are both living, breathing creatures and live in **water**. Whereas the expression **swarming thing of the water** refers to schools of small fish, this expression likely refers to larger fish and mammals that live in water. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and from every living creature that lives in the water” +11:10 x8y3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מִ⁠כֹּל֙ שֶׁ֣רֶץ הַ⁠מַּ֔יִם 1 This expression uses the possessive form to describe **swarming** fish that live in **water**, that is, schools of small fish that swarm in large numbers. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “from every fish that swarms in large numbers and lives in the water” +11:10 caaa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וּ⁠מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל נֶ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠חַיָּ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר בַּ⁠מָּ֑יִם 1 This expression uses the possessive form to describe **living things** that are both living, breathing creatures and live in **water**. Whereas the expression **swarming thing of the water** refers to schools of small fish, this expression likely refers to larger fish and mammals that live in water. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and from every living creature that lives in the water” 11:12 znvd כֹּ֣ל אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֵֽין־ל֛⁠וֹ סְנַפִּ֥יר וְ⁠קַשְׂקֶ֖שֶׂת 1 Alternative translation: “Anything that does not have both fins and scales” 11:13 q2t5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns מִן־הָ⁠ע֔וֹף 1 The word **bird** is singular in form, but it refers to all winged animals as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “from winged animals” 11:13 faw3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive לֹ֥א יֵאָכְל֖וּ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You should not eat them” 11:13 t0xc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אֶת־הַ⁠נֶּ֨שֶׁר֙ 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a large carrion-eating bird of prey, such as the **eagle.** Like many of the birds on this list, this bird is a large, carnivorous bird of prey that eats dead animals. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term. -11:13 gs9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠פֶּ֔רֶס 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a **vulture**. Like many of the birds on this list, it is a carnivorous bird of prey that eats dead animals. Specifically, a **vulture** is a large bird of prey with the head and neck more or less bare of feathers, feeding mostly on carrion. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term. +11:13 gs9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠פֶּ֔רֶס 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a **vulture**. Like many of the birds on this list, it is a carnivorous bird of prey that eats dead animals. Specifically, a **vulture** is a large bird of prey with the head and neck more or less bare of feathers, feeding mostly on carrion. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term. 11:13 lvfa rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אֵ֖ת הָ⁠עָזְנִיָּֽה׃ 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers generally to a **buzzard**. Like all the birds in this verse, it is a large carnivorous bird of prey that eats dead animals. If your readers would not be familiar with this group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term. -11:14 x7r3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אֶת־הַ֨⁠דָּאָ֔ה 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a **kite**. Like all the birds in this verse, it is a small-to-medium-sized carnivorous bird of prey that eats dead animals. Specifically, a **kite** is a small bird of prey with a partly bare face and short beak. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term. -11:14 jvrn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠אַיָּ֖ה 1 Although the exact designation of this group of birds is debated, the word likely refers to a **falcon**. Like all the birds in this verse, it is a small-to-medium-sized carnivorous bird of prey that eats dead animals. Specifically, a **falcon** is a bird of prey ranging in size from large to small, with long pointed wings and a notched beak. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term. +11:14 x7r3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אֶת־הַ֨⁠דָּאָ֔ה 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a **kite**. Like all the birds in this verse, it is a small-to-medium-sized carnivorous bird of prey that eats dead animals. Specifically, a **kite** is a small bird of prey with a partly bare face and short beak. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term. +11:14 jvrn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠אַיָּ֖ה 1 Although the exact designation of this group of birds is debated, the word likely refers to a **falcon**. Like all the birds in this verse, it is a small-to-medium-sized carnivorous bird of prey that eats dead animals. Specifically, a **falcon** is a bird of prey ranging in size from large to small, with long pointed wings and a notched beak. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term. 11:14 omqg לְ⁠מִינָֽ⁠הּ׃ 1 Alternate translation: “of any kind” 11:15 mm47 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אֵ֥ת כָּל־עֹרֵ֖ב 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a **raven**, a medium-to-large-sized bird with entirely black feathers. It feeds on mostly carrion. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term. 11:15 q7mr לְ⁠מִינֽ⁠וֹ׃ 1 Alternate translation: “of any kind” 11:16 asgi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠אֵת֙ בַּ֣ת הַֽ⁠יַּעֲנָ֔ה 1 The expression **the daughter of clamor** describes a bird who possesses a noisy cry that sounds like a **clamor**. Specifically, this expression is used to describe an ostrich. If it would be helpful, you could use an equivalent idiom from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and the ostrich” -11:16 da3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אֵת֙ בַּ֣ת הַֽ⁠יַּעֲנָ֔ה 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to an ostrich, a flightless, fast-running bird. It has a long neck, long bare legs, and two toes on each foot. In the ancient world, it was associated with ruins and desolate places and therefore with death and destruction. It also had religious associations with death and the afterlife in Egypt. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term. -11:16 livi rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠תַּחְמָ֖ס 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers generally to an **owl**, a bird that hunts at night, ranging from small to large in size, with large eyes and a hooked beak. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term. -11:16 krc1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠שָּׁ֑חַף 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a **gull**, a common white bird that hunts in large bodies of water. If your readers would not be familiar with this group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term. -11:16 a26g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠נֵּ֖ץ לְ⁠מִינֵֽ⁠הוּ׃ 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a **hawk**, a small-to-medium-sized bird of prey with broad rounded wings and a long tail. If your readers would not be familiar with this group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term. -11:17 i5zy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠כּ֥וֹס 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to the **little owl**, a small-sized variety of owls, a nocturnal bird of prey that commonly feeds on carrion. If your readers would not be familiar with this group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term. See how you translated the word “owl” in the previous verse. -11:17 kime rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠שָּׁלָ֖ךְ 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a **cormorant**, a large diving bird with a long neck, long hooked bill, and dark feathers. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term. -11:17 agto rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠יַּנְשֽׁוּף׃ 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a **big owl**, a large-sized variety of owls, a nocturnal bird of prey that commonly feeds on carrion. If your readers would not be familiar with this group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term. See how you translated the word “owl” in the previous verse. -11:18 thz2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠תִּנְשֶׁ֥מֶת 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a **waterhen**, a small-to-medium-sized water bird that lives in the water and hunts by wading in shallow water. If your readers would not be familiar with this group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term. +11:16 da3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אֵת֙ בַּ֣ת הַֽ⁠יַּעֲנָ֔ה 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to an ostrich, a flightless, fast-running bird. It has a long neck, long bare legs, and two toes on each foot. In the ancient world, it was associated with ruins and desolate places and therefore with death and destruction. It also had religious associations with death and the afterlife in Egypt. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term. +11:16 livi rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠תַּחְמָ֖ס 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers generally to an **owl**, a bird that hunts at night, ranging from small to large in size, with large eyes and a hooked beak. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term. +11:16 krc1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠שָּׁ֑חַף 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a **gull**, a common white bird that hunts in large bodies of water. If your readers would not be familiar with this group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term. +11:16 a26g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠נֵּ֖ץ לְ⁠מִינֵֽ⁠הוּ׃ 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a **hawk**, a small-to-medium-sized bird of prey with broad rounded wings and a long tail. If your readers would not be familiar with this group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term. +11:17 i5zy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠כּ֥וֹס 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to the **little owl**, a small-sized variety of owls, a nocturnal bird of prey that commonly feeds on carrion. If your readers would not be familiar with this group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term. See how you translated the word “owl” in the previous verse. +11:17 kime rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠שָּׁלָ֖ךְ 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a **cormorant**, a large diving bird with a long neck, long hooked bill, and dark feathers. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term. +11:17 agto rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠יַּנְשֽׁוּף׃ 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a **big owl**, a large-sized variety of owls, a nocturnal bird of prey that commonly feeds on carrion. If your readers would not be familiar with this group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term. See how you translated the word “owl” in the previous verse. +11:18 thz2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠תִּנְשֶׁ֥מֶת 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a **waterhen**, a small-to-medium-sized water bird that lives in the water and hunts by wading in shallow water. If your readers would not be familiar with this group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term. 11:18 e7k7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠קָּאָ֖ת 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a **pelican**, a large white or grey water bird with a large bill designed for scooping up fish and prey. This word may specifically refer to a variety of **pelican** that lives in the desert. If your readers would not be familiar with this group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term. -11:18 nsbv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠רָחָֽם׃ 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to an **ibis**, a group of wading water birds that have long necks and legs and a long, curved beak. If your readers would not be familiar with this group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term. -11:19 tq7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אֵת֙ הַ⁠חֲסִידָ֔ה 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a **stork**, a tall long-legged bird with a long heavy bill that wades in shallow water. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific type of bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term. -11:19 mhlm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הָ⁠אֲנָפָ֖ה לְ⁠מִינָ֑⁠הּ 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a **heron**, a large fish-eating bird with long legs. It is recognizable by its long S-shaped neck and long pointed bill. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term. -11:19 v489 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠דּוּכִיפַ֖ת 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a **hoopoe**, a salmon-pink bird with a long thin beak and black and white wings and tail. In the ancient world, it was often associated with filth and excrement. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar specieis of bird in your area or you could use a more general term. -11:19 gzj5 הָ⁠עֲטַלֵּֽף 1 Although the exact designation of this flying animal is debated, it likely refers to a **bat**, a winged, rodent-like mammal that usually flies and hunts at night. Although the **bat** is not a bird, it is a flying creature associated with death and destruction in the ancient world because of its tendency to live near desolate or deserted places. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of a similar flying animal in your area or you could use a more general term. +11:18 nsbv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠רָחָֽם׃ 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to an **ibis**, a group of wading water birds that have long necks and legs and a long, curved beak. If your readers would not be familiar with this group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term. +11:19 tq7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אֵת֙ הַ⁠חֲסִידָ֔ה 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a **stork**, a tall long-legged bird with a long heavy bill that wades in shallow water. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific type of bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term. +11:19 mhlm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הָ⁠אֲנָפָ֖ה לְ⁠מִינָ֑⁠הּ 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a **heron**, a large fish-eating bird with long legs. It is recognizable by its long S-shaped neck and long pointed bill. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term. +11:19 v489 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠דּוּכִיפַ֖ת 1 Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a **hoopoe**, a salmon-pink bird with a long thin beak and black and white wings and tail. In the ancient world, it was often associated with filth and excrement. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar specieis of bird in your area or you could use a more general term. +11:19 gzj5 הָ⁠עֲטַלֵּֽף 1 Although the exact designation of this flying animal is debated, it likely refers to a **bat**, a winged, rodent-like mammal that usually flies and hunts at night. Although the **bat** is not a bird, it is a flying creature associated with death and destruction in the ancient world because of its tendency to live near desolate or deserted places. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of a similar flying animal in your area or you could use a more general term. 11:20 a5q6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כֹּ֚ל שֶׁ֣רֶץ הָ⁠ע֔וֹף הַ⁠הֹלֵ֖ךְ עַל־ אַרְבַּ֑ע 1 Here, the expression **the one walking on four** is an idiom that means to crawl on the ground on four legs. This sets these insects apart from other flying things, such as birds, that have only two feet. Alternate translation: “Every swarming thing of the wing that has four legs” 11:20 flpp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession כֹּ֚ל שֶׁ֣רֶץ הָ⁠ע֔וֹף 1 The expression **every swarming thing of the wing** uses the possessive form to describe a swarming insect that is characterized by possessing wings. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “Every winged, swarming insect” -11:21 xf6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מִ⁠כֹּל֙ שֶׁ֣רֶץ הָ⁠ע֔וֹף הַ⁠הֹלֵ֖ךְ עַל־אַרְבַּ֑ע 1 See how you translated these expressions in [11:20](../11/32.md). +11:21 xf6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מִ⁠כֹּל֙ שֶׁ֣רֶץ הָ⁠ע֔וֹף הַ⁠הֹלֵ֖ךְ עַל־אַרְבַּ֑ע 1 See how you translated these expressions in [11:20](../11/32.md). 11:21 we21 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֲשֶׁר־ל֤וֹ כְרָעַ֨יִם֙ מִ⁠מַּ֣עַל לְ⁠רַגְלָ֔י⁠ו לְ⁠נַתֵּ֥ר בָּ⁠הֵ֖ן עַל־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ׃ 1 This expression establishes a criterion by which the people of Israel may determine whether a winged, swarming insect is acceptable for eating. Essentially, the insect must have jointed legs with which it jumps on the ground. The implication is that if an insect does not have jointed legs, the people of Israel should consider the insect to be unclean. Express this in whatever way is most natural for your language. Alternate translation: “that which has jointed legs above its feet with which it jumps on the ground” 11:21 x9k0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְ⁠נַתֵּ֥ר בָּ⁠הֵ֖ן 1 Here, **to** marks jumping as the goal or purpose of having jointed legs. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. 11:22 vnye אֶת־אֵ֤לֶּה מֵ⁠הֶם֙ 1 Alternate translation: “These from among them” 11:22 dqs7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אֶת־הָֽ⁠אַרְבֶּ֣ה לְ⁠מִינ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠סָּלְעָ֖ם לְ⁠מִינֵ֑⁠הוּ וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠חַרְגֹּ֣ל לְ⁠מִינֵ֔⁠הוּ וְ⁠אֶת־הֶ⁠חָגָ֖ב לְ⁠מִינֵֽ⁠הוּ 1 Although the exact designation of these insects is debated, these terms likely refer to locust- or cricket-like insects that have wings and jointed legs by which they jump on the ground. Although these insects usually have six legs, [11:20](../11/20.md) describes these insects as swarming things that have four legs. This is because, in most cases, these insects walk on four legs and use their back two legs, quite different in size and appearance from the rest, to jump. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. If your readers would not be familiar with these types of insects, you could use the names of similar insects in your area or you could use more general terms. 11:23 ntmx וְ⁠כֹל֙ שֶׁ֣רֶץ הָ⁠ע֔וֹף אֲשֶׁר־ל֖⁠וֹ אַרְבַּ֣ע רַגְלָ֑יִם 1 Alternate translation: “Every winged, swarming insect that has four legs” 11:23 cr37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֲשֶׁר־ל֖⁠וֹ אַרְבַּ֣ע רַגְלָ֑יִם 1 This statement reiterates what [11:20](../11/20.md) stated. Any winged, swarming insect that only has four legs with which it walks on the ground, other than the ones listed in the previous verse, are to be considered unclean. If it would be helpful in your language, consider clarifying this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. -11:24 n92t וּ⁠לְ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה 1 Here, **these** refers to either: 1) any winged, swarming insect that has four legs and does not possess jointed legs. Alternate translation: “And by any winged, swarming insect that has four legs that are not jointed on which it walks” or 2) all the unclean quadrupeds, including the ones that have paws, listed in \\[11:26–27\\](../11/26.md). Alternate translation: “And by any quadruped that either chews cud or has a completely cloven hoof, but does not possess both characteristics, or by any quadruped that has paws” +11:24 n92t וּ⁠לְ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה 1 Here, **these** refers to either: 1) any winged, swarming insect that has four legs and does not possess jointed legs. Alternate translation: “And by any winged, swarming insect that has four legs that are not jointed on which it walks” or 2) all the unclean quadrupeds, including the ones that have paws, listed in [11:26–27](../11/26.md). Alternate translation: “And by any quadruped that either chews cud or has a completely cloven hoof, but does not possess both characteristics, or by any quadruped that has paws” 11:25 eqb7 וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠נֹּשֵׂ֖א מִ⁠נִּבְלָתָ֑⁠ם 1 Alternate translation: “and whoever picks up one of their carcasses” 11:25 fc28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יְכַבֵּ֥ס בְּגָדָ֖י⁠ו 1 The act of washing one’s clothing is not for hygienic purposes but rather for the purpose of removing ritual impurity from one’s body or from anything one comes into contact with. If this would be unclear to your readers, consider explaining the significance of this action in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “shall wash his clothes in order to remove any impurity from them that they might have acquired by touching the carcass of the unclean insect or animal” -11:26 ly8c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְֽ⁠כָל־הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֡ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר הִוא֩ מַפְרֶ֨סֶת פַּרְסָ֜ה וְ⁠שֶׁ֣סַע ׀ אֵינֶ֣⁠נָּה שֹׁסַ֗עַת וְ⁠גֵרָה֙ אֵינֶ֣⁠נָּה מַעֲלָ֔ה 1 See how you translated these expressions in [11:3](../11/03.md). +11:26 ly8c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְֽ⁠כָל־הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֡ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר הִוא֩ מַפְרֶ֨סֶת פַּרְסָ֜ה וְ⁠שֶׁ֣סַע ׀ אֵינֶ֣⁠נָּה שֹׁסַ֗עַת וְ⁠גֵרָה֙ אֵינֶ֣⁠נָּה מַעֲלָ֔ה 1 See how you translated these expressions in [11:3](../11/03.md). 11:27 te6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠כֹ֣ל ׀ הוֹלֵ֣ךְ עַל־כַּפָּ֗י⁠ו 1 This expression refers to any animal that walks on its paws. Express this in whatever way is most natural for your language. Alternate translation: “Anything that goes about on its paws” -11:27 bs0b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַ⁠הֹלֶ֣כֶת עַל־אַרְבַּ֔ע 1 See how you translated this expression in [11:20](../11/32.md). +11:27 bs0b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַ⁠הֹלֶ֣כֶת עַל־אַרְבַּ֔ע 1 See how you translated this expression in [11:20](../11/32.md). 11:28 y6p7 וְ⁠הַ⁠נֹּשֵׂא֙ אֶת־נִבְלָתָ֔⁠ם 1 Alternate translation: “And whoever picks up their carcasses” 11:29 em5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בַּ⁠שֶּׁ֖רֶץ הַ⁠שֹּׁרֵ֣ץ עַל־הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 This expression refers to all animals that swarm in large numbers and crawl close to the ground. Express this in whatever way would be most natural for your language. Alternate translation: “among any swarming animals that crawl close to the ground” -11:29 d6ln rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הַ⁠חֹ֥לֶד 1 Although the exact designation of this animal is debated, this term likely refers to a **rat**, a large rodent, typically having a pointed nose and a long bare tail. If your readers would not be familiar with this animal, you could use the name of a something animal in your area or you could use a more general term. -11:29 v24s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠הָ⁠עַכְבָּ֖ר 1 Although the exact designation of this animal is debated, this term likely refers to a **mouse**, a small rodent, typically having long ears and a long tail. If your readers would not be familiar with this animal, you could use the name of a something animal in your area or you could use a more general term. -11:29 v3ct rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠הַ⁠צָּ֥ב לְ⁠מִינֵֽ⁠הוּ׃ 1 Although the exact designation of this animal is debated, this term may refer to a **large lizard**. This term includes a wide variety of large scaly reptiles with four short legs. If your readers would not be familiar with this kind of animal, you could use the name of a similar group of animals in your area or you could use a more general term. +11:29 d6ln rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הַ⁠חֹ֥לֶד 1 Although the exact designation of this animal is debated, this term likely refers to a **rat**, a large rodent, typically having a pointed nose and a long bare tail. If your readers would not be familiar with this animal, you could use the name of a something animal in your area or you could use a more general term. +11:29 v24s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠הָ⁠עַכְבָּ֖ר 1 Although the exact designation of this animal is debated, this term likely refers to a **mouse**, a small rodent, typically having long ears and a long tail. If your readers would not be familiar with this animal, you could use the name of a something animal in your area or you could use a more general term. +11:29 v3ct rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠הַ⁠צָּ֥ב לְ⁠מִינֵֽ⁠הוּ׃ 1 Although the exact designation of this animal is debated, this term may refer to a **large lizard**. This term includes a wide variety of large scaly reptiles with four short legs. If your readers would not be familiar with this kind of animal, you could use the name of a similar group of animals in your area or you could use a more general term. 11:30 qr8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠הָ⁠אֲנָקָ֥ה 1 Although the exact designation of this animal is debated, this term may refer to a **gecko**, a large group of small lizards with sticky pads on their feet by which they climb. If your readers would not be familiar with this kind of animal, you could use the name of a similar group of animals in your area or you could use a more general term. -11:30 n83c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠הַ⁠כֹּ֖חַ 1 Although the exact designation of this animal is debated, this term may refer to a **monitor lizard**, a term that includes a wide variety or large, heavy-set lizards with large claws and a forked, snake-like tongue. If your readers would not be familiar with this kind of animal, you could use the name of a similar group of animals in your area or you could use a more general term. -11:30 gqug rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠הַ⁠לְּטָאָ֑ה 1 Although the exact designation of this animal is debated, this term may generally refer to a **lizard**, including a wide variety of small-to-large-sized scaly reptiles with four short legs and a long tail. If your readers would not be familiar with this general group of animals, you could use the name of a similar kind of animal in your area or you could use a more general term. -11:30 vad4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠הַ⁠חֹ֖מֶט 1 Although the exact designation of this animal is debated, this term may refer to a **skink**. This term includes a wide variety of small smooth-skinned lizards that typically burrow in sandy ground. If your readers would not be familiar with this kind of animal, you could use the name of a similar group of animals in your area or you could use a more general term. -11:30 bplm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠הַ⁠תִּנְשָֽׁמֶת׃ 1 Although the exact designation of this animal is debated, this term may refer to a **chameleon**. If this is the case, this term refers to a small, slow lizard with a long, curved tail, and a long, sticky tongue. It also has bulging eyes that move independently and is most recognizable for its ability to blend in with its surroundings by changing color. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific animal, you could use the name of a similar animal in your area or you could use a more general term. +11:30 n83c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠הַ⁠כֹּ֖חַ 1 Although the exact designation of this animal is debated, this term may refer to a **monitor lizard**, a term that includes a wide variety or large, heavy-set lizards with large claws and a forked, snake-like tongue. If your readers would not be familiar with this kind of animal, you could use the name of a similar group of animals in your area or you could use a more general term. +11:30 gqug rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠הַ⁠לְּטָאָ֑ה 1 Although the exact designation of this animal is debated, this term may generally refer to a **lizard**, including a wide variety of small-to-large-sized scaly reptiles with four short legs and a long tail. If your readers would not be familiar with this general group of animals, you could use the name of a similar kind of animal in your area or you could use a more general term. +11:30 vad4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠הַ⁠חֹ֖מֶט 1 Although the exact designation of this animal is debated, this term may refer to a **skink**. This term includes a wide variety of small smooth-skinned lizards that typically burrow in sandy ground. If your readers would not be familiar with this kind of animal, you could use the name of a similar group of animals in your area or you could use a more general term. +11:30 bplm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠הַ⁠תִּנְשָֽׁמֶת׃ 1 Although the exact designation of this animal is debated, this term may refer to a **chameleon**. If this is the case, this term refers to a small, slow lizard with a long, curved tail, and a long, sticky tongue. It also has bulging eyes that move independently and is most recognizable for its ability to blend in with its surroundings by changing color. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific animal, you could use the name of a similar animal in your area or you could use a more general term. 11:31 tryh בְּ⁠מֹתָ֖⁠ם 1 Alternate translation: “when they have died” -11:32 jw6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns מֵ⁠הֶ֨ם 1 The expression **one from them** refers to any unclean animal, but specifically the list of lizards and “swarming things” from [11:29–30](../11/29.md). +11:32 jw6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns מֵ⁠הֶ֨ם 1 The expression **one from them** refers to any unclean animal, but specifically the list of lizards and “swarming things” from [11:29–30](../11/29.md). 11:32 b5he בְּ⁠מֹתָ֜⁠ם 1 Alternate translation: “when they have died” 11:32 acz5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִ⁠כָּל־כְּלִי־עֵץ֙ א֣וֹ בֶ֤גֶד אוֹ־עוֹר֙ א֣וֹ שָׂ֔ק 1 This expression refers to any container, clothing, or object that is made from **wood**, **cloth**, **leather**, or **sackcloth**. Alternate translation: “anything made from wood or cloth or leather or sackcloth” 11:32 u25t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive כָּל־כְּלִ֕י אֲשֶׁר־יֵעָשֶׂ֥ה מְלָאכָ֖ה בָּ⁠הֶ֑ם בַּ⁠מַּ֧יִם יוּבָ֛א 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the owner of any such item with which he does work should bring it into water” 11:33 d03r וְ⁠כָל־כְּלִי־חֶ֔רֶשׂ אֲשֶׁר־יִפֹּ֥ל מֵ⁠הֶ֖ם אֶל־תּוֹכ֑⁠וֹ 1 Alternate translation: “And any vessel of clay into which one from them falls” -11:33 hczh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns מֵ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 See how you translated this expression in [11:32](../11/32.md). +11:33 hczh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns מֵ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 See how you translated this expression in [11:32](../11/32.md). 11:33 jtb7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular וְ⁠אֹת֥⁠וֹ תִשְׁבֹּֽרוּ׃ 1 Here, **you** is plural. It refers to the people of Israel, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. 11:33 hnm9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠אֹת֥⁠וֹ תִשְׁבֹּֽרוּ׃ 1 Here, **it** refers to the **vessel of clay**. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “and you shall break the vessel of clay” 11:34 uwh4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive מִ⁠כָּל־הָ⁠אֹ֜כֶל אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֵאָכֵ֗ל 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Any edible food” @@ -1229,7 +1229,7 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 11:34 x0fr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּ⁠כָל־כְּלִ֖י 1 Here, **any vessel** refers to any container into which a dead unclean animal has fallen. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from any vessel into which a dead, unclean animal has fallen” 11:35 tpt7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns מִ⁠נִּבְלָתָ֥⁠ם 1 Here, **their** refers to the list of unclean animals. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “one of the carcasses of any unclean animal” 11:35 dg8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive תַּנּ֧וּר וְ⁠כִירַ֛יִם יֻתָּ֖ץ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You shall shatter an oven or stove” or “The owner of the oven or stove shall shatter it” -11:35 j42w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown תַּנּ֧וּר 1 See how you translated this household item in [2:4](../02/04.md). +11:35 j42w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown תַּנּ֧וּר 1 See how you translated this household item in [2:4](../02/04.md). 11:35 xz0g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠כִירַ֛יִם 1 This **stove** was likely a household item on which food could be cooked in or over an open flame. If your language has a word for such an item, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “or other means of cooking food” 11:36 fcx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַ֣ךְ מַעְיָ֥ן וּ⁠ב֛וֹר מִקְוֵה־מַ֖יִם 1 These terms all refer to some flowing source of water as opposed to still, tapped water, for example, as in a cistern. The implication is that although a dead, unclean animal may fall into them, the source of water and the water it produces are still to be considered **clean**. Express this in whatever way is most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “However, any source of flowing water” 11:36 w98a rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns בְּ⁠נִבְלָתָ֖⁠ם 1 Here, **their** refers to the list of unclean animals. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “the carcass of any unclean animal” @@ -1248,7 +1248,7 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 11:41 h8uj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖רֶץ הַ⁠שֹּׁרֵ֣ץ עַל־הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 This expression is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that comes from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “Anything at all that swarms all over the ground” 11:41 kd84 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive לֹ֥א יֵאָכֵֽל 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must not eat it” 11:42 h8rs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כֹּל֩ הוֹלֵ֨ךְ עַל־גָּח֜וֹן 1 This expression is an idiom that refers to any swarming animal that crawls and possesses short limbs or limbs that are angled in such a way that its belly drags on the ground. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “Any animal that crawls with its belly on the ground” -11:42 xk6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠כֹ֣ל ׀ הוֹלֵ֣ךְ עַל־אַרְבַּ֗ע 1 See how you translated this expression in [11:20](../11/32.md). +11:42 xk6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠כֹ֣ל ׀ הוֹלֵ֣ךְ עַל־אַרְבַּ֗ע 1 See how you translated this expression in [11:20](../11/32.md). 11:42 i3zp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom עַ֚ד כָּל־מַרְבֵּ֣ה רַגְלַ֔יִם 1 This expression is an idiom that refers to any swarming animal that possesses many legs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “or anything with many legs” 11:42 t34d rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry לְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖רֶץ הַ⁠שֹּׁרֵ֣ץ עַל־הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 This expression is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that comes from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “to anything at all that swarms all over the ground” 11:43 swkt אַל־תְּשַׁקְּצוּ֙ אֶת־נַפְשֹׁ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 Alternate translation: “You shall not make yourselves detestable” @@ -1263,7 +1263,7 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 11:45 utb7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֥י קָד֖וֹשׁ אָֽנִי׃ 1 The word translated as **for** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: “You must be a holy people because I am holy” 11:46 p067 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession זֹ֣את תּוֹרַ֤ת הַ⁠בְּהֵמָה֙ וְ⁠הָ⁠ע֔וֹף 1 This expression uses the possessive form to describe the **instruction** that is characterized by its referring to the wide variety of animals, fish, and living things listed in this verse. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “This is the instruction that has to do with the livestock and the bird” or “This is the instruction that pertains to the livestock and the bird” 11:46 hr3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun הַ⁠בְּהֵמָה֙ וְ⁠הָ⁠ע֔וֹף 1 The expressions **the livestock** and **the bird** do not refer to specific groups of animals. Rather, they describe any four-footed animal or any bird that an Israelite might own or encounter in their daily life. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: ”quadrupeds and birds” -11:46 h998 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns 1 See how you translated this collective noun in [11:13](../11/13.md). +11:46 h998 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns 1 See how you translated this collective noun in [11:13](../11/13.md). 11:46 dhn2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠כֹל֙ נֶ֣פֶשׁ הַֽ⁠חַיָּ֔ה הָ⁠רֹמֶ֖שֶׂת בַּ⁠מָּ֑יִם 1 This expression likely refers to small fish or water-dwelling creatures that swarm in water. This may include, for example, schools of small fish and creatures like crabs and starfish. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider using a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “and every living thing that swarms in large numbers in the water” 11:46 cm35 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְ⁠כֹל֙ נֶ֣פֶשׁ הַֽ⁠חַיָּ֔ה 1 The expression **life of the living thing** uses the possessive form to describe an animal that is a living, breathing, creature. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and every living creature” 11:46 ekfb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּ⁠לְ⁠כָל־נֶ֖פֶשׁ הַ⁠שֹּׁרֶ֥צֶת עַל־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ׃ 1 Like the previous expression that referred to living creatures in the water, this expression refers to anything living that crawls about on dry land. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider using a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “and of every living creature that crawls about on the ground” @@ -1290,23 +1290,23 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 12:5 coma rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שְׁבֻעַ֖יִם 1 The expression **two sets of seven days** refers to a two-week or 14-day period. If this phrase would not have that meaning in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for fourteen days” 12:5 z4ub rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown כְּ⁠נִדָּתָ֑⁠הּ 1 The word **menstruation** refers to the time when blood discharges from a woman’s uterine lining. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the words **menstruation**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “as when she is normally menstruating” 12:5 b6pn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠שִׁשִּׁ֥ים יוֹם֙ וְ⁠שֵׁ֣שֶׁת יָמִ֔ים 1 As was the case when a woman bears a male child, this expression denotes 66 days during which the woman must prepare to be purified from the impurity caused by the blood she bled during childbirth. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And for 66 days” -12:5 8z4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עַל־ דְּמֵ֥י טָהֳרָֽה׃ 1 See how you translated this expression in [12:4](../12/04.md). +12:5 8z4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עַל־ דְּמֵ֥י טָהֳרָֽה׃ 1 See how you translated this expression in [12:4](../12/04.md). 12:6 yy8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וּ⁠בִ⁠מְלֹ֣את ׀ יְמֵ֣י טָהֳרָ֗⁠הּ 1 This expression is an idiom that refers to the completion of the period of time during which the woman who has given birth to a child is preparing to be purified—33 days **for a son** and 66 days **for a daughter**. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And when the days of her purification are completed” -12:6 aeit rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יְמֵ֣י טָהֳרָ֗⁠הּ 1 See how you translated this expression in [12:4](../12/04.md). +12:6 aeit rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יְמֵ֣י טָהֳרָ֗⁠הּ 1 See how you translated this expression in [12:4](../12/04.md). 12:6 ygmw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns יְמֵ֣י טָהֳרָ֗⁠הּ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **purification**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the days during which she prepares to be purified” 12:6 cz1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְ⁠בֵן֮ א֣וֹ לְ⁠בַת֒ 1 This expression references the different number of days for **purification** based on whether the woman gave birth to a **son** or a **daughter**. If this would not be clear, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whether 33 days for a son or 66 days for a daughter” 12:6 d2yd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כֶּ֤בֶשׂ בֶּן־שְׁנָת⁠וֹ֙ 1 The expression **a son of its year** is an idiom that refers to an animal that is a year old. If your language has a similar idiom, consider using it here. If not, state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expression in [9:3](../09/03.md). Alternate translation: “a year-old lamb” or “a twelve-months old lamb” -12:6 m1qx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠בֶן־יוֹנָ֥ה 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:14](../01/14.md). +12:6 m1qx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠בֶן־יוֹנָ֥ה 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:14](../01/14.md). 12:6 upd0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism אֶל־פֶּ֥תַח אֹֽהֶל־מוֹעֵ֖ד אֶל־הַ⁠כֹּהֵֽן׃ 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word that shows that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “to the entrance of the tent of meeting where the priest is” 12:7 gual rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns וְ⁠הִקְרִיב֞⁠וֹ 1 Here, **he** refers to the priest and **it** refers to all the animals that the previous verse described. If this would be unclear in your language, consider making the referents explicit. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall present the lamb and the bird” -12:7 xi1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֤י יְהוָה֙ 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:3](../01/03.md). -12:7 515d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠כִפֶּ֣ר עָלֶ֔י⁠הָ 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **atonement** in [1:4](../01/04.md). However, in your translation, make it clear that the woman does not need **atonement** because of any sin on her part. Here, the sacrifices performed by the priest provide for the removal of impurity from the women—in this case, impurity acquired by the presence of blood discharging from the woman's body, not by any sin. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. +12:7 xi1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֤י יְהוָה֙ 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:3](../01/03.md). +12:7 515d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠כִפֶּ֣ר עָלֶ֔י⁠הָ 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **atonement** in [1:4](../01/04.md). However, in your translation, make it clear that the woman does not need **atonement** because of any sin on her part. Here, the sacrifices performed by the priest provide for the removal of impurity from the women—in this case, impurity acquired by the presence of blood discharging from the woman's body, not by any sin. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. 12:7 w9ty rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠טָהֲרָ֖ה מִ⁠מְּקֹ֣ר דָּמֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh will cleanse her from her bleeding occurring during childbirth” 12:7 uejj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִ⁠מְּקֹ֣ר דָּמֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 This expression refers to the **flow** of **blood** that the woman bled during the process of childbirth. The implication is that the woman was made impure because of the presence of blood discharging from her body. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the impurity that she acquired from the blood that she bled during her childbirth” 12:7 fzid rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession תּוֹרַת֙ הַ⁠יֹּלֶ֔דֶת לַ⁠זָּכָ֖ר א֥וֹ לַ⁠נְּקֵבָֽה׃ 1 This expression uses the possessive form to describe these instructions that pertain to women giving birth to children, whether boys or girls. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “This is the instruction that pertains to the woman who bears a male or a female” 12:7 q1wb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַ⁠יֹּלֶ֔דֶת לַ⁠זָּכָ֖ר א֥וֹ לַ⁠נְּקֵבָֽה׃ 1 This expression refers to a woman giving birth to a child, whether **a male** or **a female**. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the woman who gives birth to a male or a female” -12:8 vh6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠אִם־לֹ֨א תִמְצָ֣א יָדָ⁠הּ֮ דֵּ֣י שֶׂה֒ 1 This expression is an idiom that refers to being too poor to afford to offer one’s own flock animal or to purchase another’s flock animal. If your language uses a similar idiom, consider using it here. Otherwise, if it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expressions in [5:7](../05/07.md) and [5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “But if she cannot afford to offer her own flock animal or to purchase someone else’s” -12:8 lha0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י יוֹנָ֔ה 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:14](../01/14.md). +12:8 vh6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠אִם־לֹ֨א תִמְצָ֣א יָדָ⁠הּ֮ דֵּ֣י שֶׂה֒ 1 This expression is an idiom that refers to being too poor to afford to offer one’s own flock animal or to purchase another’s flock animal. If your language uses a similar idiom, consider using it here. Otherwise, if it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expressions in [5:7](../05/07.md) and [5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “But if she cannot afford to offer her own flock animal or to purchase someone else’s” +12:8 lha0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י יוֹנָ֔ה 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:14](../01/14.md). 12:8 mfay rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠כִפֶּ֥ר עָלֶ֛י⁠הָ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **atonement** in [1:4](../01/04.md). However, in your translation, make it clear that the woman does not need atonement because of any sin on her part. Here, the sacrifices performed by the priest provide for the removal of impurity from the women—in this case, impurity acquired by the presence of blood discharging from the woman's body, not by any sin. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. 13:intro fn27 0 # Leviticus 13 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Skin disease\n\nThis chapter addresses the ways a priest was to decide if a person had a skin disease, which would make a person unclean. This was important because these diseases could have easily spread among the people in the ancient Near East. This is also true concerning things growing on clothing or things that touch a person’s skin. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) 13:1 e5bu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹֽר׃ 1 The word translated **saying** introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language. @@ -1321,7 +1321,7 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 13:2 f6g5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns אֶל־אַחַ֥ד מִ⁠בָּנָ֖י⁠ו 1 Here, **his** refers to Aaron the priest. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “to one of Aaron’s sons” 13:3 vhk6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠שֵׂעָ֨ר בַּ⁠נֶּ֜גַע הָפַ֣ךְ ׀ לָבָ֗ן 1 The expression implies that the presence of **hair** on **the infection** that is **white** in color should indicate to the priest that the infection might be the symptom of an infectious skin disease. Specifically, **white** hair refers to hair that is discolored and unhealthy. If your language refers to unhealthy or diseased hair with a specific color, consider using that color here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and if the hair on the infection is unhealthy and looks diseased” 13:3 ra3g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠מַרְאֵ֤ה הַ⁠נֶּ֨גַע֙ עָמֹק֙ מֵ⁠ע֣וֹר בְּשָׂר֔⁠וֹ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **appearance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and it appears to be deeper than the skin of his flesh” -13:3 r2in rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit נֶ֥גַע צָרַ֖עַת ה֑וּא 1 See how you translated this expression in [13:2](../13/02.md). +13:3 r2in rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit נֶ֥גַע צָרַ֖עַת ה֑וּא 1 See how you translated this expression in [13:2](../13/02.md). 13:4 0xrd וְ⁠עָמֹק֙ אֵין־מַרְאֶ֣⁠הָ מִן־הָ⁠ע֔וֹר 1 Alternate translation: “and its appearance is not deeper than the skin” 13:4 kzg5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠עָמֹק֙ אֵין־מַרְאֶ֣⁠הָ מִן־הָ⁠ע֔וֹר 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **appearance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and it does not appear to be deeper than the skin” 13:4 uxiv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּ⁠שְׂעָרָ֖⁠ה לֹא־הָפַ֣ךְ לָבָ֑ן 1 See how you handled the information in this phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “and its hair appears to be healthy” @@ -1341,14 +1341,14 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 13:7 sw6k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠נִרְאָ֥ה שֵׁנִ֖ית אֶל־הַ⁠כֹּהֵֽן 1 This expression means that the individual whose scab has spread after he was pronounced clean should go back to the priest to be examined again. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “then he shall go to the priest a second time” 13:7 hm39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal שֵׁנִ֖ית 1 The word **second** is the ordinal form of the number two. Alternate translation: “again” 13:8 lsj4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit צָרַ֥עַת הִֽוא 1 This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the **infection** on the person's **skin** is actually a symptom of an infectious **skin disease**. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. See how you translated the words **skin disease** in [13:2](../13/02.md). Alternate translation: “The scab is actually the symptom of an infectious skin disease” -13:9 obyj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit נֶ֣גַע צָרַ֔עַת 1 See how you translated this expression in [13:2](../13/02.md). +13:9 obyj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit נֶ֣גַע צָרַ֔עַת 1 See how you translated this expression in [13:2](../13/02.md). 13:9 3m0t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations בְּ⁠אָדָ֑ם 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, it is being used the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “on a person” 13:9 f447 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠הוּבָ֖א אֶל־הַ⁠כֹּהֵֽן׃ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “then someone shall bring him to the priest” or “then he shall go to the priest” 13:10 4wcp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown שְׂאֵת 1 See how you translated this word in [13:2](../13/02.md). 13:10 ipjz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠הִ֕יא הָפְכָ֖ה שֵׂעָ֣ר לָבָ֑ן 1 The expression implies that the presence of **hair** on the **swelling** that is **white** in color should indicate to the priest that the swelling might be the symptom of an infectious skin disease. Specifically, **white** hair refers to hair that is discolored and unhealthy. If your language refers to unhealthy or diseased hair with a specific color, consider using that color here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and if the hair on the swelling is unhealthy and looks diseased” 13:10 y3fz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּ⁠מִֽחְיַ֛ת בָּשָׂ֥ר חַ֖י בַּ⁠שְׂאֵֽת׃ 1 Here, the expression **a preservation of living flesh** refers to open sores on the skin or raw skin. In the priest’s estimation, the presence of open sores or raw skin means that the infection is likely a symptom of an infectious skin disease. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “and raw skin or an open sore is on the swelling” 13:11 m1pu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit צָרַ֨עַת נוֹשֶׁ֤נֶת הִוא֙ 1 This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the raw skin on the person's **skin** is actually a chronic or **reoccurring skin disease**, that is, an infectious disease that returns over and over. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “The raw skin on the swelling is actually a sign of a persistent and returning skin disease” -13:11 yqc0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּ⁠ע֣וֹר בְּשָׂר֔⁠וֹ 1 See how you translated this expression in [13:2](../13/02.md). +13:11 yqc0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּ⁠ע֣וֹר בְּשָׂר֔⁠וֹ 1 See how you translated this expression in [13:2](../13/02.md). 13:11 yz8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֹ֣א יַסְגִּרֶ֔⁠נּוּ כִּ֥י טָמֵ֖א הֽוּא׃ 1 This infers that the priest need not isolate the infected person because it is sufficiently clean that they have an infectious skin disease that has made the person unclean. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. See how you translated the idea of separating the infection in [13:4](../13/04.md). Alternate translation: “He need not separate the person, because it is clear that they are unclean” 13:12 c7er rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication וְ⁠אִם־פָּר֨וֹחַ תִּפְרַ֤ח הַ⁠צָּרַ֨עַת֙ בָּ⁠ע֔וֹר 1 This expression repeats the verb **breaking out** in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “But if the skin disease breaks aggressively out on the skin” 13:12 8uli rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֵ֚ת כָּל־ע֣וֹר הַ⁠נֶּ֔גַע 1 Here, the expression **the infection** represents the whole person who has the infection. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the skin of the infected person” or “all the skin of the person with the infection” @@ -1366,7 +1366,7 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 13:15 bjww rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit צָרַ֥עַת הֽוּא׃ 1 This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the raw skin on the person's **living flesh** is actually infected with a **skin disease**. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “The living flesh on the skin is actually a sign of an infectious skin disease” 13:16 6vbo וְ⁠נֶהְפַּ֣ךְ לְ⁠לָבָ֑ן 1 Alternate translation: “but it has turned white” 13:16 nwg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠נֶהְפַּ֣ךְ לְ⁠לָבָ֑ן 1 This expression refers to the fact that if the priest sees **white** skin all over the person's body, then the **living flesh**, that is, the raw skin, may be healing naturally. The infected skin may be falling off naturally, leaving white, new skin in its place. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, it may be helpful to clarify it for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. See how you handled the presence of **white** skin in [13:13](../13/13.md). -13:17 mzlk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠הִנֵּ֛ה נֶהְפַּ֥ךְ הַ⁠נֶּ֖גַע לְ⁠לָבָ֑ן 1 See how you handled the presence of **white** skin on the **infection** in [13:13](../13/13.md). +13:17 mzlk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠הִנֵּ֛ה נֶהְפַּ֥ךְ הַ⁠נֶּ֖גַע לְ⁠לָבָ֑ן 1 See how you handled the presence of **white** skin on the **infection** in [13:13](../13/13.md). 13:18 54a7 וּ⁠בָשָׂ֕ר כִּֽי־יִהְיֶ֥ה בֽ⁠וֹ־בְ⁠עֹר֖⁠וֹ שְׁחִ֑ין 1 Alternate translation: “But when someone has a boil on their skin” 13:18 kw5i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown שְׁחִ֑ין 1 A **boil** is a painful, swollen area on the skin that is infected. In some instances, it can be the symptom of an infectious skin disease. If your language has a word for this kind of skin condition, consider using it here. If not, use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “an abscess” 13:18 9fao rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִרְפָּֽא׃ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but it got better and healed” @@ -1384,7 +1384,7 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 13:22 gdnt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit נֶ֥גַע הִֽוא׃ 1 This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the swelling or bright spot on the person's **skin** where the boil once was is actually an **infection** of a skin disease. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “The swelling or bright spot where the boil used to be is actually an infection” 13:23 3wj2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠אִם־תַּחְתֶּ֜י⁠הָ תַּעֲמֹ֤ד הַ⁠בַּהֶ֨רֶת֙ 1 This expression is an idiom that refers to the **bright spot** remaining unchanged in the place on the person’s skin where the **boil** once was. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If, alternatively, the meaning of this expression would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But if the bright spot remains unchanged in the place where the boil once was” 13:23 abla rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠אִם־תַּחְתֶּ֜י⁠הָ תַּעֲמֹ֤ד הַ⁠בַּהֶ֨רֶת֙ 1 Here, **it** refers to the **boil** that has healed, as described in [13:18](../13/18.md). If this would not be clear to your readers, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “But if the bright spot stands under the boil that has now healed” -13:23 8vuq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit צָרֶ֥בֶת הַ⁠שְּׁחִ֖ין הִ֑וא 1 This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the **bright spot** is nothing more than a **scar** that has resulted from the healed **boil**. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “it is only a scar that has resulted from the healed boil” +13:23 8vuq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit צָרֶ֥בֶת הַ⁠שְּׁחִ֖ין הִ֑וא 1 This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the **bright spot** is nothing more than a **scar** that has resulted from the healed **boil**. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “it is only a scar that has resulted from the healed boil” 13:24 vkmw א֣וֹ בָשָׂ֔ר כִּֽי־יִהְיֶ֥ה בְ⁠עֹר֖⁠וֹ מִכְוַת־אֵ֑שׁ 1 Alternate translation: “Or when someone has a burn of fire on his skin” 13:24 ikha rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מִכְוַת־ אֵ֑שׁ 1 This expression uses the possessive form to describe a **burn** that has resulted from a person’s contact with **fire**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “a burn” 13:24 w8u3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִֽחְיַ֣ת הַ⁠מִּכְוָ֗ה 1 The word **preservation** refers to new, raw flesh growing where the **burn** is on the person’s skin. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the raw skin from the burn” @@ -1419,7 +1419,7 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 13:31 m1rx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠הִסְגִּ֧יר הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן אֶת־נֶ֥גַע הַ⁠נֶּ֖תֶק 1 See how you translated this expression in [13:4](../13/04.md). 13:31 n0ge rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶת־נֶ֥גַע הַ⁠נֶּ֖תֶק 1 Here, the expression **the infection of the scall** represents the person who has the infection. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the person who has the infection of the scall” 13:32 wx17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִי֒ 1 The word **seventh** is the ordinal form of the number seven. Alternate translation: “on the last day of that week-long period” -13:32 wurx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠לֹא־הָ֥יָה ב֖⁠וֹ שֵׂעָ֣ר צָהֹ֑ב 1 See how you handled the presence of **yellow hair** in [13:30](../13/30.md). +13:32 wurx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠לֹא־הָ֥יָה ב֖⁠וֹ שֵׂעָ֣ר צָהֹ֑ב 1 See how you handled the presence of **yellow hair** in [13:30](../13/30.md). 13:32 jvwk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠מַרְאֵ֣ה הַ⁠נֶּ֔תֶק אֵ֥ין עָמֹ֖ק מִן־הָ⁠עֽוֹר׃ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **appearance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and it does not appear to be deeper than the skin” 13:33 r628 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠הִ֨תְגַּלָּ֔ח 1 Here, **he** and **himself** refer to the person who has the **scall**. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Then the person with the scall shall shave himself” 13:33 li6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הַ⁠נֶּ֖תֶק לֹ֣א יְגַלֵּ֑חַ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but he shall not shave the scall” @@ -1469,13 +1469,13 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 13:47 ifwg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown בְּ⁠בֶ֣גֶד צֶ֔מֶר 1 This **wool** is the shorn hair of sheep, goats, or other similar animals. It is used in the production of textiles, like yarn. If your language has a word for this kind of material, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “on clothing of yarn thread” 13:47 k0l6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown בְּ⁠בֶ֥גֶד פִּשְׁתִּֽים׃ 1 This **linen** is a textile material made from flax. If your language has a word for this kind of material, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “on clothing of cloth thread” 13:48 7oc6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown א֤וֹ בִֽ⁠שְׁתִי֙ א֣וֹ בְ⁠עֵ֔רֶב לַ⁠פִּשְׁתִּ֖ים וְ⁠לַ⁠צָּ֑מֶר 1 The words **warp** and **woof** refer to a structure used in weaving and the production of textiles. Specifically, **warp** refers to the threads that run vertically up and down, and **woof** (or weft) refers to the threads that run horizontally from side to side. If your language has an expression for this kind of weaving structure, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “or on linen or woolen threats that are being woven together on a loom” -13:48 umbp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown לַ⁠פִּשְׁתִּ֖ים 1 See how you translated this textile material in the previous verse. +13:48 umbp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown לַ⁠פִּשְׁתִּ֖ים 1 See how you translated this textile material in the previous verse. 13:48 8cf6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun לַ⁠פִּשְׁתִּ֖ים 1 Here, **the linen** does not refer to a specific piece of fabric, but to any linen product generally. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “of any linen that you are weaving” -13:48 9bjm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠לַ⁠צָּ֑מֶר 1 See how you translated this textile material in the previous verse. +13:48 9bjm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠לַ⁠צָּ֑מֶר 1 See how you translated this textile material in the previous verse. 13:48 1jrn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun וְ⁠לַ⁠צָּ֑מֶר 1 Here, **the wool** does not refer to a specific piece of wool, but to any woolen product generally. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “of any wool that you are weaving” 13:48 7gv5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְ⁠ע֔וֹר 1 Here, **leather** refers generally to any scrap pieces of animal hide that have not yet been made into a household object or article of clothing. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on any scrap leather” 13:48 ww38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּ⁠כָל־ מְלֶ֥אכֶת עֽוֹר 1 The expression **any work of leather** uses the possessive form to describe an object that has been made out of **leather**. This includes a large variety of items, such as belts, bags, saddles, straps, etc. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “on anything that has been made of leather” or “on any leatherwork” -13:49 jj1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown בַ⁠שְּׁתִ֤י אוֹ־בָ⁠עֵ֨רֶב֙ 1 See how you translated these words in the previous verse. +13:49 jj1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown בַ⁠שְּׁתִ֤י אוֹ־בָ⁠עֵ֨רֶב֙ 1 See how you translated these words in the previous verse. 13:49 xozo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כְּלִי־ ע֔וֹר 1 The expression **equipment of leather** refers to the same leatherwork that the previous verse called “any work of leather.” If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “equipment that has been made of leather” or “leatherwork” 13:49 pl1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit נֶ֥גַע צָרַ֖עַת ה֑וּא 1 This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the **infection** on the material is actually an infectious and diseased mold or mildew. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “The infection on the material is actually a sign of an infection of skin disease”\n 13:49 xcr7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠הָרְאָ֖ה אֶת־הַ⁠כֹּהֵֽן׃ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And the owner of the fabric must show it to the priest” @@ -1551,53 +1551,53 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 14:6 rxqk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֶת־הַ⁠צִּפֹּ֤ר הַֽ⁠חַיָּה֙ יִקַּ֣ח אֹתָ֔⁠הּ & וְ⁠טָבַ֨ל אוֹתָ֜⁠ם 1 Here, **he** refers to the priest and not to the person being cleansed. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “The live bird, the priest shall take it … and the priest shall dip them” 14:6 fsbi אֶת־הַ⁠צִּפֹּ֤ר הַֽ⁠חַיָּה֙ יִקַּ֣ח אֹתָ֔⁠הּ 1 Alternate translation: “He shall take the living bird” 14:6 aws9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive בְּ⁠דַם֙ הַ⁠צִּפֹּ֣ר הַ⁠שְּׁחֻטָ֔ה עַ֖ל הַ⁠מַּ֥יִם הַֽ⁠חַיִּֽים׃ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in the blood of the bird that the person who wishes to be clean killed” -14:6 5c2c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom עַ֖ל הַ⁠מַּ֥יִם הַֽ⁠חַיִּֽים׃ 1 See how you translated this idiom in the previous verse. +14:6 5c2c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom עַ֖ל הַ⁠מַּ֥יִם הַֽ⁠חַיִּֽים׃ 1 See how you translated this idiom in the previous verse. 14:7 m472 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠הִזָּ֗ה & וְ⁠טִ֣הֲר֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠שִׁלַּ֛ח 1 Here, **he** refers to the priest, not to the person being cleansed. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall sprinkle … and the priest shall pronounce him clean. And the priest shall send” 14:7 7qo6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠הִזָּ֗ה עַ֧ל הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֛ר מִן־הַ⁠צָּרַ֖עַת שֶׁ֣בַע פְּעָמִ֑ים 1 This is a ritual action by which cedar wood, hyssop, and a living bird are used to sprinkle the person with the **skin disease** with both blood and clean water. This action ritually purifies and cleanses the individual from any impurity that they acquired through their unclean **skin disease**. It may be helpful to explain this to your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. See how you handled the idea of ritual sprinkling in [1:5](../01/05.md) and elsewhere. 14:7 cj5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive עַ֧ל הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֛ר מִן־הַ⁠צָּרַ֖עַת 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “on the person who wishes to be clean” 14:7 ybh1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom עַל־פְּנֵ֥י הַ⁠שָּׂדֶֽה׃ 1 Here, the expression **the face of the field** refers to an open field. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “toward an open field” 14:7 wnhd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun הַ⁠שָּׂדֶֽה׃ 1 Here, the expression **the field** does not refer to a specific field but to any field near the place where the Israelites are living. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “a nearby field” -14:8 8xft rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠כִבֶּס֩ הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֨ר אֶת־בְּגָדָ֜י⁠ו וְ⁠גִלַּ֣ח אֶת־כָּל־שְׂעָר֗⁠וֹ וְ⁠רָחַ֤ץ בַּ⁠מַּ֨יִם֙ 1 These are ritual actions designed to show the people and the individual who is being cleansed that he is now ritually and ceremonially clean. If your language has expressions for these kinds of ritual actions, especially in religious contexts, consider using them here. If not, consider explaining the significance of these actions in a footnote or in the text of your translation. +14:8 8xft rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠כִבֶּס֩ הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֨ר אֶת־בְּגָדָ֜י⁠ו וְ⁠גִלַּ֣ח אֶת־כָּל־שְׂעָר֗⁠וֹ וְ⁠רָחַ֤ץ בַּ⁠מַּ֨יִם֙ 1 These are ritual actions designed to show the people and the individual who is being cleansed that he is now ritually and ceremonially clean. If your language has expressions for these kinds of ritual actions, especially in religious contexts, consider using them here. If not, consider explaining the significance of these actions in a footnote or in the text of your translation. 14:8 dni4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֨ר 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person who wishes to be clean” 14:8 mikz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo וְ⁠רָחַ֤ץ בַּ⁠מַּ֨יִם֙ 1 It might seem that the expression **and he shall bathe in the water** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you could use an equivalent expression. See how you translated this expression in [1:9](../01/09.md). Alternate translation: “And he shall wash thoroughly” 14:9 5elj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal (?) בַ⁠יּ֨וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֜י 1 The word **seventh** is the ordinal form of the number seven. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “on the last day of that week-long period” 14:9 pzhd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism יְגַלַּ֣ח אֶת־כָּל־שְׂעָר֗⁠וֹ אֶת־רֹאשׁ֤⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־זְקָנ⁠וֹ֙ וְ⁠אֵת֙ גַּבֹּ֣ת עֵינָ֔י⁠ו וְ⁠אֶת־כָּל־שְׂעָר֖⁠וֹ יְגַלֵּ֑חַ 1 These expressions mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word that shows that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “he shall shave all his hair, including his head and his beard and the brows of his eyes and all his hair” 14:9 wv7v וְ⁠אֵת֙ גַּבֹּ֣ת עֵינָ֔י⁠ו 1 Alternate translation: “and his eyebrows” -14:9 3wyw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo וְ⁠רָחַ֧ץ אֶת־בְּשָׂר֛⁠וֹ בַּ⁠מַּ֖יִם 1 See how you translated this expression in the previous verse and in [1:9](../01/09.md). +14:9 3wyw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo וְ⁠רָחַ֧ץ אֶת־בְּשָׂר֛⁠וֹ בַּ⁠מַּ֖יִם 1 See how you translated this expression in the previous verse and in [1:9](../01/09.md). 14:9 czy4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶת־בְּשָׂר֛⁠וֹ 1 As before, here and throughout the chapter, the word **flesh** refers to a person’s body as a whole and, occasionally, his genitals specifically. If this expression would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his whole body” 14:10 2q76 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal (?) וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁמִינִ֗י 1 The word **eighth** is the ordinal form of the number eight. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “And on the next day” 14:10 jjr4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns יִקַּ֤ח 1 Here, the word **he** refers to the person who is being cleansed. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “the person who is being cleansed shall take” -14:10 qdu9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תְּמִימִ֔ים & תְּמִימָ֑ה 1 See how you translated the word **perfect** in [1:3](../01/03.md). +14:10 qdu9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תְּמִימִ֔ים & תְּמִימָ֑ה 1 See how you translated the word **perfect** in [1:3](../01/03.md). 14:10 7cmv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠כַבְשָׂ֥ה אַחַ֛ת בַּת־שְׁנָתָ֖⁠הּ תְּמִימָ֑ה 1 The expression **a daughter of her year** is an idiom that refers to an animal that is a year old. If your language has a similar idiom, consider using it here. If not, state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expression in [9:3](../09/03.md). Alternate translation: “and a perfect female lamb that is a year old” or “and a perfect female lamb that is twelve months of age” 14:10 vzq4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume וּ⁠שְׁלֹשָׁ֣ה עֶשְׂרֹנִ֗ים סֹ֤לֶת 1 Although the measurement is not explicitly listed here, the **flour** is likely to be measured in ephahs. One ephah was about 23 liters so **three-tenths** of an ephah would amount to almost seven liters of flour. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the equivalent modern measurement in your translation or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “and about seven liters of flour” 14:10 5hr3 Ordinal וּ⁠שְׁלֹשָׁ֣ה עֶשְׂרֹנִ֗ים 1 The word **tenth** is the ordinal form of the number ten. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. -14:10 wjy5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive מִנְחָה֙ בְּלוּלָ֣ה בַ⁠שֶּׁ֔מֶן 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [2:5](../02/05.md). -14:10 48sl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִנְחָה֙ 1 See how you translated this sacrifice in [2:1](../02/01.md). +14:10 wjy5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive מִנְחָה֙ בְּלוּלָ֣ה בַ⁠שֶּׁ֔מֶן 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [2:5](../02/05.md). +14:10 48sl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִנְחָה֙ 1 See how you translated this sacrifice in [2:1](../02/01.md). 14:10 ys2l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume וְ⁠לֹ֥ג אֶחָ֖ד שָֽׁמֶן׃ 1 One **log** was about one-sixth of a liter (or 0.167 liters). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the equivalent modern measurement in your translation or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “and one-sixth of a liter of oil” 14:11 0ruq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠הֶעֱמִ֞יד הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֣ן הַֽ⁠מְטַהֵ֗ר אֵ֛ת הָ⁠אִ֥ישׁ הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר וְ⁠אֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 This expression refers to positioning the man and his sacrificial items in such a way that they face the inner tent of the tent of meeting in which the Holy of Holy was housed. If this meaning would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And the priest, the one pronouncing clean, shall position the man, the person being cleansed, and them in such a way that they stand” 14:11 zbvg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations אֵ֛ת הָ⁠אִ֥ישׁ הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר 1 Even though the word **man** is masculine, it is being used in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “the person who is being cleansed” 14:11 d4tp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive אֵ֛ת הָ⁠אִ֥ישׁ הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person who wishes to be clean” 14:11 b5f7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠אֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 Here, **them** refers to the three lambs, the flour, and the oil that the individual was told to bring in the previous verse. If this would not be clear in your language, you could state the referents explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the three lambs, the flour, and the oil that he has brought” 14:11 l99k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:9](../01/09.md). Alternate translation: “in Yahweh’s presence in the sacred precincts of the tent of meeting, where Yahweh lives among the Israelites” -14:12 ht8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠הִקְרִ֥יב אֹת֛⁠וֹ 1 See how you handled this ritual action in [1:2](../01/02.md). -14:12 j7sk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְ⁠אָשָׁ֖ם 1 See how you translated this sacrifice in [5:15](../05/15.md). +14:12 ht8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠הִקְרִ֥יב אֹת֛⁠וֹ 1 See how you handled this ritual action in [1:2](../01/02.md). +14:12 j7sk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְ⁠אָשָׁ֖ם 1 See how you translated this sacrifice in [5:15](../05/15.md). 14:12 i44p rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume וְ⁠אֶת־לֹ֣ג הַ⁠שָּׁ֑מֶן 1 One **log** was about one-sixth of a liter (or 0.167 liters). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the equivalent modern measurement in your translation or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “and the one-sixth of a liter of oil” 14:12 pfmd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠הֵנִ֥יף אֹתָ֛⁠ם תְּנוּפָ֖ה לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ 1 It is highly unlikely that the living **lamb** was physically waved in Yahweh’s presence before it was killed. Instead, this expression may refer to waving one’s hands over the living lamb or some other physical motion that demarcated the lamb (and the oil) as the kind of sacrifice that qualified as a **wave offering**. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “And he shall wave his hands over them as a wave offering to the face of Yahweh” -14:12 kxj6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תְּנוּפָ֖ה 1 See how you translated this sacrifice in [7:30](../07/30.md). -14:12 nlun rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:9](../01/09.md). +14:12 kxj6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תְּנוּפָ֖ה 1 See how you translated this sacrifice in [7:30](../07/30.md). +14:12 nlun rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:9](../01/09.md). 14:13 22ko rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠שָׁחַ֣ט אֶת־הַ⁠כֶּ֗בֶשׂ 1 Here, **he** refers to the person who is to be cleansed. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “And the person who is to be cleansed shall slaughter the lamb” 14:13 i44q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism בִּ֠⁠מְקוֹם אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִשְׁחַ֧ט אֶת־הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֛את וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠עֹלָ֖ה בִּ⁠מְק֣וֹם הַ⁠קֹּ֑דֶשׁ 1 These expressions mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Here, **in the holy place** clarifies the previous phrase and further defines where the priest was to kill the lamb. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word that shows that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “in the place where he slaughters the sin offering and the burnt offering, that is, in the holy place” 14:13 haf6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense בִּ֠⁠מְקוֹם אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִשְׁחַ֧ט אֶת־הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֛את וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠עֹלָ֖ה 1 Here, the author of Leviticus does not use the present tense to describe contemporaneous or ongoing action, as if he is referring to a specific instance where an individual is preparing a **sin offering** or a **burnt offering**. Rather, the present tense is being used both to describe an action that was previously described in the book of Leviticus and to depict a hypothetical situation. If it would be helpful in your language, consider choosing language that makes it plain that the author is not referring to specific past actions. Alternate translation: “in the same place where he might slaughter the sin offering and the burnt offering” 14:13 o4ia rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִשְׁחַ֧ט אֶת־הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֛את 1 Here, **he** does not refer to the person who is to be cleansed specifically. Rather, it refers generally to anyone who might offer the **sin offering** or the **burnt offering**. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “where people slaughter the sin offering” 14:13 90k0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֡י כַּ֠⁠חַטָּאת הָ⁠אָשָׁ֥ם 1 The word translated as **for** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: “This is because the guilt offering is like the sin offering” 14:13 w5gf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הוּא֙ לַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן 1 See how you handled the similar expression in [5:13](../05/13.md). -14:13 gczz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֖ים הֽוּא׃ 1 See how you handled the similar expression in [2:3](../02/03.md). +14:13 gczz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֖ים הֽוּא׃ 1 See how you handled the similar expression in [2:3](../02/03.md). 14:14 98xe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠נָתַן֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן עַל־תְּנ֛וּךְ אֹ֥זֶן הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר הַ⁠יְמָנִ֑ית וְ⁠עַל־בֹּ֤הֶן יָד⁠וֹ֙ הַ⁠יְמָנִ֔ית וְ⁠עַל־בֹּ֥הֶן רַגְל֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠יְמָנִֽית׃ 1 See how you translated the similar ritual action in [8:23–24](../08/23.md). 14:14 by98 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠נָתַן֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן עַל־תְּנ֛וּךְ אֹ֥זֶן הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר הַ⁠יְמָנִ֑ית 1 See how you handled this idiom in [1:7](../01/07.md). 14:14 pnv5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person who wishes to be clean” -14:15 zyb9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume מִ⁠לֹּ֣ג הַ⁠שָּׁ֑מֶן 1 See how you translated this measurement in [14:10](../14/10.md). +14:15 zyb9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume מִ⁠לֹּ֣ג הַ⁠שָּׁ֑מֶן 1 See how you translated this measurement in [14:10](../14/10.md). 14:16 f3cv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explict וְ⁠הִזָּ֨ה מִן־הַ⁠שֶּׁ֧מֶן בְּ⁠אֶצְבָּע֛⁠וֹ שֶׁ֥בַע פְּעָמִ֖ים לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ 1 Although the object on which the priest is to **sprinkle** the **oil** is not specified, it is likely that the expression **to the face of Yahweh** refers to the direction of the Holy of Holies, where Yahweh lived among the Israelites. This action ritually cleanses the holy space where Yahweh lives of any impurity that the person who had the skin disease might have brought into the tent of meeting. It may be helpful to explain the significance of this action to your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “and he shall sprinkle some of the oil with his finger seven times to the face of Yahweh so that the holy space where Yahweh lives might be cleansed from any potential impurity that the person who had the skin disease might have brought in” -14:16 8i5u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:9](../01/09.md). +14:16 8i5u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:9](../01/09.md). 14:17 mqyh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּ⁠מִ⁠יֶּ֨תֶר הַ⁠שֶּׁ֜מֶן אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל־כַּפּ֗⁠וֹ יִתֵּ֤ן הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙ עַל־תְּנ֞וּךְ אֹ֤זֶן הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵר֙ הַ⁠יְמָנִ֔ית וְ⁠עַל־בֹּ֤הֶן יָד⁠וֹ֙ הַ⁠יְמָנִ֔ית וְ⁠עַל־בֹּ֥הֶן רַגְל֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠יְמָנִ֑ית עַ֖ל דַּ֥ם הָ⁠אָשָֽׁם׃ 1 See how you translated the similar ritual action in [8:23–24](../08/23.md). 14:17 18bl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וּ⁠מִ⁠יֶּ֨תֶר הַ⁠שֶּׁ֜מֶן אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל־כַּפּ֗⁠וֹ יִתֵּ֤ן הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙ עַל־תְּנ֞וּךְ אֹ֤זֶן הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵר֙ הַ⁠יְמָנִ֔ית 1 See how you handled this idiom in [1:7](../01/07.md). 14:17 6hrv וּ⁠מִ⁠יֶּ֨תֶר הַ⁠שֶּׁ֜מֶן אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל־כַּפּ֗⁠וֹ יִתֵּ֤ן הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙ 1 Alternate translation: “And the priest shall give some of the remaining oil that is on his palm” @@ -1605,10 +1605,10 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 14:18 b8uu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹתָ֗ר בַּ⁠שֶּׁ֨מֶן֙ אֲשֶׁר֙ עַל־כַּ֣ף הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן יִתֵּ֖ן עַל־רֹ֣אשׁ הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֑ר 1 See how you handled this idiom in [1:7](../01/07.md). 14:18 1am8 וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹתָ֗ר בַּ⁠שֶּׁ֨מֶן֙ 1 Alternate translation: “And the remaining oil” 14:18 k5ss rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive עַל־רֹ֣אשׁ הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֑ר 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “on the head of the person who wishes to be clean” -14:18 u3xr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠כִפֶּ֥ר עָלָ֛י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **atonement** in [1:4](../01/04.md). However, here and throughout this chapter, make sure that your translation makes it clear that the person is not being atoned for because of any sin on his or her part. In this case, **atonement** removes impurity that is not caused by sin, but by infection and uncleanness. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. -14:18 vmy1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:9](../01/09.md). +14:18 u3xr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠כִפֶּ֥ר עָלָ֛י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **atonement** in [1:4](../01/04.md). However, here and throughout this chapter, make sure that your translation makes it clear that the person is not being atoned for because of any sin on his or her part. In this case, **atonement** removes impurity that is not caused by sin, but by infection and uncleanness. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. +14:18 vmy1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:9](../01/09.md). 14:19 jdhf וְ⁠עָשָׂ֤ה הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙ אֶת־הַ֣⁠חַטָּ֔את 1 Alternate translation: “And the priest shall prepare the sin offering” -14:19 y11v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠כִפֶּ֕ר עַל־הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **atonement** in [1:4](../01/04.md). Specifically, see how you handled this phrase in the previous verse. +14:19 y11v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠כִפֶּ֕ר עַל־הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **atonement** in [1:4](../01/04.md). Specifically, see how you handled this phrase in the previous verse. 14:19 hs6x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person who wishes to be clean” 14:19 4hqe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מִ⁠טֻּמְאָת֑⁠וֹ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **uncleanness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “from that which has made him unclean” 14:19 z2kf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠אַחַ֖ר יִשְׁחַ֥ט אֶת־הָ⁠עֹלָֽה׃ 1 Here, **he** refers to the person who is to be cleansed. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “And after, the person being cleansed will slaughter the burnt offering” @@ -1616,29 +1616,29 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 14:20 jdvm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠כִפֶּ֥ר עָלָ֛י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **atonement** in [1:4](../01/04.md). Specifically, see how you handled this phrase in [14:18](../14/18.md). 14:21 c76j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠אֵ֣ין יָד⁠וֹ֮ מַשֶּׂגֶת֒ 1 This expression is an idiom that refers to being unable to afford to purchase the three lambs required for the ritual cleansing. If your language has a similar idiomatic expression, consider using it here. Otherwise, if it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expression in [5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “and he cannot afford to offer the three lambs” 14:21 azv9 rc://*/ta/man/grammar-connect-logic-goal לִ⁠תְנוּפָ֖ה לְ⁠כַפֵּ֣ר עָלָ֑י⁠ו 1 Here, **to** marks waving and making **atonement** as the goal or purpose of bringing the **lamb**, **flour**, and birds to the priest. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. -14:21 gfgr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns לְ⁠כַפֵּ֣ר עָלָ֑י⁠ו 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **atonement** in [1:4](../01/04.md) and [14:18](../14/18.md). +14:21 gfgr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns לְ⁠כַפֵּ֣ר עָלָ֑י⁠ו 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **atonement** in [1:4](../01/04.md) and [14:18](../14/18.md). 14:21 drj0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠עִשָּׂר֨וֹן סֹ֜לֶת אֶחָ֨ד בָּל֥וּל בַּ⁠שֶּׁ֛מֶן 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and one-tenth of flour that he has mixed with oil” 14:21 3fgb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal וְ⁠עִשָּׂר֨וֹן סֹ֜לֶת אֶחָ֨ד 1 Here, **tenth** is the ordinal form of the number ten. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. -14:21 hwj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume וְ⁠עִשָּׂר֨וֹן סֹ֜לֶת אֶחָ֨ד 1 Although it is not explicit, it is likely that **one-tenth** refers to a tenth of an ephah of flour. See how you translated this measurement in [14:10](../14/10.md). -14:21 aj8d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume וְ⁠לֹ֥ג שָֽׁמֶן׃ 1 See how you translated this measurement in [14:10](../14/10.md). -14:22 ncfg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י יוֹנָ֔ה 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:14](../01/14.md). +14:21 hwj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume וְ⁠עִשָּׂר֨וֹן סֹ֜לֶת אֶחָ֨ד 1 Although it is not explicit, it is likely that **one-tenth** refers to a tenth of an ephah of flour. See how you translated this measurement in [14:10](../14/10.md). +14:21 aj8d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume וְ⁠לֹ֥ג שָֽׁמֶן׃ 1 See how you translated this measurement in [14:10](../14/10.md). +14:22 ncfg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י יוֹנָ֔ה 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:14](../01/14.md). 14:22 0cpe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֲשֶׁ֥ר תַּשִּׂ֖יג יָד֑⁠וֹ 1 This expression is an idiom that refers to being able to afford to purchase an animal. In other words, that which **his hand reaches** refers to whatever bird the individual is able to afford. If your language has a similar idiomatic expression, consider using it here. Otherwise, if it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expression in [5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “that he can afford” 14:23 6p4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠הֵבִ֨יא אֹתָ֜⁠ם בַּ⁠יּ֧וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁמִינִ֛י 1 Here, **he** refers to the person who is to be cleansed, and **them** refers to the lamb, portions of flour, and birds that the ritual cleansing requires. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referents plainly. Alternate translation: “And on the eighth day, the person who is to be cleansed should bring the lamb, portions of flour, oil, and the birds” 14:23 j9v1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בַּ⁠יּ֧וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁמִינִ֛י 1 The word **eighth** is the ordinal form of the number eight. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. The **eighth day** refers to the day after the week-long period of purification mentioned in [14:8](../14/08.md) during with the person dwells outside of the camp. If this would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on the day after the week-long period during which he lived outside of the camp” 14:23 e94b rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְ⁠טָהֳרָת֖⁠וֹ 1 Here, **for** marks **cleansing** as the goal or purpose of bringing all of the required items and animals. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. 14:23 pc6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns לְ⁠טָהֳרָת֖⁠וֹ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **cleansing**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “so that he is no longer unclean” or “so that he can be clean” 14:23 14ne rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism אֶל־הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֑ן אֶל־פֶּ֥תַח אֹֽהֶל־מוֹעֵ֖ד לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ 1 These expressions mean basically the same thing. The second and third emphasize the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word that shows that the second and third phrases are repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “to the priest who is at the entrance of the tent of meeting, that is, to the face of Yahweh” -14:23 107n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:9](../01/09.md). +14:23 107n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:9](../01/09.md). 14:24 wiiz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אֶת־כֶּ֥בֶשׂ הָ⁠אָשָׁ֖ם 1 This expression uses the possessive form to describe a **lamb** that is characterized by the fact that it has been selected to become a **guilt offering**. If your language would not use the possessive form to express this, use a construction that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the lamb that he has selected to offer as a guilt offering” -14:24 u8i7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume וְ⁠אֶת־לֹ֣ג הַ⁠שָּׁ֑מֶן 1 See how you translated this measurement in [14:10](../14/10.md). +14:24 u8i7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume וְ⁠אֶת־לֹ֣ג הַ⁠שָּׁ֑מֶן 1 See how you translated this measurement in [14:10](../14/10.md). 14:24 dolf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠הֵנִ֨יף אֹתָ֧⁠ם הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן תְּנוּפָ֖ה לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ 1 Again, it is highly unlikely that the living **lamb of the guilt offering** was physically waved in Yahweh’s presence. Instead, this expression may refer to waving one’s hands over the lamb in order or some other physical motion that would demarcate it (and the **measure of oil**) as the kind of sacrifice that qualified as a **wave offering**. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall wave his hands over them as a wave offering to the face of Yahweh” 14:25 rm8b rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠שָׁחַט֮ אֶת־כֶּ֣בֶשׂ הָֽ⁠אָשָׁם֒ 1 Here, **he** refers to the person who is to be cleansed. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “And the person who is to be cleansed shall slaughter the lamb of the guilt offering” 14:25 otcw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אֶת־כֶּ֣בֶשׂ הָֽ⁠אָשָׁם֒ 1 See how you translated this expression in the previous. Alternate translation: “the lamb that he has selected to offer as a guilt offering” 14:25 xj95 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠נָתַ֛ן עַל־תְּנ֥וּךְ אֹֽזֶן־הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר הַ⁠יְמָנִ֑ית וְ⁠עַל־בֹּ֤הֶן יָד⁠וֹ֙ הַ⁠יְמָנִ֔ית וְ⁠עַל־בֹּ֥הֶן רַגְל֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠יְמָנִֽית׃ 1 See how you translated the similar ritual action in [8:23–24](../08/23.md). 14:25 rzoz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠נָתַ֛ן עַל־תְּנ֥וּךְ אֹֽזֶן־הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר הַ⁠יְמָנִ֑ית 1 See how you handled this idiom in [1:7](../01/07.md). 14:25 g7wh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person who wishes to be clean” -14:27 lk7b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠הִזָּ֤ה הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙ בְּ⁠אֶצְבָּע֣⁠וֹ הַ⁠יְמָנִ֔ית מִן־הַ⁠שֶּׁ֕מֶן אֲשֶׁ֥ר עַל־כַּפּ֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠שְּׂמָאלִ֑ית 1 See how you translated the similar ritual action in [14:16](../14/16.md). -14:27 zi57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:9](../01/09.md). +14:27 lk7b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠הִזָּ֤ה הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙ בְּ⁠אֶצְבָּע֣⁠וֹ הַ⁠יְמָנִ֔ית מִן־הַ⁠שֶּׁ֕מֶן אֲשֶׁ֥ר עַל־כַּפּ֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠שְּׂמָאלִ֑ית 1 See how you translated the similar ritual action in [14:16](../14/16.md). +14:27 zi57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:9](../01/09.md). 14:28 9x04 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠נָתַ֨ן הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֜ן מִן־הַ⁠שֶּׁ֣מֶן ׀ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל־כַּפּ֗⁠וֹ עַל־תְּנ֞וּךְ אֹ֤זֶן הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵר֙ הַ⁠יְמָנִ֔ית וְ⁠עַל־בֹּ֤הֶן יָד⁠וֹ֙ הַ⁠יְמָנִ֔ית וְ⁠עַל־בֹּ֥הֶן רַגְל֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠יְמָנִ֑ית 1 See how you handled this idiom in [1:7](../01/07.md). 14:28 n3d5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵר֙ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person who wishes to be clean” 14:29 28ft rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹתָ֗ר מִן־הַ⁠שֶּׁ֨מֶן֙ אֲשֶׁר֙ עַל־כַּ֣ף הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן יִתֵּ֖ן עַל־רֹ֣אשׁ הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֑ר 1 See how you handled this idiom in [1:7](../01/07.md). @@ -1646,14 +1646,14 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 14:29 e4hb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive עַל־רֹ֣אשׁ הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֑ר 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “on the head of the person who wishes to be clean” 14:29 zy5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns לְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר עָלָ֖י⁠ו 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **atonement** in [1:4](../01/04.md) and [14:18](../14/18.md). 14:29 deiw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר עָלָ֖י⁠ו 1 Here, **to** marks making **atonement** as the goal or purpose of putting the **oil** on the head of **the person being cleansed**. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. -14:29 4g1r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:9](../01/09.md). +14:29 4g1r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:9](../01/09.md). 14:30 hg23 וְ⁠עָשָׂ֤ה אֶת־הָֽ⁠אֶחָד֙ מִן־הַ⁠תֹּרִ֔ים 1 Alternate translation: “And he shall prepare one of the doves” -14:30 29dv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִן־בְּנֵ֣י הַ⁠יּוֹנָ֑ה 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:14](../01/14.md). +14:30 29dv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִן־בְּנֵ֣י הַ⁠יּוֹנָ֑ה 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:14](../01/14.md). 14:30 heez rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מֵ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר תַּשִּׂ֖יג יָדֽ⁠וֹ 1 This expression is an idiom that refers to being able to afford to purchase an animal. In other words, that which **his hand reaches** refers to whatever bird the individual is able to afford. If your language has a similar idiomatic expression, consider using it here. Otherwise, if it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expression in [5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “from that which he can afford” 14:31 g2k7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֵ֣ת אֲשֶׁר־תַּשִּׂ֞יג יָד֗⁠וֹ 1 This expression is an idiom that refers to being able to afford to purchase an animal. In other words, that which **his hand reaches** refers to whatever bird the individual is able to afford. If your language has a similar idiomatic expression, consider using it here. Otherwise, if it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expression in [5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “whatever he can afford” 14:31 uy5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠כִפֶּ֧ר הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן עַ֥ל הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **atonement** in [1:4](../01/04.md) and [14:18](../14/18.md). 14:31 ap91 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person who wishes to be clean” -14:31 fe8s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:9](../01/09.md). +14:31 fe8s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:9](../01/09.md). 14:32 ia5o זֹ֣את תּוֹרַ֔ת אֲשֶׁר־בּ֖⁠וֹ נֶ֣גַע צָרָ֑עַת 1 Alternate translation: “This is the instruction of whoever has an infectious skin disease” 14:32 185v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession זֹ֣את תּוֹרַ֔ת אֲשֶׁר־בּ֖⁠וֹ נֶ֣גַע צָרָ֑עַת 1 This expression uses the possessive form to describe the **instruction** that is characterized by referring to a person who has an **infection of a skin disease** who cannot afford the three lambs normally required for the ritual cleansing. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “This is the instruction that has to do with whoever has an infection of a skin disease” or “This is the instruction that pertains to whoever has an infection of a skin disease” 14:32 eka8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession נֶ֣גַע צָרָ֑עַת 1 See how you translated these words in [13:3](../13/03.md). @@ -1675,7 +1675,7 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 14:36 q9ki rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִטְמָ֖א כָּל־ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בַּ⁠בָּ֑יִת 1 Once the priest declared **the house** to be unclean, everything in the house became **unclean**, as well. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the priest does not need to declare anything or anyone in the house to be unclean” 14:36 x4iy וְ⁠אַ֥חַר כֵּ֛ן 1 Alternate translation: “And afterward” 14:37 8uja rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown שְׁקַֽעֲרוּרֹת֙ יְרַקְרַקֹּ֔ת א֖וֹ אֲדַמְדַּמֹּ֑ת 1 These **eruptions** likely refer to spots on the wall where the mold or mildew has aggressively spread and changed colors. If your language has a word for this kind of infectious mold or mildew, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “is a large spot of mold or mildew that is green or red in color” -14:37 nv5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠מַרְאֵי⁠הֶ֥ן שָׁפָ֖ל מִן־ הַ⁠קִּֽיר 1 This expression refers to the fact that the priest is to determine whether mold or mildew has gone **deeper** than just the surface of the **wall**. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of \\*\\*appearance\\*\\*, you could express the same idea in another way.  Alternate translation: “and they look to be deeper than the surface of the wall” +14:37 nv5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠מַרְאֵי⁠הֶ֥ן שָׁפָ֖ל מִן־ הַ⁠קִּֽיר 1 This expression refers to the fact that the priest is to determine whether mold or mildew has gone **deeper** than just the surface of the **wall**. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **appearance**, you could express the same idea in another way.  Alternate translation: “and they look to be deeper than the surface of the wall” 14:38 kwwq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠הִסְגִּ֥יר אֶת־הַ⁠בַּ֖יִת שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִֽים׃ 1 As was the case with the person who had the potential symptom of an infectious skin disease, this expression refers to quarantining the house for a period of time in order to allow the mold to naturally progress and for a diagnosis to be more easily made in one direction or another. If this meaning would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and he shall shut up the house for seven days so that no one can come in or out” 14:39 u6kx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal (?) בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֑י 1 The word **seventh** is the ordinal form of the number seven. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “on the last day of that week-long period” 14:40 60re rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְ⁠צִוָּה֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן 1 This expression leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Here, the **priest** is telling the people what to do with the house that is infected with mold or mildew. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Then the priest shall tell the people what to do” @@ -1697,8 +1697,8 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 14:43 bcz7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַחַ֖ר חִלֵּ֣ץ אֶת־הָ⁠אֲבָנִ֑ים וְ⁠אַחֲרֵ֛י הִקְצ֥וֹת אֶת־הַ⁠בַּ֖יִת וְ⁠אַחֲרֵ֥י הִטּֽוֹחַ׃ 1 These expressions refer to the process of scraping off the entire house, removing the infected stones, and re-plastering the house. If this meaning would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “after the residents of the house have pulled out the infected stones, scraped off of the entire house, and re-plastered it with fresh soil” 14:44 pu4i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit צָרַ֨עַת מַמְאֶ֥רֶת הִ֛וא בַּ⁠בַּ֖יִת 1 This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the **infection** (that is, the mold or mildew) is actually a sign of an infectious and potentially deadly disease. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. See how you translated the similar expression in [13:51](../13/51.md). Alternate translation: “the infection is actually a sign that the house has an infectious and potentially deadly mold or mildew on it” 14:45 j2th rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠נָתַ֣ץ אֶת־ הַ⁠בַּ֗יִת 1 Here, **he** refers either to: 1) the owner of the house. Alternate translation: “Then the owner of the house shall tear down the house” or 2) the priest. Alternate translation: “Then the priest shall tear down the house” -14:45 84up rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠אֵ֖ת כָּל־עֲפַ֣ר הַ⁠בָּ֑יִת 1 See how you translated the word **soil** in [14:41](../14/41.md). -14:45 i591 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠הוֹצִיא֙ אֶל־מִ⁠ח֣וּץ לָ⁠עִ֔יר אֶל־מָק֖וֹם טָמֵֽא׃ 1 See how you handled the similar expression in [14:40](../14/40.md). +14:45 84up rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠אֵ֖ת כָּל־עֲפַ֣ר הַ⁠בָּ֑יִת 1 See how you translated the word **soil** in [14:41](../14/41.md). +14:45 i591 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠הוֹצִיא֙ אֶל־מִ⁠ח֣וּץ לָ⁠עִ֔יר אֶל־מָק֖וֹם טָמֵֽא׃ 1 See how you handled the similar expression in [14:40](../14/40.md). 14:45 20dp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠הוֹצִיא֙ 1 Here, **them** refers to all the parts of the house that were previously mentioned in this verse, including the **stones**, **wood**, and **soil** of the house. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referents plainly. Alternate translation: “And he shall take out the stones, wood, and soil of the house” 14:46 jlji rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּא֙ אֶל־הַ⁠בַּ֔יִת 1 This expression represents any person who enters the house in general, not one particular individual. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “And any person who enters into the house” 14:46 je7y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כָּל־יְמֵ֖י הִסְגִּ֣יר אֹת֑⁠וֹ 1 This expression refers to the period of time during which the priest has quarantined the house. If this meaning would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “during the time when the priest has shut up the house” @@ -1710,7 +1710,7 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 14:48 aw4s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive נִרְפָּ֖א הַ⁠נָּֽגַע 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the owner has successfully removed the infection from the house” 14:49 wnyv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠לָקַ֛ח 1 Here, **he** refers to the priest. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall take” 14:49 qk3m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠עֵ֣ץ אֶ֔רֶז וּ⁠שְׁנִ֥י תוֹלַ֖עַת וְ⁠אֵזֹֽב 1 See how you translated these words in [14:4](../14/04.md). -14:49 sefd rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְ⁠חַטֵּ֥א אֶת־הַ⁠בַּ֖יִת 1 Here, **to** marks cleansing **the house** as the goal or purpose of the priests’ acquiring these items. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. +14:49 sefd rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְ⁠חַטֵּ֥א אֶת־הַ⁠בַּ֖יִת 1 Here, **to** marks cleansing **the house** as the goal or purpose of the priests’ acquiring these items. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. 14:50 z4nj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠שָׁחַ֖ט אֶת־הַ⁠צִּפֹּ֣ר הָ⁠אֶחָ֑ת 1 Although it is ambiguous, based on [14:4](../14/04.md), **he** likely refers to the owner of the house that is to be cleansed. This expression contains the context of what the priest is commanding. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “And the owner of the house that is to be cleansed shall slaughter one bird” 14:50 g7um rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶל־ כְּלִי־ חֶ֖רֶשׂ עַל־ מַ֥יִם חַיִּֽים׃ 1 See how you translated this expression in [14:5](../14/05.md). 14:51 7k4z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠לָקַ֣ח 1 Here, **he** refers to the priest and not to the owner of the house that is being cleansed. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall take” @@ -1738,7 +1738,7 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 15:1 upg3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹֽר׃ 1 The word translated **saying** introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language. 15:1-2 7tzz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotesinquotes לֵ⁠אמֹֽר & דַּבְּרוּ֙ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וַ⁠אֲמַרְתֶּ֖ם אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: “He told Moses to speak to the sons of Israel and to say to them” 15:2 zyg8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-doublet דַּבְּרוּ֙ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וַ⁠אֲמַרְתֶּ֖ם אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition emphasizes that Moses and Aaron are to deliver the following speech to the people of Israel. If your language does not use repetition for emphasis, you could use a single phrase and convey the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Make sure you say this to the sons of Israel” -15:2 wy6m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 See how you translated this metaphor in [1:2](../01/02.md). +15:2 wy6m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 See how you translated this metaphor in [1:2](../01/02.md). 15:2 9dw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular וַ⁠אֲמַרְתֶּ֖ם 1 The word **you** here is plural. The word refers to Moses and Aaron. Use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. 15:2 9ahv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry אִ֣ישׁ אִ֗ישׁ 1 Words are being repeated for emphasis. Specifically, here **man** is repeated to refer to any male. If your language can repeat words in a similar way, consider doing so here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “Any man” 15:2 9s7a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּ֤י יִהְיֶה֙ זָ֣ב מִ⁠בְּשָׂר֔⁠וֹ 1 This expression refers to a scenario when a man has a flowing bodily discharge, specifically (as the next note will clarify) from his genitals. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “when he has a flowing discharge from his flesh” @@ -1771,18 +1771,18 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 15:13 xyfn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠סָ֨פַר ל֜⁠וֹ שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִ֛ים 1 This expression refers to determining a week-long period after which the **flowing man** can be cleansed. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “then he shall determine a seven-day period” 15:13 nds3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְ⁠טָהֳרָת֖⁠וֹ 1 Here, **for** marks **cleansing** as the goal or purpose of counting out **seven days**. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. 15:13 bxqp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns לְ⁠טָהֳרָת֖⁠וֹ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the words **cleansing**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “in order to determine when he can be cleansed” -15:13 t3tw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism בְּשָׂר֛⁠וֹ 1 See how you handled this euphemism in [15:2](../15/02.md). +15:13 t3tw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism בְּשָׂר֛⁠וֹ 1 See how you handled this euphemism in [15:2](../15/02.md). 15:13 qhlt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠מַ֥יִם חַיִּ֖ים 1 See how you translated this idiom in [14:5](../14/05.md). 15:14 gce4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁמִינִ֗י 1 The word **eighth** is the ordinal form of the number eight. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “And on the next day” -15:14 gp4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שְׁנֵ֖י בְּנֵ֣י יוֹנָ֑ה 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:14](../01/14.md). -15:14 jmwe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֗ה 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:9](../01/09.md). +15:14 gp4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שְׁנֵ֖י בְּנֵ֣י יוֹנָ֑ה 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:14](../01/14.md). +15:14 jmwe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֗ה 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:9](../01/09.md). 15:15 8cb2 וְ⁠עָשָׂ֤ה אֹתָ⁠ם֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן 1 Alternate translation: “And the priest shall prepare them” 15:15 6h27 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠עָשָׂ֤ה אֹתָ⁠ם֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן 1 Here, **them** refers to the two birds that are described in the previous verse. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall make the two birds” 15:15 fa9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠כִפֶּ֨ר עָלָ֧י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **atonement** in [1:4](../01/04.md). However, here and throughout this chapter, make sure that your translation makes it clear that the man is not being atoned for because of any sin on his or her part. In this case, **atonement** removes impurity that is not caused by sin, but by infection and uncleanness. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. -15:15 t2vb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:9](../01/09.md). +15:15 t2vb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:9](../01/09.md). 15:16 uq1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּֽי־תֵצֵ֥א מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ שִׁכְבַת־זָ֑רַע 1 This expression refers to a man having an ejaculation. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. However, if this expression would not have this meaning in your language, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “when he experiences an ejaculation” 15:16 prya rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶת־כָּל־בְּשָׂר֖⁠וֹ 1 Whereas elsewhere, the word **flesh** usually refers specifically to a person’s genitals, here the expression **all his flesh** refers to a man’s entire body. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “his whole body” -15:17 rnhw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שִׁכְבַת־ זָ֑רַע 1 See how you translated this expression in the previous verse. +15:17 rnhw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שִׁכְבַת־ זָ֑רַע 1 See how you translated this expression in the previous verse. 15:17 nnc6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠כֻבַּ֥ס בַּ⁠מַּ֖יִם 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and the owner of the item shall wash it with water” 15:18 m4i8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וְ⁠אִשָּׁ֕ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִשְׁכַּ֥ב אִ֛ישׁ אֹתָ֖⁠הּ 1 This expression refers to sexual relations between a man and a woman in a polite way. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “And if a man and woman have sexual relations” 15:18 ksnd שִׁכְבַת־ זָ֑רַע 1 Alternate translation: “and there is a layer of seed” or “and the man ejaculates” @@ -1811,22 +1811,22 @@ front:intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduc 15:27 46z1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns בָּ֖⁠ם 1 Here, **them** refers to the woman’s bed and furniture that were described in the previous verse. If this would not be clear in your language, consider making the referents explicit. Alternate translation: “the bed on which the bleeding woman has laid or the furniture on which the bleeding woman has sat” 15:28 u50v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠אִֽם־טָהֲרָ֖ה מִ⁠זּוֹבָ֑⁠הּ 1 This expression refers to the woman recovering from **her flow** and ceasing to bleed from her genitals. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “But if she recovers from her unusual genital bleeding” 15:28 b471 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠אִֽם־טָהֲרָ֖ה מִ⁠זּוֹבָ֑⁠הּ 1 The words **she**, **herself**, and **her** refer to the woman who is experiencing unusual genital bleeding. If this would not be clear in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “But if the woman who is experiencing unusual genital bleeding cleanses herself from the flow of her blood” -15:28 7qqr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠סָ֥פְרָה לָּ֛⁠הּ שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִ֖ים 1 See how you handled this expression in [15:13](../15/13.md). +15:28 7qqr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠סָ֥פְרָה לָּ֛⁠הּ שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִ֖ים 1 See how you handled this expression in [15:13](../15/13.md). 15:29 97jy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁמִינִ֗י 1 The word **eighth** is the ordinal form of the number eight. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “And on the next day” -15:29 b126 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י יוֹנָ֑ה 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:14](../01/14.md). +15:29 b126 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י יוֹנָ֑ה 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:14](../01/14.md). 15:30 l9lo וְ⁠עָשָׂ֤ה הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙ 1 Alternate translation: “And the priest shall prepare” 15:30 4yjc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠כִפֶּ֨ר עָלֶ֤י⁠הָ הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙ 1 See how you handled the abstract noun **atonement** in [1:4](../01/04.md). However, in your translation, be careful not to convey the idea that the woman has sinned and so is in need of **atonement**. Here, atonement removes from the woman the impurity that she acquired from the blood that she has bled. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. -15:30 fnul rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:9](../01/09.md). +15:30 fnul rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:9](../01/09.md). 15:30 ja3w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מִ⁠זּ֖וֹב טֻמְאָתָֽ⁠הּ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **uncleanness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “from her flow of blood that made her unclean” -15:30 wn8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מִ⁠זּ֖וֹב טֻמְאָתָֽ⁠הּ׃ 1 See how you handled the similar expression in [15:25](../15/25.md). +15:30 wn8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מִ⁠זּ֖וֹב טֻמְאָתָֽ⁠הּ׃ 1 See how you handled the similar expression in [15:25](../15/25.md). 15:31 uip3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular וְ⁠הִזַּרְתֶּ֥ם 1 Here, **you** is plural. It refers to Aaron and Moses, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. -15:31 d10e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֶת־ בְּנֵי־ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 See how you handled this way of referring to the people of Israel in [1:2](../01/02.md). +15:31 d10e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֶת־ בְּנֵי־ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 See how you handled this way of referring to the people of Israel in [1:2](../01/02.md). 15:31 4xk1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry מִ⁠טֻּמְאָתָ֑⁠ם & בְּ⁠טֻמְאָתָ֔⁠ם בְּ⁠טַמְּאָ֥⁠ם 1 Words are being repeated for emphasis. Specifically, the word **uncleanness** comes from a noun that is related to the verb **defiling**. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. 15:31 qmq1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מִ⁠טֻּמְאָתָ֑⁠ם 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **uncleanness**, you can express the same idea with “unclean.” Alternate translation: “from becoming unclean” 15:31 b1mi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וְ⁠לֹ֤א יָמֻ֨תוּ֙ בְּ⁠טֻמְאָתָ֔⁠ם בְּ⁠טַמְּאָ֥⁠ם אֶת־מִשְׁכָּנִ֖⁠י אֲשֶׁ֥ר בְּ⁠תוֹכָֽ⁠ם׃ 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition emphasizes that the people of Israel will die if they defile God’s holy place. If your language does not use repetition for emphasis, you could use a single phrase and convey the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “and they will not die when they are unclean and defile my Dwelling that is in their midst” 15:31 zgr6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶת־מִשְׁכָּנִ֖⁠י אֲשֶׁ֥ר בְּ⁠תוֹכָֽ⁠ם׃ 1 This expression refers to the tent of meeting, where Yahweh lived among the Israelites. If this would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the holy place where I live in their midst” 15:32 pb3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession זֹ֥את תּוֹרַ֖ת הַ⁠זָּ֑ב 1 This expression uses the possessive form to describe the **instruction** that is characterized by its referring to the wide variety of bodily charges listed in [15:32–33](../15/32.md). If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “This is the instruction that has to do with people who have discharges” or “This is the instruction that pertains to people who have discharges” -15:32 a3f6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שִׁכְבַת־ זֶ֖רַע 1 See how you handled this expression in [15:16](../15/13.md). +15:32 a3f6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שִׁכְבַת־ זֶ֖רַע 1 See how you handled this expression in [15:16](../15/13.md). 15:32 me3y לְ⁠טָמְאָה־בָֽ⁠הּ׃ 1 Alternate translation: “and he becomes unclean by it” 15:33 z57j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠הַ⁠דָּוָה֙ בְּ⁠נִדָּתָ֔⁠הּ 1 This expression does not refer to physical sickness but rather to a woman’s experience of normal menstruation. If this would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and of the woman who experiences normal menstruation” 15:33 3w5i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations וְ⁠הַ⁠זָּב֙ אֶת־זוֹב֔⁠וֹ 1 Although the word **his** is masculine, here is it being used in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “and of the flowing of any person’s flow” diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index df6f7f85a3..ad9303eeec 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -4936,7 +4936,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 26:75 r39l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ἀπαρνήσῃ 1 Since Jesus had said this to Peter, the word **you** here is singular. 26:75 rgvk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐξελθὼν ἔξω 1 This expression means that Peter left the courtyard and went completely **outside** the area where the house of the high priest was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having gone out of the courtyard and away from the house” 26:75 hjr7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξελθὼν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “having come” -27:intro deu4 0 # Matthew 27 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n11. The crucifixion of Jesus, his death, and his resurrection (26:1-28:19)\n * The Jewish council sends Jesus to Pilate, the governor (27:1–2)\n * Judas repents and kills himself (27:3–10)\n * Jesus’ trial before Pilate, the governor (27:11–26)\n * Jesus is crucified (27:27–56)\n * The soldiers mock Jesus (27:27–31)\n * Jesus is crucified, and people mock him (27:32–44)\n * Jesus dies (27:45–56)\n * Joseph of Arimathea buries Jesus’ body (27:57–61)\n * The chief priests and Pharisees secure Jesus’ tomb (27:62–66)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The prophecy about the 30 pieces of silver and the field of the potter\n\nIn [27:3–8](../27/03.md), Matthew tells the story of how Judas returned the 30 pieces of silver that the Jewish leaders had paid him to hand Jesus over. The leaders used that money to buy “the field of the potter” as a burial ground for foreigners. Then, in [27:9–10](../27/09.md), Matthew indicates that these events “fulfilled” what the prophet Jeremiah spoke. Then, Matthew summarizes or paraphrases [Zechariah 11:12–13](../zec/11/12.md), [Jeremiah 19:1–13](../jer/19/01.md), and [Jeremiah 32:6–9](../jer/32/06.md). These passages speak about a potter, 30 pieces of silver, or someone buying a field. Since Matthew indicates that he is referring to what Jeremiah said, you too should indicate that these words come from Jeremiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that indicates that Matthew is summarizing or paraphrasing from another text.\n\n### The drinks that people offered to Jesus\n\nIn [27:34](../27/34.md), the soldiers offer Jesus “wine mixed with gall.” In [27:48](../27/48.md), someone offers Jesus “vinegar.” In both cases, scholars debate whether people offered these drinks to help Jesus by easing the pain or quenching his thirst or whether they offered these drinks to torment Jesus by giving him a bad-tasting drink. Since it is not obvious what the purpose of the drinks were, if possible express the idea in such a way that your readers could draw either conclusion. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could include some extra information in a footnote. See the notes on these verses for translation options.\n\n### Calling Elijah\n\nIn [27:46](../27/46.md), Jesus calls out “Eli, Eli,” which is how Jesus said “My God, my God” in his language. Some of the people standing there misheard him and thought that he was calling out to “Elijah,” a prophet with a name that sounds like “Eli.” There is a story about this Elijah in [2 Kings 2:11–12](../2ki/02/11.md), where God takes him into heaven. So, some people believed that Elijah did not die and would someday return. The people who thought Jesus was calling to Elijah thought that he was asking Elijah to return and rescue him. If your readers would not understand why the people standing near Jesus speak about Elijah, you could include some extra information in your translation or include this information in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/elijah]])\n\n### The curtain of the temple tearing from top to bottom\n\nThe “curtain” to which Matthew refers in [27:51](../27/51.md) could be either the curtain that separated the Most Holy Place from the rest of the temple, or it could be the curtain that separated the Holy Place from the rest of the temple area. Matthew indicates that this curtain tore from the top to the bottom, which means that a person did not do it. Christians debate what the tearing of this curtain might have symbolized. There are at least three major options:\n\n1. the tearing of the curtain could indicate that access to God is now available to everyone.\n2. the tearing of the curtain could indicate that God is going to destroy the temple.\n3. the tearing of the curtain could indicate that God is about to do something powerful.\n\nSince Matthew does not explain what the tearing of the curtain means, you should not explain it in your translation. However, if it would be helpful for your readers, you could include what it might mean in a footnote.\n\n### The tomb of Joseph of Arimathea\n\nThe tomb in which Jesus was buried ([27:60](../27/60.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an large hole or room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.\n\n### Sealing the tomb\n\nIn [27:66](../27/66.md), Matthew indicates that the chief priests and Pharisees “sealed” Jesus tomb. This means that they used something, probably wax on which they put a special symbol, to mark the stone that closed the tomb. It is not clear exactly where they put the “seal.” They might have attached it to the edge of the stone. They might have tied a rope around the stone and put the “seal” there. However, it was done, anyone who wanted to open the tomb would have to damage the “seal,” and the chief priests and Pharisees would know that someone had broken in. If your readers would not understand what the chief priests and Pharisees did, you could use a descriptive phrase or include some of this information in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/seal]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Sarcasm\n\nIn this chapter, people mock Jesus several times. First, in [27:28–29](../27/28.md), the soldiers pretend like Jesus is a king. They give him a scarlet robe, a crown of thorns, and a reed, and they pretend to greet him as a king. They do not actually believe that Jesus is a king, so they are doing these things sarcastically to make fun of Jesus. Second, in [27:40–43](../27/40.md), people walking by and the Jewish leaders tell Jesus to save himself, to come down from the cross, and to wait for God to rescue him. They do not actually believe that he can do these things, so they are speaking sarcastically to make fun of Jesus. Make sure that it is clear in your translation that these are sarcastic actions done to make fun of Jesus. See the notes on these verses for translation options. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “you”\n\nMost of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in conversations, and many of the conversations are with one person. Because of this, the majority of the forms of “you” in this chapter are singular. So, you should assume forms of “you” are singular unless a note specifies that the form is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])\n\n### Eli, Eli, lama sabachthani?\n\nIn [27:46](../27/46.md), Matthew spells out the sounds of the words that Jesus spoke in his own language. The words “lama sabachthani” are Aramaic, but it is unclear whether the words “Eli, Eli” are Aramaic or Hebrew. Either way, Matthew translates the words later on in the verse as “My God, my God, why did you forsake me?” You can express the idea as Matthew did by spelling out how the words sound and then translating their meaning in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) +27:intro deu4 0 # Matthew 27 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n11. The crucifixion of Jesus, his death, and his resurrection (26:1-28:19)\n * The Jewish council sends Jesus to Pilate, the governor (27:1–2)\n * Judas repents and kills himself (27:3–10)\n * Jesus’ trial before Pilate, the governor (27:11–26)\n * Jesus is crucified (27:27–56)\n * The soldiers mock Jesus (27:27–31)\n * Jesus is crucified, and people mock him (27:32–44)\n * Jesus dies (27:45–56)\n * Joseph of Arimathea buries Jesus’ body (27:57–61)\n * The chief priests and Pharisees secure Jesus’ tomb (27:62–66)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The prophecy about the 30 pieces of silver and the field of the potter\n\nIn [27:3–8](../27/03.md), Matthew tells the story of how Judas returned the 30 pieces of silver that the Jewish leaders had paid him to hand Jesus over. The leaders used that money to buy “the field of the potter” as a burial ground for foreigners. Then, in [27:9–10](../27/09.md), Matthew indicates that these events “fulfilled” what the prophet Jeremiah spoke. Then, Matthew summarizes or paraphrases [Zechariah 11:12–13](../zec/11/12.md), [Jeremiah 19:1–13](../jer/19/01.md), and [Jeremiah 32:6–9](../jer/32/06.md). These passages speak about a potter, 30 pieces of silver, or someone buying a field. Since Matthew indicates that he is referring to what Jeremiah said, you too should indicate that these words come from Jeremiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that indicates that Matthew is summarizing or paraphrasing from another text.\n\n### The drinks that people offered to Jesus\n\nIn [27:34](../27/34.md), the soldiers offer Jesus “wine mixed with gall.” In [27:48](../27/48.md), someone offers Jesus “vinegar.” In both cases, scholars debate whether people offered these drinks to help Jesus by easing the pain or quenching his thirst or whether they offered these drinks to torment Jesus by giving him a bad-tasting drink. Since it is not obvious what the purpose of the drinks were, if possible express the idea in such a way that your readers could draw either conclusion. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could include some extra information in a footnote. See the notes on these verses for translation options.\n\n### Calling Elijah\n\nIn [27:46](../27/46.md), Jesus calls out “Eli, Eli,” which is how Jesus said “My God, my God” in his language. Some of the people standing there misheard him and thought that he was calling out to “Elijah,” a prophet with a name that sounds like “Eli.” There is a story about this Elijah in [2 Kings 2:11–12](../2ki/02/11.md), where God takes him into heaven. So, some people believed that Elijah did not die and would someday return. The people who thought Jesus was calling to Elijah thought that he was asking Elijah to return and rescue him. If your readers would not understand why the people standing near Jesus speak about Elijah, you could include some extra information in your translation or include this information in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/elijah]])\n\n### The curtain of the temple tearing from top to bottom\n\nThe “curtain” to which Matthew refers in [27:51](../27/51.md) could be either the curtain that separated the Most Holy Place from the rest of the temple, or it could be the curtain that separated the Holy Place from the rest of the temple area. Matthew indicates that this curtain tore from the top to the bottom, which means that a person did not do it. Christians debate what the tearing of this curtain might have symbolized. There are at least three major options:\n\n1. the tearing of the curtain could indicate that access to God is now available to everyone.\n2. the tearing of the curtain could indicate that God is going to destroy the temple.\n3. the tearing of the curtain could indicate that God is about to do something powerful.\n\nSince Matthew does not explain what the tearing of the curtain means, you should not explain it in your translation. However, if it would be helpful for your readers, you could include what it might mean in a footnote.\n\n### The tomb of Joseph of Arimathea\n\nThe tomb in which Jesus was buried ([27:60](../27/60.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an large hole or room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.\n\n### Sealing the tomb\n\nIn [27:66](../27/66.md), Matthew indicates that the chief priests and Pharisees “sealed” Jesus tomb. This means that they used something, probably wax on which they put a special symbol, to mark the stone that closed the tomb. It is not clear exactly where they put the “seal.” They might have attached it to the edge of the stone. They might have tied a rope around the stone and put the “seal” there. However, it was done, anyone who wanted to open the tomb would have to damage the “seal,” and the chief priests and Pharisees would know that someone had broken in. If your readers would not understand what the chief priests and Pharisees did, you could use a descriptive phrase or include some of this information in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/seal]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Sarcasm\n\nIn this chapter, people mock Jesus several times. First, in [27:28–29](../27/28.md), the soldiers pretend like Jesus is a king. They give him a scarlet robe, a crown of thorns, and a reed, and they pretend to greet him as a king. They do not actually believe that Jesus is a king, so they are doing these things sarcastically to make fun of Jesus. Second, in [27:40–43](../27/40.md), people walking by and the Jewish leaders tell Jesus to save himself, to come down from the cross, and to wait for God to rescue him. They do not actually believe that he can do these things, so they are speaking sarcastically to make fun of Jesus. Make sure that it is clear in your translation that these are sarcastic actions done to make fun of Jesus. See the notes on these verses for translation options. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “you”\n\nMost of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in conversations, and many of the conversations are with one person. Because of this, the majority of the forms of “you” in this chapter are singular. So, you should assume forms of “you” are singular unless a note specifies that the form is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])\n\n### Eli, Eli, lama sabachthani?\n\nIn [27:46](../27/46.md), Matthew spells out the sounds of the words that Jesus spoke in his own language. The words “lama sabachthani” are Aramaic, but it is unclear whether the words “Eli, Eli” are Aramaic or Hebrew. Either way, Matthew translates the words later on in the verse as “My God, my God, why did you forsake me?” You can express the idea as Matthew did by spelling out how the words sound and then translating their meaning in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) 27:1 qe1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,” 27:1 ezsh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom συμβούλιον ἔλαβον & κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **took counsel against Jesus** indicates that the chief priests and elders were working together to figure out ways to harm Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar construction in [12:14](../12/14.md). Alternate translation: “made plans concerning Jesus” or “came up with ideas about what they could do with Jesus” 27:1 cm46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὥστε θανατῶσαι αὐτόν 1 Because the Roman authorities did not allow the Jewish leaders to execute people, the Jewish leaders had to convince the Roman authorities to execute people for them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so as to convince the Roman authorities to put him to death” diff --git a/tn_MRK.tsv b/tn_MRK.tsv index 4f637ed00f..56a3129aae 100644 --- a/tn_MRK.tsv +++ b/tn_MRK.tsv @@ -2881,7 +2881,7 @@ front:intro r2f2 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General 14:72 trxc πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι δὶς, τρίς με ἀπαρνήσῃ 1 This clause is basically identical to what Jesus said in [14:30](../14/30.md), so express the idea as you did there. 14:72 ocer rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ἀπαρνήσῃ 1 Because Jesus spoke these words to Peter, the word **you** is singular. 14:72 zr4p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐπιβαλὼν, ἔκλαιεν 1 The word translated as **having broken down** could indicate that: (1) Peter became overwhelmed with grief and lost control of his emotions. Alternate translation: “having become overwhelmed with grief, he was weeping” or “having lost control of his emotions, he was weeping” (2) Peter was thinking about what had happened. Alternate translation: “having reflected on what had happened, he was weeping” or “having thought about what he had just done, he was weeping” (3) Peter fell down on the ground because of how upset he was. Alternate translation: “having cast himself on the ground, he was weeping” or “having fallen down, he was weeping” (4) Peter began to weep. Alternate translation: “he began weeping” -15:intro d823 0 # Mark 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n7. Jesus’ last days and death (14:1–15:47)\n * Jesus’ trial before Pilate (15:1–15)\n * Jesus is crucified (15:16–41)\n * The soldiers mock Jesus (15:16–20)\n * Jesus is crucified, and people mock him (15:21–32)\n * Jesus dies (15:33–41)\n * Joseph of Arimathea buries Jesus’ body (15:42–47)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Golgotha\n\nAs Mark indicates in [15:22](../15/22.md), “Golgotha” means “Place of a Skull.” The reason why this place was called Place of a Skull is not known. It could have been named this because the appearance of this place resembled a skull. Or, it could have been named this because it was the site of so many executions, in which case the word “Skull” is being used as metonymy to refer to death. Because the reason that this location was called Place of a Skull is unknown, you should translate this phrase in a way that allows for either meaning, as modeled by the ULT and UST.\n\n### The drinks that people offered to Jesus\n\nIn [15:23](../15/23.md), some people offer Jesus “wine having been mixed with myrrh.” In [15:36](../15/36.md), someone offers Jesus “vinegar.” In both cases, scholars debate whether people offered these drinks to help Jesus by easing the pain or quenching his thirst or whether they offered these drinks to torment Jesus by giving him a bad-tasting drink or to mock him. Since it is not obvious what the purpose of the drinks was, if possible express the idea in such a way that your readers could draw either conclusion. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could include some extra information in a footnote. See the notes on these verses for translation options.\n\n### Calling Elijah\n\nIn [15:34](../15/34.md), Jesus calls out “Eloi, Eloi,” which is how Jesus said “My God, my God” in his language. Some of the people standing there misheard him and thought that he was calling out to “Elijah,” a prophet with a name that sounds like “Eloi.” There is a story about this Elijah in [2 Kings 2:11–12](../2ki/02/11.md), where God takes him into heaven. So, some people believed that Elijah did not die and would someday return. The people who thought Jesus was calling to Elijah thought that he was asking Elijah to return and rescue him. If your readers would not understand why the people standing near Jesus speak about Elijah, you could include some extra information in your translation or include this information in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/elijah]])\n\n### The curtain of the temple tearing from top to bottom\n\nThe “curtain” to which Mark refers in [15:38](../15/38.md) could be either the curtain that separated the Most Holy Place from the rest of the temple, or it could be the curtain that separated the Holy Place from the rest of the temple area. Mark indicates that this curtain tore from the top to the bottom, which means that a person did not do it. Christians debate what the tearing of this curtain might have symbolized. There are at least three major options:\n\n1. the tearing of the curtain could indicate that access to God is now available to everyone.\n2. the tearing of the curtain could indicate that God is going to destroy the temple.\n3. the tearing of the curtain could indicate that God is revealing something.\n\nSince Mark does not explain what the tearing of the curtain means, you should not explain it in your translation. However, if it would be helpful for your readers, you could include what it might mean in a footnote.\n\n### The tomb\n\nThe tomb in which Jesus was buried ([15:46](../15/46.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was a large hole or room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Sarcasm\n\nIn this chapter, people mock Jesus several times. First, in [15:16–19](../15/16.md), the soldiers pretend like Jesus is a king. They give him a purple robe, a crown of thorns, and they pretend to greet him and honor him as a king. They do not actually believe that Jesus is a king, so they are doing these things sarcastically to make fun of Jesus. Second, in [15:29–32](../15/29.md), people walking by and the Jewish leaders tell Jesus to save himself and to come down from the cross. They do not actually believe that he can do these things, so they are speaking sarcastically to make fun of Jesus. Make sure that it is clear in your translation that these are sarcastic actions done to make fun of Jesus. See the notes on these verses for translation options. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “you”\n\nMost of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear when people are speaking to Jesus. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are singular. You should assume forms of “you” are singular unless a note specifies that the form is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])\n\n### The historic present\n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 2, 16, 17, 20, 21, 22, and 27. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense]])\n\n### Eloi, Eloi, lema sabachthani?\n\nIn [15:34](../15/34.md), Mark spells out the sounds of the words that Jesus spoke in his own language, which in this case could have been Aramaic or Hebrew. Either way, Mark translates the words later on in the verse as “My God, my God, why did you forsake me?” You can express the idea as Mark did by spelling out how the words sound and then translating their meaning in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])\n\n### Verse 28\n\nMany of the earliest manuscripts do not include anything for [15:28](../15/28.md). A few early manuscripts and many later manuscripts include the following words: “And the scripture was fulfilled that says, ‘And he was counted with lawless ones.’” Since a similar sentence appears in [Luke 22:37](../luk/22/37.md), it is likely that people who copied the manuscripts accidentally or intentionally added these words here in Mark. Since the earliest manuscripts do not include these words, the ULT and UST include these words in brackets. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to omit these words. If it would be helpful, you could put the words in brackets or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])\n +15:intro d823 0 # Mark 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n7. Jesus’ last days and death (14:1–15:47)\n * Jesus’ trial before Pilate (15:1–15)\n * Jesus is crucified (15:16–41)\n * The soldiers mock Jesus (15:16–20)\n * Jesus is crucified, and people mock him (15:21–32)\n * Jesus dies (15:33–41)\n * Joseph of Arimathea buries Jesus’ body (15:42–47)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Golgotha\n\nAs Mark indicates in [15:22](../15/22.md), “Golgotha” means “Place of a Skull.” The reason why this place was called Place of a Skull is not known. It could have been named this because the appearance of this place resembled a skull. Or, it could have been named this because it was the site of so many executions, in which case the word “Skull” is being used as metonymy to refer to death. Because the reason that this location was called Place of a Skull is unknown, you should translate this phrase in a way that allows for either meaning, as modeled by the ULT and UST.\n\n### The drinks that people offered to Jesus\n\nIn [15:23](../15/23.md), some people offer Jesus “wine having been mixed with myrrh.” In [15:36](../15/36.md), someone offers Jesus “vinegar.” In both cases, scholars debate whether people offered these drinks to help Jesus by easing the pain or quenching his thirst or whether they offered these drinks to torment Jesus by giving him a bad-tasting drink or to mock him. Since it is not obvious what the purpose of the drinks was, if possible express the idea in such a way that your readers could draw either conclusion. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could include some extra information in a footnote. See the notes on these verses for translation options.\n\n### Calling Elijah\n\nIn [15:34](../15/34.md), Jesus calls out “Eloi, Eloi,” which is how Jesus said “My God, my God” in his language. Some of the people standing there misheard him and thought that he was calling out to “Elijah,” a prophet with a name that sounds like “Eloi.” There is a story about this Elijah in [2 Kings 2:11–12](../2ki/02/11.md), where God takes him into heaven. So, some people believed that Elijah did not die and would someday return. The people who thought Jesus was calling to Elijah thought that he was asking Elijah to return and rescue him. If your readers would not understand why the people standing near Jesus speak about Elijah, you could include some extra information in your translation or include this information in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/elijah]])\n\n### The curtain of the temple tearing from top to bottom\n\nThe “curtain” to which Mark refers in [15:38](../15/38.md) could be either the curtain that separated the Most Holy Place from the rest of the temple, or it could be the curtain that separated the Holy Place from the rest of the temple area. Mark indicates that this curtain tore from the top to the bottom, which means that a person did not do it. Christians debate what the tearing of this curtain might have symbolized. There are at least three major options:\n\n1. the tearing of the curtain could indicate that access to God is now available to everyone.\n2. the tearing of the curtain could indicate that God is going to destroy the temple.\n3. the tearing of the curtain could indicate that God is revealing something.\n\nSince Mark does not explain what the tearing of the curtain means, you should not explain it in your translation. However, if it would be helpful for your readers, you could include what it might mean in a footnote.\n\n### The tomb\n\nThe tomb in which Jesus was buried ([15:46](../15/46.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was a large hole or room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Sarcasm\n\nIn this chapter, people mock Jesus several times. First, in [15:16–19](../15/16.md), the soldiers pretend like Jesus is a king. They give him a purple robe, a crown of thorns, and they pretend to greet him and honor him as a king. They do not actually believe that Jesus is a king, so they are doing these things sarcastically to make fun of Jesus. Second, in [15:29–32](../15/29.md), people walking by and the Jewish leaders tell Jesus to save himself and to come down from the cross. They do not actually believe that he can do these things, so they are speaking sarcastically to make fun of Jesus. Make sure that it is clear in your translation that these are sarcastic actions done to make fun of Jesus. See the notes on these verses for translation options. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “you”\n\nMost of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear when people are speaking to Jesus. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are singular. You should assume forms of “you” are singular unless a note specifies that the form is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])\n\n### The historic present\n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 2, 16, 17, 20, 21, 22, and 27. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense]])\n\n### Eloi, Eloi, lema sabachthani?\n\nIn [15:34](../15/34.md), Mark spells out the sounds of the words that Jesus spoke in his own language, which in this case could have been Aramaic or Hebrew. Either way, Mark translates the words later on in the verse as “My God, my God, why did you forsake me?” You can express the idea as Mark did by spelling out how the words sound and then translating their meaning in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])\n\n### Verse 28\n\nMany of the earliest manuscripts do not include anything for [15:28](../15/28.md). A few early manuscripts and many later manuscripts include the following words: “And the scripture was fulfilled that says, ‘And he was counted with lawless ones.’” Since a similar sentence appears in [Luke 22:37](../luk/22/37.md), it is likely that people who copied the manuscripts accidentally or intentionally added these words here in Mark. Since the earliest manuscripts do not include these words, the ULT and UST include these words in brackets. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to omit these words. If it would be helpful, you could put the words in brackets or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])\n 15:1 yacz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ εὐθὺς 1 Here, the phrase **And immediately** introduces the next major event in the story. Mark means that this event began soon after the event he just finished narrating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event. Alternate translation: “Soon after that,” 15:1 pqnv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom συμβούλιον ποιήσαντες 1 Here, the phrase **having made counsel** indicates that the Jewish leaders were working together to figure something out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having made plans” or “having come up with an idea” 15:1 bhdq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ ὅλον τὸ Συνέδριον 1 Here Mark is referring to the rest of the **Sanhedrin**. He does not mean that the **chief priests**, **elders**, and **scribes** whom he has previously mentioned were not part of the **Sanhedrin**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “and the rest of the entire Sanhedrin” or “all the other members of the Sanhedrin” @@ -3112,4 +3112,4 @@ front:intro r2f2 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General 16:8 sh40 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἶχεν & αὐτὰς τρόμος καὶ ἔκστασις 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **amazement**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “they were trembling and greatly amazed” 16:8 trqu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys τρόμος καὶ ἔκστασις 1 Here Mark implies that the women were **trembling** because of their **amazement**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “trembling because of amazement” 16:8 feiu rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὐδενὶ οὐδὲν εἶπον; ἐφοβοῦντο γάρ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because they were afraid, they said nothing to anyone” -16:8 ydb0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐδενὶ οὐδὲν εἶπον 1 The words translated **nothing** and **to anyone** are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “they told no one anything”\n \ No newline at end of file +16:8 ydb0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐδενὶ οὐδὲν εἶπον 1 The words translated **nothing** and **to anyone** are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “they told no one anything”\n diff --git a/tn_PRO.tsv b/tn_PRO.tsv index 3c7c39ed98..c13fe7cbed 100644 --- a/tn_PRO.tsv +++ b/tn_PRO.tsv @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct 2:17 awb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּרִ֖ית אֱלֹהֶ֣י⁠הָ 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **the covenant** that this woman made with **her God.** If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the covenant that she made with her God” 2:17 yeit rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּרִ֖ית 1 Here, **covenant** refers specifically to the **covenant** that a man and woman made with each other and God when they married. This **covenant** included promising not to commit adultery. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the covenant that she made with her God when she married her husband” 2:18 i084 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֤י 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why “discretion” and “understanding” rescue a man from an adulterous woman, as stated in [2:16](../02/16.md). Use the most natural way in your language to state a reason. Alternate translation: “Discretion and understanding will rescue you from her because” -2:18 v1ud rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism שָׁ֣חָה אֶל־מָ֣וֶת בֵּיתָ֑⁠הּ וְ⁠אֶל־רְ֝פָאִ֗ים מַעְגְּלֹתֶֽי⁠הָ 1 These two phrases mean similar things. The author is using repetition to emphasize the idea that the phrases express. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine the phrases and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “involvement with her will totally destroy you" +2:18 v1ud rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism שָׁ֣חָה אֶל־מָ֣וֶת בֵּיתָ֑⁠הּ וְ⁠אֶל־רְ֝פָאִ֗ים מַעְגְּלֹתֶֽי⁠הָ 1 These two phrases mean similar things. The author is using repetition to emphasize the idea that the phrases express. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine the phrases and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “involvement with her will totally destroy you" 2:18 dn9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בֵּיתָ֑⁠הּ 1 Here, **house** could refer to: (1) going to the adulterous woman’s **house**. Alternate translation: “going to her house” (2) the adulterous activity that takes place in her house. Alternate translation: “what she does in her house” 2:18 hbh4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שָׁ֣חָה אֶל־מָ֣וֶת 1 Here Solomon speaks of a man doing something that would result in his death as if he were going on a path or to a **house** that **sinks down**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “results in a man dying” or “causes a man to die” 2:18 rkj1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְ⁠אֶל־רְ֝פָאִ֗ים מַעְגְּלֹתֶֽי⁠הָ 1 Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “and her tracks sink down to the spirits of the dead” or “and her tracks lead to the spirits of the dead” @@ -230,11 +230,11 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct 2:19 wzqj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לֹ֣א יְשׁוּב֑וּ⁠ן 1 Here, **return** could refer to: (1) those people coming back to life, as suggested by the references to death in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “will not become alive again” (2) those people returning to a joyful or prosperous life. Alternate translation: “will not return to living well” 2:19 zg4r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠לֹֽא־יַ֝שִּׂ֗יגוּ אָרְח֥וֹת חַיִּֽים 1 This could mean: (1) those people will not be able to come back to life, as suggested by the references to death in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “and they will not return to the land of the living” (2) those people will not be able to enjoy a good life again. Alternate translation: “and they will never live a happy life again” 2:20 ts71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result לְמַ֗עַן 1 **So** here indicates that what follows is the result of what was stated in [2:11–19](../02/11.md) being true. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “Because this is true,” -2:20 kzax rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism תֵּ֭לֵךְ בְּ⁠דֶ֣רֶךְ טוֹבִ֑ים וְ⁠אָרְח֖וֹת צַדִּיקִ֣ים תִּשְׁמֹֽר 1 These two phrases mean similar things. The author is using repetition to emphasize the idea that the phrases express. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine the phrases and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you shall keep the path of the righteous ones as you walk the way of the good ones' +2:20 kzax rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism תֵּ֭לֵךְ בְּ⁠דֶ֣רֶךְ טוֹבִ֑ים וְ⁠אָרְח֖וֹת צַדִּיקִ֣ים תִּשְׁמֹֽר 1 These two phrases mean similar things. The author is using repetition to emphasize the idea that the phrases express. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine the phrases and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you shall keep the path of the righteous ones as you walk the way of the good ones' 2:20 hp7d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative תֵּ֭לֵךְ בְּ⁠דֶ֣רֶךְ טוֹבִ֑ים וְ⁠אָרְח֖וֹת צַדִּיקִ֣ים תִּשְׁמֹֽר 1 Solomon is using a future statement to give an instruction or command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words using a command or instruction form. Alternate translation: “walk in the way of the good ones and keep the paths of the righteous ones” 2:20 fiw6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תֵּ֭לֵךְ בְּ⁠דֶ֣רֶךְ & וְ⁠אָרְח֖וֹת & תִּשְׁמֹֽר 1 The phrases **walk in the way of** and **keep the paths of** both refer to how people behave or live their lives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you shall behave like … and you shall behave like” 2:21 wou9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּֽי 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in [2:21–22](../02/21.md) is the conclusion to what was stated in [2:11–20](../02/11.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. See how you translated a similar use of **For** in [1:32](../01/32.md). Alternate translation: “In conclusion,” -2:21 uy6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism יְשָׁרִ֥ים יִשְׁכְּנוּ אָ֑רֶץ וּ֝⁠תְמִימִ֗ים יִוָּ֥תְרוּ בָֽ⁠הּ 1 These two phrases mean similar things. The author is using repetition to emphasize the idea that the phrases express. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine the phrases and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the blameless, upright ones will remain to dwell in the land” +2:21 uy6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism יְשָׁרִ֥ים יִשְׁכְּנוּ אָ֑רֶץ וּ֝⁠תְמִימִ֗ים יִוָּ֥תְרוּ בָֽ⁠הּ 1 These two phrases mean similar things. The author is using repetition to emphasize the idea that the phrases express. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine the phrases and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the blameless, upright ones will remain to dwell in the land” 2:21 bqn1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יִשְׁכְּנוּ אָ֑רֶץ & יִוָּ֥תְרוּ בָֽ⁠הּ 1 Here, **the land** and **it** could refer to: (1) the **land** of Israel, which God had given to the Jewish people and which Solomon was ruling over when he wrote these proverbs. Alternate translation: “will dwell in the land of Israel … will remain in Israel” or “will dwell in our land … will remain in our land” (2) the earth in general, in which case this would refer to staying alive. Alternate translation: “will dwell on the earth … will remain alive on the earth” 2:21 p0cw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּ֝⁠תְמִימִ֗ים 1 Here, **blameless ones** refers to people whom Yahweh does not blame for acting wickedly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the ones whom Yahweh rightly does not blame” 2:22 nyod rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וּ֭⁠רְשָׁעִים 1 Here, **but** indicates a strong contrast between the **wicked** and **treacherous** people and the “upright” and “blameless” people, who were mentioned in the previous verse. See how you translated a similar strong contrast in [1:33](../01/33.md). @@ -1402,7 +1402,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct 12:12 hy7e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מְצ֣וֹד 1 Here Solomon refers to what **the evil ones** catch in a **snare** as if it were the **snare** itself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the plunder of” 12:12 j853 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠שֹׁ֖רֶשׁ צַדִּיקִ֣ים 1 See how you translated this phrase in [12:3](../12/03.md). 12:12 npcz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יִתֵּֽן 1 Here Solomon uses **give** to refer to producing something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will produce fruit” or “will be productive” -12:13 rwf3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּ⁠פֶ֣שַׁע שְׂ֭פָתַיִם 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **lips** that are characterized by **transgression**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In the lips that speak transgression” +12:13 rwf3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּ⁠פֶ֣שַׁע שְׂ֭פָתַיִם 1 Here Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **lips** that are characterized by **transgression**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In the lips that speak transgression” 12:13 fmze rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שְׂ֭פָתַיִם 1 See how you translated the same use of **lips** in [10:18](../10/18.md). 12:13 ak1y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מוֹקֵ֣שׁ רָ֑ע 1 Here Solomon refers to the disasters that **the evil one** experiences because of what he says as if it were a **snare** he was trapped in. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is what destroys an evil one” 12:13 dwqo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun רָ֑ע & צַדִּֽיק 1 See how you translated **the righteous one** in [10:16](../10/16.md) and **the wicked one** in [3:33](../03/33.md). @@ -1738,7 +1738,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct 15:2 xupd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠פִ֥י כְ֝סִילִ֗ים 1 See how you translated the same use of **the mouth of** in [10:6](../10/06.md). 15:3 w8rc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּֽ⁠כָל־מָ֭קוֹם עֵינֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 Here Solomon refers to Yahweh’s ability to see everything as if Yahweh had **eyes** that were located **in every place**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh sees what is happening everywhere” 15:4 lpvd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun מַרְפֵּ֣א לָ֭שׁוֹן & וְ⁠סֶ֥לֶף בָּ֝֗⁠הּ שֶׁ֣בֶר בְּ⁠רֽוּחַ 1 **A healing tongue**, **it**, and **a breaking in the spirit** do not refer to specific things but represent these things in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any healing tongue … but crookedness in any such tongue is what breaks spirits” -15:4 wt85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מַרְפֵּ֣א לָ֭שׁוֹן 1 **A healing tongue** refers to what someone says that soothes the listener. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar use of **tongue** in [6:17](../06/17.md). Alternate translation: “The comforting thing someone says” +15:4 wt85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מַרְפֵּ֣א לָ֭שׁוֹן 1 **A healing tongue** refers to what someone says that soothes the listener. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar use of **tongue** in [6:17](../06/17.md). Alternate translation: “The comforting thing someone says” 15:4 sutw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עֵ֣ץ חַיִּ֑ים 1 See how you translated **a tree of life** in [3:18](../03/18.md). 15:4 jib7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠סֶ֥לֶף בָּ֝֗⁠הּ 1 Here, Solomon refers to deceitful speech as if it were a crooked tongue. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but the deceitful thing someone says” 15:4 frhx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom שֶׁ֣בֶר בְּ⁠רֽוּחַ 1 The phrase **a breaking in the spirit** is an idiom that refers to making a person despair. If it would be helpful, you could use an equivalent idiom from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “makes a person feel down in the dumps” or “makes a person despair” @@ -2888,7 +2888,7 @@ front:intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct 23:10 iha4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַל־תַּ֭סֵּג גְּב֣וּל עוֹלָ֑ם 1 See how you translated this clause in [22:28](../22/28.md). 23:10 a9cb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׂדֵ֥י יְ֝תוֹמִ֗ים אַל־תָּבֹֽא 1 The connection with the previous clause indicates that the phrase **enter into** here refers to taking over or using the land that belongs to someone else. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “do not take over the fields of fatherless ones” or “do not encroach on the fields of fatherless ones” 23:10 u7re rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יְ֝תוֹמִ֗ים 1 The phrase **fatherless ones** refers to children who have lost their fathers and so do not have anyone to protect them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “children without fathers to protect them” -23:11 p1uf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit גֹאֲלָ֥⁠ם 1 Here, **their redeemer** refers to Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “their Redeemer, Yahweh,”\r\n +23:11 p1uf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit גֹאֲלָ֥⁠ם 1 Here, **their redeemer** refers to Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “their Redeemer, Yahweh,”\n 23:11 bgi8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הֽוּא־יָרִ֖יב אֶת־רִיבָ֣⁠ם אִתָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 Here, the writer refers to Yahweh protecting “the fatherless ones” as if he were a lawyer who defends them in a legal **dispute**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he himself will defend the orphans against you” 23:11 sllo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns הֽוּא־יָרִ֖יב 1 The writer uses the word **himself** to emphasize how significant it was that Yahweh defends the defenseless. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: “he indeed will plead” 23:11 jouk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns רִיבָ֣⁠ם 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **dispute** in [15:18](../15/18.md). diff --git a/tn_PSA.tsv b/tn_PSA.tsv index 0535148fe9..3302c69b69 100644 --- a/tn_PSA.tsv +++ b/tn_PSA.tsv @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 5:1 xts1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הַאֲזִ֥ינָ⁠ה 1 Here, **give ear** is an idiom that means “listen.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “pay attention” 5:2 rui6 מַלְכִּ֥⁠י וֵ⁠אלֹהָ֑⁠י 1 The author is not referring to two people; both of these terms refer to Yahweh. 5:2-3 svyb rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry לְ⁠ק֬וֹל & קוֹלִ֑⁠י 1 The words translated as **sound** and **voice** are the same in the original. If your language has a word that could be the same in both places, you could consider using it to follow the poetic parallel of the original. -5:1,5:3,5:8, 5:12 sbh4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry יְהוָ֗ה & יְֽהוָ֗ה & יְהוָ֤ה & יְהוָ֑ה 1 The direct address to **Yahweh** in each of these verses marks the start of a new section of the psalm. If your language marks section beginnings in poetry in a certain way, you may wish to use them at the beginning of these verses. +5:1,5:3,5:8, 5:12 sbh4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry יְהוָ֗ה & יְֽהוָ֗ה & יְהוָ֤ה & יְהוָ֑ה 1 The direct address to **Yahweh** in each of these verses marks the start of a new section of the psalm. If your language marks section beginnings in poetry in a certain way, you may wish to use them at the beginning of these verses. 5:3 i42x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶֽעֱרָךְ־לְ֝⁠ךָ֗ וַ⁠אֲצַפֶּֽה 1 This could mean: (1) the author prepares his argument or legal case for Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I prepare my case for you and watch for your judgment.” (2) the author prepares to be rescued by Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I prepare to be rescued by you and wait for you.” You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. 5:4 rk6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns רֶ֥שַׁע 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wickedness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “wicked deeds” 5:5 tnqo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לֹֽא־יִתְיַצְּב֣וּ הֽ֭וֹלְלִים לְ⁠נֶ֣גֶד עֵינֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 Here, **stand in front of your eyes** is an idiom that means “come near you,” which implies worshiping Yahweh. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The arrogant will not be allowed to draw near to you” or “be allowed to offer pleasing worship to you” @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 6:1 klpg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠אַפְּ⁠ךָ֥ 1 Here, the **nose** represents anger. If you have a body part in your culture that is associated with being angry you could use that here. Alternate translation: “in your anger” 6:1 r2ls rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בַּ⁠חֲמָתְ⁠ךָ֥ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **rage**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “furiously” 6:2 at9c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche נִבְהֲל֣וּ עֲצָמָֽ⁠י 1 The **bones** represent the whole body. His body may have been shaking because he was sick or extremely tired. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my whole body is shaking” -6:3–4 z7o8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וְ֭⁠נַפְשִׁ⁠י נִבְהֲלָ֣ה מְאֹ֑ד & נַפְשִׁ֑⁠י 1 **My soul** refers to the author as a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And I am very disturbed … me” +6:3-4 z7o8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וְ֭⁠נַפְשִׁ⁠י נִבְהֲלָ֣ה מְאֹ֑ד & נַפְשִׁ֑⁠י 1 **My soul** refers to the author as a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And I am very disturbed … me” 6:3 sd1q נִבְהֲלָ֣ה 1 Alternate translation: “terrified” or “shaken” 6:3 vw88 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וְאַתָּ֥ה יְ֝הוָ֗ה עַד־ מָתָֽי 1 The author is using the question form to request an end to his suffering. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: please, do not let this continue!” 6:4 rce3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שׁוּבָ֣⁠ה 1 **Turn back** refers to a change from one activity to another, in this case from anger to mercy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Have mercy on me” @@ -148,12 +148,12 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 6:6 ge93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns יָגַ֤עְתִּי ׀ בְּֽ⁠אַנְחָתִ֗⁠י 1 The author’s **groaning** represents the pain or distress that he feels. If your language does not use an abstract noun for that idea, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I am very tired because I hurt” 6:6 c1qb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism מִטָּתִ֑⁠י & עַרְשִׂ֥⁠י 1 These are different words for the same thing. Alternate translation: “my sleeping place … my sleeping place” 6:6 isr5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole אַשְׂחֶ֣ה בְ⁠כָל־לַ֭יְלָה מִטָּתִ֑⁠י בְּ֝⁠דִמְעָתִ֗⁠י עַרְשִׂ֥⁠י אַמְסֶֽה 1 The author says his **tears** **cause** his **bed to swim** and his **couch** to **melt** here as extreme statements for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “Every night my bed gets very wet from my many tears that make my whole couch very wet” -6:7 l9w7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 In this verse, the implied cause of the eye (vision) problems the author is having is his excessive crying. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. +6:7 l9w7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 In this verse, the implied cause of the eye (vision) problems the author is having is his excessive crying. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. 6:7 fup4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עָֽשְׁשָׁ֣ה & עֵינִ֑⁠י 1 Here, **eye** represents the ability to see. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “My vision has wasted away” or “I cannot see clearly” 6:7 fgk9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עָֽשְׁשָׁ֣ה & עֵינִ֑⁠י 1 Here, the **eye** having **wasted away** means to lose the ability to see. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have lost the ability to see well” 6:7 gny4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִ⁠כַּ֣עַס 1 Here, **grief** here represents crying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from crying” or “because I cry so much” 6:7 uohl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עָֽ֝תְקָ֗ה 1 Here, the **eye** is said to **advance** which figuratively means to grow old or weak which plainly means to lose ability to see. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it weakens” or “my sight weakens” -6:8–9 mlg2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns יְ֝הוָ֗ה & יְ֭הוָה & יְ֝הוָ֗ה 1 **Yahweh** is mentioned three times in these verses to focus the audience on who has changed the author’s circumstances. However, if repeating a name like this in your culture would not create a similar focus effect you could substitute some with pronouns as in the UST. +6:8-9 mlg2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns יְ֝הוָ֗ה & יְ֭הוָה & יְ֝הוָ֗ה 1 **Yahweh** is mentioned three times in these verses to focus the audience on who has changed the author’s circumstances. However, if repeating a name like this in your culture would not create a similar focus effect you could substitute some with pronouns as in the UST. 6:9 j23z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns תְּחִנָּתִ֑⁠י 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **mercy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “my appeal for him to be merciful” 6:9 dq36 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יְ֝הוָ֗ה תְּֽפִלָּתִ֥⁠י יִקָּֽח 1 Being willing to do what the author prayed for is spoken of as if his **prayer** was something that **Yahweh accepts** from him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will respond to my prayer” 7:intro zey1 0 # Psalm 7 General Notes\n\n## Outline:\n\n\n- Superscription\n\n- verses 1–5 Injustice Rejected\n- verses 6–9 Justice Requested\n- verses 10–16 Justice Expected\n- verse 17 Justice Praised\n\n## About the Psalm\n\n**Purpose:** to invoke justice from Yahweh towards both the righteous (specifically, himself) and the wicked (false accusers).\n\n**Content:** God is a righteous judge. He saves the upright, and he brings the end to the wicked’s violence.\n\n**Message:** King Yahweh will see to it that the wicked receive their punishment and that the righteous are vindicated.\n\n\n## Poetic Elements (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]]):\n### Heights and Depths\nProvides the structure of the Psalm.\n1. The Psalmist is brought down (vv. 1-5)\n2. Yahweh goes up to the highest place (vv. 6-9)\n3. The enemies are brought down (vv.10-16)\n4. Praise to the Most High God (v.17)\n\n\n### Other\n- There are a number of explicit and implicit references to Yahweh as both warrior and judge, which are both important functions of a king, especially King Yahweh—a metaphor that runs throughout the Psalms.\n- The subject in verses 12-16 is ambiguous, only the pronoun “he” is used (but it must be the wicked in verses 14-16). The psalmist might have chosen to leave the participants grammatically ambiguous in this entire section to create tension in what is a prominent section of the psalm (which is it, Yahweh or the wicked?!), as well as to teach an important lesson in line with the meaning of this psalm: to be wicked is to bring death upon oneself; but Yahweh is the one who ensures the destruction. In the UST and notes, the most likely persons are identified.\n\n### Cush the Benjamite\n\nNote the superscription and the specific circumstances. There is no other reference to this incident in the Scriptures. But there are references to David being opposed by those of the tribe of Benjamin during the time he was serving King Saul.\n\n\n### CCBYSA\n\nPortions of the ULT, UST, and TNs for this psalm are derivative from [“Psalms, Layer by Layer”](https://psalms.cdbr.org/w/Welcome), [Psalm 7](https://psalms.cdbr.org/w/Psalm_7) by Cambridge Digital Bible Research, Katie Frost, Meaghan Smith, Nikki Mustin et al, used under [CC BY](https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/) @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 7:8 b8v5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שָׁפְטֵ֥⁠נִי 1 The implication is that Yahweh will find the author innocent. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Judge me innocent” 7:8 n8vq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns כְּ⁠צִדְקִ֖⁠י וּ⁠כְ⁠תֻמִּ֣⁠י 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **righteousness** and **integrity**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “according to how I live rightly and according to how I live honestly” 7:8 a1l0 עָלָֽ⁠י 1 This could be: (1) a title for Yahweh. Alternate translation: “O you, Above All” (2) a clause locating the author’s righteousness and integrity in himself. Alternate translation: “which is in me” -7:9 dadj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וּ⁠בֹחֵ֣ן לִ֭בּ֗וֹת וּ⁠כְלָי֗וֹת אֱלֹהִ֥ים צַדִּֽיק 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could move the last clause in this verse to the beginning as in the UST. +7:9 dadj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וּ⁠בֹחֵ֣ן לִ֭בּ֗וֹת וּ⁠כְלָי֗וֹת אֱלֹהִ֥ים צַדִּֽיק 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could move the last clause in this verse to the beginning as in the UST. 7:9 pw1n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns רַ֨ע 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **evil**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “evil things” 7:9 zql9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ֭בּ֗וֹת וּ⁠כְלָי֗וֹת 1 The **hearts and kidneys** are internal organs that represent people’s thoughts and desires in the author’s culture. If these body parts do not have that meaning in your language, you could use body parts from your language that do have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “thoughts and motives” 7:10 c7u4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מָֽגִנִּ֥⁠י עַל־אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 The word **shield** represents God’s protection. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God protects me” @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 8:1 s2nw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁ֥ר תְּנָ֥⁠ה ה֝וֹדְ⁠ךָ֗ עַל־הַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you who bestow your splendor on the heavens” 8:1 xzkw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns אֲשֶׁ֥ר תְּנָ֥⁠ה ה֝וֹדְ⁠ךָ֗ עַל־הַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **splendor**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you show in the heavens how splendid you are” 8:2 tiix rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry מִ⁠פִּ֤י עֽוֹלְלִ֨ים ׀ וְֽ⁠יֹנְקִים֮ 1 **Out of the mouth of children and nursing ones** is placed at the front of the sentence here to help create a strong sense of surprise that this weak thing would be the means that Yahweh uses to establish **strength**. Consider using a poetic method in your language to make the connection of the weak and strong surprising. -8:2 sjrb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result מִ⁠פִּ֤י עֽוֹלְלִ֨ים ׀ וְֽ⁠יֹנְקִים֮ יִסַּ֪דְתָּ֫ עֹ֥ז לְמַ֥עַן צוֹרְרֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because of your adversaries you have established strength out of the mouth of children and nursing ones” +8:2 sjrb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result מִ⁠פִּ֤י עֽוֹלְלִ֨ים ׀ וְֽ⁠יֹנְקִים֮ יִסַּ֪דְתָּ֫ עֹ֥ז לְמַ֥עַן צוֹרְרֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because of your adversaries you have established strength out of the mouth of children and nursing ones” 8:2 psmo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִ⁠פִּ֤י 1 Here, **mouth** represents the babies’ crying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “From the crying of” 8:2 zvjj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys עֽוֹלְלִ֨ים ׀ וְֽ⁠יֹנְקִים֮ 1 The two words translated **children** and **nursing ones** may express a single idea. The word **nursing** further describes the age or state of the**children**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning in a different way. Alternate translation: “nursing babies” 8:2 gmb1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants עֹ֥ז 1 The Hebrew reads “strength.” The ULT follows that reading. The ancient Greek translation reads “praise.” The Greek version is quoted in [Matthew 21:16](../mat/21/16.md). If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 8:6 piz5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠מַעֲשֵׂ֣י יָדֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 Yahweh’s **hands** represent his capability. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the works of your power” 8:6 xti1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּ⁠מַעֲשֵׂ֣י יָדֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 Here, **works of your hands** represent what Yahweh has created. Alternate translation: “the things that you made” 8:6 py2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כֹּ֝ל שַׁ֣תָּה תַֽחַת־רַגְלָֽי⁠ו 1 Having authority to rule others or control things is spoken of as having them **under** one’s **feet**. This means Yahweh gave people authority over all that he created. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you have given him authority over all things” -8:9 y339 0 This verse is exactly the same as the first half of [verse 1](../08/01.md). See how you translated there. +8:9 y339 0 This verse is exactly the same as the first half of [verse 1](../08/01.md). See how you translated there. 9:intro zq96 0 # Psalm 9 General Notes\n\n## Psalms 9–10 as One Psalm\n\nThis psalm has a superscription but Psalm 10 does not. This fact and the acrostic nature of the two psalms (lines start with consecutive letters of the alphabet) has lead many scholars to believe these two psalms may have originally been written as one psalm. The analysis of the structure of these psalms presented here will assume that. It is recommended that you follow the versification and chapter structure of other Bibles you are familiar with.\n\n## Outline:\nThe outlines for psalms 9 and 10 are combined here and in the introduction to psalm 10 because they were probably originally one psalm. Your translation will probably be best if you translate them together.\n\n- Superscription\n- verses 1–10 Praise of the King\n - verses 1–4 Praise the righteous God, for he terrifies the wicked.\n - verses 5–6 Yahweh destroyed the wicked.\n - verses 7–10 Yahweh sits enthroned to do justice for the afflicted\n- verses 11–20 Petition the King\n - verses 11–14 He did not ignore the afflicted.\n - verses 15–16 He ensnared the wicked!\n - verses 17–20 The wicked will come to nothing.\nPsalm 10:\n- verses 1–11 Persecution of the Poor\n - verses 1–6 God stands far off; the wicked say, I will not be shaken. (check ULT 10:6)\n - verses 7–11 The wicked sit in ambush and say, God has been ignoring (check ULT 10:11)\n- verses 12–18 Proclamation of the King\n - verses 12–14 God *does* see. Rise up, Yahweh. (check ult 10:12)\n - verses 15–18 Yahweh is King forever. The afflicted will never fear again.\n\n## About the Psalm\n\n**Purpose:** To petition the divine king to the aid of the oppressed.\n\n**Content:** Rise up, Yahweh! You've avenged the oppressed in the past but You are now standing at a distance.\n\n**Message:** Yahweh has established his throne for justice (9:7b).\n\n\n## Poetic Elements (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]]):\r\n\n\r\n\n#### Order and chaos\r\n\nThe first letter of many of the lines of these two psalms follows an acrostic (alphabetic) pattern. In some places, however, this orderly pattern is interrupted. The places where it is interrupted are places where the wicked are mentioned or acting. It is as if the presence of the wicked disrupts the orderliness over even the poetry, but it is restored and kept by Yahweh. If your language has a poetic style which can indicate order and chaos, you may wish to translate:\r\n\n- 9:1–4 in an orderly style\r\n- 9:5–6 in a slightly chaotic style\r\n- 9:7–15 in an orderly style\r\n- 9:16–17 in a slightly chaotic style\r\n- 9:18 in neither\r\n- 9:19–20 in an orderly style\r\n- 10:1 in an orderly style\r\n- 10:2–11 in a very chaotic style\r\n- 10:12–18 in an orderly style\r\n\r\n#### The fortress and the pit\r\n\r\nThere are two chiasms in psalm 9. In the first half, Yahweh is compared to a fortress (verse 9) and, poetically, his judgment forms a barrier between the enemies and the psalmist and the oppressed.\r\n\r\n- A 9:1–2 people trust Yahweh\r\n - B 9:3-4 Yahweh is a judge\r\n - C 9:5–6 The enemy\r\n - B 9:7-8 Yahweh is a king and judge\r\n- A 9:9–10 people trust Yahweh\r\n\r\nIn the second half, people’s prayers poetically encircle the wicked, causing them to fall into their own pit.\r\n- A 9:11–14 people pray to Yahweh for help (especially verse 13) \r\n - B 9:15-18 the wicked are destroyed by their own pit\r\n- A 9:19-20 people pray to Yahweh for help\r\n\r\nAs you translate this psalm, you will probably have a structure that matches this which may or may not be meaningful in your language. You could also consider if there is a way to poetically “surround” the wicked with Yahweh as judge and the prayers of his people in the two sections.\r\n\r\n\r\n### Adjectives used as generic nouns:\r\n- The adjectives **wicked, afflicted, innocent,** and **oppressed** are nominal adjectives used as generic nouns in these psalms. See [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]].### CCBYSA\n\nPortions of the ULT, UST, and TNs for this psalm are derivative from [“Psalms, Layer by Layer”](https://psalms.cdbr.org/w/Welcome), [Psalm 9](https://psalms.cdbr.org/w/Psalm_9) by Cambridge Digital Bible Research, Katie Frost, Meaghan Smith, Nikki Mustin et al, used under [CC BY](https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/) \n\nSee their [overview video](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VRQZ1eytMJ8) and [top three exegetical issues in Psalm 9 video](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MvT6YH3bkuI) and their [top three poetic features of Psalms 9-10 video](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=moXvQUAMudo) on YouTube.\n\n\n[exegetical 9](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MvT6YH3bkuI)\n[exegetical 10](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=W4w8G32hfyI)\n[poetic](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=moXvQUAMudo) 9:front w9iy For the chief musician 1 Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship” 9:front nqw5 set to Muth Labben 1 This may refer to a style of music. @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 9:12 p3fv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown דֹרֵ֣שׁ דָּ֭מִים 1 Here, **the seeker** refers to the avenger of blood, who hunts down and kills a murderer. Yahweh is the avenger in this case. See Numbers 35 for more information. 9:12 lcs5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אוֹתָ֣⁠ם זָכָ֑ר 1 The implication is that the **seeker of vengeance** will remember to avenge for the murder of **them** (the victims calling for justice). You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “remembered to avenge those who were murdered” 9:12 vrni rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns דֹרֵ֣שׁ דָּ֭מִים אוֹתָ֣⁠ם 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **seeker, vengeance** and **bloodshed**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “the one who seeks to avenge anyone who was murdered” -9:12 wk9a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives לֹֽא־שָׁ֝כַ֗ח 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative idea of **forget**. Alternate translation: “he surely remembers” +9:12 wk9a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives לֹֽא־שָׁ֝כַ֗ח 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative idea of **forget**. Alternate translation: “he surely remembers” 9:12 zawk עניים 1 Alternate translation: “the afflicted ones” or “the oppressed ones” 9:13 qnky rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns חָֽנְנֵ֬⁠נִי & עָ֭נְיִ⁠י מִ⁠שֹּׂנְאָ֑⁠י 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **mercy, affliction** and **haters**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “Be merciful to me … how I am afflicted by those who hate me” 9:13 yj30 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit רְאֵ֣ה 1 The implication is that Yahweh will act, not just **see**. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Take action because of” @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 9:14 v8b1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown בְּ⁠שַֽׁעֲרֵ֥י 1 The **gate ** is the place of trade, business, justice, etc in the ancient city. If your readers would not be familiar with this, you could use the location where similar things happen in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “in the central market” or “in the place of trade and settling legal disputes” 9:14 e5o9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns תְּהִלָּ֫תֶ֥י⁠ךָ & בִּ⁠ישׁוּעָתֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **praise** and **salvation**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “your praiseworthy deeds … because you saved me” or “the reasons to praise you … because you are a savior” 9:15 re95 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor טָבְע֣וּ ג֭וֹיִם בְּ⁠שַׁ֣חַת עָשׂ֑וּ בְּ⁠רֶֽשֶׁת־ז֥וּ טָ֝מָ֗נוּ נִלְכְּדָ֥ה רַגְלָֽ⁠ם 1 People dig pits so they can catch animals that fall into them. They also hide nets to catch animals. Here digging a **pit** or hiding a **net** represents making plans to destroy people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The nations are like people who dig a pit for others and then fall into it or like people who hide a net to catch people and then get caught in it” or “The nations get caught in their own traps.” -9:15 py2o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism טָבְע֣וּ ג֭וֹיִם בְּ⁠שַׁ֣חַת עָשׂ֑וּ בְּ⁠רֶֽשֶׁת־ז֥וּ טָ֝מָ֗נוּ נִלְכְּדָ֥ה רַגְלָֽ⁠ם 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Translate them according to the decisions your team has made regarding translating parallelism in Hebrew poetry. See the [book introduction](../front/intro.md) for more information. +9:15 py2o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism טָבְע֣וּ ג֭וֹיִם בְּ⁠שַׁ֣חַת עָשׂ֑וּ בְּ⁠רֶֽשֶׁת־ז֥וּ טָ֝מָ֗נוּ נִלְכְּדָ֥ה רַגְלָֽ⁠ם 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Translate them according to the decisions your team has made regarding translating parallelism in Hebrew poetry. See the [book introduction](../front/intro.md) for more information. 9:15-16 foe2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result נ֤וֹדַ֨ע ׀ יְהוָה֮ מִשְׁפָּ֪ט עָ֫שָׂ֥ה & נוֹקֵ֣שׁ רָשָׁ֑ע 1 Both the cause and the result of everything else in verses 15-16 are in the sentence **Yahweh has revealed himself, he has done justice**. The cause of the wicked nations being trapped by their own traps is Yahweh doing justice, the result is that he is revealed as being just. In your translation, use a structure that makes these connections clear. Alternate translation: “This happens because Yahweh is acting justly toward them. Yahweh reveals himself by justly causing the wicked to be ensnared” 9:16 cp1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns נ֤וֹדַ֨ע 1 The word **himself** indicates that the object of the verb is the same as the subject of the verb. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate that the same person fills two roles in the sentence. Alternate translation: “has revealed Yahweh” 9:16 oxtk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown מִשְׁפָּ֪ט 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **justice**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “things justly” @@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 10:14 je96 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns עָ֘מָ֤ל וָ⁠כַ֨עַס 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **mischief** and **vexation**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “the mischievous and vexing things they do” 10:14 xwhz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לָ⁠תֵ֪ת בְּ⁠יָ֫דֶ֥⁠ךָ 1 Here, **to take it in … hand** represents exercising power to take control of a situation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to powerfully intervene” 10:15 v9ju rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שְׁ֭בֹר זְר֣וֹעַ רָשָׁ֑ע וָ֝⁠רָ֗ע 1 Here **arm** represents power. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Destroy the power of wicked and evil people” or “Make wicked and evil people weak” -10:15 z4yy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet wicked and evil 1 The terms **wicked** and **evil** mean similar things. The author is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “very wicked” or “very evil” +10:15 z4yy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet wicked and evil 1 The terms **wicked** and **evil** mean similar things. The author is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “very wicked” or “very evil” 10:15 m5mv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification תִּֽדְרוֹשׁ־רִשְׁע֥⁠וֹ בַל־תִּמְצָֽא 1 There is significant debate about who or what is **seek**ing and **find**ing. The interpretation suggested here is that the wicked and evil people’s arm (power for harm) is personified as looking to do the evil they have planned but is unable to because Yahweh has broken the arm (power). [For more information see the Psalms layer by layer exegetical discussion.](https://psalms.cdbr.org/w/The_Division_of_Psalm_10:15) If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “May the wicked, evil person try to use his power for harm but discover you have destroyed it.” Another common interpretation is that Yahweh will seek out (hunt down, punish) the wicked, evil person’s wickedness until he can no longer find it (because it is eradicated). Alternate translation: “Hunt down his wickedness until no more can be found” You may wish to follow the interpretation of a translation commonly used in your region.\n 10:16 zc2f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive אָבְד֥וּ ג֝וֹיִ֗ם מֵֽ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh forces foreigners to leave his land” 10:17 d6nx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תַּאֲוַ֬ת עֲנָוִ֣ים שָׁמַ֣עְתָּ 1 The implication is that the afflicted people expressed their desire for mercy to Yahweh. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “When afflicted people told you their desire for mercy, you listened to them tell you what they need” @@ -996,7 +996,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 29:3 u41c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy The voice of Yahweh 1 All occurrences of “voice” here represent Yahweh speaking. The writer is emphasizing that when Yahweh speaks, the sound is so loud it is heard over the waters, and it is so powerful it can destroy the largest trees. Alternate translation: “When Yahweh speaks, his voice” 29:3 b7zk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the God of glory thunders 1 This speaks about God speaking as if it were the sound of thunder. Just like the sound of thunder, Yahweh’s voice can be heard over large distances. Alternate translation: “The voice of the glorious God is loud like thunder” or “When the glorious God speaks it rumbles like thunder” 29:3 srk7 over many waters 1 Alternate translation: “over the large bodies of water” -29:6 s8av Connecting Statement: 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe writer continues describing the power of God’s voice. +29:6 s8av Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe writer continues describing the power of God’s voice. 29:6 kdn3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile He makes Lebanon skip like a calf 1 The ground of Lebanon shaking is spoken of as if it were a young calf skipping. This emphasizes that when Yahweh speaks, the power of his voice shakes the ground. Alternate translation: “He makes the land of Lebanon shake like a calf skipping” 29:6 y9uu skip 1 jump lightly back and forth 29:6 war4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis Sirion like a young ox 1 The words “he makes” and “skip” are understood from the first phrase. They can be repeated here. The ground of Sirion shaking is spoken of as if it were a young ox skipping. This emphasizes that when Yahweh speaks, the power of his voice shakes the ground. Alternate translation: “he makes Sirion skip like a young ox” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) @@ -1579,11 +1579,11 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 42:5,11 xs1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַה־תִּשְׁתּ֬וֹחֲחִ֨י ׀ נַפְשִׁ⁠י֮ וַ⁠תֶּהֱמִ֪י עָ֫לָ֥⁠י & מַה־תִּשְׁתּ֬וֹחֲחִ֨י ׀ נַפְשִׁ⁠י֮ וּֽ⁠מַה־תֶּהֱמִ֪י 1 The author is using the question form to challenge himself. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not be bowed down, O my soul, and upset within me! … You should not be bowed down, O my soul, and you should not be upset within me!” 42:5,11 hl5t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מַה־תִּשְׁתּ֬וֹחֲחִ֨י ׀ נַפְשִׁ⁠י֮ וַ⁠תֶּהֱמִ֪י עָ֫לָ֥⁠י & מַה־תִּשְׁתּ֬וֹחֲחִ֨י ׀ נַפְשִׁ⁠י֮ וּֽ⁠מַה־תֶּהֱמִ֪י עָ֫לָ֥⁠י 1 See the discussion about the word **soul** in the [chapter introduction](../42/intro.md). Alternate translation: “Why am I bowed down and upset within myself?” 42:5,11 x98k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מַה־תִּשְׁתּ֬וֹחֲחִ֨י ׀ נַפְשִׁ⁠י֮ 1 The author is using the phrase **bowed down** to mean depressed or sad. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Why are you sad, O my soul” -42:5–6 cc84 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants אוֹדֶ֗⁠נּוּ יְשׁוּע֥וֹת פָּנָֽי⁠ו & אֱֽלֹהַ֗⁠י 1 Many ancient manuscripts read “I will give him thanks, the salvation of his face.” The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “I will him praise, the salvation that is before my God.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. +42:5-6 cc84 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants אוֹדֶ֗⁠נּוּ יְשׁוּע֥וֹת פָּנָֽי⁠ו & אֱֽלֹהַ֗⁠י 1 Many ancient manuscripts read “I will give him thanks, the salvation of his face.” The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “I will him praise, the salvation that is before my God.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. 42:5,11 fyf2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns יְשׁוּע֥וֹת פָּנָֽי⁠ו & יְשׁוּעֹ֥ת פָּ֝נַ֗⁠י 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “whose face saves me … who saves my face” 42:5 u8xp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom פָּנָֽי⁠ו 1 Here, **his face** is an idiom that means the place where God himself dwells. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that is from him” -42:6 lp5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עָלַ⁠י֮ נַפְשִׁ֪⁠י תִשְׁתּ֫וֹחָ֥ח 1 See how you translated **bowed down** in the previous verse. -42:6 s443 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result עַל־כֵּ֗ן 1 The connecting word **therefore** introduce a goal or purpose relationship. The purpose for calling God to mind is because the authors soul is bowed down within him. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. +42:6 lp5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עָלַ⁠י֮ נַפְשִׁ֪⁠י תִשְׁתּ֫וֹחָ֥ח 1 See how you translated **bowed down** in the previous verse. +42:6 s443 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result עַל־כֵּ֗ן 1 The connecting word **therefore** introduce a goal or purpose relationship. The purpose for calling God to mind is because the authors soul is bowed down within him. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. 42:6 u6xn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מֵ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ יַרְדֵּ֑ן 1 Here, **the land of the Jordan** is referring to northern Israel. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “from the northern region of Israel where the Jordan river is” 42:6 ka3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ֝⁠חֶרְמוֹנִ֗ים 1 **Hermons** is likely referring to the entire mountain range which Mount Hermon is a part of. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the mountain range where Mount Hermon is” 42:7 c6aq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification תְּהֽוֹם־אֶל־תְּה֣וֹם ק֭וֹרֵא 1 The author speaks of **deep** water as if it were speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The deep is making a loud noise, as though it were shouting out to other deep water” @@ -1591,19 +1591,19 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 42:7 exq2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תְּהֽוֹם־אֶל־תְּה֣וֹם ק֭וֹרֵא לְ⁠ק֣וֹל צִנּוֹרֶ֑י⁠ךָ כָּֽל־מִשְׁבָּרֶ֥י⁠ךָ וְ֝⁠גַלֶּ֗י⁠ךָ עָלַ֥⁠י עָבָֽרוּ 1 In the same way that the author uses water imagery in [42:1–2](../42/1–2.md) to describe himself, so he uses water imagery here to describe the the how he is feeling. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “When people afflict me, they cause my soul to be in turmoil like when deep water calls out to deep water with the sound of your waterfalls. It is also as though your waves and billows crash over me” 42:7 d5k7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet כָּֽל־מִשְׁבָּרֶ֥י⁠ךָ וְ֝⁠גַלֶּ֗י⁠ךָ 1 The terms **waves** and **billows** mean similar things. The author may be using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “All of your waves” 42:8 zip8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification יוֹמָ֤ם ׀ יְצַוֶּ֬ה יְהוָ֨ה ׀ חַסְדּ֗⁠וֹ וּ֭⁠בַ⁠לַּיְלָה שִׁיר֣וֹ עִמִּ֑⁠י\n\n 1 The author speaks of **covenant faithfulness** as if it were a person that Yahweh could command. Likewise, the author speaks of **his song** as if it were a person that could be present with him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “During the day, Yahweh performs his steadfast love, and in the night, I sign a song about him” -42:8 ef4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יוֹמָ֤ם ׀ יְצַוֶּ֬ה יְהוָ֨ה ׀ חַסְדּ֗⁠וֹ 1 Here, the author leaves out the implied information that **Yahweh commands his steadfast love** to be with the author. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh commands his steadfast love to be with me” +42:8 ef4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יוֹמָ֤ם ׀ יְצַוֶּ֬ה יְהוָ֨ה ׀ חַסְדּ֗⁠וֹ 1 Here, the author leaves out the implied information that **Yahweh commands his steadfast love** to be with the author. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh commands his steadfast love to be with me” 42:8 k38l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns יוֹמָ֤ם ׀ יְצַוֶּ֬ה יְהוָ֨ה ׀ חַסְדּ֗⁠וֹ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faithfulness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is faithful to his covenant during the day” 42:8 xm7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession לְ⁠אֵ֣ל חַיָּֽ⁠י 1 Here, the author is using the possessive form to describe how **God** is the one who sustains his **life** If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “to the God who sustains my life” or “to the God who causes me to live” 42:9 si6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לְ⁠אֵ֥ל סַלְעִ⁠י֮ 1 The author is using the phrase **my rock** to mean that God protects him like a rock protects a person from their enemy. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to God, who is like a protective rock to me” 42:9 auib rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations אוֹמְרָ֤ה ׀ לְ⁠אֵ֥ל סַלְעִ⁠י֮ לָ⁠מָ֪ה שְׁכַ֫חְתָּ֥⁠נִי לָֽ⁠מָּה־קֹדֵ֥ר אֵלֵ֗ךְ בְּ⁠לַ֣חַץ אוֹיֵֽב 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “I will ask God, my rock, why he has forgotten me, and why I must go around mourning because of the oppression of my enemies” -42:9 v6e2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ⁠מָ֪ה שְׁכַ֫חְתָּ֥⁠נִי לָֽ⁠מָּה־קֹדֵ֥ר אֵלֵ֗ךְ בְּ⁠לַ֣חַץ אוֹיֵֽב 1 The author is using the question form to challenge God. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You have surely forgotten me! I am always walking around mourning because of the oppression of my enemies!” +42:9 v6e2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ⁠מָ֪ה שְׁכַ֫חְתָּ֥⁠נִי לָֽ⁠מָּה־קֹדֵ֥ר אֵלֵ֗ךְ בְּ⁠לַ֣חַץ אוֹיֵֽב 1 The author is using the question form to challenge God. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You have surely forgotten me! I am always walking around mourning because of the oppression of my enemies!” 42:9 mjjg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְּ⁠לַ֣חַץ אוֹיֵֽב 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **oppression**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because of how my enemies oppress me” 42:10 bp1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּ⁠רֶ֤צַח ׀ בְּֽ⁠עַצְמוֹתַ֗⁠י חֵרְפ֥וּ⁠נִי צוֹרְרָ֑⁠י 1 The author is using the phrase **In the crushing of my bones, those who are hostile to me rebuke me** to mean that when they rebuke him, it is as if they were crushing his bones because it is so painful. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “As if they were crushing my bones, those who are hostile to me rebuke me” 43:intro x44y 0 # Psalm 043 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 43 is a psalm of deliverance. It is a plea for rescue from the psalmist’s enemies. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSee the note on Psalms 42 and 43 in the [chapter introduction](../42/intro.md) \n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Abstract Nouns\n\nIn this chapter, the author uses many abstract nouns. Some languages do not use abstract nouns. If your language does not use an abstract noun for certain ideas, you could express the same idea in another way. \n 43:1 il4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative שָׁפְטֵ֤⁠נִי אֱלֹהִ֨ים ׀ וְ⁠רִ֘יבָ֤⁠ה 1 This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please, deliver me O God and defend” -43:1 b508 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism שָׁפְטֵ֤⁠נִי אֱלֹהִ֨ים ׀ וְ⁠רִ֘יבָ֤⁠ה רִיבִ֗⁠י & תְפַלְּטֵֽ⁠נִי 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Translate them according to the decisions your team has made regarding translating parallelism in Hebrew poetry. See the [book introduction](../front/intro.md) for more information. Alternate translation: “Declare me righteous O God, defend my case … Please deliver me” or “Show that I am innocent O God” +43:1 b508 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism שָׁפְטֵ֤⁠נִי אֱלֹהִ֨ים ׀ וְ⁠רִ֘יבָ֤⁠ה רִיבִ֗⁠י & תְפַלְּטֵֽ⁠נִי 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Translate them according to the decisions your team has made regarding translating parallelism in Hebrew poetry. See the [book introduction](../front/intro.md) for more information. Alternate translation: “Declare me righteous O God, defend my case … Please deliver me” or “Show that I am innocent O God” 43:2 quk8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases כִּֽי 1 If the connection between this statement and the previous one is not clear, you may want to use a connecting word to show how this statement relates to what came before it. Use a natural form in your language for connecting this statement to the previous one. Alternate translation: “This is because ” -43:2 ocsj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אַתָּ֤ה ׀ אֱלֹהֵ֣י מָֽעוּזִּ⁠י֮ 1 Here, the author is using the possessive form to describe how **God** is like a **fortification** to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You are like a fortification to me O God” +43:2 ocsj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אַתָּ֤ה ׀ אֱלֹהֵ֣י מָֽעוּזִּ⁠י֮ 1 Here, the author is using the possessive form to describe how **God** is like a **fortification** to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You are like a fortification to me O God” 43:2 a96e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ⁠מָ֪ה זְנַ֫חְתָּ֥⁠נִי לָֽ⁠מָּה־קֹדֵ֥ר אֶתְהַלֵּ֗ךְ בְּ⁠לַ֣חַץ אוֹיֵֽב 1 The author is using the question form to challenge God. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Surely you have rejected me! I am always walking around mourning because of the oppression of my enemies!” 43:2 cpw2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְּ⁠לַ֣חַץ אוֹיֵֽב 1 See how you translated **oppression** in [42:9](../42/09.md) 43:3 zl9j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שְׁלַח־אוֹרְ⁠ךָ֣ 1 The author is using the phrase **light** to mean good actions that drive away evil people, which darkness often represents. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Drive away evil people” @@ -1622,11 +1622,11 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 44:front p6qd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown מַשְׂכִּֽיל 1 A **Maskil** is a type of Psalm which many experts believe are for the purpose of teaching widsom. If your readers would not be familiar with this, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a teaching son” or “a wisdom song” 44:1 gi44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֲבוֹתֵ֥י⁠נוּ 1 The author is using the term **fathers** to mean ancestors. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “our relatives who lived long ago” 44:1 n2t8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בִֽ֝⁠ימֵי⁠הֶ֗ם 1 Here, **in their days** is an idiom that means when they were alive. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when they were alive” -44:1 u8t3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בִֽ֝⁠ימֵי⁠הֶ֗ם בִּ֣⁠ימֵי קֶֽדֶם 1 Here, the phrase **days of old** is describing **in their days**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in their days, which were long ago” +44:1 u8t3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בִֽ֝⁠ימֵי⁠הֶ֗ם בִּ֣⁠ימֵי קֶֽדֶם 1 Here, the phrase **days of old** is describing **in their days**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in their days, which were long ago” 44:2 xzex rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast אַתָּ֤ה ׀ יָדְ⁠ךָ֡ גּוֹיִ֣ם ה֭וֹרַשְׁתָּ וַ⁠תִּטָּעֵ֑⁠ם תָּרַ֥ע לְ֝אֻמִּ֗ים וַֽ⁠תְּשַׁלְּחֵֽ⁠ם 1 The author uses the word **but** here to indicate a strong contrast between **the nations** and **them**, as well as between **the peoples** and **them**. In your translation, indicate this strong contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You drove out the nations with your hand, in contrast to how you planted them. You afflicted the peoples, in contrast to how you sent them” 44:2 rd1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אַתָּ֤ה ׀ יָדְ⁠ךָ֡ גּוֹיִ֣ם ה֭וֹרַשְׁתָּ 1 The author is using the term **hand** to mean power. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You drove out the nations by your power” or “You drove out the nations powerfully” 44:2 w7r6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche גּוֹיִ֣ם 1 The author is using **nations** to represent the people who were a part of another nation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “other peoples” -44:2 ryh9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠תִּטָּעֵ֑⁠ם & וַֽ⁠תְּשַׁלְּחֵֽ⁠ם 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the fathers of the Israelite people. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “but you planted our fathers … but you sent our fathers” +44:2 ryh9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠תִּטָּעֵ֑⁠ם & וַֽ⁠תְּשַׁלְּחֵֽ⁠ם 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the fathers of the Israelite people. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “but you planted our fathers … but you sent our fathers” 44:2 a2fh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠תִּטָּעֵ֑⁠ם 1 The author is using the phrase **planted** to mean that Yahweh caused them to settle in the land, as someone plants a plant in the ground. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly, as demonstrated in the UST. 44:3 f15t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown בְ⁠חַרְבָּ֡⁠ם 1 A **sword** is a weapon with a sharp blade on one end of it. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of weapon, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “with their weapon” 44:3 cnco rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠זְרוֹעָ⁠ם֮ & יְמִֽינְ⁠ךָ֣ וּ֭⁠זְרוֹעֲ⁠ךָ 1 The author is using the terms **arm** and **right hand** to mean power. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and their power … your might and your power” @@ -1634,8 +1634,8 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 44:3 ekr9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis יְמִֽינְ⁠ךָ֣ וּ֭⁠זְרוֹעֲ⁠ךָ וְ⁠א֥וֹר פָּנֶ֗י⁠ךָ 1 The author is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “your right hand, your arm, and the light of your face possessed the land and saved them” 44:3 loqu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠א֥וֹר פָּנֶ֗י⁠ךָ 1 The author is using the phrase **the light of your face** to mean to the favor that someone has on another person. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and your favor” 44:4 md4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative צַ֝וֵּ֗ה 1 This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please appoint” -44:4 j556 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns צַ֝וֵּ֗ה יְשׁוּע֥וֹת יַעֲקֹֽב 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Save Jacob” -44:4 nd91 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche יַעֲקֹֽב 1 The author is using **Jacob** to represent the people who live in the country of Israel, which is sometimes called Jacob. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people who live in the country of Jacob” +44:4 j556 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns צַ֝וֵּ֗ה יְשׁוּע֥וֹת יַעֲקֹֽב 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Save Jacob” +44:4 nd91 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche יַעֲקֹֽב 1 The author is using **Jacob** to represent the people who live in the country of Israel, which is sometimes called Jacob. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people who live in the country of Jacob” 44:5 cn87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּ֭⁠ךָ צָרֵ֣י⁠נוּ נְנַגֵּ֑חַ בְּ֝⁠שִׁמְ⁠ךָ֗ נָב֥וּס קָמֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 The author is using the words **gore** and **trample** to mean beat down and defeat. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Through you we beat down our enemies, and by your name we defeat those who rise up against us” 44:5,8 l9n9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ֝⁠שִׁמְ⁠ךָ֗ & וְ⁠שִׁמְ⁠ךָ֓ 1 The author is using the term **name** to mean God himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “through you … you” 44:5,26 u2c5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom קָמֵֽי⁠נוּ & ק֭וּמָֽ⁠ה 1 Here, **those who rise up against us** is an idiom that means people who attack them. **Rise up** is a phrase that is asking Yahweh to fight for them. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who attack us … Fight for us” @@ -1658,20 +1658,20 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 44:15 zda1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּ⁠בֹ֖שֶׁת פָּנַ֣⁠י כִּסָּֽתְ⁠נִי 1 The phrase **the same of my face covers has covered me** means that the author is so ashamed that his facial expression shows that he is ashamed. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “an expression of shame covers my face” or “people can see by my face that I am ashamed 44:16 p8lw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche מִ֭⁠קּוֹל מְחָרֵ֣ף וּ⁠מְגַדֵּ֑ף 1 The author is using **voice** to represent people who are speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from people who reproach and insult me” 44:16 t4vj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet מְחָרֵ֣ף וּ⁠מְגַדֵּ֑ף & א֝וֹיֵ֗ב וּ⁠מִתְנַקֵּֽם 1 The terms **reproaching** and **insulting** mean similar things. The terms **enemy** and **a vengeful one* also mean similar things The author may be using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “insulting … a hostile one” -44:17 yz8s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כָּל־זֹ֣את 1 The author assumes that his readers will understand that **All of these things** refers to everything that the author has described since [44:9](../44/09.md). You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “All of the things I have just spoken about” +44:17 yz8s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כָּל־זֹ֣את 1 The author assumes that his readers will understand that **All of these things** refers to everything that the author has described since [44:9](../44/09.md). You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “All of the things I have just spoken about” 44:17 sfr6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וְ⁠לֹ֣א שְׁכַחֲנ֑וּ⁠ךָ וְ⁠לֹֽא־שִׁ֝קַּ֗רְנוּ בִּ⁠בְרִיתֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Translate them according to the decisions your team has made regarding translating parallelism in Hebrew poetry. See the [book introduction](../front/intro.md) for more information. Alternate translation: “We have not forgotten you, and we likewise have not dealt falsely with your covenant” or “We have not stopped being faithful to you” -44:17–18 u4i2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives וְ⁠לֹ֣א שְׁכַחֲנ֑וּ⁠ךָ וְ⁠לֹֽא־שִׁ֝קַּ֗רְנוּ בִּ⁠בְרִיתֶֽ⁠ךָ & לֹא־נָס֣וֹג אָח֣וֹר לִבֵּ֑⁠נוּ וַ⁠תֵּ֥ט אֲשֻׁרֵ֗י⁠נוּ מִנִּ֥י אָרְחֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and a negative word. Alternate translation: “and we have remembered you, and we have been faithful to your covenant … Our heart has continued to obey you, and our steps have stayed on your way” +44:17-18 u4i2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives וְ⁠לֹ֣א שְׁכַחֲנ֑וּ⁠ךָ וְ⁠לֹֽא־שִׁ֝קַּ֗רְנוּ בִּ⁠בְרִיתֶֽ⁠ךָ & לֹא־נָס֣וֹג אָח֣וֹר לִבֵּ֑⁠נוּ וַ⁠תֵּ֥ט אֲשֻׁרֵ֗י⁠נוּ מִנִּ֥י אָרְחֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and a negative word. Alternate translation: “and we have remembered you, and we have been faithful to your covenant … Our heart has continued to obey you, and our steps have stayed on your way” 44:18 qi6w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism לֹא־נָס֣וֹג אָח֣וֹר לִבֵּ֑⁠נוּ וַ⁠תֵּ֥ט אֲשֻׁרֵ֗י⁠נוּ מִנִּ֥י אָרְחֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Translate them according to the decisions your team has made regarding translating parallelism in Hebrew poetry. See the [book introduction](../front/intro.md) for more information. Alternate translation: “Our heart has not turned back, likewise our steps bent from your ways” or “Our actions have not departed from you” 44:18 tm77 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom נָס֣וֹג אָח֣וֹר לִבֵּ֑⁠נוּ 1 Here, **turn back** is an idiom that means to stop obeying Yahweh. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Our heart has not stopped obeying you” 44:18 mf97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠תֵּ֥ט אֲשֻׁרֵ֗י⁠נוּ מִנִּ֥י אָרְחֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 The author is using the phrase **our steps*** to refer a person's actions during their life. They are using **your way** to refer to Yahweh's commandments as though they were a path that someone might walk on. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we have acted according to your commandments” 44:18 y5ah rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠תֵּ֥ט אֲשֻׁרֵ֗י⁠נוּ מִנִּ֥י אָרְחֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 The author is using the phrase **bent** to mean that their **steps** have turned towards a different direction, just as a piece of metal is bent in a different direction. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “our steps have turned in a different direction from your ways, as a person bends something” -44:18 cq5x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וַ⁠תֵּ֥ט אֲשֻׁרֵ֗י⁠נוּ מִנִּ֥י אָרְחֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 The author is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “our steps have not bent from your way” +44:18 cq5x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וַ⁠תֵּ֥ט אֲשֻׁרֵ֗י⁠נוּ מִנִּ֥י אָרְחֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 The author is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “our steps have not bent from your way” 44:19 d4u4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כִּ֣י דִ֭כִּיתָ⁠נוּ בִּ⁠מְק֣וֹם תַּנִּ֑ים 1 The author is using the phrase **crushed** to mean destroyed in battle. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You have destroyed us as easily as someone crushes a fragile object” 44:19 cwm0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בִּ⁠מְק֣וֹם תַּנִּ֑ים 1 The author is using the term **place of jackals** to mean a desert place where wild animals such as jackals live. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in a desert place where jackals live” -44:19 dfs9 בְ⁠צַלְמָֽוֶת 1 Here, the phrase **extreme darkness** could mean (1) a place that is very dark and has no light, or (2) the place where people go after they die which has no light. -44:20–21 k5hu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo אִם־שָׁ֭כַחְנוּ שֵׁ֣ם אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ וַ⁠נִּפְרֹ֥שׂ כַּ֝פֵּ֗י⁠נוּ לְ⁠אֵ֣ל זָֽר & הֲ⁠לֹ֣א אֱ֭לֹהִים יַֽחֲקָר־זֹ֑את 1 The author uses this expression to introduce an imaginary situation to help explain how he and the rest of the people have not stopped worshiping Yahweh. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose that we had forgotten the name of our God and spread our hands to a foreign god, would not God have known this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) -44:20–21 a4j5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person שֵׁ֣ם אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ 1 The author is using the term **name** to mean Yahweh himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “our God” -44:20–21 ljaf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person שֵׁ֣ם אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ & אֱ֭לֹהִים 1 The author is speaking about God in the third person even though he is talking directly to him. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second person form. Alternate translation: “your name, O God … you” +44:19 dfs9 בְ⁠צַלְמָֽוֶת 1 Here, the phrase **extreme darkness** could mean (1) a place that is very dark and has no light, or (2) the place where people go after they die which has no light. +44:20-21 k5hu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo אִם־שָׁ֭כַחְנוּ שֵׁ֣ם אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ וַ⁠נִּפְרֹ֥שׂ כַּ֝פֵּ֗י⁠נוּ לְ⁠אֵ֣ל זָֽר & הֲ⁠לֹ֣א אֱ֭לֹהִים יַֽחֲקָר־זֹ֑את 1 The author uses this expression to introduce an imaginary situation to help explain how he and the rest of the people have not stopped worshiping Yahweh. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose that we had forgotten the name of our God and spread our hands to a foreign god, would not God have known this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) +44:20-21 a4j5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person שֵׁ֣ם אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ 1 The author is using the term **name** to mean Yahweh himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “our God” +44:20-21 ljaf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person שֵׁ֣ם אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ & אֱ֭לֹהִים 1 The author is speaking about God in the third person even though he is talking directly to him. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second person form. Alternate translation: “your name, O God … you” 44:20 g9jv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠נִּפְרֹ֥שׂ כַּ֝פֵּ֗י⁠נוּ 1 The author speaks about **spreading out our hands** as a symbolic action to speak about worshipping a god. If this would not be clear to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action in the text or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “and worshipped” 44:21 rv5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לֹ֣א אֱ֭לֹהִים יַֽחֲקָר־זֹ֑את 1 The author is using the question form to challenge Yahweh. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Surely God would have known this” 44:21 jnhn rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּֽי 1 The word translated as **For** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “This is because” @@ -1740,7 +1740,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 45:14 ji2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the virgins, her companions who follow her, will be brought to you 1 Here the word “you” refers to the king. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people will bring to you the virgins, her companions who follow her” 45:15 j9m5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification They will be led by gladness and rejoicing 1 This phrase describes “gladness and rejoicing” as a person who leads others to celebrate. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Gladness and rejoicing will lead them” or “They will proceed with gladness and rejoicing” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 45:15 jxe5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet gladness and rejoicing 1 These two words mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of gladness. Alternate translation: “great gladness” -45:16 x1cw Connecting Statement: 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe writer continues to address the king. +45:16 x1cw Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe writer continues to address the king. 45:16 jy9e In the place of your fathers will be your children 1 This means that the king’s sons will replace him as king, just as he replaced his ancestors as king. 45:16 wu3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole you will make princes in all the earth 1 The phrase “in all the earth” is an exaggeration to emphasize that they will rule over many nations. Alternate translation: “you will make rulers over many nations” 45:17 n62l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy I will make your name to be remembered in all generations 1 Here the word “I” refers to the writer. The word “name” refers to the king’s character and reputation. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will cause people in every generation to know about your greatness” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -1959,7 +1959,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 52:2 yc5s a sharp razor 1 a sharp blade 52:2 hlt7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile Your tongue plans destruction like a sharp razor, working deceitfully 1 Here the tongue is compared to a sharp razor which is capable of causing great harm. Alternate translation: “Your tongue harms people like a sharp razor does, when you plan destruction and deceive others” 52:2 mc21 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche Your tongue 1 Here “your tongue” refers to the person David is speaking to. Alternate translation: “You” -52:3 n4c1 Connecting Statement: 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nDavid continues speaking to the “mighty man” of [Psalms 5:1](../005/001.md) +52:3 n4c1 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nDavid continues speaking to the “mighty man” of [Psalms 5:1](../005/001.md) 52:3 u7f1 lying rather than speaking righteousness 1 Alternate translation: “you love lying more than speaking what is right” 52:4 c8a7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor words that devour others 1 Here words that harm others are spoken of as if they were animals that devour people. Alternate translation: “words that harm others” 52:4 brj2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche you deceitful tongue 1 This refers to the person the author is speaking to. Alternate translation: “you speaker of deceit” or “you liar” @@ -2221,7 +2221,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 60:1 uk1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers twelve thousand Edomites 1 “12,000 Edomites” 60:1 jey3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor you have cast us off 1 God’s rejecting people is spoken of as if he had thrown them away. Alternate translation: “you have rejected us” 60:1 tsh1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy you have broken through our defenses 1 God’s allowing Israel’s enemies to break through their defenses is spoken of as God himself had done it. Alternate translation: “you have allowed our enemies to break through our defenses” -60:2 cda8 Connecting Statement: 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe psalmist continues speaking to God. +60:2 cda8 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe psalmist continues speaking to God. 60:2 rmg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor You have made the land tremble; you have torn it apart 1 The psalmist speaks of the disaster in his country as if it were an earthquake. 60:2 qsa7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor heal its fissures 1 Making the people strong again is spoken of as repairing the fissures in the ground or walls. 60:2 n526 fissures 1 large cracks in the ground or walls @@ -2730,135 +2730,135 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 73:intro t2n1 0 # Psalm 073 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 73 is a wisdom psalm. It explains the problem of wicked people who seem to prosper. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])\n\n## Outline:\n\n- Superscription: "A psalm of Asaph"\n- verse 1 Affirmation that God is good to the righteous\n- verses 2–12 The psalmist recounts his experience of seeing wicked people prosper and being envious of them \n- verses 13–14 The psalmist recounts that he felt he had lived righteously in vain because the result was that he suffered daily\n- verse 15 The psalmist decides not to speak his thoughts out loud \n- verse 16 The psalmist struggles to understand why wicked people seem to prosper and he suffers\n- verses 17-20 The psalmist goes to the sanctuary of God and understands what will happen to wicked people in the future\n- verses 21-22 The psalmist admits he was wrong to think the way he did\n- verses 23-26 The psalmist’s thoughts about the benefits of living righteously\n- verses 27-28 The psalmist’s final thoughts \n\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Evil people\n\nSometimes it seems that wicked people have no problems and that they live an easy and problem free life. Despite this, wicked people will eventually perish (verses 18-19 and 27). In contrast, righteous people have the benefit of always having God’s presence with them during their life on earth (verse 23), God guiding them during their life on earth (verse 24a), and being with God in “glory” after they die. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### Psalms by Asaph\n\nThere are twelve psalms attributed to Asaph; the first one is Psalm 50, which is in Book Two, and the other eleven (Psalm 73–83) are at the beginning of Book Three. 73:1 ns5l מִזְמ֗וֹר לְ⁠אָ֫סָ֥ף 1 This phrase is the superscription to this psalm. Format it in the way that you have decided to format all of the superscriptions in the book of Psalms. 73:1 r1x9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations אַ֤ךְ 1 The author uses the word **Surely** to emphasize the truth of what follows. Use a natural form in your language for expressing this emphasis. -73:1 lvkt לְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵ֥ל 1 Alternate translation: “to the people who belong to the nation of Isreal” -73:1 gmac rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לְ⁠בָרֵ֥י לֵבָֽב 1 Here, the author speaks of the **heart** of righteous people as being **pure** by which he means that their hearts are not blemished by wrong and sinful thoughts in contrast to having a **heart** is impure because of sinful thoughts and motives and therefore morally dirty. What the author means by **pure** here is that the person’s **heart** is “morally pure.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly or use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the ones who think about and want what is pleasing to God” or “to those with a morally pure heart” -73:1 vixo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְ⁠בָרֵ֥י לֵבָֽב 1 In Jewish culture people considered the **heart** to be the center of a persons thoughts and feelings and here, the **heart** represents the intentions, thoughts and desires of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to those who think about and want what is pure” or “to those with a pure mind” or “to those with pure thoughts” +73:1 lvkt לְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵ֥ל 1 Alternate translation: “to the people who belong to the nation of Isreal” +73:1 gmac rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לְ⁠בָרֵ֥י לֵבָֽב 1 Here, the author speaks of the **heart** of righteous people as being **pure** by which he means that their hearts are not blemished by wrong and sinful thoughts in contrast to having a **heart** is impure because of sinful thoughts and motives and therefore morally dirty. What the author means by **pure** here is that the person’s **heart** is “morally pure.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly or use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the ones who think about and want what is pleasing to God” or “to those with a morally pure heart” +73:1 vixo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְ⁠בָרֵ֥י לֵבָֽב 1 In Jewish culture people considered the **heart** to be the center of a persons thoughts and feelings and here, the **heart** represents the intentions, thoughts and desires of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to those who think about and want what is pure” or “to those with a pure mind” or “to those with pure thoughts” 73:2 bq59 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כִּ֭⁠מְעַט נָטָ֣יוּ רַגְלָ֑⁠י כְּ֝⁠אַ֗יִן שֻׁפְּכ֥וּ אֲשֻׁרָֽ⁠י 1 Here, **my feet** and **my steps** represent the Psalmist himself and the phrases **slipped** and **slide out** refer to abandoning doing what pleases God and instead choosing to sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent metaphor or use a simile. Alternately, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I was tempted to stop obeying God. It was as if my feet almost slipped and as if my steps were almost caused to slide out from under me” or “I almost stopped trusting in God; I was almost guilty of sinning against him” -73:2 nz6r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism כִּ֭⁠מְעַט נָטָ֣יוּ רַגְלָ֑⁠י כְּ֝⁠אַ֗יִן שֻׁפְּכ֥וּ אֲשֻׁרָֽ⁠י 1 The phrase **my feet almost slipped** and the phrase **my steps almost were caused to slide out from under me** mean basically the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice for emphasis and poetic effect. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “my feet almost slipped” or “my feet almost slid out from under me” -73:2 gfpo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive כְּ֝⁠אַ֗יִן שֻׁפְּכ֥וּ אֲשֻׁרָֽ⁠י 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the following verse implies that the Psalmist caused his own **steps** to almost **slide out** from under him when he looked at the “prosperity of the wicked” and did not also immediately go into “God’s sanctuary” so that he could “understand” the final “fate” of the wicked (see Psalm 73:17). Alternate translation: “I almost caused my steps to slide out from under me” -73:3 joi8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases כִּֽי 1 Here, the word **because** indicates that what follows it in this verse is the reason for what precedes it in [73:2](../73/02.md)). Use a natural form for indicating this relationship. Alternate translation: “for” -73:3 vfwj rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result קִ֭נֵּאתִי בַּֽ⁠הוֹלְלִ֑ים שְׁל֖וֹם רְשָׁעִ֣ים אֶרְאֶֽה 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “when I saw the prosperity of the wicked, I was envious of the arrogant” +73:2 nz6r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism כִּ֭⁠מְעַט נָטָ֣יוּ רַגְלָ֑⁠י כְּ֝⁠אַ֗יִן שֻׁפְּכ֥וּ אֲשֻׁרָֽ⁠י 1 The phrase **my feet almost slipped** and the phrase **my steps almost were caused to slide out from under me** mean basically the same thing. The Psalmist says the same thing twice for emphasis and poetic effect. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “my feet almost slipped” or “my feet almost slid out from under me” +73:2 gfpo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive כְּ֝⁠אַ֗יִן שֻׁפְּכ֥וּ אֲשֻׁרָֽ⁠י 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the following verse implies that the Psalmist caused his own **steps** to almost **slide out** from under him when he looked at the “prosperity of the wicked” and did not also immediately go into “God’s sanctuary” so that he could “understand” the final “fate” of the wicked (see Psalm 73:17). Alternate translation: “I almost caused my steps to slide out from under me” +73:3 joi8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases כִּֽי 1 Here, the word **because** indicates that what follows it in this verse is the reason for what precedes it in [73:2](../73/02.md)). Use a natural form for indicating this relationship. Alternate translation: “for” +73:3 vfwj rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result קִ֭נֵּאתִי בַּֽ⁠הוֹלְלִ֑ים שְׁל֖וֹם רְשָׁעִ֣ים אֶרְאֶֽה 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “when I saw the prosperity of the wicked, I was envious of the arrogant” 71:1 bmtl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations אַ֤ךְ 1 The author is using the word **surely** to emphasize what he says next. Use a natural form in your language to express this emphasis. -73:3 jit7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj בַּֽ⁠הוֹלְלִ֑ים שְׁל֖וֹם רְשָׁעִ֣ים אֶרְאֶֽה 1 The Psalmist is using the adjectives **arrogant** and **wicked** as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “of arrogant people when I saw the prosperity of wicked people” or “of the people who are arrogant when I saw the prosperity of the people who are wicked” +73:3 jit7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj בַּֽ⁠הוֹלְלִ֑ים שְׁל֖וֹם רְשָׁעִ֣ים אֶרְאֶֽה 1 The Psalmist is using the adjectives **arrogant** and **wicked** as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “of arrogant people when I saw the prosperity of wicked people” or “of the people who are arrogant when I saw the prosperity of the people who are wicked” 73:3 k8tb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns שְׁל֖וֹם רְשָׁעִ֣ים אֶרְאֶֽה 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **prosperity**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “prospered” as modeled by the UST, or you could express the idea in some other way that is natural in your language. -73:4 czr7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor חַרְצֻבּ֥וֹת 1 The word the ULT translates as **ropes** refers to **ropes** or “bonds” that constrain a person. Here, the author is speaking of struggles or pains as if they were **ropes** or “bonds” that constrain a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent expression or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “struggles” or “emotional pains” or “pains” -73:4 i1yu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְ⁠מוֹתָ֗⁠ם 1 The word the ULT translates as **until their death** could refer to: (1) the time before the **death** of wicked people in which case you can use the ULT as a model. (2) the time at which wicked people die. Alternate translation: “in their death” or “at their death” -73:5 koji rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בַּ⁠עֲמַ֣ל אֱנ֣וֹשׁ אֵינֵ֑⁠מוֹ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trouble**, you could express the same idea with a verb or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They do not have to experience difficult things like the rest of man” or “They do not suffer the way other men do” -73:5 ct2q rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns אֱנ֣וֹשׁ & וְ⁠עִם־אָ֝דָ֗ם לֹ֣א יְנֻגָּֽעוּ 1 In this verse, the word **man** is singular in form, but it refers to all human beings as a group (and includes both men and women). If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “people … and with other people” or “other people … and they are not afflicted ike everyone else” -73:5 j4nw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠עִם־אָ֝דָ֗ם לֹ֣א יְנֻגָּֽעוּ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the context implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “and God does not afflict them like he does the rest of man” or “and God does not afflict them like he does everyone else” -73:6 v8ki rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result לָ֭⁠כֵן 1 Here, the word **Therefore** introduces the result of [73:4-5](../73/04.md). You can use a natural word or phrase in your language to express this relationship. Alternate translation: “As a result” -73:6 r8m8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עֲנָקַ֣תְ⁠מוֹ גַאֲוָ֑ה 1 The author is speaking of **pride** as if it were a **necklace** that wicked people wear around their neck. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a simile or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they wear pride like a necklace” or “pride is like a necklace which they flaunt” +73:4 czr7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor חַרְצֻבּ֥וֹת 1 The word the ULT translates as **ropes** refers to **ropes** or “bonds” that constrain a person. Here, the author is speaking of struggles or pains as if they were **ropes** or “bonds” that constrain a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent expression or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “struggles” or “emotional pains” or “pains” +73:4 i1yu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְ⁠מוֹתָ֗⁠ם 1 The word the ULT translates as **until their death** could refer to: (1) the time before the **death** of wicked people in which case you can use the ULT as a model. (2) the time at which wicked people die. Alternate translation: “in their death” or “at their death” +73:5 koji rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בַּ⁠עֲמַ֣ל אֱנ֣וֹשׁ אֵינֵ֑⁠מוֹ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trouble**, you could express the same idea with a verb or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They do not have to experience difficult things like the rest of man” or “They do not suffer the way other men do” +73:5 ct2q rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns אֱנ֣וֹשׁ & וְ⁠עִם־אָ֝דָ֗ם לֹ֣א יְנֻגָּֽעוּ 1 In this verse, the word **man** is singular in form, but it refers to all human beings as a group (and includes both men and women). If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “people … and with other people” or “other people … and they are not afflicted ike everyone else” +73:5 j4nw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠עִם־אָ֝דָ֗ם לֹ֣א יְנֻגָּֽעוּ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the context implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “and God does not afflict them like he does the rest of man” or “and God does not afflict them like he does everyone else” +73:6 v8ki rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result לָ֭⁠כֵן 1 Here, the word **Therefore** introduces the result of [73:4-5](../73/04.md). You can use a natural word or phrase in your language to express this relationship. Alternate translation: “As a result” +73:6 r8m8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עֲנָקַ֣תְ⁠מוֹ גַאֲוָ֑ה 1 The author is speaking of **pride** as if it were a **necklace** that wicked people wear around their neck. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a simile or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they wear pride like a necklace” or “pride is like a necklace which they flaunt” 73:6 lfxp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns עֲנָקַ֣תְ⁠מוֹ גַאֲוָ֑ה 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **pride**, you could express the same idea with an adverb or adjective or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they act pridefully for all to see like someone who wears a necklace that they want everyone to see” or “they unashamedly act proud in front of everyone like a person wearing a necklace that they want everyone to see” 73:6 scs1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown עֲנָקַ֣תְ⁠מוֹ 1 A **necklace** is a type of jewelry worn around the neck in order to adorn the body and make a person look more attractive. If your readers would not be familiar with necklaces, you could use the name of something similar in your area worn around the neck for the purpose of looking nice or you could use a more general term. Alternately, if you are using footnotes, you could make a footnote explaining what a **necklace** is. Alternate translation: “a neck ornament for them” 73:6 c2uh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יַעֲטָף־שִׁ֝֗ית חָמָ֥ס לָֽ⁠מוֹ 1 The author is speaking of **violence** as it were a **garment** that people wear. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a simile or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “violence covers them like a garment” or “violence covers them like clothing” -73:6 ijmz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns יַעֲטָף־שִׁ֝֗ית חָמָ֥ס לָֽ⁠מוֹ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **violence**, you could express the same idea with an adjective or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they are proud of their violent actions and display them openly, like a person who wears a garment for all to see” -73:7 ttd1 יָ֭צָא מֵ⁠חֵ֣לֶב עֵינֵ֑⁠מוֹ 1 Alternate translation: “Their eyes bulge out from their fat faces” -73:7 trsb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns עָ֝בְר֗וּ מַשְׂכִּיּ֥וֹת לֵבָֽב 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **imaginations**, you could express the same idea with a verb or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they are constantly imagining evil things in their hearts” or “they are constantly thinking about evil things in their hearts” +73:6 ijmz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns יַעֲטָף־שִׁ֝֗ית חָמָ֥ס לָֽ⁠מוֹ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **violence**, you could express the same idea with an adjective or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they are proud of their violent actions and display them openly, like a person who wears a garment for all to see” +73:7 ttd1 יָ֭צָא מֵ⁠חֵ֣לֶב עֵינֵ֑⁠מוֹ 1 Alternate translation: “Their eyes bulge out from their fat faces” +73:7 trsb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns עָ֝בְר֗וּ מַשְׂכִּיּ֥וֹת לֵבָֽב 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **imaginations**, you could express the same idea with a verb or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they are constantly imagining evil things in their hearts” or “they are constantly thinking about evil things in their hearts” 73:7 l8fr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עָ֝בְר֗וּ מַשְׂכִּיּ֥וֹת לֵבָֽב 1 Here, the author speaks of the **heart** of a wicked person as if it were a container that could overflow with evil **imaginations** (thoughts). If it would help your readers, you could express the meaning using an equivalent expression or you could express the meaning using plain language. Alternate translation: “their heart is constantly thinking of evil things to do” or “their heart is constantly imagining evil thoughts” -73:7 vux4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עָ֝בְר֗וּ מַשְׂכִּיּ֥וֹת לֵבָֽב 1 The author is describing the mind of wicked people by association with their **heart**, which is where a persons thoughts and intentions were viewed as coming from in Jewish culture. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language or use the body part that your culture considers to be the source of human’s thoughts and intentions. Alternate translation: “they constantly think of evil things to do” or “the imaginations of their inner being overflow” -73:8 fmq4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וִ⁠ידַבְּר֣וּ בְ⁠רָ֣ע עֹ֑שֶׁק 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **evil** and **oppression**, you could express these same ideas with an adverb or a verb or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and wickedly speak about oppressing people” +73:7 vux4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עָ֝בְר֗וּ מַשְׂכִּיּ֥וֹת לֵבָֽב 1 The author is describing the mind of wicked people by association with their **heart**, which is where a persons thoughts and intentions were viewed as coming from in Jewish culture. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language or use the body part that your culture considers to be the source of human’s thoughts and intentions. Alternate translation: “they constantly think of evil things to do” or “the imaginations of their inner being overflow” +73:8 fmq4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וִ⁠ידַבְּר֣וּ בְ⁠רָ֣ע עֹ֑שֶׁק 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **evil** and **oppression**, you could express these same ideas with an adverb or a verb or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and wickedly speak about oppressing people” 73:8 xg5i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִ⁠מָּר֥וֹם יְדַבֵּֽרוּ 1 The phrase **they speak from an elevated place** means “they speak arrogantly.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they speak arrogantly” 73:9 b91p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שַׁתּ֣וּ בַ⁠שָּׁמַ֣יִם פִּי⁠הֶ֑ם וּ֝⁠לְשׁוֹנָ֗⁠ם תִּֽהֲלַ֥ךְ בָּ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 The author is describing the speech of wicked people by association with their **mouth** and their **tongue**, because their speech comes from their **mouth** and they speak with their **tongue**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “” -73:9 zv4q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שַׁתּ֣וּ בַ⁠שָּׁמַ֣יִם פִּי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 The word the ULT translates as **in the heavens** could be translated as: (1) **in the heavens** as modeled by the ULT in which case the author is describing the role or authority of God by association with the **heavens**. Alternate translation: “They talk with their mouth as if they are God who is in heaven” or “They talk as if they are in the position of God” (2) “against the heavens” in which case the author is describing God by association with the **heavens**. Alternate translation: “They set their mouth against the heavens” or “They set their mouth against God” -73:9 zxvj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ֝⁠לְשׁוֹנָ֗⁠ם תִּֽהֲלַ֥ךְ בָּ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 The author is speaking of the **tongue** (words or speech) of wicked people as if it could go **through the earth**. What he means is that these wicked people go about talking wickedly (and bragging) as they live their daily lives on **earth** and proudly act as if they are not accountable to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression, or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and they constantly talk wickedly with their tongues as if they rule the earth” or “and they walk to and fro talking wickedly” +73:9 zv4q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שַׁתּ֣וּ בַ⁠שָּׁמַ֣יִם פִּי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 The word the ULT translates as **in the heavens** could be translated as: (1) **in the heavens** as modeled by the ULT in which case the author is describing the role or authority of God by association with the **heavens**. Alternate translation: “They talk with their mouth as if they are God who is in heaven” or “They talk as if they are in the position of God” (2) “against the heavens” in which case the author is describing God by association with the **heavens**. Alternate translation: “They set their mouth against the heavens” or “They set their mouth against God” +73:9 zxvj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ֝⁠לְשׁוֹנָ֗⁠ם תִּֽהֲלַ֥ךְ בָּ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 The author is speaking of the **tongue** (words or speech) of wicked people as if it could go **through the earth**. What he means is that these wicked people go about talking wickedly (and bragging) as they live their daily lives on **earth** and proudly act as if they are not accountable to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression, or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and they constantly talk wickedly with their tongues as if they rule the earth” or “and they walk to and fro talking wickedly” 73:10 ack4 his people turn to them 1 This could mean: (1) “God’s people love the wicked people” or (2) “the wicked people return to this place” -73:10 f9zy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠מֵ֥י מָ֝לֵ֗א יִמָּ֥צוּ לָֽ⁠מוֹ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, implies that God’s **people** did it. Alternate translation: “and they drain the waters of a full cup” -73:10 iwws rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠מֵ֥י מָ֝לֵ֗א יִמָּ֥צוּ לָֽ⁠מוֹ 1 The author is speaking of **** as if they were ****. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a simile or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “” +73:10 f9zy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠מֵ֥י מָ֝לֵ֗א יִמָּ֥צוּ לָֽ⁠מוֹ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, implies that God’s **people** did it. Alternate translation: “and they drain the waters of a full cup” +73:10 iwws rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠מֵ֥י מָ֝לֵ֗א יִמָּ֥צוּ לָֽ⁠מוֹ 1 The author is speaking of **** as if they were ****. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a simile or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “” 73:10 k4em abundant waters are drained out 1 This could mean: (1) “God’s people listen gladly to the words of the wicked people” or (2) “the wicked people have plenty of food to eat and wine to drink” -73:11 k4v1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism אֵיכָ֥ה יָדַֽע־אֵ֑ל וְ⁠יֵ֖שׁ דֵּעָ֣ה בְ⁠עֶלְיֽוֹן 1 The phrase **How does God know** and the phrase **is there knowledge in the Most High** mean basically the same thing. The second phrase emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if repeating the same idea might confuse your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “How does God know?” or “Does God have knowledge?” -73:11 vf4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְֽ⁠אָמְר֗וּ 1 Here, the word **they** could refer to: (1) wicked people. Alternate translation: “And wicked people say” or “And the wicked say” (2) people who are righteous and obey God. Alternate translation: “And righteous people say” or “And godly people say” -73:11 iqv8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion אֵיכָ֥ה יָדַֽע־אֵ֑ל וְ⁠יֵ֖שׁ דֵּעָ֣ה בְ⁠עֶלְיֽוֹן 1 Here, wicked people are not asking for information, but are using the question form to express that they do not think God knows about the evil things they do and/or does not care about the evil things they do. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely God does not know what we are doing! Surely the Most High has no knowledge of it!” or “Surely God does not care about we are doing! Surely what we are doing does not matter to the Most High!” +73:11 k4v1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism אֵיכָ֥ה יָדַֽע־אֵ֑ל וְ⁠יֵ֖שׁ דֵּעָ֣ה בְ⁠עֶלְיֽוֹן 1 The phrase **How does God know** and the phrase **is there knowledge in the Most High** mean basically the same thing. The second phrase emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if repeating the same idea might confuse your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “How does God know?” or “Does God have knowledge?” +73:11 vf4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְֽ⁠אָמְר֗וּ 1 Here, the word **they** could refer to: (1) wicked people. Alternate translation: “And wicked people say” or “And the wicked say” (2) people who are righteous and obey God. Alternate translation: “And righteous people say” or “And godly people say” +73:11 iqv8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion אֵיכָ֥ה יָדַֽע־אֵ֑ל וְ⁠יֵ֖שׁ דֵּעָ֣ה בְ⁠עֶלְיֽוֹן 1 Here, wicked people are not asking for information, but are using the question form to express that they do not think God knows about the evil things they do and/or does not care about the evil things they do. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely God does not know what we are doing! Surely the Most High has no knowledge of it!” or “Surely God does not care about we are doing! Surely what we are doing does not matter to the Most High!” 73:11 af0h rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations אֵיכָ֥ה יָדַֽע־אֵ֑ל וְ⁠יֵ֖שׁ דֵּעָ֣ה בְ⁠עֶלְיֽוֹן 1 This portion of this verse is a quotation of what the wicked people said or thought to themselves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this with quotation marks (as the ULT does) or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. -73:11 kw4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְ⁠עֶלְיֽוֹן 1 Here, **Most High** is a name for God. The ULT indicates that this phrase is a name for God by capitalizing it. Use a natural way in your language to indicate that this is a name or title for God. -73:12 scy1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations הִנֵּה 1 The author is using the term **Behold** to focus attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use. Alternate translation: “See” -73:12 alx4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj רְשָׁעִ֑ים 1 The Psalmist is using the adjective **wicked** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with a noun phrase. See how you translated the phrase **the wicked** in [73:3](../73/03.md). Alternate translation: “wicked ones” -73:12 neud rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠שַׁלְוֵ֥י ע֝וֹלָ֗ם 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **ease**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as **comfortable** or **or carefree** or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they are always comfortable” or “they are always carefree” -73:12 xwja rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns הִשְׂגּוּ־חָֽיִל 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wealth**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “wealthy” or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they become increasingly wealthy” -73:13 m4jl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations אַךְ 1 Here, the author uses the word **Surely** to emphasize his strong thoughts and feelings about the certainty of what he states in the remainder of this verse. Use a natural form in your language for expressing this emphasis. (In [73:1](../73/01.md) the author said that “God is good..to those with a pure heart” and later in this chapter the author says he was mistaken to think and the way he did in this verse so the word **Surely** does not mean that what follows the word **Surely** in this verse is true. In 73:2-14 the author is expressing his experience and thoughts during a particular period of time. In 73:1 and 73:17-28 the author gives his final conclusion.) Alternate translation: “Certainly” +73:11 kw4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְ⁠עֶלְיֽוֹן 1 Here, **Most High** is a name for God. The ULT indicates that this phrase is a name for God by capitalizing it. Use a natural way in your language to indicate that this is a name or title for God. +73:12 scy1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations הִנֵּה 1 The author is using the term **Behold** to focus attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use. Alternate translation: “See” +73:12 alx4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj רְשָׁעִ֑ים 1 The Psalmist is using the adjective **wicked** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with a noun phrase. See how you translated the phrase **the wicked** in [73:3](../73/03.md). Alternate translation: “wicked ones” +73:12 neud rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠שַׁלְוֵ֥י ע֝וֹלָ֗ם 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **ease**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as **comfortable** or **or carefree** or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they are always comfortable” or “they are always carefree” +73:12 xwja rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns הִשְׂגּוּ־חָֽיִל 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wealth**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “wealthy” or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they become increasingly wealthy” +73:13 m4jl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations אַךְ 1 Here, the author uses the word **Surely** to emphasize his strong thoughts and feelings about the certainty of what he states in the remainder of this verse. Use a natural form in your language for expressing this emphasis. (In [73:1](../73/01.md) the author said that “God is good..to those with a pure heart” and later in this chapter the author says he was mistaken to think and the way he did in this verse so the word **Surely** does not mean that what follows the word **Surely** in this verse is true. In 73:2-14 the author is expressing his experience and thoughts during a particular period of time. In 73:1 and 73:17-28 the author gives his final conclusion.) Alternate translation: “Certainly” 73:13 l9bt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy זִכִּ֣יתִי לְבָבִ֑⁠י 1 The author is describing his thoughts and intentions by association with his **heart**, which Jews viewed as the center of a person’s thoughts and intentions. The expression **I have kept my heart clean** means he has intentionally kept his thoughts and intentions morally pure (free from sin). If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “I have kept my thoughts pure” 73:13 v713 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וָ⁠אֶרְחַ֖ץ בְּ⁠נִקָּי֣וֹן כַּפָּֽ⁠י 1 The author is describing his actions by association with his **hands**, which he would use to do the actions. The author is using the symbolic action of hand washing to declare his **innocence**. In that culture hand washing was a common practice that people did to publicly assert that they were innocent (See Deuteronomy 21:6 and Matthew 27:24). Here, the author is saying that he has **washed** his **hands in innocence** as a way to declare that he is guiltless. See how you translated the similar phrase in [Psalm 26:6](../26/06.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and kept my actions pure to show that I am innocent” or “and kept my actions free from sin” -73:14 gtr9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וָ⁠אֱהִ֣י נָ֭גוּעַ כָּל־הַ⁠יּ֑וֹם וְ֝⁠תוֹכַחְתִּ֗⁠י לַ⁠בְּקָרִֽים 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “For you have stricken me all of the day and punished me every morning” or “For you have afflicted me all of the day and punished me every morning” +73:14 gtr9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וָ⁠אֱהִ֣י נָ֭גוּעַ כָּל־הַ⁠יּ֑וֹם וְ֝⁠תוֹכַחְתִּ֗⁠י לַ⁠בְּקָרִֽים 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “For you have stricken me all of the day and punished me every morning” or “For you have afflicted me all of the day and punished me every morning” 73:14 svu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כָּל־הַ⁠יּ֑וֹם 1 The phrase **all of the day** is an idiom meaning “every day” or “constantly.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “constantly” -73:15 c23c rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical אִם־אָ֭מַרְתִּי אֲסַפְּרָ֥ה כְמ֑וֹ הִנֵּ֤ה ד֭וֹר בָּנֶ֣י⁠ךָ בָגָֽדְתִּי 1 The author is describing a hypothetical situation in order to tell his readers what would have happened if he had said the things he was thinking out loud. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “If I had said, 'I will recount such things,’ then I would have betrayed the generation of your children.” +73:15 c23c rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical אִם־אָ֭מַרְתִּי אֲסַפְּרָ֥ה כְמ֑וֹ הִנֵּ֤ה ד֭וֹר בָּנֶ֣י⁠ךָ בָגָֽדְתִּי 1 The author is describing a hypothetical situation in order to tell his readers what would have happened if he had said the things he was thinking out loud. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “If I had said, 'I will recount such things,’ then I would have betrayed the generation of your children.” 73:15 fcrb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations הִנֵּ֤ה 1 The author is using the term **Behold** to emphasize what he is about to say. Use an exclamation that would communicate that meaning in your language. Alternate translation: “Certainly” -73:15 bxso rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בָּנֶ֣י⁠ךָ 1 The author is speaking of God’s people (God’s spiritual children) as if they were his biological **children**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “your followers” or “the people who obey you” -73:16 o3be rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְ⁠עֵינָֽ⁠י 1 Here, the author’s **eyes** represent his evaluation or estimation as he tried **to understand** why wicked people seemed to prosper and he suffered. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to me” or “to think about” -73:17 xtq0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-plural מִקְדְּשֵׁי־אֵ֑ל 1 Here, the plural word **sanctuaries** could: (1) be a plural of intensity (referring to the Jerusalem temple) in which case the plural is intensifying the meaning. Alternate translation: “the great sanctuary of God” or “the great temple of God” (2) refer to the precincts of the Jerusalem temple. Alternate translation: “the precincts of the temple of God” or “the precincts of God’s temple” +73:15 bxso rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בָּנֶ֣י⁠ךָ 1 The author is speaking of God’s people (God’s spiritual children) as if they were his biological **children**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “your followers” or “the people who obey you” +73:16 o3be rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְ⁠עֵינָֽ⁠י 1 Here, the author’s **eyes** represent his evaluation or estimation as he tried **to understand** why wicked people seemed to prosper and he suffered. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to me” or “to think about” +73:17 xtq0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-plural מִקְדְּשֵׁי־אֵ֑ל 1 Here, the plural word **sanctuaries** could: (1) be a plural of intensity (referring to the Jerusalem temple) in which case the plural is intensifying the meaning. Alternate translation: “the great sanctuary of God” or “the great temple of God” (2) refer to the precincts of the Jerusalem temple. Alternate translation: “the precincts of the temple of God” or “the precincts of God’s temple” 73:17 r3rj אָ֝בִ֗ינָה לְ⁠אַחֲרִיתָֽ⁠ם 1 Alternate translation: “then I understood their fate” or “then I understood what will happen to those who are wicked” 73:18 p3iq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations אַ֣ךְ 1 See how you translated the word **Surely** in [73:1](../73/01.md) where it is used with the same meaning. 73:18 upho rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בַּ֭⁠חֲלָקוֹת תָּשִׁ֣ית לָ֑⁠מוֹ 1 The author is speaking of the fact that God does not allow wicked people to have a secure future as if God had **set them in slippery places**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not give them a good future” 73:18 n9na rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַ֣ךְ בַּ֭⁠חֲלָקוֹת תָּשִׁ֣ית לָ֑⁠מוֹ 1 Here, the word **you** refers to God and the word **them** refers to wicked people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Surely, you God, set wicked people in slippery places” 73:18 bw9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns הִ֝פַּלְתָּ֗⁠ם לְ⁠מַשּׁוּאֽוֹת 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **destruction**, you could express the same idea with a verbal phrase or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you cause them to be destroyed” 73:19 ibhq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations אֵ֤יךְ 1 The author is using the term **How** to focus attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation. -73:19 b63l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הָי֣וּ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the context implies that “God” does it. Alternate translation: “God brings them” -73:19 mwpp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns הָי֣וּ לְ⁠שַׁמָּ֣ה כְ⁠רָ֑גַע 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **desolation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal phrase or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will destroy them as in a moment” or “they will be suddenly destroyed” -73:19 nvec rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit סָ֥פוּ 1 The phrase **as in a moment** means “suddenly” or “all at once.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “all at once” -73:19 ewt0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet סָ֥פוּ תַ֝֗מּוּ 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The author is using the phrases **They come to an end** and **they perish** together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “They come to an end” or “They perish” -73:19 fmzy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns סָ֥פוּ תַ֝֗מּוּ מִן־בַּלָּהֽוֹת 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **terrors**, you could express the same idea with an adjective, as modeled by the UST, or in some other way that is natural in your language. -73:20 d2qf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כַּ⁠חֲל֥וֹם מֵ⁠הָקִ֑יץ אֲ֝דֹנָ⁠י בָּ⁠עִ֤יר ׀ צַלְמָ֬⁠ם תִּבְזֶֽה 1 The author is comparing the short and temporary duration of a **dream**, which is over after a person **awakes**, to the fact that God will **despise** wicked people when he rouses himself to action and judges them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the basis of this comparison or express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “They will disappear as quickly as a dream disappears when a person awakes in the morning; Lord, when you act, you will cause them to disappear” -73:20 ct1t צַלְמָ֬⁠ם 1 Alternate translation: “their form” -73:21 ghd7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism כִּ֭י יִתְחַמֵּ֣ץ לְבָבִ֑⁠י וְ֝⁠כִלְיוֹתַ֗⁠י אֶשְׁתּוֹנָֽן 1 The clause **When my heart was embittered** and the clause **I was pierced in my kidneys** mean basically the same thing. The second clause emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “When my heart was embittered, yes, when I was pierced in my kidneys” -73:21 dz6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יִתְחַמֵּ֣ץ לְבָבִ֑⁠י 1 The author is describing his inner being (and the thoughts he had) by association with his **heart**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or you could express the meaning in plain language as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “I was embittered” or “I was embittered within” +73:19 b63l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הָי֣וּ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the context implies that “God” does it. Alternate translation: “God brings them” +73:19 mwpp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns הָי֣וּ לְ⁠שַׁמָּ֣ה כְ⁠רָ֑גַע 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **desolation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal phrase or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will destroy them as in a moment” or “they will be suddenly destroyed” +73:19 nvec rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit סָ֥פוּ 1 The phrase **as in a moment** means “suddenly” or “all at once.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “all at once” +73:19 ewt0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet סָ֥פוּ תַ֝֗מּוּ 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The author is using the phrases **They come to an end** and **they perish** together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “They come to an end” or “They perish” +73:19 fmzy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns סָ֥פוּ תַ֝֗מּוּ מִן־בַּלָּהֽוֹת 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **terrors**, you could express the same idea with an adjective, as modeled by the UST, or in some other way that is natural in your language. +73:20 d2qf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כַּ⁠חֲל֥וֹם מֵ⁠הָקִ֑יץ אֲ֝דֹנָ⁠י בָּ⁠עִ֤יר ׀ צַלְמָ֬⁠ם תִּבְזֶֽה 1 The author is comparing the short and temporary duration of a **dream**, which is over after a person **awakes**, to the fact that God will **despise** wicked people when he rouses himself to action and judges them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the basis of this comparison or express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “They will disappear as quickly as a dream disappears when a person awakes in the morning; Lord, when you act, you will cause them to disappear” +73:20 ct1t צַלְמָ֬⁠ם 1 Alternate translation: “their form” +73:21 ghd7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism כִּ֭י יִתְחַמֵּ֣ץ לְבָבִ֑⁠י וְ֝⁠כִלְיוֹתַ֗⁠י אֶשְׁתּוֹנָֽן 1 The clause **When my heart was embittered** and the clause **I was pierced in my kidneys** mean basically the same thing. The second clause emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “When my heart was embittered, yes, when I was pierced in my kidneys” +73:21 dz6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יִתְחַמֵּ֣ץ לְבָבִ֑⁠י 1 The author is describing his inner being (and the thoughts he had) by association with his **heart**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or you could express the meaning in plain language as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “I was embittered” or “I was embittered within” 73:21 r3jv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ֝⁠כִלְיוֹתַ֗⁠י אֶשְׁתּוֹנָֽן 1 The author is describing his **feelings** by association with his **emotions**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or you could express the meaning in plain language as modeled by the UST. 73:22 ksm3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠לֹ֣א אֵדָ֑ע 1 The phrase **I was not knowing** means “I was without knowledge” or “I was ignorant.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and I was without knowledge” or “and I was ignorant” -73:22 r0wl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּ֝הֵמ֗וֹת הָיִ֥יתִי עִמָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 The author is speaking of his prior **stupid** and ignorant thinking and action toward God as if he had been behaving like an **animal**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a simile or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I acted like an animal toward you” or “I acted and thought like an animal before you” or “I acted like a fool toward you” -73:22 xw9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עִמָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 Here, the word **you** refers to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “with you God” -73:23 mif5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אָ֝חַ֗זְתָּ בְּ⁠יַד־יְמִינִֽ⁠י 1 The author is speaking of God’s continual presence with him as if God were continually holding his **right hand**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a simile or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are constantly with me” or “your are constantly with me. It is as if you are holding me by my right hand” -73:25 p7l4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִי־לִ֥⁠י בַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יִם 1 Here, author is implying the words “but you?” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the ULT. Alternate translation: “Whom have I in heaven but you?” +73:22 r0wl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּ֝הֵמ֗וֹת הָיִ֥יתִי עִמָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 The author is speaking of his prior **stupid** and ignorant thinking and action toward God as if he had been behaving like an **animal**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a simile or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I acted like an animal toward you” or “I acted and thought like an animal before you” or “I acted like a fool toward you” +73:22 xw9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עִמָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 Here, the word **you** refers to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “with you God” +73:23 mif5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אָ֝חַ֗זְתָּ בְּ⁠יַד־יְמִינִֽ⁠י 1 The author is speaking of God’s continual presence with him as if God were continually holding his **right hand**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a simile or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are constantly with me” or “your are constantly with me. It is as if you are holding me by my right hand” +73:25 p7l4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִי־לִ֥⁠י בַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יִם 1 Here, author is implying the words “but you?” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the ULT. Alternate translation: “Whom have I in heaven but you?” 73:25 l5a5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מִי־לִ֥⁠י בַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יִם 1 The author is not asking for information, but is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is no one I have in heaven but you!” -73:25 hcqm וְ֝⁠עִמְּ⁠ךָ֗ לֹא־חָפַ֥צְתִּי בָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 Alternate translation: “And with you I desire nothing on the earth” -73:26 u7tm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy כָּלָ֥ה שְׁאֵרִ֗⁠י וּ⁠לְבָ֫בִ֥⁠י 1 The author is referring to his entire body as if it were his **flesh** and he is referring to his mind and/or spirit (specifically the morale of his mind and/or spirit) as if his mind and/or spirit were his **heart**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly or use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “I may become physically and emotionally weak” or “My body and my mind may fail” or “My body and my spirit may fail” -73:26 bhv0 כָּלָ֥ה שְׁאֵרִ֗⁠י וּ⁠לְבָ֫בִ֥⁠י צוּר־לְבָבִ֥⁠י וְ⁠חֶלְקִ֗⁠י אֱלֹהִ֥ים לְ⁠עוֹלָֽם 1 Alternate translation: “My flesh and my heart may fail, but God is the strength of my heart forever” -73:26 jsbo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor צוּר־לְבָבִ֥⁠י וְ⁠חֶלְקִ֗⁠י אֱלֹהִ֥ים לְ⁠עוֹלָֽם 1 The author is speaking of **God** as if God were a **rock**. The term **rock** is associated with strength here so by calling God the **rock** of his **heart** he means that God is the “strength” of his **heart**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a simile or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but God, you are like a rock for my heart and you are my portion forever” or “but God is the strength of my heart and my portion forever” -73:27 mdpc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations הִנֵּ֣ה 1 The author is using the term **behold** to bring attention to and emphasize the certainty of what he is about to say. Use an exclamation that would communicate that meaning in your language. Alternate translation: “indeed” -73:27 i4nr הִ֝צְמַ֗תָּה כָּל־זוֹנֶ֥ה מִמֶּֽ⁠ךָּ 1 Alternate translation: “you will destroy everyone who is unfaithful to you” +73:25 hcqm וְ֝⁠עִמְּ⁠ךָ֗ לֹא־חָפַ֥צְתִּי בָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 Alternate translation: “And with you I desire nothing on the earth” +73:26 u7tm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy כָּלָ֥ה שְׁאֵרִ֗⁠י וּ⁠לְבָ֫בִ֥⁠י 1 The author is referring to his entire body as if it were his **flesh** and he is referring to his mind and/or spirit (specifically the morale of his mind and/or spirit) as if his mind and/or spirit were his **heart**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly or use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “I may become physically and emotionally weak” or “My body and my mind may fail” or “My body and my spirit may fail” +73:26 bhv0 כָּלָ֥ה שְׁאֵרִ֗⁠י וּ⁠לְבָ֫בִ֥⁠י צוּר־לְבָבִ֥⁠י וְ⁠חֶלְקִ֗⁠י אֱלֹהִ֥ים לְ⁠עוֹלָֽם 1 Alternate translation: “My flesh and my heart may fail, but God is the strength of my heart forever” +73:26 jsbo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor צוּר־לְבָבִ֥⁠י וְ⁠חֶלְקִ֗⁠י אֱלֹהִ֥ים לְ⁠עוֹלָֽם 1 The author is speaking of **God** as if God were a **rock**. The term **rock** is associated with strength here so by calling God the **rock** of his **heart** he means that God is the “strength” of his **heart**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a simile or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but God, you are like a rock for my heart and you are my portion forever” or “but God is the strength of my heart and my portion forever” +73:27 mdpc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations הִנֵּ֣ה 1 The author is using the term **behold** to bring attention to and emphasize the certainty of what he is about to say. Use an exclamation that would communicate that meaning in your language. Alternate translation: “indeed” +73:27 i4nr הִ֝צְמַ֗תָּה כָּל־זוֹנֶ֥ה מִמֶּֽ⁠ךָּ 1 Alternate translation: “you will destroy everyone who is unfaithful to you” 73:28 japc וַ⁠אֲנִ֤י ׀ קִֽרֲבַ֥ת אֱלֹהִ֗ים לִ֫⁠י־ט֥וֹב 1 Alternate translation: “But for me, God’s companionship is my greatest good” or “But for me, God’s presence is my good" -73:28 o0l0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns קִֽרֲבַ֥ת אֱלֹהִ֗ים לִ֫⁠י־ט֥וֹב 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **closeness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective or a verbal phrase, or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “being close to God is good for me” or “being near to God is good for me” -73:28 s5pl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שַׁתִּ֤י ׀ בַּ⁠אדֹנָ֣⁠י יְהֹוִ֣ה מַחְסִ֑⁠י 1 The author speaks of **Yahweh** as if he were a physical place that a person could go to for safety (a **refuge**). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a simile or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Like a person runs to a shelter to keep them safe when they are in danger, so I have chosen to trust you to keep me safe” -73:28 f4rj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns שַׁתִּ֤י ׀ בַּ⁠אדֹנָ֣⁠י יְהֹוִ֣ה מַחְסִ֑⁠י 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **refuge** you could express the same idea with a verbal phrase, or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I trust the Lord Yahweh to protect me” +73:28 o0l0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns קִֽרֲבַ֥ת אֱלֹהִ֗ים לִ֫⁠י־ט֥וֹב 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **closeness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective or a verbal phrase, or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “being close to God is good for me” or “being near to God is good for me” +73:28 s5pl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שַׁתִּ֤י ׀ בַּ⁠אדֹנָ֣⁠י יְהֹוִ֣ה מַחְסִ֑⁠י 1 The author speaks of **Yahweh** as if he were a physical place that a person could go to for safety (a **refuge**). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a simile or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Like a person runs to a shelter to keep them safe when they are in danger, so I have chosen to trust you to keep me safe” +73:28 f4rj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns שַׁתִּ֤י ׀ בַּ⁠אדֹנָ֣⁠י יְהֹוִ֣ה מַחְסִ֑⁠י 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **refuge** you could express the same idea with a verbal phrase, or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I trust the Lord Yahweh to protect me” 73:28 vk2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְ֝⁠סַפֵּ֗ר כָּל־מַלְאֲכוֹתֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 The phrase **in order that** marks **recount all your works** as the goal or purpose for which the author **made the Lord Yahweh** his **refuge**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating that this is the goal or purpose.\n\n -73:28 qlml לְ֝⁠סַפֵּ֗ר כָּל־מַלְאֲכוֹתֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 Alternate translation: “that I might make known to people all your works” or “that I may declare all your deeds” -73:28 qr4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns כָּל־מַלְאֲכוֹתֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **works**, you could express the same idea with a verbal phrase, or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all you have done” +73:28 qlml לְ֝⁠סַפֵּ֗ר כָּל־מַלְאֲכוֹתֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 Alternate translation: “that I might make known to people all your works” or “that I may declare all your deeds” +73:28 qr4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns כָּל־מַלְאֲכוֹתֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **works**, you could express the same idea with a verbal phrase, or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all you have done” 74:intro nd5v 0 # Psalm 074 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 74 is a psalm of deliverance. The people have been completely conquered and they pray for God to deliver them. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### God’s power\n\nThe enemies have destroyed God’s temple and are insulting the people. God is powerful. He made everything and he chose Israel for his people. He should avenge himself on these enemies that have burnt his temple. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])\n\n### Superscription\n\nThis psalm is called “A Maskil of Asaph.” The word “Maskil” in the original language has caused scholars to have various opinions about its meaning. Some say it means to instruct, while others say that the word is referring to the skill used in creating the psalm. Still others think it means that meditation should be used in reading this psalm. 74:1 k7ui מַשְׂכִּ֗יל 1 See how you translated the word **Maskil** in [Psalms 32:1](../32/01.md). 74:1 f9ib מַשְׂכִּ֗יל לְ⁠אָ֫סָ֥ף 1 This phrase is the superscription to this psalm. Format it in the way that you have decided to format all of the superscriptions in the book of Psalms. 74:1 c2uv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ⁠מָ֣ה אֱ֭לֹהִים זָנַ֣חְתָּ לָ⁠נֶ֑צַח יֶעְשַׁ֥ן אַ֝פְּ⁠ךָ֗ בְּ⁠צֹ֣אן מַרְעִיתֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 The author is not asking for information, but is using the question form to express his strong feelings and to express that he does not fully understand why God is delaying acting on behalf of his covenant people the Israelites. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. -74:1 hfgt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole לָ⁠מָ֣ה אֱ֭לֹהִים זָנַ֣חְתָּ לָ⁠נֶ֑צַח 1 The author says **forever** here as an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “God, why have you rejected us for so long?” or “God, why have you rejected us for such a long time?” +74:1 hfgt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole לָ⁠מָ֣ה אֱ֭לֹהִים זָנַ֣חְתָּ לָ⁠נֶ֑צַח 1 The author says **forever** here as an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “God, why have you rejected us for so long?” or “God, why have you rejected us for such a long time?” 74:1 blgi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יֶעְשַׁ֥ן אַ֝פְּ⁠ךָ֗ בְּ⁠צֹ֣אן מַרְעִיתֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 The author is speaking as if God’s **nose** or anger could literally **smoke**. He means that God is very angry. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly or use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “Why are you angry with the sheep of your pasture?” or “Why do you act with anger against the sheep of your pasture?” -74:1 ap93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּ⁠צֹ֣אן מַרְעִיתֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 The author speaks of God as if he were a shepherd and he speaks about the people of Israel as if they were **sheep** that belong to God (live in his **pasture**). If it would help your readers, you could express the meaning using plain language or you could use a simile as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “your people” or “your very own people” -74:2 hrui rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis גָּ֭אַלְתָּ שֵׁ֣בֶט נַחֲלָתֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 The author is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “your congregation which you have redeemed to be the tribe of your inheritance” -74:2 wcg4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שֵׁ֣בֶט נַחֲלָתֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 Here, the phrase **the tribe of your inheritance** means “the tribe which is your inheritance.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the tribe which is your inheritance” -74:2 n7ia rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns גָּ֭אַלְתָּ שֵׁ֣בֶט נַחֲלָתֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **inheritance**, you could express the same idea with a verb or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which you have redeemed to be the tribe which you possess” or “which you have redeemed to be the tribe which belongs to you” or “the people whom you have made your very own” -74:2 ocy5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis הַר־צִ֝יּ֗וֹן זֶ֤ה ׀ שָׁכַ֬נְתָּ בּֽ⁠וֹ 1 The author is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Remember this Mount Zion where you have dwelt” -74:2 jn0z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הַר־צִ֝יּ֗וֹן זֶ֤ה ׀ שָׁכַ֬נְתָּ בּֽ⁠וֹ 1 The author is describing the city of Jerusalem, and probably also the temple, by association with Mount Zion. (Mount Zion was located in Jerusalem and was the location of the temple which had been destroyed before the author wrote this psalm.) If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language as modeled by the UST. -74:3 vn6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification הָרִ֣ימָ⁠ה פְ֭עָמֶי⁠ךָ לְ⁠מַשֻּׁא֣וֹת נֶ֑צַח 1 The author speaks of **God** as if he were a person with **feet** which he could **Lift up** and come and see the ruined temple in Jerusalem. The phrase **Lift up your feet** is probably also indicating that the author wants God to not only take notice of the **ruins** of the Temple but also to take notice quickly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. “Come to the perpetual ruins” or “Come and see the perpetual ruins” or “Please do not delay any longer. Please pay attention to these perpetual ruins” -74:3 ueab rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole לְ⁠מַשֻּׁא֣וֹת נֶ֑צַח 1 The author says **perpetual** here as an overstatement for emphasis. He is describing the Temple **ruins** as if they were **perpetual** but he means that they have been there for a long time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “to these seemingly perpetual ruins” or “to these seemingly never-ending ruins” +74:1 ap93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּ⁠צֹ֣אן מַרְעִיתֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 The author speaks of God as if he were a shepherd and he speaks about the people of Israel as if they were **sheep** that belong to God (live in his **pasture**). If it would help your readers, you could express the meaning using plain language or you could use a simile as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “your people” or “your very own people” +74:2 hrui rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis גָּ֭אַלְתָּ שֵׁ֣בֶט נַחֲלָתֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 The author is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “your congregation which you have redeemed to be the tribe of your inheritance” +74:2 wcg4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שֵׁ֣בֶט נַחֲלָתֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 Here, the phrase **the tribe of your inheritance** means “the tribe which is your inheritance.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the tribe which is your inheritance” +74:2 n7ia rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns גָּ֭אַלְתָּ שֵׁ֣בֶט נַחֲלָתֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **inheritance**, you could express the same idea with a verb or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which you have redeemed to be the tribe which you possess” or “which you have redeemed to be the tribe which belongs to you” or “the people whom you have made your very own” +74:2 ocy5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis הַר־צִ֝יּ֗וֹן זֶ֤ה ׀ שָׁכַ֬נְתָּ בּֽ⁠וֹ 1 The author is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Remember this Mount Zion where you have dwelt” +74:2 jn0z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הַר־צִ֝יּ֗וֹן זֶ֤ה ׀ שָׁכַ֬נְתָּ בּֽ⁠וֹ 1 The author is describing the city of Jerusalem, and probably also the temple, by association with Mount Zion. (Mount Zion was located in Jerusalem and was the location of the temple which had been destroyed before the author wrote this psalm.) If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language as modeled by the UST. +74:3 vn6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification הָרִ֣ימָ⁠ה פְ֭עָמֶי⁠ךָ לְ⁠מַשֻּׁא֣וֹת נֶ֑צַח 1 The author speaks of **God** as if he were a person with **feet** which he could **Lift up** and come and see the ruined temple in Jerusalem. The phrase **Lift up your feet** is probably also indicating that the author wants God to not only take notice of the **ruins** of the Temple but also to take notice quickly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. “Come to the perpetual ruins” or “Come and see the perpetual ruins” or “Please do not delay any longer. Please pay attention to these perpetual ruins” +74:3 ueab rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole לְ⁠מַשֻּׁא֣וֹת נֶ֑צַח 1 The author says **perpetual** here as an overstatement for emphasis. He is describing the Temple **ruins** as if they were **perpetual** but he means that they have been there for a long time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “to these seemingly perpetual ruins” or “to these seemingly never-ending ruins” 74:3 v0e6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בַּ⁠קֹּֽדֶשׁ 1 Here, the word **sanctuary** refers to the Temple in Jerusalem that had been destroyed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. -74:4 df7h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שָׁאֲג֣וּ צֹ֭רְרֶי⁠ךָ 1 The author is speaking of God’s **adversaries** as if they were lions that had **roared** in the middle of God’s Temple (meeting place). The phrase **Your adversaries roared** could mean: (1) that God’s **adversaries** spoke or shouted loudly about their victory or with a loud cry of victory. Alternate translation: “Your adversaries have shouted victoriously” (2) That God’s **adversaries** boasted. Alternate translation: “Your adversaries have boasted” or “Your enemies have bragged” -74:4 tsgk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּ⁠קֶ֣רֶב מוֹעֲדֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 Here, the phrase **meeting place** refers to the Temple in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the middle of your Temple” -74:4 epsm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction שָׂ֖מוּ אוֹתֹתָ֣⁠ם אֹתֽוֹת 1 The phrase **they have set up their signs as signs** could mean: (1) that God’s **adversaries** had set up their military banners as signs in the Temple. They probably set these banners up as a sign of their victory. Alternate translation: “they have set up their military banners as signs” or “they have set up their banners as signs” or “they have set up their banners as a sign of their conquest” (2) that God’s **adversaries** had set up items of worship and symbols related to their false religion. Alternate translation: “they have set up symbols and items for their pagan worship” or “they have set up idolatrous symbols and items of false worship” +74:4 df7h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שָׁאֲג֣וּ צֹ֭רְרֶי⁠ךָ 1 The author is speaking of God’s **adversaries** as if they were lions that had **roared** in the middle of God’s Temple (meeting place). The phrase **Your adversaries roared** could mean: (1) that God’s **adversaries** spoke or shouted loudly about their victory or with a loud cry of victory. Alternate translation: “Your adversaries have shouted victoriously” (2) That God’s **adversaries** boasted. Alternate translation: “Your adversaries have boasted” or “Your enemies have bragged” +74:4 tsgk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּ⁠קֶ֣רֶב מוֹעֲדֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 Here, the phrase **meeting place** refers to the Temple in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the middle of your Temple” +74:4 epsm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction שָׂ֖מוּ אוֹתֹתָ֣⁠ם אֹתֽוֹת 1 The phrase **they have set up their signs as signs** could mean: (1) that God’s **adversaries** had set up their military banners as signs in the Temple. They probably set these banners up as a sign of their victory. Alternate translation: “they have set up their military banners as signs” or “they have set up their banners as signs” or “they have set up their banners as a sign of their conquest” (2) that God’s **adversaries** had set up items of worship and symbols related to their false religion. Alternate translation: “they have set up symbols and items for their pagan worship” or “they have set up idolatrous symbols and items of false worship” 74:5 khdj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile יִ֭וָּדַע כְּ⁠מֵבִ֣יא לְ⁠מָ֑עְלָ⁠ה בִּֽ⁠סֲבָךְ־עֵ֝֗ץ קַרְדֻּמּֽוֹת 1 The point of this comparison is that when the Babylonian army invaded Jerusalem and chopped up the woodwork in the Temple they resembled men using their **axes** to chop down **trees** in the **forest**. If it would be helpful in your language you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “They hacked to pieces all the Temple woodwork with their axes” -74:5 vfwx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִ֭וָּדַע כְּ⁠מֵבִ֣יא לְ⁠מָ֑עְלָ⁠ה בִּֽ⁠סֲבָךְ־עֵ֝֗ץ קַרְדֻּמּֽוֹת 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the context implies that it was the author or the author and all the Jewish people who saw this event happen who did it. Alternate translation: “When we saw men hacking to pieces the woodwork in the Temple it seemed like those men were like men in the forest who chop down trees with their axes” or “When I saw men hacking to pieces the woodwork in the Temple it seemed as if those men were like men in the forest who chop down trees with their axes”” +74:5 vfwx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִ֭וָּדַע כְּ⁠מֵבִ֣יא לְ⁠מָ֑עְלָ⁠ה בִּֽ⁠סֲבָךְ־עֵ֝֗ץ קַרְדֻּמּֽוֹת 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the context implies that it was the author or the author and all the Jewish people who saw this event happen who did it. Alternate translation: “When we saw men hacking to pieces the woodwork in the Temple it seemed like those men were like men in the forest who chop down trees with their axes” or “When I saw men hacking to pieces the woodwork in the Temple it seemed as if those men were like men in the forest who chop down trees with their axes”” 74:6 aqwd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo וְ֭עַתָּה פִּתּוּחֶ֣י⁠הָ יָּ֑חַד בְּ⁠כַשִּׁ֥יל וְ֝⁠כֵֽילַפֹּ֗ת יַהֲלֹמֽוּ⁠ן 1 The author uses the phrases **And now** and **they break down** to describe the events in this verse as if they were in the process of happening even though he and his readers knew that these events had already happened. The author is describing these events as if they were in the process of happening in order to express them in a way that emotionally impacts his readers. Because it is explained throughout this psalm that these events had already happened, you do not need to explain that here unless you choose to put this information in a footnote. -74:6 sqm2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit פִּתּוּחֶ֣י⁠הָ יָּ֑חַד & יַהֲלֹמֽוּ⁠ן 1 The phrase **its engravings** could refer to (1) the carved wood in the Jerusalem temple that was overlaid with gold. Alternate translation: “they break down all the carved wood in the Temple” (2) the engraved metal that overlaid the wood in the Temple. Alternate translation: “they tear off all the engraved gold in the Temple” or “they strip off all the engraved gold from the woodwork in the Temple” +74:6 sqm2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit פִּתּוּחֶ֣י⁠הָ יָּ֑חַד & יַהֲלֹמֽוּ⁠ן 1 The phrase **its engravings** could refer to (1) the carved wood in the Jerusalem temple that was overlaid with gold. Alternate translation: “they break down all the carved wood in the Temple” (2) the engraved metal that overlaid the wood in the Temple. Alternate translation: “they tear off all the engraved gold in the Temple” or “they strip off all the engraved gold from the woodwork in the Temple” 74:6 lsk2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit פִּתּוּחֶ֣י⁠הָ יָּ֑חַד & יַהֲלֹמֽוּ⁠ן 1 Here, **they** refers to the **adversaries** mentioned in [Psalm 74:4](../74/04.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “your adversaries break down all its engravings” -74:6 hkwg בְּ⁠כַשִּׁ֥יל 1 The word the ULT translates as **axe** could refer to: (1) an **axe** as modeled by the ULT. (2) a hatchet. Alternate translation: “with hatchet” +74:6 hkwg בְּ⁠כַשִּׁ֥יל 1 The word the ULT translates as **axe** could refer to: (1) an **axe** as modeled by the ULT. (2) a hatchet. Alternate translation: “with hatchet” 74:6 ntmu וְ֝⁠כֵֽילַפֹּ֗ת 1 The word the ULT translates as **hammers** could refer to: (1) **hammers** as modeled by the ULT. (2) crowbars. Alternate translation: “and crowbars” 74:7 h8rv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שִׁלְח֣וּ בָ֭⁠אֵשׁ מִקְדָּשֶׁ֑⁠ךָ לָ֝⁠אָ֗רֶץ חִלְּל֥וּ מִֽשְׁכַּן־שְׁמֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 Here, **They** and **they** both refer to the “adversaries” mentioned in [Psalm 74:4](../74/04.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Your adversaries have set your sanctuary on fire to the ground; they have profaned the dwelling place of your name” -74:7 zu38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִקְדָּשֶׁ֑⁠ךָ 1 Here, the word **sanctuary** refers to the temple in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “your temple” +74:7 zu38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִקְדָּשֶׁ֑⁠ךָ 1 Here, the word **sanctuary** refers to the temple in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “your temple” 74:7 hize rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שִׁלְח֣וּ בָ֭⁠אֵשׁ מִקְדָּשֶׁ֑⁠ךָ לָ֝⁠אָ֗רֶץ חִלְּל֥וּ מִֽשְׁכַּן־שְׁמֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 The word the ULT translates as **to the ground** could describe: (1) the first part of this verse. Alternate translation: “They have burned your sanctuary to the ground; they have profaned the dwelling place of your name” (2) the second part of this verse. Alternate translation: “They have burned your sanctuary; they have profaned the dwelling place of your name by bringing it to the ground” -74:7 ly72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִֽשְׁכַּן־שְׁמֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 The phrase **the dwelling place of your name** could be: (1) describing God himself (God’s presence) by association with his **name**. Alternate translation: “the place where you dwell on earth” or “the place where you dwell” (2) describing what name the Jerusalem Temple is called by. Alternate translation: “the place called by your name” -74:8 dt7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אָמְר֣וּ בְ֭⁠לִבָּ⁠ם 1 Here, both occurrences of the word **They** refer to God’s **adversaries** mentioned in [Psalms 74:4](../74/04.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Your adversaries said in their hearts” +74:7 ly72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִֽשְׁכַּן־שְׁמֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 The phrase **the dwelling place of your name** could be: (1) describing God himself (God’s presence) by association with his **name**. Alternate translation: “the place where you dwell on earth” or “the place where you dwell” (2) describing what name the Jerusalem Temple is called by. Alternate translation: “the place called by your name” +74:8 dt7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אָמְר֣וּ בְ֭⁠לִבָּ⁠ם 1 Here, both occurrences of the word **They** refer to God’s **adversaries** mentioned in [Psalms 74:4](../74/04.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Your adversaries said in their hearts” 74:8 aq36 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אָמְר֣וּ בְ֭⁠לִבָּ⁠ם 1 Here, **hearts** represents the people themselves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “They said within themselves” or “They thought to themselves” -74:8 snnb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-plural כָל־מוֹעֲדֵי־אֵ֣ל 1 Here, the phrase **meeting places** could: (1) refer to places where Yahweh, the true God was worshiped. Alternate translation: “all of the places where people gathered to worship God” (2) be a special use of the plural in which the plural form is being used with a singular meaning to refer to God’s temple in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: See how you translated the phrase “meeting place” in [74:4](../74/04.md). -74:9 c4rh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֽוֹתֹתֵ֗י⁠נוּ לֹ֥א רָ֫אִ֥ינוּ 1 Here, the phrase **signs for us** could refer to: (1) **signs** that God’s prophets gave. Alternate translation: “We do not see any prophetic signs for us” or “We do not see any signs given to us from a prophet” (2) the military banners and symbols used by the Israelite army which represented the Israelite army. Alternate translation: “We no longer see any of our military banners” (3) the Jewish festivals and religious observances which were the outward **signs** of their religion. Alternate translation: “We no longer see any signs of our religion” or “All our sacred observances are gone” or “All our sacred symbols are gone” +74:8 snnb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-plural כָל־מוֹעֲדֵי־אֵ֣ל 1 Here, the phrase **meeting places** could: (1) refer to places where Yahweh, the true God was worshiped. Alternate translation: “all of the places where people gathered to worship God” (2) be a special use of the plural in which the plural form is being used with a singular meaning to refer to God’s temple in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: See how you translated the phrase “meeting place” in [74:4](../74/04.md). +74:9 c4rh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֽוֹתֹתֵ֗י⁠נוּ לֹ֥א רָ֫אִ֥ינוּ 1 Here, the phrase **signs for us** could refer to: (1) **signs** that God’s prophets gave. Alternate translation: “We do not see any prophetic signs for us” or “We do not see any signs given to us from a prophet” (2) the military banners and symbols used by the Israelite army which represented the Israelite army. Alternate translation: “We no longer see any of our military banners” (3) the Jewish festivals and religious observances which were the outward **signs** of their religion. Alternate translation: “We no longer see any signs of our religion” or “All our sacred observances are gone” or “All our sacred symbols are gone” 74:10 zcql rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עַד־מָתַ֣י אֱ֭לֹהִים יְחָ֣רֶף צָ֑ר 1 Here, the object of the **reproach** of the **adversary** could be: (1) God. Alternate translation: “Until when God will the adversary reproach you?” or “Until when God will the adversary reproach your name?” (2) the Israelite people. Alternate translation: “Until when God will the adversary reproach us?” or “Until when God will the adversary reproach your people?” -74:10 or3v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns יְנָ֘אֵ֤ץ אוֹיֵ֖ב שִׁמְ⁠ךָ֣ לָ⁠נֶֽצַח 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **contempt**, you could express the same idea with an adverb or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Will the enemy speak disrespectfully about your name forever?” -74:10 nv8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יְנָ֘אֵ֤ץ אוֹיֵ֖ב שִׁמְ⁠ךָ֣ לָ⁠נֶֽצַח 1 Here, God’s **name** represents God himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Will the enemy treat you with contempt forever” or “Will the enemy speak about you with contempt forever” -74:11 mc4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לָ֤⁠מָּה תָשִׁ֣יב יָ֭דְ⁠ךָ וִֽ⁠ימִינֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 Here, God’s **hand** is associated with action and the phrase **right hand** further describes the first mention of God’s **hand** and describes God’s **hand** as being his **right hand** which was associated with power in that culture. The psalmist is asking God to powerfully intervene on behalf of his people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Why do you refuse to intervene and help us with your great strength?” or “Why do you refuse to intervene and help us with your great power?” -74:11 o7yf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִ⁠קֶּ֖רֶב חֵֽיקְךָ֣ כַלֵּֽה 1 The psalmist is speaking as if God literally had a **hand** tucked **within the fold** of a garment. He means that it feels as if God is choosing not to take action. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a simile, with an equivalent expression from your culture, or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your inaction feels like you have your hand within the fold of your garment. Please take action and destroy our enemies” +74:10 or3v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns יְנָ֘אֵ֤ץ אוֹיֵ֖ב שִׁמְ⁠ךָ֣ לָ⁠נֶֽצַח 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **contempt**, you could express the same idea with an adverb or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Will the enemy speak disrespectfully about your name forever?” +74:10 nv8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יְנָ֘אֵ֤ץ אוֹיֵ֖ב שִׁמְ⁠ךָ֣ לָ⁠נֶֽצַח 1 Here, God’s **name** represents God himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Will the enemy treat you with contempt forever” or “Will the enemy speak about you with contempt forever” +74:11 mc4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לָ֤⁠מָּה תָשִׁ֣יב יָ֭דְ⁠ךָ וִֽ⁠ימִינֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 Here, God’s **hand** is associated with action and the phrase **right hand** further describes the first mention of God’s **hand** and describes God’s **hand** as being his **right hand** which was associated with power in that culture. The psalmist is asking God to powerfully intervene on behalf of his people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Why do you refuse to intervene and help us with your great strength?” or “Why do you refuse to intervene and help us with your great power?” +74:11 o7yf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִ⁠קֶּ֖רֶב חֵֽיקְךָ֣ כַלֵּֽה 1 The psalmist is speaking as if God literally had a **hand** tucked **within the fold** of a garment. He means that it feels as if God is choosing not to take action. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a simile, with an equivalent expression from your culture, or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your inaction feels like you have your hand within the fold of your garment. Please take action and destroy our enemies” 74:12 r8vz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מַלְכִּ֣⁠י 1 Though the psalmist refers to **God** as **my king** here, it is likely that he is expressing that **God** is the **king** of every person who belongs to the nation of Israel. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. -74:12 emzy מִ⁠קֶּ֑דֶם 1 See how you translated the phrase **ancient times** in [74:2](../74/02.md). +74:12 emzy מִ⁠קֶּ֑דֶם 1 See how you translated the phrase **ancient times** in [74:2](../74/02.md). 74:12 tqm1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns פֹּעֵ֥ל יְ֝שׁוּע֗וֹת 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “save,” or in some other way that is natural. Alternate translation: “doing many mighty things to save your people” 74:13 gap9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit You divided & in the waters 1 Asaph is probably speaking of the time God brought Israel out of Egypt, divided the Sea of Reeds, led Israel through it on dry land, then drowned Pharaoh’s army. 74:13 ag39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification You divided the sea by your strength 1 Asaph is speaking of God as if God had a physical body. “You are so strong you were able to make dry land in the middle of the sea.” @@ -3478,13 +3478,13 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 89:20 nkd2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction with my holy oil have I anointed him 1 Here to pour oil on someone’s head is a sign that God is appointing the person to be king. 89:21 u6uc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy My hand will support him; my arm will strengthen him 1 Here “hand” and “arm” both means the power and control of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I will support him and make him strong” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 89:22 h3tn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy son of wickedness 1 The writer refers to those who have the nature or character of wickedness as “sons of wickedness.” Alternate translation: “wicked person” -89:24 x8f4 Connecting Statement: 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nYahweh continues speaking about David. +89:24 x8f4 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nYahweh continues speaking about David. 89:24 v3cj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor My truth and my covenant faithfulness will be with him 1 God always being loyal and doing what he promises for David is spoken of as if truth and faithfulness were objects that would be with David. The abstract nouns “truth” and “faithfulness” can be translated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “I will always be truthful with him and I will always act faithfully towards him” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 89:24 q652 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy by my name he will be victorious 1 Here “name” represents God’ power. Alternate translation: “I, God, will cause him to be victorious” 89:25 k7aa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy I will place his hand over the sea and his right hand over the rivers 1 Here “hand” and “right hand” represent power and authority. Here “the sea” seems to refer to the Mediterranean Sea west of Israel, and “rivers” refers to the Euphrates river in the east. This means David will have authority over everything from the sea to the river. Alternate translation: “I will give him authority over everything from the Mediterranean sea to the Euphrates river” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) 89:26 hc3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes He will call out to me, ‘You are my Father, my God, and the rock of my salvation.’ 1 This has a quotation within a quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “He will say that I am his Father, his God, and the rock of his salvation.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) 89:26 ue8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the rock of my salvation 1 Yahweh protecting and saving David is spoken of as if Yahweh were a high rock that David could stand on top of for protection from enemies. -89:27 m5u8 Connecting Statement: 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nYahweh continues speaking about David. +89:27 m5u8 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nYahweh continues speaking about David. 89:27 i4nj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor I also will place him as my firstborn son 1 Yahweh giving David special rank and privileges over all other people is spoken of as if David would be Yahweh’s firstborn son. 89:28 zs6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor I will extend my covenant faithfulness to him forever 1 Yahweh speaks of continuing to act faithfully towards David is spoken of as if Yahweh’s covenant faithfulness were an object that he extends or makes longer. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you could express the same idea with an adverb. Alternate translation: “I will continue to act faithfully towards him forever” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 89:29 nlx7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile his throne as enduring as the skies above 1 Someone from David’s family always ruling as king is spoken of as if his throne would last as long as the sky will last. @@ -4022,12 +4022,12 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 105:9 f63m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom He calls to mind 1 The phrase “call to mind” means to remember something. Alternate translation: “he remembers” 105:9 q6jd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism the covenant that he made with Abraham & his oath to Isaac 1 Both of these phrases “the covenant” and “the oath” refer to the same promise that Yahweh made to his people. 105:9 xgp2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis his oath to Isaac 1 The words “that he made” are undestood from the previous phrase. They can be repeated. Alternate translation: “his oath that he made to Isaac” or “his oath that he gave to Isaac” -105:12 mm4y Connecting Statement: 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe psalmist is writing about Israel. +105:12 mm4y Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe psalmist is writing about Israel. 105:12 y52u when they were only few in number 1 The word “they” refers to the Israelites. 105:12 xll7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit were strangers in the land 1 It is implied that “the land” refers to Canaan. Alternate translation: “were foreigners in the land of Canaan” 105:13 m9g6 They went from 1 Alternate translation: “They continued to wander” 105:13 zb22 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism from nation to nation and from one kingdom to another 1 These two phrases have similar meanings and are used together for emphasis. -105:14 y2y2 Connecting Statement: 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe psalmist is writing about Israel. +105:14 y2y2 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe psalmist is writing about Israel. 105:14 zit6 for their sakes 1 “for their own well-being.” This is referring to Israel. 105:15 ex2x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole Do not touch my anointed ones 1 Here “touch” means to harm, it’s an exaggeration Yahweh used to strengthen his warning to not harm his people. Alternate translation: “Do not harm the people I have anointed” 105:16 yy95 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom He called for 1 “He sent.” This means that caused a famine to happen in the land. @@ -4047,7 +4047,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 105:28 x43u made that land dark 1 Alternate translation: “made the sky dark” 105:30 l4fr frogs 1 a small jumping reptile 105:30 svn6 even in the rooms of their rulers 1 Alternate translation: “they were even in the rooms of their rulers” -105:31 bg5e Connecting Statement: 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe psalmist continues to describe Yahweh’s judgment on Egypt. +105:31 bg5e Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe psalmist continues to describe Yahweh’s judgment on Egypt. 105:31 xv9w swarms 1 large flying groups 105:31 p85g gnats 1 small flying insects like flies but smaller 105:32 xxb2 hail 1 ice that falls from the sky like rain @@ -4752,23 +4752,23 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 120:1 xq2k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בַּ⁠צָּרָ֣תָ⁠ה 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **distress**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “When I was troubled” 120:2 a439 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative הַצִּ֣ילָ⁠ה נַ֭פְשִׁ⁠י 1 This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please rescue my life” 120:2,6 yy4j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy נַ֭פְשִׁ⁠י & נַ֭פְשִׁ⁠י 1 See the general notes for how to translate **my life**. Alternate translation: “me … I” -120:2–3 skwb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche מִ⁠שְּׂפַת־שֶׁ֑קֶר מִ⁠לָּשׁ֥וֹן רְמִיָּֽה 1 The author is using **lips** and **tongue** to represent speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from people speaking falsehood and from people speaking deceit” +120:2-3 skwb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche מִ⁠שְּׂפַת־שֶׁ֑קֶר מִ⁠לָּשׁ֥וֹן רְמִיָּֽה 1 The author is using **lips** and **tongue** to represent speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from people speaking falsehood and from people speaking deceit” 120:2 drc9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism מִ⁠שְּׂפַת־שֶׁ֑קֶר מִ⁠לָּשׁ֥וֹן רְמִיָּֽה 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Translate them according to the decisions your team has made regarding translating parallelism in Hebrew poetry. See the [book introduction](../front/intro.md) for more information. Alternate translation: “from lips of falsehood and from a long of deceit” or “from a mouth of deceit” -120:2,3 g2ve rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מִ⁠שְּׂפַת־שֶׁ֑קֶר & מִ⁠לָּשׁ֥וֹן רְמִיָּֽה & לָשׁ֥וֹן רְמִיָּֽה 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the words **falsehood** and **deceit**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “false lips … deceitful tongue … deceitful tongue” +120:2,3 g2ve rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מִ⁠שְּׂפַת־שֶׁ֑קֶר & מִ⁠לָּשׁ֥וֹן רְמִיָּֽה & לָשׁ֥וֹן רְמִיָּֽה 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the words **falsehood** and **deceit**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “false lips … deceitful tongue … deceitful tongue” 120:3 rl7j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַה־יִּתֵּ֣ן לְ֭⁠ךָ וּ⁠מַה־יֹּסִ֥יף לָ֗⁠ךְ לָשׁ֥וֹן רְמִיָּֽה 1 The author is using the question form to challenge his enemies. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “He will certainly give something to you, and he will surely add something to you, tongue of deceit!” 120:3 e9um rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מַה־יִּתֵּ֣ן לְ֭⁠ךָ וּ⁠מַה־יֹּסִ֥יף לָ֗⁠ךְ 1 Here, the words **give** and **add** are referring to when Yahweh would punish a person. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “What will he give to you in order to punish you, and what will he add to you in order to punish you” 120:3 zbkv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns יִּתֵּ֣ן & יֹּסִ֥יף 1 The pronoun **he** refers to Yahweh. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will give … Yahweh will add” 120:4 tp2n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor חִצֵּ֣י גִבּ֣וֹר שְׁנוּנִ֑ים עִ֝֗ם גַּחֲלֵ֥י רְתָמִֽים 1 The author speaks of Yahweh severely punishing liars as if Yahweh were shooting them with arrows and throwing hot coals at them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “He will punish you, and it will be as if a warrior shot you with sharp arrows and threw hot coals onto you” 120:4 gu1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive חִצֵּ֣י גִבּ֣וֹר שְׁנוּנִ֑ים 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the author implies that “the warriors” did it. Alternate translation: “Arrows of a warrior that he sharpened” -120:4 grz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit חִצֵּ֣י גִבּ֣וֹר 1 The author is answering the question which he raises in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “He will add to you arrows of a warrior” -120:4 wbuc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown רְתָמִֽים 1 A **broom tree** is a tree that existed in the desert around where the author lived. Your language and culture may have a term for this kind of tree that you can use in your translation. Otherwise, you can use a general word for tree in your language. +120:4 grz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit חִצֵּ֣י גִבּ֣וֹר 1 The author is answering the question which he raises in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “He will add to you arrows of a warrior” +120:4 wbuc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown רְתָמִֽים 1 A **broom tree** is a tree that existed in the desert around where the author lived. Your language and culture may have a term for this kind of tree that you can use in your translation. Otherwise, you can use a general word for tree in your language. 120:5 gnb5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases כִּי 1 If the connection between this statement and the previous one is not clear, you may want to use a connecting word to show how this statement relates to what came before it. Use a natural form in your language for connecting this statement to the previous one. Alternate translation: “because” 120:5 mg3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor גַ֣רְתִּי מֶ֑שֶׁךְ שָׁ֝כַ֗נְתִּי עִֽם־אָהֳלֵ֥י קֵדָֽר 1 Here, the author is using the places called **Meshech** and **Kedar** to mean places where the people are hostile to him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I sojourned in a dangerous place; I dwelled among the tents of a hostile people” 120:5 x7sn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism גַ֣רְתִּי מֶ֑שֶׁךְ שָׁ֝כַ֗נְתִּי עִֽם־אָהֳלֵ֥י קֵדָֽר 1 The author is referring to being very far away from the city of Jerusalem by naming a region far away to the north and a region far away to the far south. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I lived very far away from Jerusalem” 120:5 qx4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy גַ֣רְתִּי מֶ֑שֶׁךְ שָׁ֝כַ֗נְתִּי עִֽם־אָהֳלֵ֥י קֵדָֽר 1 The author is using the phrase **tents of Kedar** to mean the people that live in Kedar. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who live in Kedar” 120:7 lr78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠כִ֣י אֲדַבֵּ֑ר 1 Here, **speak** is referring to when the author speaks to those who hate peace about being for peace. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but when I speak about being for peace” 120:7 f3qz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns הֵ֝֗מָּה 1 The pronoun **they** refers to those who hate peace. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “those who hate peace” -121:intro n97g 0 # Psalm 121 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 121 is usually considered a worship a worship psalm.\n\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n\n### Merism\n\nIn this Psalm, the author speaks about the entirety of something by speaking about components of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly by speaking about the entire thing.\n\n## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n\n### Multiple speakers\n\nVerses one and two are spoken by one person, while verses 3 until the end of the Psalm are spoken by another person. Make sure this is clear to your readers. +121:intro n97g 0 # Psalm 121 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 121 is usually considered a worship a worship psalm.\n\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n\n### Merism\n\nIn this Psalm, the author speaks about the entirety of something by speaking about components of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly by speaking about the entire thing.\n\n## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n\n### Multiple speakers\n\nVerses one and two are spoken by one person, while verses 3 until the end of the Psalm are spoken by another person. Make sure this is clear to your readers. 121:1 xgy7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֶשָּׂ֣א עֵ֭ינַ⁠י 1 Here, to **lift up** your **eyes** is an idiom that means to look upwards. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I gaze up” 121:1 cb45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶל־הֶ⁠הָרִ֑ים 1 During the time that the author lived, many people considered **mountains** to be the place where gods dwelt. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the mountains, where people say that gods dwell” 121:1 yb6k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification מֵ֝⁠אַ֗יִן יָבֹ֥א עֶזְרִֽ⁠י 1 The author speaks of **help** as if it were a person that could come from somewhere. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Who will help me?” @@ -4776,17 +4776,17 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 121:3 r43x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person אַל־יִתֵּ֣ן לַ⁠מּ֣וֹט רַגְלֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 Here, the author switches from first person to second person. Many experts suggest that there is a different person that begins speaking from here to the end of the verse, and that he is speaking to the author. This will be indicated by calling him the “second speaker”. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Another person said to me, “May he not appoint your foot for slipping” 121:3 f1iq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes אַל־יִתֵּ֣ן לַ⁠מּ֣וֹט רַגְלֶ֑⁠ךָ אַל־יָ֝נ֗וּם שֹֽׁמְרֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 The second speaker is using a figure of speech here that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using a negative word, **not**, together with an expression that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the positive meaning. Alternate translation: “May he surely make your feet sturdy. May the one who protects you stay awake to guard you” 121:3 uj6f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אַל־יִתֵּ֣ן לַ⁠מּ֣וֹט רַגְלֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 The second speaker is using the phrase **appoint your foot for slipping** to mean to make someone vulnerable of to a bad thing happening to them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “May he not make you vulnerable to harm” -121:3–4 l1fp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אַל־יָ֝נ֗וּם שֹֽׁמְרֶֽ⁠ךָ & הִנֵּ֣ה לֹֽא־יָ֭נוּם וְ⁠לֹ֣א יִישָׁ֑ן שׁ֝וֹמֵ֗ר יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 The second speaker is using the words **slumber** and **sleep** to mean to stop protecting someone. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “May the one who protects you not stop protecting you. Behold, the one who guards Israel will never cease guarding the city” +121:3-4 l1fp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אַל־יָ֝נ֗וּם שֹֽׁמְרֶֽ⁠ךָ & הִנֵּ֣ה לֹֽא־יָ֭נוּם וְ⁠לֹ֣א יִישָׁ֑ן שׁ֝וֹמֵ֗ר יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 The second speaker is using the words **slumber** and **sleep** to mean to stop protecting someone. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “May the one who protects you not stop protecting you. Behold, the one who guards Israel will never cease guarding the city” 121:4 b5yf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הִנֵּ֣ה 1 The second speaker is using the term **behold** to focus the first speaker‘s attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to this:” 121:4 f8qt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism לֹֽא־יָ֭נוּם וְ⁠לֹ֣א יִישָׁ֑ן 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Translate them according to the decisions your team has made regarding translating parallelism in Hebrew poetry. See the [book introduction](../front/intro.md) for more information. Alternate translation: “will never slumber nor will he ever sleep” or “will never sleep” -121:5–6 sk2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor יְהוָ֥ה צִ֝לְּ⁠ךָ֗ & יוֹמָ֗ם הַ⁠שֶּׁ֥מֶשׁ לֹֽא־יַכֶּ֗⁠כָּה וְ⁠יָרֵ֥חַ בַּ⁠לָּֽיְלָה 1 The second speaker is using the phrase **Yahweh is your shade** to mean that Yahweh will protect you like shade protects you from the sun when it is shining on a hot day. The **harm** that comes from the **sun** and **moon** is referring to bad things that might happen to the author during the day or night. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is like shade … Things will not harm you during the day as when the sun harms a person. Likewise, things will not harm you at night as when the moon harms people” -121:5 hq1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom עַל־יַ֥ד יְמִינֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 Here, **at your right hand** is an idiom that means near to you. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “near you” -121:6 qtof rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism יוֹמָ֗ם הַ⁠שֶּׁ֥מֶשׁ לֹֽא־יַכֶּ֗⁠כָּה וְ⁠יָרֵ֥חַ בַּ⁠לָּֽיְלָה 1 The second speaker is referring to the whole day by naming its components. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “This is to protect you from harm at all times of the day, whether from the sun during the day or from the moon during the night” +121:5-6 sk2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor יְהוָ֥ה צִ֝לְּ⁠ךָ֗ & יוֹמָ֗ם הַ⁠שֶּׁ֥מֶשׁ לֹֽא־יַכֶּ֗⁠כָּה וְ⁠יָרֵ֥חַ בַּ⁠לָּֽיְלָה 1 The second speaker is using the phrase **Yahweh is your shade** to mean that Yahweh will protect you like shade protects you from the sun when it is shining on a hot day. The **harm** that comes from the **sun** and **moon** is referring to bad things that might happen to the author during the day or night. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is like shade … Things will not harm you during the day as when the sun harms a person. Likewise, things will not harm you at night as when the moon harms people” +121:5 hq1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom עַל־יַ֥ד יְמִינֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 Here, **at your right hand** is an idiom that means near to you. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “near you” +121:6 qtof rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism יוֹמָ֗ם הַ⁠שֶּׁ֥מֶשׁ לֹֽא־יַכֶּ֗⁠כָּה וְ⁠יָרֵ֥חַ בַּ⁠לָּֽיְלָה 1 The second speaker is referring to the whole day by naming its components. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “This is to protect you from harm at all times of the day, whether from the sun during the day or from the moon during the night” 121:6 wzt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis יוֹמָ֗ם הַ⁠שֶּׁ֥מֶשׁ לֹֽא־יַכֶּ֗⁠כָּה וְ⁠יָרֵ֥חַ בַּ⁠לָּֽיְלָה 1 The second speaker is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “The sun will not harm you daily, nor will the moon harm you during the night” 121:8 p75j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism יִשְׁמָר־צֵאתְ⁠ךָ֥ וּ⁠בוֹאֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 The second speaker is referring to wherever the author goes by naming its components. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will protect you wherever you go” 122:intro x7wj 0 "# Psalm 122 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n### Type of Psalm\n\nPsalm 122 is one of the Psalms called Psalms of ascent, and is about the city of Jerusalem.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metonymy \n\nIn this Psalm, the phrase ""house of Yahweh"" is used to talk about the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly.\n\n### Apostrophe\n\nMany times in this Psalm, the author speaks directly to the city of Jerusalem even though it is not a person and cannot hear. He refers to Jerusalem in both the second and third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words as if he were speaking directly to the people about Jerusalem." 122:1 lck5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns בְּ⁠אֹמְרִ֣ים 1 The pronoun **they** refers to other people who worship Yahweh. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “when Yahweh‘s people said” -122:1 x5k5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בֵּ֖ית יְהוָ֣ה 1 See the discussion about the phrase **house of Yahweh** in the [chapter introduction](../122/intro.md). Alternate translation: “to the temple of Yahweh” +122:1 x5k5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בֵּ֖ית יְהוָ֣ה 1 See the discussion about the phrase **house of Yahweh** in the [chapter introduction](../122/intro.md). Alternate translation: “to the temple of Yahweh” 122:1 q7ep rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive נֵלֵֽךְ 1 The speaker is using the pronoun **us** to refer to themselves and the author, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. 122:2 d2gp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche עֹ֭מְדוֹת הָי֣וּ רַגְלֵ֑י⁠נוּ 1 The author is using **our feet** to represent the people themselves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we are standing” 122:2 pe5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche בִּ֝⁠שְׁעָרַ֗יִ⁠ךְ יְרוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 The author is using **within your gates** to represent that he is inside of the city. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “within you, Jerusalem ” @@ -4797,8 +4797,8 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 122:4 pium rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְ⁠שֵׁ֣ם יְהוָֽה 1 The phrase **the name of Yahweh** means Yahweh himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to Yahweh” 122:5 xk6c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns יָשְׁב֣וּ כִסְא֣וֹת לְ⁠מִשְׁפָּ֑ט 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “thrones remained, on which kings judged people” 122:5 d42t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy כִּ֝סְא֗וֹת לְ⁠בֵ֣ית דָּוִֽיד 1 The author is using the phrase **house of David** to mean David‘s descendants who were kings after him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “thrones of David‘s descendants” -122:6 q9u2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession שְׁל֣וֹם יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 1 Here, the author is using the possessive form to describe the city of Jerusalem having peace from outside attackers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this instead. Alternate translation: “that Jerusalem would have peace” -122:6–8 nq43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns שַׁ֭אֲלוּ שְׁל֣וֹם יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם & יְהִֽי־שָׁל֥וֹם בְּ⁠חֵילֵ֑⁠ךְ שַׁ֝לְוָ֗ה בְּ⁠אַרְמְנוֹתָֽיִ⁠ךְ & שָׁל֣וֹם בָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “May those who in the city of Jerusalem live peacefully … May people live peacefully within your walls, peacefully within your fortresses … May people live peacefully within you” +122:6 q9u2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession שְׁל֣וֹם יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 1 Here, the author is using the possessive form to describe the city of Jerusalem having peace from outside attackers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this instead. Alternate translation: “that Jerusalem would have peace” +122:6-8 nq43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns שַׁ֭אֲלוּ שְׁל֣וֹם יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם & יְהִֽי־שָׁל֥וֹם בְּ⁠חֵילֵ֑⁠ךְ שַׁ֝לְוָ֗ה בְּ⁠אַרְמְנוֹתָֽיִ⁠ךְ & שָׁל֣וֹם בָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “May those who in the city of Jerusalem live peacefully … May people live peacefully within your walls, peacefully within your fortresses … May people live peacefully within you” 122:6 t353 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 1 The author is using **Jerusalem** to represent the people who live in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who live in Jerusalem” 122:7 qxx3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe יְהִֽי־שָׁל֥וֹם בְּ⁠חֵילֵ֑⁠ךְ & שַׁ֝לְוָ֗ה בְּ⁠אַרְמְנוֹתָֽיִ⁠ךְ 1 Here, **your** and **you** are referring to Jerusalem. See the discussion about the word **Jerusalem** in the [chapter introduction (../122/intro.md) Alternate translation: “May peace be within the walls of Jerusalem … May there be peace in Jerusalem‘s fortresses” 122:8 hz78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אַחַ֣⁠י 1 The author is using the term **brothers** to mean his fellow Israelites. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my fellow Israelites” @@ -5302,7 +5302,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 148:8 u52w stormy wind fulfilling his word 1 Alternate translation: “stormy wind that does what Yahweh commands” 148:9 e5cz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification 0 The writer continues to speak to things that are not human as if they were people and commands them to praise Yahweh. 148:10 b65a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism animals wild and tame 1 The words “wild” and “tame” are opposites. Together they encompass all animals. Alternate translation: “all animals” -148:11 j3b1 Connecting Statement: 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe writer commands all people to praise Yahweh. +148:11 j3b1 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe writer commands all people to praise Yahweh. 148:11 w92u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy all nations 1 The word “nations” represents the people who live in those nations. Alternate translation: “people of every nation” 148:12 g9p4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism young men and young women, elderly and children 1 The writer uses two merisms, one related to gender and one related to age, to represent every person. 148:13 r7cb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the name of Yahweh, for his name alone 1 Here the word “name” represents Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, for he alone” @@ -5342,7 +5342,7 @@ front:intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 42:9 b1ik 0 To “go mourning” is to perform customs related to being very sad. 1:4 wzv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nParallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 7:5 us9e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy overtake me 1 This represents capturing him. Alternate translation: “capture me” -73:24 tpj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בַּ⁠עֲצָתְ⁠ךָ֥ תַנְחֵ֑⁠נִי 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **counsel**, you could express the same idea with a verbal phrase and/or adjective or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You guide me by teaching me instructive things” or “you guide me by teaching me” -73:24 w27o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ֝⁠אַחַ֗ר כָּב֥וֹד תִּקָּחֵֽ⁠נִי 1 Here, the term **glory** could refer to: (1) God’s presence. (Here, God’s presence could refer to an experience of God’s **glory** in this life or an experience of God’s **glory** after death the psalmist dies.) Alternate translation: “and afterward you will take me into your glorious presence” or “and after I die you will take me into your presence” (2) the **glory** or “honor” that God would give the psalmist (receive him with) because he had remained faithful and lived a righteous life. (The psalmist could be saying that God would receive him with honor in this life or receive him with honor after he died.) Alternate translation: “and afterward you will receive me with honor” or “and when I die you will receive me with honor” or “and at the end of my life you will receive me and honor me” +73:24 tpj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בַּ⁠עֲצָתְ⁠ךָ֥ תַנְחֵ֑⁠נִי 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **counsel**, you could express the same idea with a verbal phrase and/or adjective or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You guide me by teaching me instructive things” or “you guide me by teaching me” +73:24 w27o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ֝⁠אַחַ֗ר כָּב֥וֹד תִּקָּחֵֽ⁠נִי 1 Here, the term **glory** could refer to: (1) God’s presence. (Here, God’s presence could refer to an experience of God’s **glory** in this life or an experience of God’s **glory** after death the psalmist dies.) Alternate translation: “and afterward you will take me into your glorious presence” or “and after I die you will take me into your presence” (2) the **glory** or “honor” that God would give the psalmist (receive him with) because he had remained faithful and lived a righteous life. (The psalmist could be saying that God would receive him with honor in this life or receive him with honor after he died.) Alternate translation: “and afterward you will receive me with honor” or “and when I die you will receive me with honor” or “and at the end of my life you will receive me and honor me” 73:24 xott rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְ֝⁠אַחַ֗ר כָּב֥וֹד תִּקָּחֵֽ⁠נִי 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal phrase or an adjective or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation (If you chose option 1 above): “and afterward you will take me into your glorious presence” Alternate translation (If you chose option 1 above): “and afterward you will will honor me when you receive me” 74:11 m38y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis מִ⁠קֶּ֖רֶב חֵֽיקְךָ֣ כַלֵּֽה 1 The author is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context as modeled by the ULT. From 52eb1118ee2ae6128864bc2e1ee654d42f70b99b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Richard Mahn Date: Fri, 5 Apr 2024 16:16:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 30/32] Update tn_DEU.tsv --- tn_DEU.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_DEU.tsv b/tn_DEU.tsv index 0fb15dab85..eb9e4992be 100644 --- a/tn_DEU.tsv +++ b/tn_DEU.tsv @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 1:45 tvc1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וְ⁠לֹֽא־שָׁמַ֤ע יְהוָה֙ בְּ⁠קֹ֣לְ⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠לֹ֥א הֶאֱזִ֖ין אֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “but Yahweh did not listen to your voice, nor did he give ear to you” 1:46 fnvl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo יָמִ֣ים רַבִּ֑ים כַּ⁠יָּמִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר יְשַׁבְתֶּֽם 1 The expression **according to the days that you stayed {there}** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “many days.” 1:46 h3kp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יָמִ֣ים רַבִּ֑ים כַּ⁠יָּמִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר יְשַׁבְתֶּֽם 1 Here, **days** is an idiom that refers to a length of time. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for quite some time” -2:intro ji46 0 # Deuteronomy 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter continues Moses’ first speech from the previous chapter.\n\n- vv. 1-11: Moses recounts the Israelites’ journey from the wilderness to the land of the Edomites, Moabites, and Ammonites\n- vv. 24-37: Moses recounts how Yahweh allowed the Israelites to defeat King Sihon\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Possessing the land\n\nYahweh promised the Israelites that he would give them the land of Canaan if they obeyed him. Other peoples lived in the land, but Yahweh promised to give the Israelites victory over them. The land belongs to Israel, but they have not yet entered it to possess the land. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Quotes in quotes\n\nIn this chapter, Moses gives a speech and quotes what others said. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate or format this passage so that there are no quotations within a quotation. (See [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])\n\n### Moses represents the Israelites\n\nThe singular pronoun “you” occurs when Yahweh speaks directly to Moses. The Israelites request that Moses speak to Yahweh on their behalf because the Israelites fear Yahweh and do not want to speak directly to him. Moses acts as a representative on behalf of all the Israelites. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could clarify that Yahweh wants Moses to tell the Israelites everything that Yahweh says.\n\n### Raphaites\n\nVerses 11 and 20 refer to a group of people called the Raphaites. The term “Raphaites” is a variation of the term “Rephaites” or “Rephaim.” These terms all refer to the Rapha people group. Use a form in your language that is a natural way to refer to a people group. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Background information\n\nThe writer of Deuteronomy adds background information to help readers understand the historical context of Moses’ speech. In the ULT, this information is enclosed in parentheses. Use a method that is natural in your language for indicating that a section of text is background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +2:intro ji46 0 # Deuteronomy 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter continues Moses’ first speech from the previous chapter.\n\n- vv. 1-11: Moses recounts the Israelites’ journey from the wilderness to the land of the Edomites, Moabites, and Ammonites\n- vv. 24-37: Moses recounts how Yahweh allowed the Israelites to defeat King Sihon\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Possessing the land\n\nYahweh promised the Israelites that he would give them the land of Canaan if they obeyed him. Other peoples lived in the land, but Yahweh promised to give the Israelites victory over them. The land belongs to Israel, but they have not yet entered it to possess the land. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Quotes in quotes\n\nIn this chapter, Moses gives a speech and quotes what others said. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate or format this passage so that there are no quotations within a quotation. (See [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])\n\n### Moses represents the Israelites\n\nThe singular pronoun “you” occurs when Yahweh speaks directly to Moses. The Israelites request that Moses speak to Yahweh on their behalf because the Israelites fear Yahweh and do not want to speak directly to him. Moses acts as a representative on behalf of all the Israelites. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could clarify that Yahweh wants Moses to tell the Israelites everything that Yahweh says.\n\n### Raphaites\n\nVerses 11 and 20 refer to a group of people called the Raphaites. The term “Raphaites” is a variation of the term “Rephaites” or “Rephaim.” These terms all refer to the Rapha people group. Use a form in your language that is a natural way to refer to a people group. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Background information\n\nThe writer of Deuteronomy adds background information to help readers understand the historical context of Moses’ speech. In the ULT, this information is enclosed in parentheses. Use a method that is natural in your language for indicating that a section of text is background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 2:1 ys5a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠נֵּ֜פֶן 1 The implication is that the Israelites **turned** around and went back the way they came. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “And we turned around” or "And we turned back"\n 2:1 b9af rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יָמִ֥ים רַבִּֽים 1 Here, the phrase **many days** is an idiom that means “a long time.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a very long time” 2:2 l1m8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹֽר 1 Here, the word **saying** introduces direct speech. Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. From 9546f0af46b66cc13cdd491e9276fe1fb35d7375 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Richard Mahn Date: Fri, 5 Apr 2024 16:17:40 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 31/32] Update tn_DEU.tsv --- tn_DEU.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/tn_DEU.tsv b/tn_DEU.tsv index eb9e4992be..3feb4819df 100644 --- a/tn_DEU.tsv +++ b/tn_DEU.tsv @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introd 2:37 v1z7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd לֹ֣א קָרָ֑בְתָּ 1 Even though **you** is singular in this verse, Moses is referring to himself and all the Israelites. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a different pronoun. Alternate translation: “we did not approach” 2:37 cezq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יַ֞ד 1 Here, **hand** means “side” or, as relating to a river, “the riverside.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the riverside of” 2:37 vt6d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names נַ֤חַל יַבֹּק֙ 1 The term **Jabbok River** is the name of a river. That river created the border between Sihon’s land and the land of the Ammonites. -3:intro z1ea 0 # Deuteronomy 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter continues Moses’ speech that began in Chapter 1.\n\n- vv. 1-11: Moses recounts how the Israelites defeated King Og\n- vv. 12-22: Moses allots land east of the Jordan to Reuben, Gad, and Manasseh\n- vv. 23-29: Yahweh forbids Moses from entering the land\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Possessing the land\n\nYahweh promised the Israelites that he will give them the land of Canaan if they obey him. Other people groups live in the land, but Yahweh promises to give the Israelites victory over them. The land belongs to Israel, but they have not yet entered it to possess the land. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties\n\n### “You”\nWhen Moses is referring to the Israelites, he uses the plural forms of “you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])### Quotes in quotes\n\nIn this chapter, Moses gives a speech and quotes what others said. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate or format this passage so that there are no quotations within a quotation. (See [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])\n\n### Time Background\n\nIn his speech, Moses reminds the Israelites about what happened to their ancestors before they entered the land that Yahweh promised to give to them. Throughout his speech, Moses repeats the phrase “at that time” to refer to events that occurred during that time period. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state this information explicitly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevents]]) +3:intro z1ea 0 # Deuteronomy 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter continues Moses’ speech that began in Chapter 1.\n\n- vv. 1-11: Moses recounts how the Israelites defeated King Og\n- vv. 12-22: Moses allots land east of the Jordan to Reuben, Gad, and Manasseh\n- vv. 23-29: Yahweh forbids Moses from entering the land\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Possessing the land\n\nYahweh promised the Israelites that he will give them the land of Canaan if they obey him. Other people groups live in the land, but Yahweh promises to give the Israelites victory over them. The land belongs to Israel, but they have not yet entered it to possess the land. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties\n\n### “You”\nWhen Moses is referring to the Israelites, he uses the plural forms of “you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Quotes in quotes\n\nIn this chapter, Moses gives a speech and quotes what others said. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate or format this passage so that there are no quotations within a quotation. (See [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])\n\n### Time Background\n\nIn his speech, Moses reminds the Israelites about what happened to their ancestors before they entered the land that Yahweh promised to give to them. Throughout his speech, Moses repeats the phrase “at that time” to refer to events that occurred during that time period. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state this information explicitly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevents]]) 3:1 lu1c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠נַּ֔עַל 1 Here, the term **went up** means "traveled on." You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and traveled on” 3:1 sahw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession דֶּ֖רֶךְ הַ⁠בָּשָׁ֑ן 1 Here, Moses is using the possessive form to describe a **road** that goes through the region of **Bashan**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different way to explain the relationship between **road** and **Bashan**. Alternate translation: “the road in the land of Bashan” 3:1 z2w7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names עוֹג֩ 1 The word **Og** is the name of a king. See how you translated it in [1:4](../01/04.md). From 7623be71083dd29f55a24d230b397d01c8ede8c4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Perry J Oakes Date: Fri, 12 Apr 2024 20:00:06 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 32/32] Merge pjoakes-tc-create-1 into master by pjoakes (#3672) --- tn_3JN.tsv | 5 ++--- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_3JN.tsv b/tn_3JN.tsv index d5d867db90..fcaebad314 100644 --- a/tn_3JN.tsv +++ b/tn_3JN.tsv @@ -16,8 +16,7 @@ front:intro kwv9 0 # Introduction to 3 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 1:5 tmh1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀγαπητέ 1 The word **Beloved** refers to Gaius. John is using it as a term of endearment for Gaius as a fellow believer. Use a term here for a dear friend in your language. 1:5 gs6x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πιστὸν ποιεῖς 1 The implication is that Gaius is being faithful to God. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “you are doing what is faithful to God” or “you are being loyal to God” 1:5 g4gz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὃ, ἐὰν ἐργάσῃ εἰς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 John is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when you help fellow believers” -1:6 wzf6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns οἳ ἐμαρτύρησάν σου τῇ ἀγάπῃ ἐνώπιον ἐκκλησίας 1 Here, **the ones** refers back to the “strangers” in verse 5. If it would be helpful in your language, you could repeat the word “strangers” here. Alternate translation: “those who were strangers to you, who have told the believers in the church here about how you have loved them” -1:6 pb64 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns οὓς 1 Here, **them** may refer (1) in a general sense to all traveling believers, rather than to the specific strangers who told about how Gaius had helped them. Alternate translation: “all such travelers” (2) to the specific group of travelers who told about how Gaius had helped them. In this case, the same group would be traveling back to where Gaius is and then traveling farther. Alternate translation: “these brothers” +1:6 pb64 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns οὓς 1 Here, **whom** may refer (1) in a general sense to all traveling believers, rather than to the specific strangers who told about how Gaius had helped them. Alternate translation: “all such travelers” (2) to the specific group of travelers who told about how Gaius had helped them. In this case, the same group would be traveling back to where Gaius is and then traveling farther. Alternate translation: “these brothers” 1:6 uln9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὓς & προπέμψας 1 John is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “to send them on their journey” 1:6 vaxw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὓς & προπέμψας 1 Here, **send them on** is an idiom that means “give them what they need for the journey.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to supply them for the trip” 1:6-7 jfun rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὓς καλῶς ποιήσεις, προπέμψας ἀξίως τοῦ Θεοῦ; ὑπὲρ γὰρ τοῦ ὀνόματος ἐξῆλθον, μηδὲν λαμβάνοντες ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνικῶν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. If you do so, you will need to combine verses 6 and 7 as described in the [book introduction](../front/intro.md). Alternate translation: “These people went out for the sake of the name, receiving nothing from the Gentiles. Therefore, you will do well to send them on in a manner worthy of God.” @@ -60,4 +59,4 @@ front:intro kwv9 0 # Introduction to 3 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio 1:15 v8yj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing εἰρήνη σοι 1 John ends his letter with a blessing for Gaius. You could express this as either a blessing or a prayer, in whichever way is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “May God give you peace” 1:15 mhs1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀσπάζονταί σε οἱ φίλοι 1 John assumes that Gaius will understand that he is referring to the believers who are with John. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “The believers with me send their greetings to you” 1:15 lq8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀσπάζου τοὺς φίλους 1 John assumes that Gaius will understand that he is referring to the believers who are there with Gaius, and that he is to pass on the greetings to them from John and from the believers who are with John. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Greet the believers there for us” -1:15 dxln rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom κατ’ ὄνομα 1 Here, **by name** is an idiom that means “personally.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one by one” or “personally” +1:15 dxln rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom κατ’ ὄνομα 1 Here, **by name** is an idiom that means “personally.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one by one” or “personally” \ No newline at end of file